eta
ete.
ow

ait
{7 F. Waled bah at
ieee, SAT

‘ ~ ¥ -

+ vt
hess

rae ©
oe
feth

aay
sak igh i
ay aoad

cf
*

pie

se.

IP

* +54
Paes
Sats roe

- at

a

i
a
-

Ate

AY i _ ( ‘ a ‘7 7
; fh rR?) i . 4 ayia aa

UD iby’ di: : a i :
i at Delf

ye sll i ara mar
Hii monl tar oe Gib k $e
Citra ene Wella Alpe wil fice Sa

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND
CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. )

CONDUCTED BY

PRIDEAUX JOHN SELBY, Esa., F.LS.,
CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Ese., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
JOHN EDWARD GRAY, Ph.D., F.B.S., F.LS., V.P.Z.S. &e.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L:S.

ee arearaareaeaeaeaeraEeaeaeeeese

PD — eee

LONDON:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY LONGMAN, GREEN, LONGMANS, AND ROBERTS; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL,
AND CO.; PIPER AND CO.; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS:
LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH:

HODGES AND SMITH, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1860.

‘‘Omnes res create sunt divine sapientiz et potentiz testes, divitie felicitatis
humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;
ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.
Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibirelictis semper zstimata; a veré eruditis
et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—
LINNEUS.

“ Quelque soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir
qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rapportent
toutes ses opérations.” BRUCKNER, Z'héorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden, 1767.

aia bet eile Weliwiteeehae «) A eLRe sylvanspoOWwerS
Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild
And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs
That press with nimble step the mountain thyme
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,
All, all to us unlock their secret stores
And pay their cheerful tribute.
J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

ALERE 4 FLAMMAM. GH

CONTENTS OF VOL. V.

(THIRD SERIES. }

NUMBER XXV.
Page

I. Observations on the Distribution and Habits of the Pelagic and
Freshwater Free-floating Diatomacee. By Surgeon G.C. WaLuicu,
M.D., Retired List, H.M. Indian Forces ............ ane deacssvacseneeters 1

II. Revision of the Family Pennatulide, with Descriptions of some 20
new Species in the British Museum. By Dr. Jounn Epwarp Gray,
Paes Ves. PES. &c. (With two Plates.) ......ccccccsscsssescese 20

III. On the Burmese Genus Sophina. By W. H. Benson, Esq.. 26

IV. On the Lepton sulcatulum of Mr. i ia Jeffreys. By Wi1-
So Se LS ee ncodar=dendanaacswenees 27

V. On the Development of Pyrosoma. By Tuomas H. Huxtey,
F.R.S., F.L.S., Professor of Natural History, Government School of

eae nao ccc sca~ sor skessccevessecrees fan Gan acesemnee sear anes anes 29
VI. On some new Anthribide. By Francis P. Pascor, F.L:S.

SENIOR: S52 So 55c2 255. 0ceccsesccevesscesecccecsscovodsvcssbeces 35

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Geological Society ......... 48—70

On the Mud-Fish of the Nile (Lepidosiren annectens?), and Early
Notice of the Tapaia found in Pulo Condore, by Dr. J. E. Gray,
F.R.S. &c. ; New British Species of Hydra, by G. H. Lewes, Esq.;

On a new Species of Odontophorus, by John Gould, F.R.S. &e. 70—72

NUMBER XXVI.
VII. Descriptions of a Zoophyte and two Species of Echinodermata

new to Britain. By Josuua ALpErR, Esq. (With a Plate.) ......... 73

VIII. On the Tribe Colletiee, with some Observations on the
Structure of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnacee. By Joun
ORES. OG” oo casas dastsaussedeoanceds viavocsdedccseatdeveese 76

iv CONTENTS.

Page
IX. On Clostophis and Rhiostoma, new Burmese Genera of Land-
Shells.” By W. H. Benson, Esq: <0.ccc..cccenssscsussssecosmattenteeteeee 95
X. On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. By W. K. PARKER,
M. Mier. Soc., and 'T. R. Jones, F.G.S. ccvscscsccceceoncecesseucesmepeehees 98

XI. Note on the Comparative Size of Marine Mollusca im various
Latitudes of the European Seas. By R. M‘ANDREW, F.R.S. ...... 116

XII. On some new Longicornia from the Moluccas. By Francis
P. Pascon, F.uL-S. 826. ooscscuiedsosestees dcene} doves soscesseeeeee eee eeeeeeae 119

XIII. On the Markings of the Diatomacez in common use as
Test-objects. By G.C. WaLticH, M.D. «....s00...ccccsseenseeeneeeeeee 122

XIV. Note in answer to Mr. Clark’s Remarks on Lepton sulcatu-
lum. By J. Gwyn JEFFREYS, Esq., F.R.S. .......cscccccesescecoreccsess 13]

New Book :—On the Origin of Species by means of Natural Selection ;
or, the Preservation of Favoured Races in the Struggle for Life,
by Charles Darwin, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. &. ......ce0ees senaneasisise 132

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ...s....seseseeees cekecsesenss 143—150

On the Nidification of the Kingfisher (Alcedo ispida), by John
Gould, F.R.S. &e. ; Descriptions of new Species of Salamanders
from China.and Siam, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. ...... 150, 151

NUMBER XXVIL.
XV. On new Fossil Crustacea from the Silurian Rocks. By

JeWeSALTER, E:G»S:, ALS. ice. cocnckcee reer dé sbhonakenapneeees 153
XVI. On the Aphanarthra of the Canary Islands. By T. Vernon
WiOLLASTON; M.A; F.LES. <i. cs...scescesscescteecneseeeate Seles jteointeeaes 163
XVII. Description of Uriéchis microlepidotus, a new Snake from
South Africa. By Dr. A. GUNTHER. (With a Plate.) ...........00 . 168
XVIII. Description of Leptodeira torquata, a new Snake from
Central America. By Dr. A. GUNTHER. (With a Plate.) ..........+. 169
XIX. Descriptions of two British Spiders new to Science. By the
Rey. O. P. CAMBRIDGE, BitAs ccsesscsesssrsccucesuscnneeassenetee eee 171
XX. On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. By W. K.
PaRrKER, M. Mier. Soc., and T. R. JONES, F.G:S. ....00.00000ccevesese 174

XXI. Descriptions of Desmidiacez from Lower Bengal. By G.C.
Wa.uicu, M.D., F.L.S. (With two Plates.) ...0...:.ssserseeeceocsnnes 184

XXII. Remarks on Mr. M‘Andrew’s ‘* Note on the Comparative

CONTENTS. Vv

Page
Size of Marine Mollusca in various Latitudes of the European Seas.”
By J. GWYN JEFFREYS, Esq., F.R.S. ...cccccecccessseccscecscccececeosce 197

XXIII. On the Tribe Colletiee, with some Observations on the
Structure of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnacee. By JoHN

MMSE BUI PN SICCCs ais vecvleclecccaclscceed soctueeeed ules seilevegaeesels 200
XXIV. On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera. By T. VERNON
CRIPPS TUT NEVE AGY E7595 esc cncecscactecvecteccestcctedvetecbcece cwedence’ se 217

New Books :—A Guide to the Quadrupeds and Reptiles of Europe ;
with Descriptions of all the Species: compiled from the Latest
Writers, by Lord Clermont.—A Manual of the Subkingdom
Protozoa, with a General Introduction to the Principles of Zoo-
logy, by Joseph Reay Greene, B.A., Professor of Natural History
in Queen’s College, Cork.—Letters from Alabama, chiefly relating
to Natural History, by Philip Henry Gosse, F.R.S. ...... 222—225

Proceedimss ofthe Royal Society ..........2.-:0sccesscacsscecerssvscoensnees 225

On the Hydra rubra of Mr. Lewes, by the Rev. W. Houghton, M.A.,
F.L.S.; On the Genus Hyalonema, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. ;
On the Generative Organs of the Scarabzideous Beetles, by
C. Roussel; Description of a new Species of Gull (Gavia roset-
ventris) from the Falkland Islands, by J. Gould, F.R.S. &e. 228—232

NUMBER XXVIII.

XXYV. On the Mycetozoa. By Dr. A. pe Bary, Professor of Botany
SE MMMUNVAHEACETALG.)) o.cee cance ccarncgseeavecetupatensnd senersessces 233

XXVI. Notes on Plectopylis, a group of Helicide distinguished
by several internal plicate Epiphragms ; with the Characters of a new
eens aW El. KENSON, ESQ: --sc0cecsodescateanseenncencacecese vo. 243

XXVII. On the Discovery of the Snail-Leech (Glossiphonia mar-
ginata) in England. By the Rev. W. Hovueuron, M.A., F.LS.
nis Aa posi cans asvceaveevecsseovaccstsevaniessencsnecseses 248

XXVIII. Descriptions of new Sertulariade from the Californian
Coast. By ANDREW Murray, F.R.S.E. (With two Plates.) ...... 250
XXIX. On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera. By T. VERNON
ERERULICISIM IO LT, Ls09s ccccesoscseccecscastesdsvocceccdcetaseectecsesacven 252
XXX. On the Tribe Colletiew, with some Observations on the Struc-
ture of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnacea. By JoHN Miers,
SUTRA gos yor cast ovacecaesresecsoais desvodeee caer cues savcesest ees 267
XXXI. Descriptions of Desmidiacez from Lower Bengal. By
foo. WALLICH, M.D.; F:L.S. (With two Plates:)\..:...c.cccccsosseass 273

vl CONTENTS.
Page
XXXII. On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. By W. K.
PARKER, M. Micr. Soc., and T. R. Jonws; E:GiSeveeccescses-seenectnes 285

XXXIII. On the Marginal Nerves of the Leaves of Mosses. By
GeorGe GuLutv_er, F.R.S., Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons
of England, and Honorary Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons
ANUVELANIG . cacca:esovesesedecscseescesescorseacenencenoedees erste eaten memes ae 3)

XXXIV. On some new Genera and Species of Mollusca from Japan.
By ARTHUR ADAMS, FAILS. &. .....ccescccecsaunesodece shies senate nena 299

XXXV. Characters of some apparently undescribed Ceylon Insects.
Sy Raa AmacaCE WL Ossecesoscsosncceeeseeseneeesenae we nce adouconstesamemee 304

XXXVI. Reply to Mr. Jeffreys’s Remarks on a “‘ Note on the Com-
parative Size of Marine Mollusca in various Latitudes of the British
Seas.” By Ropert M‘AnpReEw, F.R.S:, F.L:S. <.cca.penereceraneees 311

New Books :—Handbook of the British Flora, by G. Bentham, F.L.S.
—First Traces of Life on the Earth ; or, the Fossils of the Bottom-
rocks, by S. J: Mackie, F-G.S. 80.) ic:cescasesseseeeeeeeeeee 316—323

Proceedings of the Royal Society; Zoological Society ........- 323—338

On the Hooks on the front Edge of the hinder Wings of certain Hy-
menoptera, communicated by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.; Note
on the Fabricius Sea Bull-Head (Acanthocottus Grenlandicus),
by Sir John Richardson, M.D.; Note on Uriéchis microlepidotus,
by John Henry Gurney, Esq.; On a Malformation in Echinus
Flemingii, Ball, by Thos. Howard Stewart, Esq.; On the Sclero-
genous Granules of the Berry of Arbutus Unedo, by George Gul-
liver, F.R.S.; Abstract of a Lecture by Prot. T. H. Huxley, F.R.S.,
on Species and Races, and their Origin; Mr. Darwin’s Theory of
Development, by J. O. Westwood, Esq.; Mr. Darwin on the
Origin of Species, by W. H. Harvey, M.D.; The Monstrous
Begonia frigida at Kew, in relation to Mr. Darwin’s Theory of
Natural Selection, by J. D. Hooker, M.D. ...........s.s00+e 339—352

NUMBER XXIX.
XXXVII. On the Genus Notopterophorus of Costa. By RupoLPH

Lrvckart.’ (With a Plate.) cc 00 i lccsensee on vcnhs sacs ean 353
XXXVITI. On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera. By T.
VERNON WOLLASTON, M-A., BlIU:S2c..c-ccccsaecsecsenceeeenes annmteent 358

XXXIX. On the Identity of Morrhua punctata and Morrhua vul-
garis. By Rosert Dyce, M.D. (With two Plates.) ......cesssseeees 366

XL. On the Tribe Colletiew, with some Observations on the Struc-

CONTENTS. Vil

Page
ture of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnacee. By Joun MIERS,
i eee See eeanos germane “ahi ad 370

XLI. Characters of new Cingalese Land-Shells collected by F.
Layard, Esq., Ceylon Civil Service. By W. H. Benson, Esq. ...... 381

XLII. On the History of Echeneis. By Dr. ALBERT GUNTHER.
DEEN Ente.) 22.2.2... 20. ccnccaceducncocecaccerscsccssceccocccssrancanccoccsces 386

XLIII. Note concerning Statice Dodartii and S. occidentalis. By
eee ee reemresmeI NI A., FOLER.S. rE. on... ccc scence cecsencecase Latcavdes 402

XLIV. Ona Species of Ostrea taken from the copper sheathing
on the bottom of a vessel in the Liverpool Graving Docks. By T.C.
ARCHER, Professor of Botany in Queen’s College, Liverpool ......... 404

XLV. On some new Genera and Species of Mollusca from Japan.
By ArTHUR ADAMS, F.L.S. &C. 00... see sete see eeees spotter eh 405

New Books :—The Micrographie Dictionary; a Guide to the Exami-
nation and Investigation of the Structure and Nature of Micro-
scopic Objects, by J. W. Griffith, M.D., F.L.S. &c., and Arthur
Henfrey, F.R.S., F.L.S. &e.—The Ibis, a Magazine of general
Ornithology, edited by Philip Lutley Sclater, M.A. Vol. I. 413—421

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ..........s.sseesseeeeeeeeeees 422—430

Notes on the Habits of Menura Alberti, by A. A. Leycester, Esq. ;
On Sertularia tricuspidata, and on the Genus Huzleya, by J.
Reay Greene, Esq.; On some young Hybrid Bears bred in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society, by A. D. Bartlett, Esq. 431, 432

NUMBER XXX.

XLVI. On Cyclostigma, a new Genus of Fossil Plants from the
Old Red Sandstone of Kiltorean, co. Kilkenny ; and on the General
Law of Phyllotaxis in the Natural Orders Lycopodiacee, Equisetacee,
Filices, &e. By the Rev. Samuen Havueuron, F.R.S., Professor
of Geology in the University of Dublin ...........sesscecseseeeeeeeeeeeeees 433

XLVII. On the Occurrence of a Sucker-like Adhesive Apparatus
in the Daphniade and allied Crustacea. By RupoteH LevucKart.
Ee ona, asonsa tse) 0cccesssdaaidendsisaceuseseedaxagssetyee 445

XLVIII. On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera. By T. Ver-
NON WoLLASTON, M.A., F.L.S.

XLIX. On new Land-Shells from Darjiling, with a series of new
Indian Species of Achatina. Described by W. H. Benson, Esq. ... 460

vill CONTENTS.
Page
L. On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. By W. K. PARKER,
May Mier:'Soc:; and 'T: R: JONES, EiG!Ss sesceccceseeseee oosceeen eee eeeree 466

LI. Mollusca Japonica: new Species of Chrysallida and Parthenia.
BycAnTHUR ADAMS, F.L.S:&y ..6..2000sseone0-s0s0edoseecondeee een 477

LII. On the Lucernaria cyathiformis of Sars. By P. H. Gosss,
Bisg., FRLS., A.L.S.. ccccnecescsnsseceveoe= sas ones cess see seanh sce sateen 480

LIII. On the Tribe Colletiew, with some Observations on the Struc-
ture of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnacee. By Joun MizERs,
PRESS BASE On ce ease caee. cnaneneeanccedaetere acaiseeces Sai epee ee eeeteneees 482

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ...........sccsesseeeseseeeeee 493—502

Investigation of Trichina spiralis, by R. Leuckart ; On Sertularia tri-
cuspidata, by Andrew Murray, F.R.S.E.; On the Strobilation of the
Scyphistomata, by P. J. Van Beneden; On the Seminal ¥luid and
Fecundation in the Arachnida, by Emile Blanchard; Note on the
Larva of a Nematode Worm, and on some remarkable peculiari-
ties of the Generative Organs im the Nematoda, by A. Schneider.

503—506

Trex: fd ese ssdsedes sdedeees ode eductaseets sees oeute tev opaeee hte iene tem 507

PLATES IN VOL. V.

Bet bNew Anthribidee.

III. Sarcoptilus sinuosus.—Sareoptilus Gurneyi.
IV. Sarcobelemnon Australasiz.—Renilla sinuata.

V. New British Zoophyte and Echinodermata.
VI. Development of the Mycetozoa.

vir fBengal Desmidiacez.

IX. Uniéchis microlepidotus.

X. Leptodeira torquata.—Echeneis seutata.

XI.
XI.

a Bengal Desmidiaceze.

bnew Sertulariade.

XV. Deformed and healthy spines of Haddock.

xvy1_J Spines of deformed Cod.—Notopterophorus Vevanyi.—Evadne
“* "| polyphemoides.—Glossiphonia marginata.

odie

PHY A NWNAES

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[THIRD SERIES.]

£6 sescesseseseesss Per litora spargite muscum,
Naiades, et circdm vitreos considite fontes :
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores :
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas
Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

N. Parthenii Gianneltasii Ecl, 1,

No, 25, JANUARY 1860.

I.— Observations on the Distribution and Habits of the Pelagic
and Freshwater Free-floating Diatomacee. By Surgeon G. C.
Watticu, M.D., Retired List, H.M. Indian Forces.

THERE are three important points connected with the natural
history of the Diatomacee upon which the information hitherto
recorded appears both scanty and unsatisfactory. These are—

The laws whereby the bathymetrical range of these organisms,
in their living state, is determined ;

The conditions under which their silicious remains are depo-
sited and form vast sedimentary strata ;

And, lastly, the extent and nature of their locomotive powers.

In the ‘Synopsis of British Diatomacez’ (vol. i. Introd.
p- xiii.) their distribution and habits are thus described :—

“Their living masses present themselves as coloured fringes
attached to larger plants, or forming a covering to stones or
rocks in cushion-like tufts, or spread over the surface as delicate
velvet, or depositing themselves in a filmy stratum on the sand,
or intermixed with the scum of living or decayed vegetation
floating on the surface of the water. Their presence may be
often detected, without the aid of the microscope, by the absence,
in many species, of the fibrous tenacity which distinguishes other
plants; and when removed from their natural position, they

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 3. Vol. v, 1

2 Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee.

become distributed through the water, and are held in suspen-
sion by it, subsiding only after some little time has elapsed.”

In the article on Diatomacez in the ‘ Micrographic Dictionary,’
after a description of the methods for obtaining the fresh-water
species “from the bottom, or from pieces of wood-work, &e.,
immersed in the water,” it is stated that “ many of them are
entangled in the meshes of Confervee and other Algz, or on the
submerged stems of higher plants,—the-deep-sea species” bemg
“obtamed by dredging or by treating the alimentary canal of
fishes, Mollusca, &e., with acid.”

With two exceptions, immediately to be noticed, the above
extracts embrace, as far as I am aware, a summary of the views
entertained by writers on the subject; and they clearly indicate
that none of the Diatomacez have, heretofore, been recognized as
strictly free-floating organisms, but, on the contrary, that such
forms as occur at times suspended in the water are considered as
having been removed accidentally from their natural positions, and
therefore evincing an invariable tendency to subside to the bottom.

Dr. J. D. Hooker was the- first to notice the vast profusion
of Diatomaceze in the South Polar Ocean; and he pointed out
their conspicuous appearance when imbedded in the substance
of the ice or washed up-on its surface by the action of the
waves.

Still more recently, Assistant-Surgeon Macdonald, of H.M.
Ship ‘ Herald,’ in a brief but interesting paper on “ Deep
Soundings in the South Pacific” (published in the ‘ Annals of
Nat. Hist.’ for October 1857) offered the subjoined remarks on
the subject :—

“Having ascertained with a certain degree of precision the
nature of the material to be found in deep soundings off the
coast of Australia and in the neighbourhood of the South Sea
Islands, it is a discovery of peculiar mterest to find the samé
minute organic forms, m vast numbers, mixed with the alimen-
tary matter of Salpians and other pelagic animals observed in
the open ocean, far distant from their shores.

“The presence of the silicious spicula and the fenestrated cells
of Thalassicolla with the embryonic shells of the pelagic Mol-
lusea might be readily accounted for. But how minute bivalves,
Foraminifera, and a great variety of Diatomacese, and even Des-
midiese*, including the genus Closterium, and all apparently
recent, could have been, as it were, casually inhaled, is not so

* Jn the plate accompanying Mr. Macdonald’s paper, a Closterium-like
body is represented, and referred by the author to the family named. A
similar form has repeatedly been obtained by me from the same source.
In external characters and colour it certainly exhibits the closest resem-
blance to a Closterium, but I was unable to detect either the terminal
vesicles or the central suture.

Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacea. 3

easily explained. Such are the facts, however ; and the means by
which these bodies are so widely distributed are inscrutable, un-
less it be ultimately determined that they are in great part purely
pelagic examples of the orders and genera to which they belong.
This appears to be the most consistent view of the matter, seemg
that the agency of drift-weed, or any other fortuitous cause,
would be quite inadequate to produce so vast a result, even so
far as mechanical dispersion is concerned, not to complicate the
question with the more important part of the problem, namely,
the preservation of the vitality and integrity of the beings under
consideration.”

I can most fully verify Mr. Macdonald’s observations, having
detected in the open sea, and widely distant from land or drift-
weed, vast assemblages of minute animal and vegetable life,
embracing every order to which he makes reference. My own
observations, carried on during the voyage from Calcutta in the
spring of the same year in which Mr. Macdonald’s paper was
published, led me to the following conclusions :—

That an inconceivable multitude of minute animal and
vegetable organisms, the remains of which have been detected
in deep-sea soundings, are, in their normal living state,
strictly free-floating forms, inhabiting an extended bathyme-
trical range in the waters of the ocean. That the limits and
variation of this bathymetrical range are determined by causes
having reference partly to the condition of the atmosphere, and
partly to the peculiar idiosynerasy of the organism in question ;
the two sets of causes being influenced mutually, one by the
other. That these floating pelagic forms constitute the principal
source of food for the countless millions of minute animals which
inhabit the open sea. And, lastly, that to the combined opera-
tion of such animals and those mightier zoophagists to whom
the latter atoms afford, in their turn, a prolific prey, the sub-
marine deposits of silicious and calcareous remains are, in a chief
degree, attributable, the effects of natural death and decay being
duly taken into consideration*,

* The late Professor Bailey of New York states (Journ. Microscop. Soc,
vol. iii. p. 90) that Lieut. Berryman of the United States’ Navy found “no
trace of hard-shelled animalcules from specimens of water taken cither
at the surface or at any depths, at situations in close proximity to the places
where the soundings were made, in the summer months, when animal life
is most abundant ;” and that “the animals present,” some of which were,
at the time of writing, “‘alive in bottles, were all of a soft, penetrable nature,
leaving on their decay only a light flocculent matter, while the Foraminifera
and Diatoms would have left their hard shells, if they had been present.”

It is needless to say that these observations are quite mexplicable, unless on
the assumption that the means necessary for the capture of all the smaller
Microscopic organisms were inadequate. At all events, a diametrically
Opposite result has been recorded by other observers.

1*

4& Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacece.

Throughout the entire series of the two great kingdoms of
nature, there is no class of objects so universally and lavishly
distributed as the Diatomacex. In every latitude, on land and
by sea, and under every known variation of temperature, where-
soever are combined the primary conditions of light and mois-
ture, these minute but wondrously beautiful structures are to be
found, in inexhaustible profusion.

Of their immediate purpose and uses we know little, as yet,
beyond the bare fact that vast strata of the earth’s crust consist
more or less entirely of their silicious remains; that these
strata have been formed, in bygone ages, as marine, fluviatile,
or lacustrine deposits ; and that, in our own day, similar strata
are being gradually but in cessantly built up, in the dark abysses
of the sea-bed, far beyond the depths at which any living strue-
tures, with which we are acquainted, could meet with the condi-
tions essential to their existence.

The strata referred to are, by some writers, described as
* fossil ” (or I should rather say that the Diatomacez discovered
in those strata have been so considered),—an error at once ob-
vious, from the fact of their silicious constituents existing now
in precisely the same state as that in which they originally con-
stituted the framework of the organisms by which they were
eliminated and secreted.

This is a material point; and I am desirous of laying stress
upon it, inasmuch as I conceive the deposits under notice not to
be dependent wholly, or even chiefly, on the subsidence of these
silicious frameworks, as the sequel to ordinary death and decay,
but on the living structures bemg subjected, in numberless mul-
titudes, to the processes of digestion ; ; whereby, being divested
of the bulk of the particles possessing any buoyant ‘tendency,
the mineral remains subside, by their own specific gravity, to the
regions wherein they are finally entombed.

Some faint conception of their numbers may be gathered
from what we see in the guanos, which present a considerable
percentage of Wiatemaceans exuvize, and are thereby enhanced in
commercial value. In most deseriptions of the sourees from
whence the silicious’ element in guano is derived, it is stated
that the birds producing this kind of deposit feed directly
upon Diatomaceze. Professor Carpenter suggests that the birds
must have received these minute particles ‘from the “ shell-fish
to which they serve as ordinary food.”

Professor Quekett, in a paper on “ The Examination of Guano
by the Microscope” (Trans. Microscop. Soe. vol. 11. p. 29), thus
writes :—The silicious animaleules and sponge-spicules, it
would seem, become present in the guano from, firstly, being
deyoured by fishes whilst adhering to sea-weeds or mingled with

Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee. 5

the sand; and, secondly, the fishes being devoured by the birds,
they are voided with the excrementitious matter of the latter.
As the guano localities are always above the level of the sca,
and the species of animalcules yet discovered are all of the cha.
racter that inhabit the bottom of the ocean, the most probable
reason for their occurrence is that above described.”

Now, with one or two rare exceptions, it would be easy to
show that no Diatomaceous frustules exist of sufficiently large
size to come within the focus of any bird’s eye whatever. Nor
could any vertebrate animal we are acquainted with, by any pos-
sibility, gather together, within a reasonable period, a sufficient
supply of such infinitesimal nourishment as the Diatomacex
afford, even granting that the optical difficulty were in any
manner overcome. Again, no animal is known to possess pre-
hensile or masticatory apparatus of sufficiently delicate arrange-
ment to enable it to deal with particles so minute. The presence
of Diatoms in guano, therefore, cannot be said to result from
their constituting a direct source of food to the birds in question,
but from their being the main source of food to the countless mi-
nute animals and animalcules, from the Crustacean and Mollusk
down to the humblest hydrozoic being, on which the feathered
tribes of the open sea depend for diet.

Touching the position assigned by Professor Quekett to the
living representatives of all species whose remains haye been
found in the guanos, and assuming that the Diatomacez were
included under the term “ animalcules” (which was almost uni-
versally applied to these organisms at the time the paper referred
to was written), it is only necessary to mention that in no in-
stance have living Diatoms been brought up, by the sounding
apparatus, from extreme depths. Frustules have been frequently
obtained, containing the remains of the endochrome. But this
proves nothing beyond the fact that the water, at those great
depths, is so highly charged with saline particles as to render it
capable of preserving, for an indefinite period, such portions of
animal or vegetable matter as may sink to the bottom. It is
highly probable, moreover, that, putting aside the Foraminifera,

olyeystina, and Diatomacez, whose softer portions are included
within a rigid mineral shell, nothing but the bleached skeletons
of all the higher organisms ever reaches the bed of the ocean,
every soft atom being resolved into its elements, cither mechani-
cally or chemically, long before it sinks to its final resting«
place.

In the lowest forms of animal life, the absence of one set
of functions is counterbalanced by the introduction of another,
We thus find that a simple ciliary apparatus, working continu-
ally in the midst of an inexhaustible profusion of alimentary

6. Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee.

matter, answers all their requirements, and prepares them, in
due course, to become food for creatures far removed from them
as regards complexity of structure.

The pelagic Diatomacee have hitherto escaped detection
chiefly because the means employed for the purpose have been
inadequate. Indeed, their detection at all may be said to have
been the result rather of accident than of any systematic endea-
your to trace out the boundaries of their distribution.

The Diatomaceze abound in all waters, more or less, but no-
where in such vast profusion as in the open ocean. Their pre-
sence there is in nowise accidental, or necessarily associated with
that of foreign floating bodies, such as drift-weed, wood, &c. &e.
It is well known that a large class of Diatoms consists of what are
called “free forms,” that is, of frustules possessing neither stipes
nor mucous cushion or pedicle of any sort, whereby they might
attach themselves to, or derive support from, other bodies ; and
that they are moreover endowed with a very peculiar and remark-
able power of motion.

To these “free forms” belong the Diatomaceze of the open
sea; and there cannot be a doubt that the numbers in which
they exist, in all latitudes, at all seasons, and at all depths (ex-
tending from an inch to the lowest limit at which the most
attenuated ray of light can penetrate, or at which pressure per-
mits), are immeasurably in excess of what we have hitherto been
in the habit of assuming.

Nothing is more perplexing to the collector, at sea, than the
apparently capricious manner in which the minute forms of or-
eanic life, both vegetable and animal, present themselves in and
disperse from the surface waters. 1 haye repeatedly observed
the upper portion of the sea to burst forth suddenly, as it were,
into a swarm of living particles, and these again as capriciously
and suddenly to disappear. At one time, a slight change of
temperature, or wind, or cloud, brings about such a result ;
at another, it follows upon influences unappreciable perhaps
to our organs of sense, but at once indicated by barometric
changes. During calms and bright sunshine, as might be anti-
cipated, the assemblages of these vast masses of life are most
frequent and constant, and especially so in the case of the Dia-
tomacex ; but this is by no means the invariable condition,
as shall presently be shown.

My attention was, in the first instance, drawn to these remark-
able objects by the phenomenon which presented itself in the
Bay of Bengal and Indian Ocean, in March and April 1857.
This consisted of an immense multitude of small yellow floceuli
and tufts, with which the surface of the sea for some depth
was crowded in suflicient quantity to impart to it a faint

Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee. 7

tint,—these tufts being intermixed with numerous glistening
cylindrical bodies of a similar colour. A succession of calms,
followimg one on the other, enabled me to trace this phenomenon,
with but slight intermission, from 18° North lat. to 24° South.

On the Atlantic side of Africa the tufts alone were to be seen,
and in smaller quantities, as might be expected from the stormy
character of the sea. Without entermg into a detailed descrip-
tion of these forms, I will merely state that the tufts were of
two kinds,—one consisting of cylindrical filaments, closely re-
sembling Trichodesmium in character ; the other, of filaments of
a Rhizoselenia*. The flocculent masses, which when seen float-
ing on the water resembled flakes of yellow cotton, were from
half an inch to two, or even three inches in length, and proved to
be aggregations of filaments of the same genus. The cylindrical
bodies were gigantic Coscinodisci, each disk being distinguish-
able at a considerable distance from the eye, and even for several
feet below the immediate surface.

I was at first induced to refer the whole of the tufts and floc-
eulent masses to the Confervoid growths described as frequently
occurring in the Red and Yellow Seas in such profusion as to
tinge their waters of a reddish-yellow colour. The examination
of the Trichodesmium-like tufts, which happened to come first
under my notice, confirmed this view for a time; and it was not
until a more extended analysis revealed the presence of the sili-
cious forms, that the true character of the latter became appa-
rent. Salpe and Diphyes, taken previously in the upper por-
tion of the Bay of Bengal, had already brought to light a con-
siderable number of Diatomacez, specimens of which were now
to be found entangled iu the tufts and flocculi alluded to, im-
bedded in the substance of Thalassicolle, or abundantly distri-
buted in the alimentary matter procured from Salpians and
other small creatures.

The mighty scale on which the Diatomacez really exist did not
become manifest, however, until we reached the Atlantic, between
the Cape and St. Helena.

It was here that, for many degrees, and in bright breezy
weather, the ship passed through vast layers of sea-water so
thronged with the bodies of a species of Sa/pa (S. mucronata) as
to present the consistence of a jelly. These layers extended for
several miles in length. What their vertical limits were, it was
impossible to discover, owing to the speed at which the ship was
moving. They appeared to extend deep, however, and in all

* This genus, as originally established by Ehrenberg, comprises forms
widely distinct from the genus as now circumscribed by Mr. Brightwell of
Norwich, and referred to above (Quart. Journ. Microscop. Soc., vol. vi.
p- 93).

8 Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee.

probability were of a similar character to the aggregations of
what is called whale-food in the higher latitudes. Hach of these
Salpe measured about half an inch in length; but so close was
their aggregation, that, by a sudden plunge of an iron-rimmed
towing-net, half the cubie contents, from which all water had
percolated, generally consisted of nothing but one thick gelatinous
pulp. Hach individual presented a minute yellow digestive
cavity, of the size of a millet-seed, which contained both Dia-
tomacee, Foraminifera, and other organic particles.

If we take into account the numbers of Diatomacez and Fo-
raminifera that must exist in order to afford even a small inte-
eval proportion of the diet of these creatures,—the vast renewal
of supply that must be perpetually going on, and the equally vast
multitude of these Diatom-consumers that yield, im their turn,
a source of food to the gigantic Cetaceans and other large crea-
tures of the sea,—it becomes possible, in some measure at least,
to form an estimate of the manner in which the deep-sea depo-
sits become accumulated.

Although no detailed investigations have up to this time been
carried out with the special view of determining the bathy-
metrical ranges at which the Diatomacee, Foraminifera, and
Polycystina of the soundings may be said to live, sundry vague
and conflicting opinions have, here and there, been elicited
during the recent inquiries into the nature of the sea-bottom,
instituted under the auspices of the British, the Dutch, and the
United States’ Governments.

These opinions bear reference, however, almost wholly to the
original habitats of such Foramimifera and Polycystina as have
been traced in the soundings,—it being asserted by some that
they lived and died at extreme depths, near the positions in
which their shells were discovered; whilst by others it is con-
tended that, having passed their lives in the various littoral
regions of the ocean, their indestructible remains were gradually
borne away by currents toward the situations at which they
ultimately rested.

It is a notable fact, that both in guanos and deep-sea deposits
the discoid forms of Diatomacee generally preponderate. In
some deposits, as is well known, they constitute almost the en-
tire silicious element, although frequently mixed with the calca-
reous exuviz of Foraminifera, which, from their greatly superior
size, form a large percentage of the mass. The abundance of
Coscinodiscus in the Indian seas has already been adverted to ;
and, from observations made by me more recently amongst the
Channel Islands, it appears highly probable that this form is
the most largely distributed of the pelagic Diatomacez.

{n contradistinction to the discoid forms, those of Naviculoid

Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee. 9

figure (using both these designations in their broadest sense)
were comparatively scarce both as to species and individual
numbers, and presented characters distinct from their non-
pelagic congeners.

In the contents of the stomach of Sa/pe and Diphyes, the
discoid examples were numerous, although not of large size, as
might be expected*, Among these may be named Coscinodiscus,
Eupodiscus, Asterolampra, Asteromphalus, and Triceratium.

Rhizoselenia was always abundantly detected, but nowhere so
profusely as in the mid-Atlantic, where the digestive cavities of
monstrous Sa/pe, measuring from six to seven inches in length,
contained little else.

Temperature, within certain limits, has probably little to do
with the bathymetrical distribution of the pelagic Diatoms; for
it is well known that, whereas in the equatorial regions the tem-
perature decreases with the depth, at a tolerably fixed rate, until
it becomes stationary (or only subject to slight variation) several
degrees above freezing-point,—in the Polar region the converse
process takes place, the temperature increasing from above with
the depth, and approaching to the standard which is probably
universal near the bed of the ocean.

The question to what extent the subsidence and deposit of
minute organic remains may be influenced by oceanic currents,
ean hardly be considered as bearing on the present subject. It
will be a point for future investigators to decide, how far the
results observable in such a case can be rendered expressive of
their causes. Or, should this, in its literal sense, appear a
visionary hope, we may, at all events, expect, by examining
facts as presented, to augment our practical knowledge of the
sea, and, with it, our means of verifying other and more palpable
phenomena.

Again, it seems highly probable, from what has been adduced,
that these vast aggregations of minute vegetable life, and (what
is of equal value as affording collateral evidence of their presence
somewhere in the neighbouring depths) of the minute creatures
which subsist upon them, exist in different vertical zones, which
are partly determined by atmospheric conditions, and partly by
peculiar idiosyncrasies of the organism upon which those atmo-
spheric conditions operate.

In the present state of our knowledge of their life-history,
anything beyond a notice of the most easily recognized and
demonstrable of these conditions would be futile. Nevertheless
I shall endeavour to show that, as regards the Diatomacee,

* The Coscinodiscus referred to as being so conspicuous in the Indian
waters is probably the largest Diatom known, the valve at times measuring
one-twentieth of an inch in diameter.

10 Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee.

certain well-known laws, which influence the vegetable kingdom
generally, exercise an additional and very powerful influence
in their diffusion from one bathymetrical zone to another; and
that, too, apart from the peculiar inherent power of locomotion
exhibited by this remarkable class of organisms.

Light and moisture constitute the indispensable requirements
of the Diatom. Without these, its vitality at once ceases. But
these requirements are essential only in a very modified degree.
In other words, an amount of either so limited as to annihilate
every trace of life in the higher types, is not only capable of
sustaining that of these lowlier ones, but of sufficing for every
purpose of luxuriant growth and reproduction.

It is impossible not to be struck with the exuberant and rich
development of endochrome seen in all the floating frustules.
Nothing can exceed the vividness of colour or massiveness of
the endochrome-granules in the several species observed. The
frustules procured direct from the water were invariably full of
these particles, whilst such as were obtained, at second hand,
from the digestive canals of the minute phytophagists within
whose bodies they were found, exhibited the frustules in
every condition intermediate between that just described and
emptiness—the exponent of accomplished digestion. In the
latter case we have the state in which the silicious skeleton is
extruded and now permitted slowly but surely to accomplish its
journey to the bottom.

How far these minute frustules may have travelled from that
point at which, succumbing to the limits imposed on their
individual existence, or captured as food, they first began
their descent as mere motionless atoms, it would be vain to sur-
mise. One thing is certain—that, to whatever extent their ulti-
mate destination may have been influenced by the mightier
and more determinate currents of the ocean, they must also have
been swayed to and fro, for indefinitely protracted periods, by
those numberless fainter heavings which, although unmarked
by the plummet, are nevertheless all-powerful in relation to such
particles.

The spores of the freshwater Algz afford evidence of the
wonderful amount of vital resilience, so to speak, with which
these structures are endowed,—being capable of withstanding
long-protracted periods of desiccation under tropical heats, or
congelation under Arctic cold, without losing those reproductive
energies in the absence of which their tribe would be annihilated.
This power belongs in a very marked manner to the sporangia
of the Desmidiaceze and Diatomaceze, as is well known. In all
probability, therefore, the pelagic Diatomacee possess some
equivalent property, in virtue of which they can the more readily

Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee. 11

accommodate themselves to the varying, but mighty, agencies of
the ocean.

The tendency of the Diatom to approach the source of light
and heat is fully understood. It shares that tendency with all
other vegetable structures, although, from the fixed nature of
the higher orders, the effects are perhaps not so palpably recog-
nized. But -there exists, it appears to me, quite sufficient evi-
dence to prove that this quality is entirely distinct from, and
independent of, the peculiar motile power upon which its animal
character was so long and so erroneously maintained. The one
phenomenon is simply the result of those physical conditions
by which the growth and increase of the organism are determined ;
the other depends upon peculiarities of structure or function
which, although imperfectly understood, must nevertheless be
considered as imparted to it for the purpose of bringing it into
contact with fresh portions of the medium it inhabits, or of
enabling it to accommodate itself to the requirements of the
conjugative process.

Last year, among the Channel Islands, it was my good for-
tune to meet with a repetition of the phenomenon witnessed by
me in the Indian seas. As in the former instance, my attention
was first attracted by the occurrence, during calm spring weather,
of large frustules of a Coscinodiscus, viz. C. concinnus. The sur-
face and depths, as far as the eye could pierce from the gunwale
of a boat, were thronged with the brilliant, glistening cylinders
of this Diatom, intermixed with filaments of Biddulphia Baileyii,
and, more sparingly, with the long acicular threads of Rhizo-
selenia and Chetoceros. The self-buoyant property of these
coast-frequenting forms, although of a temporary character
only, is nevertheless evident, and indicates that they hold a po-
sition intermediate between the perpetually free-floating species
of the open sea and the subparasitic species of the fresh water,
which, although capable of self-support for brief periods, are
generally to be found in the neighbourhood of aquatic plants
or other objects.

As it happens, Coscinodiscus concinnus, Biddulphia Baileyit,
and the several species of Rhizoselenia are amongst those forms
sometimes designated as “imperfectly silicious.” Their distinct-
ness as species can, however, in nowise be influenced by this
character. The quality of the silicious framework is, after all,
‘resolvable into a question, not of imperfect (that is, impure)
‘silicious secretion, but of the relative thickness and solidity of
that secretion in these as compared with other forms. If it
be for a moment contended that the silicious structure is per-
meated by any structure of vegetable origin, whether proto-
plasm or endochrome, or cellulose, the only consistent view of

12 Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee.

the silicious portion of the frustule must at once be set aside.
Professor Bailey’s observations with reference to the behaviour
of the Diatom when treated by hydrofluoric acid are conclusive
on this point. The external silicious framework is consumed.
The internal cellulose cell-membrane remains intact, leaving no
trace of any delicate network, such as we should certainly find
were it associated with the substance of the silicious portions.
On the other hand, the substance of the silicious valves (after
being subjected to hydrochloric and nitric acids) in no case
exhibits evidence of permeation by other matter.

The frustules of certain species, it is true, are more readily
broken up under the action of acid; but under no cireum-
stances can nitro-muriatic acid destroy a film of silica, however
delicate.

Forms accidentally removed from their natural habitats, and
thereby placed under conditions for which they are unfitted,
naturally enough, present examples of imperfect deposition of
silex, as to quantity, but not as to purity. Such a state occurs
in freshwater forms exposed to brackish water, or vice versd.
But these are exceptional cases, and cannot be allowed to weigh
in our estimate of normally developed forms. As regards the
Diatoms more particularly noticed as falling under the modified
silicious examples, it is only necessary to state that specimens
subjected to boiling, for many hours, in the most concentrated
acids, in no single instance presented appearances which could
be interpreted into an obliteration of the silicious envelope.

The true significance, I would suggest, of the delicate nature
of the silicious element in the Diatomaceze under review consists
in a simple adaptation of the means to the end—in the lighten-
ing of the mineral framework as far as is compatible with the
requisite strength, and its bemg made to enclose the greatest
possible space, in order to admit of that luxuriant development
of the endochrome and protoplasmic contents, in virtue of which
the specific gravity of the frustule is diminished and its buoyancy
secured.

Light and pressure seem to be the main causes that im-
pose limits to the wanderings of these organisms. It has been
shown that their buoyancy must vary with the intensity of
the conditions necessary to their development; and we are
justified in concluding, moreover, that there are periods in
the history of the structure at which their development and re-
productive phenomena proceed most vigorously. Their bathy-
metrical position must therefore also be a fluctuating one; and
we can thus satisfactorily account for the seemingly capricious
manner in which they approach, or disappear from, the surface
of their element.

Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee. 13

We have therefore before us an answer to the problem, why
these organisms appear near the surface more readily in calm
and bright weather. It is only during such conditions of the
atmosphere that the refractive power of the medium they inhabit
remains undisturbed by the surface-tumult; the rays of hght
and heat penetrate freely into the depths, and produce, by their
combined influence, the amount of development under which
the ascent to the surface takes place*.

It will be obvious that buoyancy and development of endo-
chrome must proceed pari passu, when we recollect that the sili-
cious skeleton, once formed and consolidated, ceases to grow,
and therefore that the increase of the lighter contents must
materially diminish the specific gravity of the entire frustule.

Of course the development of the freshwater forms depends
on precisely the same laws as that of the pelagic ones ; but their
buoyancy is constantly obscured by entanglement amongst Algz
and other bodies mixed with the water in which they reside.
There are two easily available modes in which the buoyancy of
certain freshwater species, and the powerful light-seeking ten-
dency of others, may be tested. The first consists in carefully
scooping up, during bright sunny weather, a portion of the water
in the immediate neighbourhood of the larger Algze ; the second,
in watching how rapidly the mud-inhabiting species cover a
muddy bank (which, during stormy weather, exhibited not a
single frustule) with a uniform layer of glistening and satin-like
yellow.

Lastly, the spaces frequently traversed by the Diatomacez
are such as to be quite irreconcileable with the ordinary alter-
nating to-and-fro motions they exhibit ; for, even granting that
this kind of motion were capable of bemg continuously exercised
in any given direction, the speed achieved by it would be quite
disproportionate to the distances travelled over.

Having thus far endeavoured to trace the influences which
determine the general limits of the Diatom as to depth, and its
transition from one bathymetrical range to another, it remains
for me to state the result of an extended series of observations,
conducted with a view to ascertain the precise agency whereby
the ordinary motile power of the free species is produced.

Did space permit, or were it necessary after what has fallen
from the pen of the Jate Professor Smith on the point, I might

* It is well worthy of note that the ordinary to-and-fro movements of
the Diatomacez appear to be carried on quite as energetically under arti-
ficial as under solar light. But artificial light does not bring them to the
surface as solar light does,—clearly proving that the ascent of the free-
floating forms from the depths is not due to the ordimary motile power of
their frustules.

14. Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacea.

discuss the statement. of Professor Ehrenberg as to his having
seen ‘“‘ moveable retractile cirrhi,” on a species of Surirella, bear-
ing a resemblance to “the feet of the sea-stars,” by which loco-
motion was effected.

As it is, I would observe that, having repeatedly seen the pecu-
liar appendages described by Professor Ehrenberg and recognized
by Professor Smith, I have shared the inability of the last-named
high authority to distinguish the slightest evidence of motile
power. Prof. Smith states that he never saw the appendages
move. In so far as relates to their bemg deflected, one after
the other, during the transit of the frustule to which they were
attached past impeding objects, I have certainly seen move-
ments; but these movements were precisely of a character to
furnish the most conclusive proofs against their being organs of
locomotion, or indeed anything more than epiphytic appendages
which, like the teeth of a comb, when drawn across an object,
become the exponents and not the source of the force employed.

Before proceeding further, I must avow that, whilst I am
prepared to indicate the kind of organs possessed by the Diato-
mace, I have hitherto failed in rendering them visible under
the microscope, even with all the delicate appliances of an
instrument of the most perfect construction.

In venturing to prove my position, I rely on two facts: viz.
that the hypothesis offered 1s sufficient to account for the entire
series of phenomena, and that the phenomena observed are
wholly irreconcileable with any other hypothesis.

Under this difficulty, I may perhaps be permitted to record,
in the first place, the several conditions under which the living
Diatom may be seen to move and to exert an influence upon
minute particles in its course; and then to point out the nature
of the organs by which alone I conceive those conditions can be
effected*.

The normal motion of the Diatomaceous frustule is in two
opposite directions, which accord with its longest diameter. It
is of a smooth, gliding nature, devoid of jerks or interruptions,
and exhibits itself at tolerably regular intervals. The rate at
which it travels is not uniform, being subject to variation on
increase or diminution of light and warmth. The rate is also
materially influenced by the condition of the endochrome, the
motions being invariably more active and energetic when the
frustule is full. On the other hand, as soon as the contents
shrink, and more especially on the appearance of vibratile

* The appearances about to be described may be readily seen in any of
the commoner Naviculoid species. If kept in saucers for a day or two,
they will rise to the surface, in a sufficiently pure state to admit of aceu-
rate observation.

Cece <edn -

Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee. 15

granules, the movements become either wholly or partially
arrested. | .

The power of turning on the long axis also exists, and,
further, of wheeling round on the centre abruptly. It is proba-
ble, however, that this last kind of motion is effected only when
the frustule happens to be obstructed in its course by foreign
particles, or between the glass slide and cover of the observer.
When thus impeded, the smooth gliding character of the motion
becomes destroyed, and in its place may be seen a somewhat
“drunken” or, at times, jerky progress. This, although evi-
dently due to the abnormal position in which the Diatom hap-
pens to be placed, proves of the highest value, as will be pre-
sently understood, in arriving at a proper view of the question
before us.

When a frustule comes into contact with particles of matter in
its vicinity (as constantly occurs whilst it is under the eye of
the observer), it either cleaves its way steadily and slowly through
them, or, by a series of abrupt jerks, becomes freed from the
obstacles, and continues its progress, with perhaps some slight
change of its original direction. Should the particles prove too
heavy for its powers, or too firmly fixed, the jerks nevertheless
are continued, until, on the recurrence of the retrograde in-
terval, the frustule reverses its direction and retires from the
obstructing particles.

But, mstead of merely thrusting aside a particle in its way,
the Diatom may frequently be noticed to seize upon it, and
carry it along with it for an indefinite period on one or other of
its surfaces—often, moreover, in an opposite direction to that
pursued by the frustule for the time being. It is not by any
means essential that the particle laid hold of should be placed
directly in its path, or even very close to it; .for, at times,
without any connecting bond of union being detected, the
particle is forcibly drawn towards the moving frustule, and is
either released after a while, or subjected to the handling above
referred to.

The Diatom may, again, pass over, or under, or through a
mass of impeding objects, and may appear for a time as if it
had got clear of these. Such is not the case, however. When
at has advanced fo some distance, the particles are suddenly ob-
served to be bound together, as it were, and to follow accurately in
the wake of the frustule, the relative positions and distance being
accurately maintained. Should the frustule, with its particle
or particles “in tow,’ now meet with any sudden impediment,
‘the instant it is checked in its course, so is the particle,—
every jerk, turn, and movement of the body dragging being
‘synchronously and faithfully repeated by the particle dragged.

16 Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee.

Having been “towed” along as just described, the particle
may all at once be suddenly drawn towards or upon the Diatom,
when similar phenomena to those above noted are perhaps
again repeated.

At times the course of events is changed. The Diatom
cleaves its way, and evades or pushes through an obstacle which
is sufficient to check the particle it happens to be dragging
behind it. We now see the Diatom suddenly arrested, at the
precise instant that the obstacle is observed to take effect upon
the particle. Again the Diatom jerks, as if endeavouring to
free the obstructed particle by dragging it through the obstacle,
and again every jerk and movement are most faithfully repeated
by the particle in tow and also by the obstacle it is impeded by.
Should the force exercised prove insufficient to release the par-
ticle, one of two events occurs :—either the bond of union, what-
ever it may be, appears suddenly to break or relax, and the Dia-
tom springs forward on its course; or, at the end of the usual
alternating interval, the bond of union being still retained, the
frustule retraces its steps.

In this last event, a very remarkable phenomenon may be
witnessed. The Diatom either manages to pierce or to evade
the obstacle which impeded the particle it had “in tow,” and
frees it by causing it to recede from instead of advancing through
the obstacle; or, having released its hold, ‘it advances alone,
leaving the particle motionless. Sometimes the Diatom appears
to “anchor” itself to a spot, and the particle, should one be
retained “in tow,” instantly stops. But, although at a con-
siderable distance, it may be observed to experience jerks and
movements utterly incompatible with any forces except such as
must originate with the Diatomaceous frustule. Or, although
the frustule is evidently anchored in some way, and thus enabled,
generally speaking, to withstand the recoil shock or jerk due to
the force it has applied, the unmistakeable connexion between
some jerk of the particle it is applied to and the corresponding
recoil the frustule exhibits leaves no possible room to deny the
sequence of the two events as cause and effect. And, lastly, the
whole of the above phenomena may occur between a frustule and
one or many such particles of matter.

These, then, constitute some of the most striking appearances
which bear directly on the problem before us. Jn avoiding the
complications that must have arisen had I attempted to depict
all the modifications they are liable to under a variety of acci-
dental cireumstances of no significance one way or the other as
relates to the point to be proved, I should have become simply
unintelligible.

The view entertained by Professor Smith, and indeed by the

Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee. 17

generality of authorities, respecting the movements of the Diato-
macez, may be best stated in the paragraphs from the ‘ Synopsis’
(vol. i. p. xxiii) :—

* Of the cause of these movements I fear I can give but a very
imperfect account. It appears to me that they do not arise from
any external organs of motion. The more accurate instruments
now in the hands of the observer have enabled him confidently
to affirm that all statements resting upon the revelations of more
imperfect object-glasses, which have assigned motile cilia or feet
to the Diatomaceous frustule, have been founded upon illusion
and mistake. Amongst the hundreds of species which I have
examined in every stage of growth and phase of movement,
aided by glasses which have never been surpassed for clearness
and definition, I have never been able to detect any semblance
of a motile organ.

“T am constrained to believe that the movements of the Dia-
tomaceze are owing to forces operating within the frustule, and
are probably connected with the endosmotic and exosmotic ac-
tion of the cell. The fluids which are concerned in these actions
must enter and be emitted through the minute foramina at the
extremities of the silicious valves; and it may be easy to con-
ceive that an exceedingly small quantity of water expelled through
these minute apertures would be sufficient to produce moyement
in bodies of so little specific gravity.”

Had it only been necessary to explain the ordinary and sepa-
rate movements of the Diatomaceous frustule, the theory of
endosmotic and exosmotic action might perhaps have been
deemed satisfactory. But the moment we come to consider the
behaviour of the frustule with reference to minute objects in its
vicinity, and duly interpret the phenomena I have endeavoured to
describe, and which are inseparable as cause and effect, it becomes
evident that no such action can, by any possibility, account for
them. To explain such phenomena consistently, we are irre-
sistibly, as I conceive, led to one inference, namely, the existence
of elongated prehensile filaments, capable of alternate extension
and retraction, of extreme tenuity, yet of extraordinary strength
and elasticity,—in virtue of which both the ordinary to-and-fro
motions and the secondary motions affecting surrounding bodies
are performed.

All “free” Diatomacez may be held to possess these organs.
But where they emerge, whether they arise in one, or two,
or several pairs from each valvular extremity, and whether
they are to be considered as processes sent out from the pri-
mordial utricle, it would be foolish, at present, to hazard an
opinion.

If it has not been deemed rash to assume the existence of
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 2

18 Dr. G. C. Wallich en the Diatomacee.

endosmotie and exosmotie action in solving the problem before
us, surely it cannot be so to assume that of prehensile organs
of the kind shadowed forth. In the one case the alternating
action in opposite directions has no parallel. On the contrary,
looking at the unicellular nature of the Diatomaceous frustule,
we are at once met with strong negative testimony. Not so,
however, with regard to the motile filaments ; for we are pre-
sented with analogous phenomena in the spores of certain Acro-
genous plants, which move from place to place by the alternate
expansion and contraction of the hairs with which they are
furnished.

‘Or, if we are inclined to admit an analogy between the pre-
hensile and motile organs now spoken of and the pseudopodia of
the Rhizopods—or, to go yet a step further, if we look at the
contractile pedicels of certain Infusoria, we are provided with
examples from the animal kingdom of the oceurrence of similar,
or very nearly similar organs. :

From the character of the primary movements of the Dia-
tom, and those secondary movements which are produced by
its instrumentality on objects m its neighbourhood, it 1s highly
probable that the prehensile and active portion of the organs 1s
chiefly confined to their extremities, —their stem being somewhat
rigid, and thereby unfitted to create currents amongst minute
foreign particles at its pomt of exit. Of filaments of this nature
we have examples, although on an enlarged scale, in certain
Monadina (Monas attenuata, for instance), and certain Kuglene,
such as Peranema globulosa. By such organs we might naturally
expect to see particles in the vicinity of a Diatom grasped and
swayed about, precisely as occwrs in reality, at the same time
that the ordinary motions are produced.

Professor Smith has stated that, on colouring the water with
“earmine or indigo, he had never been able to detect in the
coloured particles surrounding the Diatom those rotatory cur-
rents which indicate, in the true Infusorial animalcules, the
presence of cilia.” But, surely, had endosmotie and exosmotic
action been the real source of motion, similar currents ought
to have attended the eapulsion from the apertures of even so
small a quantity of water forcibly enough to ereate those
movements.

The same writer has also stated (Synops. vol. i. p. 23) that
“motion may at times be detected in other forms than the free
species ; as those of Gomphonema, when forcibly separated from
their stipes, occasionally exhibit an evident tendency to change
their position ;” but that such motions are devoid of the zsochro-
nous quality so notable in the others.

This is precisely what might be looked for, as I conceive the

Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee. 19

stipes and cushion-like masses of the pedunculate and filamen-
tous forms to be merely modifications of the filament in one or
both directions; and it is highly probable, therefore, that the
remarkable unsymmetrically arranged processes referred to b
me (Quart. Journ. Mier. Science, vol. vi. p. 423) as occurring in
both species of the genus Hydrosera, and also to be found in
several Indian stipitate forms, are in reality apertures, through
which the modified filament is extended. Of course, in the
discoid forms, the marginal processes would perform the same
office*.

In Bacillaria paradoxa we have to assume the presence of a
highly elastic envelope, embracing the entire filament, to enable
us to conceive how the several series of prehensile filaments may
produce the curious movement which that form exhibits. That
such envelopes are to be found both amongst the Diatomacee
and Desmidiacez, is. well known. And in proof of the elastic
character which analogous structures may possess, it is only
necessary for me to state that, from observations made by me
on an Indian species of Schizonema, the character spoken of was
remarkably seen in the enveloping gelatinous sheath,—each frus-
tule, after passing along in continuous and regular order till it
reached the torn orifice of the sheath, being there suddenly and
very forcibly expelled to some distance.

I may, in conclusion, add that every effort to render visible
the filaments whose existence I assume, either by iodine or re-
agents, has hitherto failed. In the endosmotic and exosmotic
theory of Professor Smith, it became necessary to assume not
only as much, but more,—the evidence of currents, which were
essential to its truth, being deficient, But it is surely unphilo-
sophical to deny the existence of all we are unable to see. We
may still hit upon some vegetable colouring or dyeing matter,
of innocuous quality to the Diatom, but capable of staining its
most delicate portions. This innocuous character is essential,
inasmuch as in any attempt to detect the nature of highly deli-
cate organs, such as the most attenuated ciliary apparatus or

* A novel form of Coscinodiscus (provisionally named by me C. So/)is found
in the stomach-contents of Salpe, It has a broad membranous plate extend-
ing round the periphery of the silicious disk, across which are arranged,
radially, very delicate folds springing from the margin of the silicious por-
tion. This membranous plate may be looked upon as another modifica-
tion of the filamentous organs. The occurrence of so very remarkable an
appendage to a Diatom affords a valuable confirmation of the view given
above.

It may be mentioned that, on exposure to acid, the membranous plate
is dissolved, but the silicious disk remains and is then wndistinguishable
from an ordinary C. radiatus of small size. Specimens in my possession
exhibit the two valves and plates in all their integrity.

o*

20 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Family Pennatulide.

motile filaments, our first glimpse is generally a passing one,
caught during the instantaneous production of a shadow. Or,
although our objectives may already be considered almost per-
fect, that perfection is capable of increase, and we may therefore
hope, by a single step in advance, to render the unseen of today
the thing seen of tomorrow.

Il.—Revision of the Family Pennatulide, with Descriptions
of some new Species in the British Museum. By Dr. Joun
Epwarp Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., P.E.S. &e.

[With two Plates.]

Dr. Herxtors, the curator of the Royal Muscum at Leyden,
has lately published in the last Part of the ‘Bijdragen tot de
Dierkunde,’ part vii. 1858, a monograph of this family, de-
scribing and figuring several new species. I shall use his work
as the basis of this communication, as far as regards the species
he describes, which I shall attempt to divide into groups for
more easy determination.

Tribe I. Funicutinex, or Junciformes, are elongated Sca-
pens with very small pinnules.
A. The Cells armed with spinules.
1, Funicuina, Lamk.

* Aais quadrangular.
1. F. quadrangularis, Johnston, Brit. Zooph. t. 31. Scotland.

*k Axis cylindrical.

2. F. Christii, Sars, Fn. Litt. Norv. ii. t. 12. f. 7-12. Coast of
Norway.

Q

3. F. Finmarchica, Sars, Fn. Litt. Norv. ii. t. 11. Coast of
Finmark,
B. Cells fleshy, not spinulose.
2, Vircutaria, Lamk. Axis stony, tapering at each end.
Cells not produced.
* Pinnules well developed, digitate, diverging from the rachis.
1. V. Vanbenedensis, Herklots, Not. 11. t. 7. f.7. Hab. :

2. V. Ellisii. Flongate. Rachis cylindrical. Base elongate,
nearly one-third the entire length; lower part much dilated,
club-shaped. The lower pinnules adpressed, far apart, nearly
transverse as regards the rachis; the upper ones lunate, far

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Family Pennatulide. 21

apart, placed alternately on each side of the axis, with distinct
digitate tubercles.
Hab. (Broken ; perhaps imperfect.)

** Pinnules all adpressed, nearly transverse to the rachis.

3. V. juncea, Esper, t. 14. Molucca and Borneo.
4. V. Reinwardtii, Herklots, Not. 13. t. 7. f. 8. Indian Seas.

3. Lyeus, Herklots. Axis filiform, cylindrical, flexible, con-
tracting spirally. Pinnules formed of diverging cells.

1. L. mirabilis, Miller, Zool. Dan. t.11. North Sea; Scot-
land.

4. Scyrauium, Herklots. Axis quadrangular, thin. Rachis
quadrangular. Pinnules small, triangular, placed obliquely on
each side of the front of the rachis.

1. S. Sarsii, Herklots, Not. 14. t. 7. f. 6. North Sea.

Dr. Herklots refers to the Funiculina cylindrica of Lamarck
with doubt. It has only been described from some stony axis.
I think there is little doubt of this beimg the axis of the coral
which I described as Primnoella Australasie, the axis of which
agrees well with Lamarck’s description. He also inquires what
is the Pennatula scirpea of Pallas (Zooph. 372. no. 218)? which
is not found in collections.

Tribe II]. Pennatutyex, or Penniformes, are Sea-pens with
well-developed pinnules, shaped like a feather.

Dr. Herklots divides the Pens with the pimnz supported by
radiated spines into two genera; but I am not able to distin-
guish the genera Pteromorpha and Pteroeides by our specimens,
though I believe that I have a specimen of the species which he
gives as the type of his genus. I believe the character given to
Pteromorpha (that is, the base of the pinnule being granular)
depends on the state of the specimens, the granular coat of the
pinnules being very deciduous in specimens which have been
preserved in weak spirits. I may be wrong; if I am, then a
specimen of Pteromorpha has not occurred to me.

I think the genera and species may be best arranged thus :—

5. Pennatura, Linn. Pinnules elongate, angular, thin,
membranaceous, strengthened by imbedded spicula. Cells in a
single series on the edge. Rachis rough behind.

* Elongate, ovate, lanceolate; stem slender, 4 the entire length ;
cells separate.

1. P. phosphorea. Pinnules linear, with isolated cells. Esper,
t.6. Europe; coast of England.

22 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Family Pennatulide.

** Ovate; stem thick, 4 the entire length; cells separate.

2. P. pulchella. Pinnules broad, membranaceous, slightly
grooved, with close cells. Herkl. Not. 16. t.1.f.2. North
Cape; coast of Scotland. British Museum. (Not before no-
ticed as British.)

*k* Broad, oblong; stem 4 the entire length; cells crowded.

3. P. rubra. Pinnules membranaceous, elongate; cells
short, numerous, twenty or twenty-one, crowded, scarcely
divided, in a single series. Bohadsch, t. 8. f. 1-5. Mediterra-
nean ; coast of England.

4.. P. borealis. Pinnules broad, with three marginal series
of cells. Sars, Fn. Litt. Norv. 17. t. 2. North Sea.

6. Lerortitus. Pinnules elongate, angular, fleshy, slightly
grooved, without any elongated radiating spme. Cells crowded
in a double series on the edge of the pimnules. Rachis granular

behind.
1. L. fimbriata, Herklots, Not. 18. t. 3. f. 3, t.4.f.1. Japan.

7. Prerorrpes, Herkl. Pinnules elongate, angular, expanded
and supported by radiating spines. Rachis smooth.

a. Pinnules elongated, well-developed, broader than rachis.
* Klongate, lanceolate ; stem + the entire length; the apex naked.

1. Pteroeides elegans, Herklots, Notic. 20. t. 6. f. 2. Indian
Ocean.
** Elongate, lanceolate ; stem 3 the entire length.
2. P. grandis; Pen. grandis, Pallas; P. argentea, Ellis,
Zooph. t. 8. f. 1-38. Indian Ocean.

#4 Hlongate-oblong ; stem 4 or + the entire length.

3. P. oblonga. Elongate oblong. Pinnules 32 . 32, elon-
gate, rather longer than the breadth of the base, subtri-
gonal, Stem elongate, half the entire length, tapering at the
base. Australasia; Swan River. Brit. Mus.

4. P. grisea. Stem one-third the entire length. Pen. grisea,
Bohadsch, t. 9. f. 1-3; Pteromorpha crispa, Herklots, Not. 19.
t.5? Hab. Brit. Mus.

EK Oblong, very broad; stem 4 the entire length.
5. P. latipinnarum, Herkl, Not. 29. t.4.f.5. Mediterranean.
6. P. Jukesii. Broad, oblong. Pinnules 43. 438, short, broad,

subtrigonal; under ones attached by a narrow base. Stem
elongate, one-half the entire length, thick, the upper part. much’

Dr. J. E, Gray on the Family Pennatulide. 23

swollen near the pinne. Australia; Port Bowen. J.B. Jukes,
Esq. Brit. Mus.

KKK Oblong, broad; stem 4 the entire length.
7. P. Japonicum, Herklots, Not. 11. t. 2. f.1. Japan.

8. P. spinosum, Ellis, Phil. Trans. liii. t. 21. f. 6-10; Herkl.
Not. 21. t. 3. f. 2. P. grisea, Chiaje, Mem. t. 31. f. . Medi-
terranean. :

9. P. Esperi, Herklots, Not. 20. P. grisea, Esper, t. 1.
Island of Sumatra. New Guinea. Brit. Mus.

b. Pinnules very short (not developed?) ; rachis very thick.
10. P. Sieboldi, Herklots, Not. 22. t. 8. f.1. Japan,

What is Pennatula grandis, Ehrenb., with the pinne very far
apart, not imbricate ?

8, Sarcopritus, Gray. Pinnules fleshy, roundish, closely
imbricate. Rachis minutely granular.

* Pinnules with a thin rounded edge, cells small on the edge and
around the upper surface near the edge. Sarcoptilus. Stem
4 the entire length.

1. S. grandis, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1848, p.45.t. . Orange.
Pinnules smail, granular, with a regular, smooth, rounded edge.
Stem short, thick, about one-third the entire length. Australia;
Sydney. Dr. Bennett. Brit. Mus.

** Pinnules with a flattened, rather broad edge, spinulose on the
margin ; cells large, on the flattened edge surrounded with spi-
cula, Ptilosarcus, Stem 3 the entire length.

2. S. sinuosus, P\. III. fig. 1. Oblong. Pimnules much crowded,
crumpled, with the edge slightly spinulose. Stem very thick,
swollen, as long as the feathered part. New Guinea. Capt. Sir
Edward Belcher. Brit. Mus.

3. S. Gurneyi, PIII. fig.2. Orange. Pinnules smooth, very
much crowded, closely imbricated, with a rather broad, distinctly
spinulose edge. Cells crowded. Stem elongate, thick, half
the entire length, much swollen above. California, Monterey.

J, H. Gurney, Esq., M.P. Brit. Mus.

Tribe lI. KopHoseLemnonie2, or Claviformes. Club-shaped,
with the polypes in longitudinal rows on the front surface.

9. KorpHoOBELEMNON.

1. K. stelliferum. Pen. stellifera, Miiller, Z. D. t. 36. f. 1-3.
North Sea.
2. K. Burgeri, Herklots, Not. t.7. £5. Japan.

24 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Family Pennatulide.

Tribe IV. Vereritite%, or Veretilloids. Club-shaped, with
the polypes scattered on all sides.

10. Lirvaria, Valenc. Axis rudimentary, nearly navicular.
1. L. phalloides, Pallas, Mise. t. 23. f. 5, 9.

11. SarcopeLeMNon, Herklots. Axis slender. Rachis with
four tubes.

1. S. elegans, Herklots, Not. 25. t. 7. f. 3. Stem 1.

2. S. Australasia, P\. 1V.fig.1. Club elongate, rather tapering
above. Stem short, about one-sixth the length of the club,
longitudinal, wrinkled, subacute. Australia; Port Essington.
J. B. Jukes, Esq.

The specimen in the British Museum is rather flattened on
one of its sides; but this appears to have arisen from its having
been pressed against the sides of the bottle when it was first
placed in spirits. The polypes are very unequally developed.
On one side near the base they appear to be deficient, but, when

more closely examined, they are easily seen to be completely
retracted and closed .over.

12. Cavernutartia, Valenciennes.
1. C. pusillum, Philippi, Wiegm. Arch. 1. 277. t. 4. f. 6. 10.

Mediterranean.

2. C. Valenciennesii, Herklots, Notic. 26. t. 7. f. 11. Medi-
terranean.

13. Veretitium, Cuvier.

1. V. cynomorium, Pallas, Mise. t. 13. f. 1-4. Mediterranean.

2. V. luteum, Quoy and Gaim., Ann. Sci. Nat. x. t. 9a.
Atlantic Ocean. Bay of Algesiras.

Tribe V. Renitium. Frondose, expanded, without any axis.

14, Reniixa, Lamk. Disk smooth above and beneath, without
spicula, and continued into the stem. Polypes numerous.

* Reniform, entire.

1. R. reniformis. Disk entire. Ellis, Phil. Trans. lin.
t. 29. f.6.10. R. americana, Schw. Beob. 28. t. 2. f. 10.
Coast of Brazil.

2. R. violacea. Disk with a notch in front. Quoy and Gai-
mard, Voy. de l Uranie, t. 82. f. 5, 6. Coast of Brazil.

** Oblong, sinuated and lobed on the sides.

3. R. sinuata, P1\.1Y. figs.2,8. Disk oblong, elongated, sinuated
on cach side, divided into more or less distinct lobes. Cells

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Family Pennatulide. 25

rather distant. Stem thick, as long as the disk, longitudinally
wrinkled. Philippine Islands. H. Cuming, Esq. Brit. Mus.

15. Herxxorsta. Disk expanded; upper surface armed with
spicula surrounding the edge of the cells; lower moderately
striated. The stem mserted in a deep notch on the lower edge,
and separated from the disk by a well-defined groove. Polypes
few, placed in series.

1. H. Edwardsii. Remila Edwardsii, Herklots, Notic. 29.
t. 7. f. 2. Coast of Central America. D’Orbigny. Mus. Paris.

Umbellularia Grenlandica was discovered by ‘ Captain Adrians
(of the English Greenland ship the ‘ Britannia’), a native of Jut-
land.” Two specimens ‘“ were drawn up with the line, as they
were sounding the sea, out of a clayish ground, 236 fathoms
deep, that is, 1416 feet, in 79 degrees North latitude, about
90 English miles from Greenland.” “Each of the two plants
was broke into three pieces, which accident, however, did not
hinder me from laying it before me according to its compleat
form and size.”

The captain gave them to M. Dunze of Bremen; and the
latter gave one to M. Christlob Mylius, who described and
figured it in a pamphlet entitled ‘An Account of a new Zoo-
phyte,’ 8vo, 1754, and the other to Mr. Collinson, who trans-
ferred it to John Ellis, by whom it was described and figured in
his work on Corallines. The specimen that belonged to Mylius
was given by him to M. Hollmann of Gottingen, according to
Pallas’s ‘ Zoophytes,’ p. 366. What has become of Ellis’s spe-
cimen is not known; it has probably been destroyed; and the
specimen that was in M. Hollmann’s collection in 1766 has not
since been referred to.

No other specimens appear to have been discovered, which is
very remarkable when we consider the number of ships which
visit the Northern seas, and the attention which the Danish,
Norwegian, and Swedish naturalists (especially the former)
have paid to the natural productions of the coast of Green-
land.

All the accounts of the coral in the more modern zoological
works have been taken from Ellis’s description and figure ;
there are some details in the previous account of Mylius which
have been overlooked; he also gave a history of the discovery
and the means by which the coral came into his hands, which
is entirely omitted by Ellis.

26 Mr. W.H. Benson on the Burmese genus Sophina.

III.—On the Burmese genus Sophina.
By W. H. Benson, Esq.

Furtner contributions of shells from the vicinity of Moulmein
have enabled me to present more correct diagnoses of Sophina
forabilis and S. Calias than those published in the ‘ Annals’ for
May and June 1859; also to state that the singular rift in the
columella is common to all the three species assigned to the
genus. 8S. forabilis has been found by Capt. J.C. Haughton at
the caves of Damatha. The imperfect specimen first deseribed
was from the Tenasserim Valley, and was defective at the most
important part of the aperture, as were also those of S. Calias
first sent by Major R. H. Sankey. Hopes were entertained that
the present notes might have been accompanied by some account
of the animal of Sophina; but unfortunately it has not yet been
obtained in a living state. %

It appears highly probable that the Mollusk may he allied
rather to the bitentaculate, bathrommatous, and imoperculate
Western genera Ceres and Proserpina, than to the acrommatous
genus Helix; but at present this can be merely a matter for
conjecture. Even if this singular form should prove to be
really Helicidous in character, its separation from Heliw will rest
on as strong or even stronger grounds than some of the groups
which have, by common consent, been accepted as genera;
and it may possibly take its place between Nanina and Glandina,

Sophina, B., gen. nov. (char. emend.).

Testa Heliciformis; columella callosa, declivis, cum margine basali

.. angulum efformans; angulus rimatus, rima in carina umbilicali
spirali desinente ; callus parietalis tenuis expansiusculus.

Helix (Sect. Sophina, B., Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. iii. p. 473).

Sophina Calias, B. (char. emend.).

Testa anguste umbilicata, orbiculato-depressa, solidiuseula, oblique
striatula, polita, pallide cornea; spira planata, apice saliente, ob-
tuso, sutura marginata, canaliculata; anfractibus 5 subconvexis,
sensim accrescentibus, ultimo ad ambitum rotundato, subtus con-
vexiuseulo ;\ apertura lunata, obliqua, peristomate recto, acuto,
margine columellari oblique recurvatim descendente, calloso, extus
crenulato, cum basali angulum fere rectum, arcte rimatum, effor-
mante, rima extremitatem carinee umbilicalis, sensim spiraliter
intrantis, incidente ; umbilici perspectivi pariete intus horizonta-
liter confertim suleato.

Diam. major 9, minor 73, axis 4 mill.

Ilabitat prope Moulmein, ad cavernas ‘‘ Farm Caves’? dictas.

Syn. Helix Calias, Benson, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. iii. p. 473.

Mr. W. Clark on the Lepton suleatulum. 27
Sophina forabilis, B. (char. emend.).

Testa subanguste et profunde umbilicata, conoideo-semiglobosa,
tenui, oblique striatula, spiraliter confertissime striata, cornea;
spira depresso-conoidea, apice elevatiusculo, obtuso, sutura im-
pressa; anfractibus 6 convexiusculis, ultimo non descendente, ad
ambitum rotundato, circa umbilicum perspectivum intus spiraliter
striatum carinato, carina spirali, intrante; apertura obliqua, ro-
tundato-lunata, peristomate recto, acuto, margine columellari
oblique recurvatim descendente, ecrassiusculo, subcrenulato, cum
basali angulum fere rectum, arcte rimatum, efformante, rima ex-
tremitatem carinz umbilicalis incidente.

Diam. major 6-8, minor 51—7, axis 3-4 mill.

Habitat ad Phai-Than vallis Tenasserim, et ad Cavernam Damatha
prope Moulmein.

Syn. Helix forabilis, Benson, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. iii.
p- 389. Sect. Sophina, p. 473.

The three species already known inhabit the vicinity of Moul-
mein; only one of them has also been found elsewhere. The
third and largest (S. schistosielis, B.) was sufficiently described, in
the paper last quoted, as a Helix of the section now treated as
a distinct genus. It appears to be scarcely within the bounds
of probability that a form so peculiar should be confined to the
limited tract in which it has hitherto been collected. Species
may have been overlooked, or regarded by persons unacquainted
with the subject as merely broken shells, both in the Malay
peninsula and in Siam,—possibly even in Cochin China. Other
unusual Tenasserim types have occurred in the two countries
last named.

Cheltenham, Dec. 3, 1859.

Note.—I have employed the terms “ bathrommatous” and
“acrommatous ” as expressive of certain characters in the ani-
mals of shells, and saving recourse to unnecessary details, thereby
filling a void in conchological nomenclature. The former word
has reference to genera in which the eyes are situated at the
base of the tentacula, the latter to those in which they are
placed at the summit.

IV.—On the Lepton sulcatulum of Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys.
By Witi1am Crark, Esq.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.
GENTLEMEN, Bath, 21st November, 1859.

It is very desirable to correct the errors of science without
delay ; 1 therefore venture to request the insertion of a short
paper in your excellent Journal.

28 Mr. W. Clark on the Lepton sulcatulum.

In the ‘Annals of Natural History,’ 3rd series, vol. i. p. 406,
I submitted some observations on Mr. Jeffreys’s “ Gleanings in
British Conchology,” in one of which (in the series, and page 34
of the vol. above quoted) that gentleman has introduced a new
species termed Lepton sulcatulum, illustrated by PI. II. fig. 2 a-g,
and on which, in the same vol., p. 409, I have stated amongst
my remarks, that “ Lepton sulcatulum appears to be a good spe-
cies—that is, on shell examination.”

This conjecture has not been verified, as I think I shall prove
that no such species exists; my opinion was based on the
examination, as I thought, of a perfect shell. Iwas misled by
the specimens sent me by Mr. Jeffreys, which proved imperfect
in having a portion of the primary denticular processes broken
away; and in consequence the point within the beaks appeared
to present a fovea or pit indicative of an internal ligament, and
the shell had thus an approach to the hinge of a Lepton. I
received only one entire example, which could not be safely
opened, and four separate valves. The matter has rested here
for some months; but having been, only last week, very un-
expectedly favoured by the Rev. Alfred Norman with perfect
closed and open examples of the Lepton sulcatulum of Jeffreys
from Jersey or Guernsey, and also having had, within these few
days, the whole of Mr. Norman’s stock of that supposed species
forwarded to Bath for my inspection, [ am enabled to say, aided
by two fine live specimens which I fortunately have just dis-
covered in my cabinet, that they do not represent a new species
of Lepton.

These minute objects are the fry of the well-known Circe
minima. I have rigorously compared them with many sizes of
that species. Four excellent open pairs of these very young
shells show the precise dentition of Circe; the ligament, as in
it, is short, linear, and essentially external, though it is in a
great measure obscured from view by running within the com-
missure of the two valves; the pallial impression, as in that
species, is almost without a posterior sinus (indeed it is scarcely
indented), and proves that the tubes of the animal are short,
and that it is closely allied to Cyprina and Astarte ; the cordi-
form impression under the beaks even of these Cirezan pigmies
is very visible in fresh examples, but in the worn and imperfect
shells usually seen in collections it is hardly discoverable ; in
adults it is not very strongly marked.

If the dentition of these minute phases of Circe is placed un-
der the microscope, in comparison with the accredited Leptons
(of which we have only three species), the discrepancy of the two
will be apparent. The former (Circe), under adequate optical
assistance, which should not be less than the half-inch object-

Prof. T. H. Huxley on the Development of Pyrosoma. 29

glass of the compound microscope, presents in the right valve
three divergent cardinal teeth, with well-developed laterals on
the anterior side, and others more elongated and obsolete pos-
teriorly ; in the left valve there are also three cardinals, with,
on the anterior side, a strong lateral, and another very incon-
spicuous one at the posterior end. The latter (Lepton) in both
valves, shows only a single, rather slender, conical, pointed pri-
mary tooth projecting subhorizontally inwards, or at an angle
of from 60°—-90° ; and the laterals in the right valve on each side
are double, with a single lamina on each side in the left valve.

Mr. Jeffreys’s scheme of dentition is greatly at variance with
the preceding ; but the error of that gentleman may have arisen
in consequence of his having only dead, worn, and imperfect
specimens, in which the laminar portion of the dentition is often
wanting. If a pair of valves of the adult Circe, and another
of these young objects, are placed in a parallel position as
regards the dentition, it will be seen that in both it is identical.
I have found this to be the case in every perfect shell of Mr.
Norman’s that I have examined.

The character of the beaks being caliculated is a very unim-
portant one, as many bivalves in extreme youth are so, but the
calix, as the shell grows, wears away; and even in my live ex-
ample, of only ;1, of an inch diameter, the commencement of
the sloughing-off is seen; and it is not till then that the germ
of the external ligament is visible, and the true beaks, with
their slight anterior arcuation, become established.

It thus appears that there is not a congruous character in
Lepton and Circe ; they differ in contour, sculpture, dentition,
ligament—in fact, in nearly all points. I therefore think the
argument has sufficiently proved that the so-called Lepton sul-
catulum is not a new species, and that it is one of the young
conditions of the Circe minima.

Il am, Gentlemen,
Your most obedient Servant,
Wm. Crark.

V.—On the Development of Pyrosoma. By Tuomas H. Hux-
LEY, F.R.S., F.L.S., Professor of Natural History, Goyern-
ment School of Mines.

Tue following abstract contains an account of some observations

which were laid before the Linnzan Society at its meeting of

the 1st of December 1859.

A fine specimen of Pyrosoma giganteum having come into my
hands through the kindness of Admiral Fitzroy, of the Marine

Department of the Board of Trade, I sought in it for those sin-

30 Prof. T. H. Huxley on the Development of Pyrosoma.

gular compound embryos described by Savigny, but which I
had been unable to find in the specimen which formed the sub-
ject of my memoir on Pyrosoma* published in the ‘ Philosophical
Transactions,’ nearly nine years ago. Such embryos proved to
be exceedingly abundant ; and as might have been expected from
Savigny’s known accuracy, his account of their structure turned
out to be perfectly correct, so far as it goes. The excellent state
of the specimen, however, led me to endeavour to trace out the
origin and mode of development of these bodies; and in so
doing I came upon facts of such an anomalous character, that
the inquiry assumed much larger proportions, and became in-
vested with a far wider interest, than I had anticipated.

I must premise that the tissues of Pyrosoma, as of all
Ascidians, are excellently preserved by immersion in tolerably
strong spirit—so that the finest details, down even to the ends
of the cilia, are admirably exhibited ; while the cautious addition
of glycerine to sections of spirit-specimens renders them more
transparent, without, so far as I have perceived, domg them
any injury.

I will now proceed to describe the process of development
undergone by the impregnated ova.

As I have pointed out in the memo referred to above, each
zooid of a Pyrosoma contains a large testis, and a single ovum
enclosed within an ovisac but little larger than itself. Until the
ovisac attains a diameter of ;4,th of an inch, or thereabouts, the
duct which connects the ovisae with the wall of the atrium, or
cloacal cavity of the zooid, is imperforate at its extremity, and its
walls, like those of the ovisac, are composed of a single layer of
cells without any limitary membrane or tunica propria. There are
no cilia either on the wall of the ovisac or on that of the duct.
The ovum consists of a large, spherical, clear germinal vesicle,
containing a spherical, more or less solid-looking germinal spot,
and surrounded by a yellowish, very finely granular yelk, which
is totally devoid of any vitellme membrane. ‘The germinal
vesicle lies on one side of the yelk, and the spot on the same
side of the vesicle.

In ovisacs of larger size (up to jth of an inch in diameter)
the duct is pervious throughout; and, as it is open at its extre-
mity, it is in free communication with the atrium, and, through
that, with the exterior. The ovum still fills the ovisac, its yelk
being i in the same condition as before, but larger, both absolutely
and in relation to the germinal vesicle. The latter has also
enlarged up to a diameter of about 47pth of an inch, but it is

* Observations on the Anatomy and pee of Salpa and Pyrosoma,
‘ Philosophical Transactions,’ 1851, p, 2

Prof. T. H. Huxley on the Development of Pyrosoma. 31

still perfectly clear and transparent. The spot retains its pre-
vious form and dimensions.

In these ovisacs I have been always able to find spermatozoa
either entering the mouth of the duct or, more usually, aggregated
together into a sort of conical bundle or plug, at the wide end
of the duct, where it opens into the ovisac. Not unfrequently
the broad end of this plug was in direct contact with the yelk
itself. I have assured myself of these facts by observing the
contents of the ovisac when opened with a fine needle, or, more
accidentally, by making thin sections with a razor; and I have
satisfied myself that the bundle of filaments in question (itself
very obvious) consists of spermatozoa, by comparing them with
the contents of the deferent duct of the testis of Pyrosoma*.

The spermatozoa must always come from some other zooid
(if not from another individual), inasmuch as the testis of
zooids containing ovisacs in this state is in a very rudimentary
condition. At no period, either before or after impregnation,
can any vitelline membrane be discovered ; but what surprised
me most was, that in ovisacs of larger size than ;jsth of an inch
in diameter the yelk itself was absent, at least in its previous
form. Not a trace of it is to be seen; and I can only imagine
that it is completely liquefied and dissolved in the clear fluid
which forms the sole contents of the ovisac besides the germinal
vesicle. The latter is naked, and attached to the epithelial lming
of the wall of the ovisac (which is now differentiated into epi-
thelium and tunica propria) close to the opening of the duct
into it, and, so far as I have observed, always a little behind and
to one side of that opening. This constancy in the position of
the germinal vesicle becomes very important as a means of
identifying the germinal vesicle in subsequent stages of develop-
ment. Neither in this nor in any subsequent stage does the
germinal vesicle attain a mean diameter of more than 445th of
an inch, while ova in an earlier stage, surrounded by their yelks,
often measure ;4,th of an inch, or fully double the size. Be-
sides this, the germinal vesicle is at first perfectly transparent
and clear, and the germinal spot, which retains its primitive size
and appearance, is recognizable in it with the utmost ease. It
is quite impossible, therefore, to confound the germinal vesicle
with the ovum of earlier stages, or the germinal spot with the
germinal vesicle of previous stages.

That no solid yelk, such as previously existed, now invests the
germinal vesicle, is rendered obvious by opening the ovisac and
everting that part of its wall to which the germinal vesicle is

* In my memoir on Pyrosoma (I. c. p. 584) I have described appearances

which led me to believe I saw moving spermatozoa in the duct in living
specimens.

32 = Prof. T. H. Huxley on the Development of Pyrosoma.

attached. The sharp contour of the membrane of the germinal
vesicle is then easily seen to be covered by nothing but a very
thin continuation of the pale delicate epithelium of the ovisac
which invests it and holds it in place, just as the discus proli-
gerus holds the human ovum im its place im the Graafian
follicle.

In the earlier stages, I have turned the ovum out of the ovi-
sac with its yelk quite entire; so that there can be no question
here of destruction by manipulation.

As the ovisac enlarges (up to z,th of an inch), the germinal
vesicle and spot retain their previous size; but the contents of
the vesicle, instead of remaining transparent, become thick and
troubled, and acquire a yellowish colour and a certain opacity,
so as very nearly to resemble the previous yelk in consistence. I
have observed that this deposit appears to commence on that
side of the germinal vesicle which is turned towards the duct, in
consequence of which, the membrane of the vesicle is apt to
become shrunken and corrugated on the opposite side; so that,
viewed under a low power, it may appear truncated on that side.
Ultimately the whole vesicle is converted into a solid-looking
flattened mass, in which the germinal spot is perfectly distin-
guishable, while the membrane of the vesicle is hardly visible as
a distinct structure. The altered vesicle is now invested on its
inner side by the epithelium, while externally it is in contact
with the membrana propria of the ovisac.

There is now a slight gap (which I hope yet to be able to fill
up satisfactorily) in my observations. Ovisaes of =\,th of an inch
in diameter no longer show the solidified germinal vesicle ; but
occupying exactly the same place is a thin discoidal oblong
body, about as wide as the solidified germinal vesicle, and of the
same colour, but between two and three times aslong. In this,
no trace of the germinal spot is visible; but it is composed of
minute celliform bodies, with distinct endoplasts or nuclei, of
the same aspect as the germinal spot, though much smaller.
The celliform bodies are above ;,/59th of an inch in dia-

1800

meter, the endoplasts 55'559-ro000th, while the germinal spot

attains its full diameter of about z5'55th of an inch in very young
ova, and neither increases nor diminishes in older ones.

This is the earliest rudiment I have discovered of the blasto-
derm. The ducts of ovisaes of this size have a shrunken, withered
look ; and if there are spermatozoa in them, they are few and not
aggregated into a plug or bundle: on the other hand, scattered
about over the surface and on the face of the blastoderm, I
observe a number of minute rod-like solid bodies, curiously
similar to the heads of the spermatozoa.

Sunultaneously with, or slightly anterior to, the formation of the

Prof. T. H. Huxley on the Development of Pyrosoma. 33

blastoderm is a very remarkable change in the epithelium of

the ovisac, which becomes converted into a thick transparent

substance containing many spheroidal excavations, which are,
apparently, the cavities of the primitive epithelial cells.

I have little doubt that the germinal spot divides and sub-
divides, and that each of its portions appropriates to itself a
segment of the semisolid contents of the germinal vesicle, to
form the endoplast and its investment or one of the constituents
of the blastoderm. At present, however, I have no absolute
proof that such is the case, though I have seen a germinal
vesicle with four or five granules of unequal size in the place of
the germinal spot.

The blastoderm rapidly enlarges, and forms an oblong patch,
which extends over a gradually increasing segment of the
circumference of the ovisac, between the membrana propria
(which gradually disappears over it as a distinct structure) and
the epithelium, and at the same time becomes covered with a
thickish layer of transparent substance, the rudiment of the
future cellulose test of the Pyrosoma.

The elongated band-like blastoderm next becomes marked
out, by four constrictions, ito five portions. That segment
which terminates one end of the series enlarges faster than the
others, and inyests one end of the ovisae with a sort of cap ; the
other four portions assume a heart-shape, the base of each
‘heart’ being turned towards the ‘cap.’ All five portions remain
connected by narrow necks. In this stage the blastoderm ex-
tends over one half of the circumference of the ovisac, which is
about =th of an inch in diameter.

Up to this point the ovisac has remained within a chamber of
the sinus-system of the parent zooid, by whose blood it is bathed
on all sides; but it has gradually thrust the atrial wall of that
chamber before it, and eventually it breaks through the wall,
and passes into the atrial cavity, a very large portion of which it
occupies. The duct of the ovisac (now a mere thin cord as com-
pared with the whole ovisac) is broken through in the course of
this curious natural Ceesarian parturition, and soon ceases to be
discoverable.

The young blastoderm itself is, as I have said, almost directly
bathed by the parental blood so long as the ovisac remains in
the sinus, while the thin walls of the ovisac must allow of such
an abundant passage of nutritive matter into its interior that it
must serve as a great reservoir of material for the developing
embryo after birth. The contents of the ovisac, therefore, though
neither a food-yelk nor a placenta, serve the purpose of both.

It would be impossible, without the figures with which I pro-
pose to illustrate the memoir presented to the Linnean Society,

Ann, & Mag. N, List. Ser. 3. Vol.v. 3

34 Prof. T. H. Huxley on the Development of Pyrosoma.

to explain in detail the further steps of the metamorphosis of
the young Pyrosoma, the structure of the adult, or the agamo-
genetic development of young zooids im it; but I may mention
that the ‘cap’ is the rudiment of the cloaca, a structure at first
totally distinct from the four Ascidiites (as the members of com-
pound Ascidians might be termed, in harmony with Polypite,
Somite, &c.), and homologically equivalent to one of them.
The four Ascidiites, connected by their gradually-lengthening
intermediate necks of blastoderm, change their positions so as to
become, as it were, wound half round the base of the rudiment of
the cloaca, with which they become gradually united, without at
first in any way opening into it. Enlarging faster than the
rudiment of the cloaca, they next completely encircle it, and so
extend, on each side, beyond it and the ovisac which it caps, as
almost to hide both these structures. The different organs make
their appearance, and the embryo attains a size of 4,th of an
inch, or thereabouts. I have met with no embryo larger than
this, and I doubt if such are to be found contained in the parent
organism, as they fill the cloacal chamber of the atrium so com-
pletely that there seems to be no room for any further enlarge-
ment. Indeed, it is difficult to understand how they get out,
so disproportioned are they to the diameter of the cloacal aper-
ture of the zooid.

The largest embryos exhibit neither rudimentary buds nor
reproductive organs, and each has two short canals passing from
the inner or hinder end of its neural surface towards the aper-
ture of the general cloaca. The latter lies altogether above the
primitive rudiment of the cloaca ; and into it the cloacal apertures
of the four Ascidites open. ‘The primitive neck-like portion of
blastoderm connecting the zooid nearest the rudiment of the
cloaca with it is now converted into a long canal, which debouches
just in front of the ganglion, while from the opposite side and
end of the zooid, close to the end of the endostyle, a similar
slender tube passes to the region in front of the ganglion in the
next zooid. The other zooids are connected in the same way ; so
that the four Ascidiites and the rudimentary cloaca are tied to-
gether head and tail, like horses going to a fair,—the ‘tail’ of
the last zooid, as of the last horse, being unfettered.

By the observations of Miiller on Entoconcha and of Gegenbaur
on Sagitta, the question as to the fate of the germinal vesicle
after impregnation, or, rather, after yelk-division, has been re-
opened; and the observations I have detailed tend to show that
in Pyrosoma, as in Entoconcha and Sagitta, the embryo-cells
are the lineal descendants of the germinal vesicle, and that the
doctrine of Remak and Virchow is applicable to the early stages
of development.

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide. 85

The nearest analogy I am aware of for what occurs in Pyro-
soma is the process of development of the embryo observed by
K6lliker in Ascaris dentata and in Cucullanus elegans, where the
yelk is a nearly clear fluid, which undergoes no segmentation,
but merely serves to suspend the embryo-cells. These embryo-
cells are, however, according to Kélliker, new products arismg
totally independently of the germinal vesicle; so that, if this be
the case, there is a fundamental difference between the two pro-
cesses—quite apart from the fact that, in the worms, there is a
vitellme membrane, and that the representative of the ovisac
plays no such part as in Pyrosoma. Indeed, in this respect the
development of Pyrosoma appears to be unique, as our present
knowledge stands ; though I strongly suspect that the develop-
ment of Sa/pa will some day be found to be very similar. No
one of the many observers of the Salpe (Krohn, Vogt, myself,
Leuckart) have seen yelk-division in these animals; and the
passage of the embryo into the atrium appears to be effected in
them in essentially the same manner as in Pyrosoma.

On the other hand, although there is not an exact identity, it
must be admitted that there is a very close analogy between the
changes undergone by the ovisae of Pyrosoma and that through
which the oyum of a bird passes, if we consider the vitelline
membrane (i. e. what is ordinarily regarded as such) of the bird’s
egg to represent the tunica propria of the ovisac of Pyrosoma.,

VI.—On some new Anthribide.
By Francis P. Pascoe, F.L.S, &e.
[With two Plates. |
[Concluded from vol, iv. p. 439. ]
Xenocerus equestris.

X. niger; capite prothoraceque albo-lineatis ; elytris sutura (apice
excepto), fascia postica, vittaque basali albo-tomentosis.
Hab. Aru.

Elongate, tomentose, dull black ; a white stripe, commencing
at the apex of the rostrum on each side, divides beneath the eye,
one branch, proceeding over its upper margin, is continued along
the lateral border of the prothorax to the elytron, where, gradu-
ally tapering to a point, it terminates at rather more than half
its length, the inferior branch, passing beneath the eye (which
has thus a nearly complete border of white encircling it), joins
the great mass of pure flake-white, which occupies the whole of
the under surface except the pro- and mesosterna; another
stripe, commencing between the eyes, passes along the centre of
the prothorax, the scutellum, and suture, to near the declivity at

3%

36 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide.

the apex of the elytra, where it divides and passes directly across
to the external margin on each side; antenne of the male
between three and four times the length of the body, black ; legs
black, with a sparse whitish pubescence; tarsi ashy, the penul-
timate joint entirely, and the apices only of the others black.
Allied to X. saperdoides, Germ. Length 7 lines. °

Xenocerus deletus.

X. piceus, cervino-tomentosus ; capite prothoraceque obscure albido-
trivittatis; elytris linea curvata basali fasciaque pone medium
albidis.

Hab. Borneo.

Pitchy, with a short reddish-grey pubescence ; from the apex of
the rostrum on each side a greyish-white line passes to the eye,
and along its upper margin to the vertex, where it shades away
to a short central line in front; prothorax with three greyish-
white stripes; elytra finely punctato-striate, the base of each
with a strongly curved line from the shoulders to the suture,
and a fascia behind the middle, the anterior portion of which
curves upwards on the suture, greyish-white; antennz in the
male two or three times the length of the body, black, with the
fourth and fifth joints ashy at the base; legs black; first, se-
cond, and fourth tarsal jomts ashy at the base; under surface
greyish white ; pro- and mesosterna black. Length 6 lines.

Xenocerus fimbriatus.
X. niger, parce griseo-pubescens ; prothoracis disco nitido; anten-
narum articulo secundo apice fimbriato.

Hab. Borneo.

Elongate, black; crown of the head and disk of the pro-
thorax smooth, shining; sides of the latter, rostrum, and line
over the eyes, with a thin greyish pubescence; elytra strongly
punctured in rather coarse rows, and covered with a sparse, grey-
ish or somewhat fulvous pubescence, with a few obscure spots of
lighter colour; antennze of the male about twice the length of
the body, black, the second joint fringed with crisp curved hairs
at the apex; legs black, base of the last tarsal joint ashy ;
beneath black, the abdomen with greyish hairs. Length 7 lines.

Xenocerus variabilis.

X, angustior, luteus, cervino-tomentosus ; prothorace nigro quadri-
vittato ; elytris nigro-subtessellatis ; antennarum articulo quinto
apice fimbriato.

Hab. Borneo.

Rather narrow, yellowish brown, with a short reddish-grey
tomentum varied with ashy; disk of the prothorax clouded with

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide. 37

ashy, on each side two black stripes; elytra finely punctato-
striate, spotted with black, the spots nearest the scutellum, and
again near the apex, more or less connected, the third and
seventh interstices ashy ; antennze compressed, half as long
again as the body, black, the fifth joint fringed with short crisp
hairs at its apex beneath, the eighth white, except on one side ;
legs reddish grey; tarsi black, varied with ashy; beneath with
a coarse yellowish-grey tomentum. Length 5 lines.

A variable species m regard to colour, the stripes on the pro-
thorax being sometimes represented by spots, or the spots on
the elytra nearly altogether unconnected. The antennz also
vary considerably in length.

CrpUs.

Head narrowed in front; the rostrum large, flat, suddenly
expanded below, the apex entire. Antennz three or four times
the length of the body, arising from an irregular cavity directly
over the expansion of the rostrum ; the first jomt long, swollen
at the apex; the second much shorter; the third as long as the
first ; the remainder to the eighth gradually increasing in length;
the last three shorter, not forming a club. Eyes approximate,
large, round, entire, occupying the upper part of the head. La-
brum very small. Mandibles short. Palpi slender, pointed. Pro-
thorax short, very transverse, subdepressed, the carina somewhat
distant from the base, strongly curved and slightly hooked at
the sides. Scutellum small, subquadrate. Elytra short, widest
at the base. Legs of moderate length; the first tarsal jomt
elongate. Mesosternum short, very transverse.

Cedus tuberculatus.

C. ovatus, nigro-tomentosus; elytris purpurascenti-nigro-variis,
singulis basi tuberculatis.

Hab, Singapore.

Ovate, covered with a dense black tomentum; head between
the eyes slightly grooved; rostrum finely granulated, with a
central costa descending to the apex, and two short lateral ones
below the eye; prothorax irregular, with a few small reddish-
orange spots; scutellum reddish orange; elytra very short,
brownish black, varied with dull purplish brown, a reddish-
orange spot at the side and a large elevated tubercle at the base
of each near the scutellum; antennz reddish brown, the apical
half of the eighth joint and the whole of the ninth, except at the
apex, white; legs black, the anterior and posterior tibie and
tarsi varied with pale red; beneath black, with a thin silvery
pubescence. Length 3} lines.

38 My. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide.

Cedus tuberculatus is a MS. name of Mr. Waterhouse’s, by
which this species has been long known in collections.

Cedus guttatus.

C. subovatus, anthracinus, tenuiter pubescens ; rostro albo; protho-

race elytrisque cinereo-guttatis.
Hab. Borneo.

Subovate, bluish black, smooth, finely pubescent ; head with
a central striga commencing on the vertex, but not descending
to the apex of the rostrum, with two short lateral ones below the
eye; the rostrum in front covered with a dense white pubes-
cence; prothorax with a semicircular groove on its disk, and
several distinct ashy specks; elytra subdepressed, smooth, gra-
dually narrower towards the apex, with numerous ashy spots ;
antenne entirely black, except the last jomt, which. is white;
legs black varied with ashy; beneath with a dense silvery-white
pubescence. Length 4 lines.

BYAstTvs.

Head large, gradually dilating below the eyes ; the rostrum
very broad and long, a little concave in front, suddenly expanded
at the side near the middle; the apex entire. Antenne shorter
than the body, arising from a punctiform cavity im the angle
formed by the expansion of the rostrum; the first jomt much
longer than the second, the third longest, their apices tumid,
the remainder short and incrassate, the last three forming a
narrow, fusiform club. yes subapproximate, round, entire,
occupying the upper part of the head. Mandibles short, stout.
Labrum small, narrow. Palpi slender. Prothorax transverse,
a little narrower anteriorly, the carina somewhat distant from
the base, strongly curved at the flexure. Hlytra subdepressed,
slightly rounded at the sides. Legs of moderate length ; first
tarsal joint elongate.

Byastus cephatotes.

B. ovatus, nigro-tomentosus ; fascia obliqua suboculari elytrisque
maculis ochraceis ornatis; antennis pedibusque ferrugineo-annu-
latis.

Hab. Borneo.

Ovate, covered with a dense black tomentum ; rostrum thinly
pubescent, with a central straight and three curved strige on
each side, and a short, oblique ochraccous band beneath the eye ;
prothorax with two or three obscure ochraceous spots at the
base; elytra obscurely punctato-striate, with a large basal sub-
triangular patch and a few round spots ochraceous; the stria,
principally near the base and at the sides, faintly speckled with ~

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide. 39

the same colour; femora and body beneath black ; tibize, tarsi,
and antennz varied with brownish red. Length 2 lines. British
Museum.

PRoTzpvs.

Head small, broad and rounded in front, slightly narrowed
below the eyes; rostrum very short, concave anteriorly, and
contracted at the apex. Antennze much longer than the body,
arising from a large round cavity immediately beneath and a
little im front of the eye; the first jomt large and inflated, the
second short ; the club of three narrow, interrupted joints. Eyes
small, remote, round, entire. Mandibles short. Labrum rather
large. Palpi slender. Prothorax convex, rounded anteriorly,
as wide as the elytra at the base; the carina basal, forming a
sharp angle at its flexure, and continued to the anterior border
of the prothorax. Elytra convex, slightly gibbous at the base.
Legs of moderate length ; first tarsal jomt elongate.

Protadus morens.

P. elongato-ovalis, nigro-tomentosus ; capite antice prothoracisque
lateribus albis; elytris albo-guttatis.

Hab. Batchian (Moluccas).

Elongate-oval, covered with a dull black tomentum; head
between the eyes, a narrow stripe above the eyes, rostrum
and sides of the prothorax white; elytra punctato-striate, the
alternate interstices spotted with white, the base with a slight
tinge of greyish; antenne and legs ferruginous brown ; pygi-
dium with a sparse white pubescence ; mandibles, eyes, and body
beneath black. Length 2 lines.

The male has the antenne longer than the female, and all the
joints from the fifth or sixth are nearly or quite as thick as the
club itself; in the female the funiculus is of the normal slender
form, except that the basal jot preserves the same character
as in the male, but is a trifle narrower. It is to allow full
scope to the movement of this joint that the anterior margin of
the antennal groove is so expanded as to cause the concavity in
front of the rostrum described in the generic character.

Hypsevs.

Head broad in front, contracted below the eyes ; rostrum very
short, convex, rounded below, the apex entire. Antennze short,
arising from a deep groove below the eye, the first two joints
tumid, the last three ovate, forming a broad flat interrupted
club. Eyes remote, prominent, obliquely oblong, entire. La-
brum transverse. Palpi rather stout. Prothorax subquadrate,
a little narrowed in front; the carina distant from the base,

40 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide.

arching forwards, dividing at the side ito two diverging branches,
the posterior terminating at the prothoracic angle, the anterior
continued to about two-thirds the length of the prothorax.
Secutellum small, round. Elytra subconvex, parallel. Legs of
moderate length; the first tarsal jomt shorter than the rest
together.
Hypseus fascicularis.
H. clongato-ovalis, piceus, vario-fusco-tomentosus ; elytris fascicu-
latis, pone medium in singulis macula griseo- -alba ornatis.

Hab. Borneo.

Hlongate-oval, pitchy, tomentose ; general colour dark brown,
obscurely varied with lighter shades of the same colour; on
the prothorax a dark crescent- shaped mark, interrupted in
the middle, and two others behind; elytra obscurely punctato-
striate, four dark fascicles of hairs placed longitudinally on
each, the first at the base on a slight callosity, behind the
middle fascicle an oblique dull-whitish spot; when viewed
with the head towards the observer, each alternate mterstice
at the base is found to be obscurely spotted with white, and
the other interstices have a shght tinge of yellowish brown ;
antennze brown, the two basal joints testaceous red; legs dark
brown, varied with ferruginous. Length 2 lines.

ETHNECA.

Head small, rather narrow ; rostrum moderately long, slightly
contracted in the middle, dilated below ; the apex subemargi-
nate. Antenne short, arising from a shallow groove near the
apex; the first two joints subequal, tumid; the third longest ;
the last three forming a short compact club. Eyes lateral,
round, entire. Labrum subquadrate. Maxillary palpi rather
robust, subacuminate ; the labial slender. Prothorax subconic,
convex; the carina rather distant from the base, but approach-
ing the posterior angle at the side, and terminating in a slight
curve. Scutellum subquadrate. Elytra short, wider than the
prothorax, its sides rounded. Legs rather short t, stout; the
first tarsal joint wider than the rest, and produced at the apex
on each side, Mesosternuin rounded posteriorly.

Ethneca Bakewellii.

EZ. ovata, picea, nigro-tomentosa, fulvo-maculata ; rostro medio lon-
gitudinaliter impresso.
Hab. Australia (Melbourne).

Ovate, pitchy, with a brownish-black tomentum and greyish-
ycllow ates thinly interspersed ; rostrum with a broad shallow
longitudinal impression in the middle; scutellum fulvous ; ely-

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide. 41

tra strongly punctato-striate, the alternate interstices tessellated
with deep black and fulvous; antenne fulvous, apices of the
joints and club dark brown; legs dark brown, the tibie and
tarsi varied with greyish; beneath pitchy black, with a very
slight greyish pile. Length 3 lines,

Named after Robert Bakewell, Esq., of St. John’s Wood, the
possessor of a large collection of Australian insects, who first
(and I believe it was the only time) took several individuals of
this species near Melbourne. I am also indebted to him for the
opportunity of describing the next very remarkable genus.
There are two more Anthribide in his collection, one related to
Tropideres, the other an Arecerus(perhaps.A.sambucinus, M‘Leay),
both from Melbourne; but as they are single specimens, and
very small and obscure, I hesitate to describe them at pre-
sent as new. These bring up the number of Australian species*
known to me to about ten. Although many more doubtless
remain to be discovered, the poverty of this family in Australia
is strongly contrasted with its abundance in the Indian islands:
even the neighbouring land of New Guinea yielded forty-five
species to Mr. Wallace during his short visit, notwithstanding
that his researches were confined to the very narrowest limits,
not ranging over, I believe, more than a square mile of the
country around the half settlement of Dorey.

GENETHILA.

Head rather broad in front, slightly contracted below the
eyes; the rostrum stout, the sides nearly parallel, the apex
deeply emarginate. Antenne short, arising from a deep groove
at the side near the apex; the first joint short, almost hidden in
the groove; the second tumid, and longer than the third; the
last three forming a stout compact club. Eyes distant, lateral,
nearly round, entire. Labrum descending to the outer margin
of the mandibles when closed. Maxillary palpi rather stout,
the terminal joint conical ; the labial slender, pointed. Prothorax
elongate, arched above, narrowed anteriorly, the sides slightly
rounded, the carina basal, terminating in a slight hook at the
side. Scutellum ovate. Elytra wider than the prothorax, elon-
gate, subparallel, truncate at the apex. Legs of moderate length ;
cox of the middle pair subapproximate; the four anterior tarsi
longer than the posterior, the first joint nearly as long as the
rest together.

In habit and coloration very similar to Ancylotropis, Jekel,
but differs in the short antennz, the stout club, the thick broad

* Tasmania is excluded. Anthribus griseus, Fab., and Cratoparis cerato-
deres, Sch., are too doubtful to be included among Australian insects.

42 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide.

rostrum, &c. A second species of Anecylotropis is found at
Amboyna.
Genethila retusa.

G. oblonga, picea, griseo-tomentosa ; scutello maculaque laterali

elytrorum albescentibus.
Hab. Moreton Bay.

Oblong, pitchy, with a thin greyish tomentum ; rostrum with
a depressed longitudinal line in the centre ; prothorax with two
oblique impressed lines, forming a V-shaped mark on its dise ;
elytra punctato-striate, wider than the prothorax at its base,
slightly dilated towards the apex, then suddenly and perpendi-
cularly truncate, the truncated portion of each with two tuber-
cles clothed with fulvous hairs; near the shoulder on each side,
but extending behind the middle, an obscure whitish subtrian-
cular patch, and at the base two rows of small blackish spots ;
antenne and legs dull yellowish brown; eyes black ; head and
thorax beneath pitchy, punctured. Length 3 lines.

PHAOCHROTES.

Head broad in front, contracted below the eyes ; rostrum of
moderate length, slightly dilated towards the apex, which is
entire. Antennze shorter than the body, arising from a longitu-
dinal cavity above the apex ; the first two joints short, scareely
thicker than the third, the rest gradually dilating at their apices
to the eighth, which is broadly triangular; the last three form-
ing a stout, ovate, compact club. Eyes large, remote, lateral,
round, entire. Mandibles rather long. Labrum small, rounded
below. Palpi slender, acuminate. Prothorax slightly depressed,
narrowed anteriorly, the carina subbasal, strongly curved at the
side. Elytra short, subdepressed, covering the pygidium. Legs
of moderate length ; first tarsal jot elongate.

Phaochrotes porcellus.
P. subovatus, piceus, parce grisco-tomentosus, obsolete fusco-macu-
latus.
Hab. Macassar.

Subovate, slightly depressed, pitchy brown, sparingly covered
with a short, coarse, greyish tomentum, varied on the head and
prothorax with a few indistinet brownish patches ; elytra punctato-
striate ; antenne at the base ferruginous, darker at the apices of
the joints, the last four or five entirely brown ; body beneath and
legs dark brown, bases of the tibiz reddish ferruginous. Length
1} line.

NERTHOMMA.
Head rather small, subquadrate ; rostrum short, slightly pro.

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide. 43

duced, subemarginate. Antenne scarcely longer than the body,
arising from a round cavity beneath the eye; the first two joints
short, tumid, third to the eighth linear-elongate, the last three
forming a slender interrupted club. Eyes large, approximate,
widely emarginate below. Palpi stout, subacuminate. Pro-
thorax subquadrate, a little convex; carina rather distant from
the base, terminating in a very slight curve at the side. Elytra
moderately convex, the sides slightly rounded. Legs of mode-
rate length, the first tarsal joint longer than the rest together.

Nerthomma stictica.
N. oblongo-ovata, tomentosa, brunnea, griseo-varia ; elytris punctato-
striatis, maculis griseis ornatis.
Hab. Borneo.

Oblong ovate, with a reddish-brown tomentum, varied on the
prothorax with grey, so as to form a large central, and on each
side three smaller ovate patches of reddish-brown ; elytra punc-
tato-striate, the base and several oblong spots on the alternate
interstices grey; antennz and legs dark brown; basal joints of
the former, and eyes, yellowish brown; body beneath with a
dark greyish silky pubescence. Length 24 lines.

EXILuis.

Head small, subquadrate ; rostrum short, rounded below, the
apex entire. Antenne very long, arising from a broad cavity
immediately beneath the eye ; the first two jomts very short and
tumid, the third to the eighth linear-elongate, subequal; the
ninth shorter than the eighth, its apex and the tenth and ele-
venth jomts forming a short slender club. Eyes distant, pro-
minent, obliquely reniform. Prothorax subquadrate, rather con-
vex, the carina nearly basal, terminating in a short curve at the
side. Elytra short, the sides shghtly rounded. Legs of mode-
rate length, the first tarsal joint longer than the rest together.

Exillis longicornis.
£. ovatus, brunneus, subsericeo-griseo-tomentosus ; antennis basi,
pedibusque rufis.
Hab. Borneo.

Ovate, reddish brown, with a sparse silky greyish tomentum ;
elytra slightly striated ; first three joints of the antennze yellow-
ish red, the rest dark brown ; eyes and mandibles black; legs
yellowish red, the tarsi darker. Length 1} line.

Mecocerus Wallacei.

M. fuscus, cinereo-irroratus ; elytrorum dimidio apicali rufo-brun-
neo; antennis maris corpore duplo longioribus.

Hab. Borneo.
Finely tomentose, dark brown, sprinkled with ashy; rostrum

AA, Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide.

with a sparse greyish pubescence, and three strongly-marked
cost ; dise of the prothorax with two slight impressions, one
behind the other; elytra faintly punctato-striate, the posterior
half reddish brown, and less spotted than the anterior portion ;
legs black varied with ashy, the bases of the first and last tarsal
jomnts white; antennze of the male twice as long as the body,
black ; beneath with a pale ashy pubescence. Length 7 lines.

Mecocerus simulator.
M. griseo-fuscus, cinereo-varius ; elytris rufo-brunneis cinereo-macu-
latis; antennis maris vix corpore longioribus.
Hab. Borneo.

Finely tomentose, greyish brown varied with ashy; rostrum
with a sparse greyish pubescence, and three strongly-marked
coste, the lateral one interrupted near the apex ; prothorax with
a slight impression on each side anteriorly ; elytra punctato-
striate, reddish brown, sparingly spotted with grey, a small
tubercle on each posteriorly ; legs black, one or two spots on the
tibie and the first and last tarsal joints white at their bases ;
antennze of the male only a little longer than the body ; beneath
with a pale greyish pubescence. Length 5 lines.

These two species are related to M. disparipes, Imh. ; and the
males appear to have the thorax unarmed. The Macrocephalus
variegatus of Olivier, which Schénherr, not having seen it, referred
to his genus Ptychoderes, appears to me to belong undoubtedly
to Mecocerus. It is from Amboyna.

Myctets.

Head narrow ; rostrum long, contracted in the middle, gra-
dually dilated below, the apex entire. Antenne short, arising
from an oblong shallow groove midway between the eye and
root of the mandible ; the first joint longer than the second,
tumid, the rest of the funiculus slender; the club moderately
thick; the joints attenuated at the base. Eyes approximate,
round, entire. Labrum short, transverse. Mandibles long,
strongly toothed. Palpi elongate, stout, subacuminate. Pro-
thorax transverse, narrowed anteriorly, the sides slightly rounded,
the carina subbasal, curved directly forward at the side. Scu-
tellum transverse, subtriangular. Elytra widest at the base.
Legs of moderate length, the anterior longest; the first tarsal
joint longer than the rest together. Mesosternum short, trans-
verse.

Mycteis marginicollis.
M. subovatus, fusco-tomentosus; prothoracis lateribus late albo-
marginatis, marginibus antice connexis.

Hab. Philippine Islands (Manilla ?).
Subovate, covered with a short dense tomentum ; head and

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide. 45

prothorax dark brown; on each side of the latter a broad white
stripe, which, meeting anteriorly, is continued between the eyes ;
rostrum coarsely punctured ; elytra slightly gibbous at the base,
regularly punctured, dark brown, the alternate interstices ob-
scurely spotted with fulvous brown; body beneath, antennze and
legs dull black ; the tibie faintly annulated with white. Length
5 lines. ’
Mycteis frenatus.
M. subellipticus, griseo-fuscus ; capite prothoraceque utrinque flaves-
cente-vittatis.

Hab. Borneo.

Subelliptic, with a thin greyish-brown tomentum ; rostrum
coarsely punctured; a narrow yellowish stripe over each eye,
extending obliquely backwards on the sides of the prothorax ;
elytra slightly gibbous at the base, punctato-striate, two or three
of the alternate interstices in the middle of each slightly elevated
and obscurely spotted with darker brown; body beneath, legs,
and antennz pale greyish brown. Length 4 lines.

Litocerus torosus.

L, suboyatus, niger, prothorace elytrisque maculis, his plaga irregu-
lari basali, tibiisque medio, rufo-cinerascentibus.

Hab. Borneo.

Subovate, black; disk of the prothorax with a transverse im-
pressed line; head, spots on the prothorax (about twelve) and
elytra, and on the latter a large irregular basal patch with a
complicated and probably varying outline, and the middle of all
the tibize pale reddish ashy ; beneath brown, with a thin greyish
pile. Length 32 lines.

Litocerus pictus.

L. elongato-ovatus, fulvus; elytris antice maculis oblongis sub-
conjunctis, postice fascia irregulari fuscis ornatis; tibiis quatuor
posterioribus apice nigris.

Hab. Borneo.

Elongate-ovate, fulvous yellow ; four stripes on the prothorax
and four or five oblong spots on the elytra, which are more or
less connected with each other longitudmally and with a broad
irregular band behind, dark brown; the large fulyons patch at
the apex, which is rounded anteriorly by the curvature of the
band, with sometimes a small spot in its centre ; antennz brown,
more than half the length of the body; eyes black ; mandibles
pitchy ; legs pale fulvous, the apices of the four posterior tibiz
and the upper part of the posterior femora dark brown ; beneath
silky, grey. Length 33 lines.

46 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide.

Litocerus litigiosus.
L. ovatus, niger; prothorace utrinque flaveseente vittato; elytris
maculis parvis flavescentibus ornatis; tarsorum articulo primo,
basi excepta, flavescente.

Hab. Dorey.

Ovate, black; prothorax with a transversely impressed line
interrupted in the middle, and a broad yellowish stripe on each
side; elytra punctato-striate, with a few small scattered isolated
yellowish spots, one larger than the rest, common to both elytra,
near the scutellum ; antennze about half the length of the body,
black, the funiculus rather stout, the two basal joints and bases
of the fourth to the seventh, testaceous red; legs black, four
posterior tibie in the middle and first joint of all the tarsi,
except at the base, yellowish; beneath dark umber-brown.
Length 3 lines,

Litocerus perplexus.

L, oblongo-ovatus, fusecus ; prothoracis disco cruciatim rufo-cineras-
cente maculata, lateribus sub-bivittatis ; elytris flavescentibus, an-
tice fusco-maculatis, postice subundulatis ; tarsorum articulo primo
fusco.

Hab. Dorey.

Oblong-ovate, dark brown; prothorax with a reddish-ashy
central stripe, and a transversely impressed line spotted at each
end, together forming a cross-shaped mark, the sides also dull
yellow, with an irregular brown line dividing it into two unequal
stripes; elytra reddish ashy intimately mingled with brown, at
the base assuming the form of spots, but posteriorly of waved
bands interrupted at the suture near the apex; antennz more
than half the length of the body, the funiculus slender, testa-
ceous yellow, the club brown; legs brown, tibize at the base and
the three terminal joints of the tarsi dull testaceous. Length
34 lines.

Litocerus divergens.

I. oblongo-ovatus, ater ; prothorace vittis tribus, elytrisque singulis
duabus una externa una suturali (medio divergente) grisescen-
tibus.

Hab. Macassar.

Oblong-ovate, tomentose, black; head, sides of the rostrum,
three stripes on the prothorax, and two on each elytron,
one commencing at the angle of the shoulder and continued
round to near the apex, the other behind the seutellum close to
the suture, but soon diverging towards the centre, then again
approaching and becoming sutural to the apex, pale greyish ;
antennze less than half the length of the body, the funiculus
pale, the club dark brown ; legs dark brown, the femora ferru-

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide. 47

ginous, the tarsi short, clothed above with a greyish pile; be-
neath dull black. Length 3} lines.

Litocerus marginellus,

L, ovatus, ater; prothorace vittis tribus, elytrisque singulis duabus,
una externa una suturali, lineisque duabus basalibus grisescen-
tibus.

Hab. Macassar.

Ovate, tomentose, black ; prothorax broader than long, with
a transverse impressed line on its disk; head, sides of the ros-
trum, three stripes on the prothorax, and two on each elytron,
one commencing at the shoulder and continued to near the apex,
the other behind the scutellum and extended the whole length
of the suture, and two narrow parallel lines at the base, pale
greyish ; antennz scarcely extending beyond the base of the
prothorax; legs dark brown, femora ferruginous at the base,
tarsi short; beneath brown, with a greyish pile. Length
22 lines,

Litocerus passerinus.

L. oblongo-ovatus, grisescens ; rostro argentato; prothoracis disco
fusco griseo-cruciato, lateribus subbivittatis ; elytris maculis lineis-
que curvatis fuscis; antennarum funiculo pedibusque testaceis.

Hab. Borneo.

Oblong-ovate, tomentose, greyish; prothorax brown, with an
impressed transyerse line and a central stripe forming a greyish
eruciform mark, the side also greyish, but partially divided into
two stripes by an irregular patch; elytra greyish fawn, spotted
and marked with curved lines of brown at the base, sides, and
sutural margin; funiculus of the antennz and legs testaceous, club
of the former dark brown; beneath greyish brown, Length
2 lines.

All the Litocert described in this paper have been selected
from alarge number of specimens ; and, after repeated examina-
tions, I have scen none that can be considered intermediate or
doubtful ; it will be, however, as well to recollect that the colo-
ration of individuals of the same species yaries considerably,—
isolated spots in one specimen, for instance, becoming, by their
connexion, bands or stripes in others; and, again, the spot may
disappear or be reduced to a line or point, and a complication
is the result, which differs in that respect very widely, perhaps,
from the description.

Anthribus Wallacei.

A. oblongo-ovatus, piceus, dense tomentosus, rufo-fusecus ; protho-

48 Zoological Society :—

race transverse trituberculato; elytris punctato-striatis, singulis

trifasciculatis.
Hab. Aru.

Oblong-ovate, pitchy, covered with a dense reddish-brown
tomentum ; prothorax with three transversely placed tubercles
on the middle of its disk; elytra strongly punctato-striate, the
alternate interstices dark brown, with a few white hairs dis-
persed in spots, the third interstice from the suture with three
dense fascicles of dark-brown hairs; eyes, mandibles, and an-
tenn black, the latter with their joints from the fourth to the
eighth white at the apex, the ninth entirely white, except at
its apex; legs and beneath brown varied with greyish. Length
8 lines.

The preceding notes having been extended to beyond what
was originally contemplated, the species described have been
placed without any regard to their natural affinities: there are
still, however, many forms, particularly in the extensive private
collections of Mr. Wallace, quite as remarkable as any yet pub-
lished, besides a number of species referable to genera which I
have here sought to establish *.

The following are represented on the two Plates :—

Puate I. Hucus melanostoma, Mycteis marginicollis, Ethneca
Bakewellii, Plintheria luctuosa, Nessia didyma, Esocus lachry-
mans, Dysnos auricomus, Apatenia viduata, Misthosima mera,
Hypseus fascicularis, Pheochrotes porcellus, Eczesaris atomaria,
Phaulimia ephippiata, Genethila retusa.

Pratez Il. Apolecta parvula (Thomson), Byastus cephalotes,
Protedus morens, Zygenodes Wollastoni, Dipieza Waterhousei,
Nerthomma stictica, Exillis longicornis, Penestica inepta, Habris~
sus pilicornis, and Cedus tuberculatus.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

January 25, 1859.—E. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq., F.L.S., in the Chair.

On A Species or Eouis, AND ALSO A Species oF LOMANOTUS
NEW TO SCIENCE ; WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A SPECIMEN
or Eouis ca/ruLed or Montacu. By Wiiti1Am THompson.

My dredging labours in Weymouth Bay have again been rewarded
by the acquisition of two new species of the Nudibranchs, and by
the rediscovery of one of Montagu’s lost species. This last acquisi-

* One of these (Nessia) may possibly be synonymous with Dendropemon,
Scho6n., founded on a rare Fabrician insect from Sumatra, which I have
not seen,

Mr. W. Thompson on two new species of Nudibranchs. 49

tion is very pleasing to me, believing, as I do, that all the species
described by Montagu still exist. On a former occasion I was for-
tunate enough to obtain his T'hecacera pennigera.

The species described in this paper I was anxious should not rest
on my sole authority ; added to which, I was not sufficiently versed
in their anatomy to give an equally full description with those in the
valuable work on the Nudibranchs published by the Ray Society.
After I had taken my notes, I accordingly despatched them to
Messrs. Alder and Hancock, who have kindly placed their deserip-
tions at my disposal, and, in the interest of zoological science, I use
their descriptions in preference to my own.

Eouts ADELAID2.

** Body nearly half an inch long, slender, tapering to a fine point
behind, pellucid orange-red. Dorsal tentacles moderately long,
smooth, tapering, divergent, and set a little apart at the base ; orange-
red with yellow tips, and a pale line down the back of each, termi-
nating in a clear oval spot on each side behind the tentacles, on
which the minute eyes are placed. Oral tentacles a little shorter than
the dorsal pair, and of the same colour, the pale line on their sur-
face also extending backward to the clear spot. Branchiz elliptical,
inflated, of the same colour as the body, a little deeper towards the
top, apices white; the central gland is yellowish, rather wide, and
irregularly folliculated or lobated; they are arranged in twelve or
thirteen rather distant transverse rows of three or four papillze each,
commencing a little behind the tentacles, and divided by a narrow
space down the back ; the papillee nearest the dorsal ridge are the
largest and the most inflated. Foot pellucid, slightly tinged with
orange-red, linear, narrow, tapering gradually to a point a little
beyond the branchiz behind, truncated in front, with the angles
rounded off.

“This species most nearly approaches Lolis Farranni, Ald. & Han.,
from which it differs in colour, and in the number and form of its
papillee, which are broader towards the apex. The spawn also dif.
fers, forming a narrower coil, with the free margin undulated.”

Hab. I obtained two specimens by dredging in six fathoms water
in Weymouth Bay ; the first, which was white in colour, I obtained
in September 1854, and the second specimen was obtained in the
following month. ‘The colour of the last was orange-red ; and this
is described by Messrs. Alder and Hancock as the typical example.
In each case the Holis was feeding on Plumularia. ‘The difference
in the colour here shown is a further evidence of the puerility of
considering mere colour as a test of species in the lower animals. I
have named this lovely Nudibranch in memory of a little daughter,
whose love for zoology, and retentive memory on the subject, pro-
mised much.

Eorts czru.eEA, Mont. sp.

Doris cearulea, Mout. Linn. Trans. vii. 78. pl. 7. f. 4, 5.

* Body half an inch long, slender, nearly linear, tapering to a fine
point behind, of a pale pellucid green. Head small, very short, and

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 4

50 Zoological Society :—

rounded in front, with a dark mark in front of the dorsal tentacles,
caused by the buccal mass. Dorsal tentacles long, slightly tapering,
tinged with green and speckled with opake yellow ; points rather
obtuse and spreading ; bases closely approximating, with the eyes
close to their outer margins. Oral tentacles greenish, very short
and delicate. Branchize fusiform, almost linear, stoutish, moderately
long; central gland not quite so wide as the sheath, irregularly fol-
liculated and granulated, green below and dark blue above; outer
surface of the papillee above pale blue, below pale green; a few
yellow freckles in front ; tips strongly capped with rich orange-red,
banded below with a rim of bright yellow: the extreme points are
colourless and pellucid; they are arranged in ten transverse, rather
distant rows of five or six papillee in each row; the four anterior
rows are rather closer together than the rest, and are divided from
them by a widish space; the front row contains only two papillee,
placed as far forward as the dorsal tentacles, Foot tinged with
green, narrow, slightly lobated in front, with the lateral angles con-
siderably produced and rather obtuse.”

This interesting individual was dredged by me in Weymouth Bay,
on a rough bottom in six fathoms water, and sent to Mr. Albany
Hancock in the latter part of September 1858. In the note accom-
panying this description, Messrs. Alder and Hancock remark, that
as Montagu’s description of this very beautiful species is exceed-
ingly short and incomplete, and as no one appears to have captured
it since his time, it has been thought desirable to redeseribe it. How-
ever, there can be no doubt that this is Montagu’s species; and its
rediscovery, which is due to Mr. Thompson, of Weymouth, is of
great interest.”

LOMANOTUS PORTLANDICUS.

“Body upwards of an inch and three-quarters long, depressed,
quadrilateral, tapering a little backwards, pellucid white, tinged
with brownish yellow on the back, in front pale orange-red. Head
rounded in front, covered with a distinct veil, bearing on each side
two rather long tentacular processes, the outer ones the longer.
Tentacles set well forward and placed apart, elliptical, tapermg to a
pretty fine produced and truncated apex; closely laminated on the
upper portion, which is of a pale yellowish colour, with numerous
fine laminze much inclined backwards and downwards, and divided.
in front by a narrow line; the lower portion, colourless and smooth,
is contained within a tall, narrow sheath, of an orange-red colour
above, with the margins divided into six finely-pointed filaments,
those in front shortest. The sides of the back are produced into
wide pallial margins, which, commencing in front of the bases of the
tentacular sheaths, are continuous behind the termination of the tail ;
these margins are deeply and symmetrically undulated, forming on
each side four loops, which meet along the medio-dorsal Ime, and are
fringed with numerous short, pointed, orange-red papillee tipped with
white ; the papillse die out towards the tail, and are reduced in
size on the part of the loop next the foot. Foot white, with the

VSSL.oaxuX<e-: ” ;”»

Mr. R. F. Tomes on new species of Bats. 51

margins nearly parallel, obtusely pointed behind, in front bilobed
and deeply grooved, with the anterior lamina notched in the centre ;
the lateral angles much produced and recurved.”

I obtained this species on two occasions. The first specimen was
procured by me whilst dredging in Weymouth Bay, on the 15th of
December 1855, and the second specimen in the same month of the
following year. Both these individuals, as soon as I had completed
my notes, I sent to Mr. Hancock, who received them in good con-
dition, and who, in conjunction with Mr. Alder, I am happy to say,
has made drawings of all the species described in this paper,—I trust,
in order to enrich, at an early period, another number of their ad-
mirable work on the Nudibranchiate Mollusca. Mr. Hancock sug-
gests for this species the specific name of fimbriata ; but, whilst
admitting the propriety of the name, I trust he will fall in with my
wish of identifying the district in which it was first taken.

I would here draw attention to the irregular appearance of some of
the Nudibranchs. Two species of Doris, formerly obtainable in Wey-
mouth Bay in moderate abundance, are now scarce; Holis papillosa,
at one time very abundant, is now represented by an occasional speci-
men: these are all tidal species. Holis coronata and Landsburgi were
never very plentiful, and are not less scarce than formerly; but far
different is it with Polycera 4-lineata and Antiopa cristata. Some
three years since, we could obtain a dozen of each of these species any
day—I have seen three in one net (both these species appear to be
gregarious) ; whilst during the whole of the past summer my cap-
tures have not exceeded half a dozen of both species for the whole
year. The dearth was occasioned by the severe winter we had some
few years since, and which also destroyed many fish, and rendered
Adamsia palliata very rare.

DescrirTION OF SIX HITHERTO UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF
Bats. By Rospert F. Tomes.

1. ScoTOPHILUS MICRODON, Nn. 5.

The present species is one having the same subgeneric characters
as the common Pipistrelle of Europe and the Seot. Greyii and S.
pumilus of Australia. To the latter species it is, by the form of its
head and ears, most nearly affine, but may at once be distinguished
from it by its greater size and by its smaller teeth.

The crown is but little elevated above the facial line; but the
muzzle, although short, is more pointed than is usual in the flat-
crowned species. The ears are very small, nearly as broad as high,
with the outer margin slightly hollowed out about the middle, below
which is a faintly developed lobe, and immediately above which is
the tip of the ear,—the latter being obtusely angular, and directed
outwards. The inner margin is very much rounded, especially at
two-thirds of the distance from the base, where the convexity is so
prominent as to be quite as high as the tip itself, the portion be-
tween this prominence and the tip being nearly horizontal. Alto-
gether the ear bears some resemblance to that of Miniopteris.
Scot. pumilus is the only species which has ears of form similar to

4*

52 Zoological Society :—

those of the present species; but they are, although the species
is smaller, rather larger, relatively longer, and have their tips less
outwardly directed, and more rounded. The tragus, as in all others
of this group, is curved inwards, and rounded at the end; but it
differs from that of some others, in being rather widest in the
middle.

In relation to the size of the animal, the wings are rather ample,
and rather broad for their length, the fourth finger (that which
determines the breadth of the wing) being longer than the two basal
phalanges of the longest finger*. All the wing-bones are somewhat
slender. The thumb is rather long, not quite half enveloped in the
membrane.

The legs are rather long and slender, the tibize being quite as long
as in S. Gouldii, a species of greater size than the present ; they are
just twice the length of those of S. pumilus. The feet are large,
about the length of those of S. Leisler? of Europe, the toes taking up
half their entire length, and the wing-membranes extending to half
the distance between the extremity of the tibia and the base of the
toes. ‘Tip of the tail enclosed in the membrane.

The fur of the head extends to rather near the end of the nose;
and the upper lips are furnished with moustaches ; so that the only
naked space is around and in front of the eye. The fur of the back
does not extend on to the interfemoral membrane, and only to a very
limited extent on those of the wings; but that of the under parts
encroaches on the membranes all round the body, especially beneath
the arms, where it reaches nearly to the elbow. A straight line
from that joint to the knee would pretty accurately define the hairy
portions of the wing-membranes.

In quality the fur is soft, and rather long, bicoloured above and
beneath. That of the back of a specimen from South Australia is
dark brown at the root, with the terminal half of the hairs reddish-
brown, uniformly of the latter colour around the rump and on the
flanks; beneath, dark brown at the root, with the terminal third
light cinnamon-brown, that on the membranes paler and unicoloured.
Membranes lightish brown.

Another specimen from Van Diemen’s Land differs only from the
last in being much darker in colour; the fur of the upper parts
black at the root, tipped with sepia-brown ; beneath, the same, but
the brown tips lighter and more tinged with rufous, especially that
on the membranes and around the pubal region, where it is uni-
coloured and reddish-brown.

* In many species of this group the fourth finger is not more than equal in
length to the two basal phalanges of the longest ; and in the more typical species
of the genus, such as the common Noctule, it does not extend much further than
the middle of the second phalange of the longest finger. In making use of the
relative lengths of the wing-bones, either as a generic or specific distinction, it is
absolutely necessary that perfectly adult examples be examined; for, in those
which are not, they vary so much with the age of the individual, as not only to
be useless as a means of distinction, but to lead to absolute error and consequent
confusion. Judging from the figure given by M. Temminck of V. brachypterus,
I should expect to find his specimen with the apophyses of the phalanges of the
fingers imperfectly ossified.

Mr. R. F. Tomes on new species of Bats. 53

In the following table, the dimensions in column 1 are those of
the South Australian specimen, those in column 2 of the one from
Van Diemen’s Land, whilst those in the 3rd have been taken froma
specimen of S. Greyii from Port Essington (one of the types in the
National Collection), and are added to show the difference in the
size of the two species,—S. Greyii being the only Australian bat ap-
pertaining to this restricted group which approaches in size the
species here described.

1 2. 3.
Length of the head and body.. 2 % 2 2 2 0
— Sirine tally 02 .!32'. 5% Lins Wy 5 L3
aaa OF the head... ... se ee OR 271% Oni]. 0: 7
OO CS is 0 3 0 '3 0 4
—— of the tragus ........ 0 2 0 2 0 24
aetnefore-arm) «5.6. S15 1 63 1 41
of the longest finger .. 2 8 2 10
——— of the fourth finger.... 2 0 sa |
Poe orthe thumb -2)/))!... 5 OF 4 0 4
pee Of the tibias:./: 2.0... 0 8 0 8t 0 6
—— of the foot and claws.. 0 4 Q) 4 0 32
— of the os calecis OreZ, Od
Expanse of wings,........... BD e3 11 8 8 6

The teeth of this species, although not sufficiently examined to
furnish a comparative description, are nevertheless seen at a glance
to be of very small size, not only in reference to the size of the ani-
mal, but also actually smaller than those of several other species of
much less size, such as S. trilatitius, S. lobatus, and S. abramis.
Hence the specific name of microdon here bestowed upon it.

2. Scororpuitus Darwin.

The next species which I have to describe has been presented to
me by Mr. Darwin, with the information that it had been received
from the Canary Isles.

In a collection of Bats from Madeira, given to me also by Mr.
Darwin, I could only enumerate two species, both European, viz. S.
Leisleri and 8. marginatus ; and I was somewhat surprised to find in
the present species one which I had not before met with. None of
the descriptions of African species in the works of Temminck,
Wagner, Peters, Smith, and others, apply to this species ; and I there-
fore regard it as new, and describe it as follows :—

It is one of the same group as the species just described, and as
the S. Kuhlii and S. pipistrellus of Europe. It is characterized by
a somewhat more robust make than theze species, and has rather
broader ears and tragi.

The head is rather broad and flat, the crown being but little
raised above the facial line ; the glands of the lips are considerably
developed, and bulge sufficiently to occasion the nostrils to open
nearly straight forward, although the interruption in the outer mar-
gins of the latter sufficiently indicates that with a more pointed

54: Zoological Society :—

muzzle they would open sublaterally ; were the specimen taken
from the spirit in which it is preserved and dried,it is probable that
this would be the case. In the middle of the face is a kind of hol-
low, occasioned by the labial glands on each side being developed in
an upward direction, thus leaving a depression between them*.
Between the nostrils is a space of moderate extent, and but very
faintly emarginate. The ears are rather large, triangularly oval, as
broad at the base as they are long, and have their tips brought to a
rounded point; about the middle of their outer margin they have
a distinct but shallow notch, below which is a lobular portion, as
in many other species of this group, but differing from all others
which I have seen in having a small but very well-defined notch about
its middle. These organs altogether are more like those of S. Kuhl
than of any other species, but are larger, besides having the double
emargination just noticed+. The tragus is rather short and broad,
curved inwaras, and with the end very much rounded ; on its outer
margin, near the base, is a projecting angular point, without any
accompanying notch.

The wing-membranes extend to the base of the toes, and the latter
are half the length of the foot. The thumb is moderate, with the
basal phalange much the shortest. The terminal vertebra of the
tail is free.

The fur of the head extends forwards to between the eyes, and
thence in a narrow strip towards the nose. Over each eye is a wart
bearing a bundle of stiff hairs; and a similar tuft springs from the
top of the labial glands ; the upper lips are also slightly fringed with
similar hairs, most conspicuous about the corners of the mouth.
The remainder of the face, the ears, and the tragus are naked. The
fur of the back spreads on the upper surface of the interfemoral
membrane, sparingly, for nearly half its length, as in 8S. Kuhliz, and
similarly to a small extent on the membranes near the sides of the
body. Beneath, the membrane immediately around the pubes is
dusted with very short hairs, more abundant on the yertebree of the
tail than elsewhere. On the membrane contiguous to the sides of
the body, fur of a much longer kind extends, to a much greater de-
gree than in S. Kuhli.

On both surfaces of the body the fur is bicoloured: above, very
dark brown at the base, tipped with lighter and more rufous brown,
that on the membranes wholly of the latter colour ; beneath, it is
dark at the base, tipped with paler brown, with less of the rufous
tinge than that of the upper parts. On the under surface of the
membranes the fur is uniformly of the same colour as the tips of the
hairs on the belly, but on the pubes it is paler. Membranes dark
brown.

Such appear to be the colours of the fur, so far as ean be gathered
from the examination of a specimen in spirit ; but it is necessary to

* In the Romicia calcarata of Dr. Gray the lip-glands are so much developed
as to leave a deep pit between them. It belongs to the present group.

+ Ll am here comparing a specimen in spirit with others in skin,—a plan not
always attended with perfectly satisfactory results.

SS <<

Mr. R. F. Tomes on new species of Bats. 55

consult others in skin before this point can be determined with ac-
curacy.

Although in its external appearance S. Darwini bears consider-
able resemblance to S. KuAlii, it differs, besides having a somewhat
differently-shaped ear and broader tragus, in the form and arrange-
ment of the fore teeth. In S. Kuhlii the upper incisors are rather
long and slender ; the inner ones are deeply forked at their apices,
and longer than the outer ones, which are slender and pointed, some-
what like small canines; and there is a visible interval between the
points of the inner and outer ones. In 8. Darwini, on the contrary,
they are short and obtuse, of nearly equal length, the inner ones
faintly cleft at their points, and the outer ones so closely packed to
them as to leave no space even between their points. Again in S.
Kuhlii there is a space;between the canine and the ‘‘ carnassier”’ or
sectorial tooth, in which is placed a small and conical premolar,
within the line of the teeth, but distinctly visible from the outside ;
whereas in S. Darwini the canine and the “ carnassier”’ are conti-
guous, and there is a very small anomalous premolar placed in the
inner angle formed at their bases, visible only from inside.

These differences in the dentition are alone sufficient to distinguish
the species from S. Kuhlii. From S. marginatus, S. ursula, and
S. Nathusii it may be also recognized by the form of the upper in-
cisors; and these are the only European species with which it could
be confounded.

~
=

Length of the head and body .......... ay
1) yO ee ae
Bienen IES SER 0) OKRS
Minne.) Je. , a To) LO RAR

Srene tea Us!) Wel. Ce 0°32
Breadth of the tragus ee citer Are O TE
Meneut of the forearm’... .......03-.0 1 5
of the longest finger.......... 2 6

of the fourth finger .......... 18S
———ofthethumb ................ 0 2
—— of the tibia ................6. 0 61
of the foot and claws .. 0 3

Braue ostenieta’) Pes Tose CONS
Expanse of wings ...... A MD Ar ou"

Hab. Palma, Canary Isles.

Obs. The Madeiran species being European ones, and one of them
African also (i. e. S. marginatus), renders it not unlikely that the
species inhabiting the Canaries may also occur in Africa, and perhaps
in Europe. With a view to the chance of this, I have compared
this species with what now remains of the types of Vespertilio Ari-
stippe, V. Leucippe, A. Alcythoe, V. vispistrellus, and V. Savii, but
find nothing which leads me to regard it as referable to any of
them ; and I have therefore given such a detailed description as will
be amply sufficient to distinguish it from all recorded European
species.

56 Zoological Society :—

3. VESPERTILIO CALIGINOSUS, N. 8.

This is one of the smallest species of the genus, being rather less
than the V. mystacinus of Europe, which in general appearance it
very much resembles. Vespertilio parvulus, Temm., is the only
species of this restricted group which I have yet seen, that is smaller
than the present one.

There are a few Asiatic species of Bats which possess the characters
of the group of which V’. mystacinus is typical, but which have the
tragus much shorter and less acute, and not so much bent outwards.
Vesp. trilatitius, Temm. (not Horsfield), and V. tenuis of the same
zoologist, may be mentioned as examples; and the species Iam about
to describe will constitute a third.

The top of the head is rather elevated, about as much so as in J.
mystacinus ; and the muzzle is pointed as in that species, but is con-
siderably shorter. The ears are rather small, and have narrow but
rounded tips, are notched at their outer margin near the base, below
which is a distinct rounded lobe, which is almost hidden in the long
fur of the neck. The tragus is rather short, not quite half the
length of the ear ; its inner margin is straight ; its outer one curves
evenly from the base to the tip, in such a manner that it is of pretty
uniform breadth for about half its length, from which it narrows to
a subacute tip. The tragus of /. mystacinus is precisely of this
form for two-thirds of its “length,—the outer margin being convex,
the acute tip being produced, or as it were added, and taking an
outward curvature in the dried specimens, but straight when fresh
or preserved in spirit. Near the base is a well-defined notch, di-
viding off an angular lobular portion, quite at the base. No such
notch appears in the tragus of either V. mystacinus or V. tenuis.

The wings are proportioned much as in /’, tenuis, excepting that
the thumb is much smaller, whilst the bones of the wings, although
this species is considerably less, are quite as stout as in that species.
The feet are small, with toes which are rather more than half their
entire length. Wing-membranes extending exactly to the base of
the outer ‘toe, whieh a is much shorter than the others.

All the membranes are more strongly marked with lines than
those of V. tenuis, and especially the interfemoral, on which may be
counted as many as fifteen or sixteen transverse dotted lines, each dot
bearing on the under side of the membrane one or more fine, short,
bristle-like hairs. In V. tenuis about a dozen such lines may be
observed.

Nearly the whole of the face is covered with thick soft hair, want-
ing only on the end of the snout, the front of the under lip, and im-
mediately around the eye. On the glands of the upper lip it takes
the form of two distinct tufts, projecting later rally, having the ap-
pearance of whiskers. In front of each eye is a siugle long hair,
and a few other similar but shorter ones project from the upper
lip and the chin. The fur of both surfaces of the body extends on

to the interfemoral membrane very slightly; but the wing-mem-
branes are free from hair,

Mr. R. F. Tomes on new species of Bats. 57

On all parts of the body the fur is long and soft, and rather silky ;
and it is bicoloured above and beneath. That of all the upper parts
is black at the base, more or less tipped with shining yellowish-
chestnut, on the head and neck scarcely perceptible, but becoming
more marked towards the middle of the back and on the rump,
where it is much the brightest. Some of the darker examples of
V. mystacinus bear some resemblance to the present species in this
respect, but are less bright. Beneath, the tur is dead black, with
the tips of the hairs greyish-brown, a little paler on the pubes.

Membranes and naked parts dark brown. The complete ossifica-
tion of the finger-joints indicates that the specimen is adult ; but the
sex has not been ascertained.

>
=

Length of the head and body........ 1 6

=-ontne tail, about....ss ccc... LO

— of the head.......... sieisis eels Oo

— of the ears .............. Bey ear!
—— of the tragus .............. 0 21
GrtHeMOVe-arm .2.....552-- 1 22

— of the longest finger ........ Ppt’

of the fourth finger.......... 1 ps

—— of the thumb .............. On

—- ReRMPARE INI 303 9.0 au vam. aSu apoio, 0 0 6
—ot the foot and claws........ 0 22

MPPWBSE OL WINER. 2. <0. che os. nitive oo 8.6

Hab. 1 received this with a number of other Indian species from
Mr. Warwick, with the statement that they all formed a part of a
collection made by Capt. Boys. Amongst them were several speci-
mens of Scot. coromandelicus; and the present species was confounded
with them, until they were mounted for the cabinet, when the dif-
ferences became sufficiently obvious.

4. VESPERTILIO SERICEUS, N.S.

A species remarkable for the great beauty of its fur, which is
thick, very soft, and with all the gloss of unspun silk. ‘In size and
proportions somewhat similar to V. Nattereri, and the crown of the
head elevated about as in that species; but the muzzle, although
pointed, relatively a little shorter. Unfortunately the ears and tragi
have been so much injured as to render it impossible to give an
exact description of them ; but it is evident that the ears were rather
narrow, and more or less emarginate at their outer margin ; and that
the tragus was long and narrow, may be seen from what remains of
one of them, the end only being lost.

The organs of flight are of medium size and proportions; the
thumb is rather long, and has the basal phalange short, and the
claw long and slender, with but a slight degree of curvature. The
wing-membranes spring from the base of the toes. The feet are
rather large,—the toes taking up a little more than half their entire
length, and armed with claws, which, like those of the thumbs, are

58 Zoological Society :—

rather long, slender, and but little curved. These parts have much
the size and proportions of those of V. Nattereri.

Nearly the whole of the face is hairy ; but there is a naked space
around each eye. A thick moustache borders the upper lips, which,
extending from the angles of the mouth upwards and forwards,
joins the fur of the forehead, which extends nearly to the end of the
nose. The chin is destitute of hairs. The fur of the back encroaches
to a trifling degree on the interfemoral membrane ; and the same may
be said of that of the belly ; everywhere else the membranes are
naked.

On all parts of the body the fur is bicoloured: above dark brown
at the root, with the terminal third light reddish-brown; beneath
similar, but the brown at the root darker and more extended, the
tips of the hairs for one-fourth only of their length being greyish-
brown, on the abdomen whitish-brown.

Everywhere the fur maintains its peculiar silky lustre, as much so
on the under as on the upper parts of the body. This quality of
fur will at once distinguish this species from every other which I
have ever seen.

The dentition, as far as it can be studied in a stuffed specimen, is
as follows :—Upper incisors in pairs, placed close together, with a
considerable interval in the centre between the pairs, and also an in-
terval on each side, between them and the canines. They are rather
short and obtusely conical, the inner ones indistinetly bifid at the
apex. The canines are rather small and short, and are followed b
two small premolars on each side, of a bluntly conical form, the first
being the larger of the two. To these succeed the two large pre-
molars, or carnassiers, in this species with the pomt only a little
raised above the crowns of the true molars. In the lower jaw the
incisors, six in number, are somewhat irregularly ranged and tri-
lobed, the canines short, and the two following premolars on each
side of equal size, small and conical. The next premolar is of
greater size and more acutely conical. The chief peculiarity in the
dentition of this species is the shortness of the teeth, whilst they
maintain throughout a medium degree of stoutness.

=
>
>
=

Length of the head and body, about .... 2 0
ol. the:tail 30% 2-5. ot uaes fea ree Lie acs
of, the Dead .).4 0:5 ate atone sea 0 9
—— of the fore-arm ...............- 14
of the longest.finger ......< «= +» =-e0sl Aue
—— — of the fourth finger ............ L, 0s
— of the thumb and claw.......... 0 33
ot, the. tibia... miata pie ee 0 8
_ of the foot and claws «sen fahae
Eixpanse of wings |... «4i) sip syste eee 10 0

Hab. Not known.

<< SS

Mr. R. F. Tomes on new species of Bats. 59

5. PHYLLORHINA AURITA, 0. S.

In size this species about equals Rhinolophus hippocrepis of
Europe.

It may be readily distinguished from all others of the genus by
the great size of its ears, and seems to hold the same position amongst
the species of Phyllorhina that Rhinolophus cornutus does in the
genus Rhinolophus.

So far as may be learned from the inspection of a specimen in
skin, the facial crests greatly resemble those of Ph. bicolor, and the
general form of the whole head, face, and ears is pretty much as in
that species, excepting that the muzzle is relatively a little more
compressed, and the ears much larger. These latter organs are one-
fourth longer than the head, and of a broadly ovoid form, are some-
what diaphanous, and thickly marked with glandular dots. They
have about sixteen transverse sulci, which do not quite extend to
the outer margin of the ear, but are bounded by.a well-defined line
which runs parallel with the margin, and divides off a narrow por-
tion, having the appearance of a distinct border. The inner or
front margin of the ear has three such parallel lines, all running
from that part of the ear which is near to the face, to near the tip.
This peculiarity of having the ears margined as described, and the
central part sulcated, is not confined to this species ; but it is much
more strongly marked in this than in any other which I have seen.
Ph. cervina and Ph. caffra exhibit the same arrangement of lines
in the ear, but in a much less degree.

The wings are broad for their length,—the fourth finger, which
determines their breadth, being longer than the third*. They are
distinctly reticulated, especially near the side of the body. No
great peculiarities are exhibited by the posterior extremities.

The fur is strictly confined to the body, with the exception of
some on the hinder surface of the ears, at their base, and a narrow

‘fringe on one of the lines bordering their front margin inside the

ear.

On all the upper parts the fur is bicoloured, nearly white at the
base for three-fourths of its length, then of a medium brown colour,
with the extreme tips a little paler, giving a slightly hoary appearance.
Beneath, it is somewhat similar, but rather paler, especially on the
humeral region and down the sides of the body ; but the colours are
less clearly made out. On the throat and along the middle of the
belly to the pubes it is much lighter in colour, and almost uni-
coloured. The membranes are of a medium brown colour.

The teeth have not been examined with care, but appear to be
rather long, especially the canines. They are longer than those of
Ph. cervina, which is a slightly larger species.

-* In Rhinolophus hippocrepis these two fingers are of equal length; and the
same is the case in (7h. caffra, Ph. speoris, Ph. labuanensis, and Ph. cervina:
in Ph. nobilis and Ph. insignis the third is a little longer than the fourth, whilst
in Ph. bicolor and the present species the fourth is the longer of the two. Of
course this difference in the relative lengths of the fingers determines the compa-
rative breadth of the wings.

60 Zoological Society :—

>
=

Length of the head and body..........
——iof the tail 2% ot cienstomtentete enema
of the heads come eare ie) eee
of ‘thetehts'2 eras ease ce | eee
Breadth of the ears, nearly............
Length. of the fore-armi".2 = 0. 22.1.2. =
— of the longest finger ..........
of the third ‘finger’... 2.0.28
-——— of the fourth finger ..........
—— of the thumb .......... eve perte

bl

mme°;w OS

ue

—

Oo BOOP KH ©

of the os calcis
HXPANSEsOL WINES, . sic sec « regis eae eee iis

Hab. Unknown.

bol bo|

weocoorr NK OCOF Fs

6. EMBALLONURA FULIGINOSA, 0. Ss.

In general form this species somewhat resembles #. monticola,
but differs in several important particulars. It is larger; and it has
the fur of a uniform sooty brown, whilst in that species it is marked
bicoloured, being nearly white at the root.

In its general outline the head is very similar to that of the other
species of the genus; but the snout, although small and elongated,
is not so pointed as in the American species, but is nevertheless
more so than in the African LZ. afra, judging from the figure given
by Dr. Peters. The nostrils are small and rather near together ;
the ears triangularly oval, longer than broad, with the outer margin
entire and produced at the base along the face in a line midway be-
tween the cleft of the mouth and the eye, and ending immediately
between the latter and the angle of the mouth, which are both in a
vertical line: all three are therefore in a vertical line. The tragus
has its two sides nearly parallel, but it is a little widest at the end;
it curves slightly inwards, and has the end rounded as in the genus
Miniopteris, but is relatively broader. Thumb rather long, with
the two visible phalanges equal in length (the small terminal one,
bearing the claw, being excepted), the basal one wholly enclosed in
the interbrachial membrane. Wing-membranes extending to the
distal extremity of the tibiee ; hinder limbs rather long and slender ;
toes half the length of the entire foot. Os calcis long ; interfemoral
membrane very ample, with three diverging lines from the tip of the
tail to its hinder margin, one on each side of these from the root
of the femur to the point of the os ealcis, and two others, one from
the distal extremity of each femur to near the middle of the os calcis.
Transversely, this membrane has about twenty closely dotted lines.

The fur on the crown is long and thick, and approaches rather
nearly the end of the nose ; the sides of the face, from the auditory
openings through the eyes to the upper lip, naked, or nearly so ;
but the upper lip is fringed with scattered short bristly hairs. The

Mr. R. F. Tomes on new species of Bats. 61

extreme margin of the lips, both above and below, are naked and
smooth.

That part of the wing-membranes which is contiguous to the
under surface of the bodv is a little hairy ; and the fur of the ramp
extends, to avery trifling degree, on to the interfemoral ; but all other
parts of the membranes are perfectly naked.

On all parts of the body the fur is rather soft, thick, and long,
and perfectly devoid of lustre. It is also perfectly unicoloured
everywhere, being above of a deep sooty brown with a slight tinge
of rusty, and similar, though a little paler, beneath.

Upper incisors, 4, in pairs as in Vespertilio ; they are very small,
narrow near the alveolus, and blunt at the tips. Upper canines
furnished with a kind of lobe or talon behind, at the base; the
lower ones with a similar one in front. Lower incisors very small,
symmetrically ranged, and with their cutting edges lobated.

Length of the head and body, about ...... 2 0

Baa Mei atl yS | oi2% )2!s) 0%)" satel ch alerave OS )70r-8'%
PRRPHEN EDEN? \cici tig shwe ne id eta. 0 9
BIRtMENEATSINL. Waa) sc psa el oe 0 5}
— of the tragus ................ orate Orie?
of the fore-arm ..... ee ace Bug
of the longest finger ............ 2 9
— of the fourth finger.............. 1 10
— of the thumb .................. 0 4
——— of the tibia . bd al Sh, TONS ABE
of the foot and claws INS ariate stdleoate 0 34
——— of the os calcis ...... 0 82
from the end of the nose to ‘the
hinder margin of the interfemoral mem-
eee Rages teks ebb eiee cia ernie 3006
Papanse OF WINES). eee k ee os » PEA O

Hab. “Island of Ovalee (Figi Islands), August 1856, H.M.S.
‘Herald,’ F. M. Rayner.’ Such was the label attached to the spe-
cimen when it recently reached Dr. Gray, through whose kindness I
am enabled to give the above description.

Obs. Several species of Cheiroptera have fur of much the same
quality and appearance as this species. Nyctophilus unicolor, from
Van Diemen’s Land, Molossus norfolciensis, Norfolk Island, and
M. acetabulosus, Mauritius and Natal, are amongst these; and the
American species M. nasutus also has fur which approaches closely
in texture that of all these species.

The present species, although it differs materially from 2. mon-
ticola, yet bears greater resemblance to it in the form of sere head,
ears, &c. than to any other species. To the African species, 2. afra,
Peters, it has some similarity in the form of the snout ; and all these
three are species which appertain to the genus Emballonura as
restricted by M. Paul Gervais, who separates, under the name of
Proboscidea, those species which have a longer and more pointed
snout, such as LZ. savatilis and L. villosa.

62 Zoological Society :—

February 8, 1859.—Dr. Gray, V.P., in the Chair.

On THE MEMBERS OF THE GENUS RUPICOLA, AND WHETHER
THERE BE Two OR MORE SPEciES. By Joun Goutp, Esq.,
F.R.S.

At present only two species of this splendid group of birds have
been characterized, namely the Rupicola crocea and R. peruviana.
It is true that several other specific names have been proposed by.
various writers, such as aurantia, cayana, and elegans; but I believe
these terms all have reference to the first-mentioned species—the
Pipra rupicola of Linnzeus, the Rupicola crocea of Bonnaterre—a
bird sent to Europe, and particularly to France, in the greatest abun-
dance from Cayenne. There can be no doubt that the second species,
the R. peruviana of Latham, is distinct from the &. erocea; but
there is much doubt as to whether the specimens sent from Bogota
be identical with the R. periviana, since it is not to be found in the
intervening country of Ecuador, whence we have long received a
splendid bird, which I believe is not yet described, and to which I

ropose to give the name of R. sanguinolenta. At all events I have
signally failed in my endeavours to see a male specimen of a Cock of
the Rock from Peru, by which means alone the question can be de-
termined ; on the other hand, I have a female or young male from
that country, which appears to differ from the females or young spe-
cimens from Bogota. In the present state of our knowledge of the
subject, it will be advisable to leave the point undecided, and describe
the bird from Ecuador, which is at once distinguished from its con-
geners by the deep blood-red colouring of its plumage, as compared
with the bird from Bogota ; it also differs in its smaller size, and in
the relative lengths of its wings and tail. Before describing the R.
sanguinolenta, I may mention that specimens of R. croceafrom De-
merara, although very similar in colour to those sent from Cayenne,
differ considerably in the form and size of the crest,—that of the
Demerara specimens being much smaller and rounder, and haying
the terminal crescent of brown much darker than in the more di-
lated crest of the Cayenne birds.

RuUPICOLA SANGUINOLENTA.

Crest (which is destitute of the terminal crescentic brown mark
observable in the other species), the entire plumage of the body, the
lesser wing-coverts, the under wing-cov erts, and the thighs rich
blood-red ; the greater wing-coverts, wings, tail, and the extremities
of the larger under wing-coy verts velv éty-black ; tertiaries very broad,
and of a fine silv ery grey; bill and feet yellow.

Total length 12 ‘inches, bill 12, wing 7, tail 5, tarsi 11.

On A New Species or DENDROCHELIDON, OR TREE SwIFT.
By Joun Goutp, Esq., F.R.S., ETC.

The highly interesting group of Tree Swifts forming the genus
Dendrochelidon has recently been augmented by the discovery of a
new species in Celebes by Mr. Wallace—the fifth of the form with

Mr. J. Gould on a new species of Tree-Swift. 63

which we are now acquainted—the four previously known being the
splendid D. mystaceus of New Guinea and the Aru Islands, the D.
comatus of Manilla and Malasia, the old D. klecho of Java, and the
D. coronatus of India. The new species (which is the second in
size, being only exceeded in this respect by the D. mystaceus) is, as
already stated, from Macassar, Celebes ; it is most nearly allied to
the D. comatus and D. klecho, but differs from both those birds in
its much larger size, and in the deep-blue colouring of its shoulders
and wings. This bird, which I have named Wallacii in honour of
its discoverer, may be thus described :—

DENDROCHELIDON WALLACII.

Crown of the head deep green, with steel-blue reflexions ; lores
black ; over each eye an indistinct stripe of greyish-white ; sides and
back of the neck and the upper part of the back green, passing into
grey on the lower part of the back and rump, which colour again
passes into the bluish-green of the upper tail-coverts; shoulders
blue, with reflexions of green; primaries bluish-black, with green
reflexions ; tertiaries greyish-white; tail bluish-black; throat and
under surface grey, passing into greyish-white on the vent and under
tail-coverts ; bill and feet olive. :

Fotal length 10 inches; bill, from gape to tip, 4; wing 72,
tail 54.

Remark —The usual chestnut-coloured mark immediately below
the ear, indicative of the male, occurs in this as in the other mem-
bers of the genus.

On THE SeA Bear or Foster, THE UrsSUS MARINUS OF
STELLER, ARCTOCEPHALUS URSINUS OF AUTHORS. By Dr.
Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., P. Ent. Soc.

Steller figures and describes a large Seal under the name of Ursus
marinus (Noy. Comm. Petrop. ii. 331, t. 15), which is the author-
ity for the Ursine Seal of Pennant (Quad. ii. 526) and Phoca ursina
of Schreber, Gmelin, and most succeeding authors.

Forster, in Cook’s ‘ Second Voyage’ (i. 203), appears to speak of
the same animal under the name of “Sea Bear.”

I had not been able to see a specimen of this species in any of
the Museums which I had examined on the Continent or in En-
gland, or to find a skull of the genus from the Northern Pacific
Ocean ; yet I felt so assured, from Steller’s description and the geo-
graphical position, that it must be distinct from the Eared I'ur-Seals
from the Antarctic Ocean and Australia, with which it has been
usually confounded, that, in my ‘Catalogue of Seals in the Col-
lection of the British Museum,’ I regarded it as a distinct species
under the name of Arctocephalus ursinus, giving an abridgment of
Steller’s description as its specific character.

The British Museum has just received, under the name Otaria
leonina, from Amsterdam, a specimen of the Sea Bear from Behring’s
Straits, which was obtained from St. Petersburg. It is evidently
not an Otaria, but a true Arctocephalus, and agrees in all its cha-

64 Zoological Society :-—

racters with the Sea Bear, Ursus marinus of Steller, and not with
the Sea Lion or Leo marinus of that author, which is called Otfaria
Stelleri in my catalogues, and was confounded with Otaria leonina
of the Southern Pacific Ocean by Nilsson and most modern authors.
The latter animal is still a desideratum in the British Museum and
other European Collections.

The skin is 8 feet long, and agrees in all particulars with Steller’s
description of the adult male of the species, and is most distinct in
external character and colour from the Fur-Seal (4. falklandicus)
of the Falkland Islands and of 4. lobatus from Australia.

The skull is equally distinct from the various skulls of all the
species of the genus Arctocephalus (both Fur- and Hair-Seals) which
are in the collection of the British Museum, and is easily known
from them by the shortness of the face and the height and convexity
of the nose.

The skull of this specimen is quite distinct from the skull of the
Arctocephalus Gilliespiiof California, recently described by Dr. Mac
Bain in the ‘ Proceedings of the Physical Society of Edinburgh,’
under the name of Otaria Gilliespii, from a skull in the Edinburgh
Natural History Museum, of which we have a cast in the British
Museum: but we are not able to ascertain with certainty whether this
is aFur- or Hair-Seal, though, from the length of the palate, compared
with the width of the skull at the hinder grinders, I am induced to
believe that it may belong to an animal which has a soft under fur.
This proves that the Seals from the different parts of the West Coast
of America are distinct from each other, each specimen having a
specific geographical range.

ARCTOCEPHALUS URSINUS. Northern Fur-Seal.

Adult male grey-black ; hair of the back long, black, reddish, with
a subterminal band and a short grey tip ; under fur short, woolly,
red ; the hair of the neck and front of the body longer, forming a
kind of mane; lips and nose reddish; whiskers very long, strong,
white, smooth, tapering to a fine point. Skull short, forehead very
convex and rounded.

Hab. Behring’s Straits.

I may state that the name Arctocephalus ursinus is usually applied
to the various species of Eared Fur-Seals found in the different
English and Continental Museums.

Description or A New Species or Fisu, Pertsteraus
Rierrevi. By Pror. Dr. Kaur.

This new species is an inhabitant of the seas of China and perhaps
Japan, and shows, with a species of Japan and two of the Moluccas,
that the Mediterranean species is not so isolated as we have hitherto
believed.

The genus Peristethus (Peristedion) is to be placed in the middle
of the subfamily Trigline, and connects the similar forms of Dac-
tyloptera with those which are near to the genus T'rigla.

ve

Dr. Kaup on a new species of Fish. 65

The highest genera, Cephalacanthus and Dactyloptera, have no
separated rays on the pectorals, a thorn-shaped prolongation of the
ao and a normal covering of scales without a trace of lateral
ine.

The lowest group shows also a high, less obtuse head, and three
free articulated rays on the pectorals, small scales, and a distinct
lateral line. To this section belong Prionotus and Trigla.

The genus Peristethus, which connects both groups, has only two
articulated rays before the pectorals ; and before the commencement
of the small furcated caudal are three carinated scales, of which
there are two only in Dactyloptera. The strongly-armed body is
without a lateral line.

From these characters, this genus is more allied to the last than
the first group. As in Trigla lyra, the snout is furcated, and along
the dorsal line is a series of elevated thorns, by which the dorsals
are placed in a more or less deep furrow.

If we see marks enough to connect Peristethus with one or
the other group, there is also a series of characters by which this
genus differs from all the others. Peristethus shows no trace of
teeth in either jaw; and the symphysis of the lower jaw has fringed
skin-flaps, more or less moveable, hanging downwards. The head
is long and very compressed, with two tork-shaped prolongations on
the end of the snout. Every part of this fork is rough on the mar-
gins, and on its lower part are four cavities covered with a thin
transparent skin. The long head is only three times the length of
the body ; and the body has a pyramidal form with eight sides. All
the scales are connected one with another, and have in the middlea
thorn directed backwards. The pectorals are of middle length, not
quite reaching the ventrals, and show only two free fingers. The
over-breast and belly are of two shields, with a serrated suture in the
middle, and elevated on the margins ; the first shield is larger and
longer than the second, which is rarely separated in two.

The dorsal commences on the second ring of the body and reaches
not quite to the end of the body. The males are distinguished by
the first rays of the dorsal being thin, filiform, and elongated. This
is the case in the European species ; and the others are no exception.
The anal commences next the anal ring, and is as long as the second
dorsal.

The colour is red; but this colour changes after death to a dirty
ochreous-yellow.

The flesh of the smaller species is very dry and is not used. The
Mediterranean species is not rare, but the fishermen take it only as
a curiosity. The cavities in the two branches of the fork make
it very weak and fragile ; and most examples of these fishes have lost
one or both parts of their fork.

In quite perfect specimens we never find the fork longer than an
inch ; therefore the horned fish of Pliny must be distinct from the
Mediterranean fish. This horned fish of Pliny had horns 18 inches
in length, and is, according to the opinion of Cuvier and Valenciennes,
the Cephaloptera, which Rondelet has never seen or described.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. v. 5

66 Zoological Society :-—

It is, in fact, curious, that the old authors never mention the
Cataphractus,—the reason probably being its rare appearance, its
smallness, and its bad flesh.

As I always place the smallest forms with the most rounded skull
at the head, and give the bird-types with the largest pectorals, which
enable these forms to fly, the second place, and as I see in the
Peristethus the bone- or reptile-fish, and in Prionotus the real fish-
type, my arrangement of the genera in this little subfamily is as
follows :—

I. CeEPHALACANTHUS.
II. DacryLopTeRa.
III. PerisTeTuvus.

IV. Prionotvus.
V. TRIGLA.

After this preface, we proceed to distinguish the different species of

Genus III. Peritsreraus (PERISTEDION”).
PeRISTETHUS CATAPHRACTUS.

Peristedion cataphractum, Lac.

P. cataphractum (8) et chabrontera (¢), Risso, ili. p. 402.
Octonus holosteon, Raf.

Trigla hispanorum chabrontera, Osb.

Trigla hamata, Bl. Schn.

Malarmat, Rond. p. 237 (¢), excellent fig. ; Cuvier & Val. iv.
101 (¢), excellent fig.

Peristedion malamart, Yary. p. 67 (¢ ), excellent fig.

The figure of Bloch, t. 49 (3), is bad, shows too many seales
and rays in the second dorsal.

Diagn.—Front with three thorns. Eye-covers with thorns. Pre-
opercle leaf-shaped, without prolongation. The length of the
head to the breadth under the middle of the eyes as 274: 1.
Breadth of the head nearly equal to its height, measured under the
eyes. The forks more or less divergent.

Not exceeding the length of a foot. Common in the Mediter-
ranean, more rare in the Channel.

~

p-

PERISTETHUS ORIENTALIS.

Peristedion orientale, T. & Schleg. Fn. Jap. t. xiv. £: 5,6; t. xv.
f. 1, 2.

Similar in length to P. eataphractus, but without thorns on the
front, and eye-covering. A female, besides the short rays of the first
dorsal, shows the ventral shield separated into two, which is abnor-
mal. On the symphysis are three small skin prolongations, and
behind it a longer one.

I find the true specific character in the form of the head, and
therefore doubt whether the number of the rays shows a great dif-
ference from the other species.

* The name Peristedion is wrongly formed.

Dr. Kaup on a new species of Fish. 67

Peristetuus Rierrewti, Kaup.

Thorns on the front, not on the eye-margins ; parts of the fork
broader, and convergent towards the end. The breadth of the head
is to the length as 1:12. The height of the head not quite half
the breadth. The thorn-shaped prolongation of the preopercle not
comparable with those of P. cataphractus and P. orientalis. The
eyes are proportionately smaller, the front narrower and more con-
cave, than in P. cataphractus and P. orientalis.

When we compare its head with those of the other species, we
are led to believe that such a head belongs to a larger fish, which,
however, is not the case. Our fish is scarcely larger than a large
individual of P. cataphractus. In one cavity of the eye of a dry
example I found a piece of China paper with the written characters
of the country. From that, and the maceration and the varnish, I
believe that this example came in an insect-box from China; it is,
judging by the short rays of the first dorsal, a female.

I have named this very interesting species in honour of the me-
mory of my true and excellent friend Dr. Rieffel, who has done so
much for our Museum and University.

Besides these smaller species of Peristethus, there appear to be
two mentioned by older authors, which attain an immense size. The
first I call

PERISTETHUS GIGAS.

Length 3 feet, of which the head is one-third.

In Valentyn, ‘ Oud en nieuw Ostindien,’ tom. iii. p. 363, fig. 55,
is a fish mentioned and figured under the name Tkan Scythian Merah
(Red Devil Fish), which belongs, according to Cuvier, to this genns.

A bad plate of this is also given in Renard’s ‘ Poissons et Ecre-
visses,’ fig. 67. What makes me doubt whether Renard copied the
engraving of Valentyn, is that on the surface of the fork are cavities
covered with membranes, which we do not see in the figure of
Valentyn. Therefore I believe that both authors used one and the
same painting belonging to another collection, made at Amboyna.

These cavities on the upper side of the bifurcated snout, which we
find in the better known species on the under side, permit us to
hazard two conjectures. Either this species has these cavities on
both sides of the fork, or, by the mistake of the first artist, the
cavities of the under side are erroneously placed on the upper side.

According to Renard, this fish reaches the length of 8 feet 7 inches ;
but this does not agree with the assertion of Valentyn. According
to the latter, the flesh of this fish is dry and without flavour ; Renard
says it is similar to that of the Sturgeon. The last opinion is cer-
tainly not founded on experience, but on the analogy of this fish with
the Sturgeon. I have more confidence in old Valentyn than Renard,
and consequently think that the size of 8 feet is an exaggeration,
and that the length given by Valentyn is the more exact.

Another species, not yet rediscovered,

PERISTETHUS BREVIFURCATUS,

is figured, according to Cuvier and Valenciennes, in Cornelius v.
5*

68 Geological Society :—

Vlaming’s Manuscript, nos. 165, 166. This fish is called Sturgeon of
Banda, and has the fork of the snout not more largely developed
than in Trigla lyra. Like P. gigas, it grows to a considerable size.

A third species is mentioned by Cuvier in few words: ‘ Ainsi Pon
doit croire qu’il y a dans la mer des Indes une espéce de ce genre
différente de la nétre.’’ This third species of Cuvier is perhaps P.
orientalis, or my new P. Rieffeli.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

December 14, 1859.—Prof. J. Phillips, President, in the Chair.
The following communications were read :—-

1. ‘On some Remains of Polyptychodon from Dorking.” By
Prof. Owen, F.R.S., F.G.S.

Referring to the genus of Saurians which he had founded in 1841
on certain Jarge detached teeth from the Cretaceous beds of Kent
and Sussex, and which genus, in reference to the many-ridged or
folded character of the enamel of those teeth, he had proposed to
call Polyptychodon, Prof. Owen noticed the successive discoveries of
portions of jaws, one showing the thecodont implantation of those
teeth, which, with the shape and proportions of the teeth, led him to
suspect the crocodilian affinities of Polyptychodon ; and the subse-
quent discovery of bones in a Lower Greensand quarry at Hythe,
which, on the hypothesis of their having belonged to Polyptychodon,
had led him to suspect that the genus conformed to the Plesio-
sauroid type.

The fossils now exhibited by Mr. G. Cubitt of Denbies, consisted
of part of the cranium (showing a large foramen parietale), frag-
ments of the upper and lower jaws and teeth, of the Polyptychodon
interruptus, from the Lower Chalk of Dorking, and afforded further
evidence of the plesiosauroid affinities of the genus. Professor Owen
remarked that in a collection of fossils from the Upper Greensand
near Cambridge, now in the Woodwardian Museum, and in another
collection of fossils from the Greensand beds near Kursk in Russia,
submitted to the Professor’s examination by Col. Kiprianoff, there
are teeth of Polyptychodon, associated with plesiosauroid vertebrae
of the same proportional magnitude, and with portions of large limb-
bones, without medullary cavity, and of plesiosauroid shape.

Thus the evidence at present obtained respecting this huge, but
hitherto problematical, carnivorous Saurian of the Cretaceous period
seemed to prove it to be a marine one, more closely adhering to the
prevailing type of the Sea-lizards of the great mesozoic epoch, then
drawing to its close, than to the Mosasaurus of the Upper Chalk,
which, by its vertebral, palatal, and dental characters, seemed to
foreshadow the Saurian type to follow.

Prof. Owen exhibited also drawings of specimens in the Wood-
wardian Museum and in the Collection of Mr. W. Harris, of Charing,
which show the mode and degree of use or abrasion to which the
teeth of Polyptychodon had been subject.

On Fossils from the Coal-formation of Nova Scotia. 69

2. “On some Fossils from near Bahia, South America.” By
S. Allport, Esq. Communicated by Prof. Morris, F.G.S.

The south-west point of the hill on which the Fort of Montserrate
is built, in Bahia Bay, exhibits a section of alternating beds of con-
glomerate, sandstone, and shale ; in the last Mr. Allport discovered
a large Dinosaurian dorsal vertebra, not unlike that of Megalosaurus,
several Crocodilian teeth, and numerous large scales of Lepidotus,
together with a few Molluscs (Paludina, Unio, &c.), some Hnto-
mostraca, and Lignite. ‘I'wo miles from Montserrate, in a N.E.
direction, is the Plantaforma, another hill of the same formation, but
loftier. The shales here also yielded similar fossils.

These fossiliferous shales and conglomerates dip to the N.W.
towards the Bay, and appear to overlie a similarly inclined whitish
sandstone, which rests against the gneissose hills ranging north-
eastwardly from the point of St. Antonio.

3. “On a Terrestrial Mollusc, a Chilognathous Myriapod, and
some new species of Reptiles, from the Coal-formation of Nova
Scotia.” By J. W. Dawson, LL.D., F.G.S. &c.

On revisiting the South Joggins in the past summer, Dr. Dawson
had the opportunity of examining the interior of another erect tree
in the same bed which had afforded the fossil stump from which the
remains of Dendrerpeton Acadianum and other terrestrial animals were
obtained in 1851 by Sir C. Lyell and himself. This second trunk
was about 15 inches in diameter, and was much more richly stored
with animal remains than that previously met with. ‘here were here
numerous specimens of the land-shell found in the tree previously
discovered in this bed,—several individuals of an articulated animal,
probably a Myriapod,— portions of two skeletons of Dendrerpeton,—
and seven small skeletons belonging to another Reptilian genus,
and probably to three species.

The bottom of the trunk was floored with a thin layer of carbonized
bark. On this was a bed of fragments cf mineral charcoal (having
Sigillaroid cell-structure), an inch thick, with a few Reptilian bones
and a Sternbergia-cast. Above this, the trunk was occupied, toa
height of about 6 inches, with a hard black laminated material,
consisting of fine sand and carbonized vegetable matter, cemented by
carbonate of lime. In this occurred most of the animal remains,
with coprolites, and with leaves of Noeggerathia (Poacites), Carpo-
lithes, and Calamites, also many small pieces of mineral charcoal
showing the structures of Lepidodendron, Stigmaria, and the leaf-
stalks of Ferns. The upper part of this carbonaceous mass alter-
nated with fine grey sandstone, which filled the remainder of the
trunk as far as seen. ‘The author remarked that this tree, like other
erect Sivillarie in this section, became hollow by decay, after having
been more or less buried in sediment ; but that, unlike most others, it
remained hollow for some time in the soil of a forest, receiving small
quantities of earthy and vegetable matter, falling into it, or washed in
by rains. In this state it was probably a place of residence for the
snails and myriapods and a trap and tomb for the reptiles; though

70 Geological Society.

the presence of coprolitic matter would seem to show that in some
instances at least the latter could exist for a time in their under-
ground prison. ‘The occurrence of so many skeletons, with a hundred
or more specimens of land-snails and myriapods, in a cylinder only
15 inches in diameter proves that these creatures were by no means
rare in the coal-forests ; and the conditions of the tree with its air-
breathing inhabitants implies that the Sigillarian forests were not
so low and wet as we are apt to imagine.

The little land-shell, specimens of which with the mouth entire
have now occurred to the author, is named by him Pupa vetusta.
Dr. Dawson found entire shells of Physa heterostropha in the stomach
of Menobranchus lateralis, and hence he supposes that the Pupe may
have been the food of the little reptiles the remains of which are
associated with them.

Two examples of Spirorbis carbonarius also occurred ; these may
have been drifted into the hollow trunk whilst they were adherent
to vegetable fragments. The Myriapodis named Xylobius Sigillarie,
and is regarded as being allied to Lulus.

The reptilian bones, scutes, and teeth referable to Dendrerpeton
Acadianum bear out the supposition of its Labyrinthodont affinities.
Those of the new genus, Hylonomus, established-by Dr. Dawson on
the other reptilian remains, indicate a type remote from Archegosaurus
and Labyrinthodon, but in many respects approaching the Lacertians.
The three species determined by the author are named H. Lyellii,
H, aciedentatus, and H. Wymani. .

4. “On the Occurrence of Footsteps of Chirotherium in the Upper
Keuper of Warwickshire.” By the Rev. P. B. Brodie, F.G.S.

True Chirotherian footsteps do not appear to have been hitherto
met with in the Keuper of Warwickshire ; but a specimen of Keuper
sandstone showing the casts of a fore and a hind foot of Chirotherium
was lately turned up by the plough at Whitley Green near Henley-
in-Arden. The breadth of the fore-foot is about 2 inches; the hind-
foot is 45 inchesacross. As the New Red sandstone of Cheshire, so
well known for its fine Chirotherian foot-tracts, certainly belongs to
the upper part of the New Red series, it may now be further corre-
lated with the Upper Keuper of Warwickshire, the latter having
yielded true Chirotherian foot-prints.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Mud-Fish of the Nile (Lepidosiren annectens?).
By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Tue British Museum has just received from M. Parzudaki of
Paris two specimens of Lepidosiren from the “‘ embouchure du Nil.”
They are much larger than any I have seen from West Africa.
The largest is much bigger than the specimen which escaped
from the small tank into the basin warmed with hot-water pipes
in the Crystal Palace. One, in its dry, unstuffed state, is 32, and

Miscellaneous. 71

the other 22 inches long. I have not been able to discover any
difference between them and the specimen we have from Western
Africa. The anterior filaments are very long: in the larger they
are 9, in the smaller, 7 inches long, and evidently much contracted

in drying.

Early Notice of the Tapaia found in Pulo Condore.
By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

In Mr. W. Ellis’s drawing (now in the Banksian Library at the
British Museum ) of the animals observed during Cook’s third voyage,
there is a figure and description of a species of T'apaia, marked as
coming from Pulo Condore. In the MS. which accompanies the
drawing it is described as—

** Sevurus (dissimilis) auriculis rotundis, rostro elongato, dentibus

primoribus 6.

Habitat in Insula Pulo Condore.

Statura S.vulgaris. Caput, dorsum, et cauda supra colore leporino :
infra pallido-grisea. Dentes superiores duo breves rotundati
obtusi, inferiores 4 longiores exserti cuneati acute !! Pedes pen-
tadactyli. Cauda depressa longitudine corporis, supra et utring.
pilis longis, infra brevibus tecta!! Mystaces breves.”

According to his ‘Authentic Narrative of a Voyage,’ 8vo, 1782,
vol. 1. p. 337, they were at Pulo Condore on the 20th of January
1780.

I may here observe that Mr. Ellis, in his MS. now in the Bank-
sian Library, proposed and characterized several genera of birds,
fish, &c., which have since been published by other authors. But
he appears to have been restrained from publishing them by the
strong prejudice that then existed against making any addition
to the genera allowed by Linnzeus, though that author, in his
various editions of his ‘Systema,’ constantly altered and added to
the genera. This prejudice continued until a much later date: thus,
Dr. Horsfield, in order to ensure the publication of his paper on
Japanese Birds, was obliged to erase a considerable number of genera,
which have since been universally adopted.

New British Species of Hydra.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN.—Only three species of Hydra (H. viridis, H. fusca,
and H. grisea) have hitherto been found; or perhaps it would be
safer to say, only three have been described in the works accessible
to me; and I therefore think it not wholly superfluous to send you
word that a fourth species exists, apparently in great abundance, in
the ponds of Wimbledon Common. I have there found, besides the
three species already known, a beautiful bright-red species, which I
propose to call Hydra rubra. The colour differs in intensity in
different states of the animal, being sometimes of a brick-dust hue,
and sometimes very like the red Dianthus.

72 Miscellaneous.

I thought this Zydra might possibly owe its colour to some pecu-
liarity in the food it got in its pond; but, having kept many of them
in different waters for several weeks, I find them not only retain
their original hue, but give that hue to the offspring they so freely
bud. Hence I conclude that it deserves a specific name as much—
or, rather, as little—as the three other species.

I remain, Gentlemen,
Yours, &c,.
Dec. 5, 1859. G. H. Lewes.

[Dr. Gray seems to have found the same species (?) near the same
place, between twenty and thirty years ago. (See Johnston’s Brit.
Zoophytes, 2nd edit. p. 123.) Dr. Gray says: “I have found a
bright-red Hydra rather abundant on Putney Heath, near London.
It does not differ much from the green one, except in colour.””—Eb. |

On «@ new species of Odontophorus. By Joun Goutp, Ese.,
F.R.S., &e.

Two specimens ofa fine species of Odontophorus having been placed
in my hands by Mr. Sclater, for the purpose of comparing it with
the other known members of the group, I beg to state that, after
having done so with great care, I can come to no other conclusion
than that it differs from the whole of them. It is most nearly allied
to the O. speciosus of Tschudi, and the O. hyperythrus, Gould, but
differs from the former in the much darker colouring of its upper
surface, and in the rich rusty-red colouring of its forehead ; it is
also distinguished by having a broad band of the same colour sur-
mounting the eye and extending to the nape of the neck, where it is
met by a similar band, which commences at the base of the upper
mandible, extends under the eye, through the ear, which feature has
suggested the name of erythrops as its specific appellation. From the
O. hyperythrus it differs in having a shorter and more obtuse bill,
and in the well-defined black marking of the throat. The bird was
discovered at Pallatanga in Ecuador, by Mr. Fraser.

ODONTOPHORUS ERYTHROPS.

Forehead, stripe over and another below the eye, extending beyond
the ear-coverts, deep rust-red; crown of the head dark-brown; all
the upper surface dark chocolate-brown, blotched and freckled with
black; a small spot of buffy-white at the tip of each of the wing-
coverts ; throat and upper part of the neck jet-black: in the centre of
this black mark, near its lower margin, a few of the feathers are snowy-
white at the base, forming an indistinct lunar-shaped mark. Under
surface, rich deep chestnut ; feathers of the short tail and the pri-
maries brownish black, the outer margins of the latter freckled with
buff; thighs and under tail-coverts rayed transversely with black
and lighter chestnut ; bill black; feet blackish horn-colour.

Total length 10+ inches, bill 4, wing 52, tail 24, tarsi 13.—Proc.
Zool. Soc. Feb. 8, 1859.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[THIRD SERIES.]

No. 26. FEBRUARY 1860.

VII.—Descriptions of a Zoophyte and two Species of Echinoder-
mata new to Britain. By Josuva AvpER, Esq.

[With a Plate. |

Tue animals now described were obtained by George Barlee, Esq.,
during a dredging excursion to the Shetland Islands, in the
summer of 1858. Mr. Barlee was so fortunate as to discover
many new and interesting marine Invertebrata during his sojourn
in those islands, the greater part of which belong to the class
Polyzoa, and have been placed for description in the able hands
of Professor Busk. The Molluscan rarities obtained have been
already noticed in this Journal by Mr. Jeffreys. To com-
plete the account of Mr. Barlee’s discoveries, descriptions of the
following species are now added.

Class ZOOPHYTA.
Family Campanulariade.

Campanularia fastigiata, n. sp.

Polypary with a smooth creeping stem, adhering closely to
other Zoophytes. Cells large, oblong, tubular, gradually taper-
ing below into a short pedicle, which is smooth and without
rings; above, the cell rises into two opposite points, between
which a plaited membrane on each side slopes over the aperture,
forming an operculum with a medial ridge. Height of cell
one-tenth of an inch.

On the stem of an Hudendrium from the inner Hauf, Shet-
land.

The nearest ally to this curious species is the C. syringa, from
which it differs in its greater size and transparency, in the
absence of rings on the pedicles, and in the cell’s tapering

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. v.

74 Mr. J. Alder on a new British Zoophyte,

gradually into the latter at the base; but it differs more espe-
cially in the peculiar form of the operculum, which, when closed,
slopes down on each side like the roof of a house, the two oppo-
site angles forming the gables (PI. V. fig. 1). When the oper-
culum is fully open, the folds disappear, and the edges unite
into a continuous rim round the top of the cell.

The description is taken from specimens preserved in fluid.
The species belongs to the section of Campanularia which Mr.
Hincks proposes to form into a new genus under the name of
Calicella *.

Class ECHINODERMATA.
Order CriINOIDEA.

Comatula Sarsii.

Comatula mediterranea?, Sars, Beskr. og Jagttagels.
Alecto Sarsii, Von Diiben and Koren, Ofversigt af Skandimayiens Echi-
nodermer, p. 3, tab. 6. f. 2.

One specimen of this little Comatula was obtamed from deep
water off the Hauf,—the first that has occurred in the British
seas. The species was originally noticed by Professor Sars on
the coast of Norway, and is fully described by MM. von Diiben
and Koren in their Monograph of the Scandinavian Echino-
dermata. It is smaller than the Comatula rosacea of Forbes,
and more delicate and fragile in all its parts. One of the points
most relied on for distinction is the character of the dorsal cirri,
in which the joints are less numerous and more slender and
elongated than in the other species, and are terminated by two
claws (fig. 2), while those of C. rosacea have only one (fig. 3).
There are also differences in the arms and pinnules. The colour
of the individuals seen alive was light greyish brown.

Comatula Sarsii is a deep-water species, and appears to be
very rare. The few specimens found on the Norwegian coast
were dredged in depths varying from 50 to 100 fathoms. That
got by Mr. Barlee was likewise found in deep water. It has
been injured in the dredge; but enough remains to show the
true character of the species.

The following is the diagnosis of this species given by Von
Diiben and Koren :—

“ Cirrhis dorsum totum obtegentibus, sub 40, tenuibus, arti-
culis 13-20, quorum longissimi (4—6) triplo longiores quam

* Among the Hydroid Zoophytes collected by Mr. Barlee was a fine
specimen of Grammaria ramosa, of large size and very much branched.
Halecium labrosum, Sertularia alata, Plumularia halecioides, P. myrio-
phyllum, Campanularia Hincksii, and C. gracillima were also met with.

and on two new Species of Echinodermata. 75

latiores ; brachiorum syzygus plerumque 4-articulatis ; pin-
nulis sub 40, quarum intime 4—5 filiformes sequentibus
multo longiores.”’

Family Sipunculide.
Phascolosoma radiata, n. sp.

Body vermiform, cylindrical, tapering a little posteriorly, and
terminating in a conical button, which is longitudinally furrowed.
The anterior part of the body is subconical and a little flattened
above, where it is marked with radiating furrows, above and
below which it is coarsely granulated, the granules becoming
finer on the remaining part of the body. The proboscis is very
long, delicately ringed or transversely striated, and terminating
in a smooth aperture without tentacular filaments. The upper
portion of the proboscis is transparent and flesh-coloured; the
lower more opake and yellowish. The body is yellowish,
spotted and streaked with dark brown on the more prominent
parts. Length of body 2 inches; proboscis nearly the same.

Mr. Barlee got a single specimen of this fine species from
deep water, which he kindly sent me alive. It occupied a
broken shell of Aporrhais pes-pelecani, from which the fore part
of the body protruded considerably. It threw out its proboscis
to a great length in search of food, generally holding it ina
curved or spiral position.

The genus Phascolosoma was constituted by Leuckart, in his
‘Breyes Animalium Descriptiones, &c., and appears to differ
from Sipunculus principally in the absence of the circle of feelers
round the mouth; but the genera of the Sipunculide are very
badly defined, and will require revision when the species are
better known. At present very few of them are described.

The Phascolosoma longicolle of Riippell, found inhabiting
corals in the Red Sea, has considerable resemblance to our
species, but is evidently distinct.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Campanularia fastigiata, highly magnified.

Fig. 2. One of the dorsal cirri of Comatula Sarsii, magnified.

Fig. 3. Do. do. Comatula rosacea, magnified.

Fig. 4. Phascolosoma radiata, with the proboscis extended (the line shows
the natural size).

Fig. 5. The same, with the proboscis retracted.

Fig. 6. The same, with the shell partially broken away, to show the pos-

terior extremity.

6%

76 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletieze, and on

VIIl.—On the Tribe Colletiee, with some Observations on the
Structure of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnacee. By
Joon Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S. &ce.

Tus tribe differs from others of the Rhamnacee in having always
opposite branchlets usually termmating in acute spines, while
in most Rhamnaceous genera they are alternate; for, though
they sometimes approximate in pairs, they are never exactly
opposite: the same may be said of their leaves. The Colletiee
also differ in the position of their petals and stamens, their in-
sertion being always perigynous upon the tube of the calyx at
some distance from the hypogynous disk, which in Colletia
assumes a perigynous form: in this respect we meet with only
one exception, in Adolphia, where, owing to the extreme short-
ness of the calycine tube, their point of attachment is drawn
close to the disk; but, although thus brought into proximity,
they are not actually inserted upon its margin, as they are ge-
nerally in the Rhamnee. In the tribe Gouaniee, so different in
most other respects, the insertion of the petals and stamens is
like that of the Colletiee. The stamens are placed opposite to
as many scale-like petals in all the Rhamnacee; they are gene-
rally concealed and hooded by them in the Colletiez, and are
inserted upon their claws, between the lobes of the calycine
border; the petals are, however, sometimes wanting, and-in a
single apetalous species the insertion of the stamens is below
the middle of the tube. The Colletiee, besides, are generally
distinguishable at a glance by their peculiar habit: the branch-
lets, half abortive, often assume the form of spies, which are
either quite bare, or they are foliuferous, or else they become
more elongated, bearing both leaves and flowers, but sometimes
they are destitute of both, with a broom-like appearance ; the
leaves, when present, are always small and opposite, or, by the
approximation of the axils, almost fasciculated, and are either
entire or denticulated, and sometimes are reduced to almost
obsolete proportions. Most of the species at present known are
natives of South America; there are a few in Mexico, one from
the Galapagos, one from the island of Juan Fernandez, one from
Australia and Tasmania, and another from New Zealand.
There has hitherto been much confusion among the genera, the
characters of many of them being still undefined: thus Trevoa
and Talguenea, which I proposed above thirty years ago, have
been confounded together by most botanists. My observations,
I hope, will enable me to define the characters and limits of
these as well as the other genera of the tribe.

When Jussieu published his ‘Genera Plantarum’ (in 1789),
the only genus then known of the present tribe was Colletia ; it

wey

the Structure of the Seed in the Rhamnacee. ta

was there placed in his order Rhamni, a heterogeneous group
composed of Rhamnacee, Celastraceea, Aquifoliacee, Bruniacee,
Staphylacee, and some other genera. From this association
Mr. Brown (in 1814) separated the Celastracee, including the
Aquifoliacee, and (in 1818) the Bruniacee; and thus circum-
scribed, DeCandolle (in 1825) published an enumeration of the
order, wherein Colletia appears as the only genus belonging to
the tribe since constituted. We owe to Brongniart (in 1826)
the best monograph of the family that has yet been published,
where its affinities are well discussed, and where ample charac-
ters of the genera are given: here he first separated Retanilla
from Colletia, and at that time he was able to muster only seven
species in these two genera. Subsequently to that period, the
number of plants belonging to the Rhamnacee have become
greatly multiplied, and the characters of the species better
known ; several new genera have been established, but no regular
enumeration has appeared since that of Brongniart above men-
tioned, so that a proper monograph of the order has become a
great desideratum. It seems that Reissek (in 1840) was engaged
in this important task; but his promised monograph, after a
lapse of twenty years, has not yet made its appearance. End-
licher, in the same year, however, adopted the arrangement of
Reissek, and accordingly, in his ‘Genera Plantarum,’ divided
the family into six tribes, the Colletiee beg one of them, which
there comprehends six genera.

Before I proceed to arrange my own observations, I will offer
a few prefatory remarks upon many points of structure that I
have met with in this family, and which do not appear to have
been noticed. These developments I have found in all the
species of the Colletiee that have come under my scrutiny ; they
are constant in the Gouaniee, and have been observed in many
genera of the Rhamnee; but I have not attempted a general
examination of the whole order, as this required more time
than could be devoted to it, and would have drawn my atten-
tion from other investigations in which I have been long
engaged.

The fruit in all the genera of the Colletiee is polycarpous, the
normal number of its cells being three, rarely four: these are
sometimes reduced to two, even in the ovary ; and if the fruit be
occasionally monospermous, as often occurs in Trevoa, Colletia,
&c., the vestige of each abortive cell is always distinctly visible.
The ovules are invariably solitary in each carpel, always erect,
and fixed in the bottom of each cell; the radicle of the embryo
constantly points to the hilum.

The seeds throughout the whole tribe of the Colletiee present
the same features ; and as there are many curious circumstances

78 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez,

connected with their structure, those of Colletia dumosa, collected
by me in Chile thirty-five years ago, are selected as an exam-
ple. They are of an oval form, about 13 line long, 1 line in
diameter, sometimes slightly compressed, often with an obsolete
ridge on the ventral face, which has been mistaken for a raphe ;
erect ; with a very hard polished outer surface, appearig finely
granulated when magnified: this outer coating is corneous in
texture, becoming softer by long maceration, when it may be
cut through with a sharp knife ; it is somewhat translucent, but
rendered densely black by the lining that adheres to it; at its
base, in a transverse direction in regard to the fruit, is seen a
long furrow, or compressed bilabiate slit, which is always per-
vious. This outer shell is uniform in thickness, homogeneous in
texture throughout, and under the microscope is seen to be com-
posed of numerous narrow, transverse, hyalme cylinders, appa-
rently solid, of equal size, all placed in a direction radiating from
the centre of the seed ; so that when the shell is viewed through
either of its faces, it appears like a reticulation of minute hexa-
gonal cells, each cell corresponding to the end of a long cylinder :
these cylinders, by long maceration, may be separated from each
other; it is clear, therefore, that in this organization there is
not the slightest approach to any longitudinal vascular conti-
nuity. For reasons to be shown presently, we may infer that
this shell is not one of the ordinary integuments developed from
any of the original tunics of the ovule, but of posterior growth,
and therefore not a testa, as hitherto supposed: it is a produc-
tion apparently analogous in its structure to the outer tunic
formerly described in the seeds of Cucurbitacee*.

* Trans. Linn. Soc. xxii. 92 & 108. More extended observations upon
the seeds of different Cucurbitacee have led me to modify the inference
made in that stage of the inquiry (oe. cit.), that the more external covering
(there described as formed of three several portions) consists of epiderm,
mesoderm, and endoderm—terms incorrectly applied to parts evidently
distinct in their origin. The outer very thin stratum of that fleshy cover-
ing is reticulated with long hexagonoid cells, and its origm may be traced
to an extension of the outer membrane of the funicle; the intermediate
soft substance is a collection of lax fleshy cells intermixed with numerous
araneiform filaments, all probably emanating from the fleshy substance of
the funicle. In many genera this fleshy parenchymatous substance is en-
tirely wanting, so that the shell of the seed is covered simply by the aboye-
mentioned thin pellicular membrane. In the centre of the funicle a thick
cord of vessels 1s seen, which, as it approaches the seed, is observed to
bend towards one side, and to enter one of the ends of the linear basal slit
of the hard tunie; there is no appearance of its bifurcation at that point, as
the vessels of the funicle appear to be immediately connected with only
one of the two extremities of the peripherical raphe, which meet together
in the base of that tunic. This hard crustaceous shell, usually called the
testa, presents no sign of any organic connexion with the two layers of
structure before mentioned, nor with the more internal tunic. The exist-

and on the Structure of the Seed in the Rhamnacer. 79

Within this shell, and adhering to it, is a second tunic, which
is membranaceous, and agglutinated to it by means of a thick
layer of cellular deposit of spongiose texture, brittle when dry,
and so loosely aggregated that, when removed and soaked in
water, and then slightly touched, these cells separate mto di-
stinct globules of a hexagonoid shape, and of a deep crim-
son colour. In the substance of this second membranaceous
tunic is observed a white cord, which rises from the bottom,
originating in one of the angles of the basal pervious chink,
runs up one side of the tunic, crosses its summit without inter-
ruption in its course, and passes down the contrary side, termi-
nating in the opposite corner of the basal perforation, and thus
making a complete peripherical circuit round the inner surface
that lines the shell. This cord is composed of a number of
delicate spiral threads, so free that each fibre is easily drawn out
separately. In some genera of the Rhamnacee (as in Zizyphus,
Alphitonia, &c.), this second tunic is perfectly free from the
outer corneous shell, a considerable space existing between them,
in which is generally found a small quantity of very lax white
cellular tissue. A third integument, although free from it, fills
the space in the upper moiety of the last-mentioned coating in
Colletia, but a little below the middle it becomes gradually
narrower, more opake, and of a thicker texture, until it
tapers into a short stout thread, that terminates in the basal
perforation of the outer shell. The opposite extremity, or sum-
mit, is marked with a dark fleshy disk, like a chalaza, of nearly
its own diameter. These integuments closely invest the albu-
men, which is fleshy, homogeneous in texture, and of consider-
able thickness on the ventral and dorsal faces, but becomes
very thin round the margins of the cotyledons, the whole
mass being of a roundish oval shape, suddenly contracted at its
base into a prominent nipple, which is enclosed within the ros-
tellated neck of the investing integuments before described ; the
embryo is nearly the size of the albumen, and much flattened,
the cotyledons being oval, foliaceous, and fleshy, slightly cordate
at the base, where they are united by a short cylindrical radicle,

ence of a small thickening or chalazal spot on the summit of the inner
integument, and of another round its contracted basal neck, are constant
in all the seeds I have examined. The raphe is invariably peripherical, and
undisturbed in its course by the apical chalaza, which it crosses: it is also
free from the shell in all parts, except at its two basal extremities, which
are both imbedded in channels formed in the crustaceous thickening of the
shell around its base; but one of these extremities only, as just said, ap-
pears to be a continuation of the cord of the funicle. The imbedding of
the two extremities of the raphe in a crustaceous deposit in the base of the
shell is analogous to the structure observed in many genera of the Rham-
nacee.

80 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletier,

one half of which lies within the sinus, the other half in the
nipple of the albumen ; the cotyledons are anterior and posterior
in regard to the axis of the fruit.

The presence of the distinct external crustaceous shell, always
more or less pervious at the basal extremity (or one of its sides),
and the position of the raphe, as above described, attached to an
intermediate integument, making nearly a complete circle round
the seed,—are features that occur not only in all the Colletiee,
but in all the genera of the Rhamnacee that | have examined,
though subject to several modifications, which I will mention.
In Rhamnus catharticus, however, as well as in R. Alaternus and
a few others, the raphe, though still peripherical, is differently
situated, for it is everted yet further from the position mentioned
in Colletia ; it is seen upon the dorsal face of the seed,—a well-
known occurrence, that has been ingeniously accounted for by
Mr. Bennett* ; but before we adopt his conclusion, it is desira-
ble to investigate the circumstances attendant on the phzeno-
menon. Mr. Bennett says that he has universally found, through-
out all Rhamnacee, that the ovules, in their early state, uniformly
exhibit a ventral raphe; and hence he infers that any variation
subsequently observed in its relative position, whether it be
shifted to one side or round to the dorsal face, must be due to
a simple twisting of the funicle, by which the ovule is turned
upon its axis, either to the extent’ of a quarter or of half a
revolution. Were this explanation required only in the case of
the raphe becoming dorsal, we could scarcely refuse our assent
to it, because in that case it appears to solve the difficulty with
apparent satisfaction, notwithstanding that Mr. Bennett con-
fesses his inability to assign any cause : for so singular a rotation
of the ovule.

The first point to be considered is the soundness of the foun-
dation of the argument, that at the period of its fertilization the
ovule has its raphe directed to the ventral side, and that it sub-
sequently turns away from it by a lateral torsion of its funicle.
Mr. Bennett states (doc. cit. p. 131) that he has invariably found
this to be the case in the Rhamnacee; and this statement has
been accepted as an indisputable fact by nearly all botanists.
Some few, however, have ventured to cast a doubt on the sub-
ject: Mr. Clarke+ says he has always found the raphe dorsal or
lateral in that family from an early period; while Prof. Agardh
affirms the reality of this latter circumstance, and protests in
positive terms against the prevalent belief on this subject {; in
his work above referred to, he gives a figure as an example of

* Plant. Jav. rar. 131. ‘
{+ Linn. Proceed. uu. 148-150; Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xi. p. 85.
} Theor, Syst. Plant. p. 178, and plate 15. fig. 5.

=»

and on the Structure of the Seed in the Rhamnacee. 81

the structure (plate 15. fig. 5) where the raphe is turned away
from the axis of the ovary prior to its impregnation. My own
observations upon this point, though limited, certainly favour
the latter view; for I have found, in repeated examples of
Rhamnus chlorophorus where the raphe in the ripe seed is half
lateral, half dorsal, that, in its unimpregnated ovule, it occupies
exactly the same position: had there been any previous pivoting
round upon its funicle in this case, the micropyle would have
been turned away from the point necessary to its fertilization,
and the funicle would consequently have intervened between the
foramen of the ovule and the impregnating pomt protruding
from the placenta ; but I found, on the contrary, that the micro-
pyle is placed over the fascicle of stigmatic tissue, evidently in
its normal and proper position. Another confirmation of the
same view occurs in Rhamnus Alaternus, where, in the ripe seed,
the raphe is exactly dorsal, as in R. catharticus: here I found
the unimpregnated ovule haying its raphe precisely in the same
position as in the seed, with its micropyle placed over the im-
pregnating point of the placenta, and situated between the funicle
and the axis of the ovary, proving that im this case there had
been no twisting of the funicle, and consequently no pivoting of
the oyule. I have also examined the living ovary of Rhamnus
catharticus in an extremely young state, long before the ripen-
ing of the anthers, and therefore prior to its impregnation, and
I have found the raphe most distinctly upon the dorsal face,
precisely in the same position which it occupies in the ripe seed.
All the evidence that I have thus been able to collect tends
therefore to subvert Mr. Bennett’s hypothesis. On the other
hand, the explanation I have offered on a former occasion *, of
the cause of a dorsal] or lateral raphe occurring, as I believe it
does, universally throughout the /’hamnaceea, appears to me
quite satisfactory: here, from a most simple and natural cause,
originating either in the epipylar or allopylar pullulation of the
nascent development from the basal placenta, we have the ovule
either with a dorsal or lateral raphe; and, where dorsal, it is
forced into that averse position by the mere act of the resupina-
tion of the ovule owing to the pressure of its growth against the
base of the cell, in the manner first sagaciously suggested by
Mr. Brown in the case of Euonymus. Had the same epipylar
pullulation originated out of a higher point of the axis of the
ovary, we should have seen in that case a pendent ovule with a
ventral raphe, as occurs in the neighbouring family of the Celas-
tracea, where in the same cell, from the cause here assigned, we
sometimes meet with ovules, some with a ventral and others
with a dorsal raphe. :
* Ann. Nat. Hist. 3 ser. iv. 25.

82 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colleticz,

I will now advert to the other anomalous fact, in regard to
the raphe, above alluded to. Botanists have always attributed
to the seed of Rhamnus a chartaceous testa, with a raphe as a
simple cord, that runs up its external face, or along one side, in
a deep groove formed by a conduplicature of the whole seed,
and then terminates in the apical chalaza; but one important
circumstance connected with this structure has been altogether
overlooked. I have found that this cord has a peripherical
range similar to that in Colletia, with this difference, that m-
stead of running laterally round it in the line of the margins of
the cotyledons, it is directed along the middle of one cotyledon,
in a deep groove upon the dorsal side, then crosses over the
chalaza without any apparent interruption in its course, and
returns down the ventral side in a direction close to the median
line of the other cotyledon, till it again reaches the hilum.

As this structure is at variance with recorded descriptions, it
is necessary to state the circumstances more in detail. My first
observations were made upon the dried seeds of Rhamnus cathar-
ticus: this seed is smooth, of a hepatic brown colour, and of a
flattish oval shape, somewhat tapering to the base, where it is
callous and more polished ; it is a little angular upon the ven-
tral face, and rounded upon the dorsal side, along which is seen
a line running from the apex to the base: on pressing it, this
line is found to be the margin of a deep chink, which extends
all the way down to the axis of the seed. If we carefully remove
the outer coating, we find it rather thin, very brittle, and crus-
taceous, thus exposing a second tunic, which is very fine in
texture, membranaceous, and polished, and upon its ventral
side, opposite to the dorsal chink, is seen a distinct line running
from the base to the apex, where it passes over a large areolar
disk, and runs into the summit of the chink in continuity with
the main cord of the raphe. If we take another seed, and cut
it in two transversely, we see the outer brittle tunic just men-
tioned becoming somewhat thicker as it approaches the dorsal
chink, where it is continued by induplication, in the form of two
rather thick crustaceous plates that line the sides of the chink,
the internal edges of these plates being quite disconnected with
each other: it 1s evident, therefore, that this outer covering is
not an entire tunic; for if it were unfolded, it would be found to
be merely a thin plate with thick margins, which are introflected
in the manner described. In the bottom of the chink, which
widens towards the axis, is seen a thin membranaceous dia-
phragm, that forms one side of a square hollow cavity which
runs through the axis from the apex to the base, and which
diaphragm is found to be a portion of the second thin polished
membranaceous tunic before mentioned, that lies beneath the

and on the Structure of the Seed in the Rhamnacee. 838

outer crustaceous covering ; and upon this diaphragm is observed
the thick cord described by botanists as the dorsal raphe, which
rises from the base, crosses the disk-like areole in the summit,
and runs down the opposite side of the seed, forming the line
first described as seen on the ventral face. The whole of this
intermediate integument, with its entire raphe, may be exposed
to view if we chip away in small fragments the outer crustaceous
coating with the point of a knife, when the two cords, both ven-
tral and dorsal, are distinctly seen ; the two teguments are closely
adpressed upon each other, except over the ventral cord, where
there is always a considerable interval between them, thus show-
ing that the raphe has no connexion whatever with the outer
crustaceous coating. Beneath the second envelope is a third
integument, which immediately invests the albumen, and which
is thm and membranaceous; these two integuments, though
free, are in immediate contiguity at all parts of their surface,
except along the middle of the dorsal face, where they become
separated to form the square hollow channel in the axis above-
mentioned, one side of which square, with the imbedded raphe,
is formed by the induplicature of the intermediate integument.
The embryo is broad and foliaceous, and is covered by a layer
of fleshy albumen, equal in thickness to the cotyledons,—the
margins of the whole, together with the enveloping tunics, being
conduplicated into the hippocrepical form at first described.
We see here, therefore, the existence of three seminal envelopes,
very similar in their nature to those described in Colletia, with
this remarkable difference, that in the latter the crustaceous
coating is entire, while in Rhamnus it is always incomplete upon
one side. In Rhamnus catharticus the groove formed by the
conduplication of the seed is generally in the middle of the
dorsal face, though sometimes nearly lateral, caused by unequal
growth, im consequence of the partial abortion of one of the
carpels ; but in all these cases, the two lines of raphe always
correspond with the middle of the cotyledons, while in the Col-
letiee they constantly run along their margins*.

The same structure exists in Rhamnus Alaternus; but on ac-
count of the small size of its seeds, and the greater tenuity of
the several integuments, it requires much care to dissect the
parts. The crustaceous covering is very thin, and adheres more
firmly to the extremely delicate intermediate integument, and it
is therefore difficult to separate them without lacerating the
latter ; but when the separation is made with care, we find the
ventral portion of the cord imbedded like a white line in that
distinct integument, and running from the apex to the base :

* Analytical details of this structure in Rhamnus catharticus will be
shown in plate 33 a of the ‘ Contributions to Botany.

84. Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiee,

the dorsal groove is more shallow, and embraces the other cor-
responding portion of the raphe and integument, so that, on
detaching the external crust, the raphe comes away with it,
tearing itself from the rest of the integument*.

This structure is repeated, under somewhat varied circum-
cumstances, in Rhamnus chlorophorus, Dene. : here, however, the
raphe is lateral, not dorsal; the cotyledons are not involutely
inflected, as in the former case, but are simply complicated or
folded upon one another, so that their midribs stand opposite
one margin of the seed, while all the four edges of the two coty-
ledons face the contrary margin, the albumen and integuments
partaking of the same complicature. A deep groove is thus
formed, reaching to the axis, as in R. catharticus, which here is
therefore lateral, instead of dorsal ; the raphe does not lie in the
bottom of the deep groove, as in the latter species, but as it
leaves the chalaza it runs along the mouth of the groove from
top to bottom, asin R. Alaternus, and the middle integument, to
which it is attached, here makes a deep plicature which nearly
reaches the bottom of the groove; and throughout the whole
length of this plicature it is separated on both sides, by a vacant
interval, from the inner integument, thus forming a kind of
loose, incomplete partition all down the groove. This inter-
mediate tunic is membranaceous, and invests all other parts of
the seed; it is enclosed within an external, hard, polished,
testaceous covering, similar in texture and appearance to that in
R. catharticus, but it is not, as in that species, inflected into the
groove: the groove is here rather an open slit, always on the
sinister margin (looking from the axis of the fruit), and is sur-
rounded by a thick callous rim, which, rismg from the basal
and hilar point of attachment of the seed, extends upwards to
one-third or half its length. This crustaceous coating hes close
upon the intermediate integument of the seed over its two broad
faces ; but at its summit, and all along the other margin (oppo-
site to that of the groove), a vacant space intervenes between
them. The raphe is imbedded in that intermediate integument
in the form of a simple cord, the thicker moiety of which runs
along the base of the groove, and is free from it at all points,
except at the bottom of the groove, where it adheres to it by
means of a crustaceous deposit: it continues its course in a
peripherical direction, crossing the apical chalaza beneath the
free space mentioned, and runs down along the opposite margin
of the seed, till it again reaches the pointed base or micropylar
extremity of the inner integument. I have frequently sueceeded
im detaching the entire raphe with a portion of the integument

* This structure will also be given in detail in plate 33 ¢ of the ‘ Con-
tributions to Botany.’

i pen

ae

and on the Structure of the Seed in the Rhamnacere. 85

in which it is imbedded (even from over the chalaza), when it
thus appears in one unbroken peripherical band, containing
spiral vessels: this separation of the raphe may be effected with-
out disturbing the under or more internal integument, showing
that it has no adhesion to it*.

A very similar structure is found in Rhamnus utilis, Dene. :
here the embryo, the albumen, and the two integuments, are
folded on one another exactly as in R. ehlorophorus, the groove
being, in like manner, constantly on the same sinister margin ;
the testa also shows, on the dexter margin of the seed, a similar
continuous cord of the raphe ; but the intermediate integument,
in its plicature within the groove, adheres on both sides to the
imner tunic, till it arrives nearly at the bottom of the channel,
where it suddenly separates from it, and crosses the groove m
form of a diaphragm, leaving a vacant square space in the axis,
formed by a separation of the integuments, which extends from
the apex to the base, and upon this diaphragm is distinctly
seen the main cord of the raphe,—an organization similar to
to that of R. catharticus. The outer coating is of the same
form as in R. chlorophorus, but of a different texture ; it has
the same longitudinal open slit along the lower half of the
sinister margin, but its edges are more or less inflected into
the groove. Its texture is not crustaceous, but consists of a
thick simple membrane, invested with a number of compact long
yellow cells, disposed horizontally, and aggregated into a lax
spongiose covering, which sometimes partially adheres to the
endocarp.

In Frangula vulgaris the structure is different from that of
Rhamnus, even when the raphe is lateral, as I have shown it to
be sometimes, in the latter genus. The seed is nearly orbicular
and much flattened; the crustaceous covering is as thin and
delicate as in Zizyphus, but its basal foramen is much larger,
rounder, and more open, with two thick callous lips placed right
and left of the axis, not anterior and posterior, as in that
genus and in Colletia. Beneath it, and lying between it and
the intermediate integument, there is a deposit like charred
paper, which in most parts adheres to the external crust, but
is separable from it, as in Colletia. On removing this, we
find the very delicate intermediate membranaceous integu-
ment conical towards the base, where it terminates in a
hooked thread, as in Colletia, and from which, right and left,
along each margin, is seen a thick white cord, both arms
being joined in one peripherical line over the apical chalaza. It
will be remarked that, upon the sinister side looking from the

* Complete details of this organization will be given in plate 33 B of the
* Contributions to Botany.’

86 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez,

axis, the cord is thicker and enveloped in a yellowish in-
crustation, which, for one-third the length of the seed, there
adheres to the outer crustaceous coating, as was observed in
Rhamnus chlorophorus. The embryo is perfectly flat; the coty-
ledons very thin and foliaceous, enclosed in an albumen of equal
thickness ; the two internal integuments are of extreme tenuity,
and on that account are not easily separated. This organization,
it will be seen, greatly resembles that of Zizyphus*.

In Zizyphus, I find the course of the raphe also peripherical,
but it runs along the lateral edges opposite the margins of the
cotyledons, as in the Colletiee; and we find here some points of
structure deserving of being recorded. The outer corneous
covering of the seed is entire, as in the Colletiez, but much
thinner in texture, and more translucent. This coating is of a
more compressed form, tapering towards the base, which is
polished and somewhat tumescent, and which has a basal chink
similar to that of the Colletiez, through which the nourishing
vessels of the raphe pass from the placenta. It may here be
observed, that in the bottom of each cell of the nut is seen a
small fleshy cup, with a crenulate raised border, within which the
seed is seated, and across the bottom of this cup is a white raised
line, corresponding to the hollow in the basal chink of the seed ;
but the margins of this chink and the tumid base of the external
coating are highly polished, and the latter shows no sign of any
organic connexion with the cup: the hilar pomt of attachment
is therefore confined to the mere cord of vessels proceeding from
the placenta to the raphe. The second tunic, which is very thin
and membranaceous, does not quite fill the cavity of the outer
shell; it is more conical at its base, where it terminates in a
short thread that issues through the chink above mentioned ;
the space between it and the outer shell is filled with a quantity
of very lax white cellular tissue ; it is pyriform in shape, much
compressed, and tapers into a short cord at its base, which is
seen to divide itself into two prominent threads that run along
the margins of the tunic, and meet over a large fleshy chalaza-
like disk in the apex, in one uninterrupted line: this cord of
vessels is therefore completely peripherical, as in Colletia. This
second tunic is quite free from a third, inner integument, which
is thicker and more opaque, and which invests a very thin fleshy
albumen: this third integument is sensibly shorter, and more
conical at its base, where it terminates in a dark areolar neck,
and tapers into a short suspensor-like thread, which is embraced
by the neck of the second tunic. These two integuments are
easily separable from one another by the introduction of a needle

* This structure will be fully shown in plate 33 p of the ‘ Contributions
to Botany.’

and on the Structure of the Seed in the Rhamnacee. 87

between them, except round the margin of the apical chalazal disk,
where they appear to be intimately agglutinated ; the embryo is
flat and compressed, its foliaceous cotyledons being parallel with
the partition of the nut, and their margins contiguous to the
peripherical cord of the raphe. This organization* is more evi-
dently seen in this instance, as the seed is six times longer than
that of Colletia, which it greatly resembles in structure : it
is also remarkable for exhibiting many points analogous to the
organization I have described in the seeds of Cucurbitaceet.

This singular extension and displacement of the raphe, aec-
companied by the formation of an extraneous crustaceous cover-
ing in the seed, was not altogether a novel fact, as 1 thought
when I first remarked it in the Cucurbitacee ; for the occurrence
was partly noticed thirty years ago, in Rhamnus, by Brongniart,
who, strangely enough, was not struck by the appearance of so
remarkable a phenomenon, which he passed over without com-
ment, and it has remained unnoticed by other botanists since
that time. Brongniart’s words are worthy of bemg quoted, as
showing a notable correspondence with my observations. Al-
luding to the Rhamnacee, he says {: “ Dans toutes ces plantes,
le test lui-méme, examiné au microscope sur des ovules déja
fécondés et a moitié de leur développement, est composé de trois
couches trés différentes; Pune, externe, n’est qu’un epidermis
mince § ; l’autre, moyenne, est solide et fibreuse, formée de fibres
ou cellules alongées transversales, c’est elle qui doit former le
test de la graine ; enfin l’interne, trés épaisse dans les premiers
temps qui suivent la fécondation, est formée de parenchyme
lache, composé de cellules remplies de globules verts; elle
v’atrophie, peu-a-peu, 4 mesure que l’amande et l’embryon se
développent. C’est en général dans cette couche que passent
les yaisseaux nourriciers, qui composent le raphé, et vont former
la chalaze, raphé qui dans ce cas, suit l’un des cdtés de Povule
en dedans du test, et redescend en partie de Pautre cété, aprés
que la plupart des vaisseaux qui le composent, ont donnés nais-
sance par leur épanouissement a la chalaze.” The latter conclu-
sion appears, however, to have been only conjectural ||.

The entire peripherical circuit of the tracheal vessels in one

* Drawings of this analysis will be given in plate 33 & of the ‘ Con-
tributions to Botany.’

+ Linn. Trans. xxii. 92. { Ann. Sc. Nat. x. 340.

§ This is a thin layer of cellular tissue that invariably lines the epicarp,
and partially adheres to the outer crustaceous coating of the seed in
Rhamnus, and which I have not considered necessary to mention in the
preceding description.

|| “ La chalaze vasculaire m’a toujours paru formée entiérement par une
épanouissement des vraies trachées: elle est formée extérieurement par
une expansion des vaisseaux du raphé” (/. c. p. 341).

88 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiee,

of the integuments of the seed, which I have invariably found in
one unbroken continuity, was therefore not fully traced by that
eminent botanist, although it is evident, from the above quota-
tion, that he had noticed the return of the raphe over the cha-
laza, and its partial descent down the contrary face of the seed.
It is strange that this remarkable and novel feature was not
afterwards alluded to, and that the mention of this extension of
the tracheal vessels is omitted in the very copious diagnosis he
gives of the order, where every other circumstance connected
with the structure is carefully enumerated.

Some indications, leading to a knowledge of the origin of the
external crustaceous envelope of the seed in Rhamnacee may
probably be drawn from Brongniart’s valuable memoir above
quoted, in which he records the changes which he observed
during the periods of the impregnation and growth of the ovule
in that family. These details were published in 1827, a year or
two prior to the appearance of Mirbel’s two celebrated memoirs
on the development of the vegetable ovule, and before the mo-
dern nomenclature of the parts of the ovule and seed was
adopted. I will therefore briefly recapitulate such of his obser-
vations as bear upon the subject under consideration. He
noticed* that the stigmatic tissue terminated in a small cellular
protuberance (since denominated the “telz conductrices”) in
the inner angle of the cell of the ovary, close to the foramen of
the anatropous ovule; and he remarked the condition under
which the latter became fecundated: the ovule is always sup-
ported upon a somewhat elongated funicle filled with nourishing
vessels, and surrounded by loose cellular tissue; this funicle,
which is very contracted before impregnation, begins to swell
from the moment that the stigma has received its fertilizing
influence; it afterwards expands and extends itself over the
foramen of the ovular tunic. Brongniart, who first traced the
expansion of the boyaux of the pollen-grains, and their passage
down the stigmatic channels +, was not then aware of their ulti-
mate extension through the prominence he observed at the
termination of those channels; nor did he notice the continuity
of one of these boyaux with the mimute thread which he had
remarked in connexion with the embryo-sac, and which he con-
sidered to be an emanation from its neck: according to the
notion he then entertained, he concluded that the act of impreg-
nation was conveyed through the agency of the cellular tissue
of the umbilical cord{, which the fact he recorded of the swell-

* Ann. Sc. Nat. x. 340.

+ Ib. xii. 152 & 256; read before the Academy Dee. 26, 1826.

+t Ann. Se. Nat. x. 343: “ Et c’est par l’intermédiaire de ce tissu cellu-
laire du cordon ombilical que je pense que s’opére l’impregnation de

and on the Structure of the Seed in the Rhamnacee. 89

ing of the funicular support, and its subsequent extension over
the coats of the ovule, seemed to support. I now call attention
to this last-mentioned circumstance, because it may serve to
explain some essential points of structure in the seeds of the
Rhamnacee, and may enable us to trace the source of the external
tunic of the seed, which, on account of its crustaceous or cor-
neous texture, has been mistaken for the testa, but which is
evidently of a different nature and origin.

I will also record some circumstances observed by me that
may tend to throw some additional light upon the nature of this
development. We very often find, in the fruits of Rhamnacee,
that one of the carpels is sterile; here generally the abortive
coccus grows nearly to its full size, but it is quite flattened, with
its line of dehiscence, as usual, along the middle of the ventral
face; in such carpels we always meet with a persistent unim-
pregnated ovule, standing upon its long funicle. In Rhamnus
chlorophorus, for example, the sterile coccus is orbicular, and
14 line in diameter ; the length of the ovule with its funicle is
7 line ; it is erect ; the foramen of the primine is distinctly open,
and points downward, the tunic itself showing yet no indication
of any plicature; the secundine, seen through the primine is
shorter and smaller; and the nucleus is much narrowed, being
scarcely half the length of the primine; while the chalaza is
clearly visible in the summit, and also the thick distinct opake
line of the raphe extending into it from the funicle. The posi-
tion of the raphe, in this ovule, exactly corresponds with its
place and direction in the ripe seed, showing, as I have before
indicated (p. 81), that its situation, which has been considered
abnormal in the seed, is not due to any twisting of the funicle,
or to any disturbance caused by the subsequent plicature of the
different parts of the ovule ; and this we find to be further proved
by the presence of the “ telze conductrices ” immediately beneath
the foramen of the primine, which would not happen had the
ovule been forced round into this position by the torsion of its
umbilical cord. I have found, in the several instances examined,
the main line of the raphe and funicle constantly im one and the
same position upon the dorsal face, everted more than the quarter
of a circle (140°) from the point of zero, starting from the axial
line of the fruit: from the chalazal summit, and down the con-
trary or ventral face of the primine, is seen a second cord, cor-
responding in position with the ventral raphe of the seed, and
running from the summit to the mouth of the tunic. In one

Yovule,”’—an opinion which he soon renounced after his subsequent im-
portant investigations into the growth of the ovule: Ann. Se. Nat. xii.
chap. p. 242.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. ff

90 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez,

instance I traced the existence of spiral vessels for more than
half the length of this cord; in another they were visible nearly
as far as the foramen, but the dorsal cord was too opake to
allow them to be detected, although their presence there cannot
be doubted. The stipitate funicle was about a quarter of the
length of the primine, and was covered with a number of elon-
gated transparent cells, apparently in progress of extension, in
the manner observed by Brongniart, as above quoted; and to
their growth and expansion we may probably look for the origin
of the crustaceous coating of the seed.

I have noticed precisely the same facts in Rhamnus Alaternus,
where the raphe is strictly dorsal, as in R. catharticus; im one
instance I observed that the coats of the ovule had become quite
opake, the mouth of the primine being closed by a tumid expan-
sion over it, and that this expansion embraced the long funicle,
which had nearly disappeared : we may thus account for the total
absence of any funicle in the ripe seed. I will not aver that this
evidence is complete; but the disappearance of the funicle and
the production of a distinct extraneous coating over the ovule,
to whatever cause they may be owing, are most evident facts.
There is much probability that this crustaceous coating derives
its origin from the growth and expansion of the funicular sup-
port,—a growth first noticed by Brongniart, and apparently
confirmed by what I have seen and recorded above. To this
cause we may attribute the production of the vacant space that
exists in the seed between the membranaceous integuments and
the lower portion of the crustaceous coating, and also the
appearance of the suspensor-like thread in which the base of the
two membranaceous iateguments terminates; for Brongniart
recounts that, after impregnation, he found the mouth of the
secundine embraced by the neck of the primine, just as I have
described the appearance in the basal extremity of the two inner
integuments of the seed of Zizyphus.

There exists In some instances yet another production over
the seed, still more external than the crustaceous coating, the
mention of which I have delayed till now. This expansion,
which seems to proceed from the placentary point of attachment
of the funicle, shows itself in a rudimentary state in Zizyphus,
as I have before described it, under the form of a small free cup
with a crenulated margin, which remains fixed to the pericarp,
and in which the sessile seed reposes: this seems to be a con-
stant feature in that genus. In Phylica and its congeners the
seed is affixed in a stipitate cup that remains attached to it ;
this is fleshy, generally four-toothed on the margin, but in one
genus 18 deeply cleft into ten radiating lobes.

In Alphitona it assumes its fullest development, appearing as

—

and on the Structure of the Seed in the Rhamnacee. 91

a thin, dark-coloured, brittle, submembranaceous, loose enve-
lope, open at the top and sometimes also along the dorsal face ;
but in all cases the margins of this opening overlap each other,
and thus entirely conceal the seed. This was first described by
Fenzl*, who calls it “a brittle testa, covering the smooth carti-
laginous endopleura.” Endlicher+, on the other hand, desig-
nates it as an “arillus, covering a smooth corneous testa.”
Dr. Asa Grayt, speaking of this tunic, “doubts if this mem-
brane be a true arillus, as our materials are not sufficient for the
complete investigation of its nature. Although marked with
what seems like a raphe, it cannot be the testa or any proper
integument of the seed, as Fenzl (in Pl. Hugel) took it to be,
for it has no connexion with the corneous seed-coat at the cha-
laza, but only at the hilum; the chalazal end appears to be
slightly open, as would be the case with an arillus : perhaps this
membrane is a separable lining of the coccus.”

Ihave not been able to detect the presence of any kind of
vessels in this tunic, particularly in the prominent line that
“seems like a raphe,” and which Endlicher positively calls a
raphe : this prominence appears to me nothing more than a mere
impression of the sutural line of the coccus, and is a common
feature seen upon the corneous coating of the seed in the Col-
letiee and other Rhamnaceous genera. The tunic certainly pre-
sents all the characters of an arillus; and, as Dr. Asa Gray
justly remarks, it cannot be one of the proper integuments of
the seed. The hard seed of Alphitonia is perfectly sessile within
it, and is attached to it by a small open transverse fissure in its
base, as in Zizyphus.

Other circumstances, however, present themselves in the or-
ganization which I have found in the seed of Alphitonia excelsa,
that are worthy of record, as they completely confirm all the
details of structure previously described, and which seem to
prevail thoughout the Rhamnacee. The second hard tunic,
which lies within the outer brittle coating last described, becomes
softened by maceration, when it is easily detached ; it is then
very lax, is of a pale-brown or yellowish colour, quite homoge-
neous in texture, void of any vessels, and encloses an oval body
covered by a third tunic, which is notably smaller in size, and
therefore leaves a considerable vacant space all round its sides
and its summit, and is connected with the second tunic only at
a small point in the base, which corresponds with the basal slit
in the outer tunic of Colletia and Zizyphus. The summit of this
third tunic is marked by a large tumid spot, evidently a chalaza,
which exhibits no indication of any previous connexion with the

* Plant. Hugel, p. 20, sub Colubrina ezcelsa.
Tt Gen. Plant. no. 5712. { Bot. Explor. Exped. Un. St. p. 278.
7*

92 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez,

second tunic; along each margin, emanating from the basal
point of attachment, and crossing over the chalaza, there is seen
a prominent white cord, filled with spiral vessels, which is im-
bedded in the fleshy tissue of the integument, in one continuous
and completely peripherical line, exactly like that described in
Colletia and Zizyphus. Within this tunic is yet a fourth,
delicate integument, a thin albumen, and an embryo similar in
form to that of Colletia*.

I have abstained from giving any denomination to the seed-
coats in the foregoing descriptions; but we may now enter
into this inquiry. In regard to the two inner coatings, no
doubt can be raised against the obvious conclusion that the
innermost is the tegmen produced from the secundine of the
ovule, and that the other, in which the raphe is imbedded,
is the true testa, developed from the primine, notwithstanding
its soft fleshy texture. What, then, is the nature of the outer
hard corneous coating in Colletia, the external crustaceous cover-
ing in Rhamnus, and the second tunic in Alphitonia? for there
ean be no doubt that they are all similar in their nature, and all
derived from the same origin. The larger size of this tunic im
Alphitonia, its lax condition in regard to the testa which it enve-
lopes, the total absence of any cicatrix or mark that could indi-
cate any previous connexion with the chalazal disk of the testa,
are circumstances that manifest a distinct and subsequent origin.
Indeed we have seen the proof of this in the seeds of Rhamnus
(ante, p. 89), where in the same fruit we have found fertile and
sterile carpels : in the latter case, the spiral vessels of the raphe
were imbedded in the substance of the outer tunie of the ovule;
in the former case, this raphe was found only in the second
coating of the ripe seed: another adventitious coating, perfectly
deficient of vessels, im the interval of growth had thus manifested
its existence, apparently developed from the fleshy funicle which
had simultaneously disappeared. This adventitious coating
must therefore come within the category of an arillus. In such
case the question presents itself—what is the nature of the
outer brittle tunic in Alphitonia? Is it also an arillus, and have
we in this genus two distinct arill enveloping its seeds? The
truth of this conclusion, at first sight, appears subject to little
doubt.

On the other hand, I must not omit to record an instructive
fact that I have observed in the fruit of Alphitonia excelsa. The
fruit consists of three carpels, and, in the instance examined,
only one of these contained a perfect seed ; the two sterile car-
pels presented a single erect ovule, each being half the length of

* The details of structure of the ovule and seed of Alphitonia will be
shown in plate 33 ¥ of the ‘Contributions to Botany.’

and on the Structure of the Seed in the Rhamnacee. 93

the carpel ; the ovule was of an oval form, it had become thick
and opake, its foramen was closed, and it was sessile within a
short cup, with a lax undulating border, that was borne upon a
solid stipitate support, of the same length and diameter as the
body of the ovule. This was evidently an early stage of growth
of one of the two arilliform coats of the seed, but whether of
the inner or outer one, it is not easy to determine.

I have here suggested the probable assumption that the hard
corneous seminal coating in Colletia, and the crustaceous cover-
ing in Rhamnus, derive their origin from a growth of the funicle
—an assumption strengthened by the original observations of
Brongniart ; but it might possibly be argued that this coating
is developed from the primine of the ovule, simultaneously with
the intermediate tunic in which we find the double raphe-like
cord, in the same manner as has been contended, in the case of
Magnolia (which I have endeavoured to show has been contested
upon erroneous grounds), that these two tunics form a compound
testa, both developed from one single ovular coating, the pri-
mine. Against this supposition, in the case of Rhamnacee, many
serious objections present themselves, in addition to those I have
elsewhere advanced* :—1. No trace of vessels of any kind is found
in the outer coating. 2. There is no scar or other mark upon
the apex of this outer coating, to indicate its previous attach-
ment to the chalaza of the intermediate raphigerous tunic; on
the contrary, there is always a considerable vacant space between
that summit and the chalaza. 3. In many species of Rhamnus,
this external crustaceous covering does not form an entire coat.
ing, but is open from top to bottom, as an enfolded flat plate
would be: this could not possibly happen if it were a resilient
portion of the growth of the primine. 4. In the ovule, we find
a long funicle supporting it, which disappears altogether in the
seed. 4. This disappearance of the funicle takes place very
soon after the period of impregnation of the ovule, when it
becomes lost within a thickening around the micropylar extre-
mity of the primine, which is then enclosed by it, apparently as
if this thickening, and the formation of the outer crust, pro-
ceeded from an expansion of the funicle. We may hence draw
the almost certain conclusion that this external seminal tunic is
of adventitious origin, and of a distinct growth, subsequent to
the period of the fertilization of the ovule.

In regard to the yet more external brittle covering of the seed
of Alphitonia, there appears no sufficient evidence to indicate
the precise source of its origin with any degree of certainty ;
but the facts I have already recorded concerning the sterile car-

* Linn. Trans. xxii. 86; Ann. Nat. Hist. 3 ser. i. p- 280; ibid. ii. p. 185;
ibid. iii. p. 132, note, and pp. 144, 145, note.

94 Mr. J. Miers on Colletiez.

pels are of some value towards this end. It may be argued, as
indeed it has already been suggested by Dr. Asa Gray (ante,
p. 91), that this covering may belong to the pericarp, and not
to the seed. This suggestion, however, may be regarded under
two distinct points of view: the covering may be considered
either as consisting of a resilient portion of the endocarp, or
as a separate development formed within it, analogous to the
ordinary arilliform productions around seeds. The former view
conforms with the suggestion of Dr. Asa Gray, and coincides
with the line of argument adopted by him in regard to the seed-
coats of Magnolia, to which I have just alluded ; and upon this
supposition, the brittle covering of the seed of Alphitonia would
consist of the endodermal lining of the endocarp, which becomes
separated from it under the form of a resilient membrane. We
have, however, strong evidence to prove that no such occurrence
has taken place; for if it had, this tunie ought to exhibit on
sts ventral face the same sutural line of dehiscence that the
endocarp does; on the contrary, we find the ventral face of that
tunic perfectly entire, though marked by the impression of the
hollow sutural line of the endocarp; and we notice an aperture
in its apex, often continued some way down the dorsal face, and
that this opening does not form a sutural line, but that its
margins are sinuous and overlap each other. It is therefore
quite manifest that, if this tunic belong to the pericarp, it cannot
be any resilient portion of the endocarp.

Under the second mode of viewing this question, that it is a
distinct formation, much evidence, in the way of analogy, may
be drawn from other well-known cases; but I will refrain from
entering into this consideration at present, as I shall on a future
oceasion discuss the nature of other adventitious coatings within
the pericarp of seed-vessels, which seem to originate in peculiar
depositions, or from the growth and expansion of the placental
surface. Among the many kinds of development of this
class, which seem to have attracted little notice, may be men-
tioned the pulpy sacs in which the seeds of Cucurbitacee are
severally enveloped, each sac being attached to a distinct bundle
of tracheal vessels branching from the broad placental laminee,
as described by St.-Hilaire*, where these pulpy sacs are at first
solid and fleshy, and afterwards become liquid and mucilaginous.
A very similar growth is developed from the placentary plates of
the fruit of Adansonia, where a thick deposit is formed around
each seed. Leguminose, too, offer numerous examples of analo-
gous growth. "The large ball of elastic silky hairs that envelope
the seeds in Bombax and other kindred genera derives its growth
wholly from the pericarp, and not from the seeds. In Hydro-

* Mem. Mus. v. 306.

Mr. W. H. Benson on Clostophis and Rhiostoma. 95

phyllum and Eltsia (Gertn. pl. 110 & 184), the placenta grows
round the seeds, which it soon encloses entirely, and fills the
cell of the fruit. When the capsule bursts, this looks like an
internal coccus, assuming the appearance of a resilient endocarp,
which opens into two valves corresponding with those of the
capsule ; and upon the inner surface of these placentary valves
the seeds are parietally affixed.

[To be continued. }

IX.—On Clostophis and Rhiostoma, new Burmese Genera of
Land-Shells. By W. H. Benson, Esq.

Clostophis*, B., nov. gen.

Testa sub-biconica; anfractus penultimus maximus, ultimus descen-
dens, solutus, subaxialis, minor; apertura integra (specie adhuc
cognita), dentata.

C. Sankey, B., nes.

Testa late umbilicata, sub-biconica, leevi, spira turrito-conica, lateri-
bus cavis, apice obtuso, sutura profunda; anfractibus 5, primis
angustis convexiusculis, penultimo multo majore cylindrico, ultimo
antice rapide descendente, soluto, tubuliformi, quoad peripheriam
antepenultimi minore ; apertura integra, subaxiali, subumbilicali,
valde obliqua, subcirculari, intus superne dente 1 submarginali
loco quasi parietali munita, peristomate tenui, expanso.

Diam. major 13, alt. 13 mill.

Habitat prope Moulmein, ad cavernas “‘ Farm Caves”’ dictas.

I discovered this singular shell in the earth which filled the
cavity of a decayed specimen of Sophina schistostelis collected by
Major R. H. Sankey. It was accompanied by a minute and
new species of Hydrocena. 'The specimen is weathered. Not-
withstanding the presence of a tooth in the aperture, there is
little room for hesitation in referring this novel form to the
Cyclostomacea, with reference to the solute descending last
whorl, and to the entire subcircular aperture, the expanded
margin of which forbids an union with Au/opoma, from the
impossibility of its bemg furnished with a similar operculum ;
while the absence of a slit and crowning tubular process pre-
vents association with Rhiostoma. That the presence of a tooth
within the aperture does not militate against Cyclostomaceous
affinity is demonstrated by its occurrence in the genus Diplom-
matinat.

* xdworos, coiled; ddis, serpent.
t In the Brazilian Cyclostoma disjunctum, Moricand, the solute last whorl
descends laterally, as in Aulopoma.

96 Mr. W. H. Benson on Clostophis and Rhiostoma.

A slight pit is discoverable on the outside of the last whorl
near the aperture, corresponding with the internal tooth ; but,
from its situation and the minuteness of the object, it is difficult
precisely to ascertain its nature.

If Clostophis should eventually prove to be destitute of an
operculum, and allied to the Helicide, it will then form a curious
contrast with its northern Burmese neighbour Hypselostoma, in
which a tubular termination to the last whorl is exalted verti-
cally above the apex of the shell.

Rhiostoma*, B., nov. gen.

Testa subdiscoidea, late umbilicata; anfractus ultimus solutus, late-
raliter descendens ; apertura libera, superne incisa, tubulo imper-
fecto retroflexo rimam coronante. Operculum breviter cylindri-
cum, multispiratum, apice plano, levigato, intus profunde ex-
cavatum.

Rhiostoma Haughton, B., n. s.

Testa late umbilicata, convexo-depressa, solidiuscula, oblique scabre
striatula, superne castanea, subtus albida, fascia angusta mediana
saturatiore, utrinque angulato-marmorata, ornata; spira depresso-
conoidea, apice prominulo obtusiusculo, sutura impressa ; anfrac-
tibus 5, convexiusculis, ultimo cylindrico, antice longe soluto,
lateraliter descendente, superne carina obtusa a sutura usque ad
tubulum marginalem decurrente munito ; apertura libera, obliqua,
diagonali, circulari; peristomate subduplici, extus incrassato, re-
flexiusculo, superne ad sinistram inciso, tubulo imperfecto, auntice
aperto, sinistrorse erecto, rimam coronante, munito; umbilico
perspectivo, profundo: operculo testaceo, multispirato, breviter
cylindrico, apice planato, levigato, anfractibus arcte convolutis,
marginibus acute carinatis, spatiis intersitis epidermide scabra
vestitis ; intus profunde excavato, polito.

Diam. major 21, minor 11, axis 8} mill.

Habitat ad cavernam Damatha, non procul ab urbe Moulmein.

This shell was discovered by Capt. J. C. Haughton, to whom
I am indebted for a couple of specimens, one of which was alive.
A weathered specimen, from the same source, was previously
received from Mr. W. Theobald, junr., who has since forwarded
the animal im spirits. I have mislaid my note on the living
animal, which came out freely, but was in a languid condition.
From the remains of the mollusk in the other shell, I procured
two elongated-triangular, testaceous plates, somewhat convex
on one side and concave on the other, and irregularly toothed
or jagged on the longest and shortest sides.

Mr. Theobald was disposed to place his first specimen in the

* ‘Ploy, a promontory.

Mr. W. H. Benson on Clostophis and Rhiostoma. uF

genus Aulopoma ; but the acquisition of an operculum induced
him to class it with Pterocyclos, as Pfeiffer has in fact done with
two allied species from Siam and Cochin China, although he
has referred the former, Cycl. Housez, Haines, to the second
section of Pterocyclos, “anfractu ultimo spiraculo munito,” in
company with Pt. hispidus, Pearson, in which the construction
and site of the spiracle are very different ; while he has placed
the Cochin Chinese species, Pt. tener, Menke, in his third sec-
tion. It is evident that the solute aperture, coupled with the
incision at the top of the aperture and the subtubular promi-
nence crowning the slit in both these species, separate them
from all known Pterocycli, and associate them with the Burmese
species now described.

Another feature common to the Tenasserim and Siamese
Rhiostomata exists in the keel extending from the tubular pro-
cess to the suture at the junction of the penultimate whorl, and
not noticed in R. tener.

Sp. 2. Rhiostoma Housei, Haines.

Syn. Pterocyclos, Pfr. No. 3. sect. 2. Mon. Pneum. Suppl.
Cyclostoma, Haines, Ann. Lyceum, New York.

Hab. Siam.

Sp. 3. Rhiostoma tener, Menke.

Syn. Pterocyclos, Menke, Mal. Blatter, 1856.
Pterocyclos, Pfeiffer, No. 15. sect. 3. Mon. Pneum. Suppl.

Hab. Turon, Cochin China.

The long-lost Turbo foliaceus, Ch., which, on the authority of
Dillwyn, has been unaccountably confounded with the very
distinct Socotrine species, Otopoma naticoides, Recluz, proves
to be an inhabitant of the Andaman Islands. A small variety,
forwarded by Mr. Theobald, may be at once recognized as that
species by its form, colour, and distant variciform plice on the
last whorl behind the aperture. Were it not for a thin Cyclo-
phoroid horny operculum, stated to belong to this shell, I should
have been disposed to place it in Otopoma. The plice vary in
number, and are even altogether wanting.

A small Heliz, a Streptaxis, and a Helicina accompanied
C. foliaceus, and were collected in the same locality, unexplored
since the date of Dr. Helfer’s fatal attempt.

Cheltenham, January 5, 1860.

98 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

X.—On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera.
By W. K. Parker, M. Mier. Soc., and T. R. Jonzs, F.G.S.

Part I1I.—The Species enumerated by Von Fichtel and Von Moll.

Tue work we have now to treat of has been already incidentally
noticed in our former papers. It is entitled :-—

““Testacea Microscopica aliaque minuta ex generibus Argo-
nauta et Nautilus ad naturam delimeata et descripta a Leopoldo a
Fichtel et Jo. Paulo Carolo a Moll. Cum 24 Tabulis zn incisis.”

(“ Microscopische und andere kleme Schalthiere aus den
Geschlechtern Argonaute und Schiffer, nach der Natur gezeich-
net und beschrieben von Leopold von Fichtel (Mitglied der
Linneischer Gesellschaft zu London, und der Asiatischen zu
Calcutta), und Joh. Paul Carl von Moll. Mit 24 Kupfertafeln.
4to. Wien, 1803.’’)

In the works of Walker and Montagu previously noticed by
us*, we have had to do with, for the most part, dwarfish forms
belonging to northern habitats; and hence many of them have
had to be ranked as varieties, of but secondary value zoologically.
In the Linnean list of Foraminifera (see our paper m the Ann.
Nat. Hist. 3 ser. vol. i. p. 474, &c.) there are several typical
forms, which attracted the attention of the older naturalists ;
but in the work before us we have a fine, though mceomplete,
series of large, well-grown, specific types, ‘which have been the
source of numerous quasi-generic and pseudo-specific distinc-
tions in the works of later authors. These writers have been
guided by the false analogy of Molluscan types, which, however,
have nothing in common with Rhizopodous shells, except simi-
larity of form, or isomorphism ; and it was not until naturalists
recognized the really low grade of the Foraminifera, as demon-
strated by Dujardin (1835) with respect to several of their forms,
that their classification was seen to be dependent upon a wide
range of variation within specific limits, such as one again finds
only in the lower members of. the vegetable kingdom,

Fichtel and Moll, in their Preface, give a rapid glance at what
had been already effected in the working out of the Foraminifera,
and express their dissatisfaction with the result. The micro-
scopical Nautiloid shells chosen by them for description are not,
as a whole, illustrative of any particular fauna; but most of
them are Mediterranean forms, either recent, or fossil from de-
posits belonging to the Mediterranean area, namely Tuscany
and, in a few instances, the Austro-Hungarian district. The
remainder were derived from the Red Sea.

As the specimens selected for illustration represent only one
section or ‘ genus,” in the nomenclature used by these authors,

* Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. iv. p. 333, &e.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 99

namely that which they termed “Nautilus,” and as they in-
tended to have figured and described (had the work paid its
expenses) others of the sections proposed by them to constitute
their genera “ Hammonium,” “ Lituus,” and “ Orthoceras,” a
more complete illustration of the Mediterranean fauna, with
specimens from other localities, would probably have been made,
had their work been completed.

Impressed with the difficulty of defining species, these authors
appear to have seized upon certain well-marked and, as a rule,
large forms for description ; and in some degree they were evi-
dently led towards a conception of the true characters of a
Rhizopodous species, as far as the Cristellarian forms are con-
cerned ; still they were so far trammelled with the notion of the
Cephalopodous nature of these little shells, that they left the
subject almost as they found it, except having put forward
the important recognition of the often doubtful value of mere
surface-marking and of outline in the characterization of the
species. Their careful descriptions, however, and their well-
drawn and neatly coloured figures mark an epoch in the biblio-
graphical history of Foraminifera. Montagu, in our own country,
at the same period was also bestowing care and taste on the de-
scription and figuring of these little shells; but his work had
not reached Vienna.

In the following Table we have arranged, according to their
relations, the Rhizopodous shells figured and described by Fichtel
and Moll; and we may remark here, as we have elsewhere, that
it is not to confuse the student that we so freely group together
under a few specific names the varieties that have received so
many distinctive appellations, but to assist in the elucidation of
the exact relationship of the several forms; so that, mstead of
separate and unintelligible atoms, to be classed only according
to their shape and size, the Foraminifera may be ultimately seen
to fall into natural groups intimately related and at once carry-
ing their meaning, physiologically and zoologically, to the edu-
cated eye. We have many collaborators in this pleasing task, at
home and abroad,—some strong in long experience of these pro-
tean animalcules, some powerful with the microscope to unravel
their tissue, some bringing a rich knowledge of other forms of
life to the work. We gladly contribute the result of our
own gatherings in these several branches of research, and firmly
believe that ultimately, with conscientious labour, and free ex-
pression of independent opinions, the Rhizopodists will arrive at
the hoped-for result of placing these Microzoa on as good a basis
of classification as that on which many of the higher groups of
animals now rest. We may repeat, too, that the varietal names
already established are not by any means thrown aside by us in

Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

100

‘aytoads pue o1lauaL)

‘snuas poydaoor uv jo adAy oywods y
‘snes poyIeul-[Jom v 0} Suisuojeq ‘satods poo’ y

"VITV.LOW Jo snuasqns v jo sowads peordéy y

‘snuos B jo m40F oytwods ATTeordAy W
‘VITIV.LOW J Snuasqns v jo sorads poos v st siqy,

"BLIvsOpON 03 anzea [enba jo ‘u14104
OMIMISANS B Sv POUIBIIA ST BIULIJOISIID “AOUATMAAMIOD [LIMMOUIG JO dvs 9} LOT
‘SANVHdVUY WNINVSOCON 0} sotvadsqns & Jo uoTR[ed oy} Ut spuRys IwITRD “Od
‘VLVDIAWT ‘N Jo Aqourea v f

aq Ajqissod Avur ‘A ‘strepnoyue, "N,, “VLVIANWId ‘N Jo soyouea ATquqorg |

‘VLVIONV'd ‘N JO Satjotea ems {

‘VITANOLSATOd 8NU95 ay} Jo sotoads peordsy ayy,

[sore] ur avadde sayatea ayy, |
‘vast *g 0d41 : WTTAWOLSAI1O0d JO sowadsqns outuomoy y

————___.

Peet ee eee ee er i)

OTS VNITODATV
‘snjojnbup ——

*snynd1gi¢
teseereasererseseeseeses VONOY WNITAOITHO

rsreeseseeesereneeres SALVNWIE SITd OWANT
*DSOLAQNY

see eneeeneeeeceeeeseeesenr TD Ose gy VNITAGUONVIg °

‘DINILIN ——
“Dyonurs
VaNVdiet VITV LOW
teeeeeserces (TQUIK)) IUDTIONAdS VNIBVOTVO
“payne

*SIssDg)

‘pynprdasy

*SLLDINIVND NID

*DJDISO9

‘2a}L0 4

‘psojjidnd

POOP o emcees ei ceeeeseeseee

LTT

Cee ere rer eeetetoonsereee (‘uuvy) IBIBO BUIE][AISLI .
|tetereesecccessese 35 *Q 7, ‘g D ‘stunjnarjuay
Bec meee twee reece een ett toners reeeeseees DIP] °

tee e neces eceeeteereeeeeecersereeeeeessessen end ay A

DyvIpys VNITOWWON *

PERO meee eee eee ee eewaeee

“‘DyDINIYDAI
Douespeeiscecetecvuaee manners «a (‘uuvT) vasIuo —— °
“Dyn brwsys
“D]JAaIDUL
“pnbiqup
‘pypjoundopnr.3s
DOP Sars ae
nydvag —— —
‘sapooyrduod —— —
“DIDSSDLIUI =

‘suuziiayse (BUILOIUON)) WTTANOLSATOd

‘Ayooynuajshs pabuvsio Toy pun yoyyouy Ag pazvsownua vroprurwmeloy ay 7

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 101

general use, unless they are in duplicate, or otherwise quite
unnecessary ; but that these, and as many more as it may be
requisite to propose, must be used in descriptions and compari-
sons—their really slight zoological value being always kept in
mind.

1. Nautilus asterizans. Page 37, pl. 3. figs. e-h. “ Recent :
Zoophytic concretions *, Mediterranean.” This is a Nonionina,
small, many-chambered, and Nautiloid; it has a slight umbili-
cus, around which an exogenous growth of shell-matter radiates
along the concave septal lines to about one-half their length.
It inhabits sandy shores and estuaries, and is common, in its
many varieties, both in the fossil and the recent state. This is one
of the typical forms of Nonionine (which, after all, are but low
forms of Polystomella). It exhibits the chief features which are
seen in different degrees of development in other related forms.
Its astral limbation is a feature which is much exaggerated in
N. limba, D’Orb. (Modéles, No. 11), and curiously modified with
flaps in N. stellifera, D’Orb. (Foram. Canaries, pl. 3. figs. 1, 2).
The figure in Soldani’s ‘ Testaceograph.’ referred to by Fichtel
and Moll with some doubt, as equivalent to N. asterizans, is
clearly not related.

2. Nautilus incrassatus. Page 38, pl. 4. figs. a-c. “Recent:
Portoferrajo, Isle of Elba, Mediterranean.” An umbonate va-
riety of Nonionina asterizans ; it has deeply sulcate septal lines,
and is more rounded at its periphery than the foregoing, from
which also it generally differs in having a closer texture with
finer pores. Many of the forms of Nonionine which have re-
ceived specific appellations exhibit considerable variableness in
the size of the perforations of their shells. N. incrassata, F. & M.,
and N. Scapha, F.&M., have usually the finest, N. granosa,
D’Orb. and N. perforata, D’Orb., the coarsest pores.

N. incrassata lives, with other varieties of N. asterizans, in the
shallow waters of the Mediterranean ; it occurs fossil at Grignon,
and is the same as N. /evis, D’Orb. (Modéles, No. 42), fossil
from Bordeaux. The umbo, in some of the astral forms, is
represented by granules, as in N. tuberculata, D’Orb. (For. Foss.
Vien. pl. 5. figs. 13, 14).

A small delicate variety of N. asterizans (from Cuxhaven),
intermediate between N. depressula and N. crassula of Walker,
is accurately figured, with the colours of nature, by Prof. Ehren-
berg, in the ‘ Abhandl. Akad. Berlin, 1839’ (1841), pl. 2, figs.
la-lg. It is here termed ‘ N. Germanica.”

* In the shelly deposits of the Mediterranean, and at the base of coral-
reefs, we find such concreted masses of broken shells, Bryozoa, Nullipores,
&c., as are here doubtlessly referred to.

102 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

3. Nautilus pompilioides. Page 31, pl. 2. figs. a—c. ‘ Recent :
zoophytic concretions, Mediterranean. Fossil: Coroncina, Tus-
cany.” A small, common, Nautiloid Nonionina. Subglobose,
with flush cells, which are not so numerous as in UN. asterizans,
umbilicate, smooth, intermediate as to the size of its perforations
between N. incrassata and N. granosa. This is one of the sub-
globose varieties of a subspecies, the peculiar features of which
are best represented by Nonionina asterizans. The N. umbilicata
of D’Orbigny’s ‘ Modeéles’ (No. 86) and N. Soldani, D’Orb.
(Foram. Foss. Vienne, pl. 5. figs. 15, 16), are closely related va-
rieties. The N. crassula, Walker, N. depressula, Walker, and
N. umbilicata of Montagu (not Walker), are also nearly allied,
but they are thinner, and have the septal joits more deeply
sunken. NV. tuberculuta, N. perforata, N. granosa, N. punctata,
N. communis, and N. Boueana (D’Orb. For. Foss. Vien. pl. 5)
are forms akin to N. Soldanii, and present varietal conditions
of outline, of ornament, and of foramina within the limits of
specific latitude.

N. pompilioides is very common fossil in the Subapennine
clays, and recent in deep water (especially at from 100 to 500
fathoms) in the Mediterranean and other seas.

N. pompilioides bears the same relation to N. asterizans that
Rotalia Soldanu does to R. Beccarii, bemg a thick form with
flush cells, which in shallow water become more outspread with
gibbous chambers.

The following references to Soldani’s figures by Fichtel and
Moll, for this species, are correct : Soldani, Sagg. Oritt. p. 100,
pl. 2. fig. 16 ¢¢, TT, VV, X X.; Testaceogr. vol. i. p. 59; pl. 46.
Begg)

4. Nautilus Scapha. Page 105, pl. 19. figs. d-f. “ Recent :
Adriatic Sea.” This is an oblong variety of Nonionina asterizans,
rapidly increasing in the size of its chambers. It is the Nonto-
nina communis, D’Orb. (For. Foss. Vien. pl. 5. figs. 7, $). This
variety is of common occurrence in all seas, and also in the
Tertiary deposits.

5. Nautilus Faba*. Page 103, pi. 19. figs. a—-e. Recent :
sand from Rimini and other parts of the Adriatic and Medi-
terranean. Fossil: Sienna, Volterra, and near 8. Quirico.”
This is an interesting variety, showing the first trace of passage
between Nonionina and Polystomella,—turther links of union
being supplied by the next-mentioned variety (P. striatopunc-
tata), of which this may be said to be an oblong form. The
aperture is here crossed with little bars; and the septal lines
also are bridged over in some specimens ; both of which features

* This form is not related to the figures referred to in the works of
Soldani and Plancus.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 103

are carried to greater extent in the following varieties. This
anes is not common ; our best specimens are from the Arctic
eas.

6. Nautilus striatopunctatus. Page 61, pl. 9. figs. a-c.
“ Recent : Red Sea*.” A smooth round-edged Nonionine shell,
variable in its thickness and in the number of bridges over the
septal spaces. Its aperture varies from the simple cross-slit to
the cribriform plate. Here the Nonionine character is merged
in that of Polystomella, the septal lines bemg more or less regu-
larly bridged over, though often so minutely as to escape casual
observation. When more developed, these bridgings of the
septal lines produce not only linear pits, but sometimes a double
row of septal galleries. In the P. gibba of Schultze the septal
bridges are well developed, and a further growth of exogenous
matter takes place over the whole shell, in the form of elegant
sinuous patches of transparent calcareous granulations. A still
greater modification of the surface obtains in Polystomella crispa
and its allies, presently to be noticed.

P. striatopunctata sometimes has the simple crescentic aper-
ture of Nonionina; but this is often subdivided by calcareous
bars, and so becomes the cribriform septal plane of Polystomella.
It may be either umbilicate or umbonate; and the umbo may
be granulated, and so afford a gradation into Nonionina granosa,
D’Orb.

Polystomella, indeed, is but a more complex form of Nonio-
nina. They belong to one generic group ; and indeed we seem
to have but one, or at most two, species here. Some of the
Nonionine (of the N. spheroides type) are probably of a different
specific group. As two subspecies, the Nonionina asterizans and
Polystomella crispa may be retained in nomenclature with advan-
tage—N. asterizans being the central form of one, and P. erispa
that of the other; but Polystomella is the true leading form.

Nonionina striatopunctata occurs in shore-sand nearly every-
where, especially in the Arctic Seas, where it attains its greatest
size, and is accompanied by N. Faba, N. Scapha, and N. stelli-
fera. It is found fossil in the Upper Tertiaries.

Ehrenberg has well figured, with natural colours, some living
specimens of N. striatopunctata (under the name of Geoponus
Stella-borealis), from Cuxhaven, in the ‘Abhandl. Akad. Berlin,
1839 ’ (1841), pl. 1. figs. a—g.

7. Nautilus ambiguus. Page 62, pl. 9. figs. df. “ Recent:
Red Seat.” This is a somewhat flat Polystomella, slightly
umbonate, with the septal spaces open, rendering the chambers

* In sand obtained from large shells, and given to the authors by
Spengler.
+ In sea-sand from shells, given by Spengler.

104. Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

somewhat vesicular and the outline crenulate. It approaches
near to the typical P. crtspa, and is a common variety. D’Or-
bigny has figured a similar form under the name of P. Listert
(For. Foss. Vien. pl. 6. figs. 19-22).

8. Nautilus macellus (two varieties). Page 66, var. «. pl. 10.
figs. e-g; var. 8. pl. 10. figs. h-k. ‘ Recent: Zoophytic concre-
tions, Mediterranean.” Var. @ is a sub-complanate, slightly
unsymmetrical Polystomella: the unequal development of the
two faces is an interesting feature. Var. 8 is symmetrical, not
quite so flat as var. «, and is lobated in its outline by a periodical
irregularity of growth, peculiar perhaps to the individual. Both
of these are thin varieties of Polystomella crispa.

D’Orbigny has recognized the similarity of his P. Fichteliana
(For. Foss. Vien. p. 125, pl. 6. figs. 7,8) to P. macella,—a simi-
larity too close, in our opinion, to allow of any distinetion.

P. macella, when plano-convex, would be equivalent to the
Faujasina carinata, D’Orb. (For. Foss. Vien. p. 194, pl. 21.
figs. 29-31) from the chalk of Maestricht.

This variety and other flat Polystomelle are very common in
the shallow waters of the Mediterranean and the tropical seas,
and have been washed into the sands from the sea-weeds to
which they have been attached by their flattest surface. This
face often shows the whole coil of the spire, as in Fawasina
carinata, D’Orb.

A large symmetrical umbonate variety, near to P. macella,
var. #, occurs in great abundance in some of the Subapennine
and other Tertiary sands and clays.

Polystomella macella is more unsymmetrical than any Oper-
culine variety of Nummulite, but not so much so as is the rule
in Amphistigma vulgaris (= A. gibba) : 1m the latter the aperture
is a large slit nearly all on the more bulging side; whilst in
Polystomella macella, when most twisted in its growth, the sep-
tal plane and aperture are but little affected, indeed scarcely
more so than in the unequally gibbous Operculine. Both the
symmetrical and unsymmetrical Nautiloid Foraminifers delight
in complanate varieties ; and these are often the more irregular
in their growth because of their weak and starved eondition.

The peculiar twist acquired by the complanate Polystomelle is
equalled by that in the Australian Vertebraline, both discoidal
and crozier-shaped, which, although showing just the same
kinds of variation as they are wont to do in other parts of the
world (and in fossil deposits), yet have, one and all, their mouth
turned more or less to one side; and in the very flat discoidal
varieties the shells are often saddle-shaped.

Polystomella, in its very small and simple varieties, as well as
its very large and complex forms, and also in its often prickly

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 105

and occasionally strongly spinous varieties, has a peculiar and
interesting parallelism with Rotalia Beccarit.

9. Nautilus strigilatus (two varieties). Page 49, var. «. pl. 5.
figs. c—e; var. @. pl. 5. figs. f} g. “ Recent: Poville, near Novi,
Austrian shore of the Adriatic.” Var. « is a somewhat flattened
P. crispa, with a small umbo, which, however, is relatively larger
than in the foregoing varieties. Var. 8 is a rowelled condition
of the same, and is the P. aculeata, D’Orb. (For. Foss. Vien.
pl. 6. figs. 27, 28). Both are common shallow-water forms.
Fichtel and Moll refer correctly to Soldani, Testaceogr. vol. i.
p. 54, pl. 34. fig. 1, for this form.

10. Nautilus crispus. Page 40, pl. 4. figs. df. “ Recent :
Adriatic. Fossil: Etruria.” The references to Plancus and Sol-
dami for figures of this species are correct: Plancus, Conch.
p- 10, pl. 1. fig. 2; Soldani, Sage. Orit. p. 100, pl. 2. fig. 17 yz;
Testaceogr. vol. i. p. 54, pl. 33. fig. F, and pl. 34. figs. G, H.
This is the typical Polystomella crispa, Linnzus, being an inter-
mediate state of development between that of the thin, flat, de-
pauperated P. macella and the very thick, largely umbonate,
and frequently gigantic P. craticulata. It is of world-wide dis-
tribution, and occurs fossil in the Tertiaries. Its relationship
to Nonionina is alluded to at pages 101 & 103.

11. Nautilus eraticulatus. Page 51, pl. 5. figs. h-k. “ Recent :
Red Sea. From sea-sand in large shells: given by Spengler.”

This is the form of Polystomella which attains a very large
size among the coral-reefs of Fiji, Red Sea, Australia, and New
Zealand, also at the Canaries and the Philippines. In the figure
referred to the umbo is drawn large, but frequently we have met
with massive individuals, from the Australian reefs, having this
central exogenous growth extending over nearly the whole of
the shell, small patches only of the septal structure appearing
here and there towards the margin. Indeed, this masking of
the surface has been erroneously regarded by some as charac-
teristic of a specific difference. Not only in this large Polysto-
mellous species, but in many specific groups of Foraminifers,
superficial shelly matter may either be wanting or be developed
to any extent, without proving essential distinctness.

It oceurs fossil in the Miocene Tertiary beds of San Domingo.

12. Nautilus radiatus. Page 58, pl. 8. figs. a-d. ‘ Recent:
Red Sea.” In sea-sand from the interior of shells in Spengler’s
collection.

This is a small, smooth, lenticular Nummulina, about 1 line
in diameter; marked with twenty-four radiating, translucent,
septal lines, slightly sinuous, with an open sigmoid flexure,
which extends from the periphery to the umbonal centre, and as
many intermediate short parallel septal lines towards the peri-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3, Vol. y, 8

106 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

pherical margin. These indicate altogether nearly fifty chambers
in the outer whorl, the lateral lobes of which, in passing towards
the umbonal centre, interfere with each other, leaving only indi-
cations of half as many elongate triangular sinuous umbilical
lobes.

In the section, fig. c, we see four whorls and a round central
primordial cell; and the outer whorl has seventeen chambers,
narrow from back to front, transversely wide, and obliquely set.

13. Nautilus venosus. Page 59, pl. 8. figs. e-h. “ Recent:
Red Sea.” From shell-sand sent by Spengler.

A small, smooth, lenticular Nummulina (1 line in diameter),
marked with twelve translucent, sinuous, radiating septal lines,
several of which appear to bifureate, and some to trifurcate, at
their peripheral extremities. These may indicate seventeen
chambers of regular width, the umbilical lobes of which inter-
fere with each other, leaving only about twelve broad triangular
lobes on the surface, with small intercalations. In the section,
fig. g, three and a half whorls and a central cell are seen; the
outer whorl is here figured as made up of twelve rhombical
chambers.

The only difference between Nummulina venosa and N. radiata
is that in the latter the chambers are relatively larger (twice the
size), the segments of sareode produced at each gemmation
having been thicker from back to front than in the former shell.
The angle at which the segments are set on is the same in the
two shells, and the lobes or flaps laid on the umbilical surfaces
have in both the same gentle smuous form, though im one shell
they are of half the size that they are in the other. As the
relative size of the segments cannot be accepted as a specific
distinction, we do not regard these two Nummuline as belonging
to separate species. Fichtel and Moll themselves had some
hesitation in giving them two names.

In: Prof. Wilhamson’s Nummulina planulata, Monogr: ps.37,
pl. 3. figs. 76, 77, we have a similar little shell (4, — 44, inch in
diameter), with straight or rather wavy radii: the umbilical
area is left open by the shortened apices of the lateral lobes, so
that parts of the former whorls are visible,—a condition retro-
spective of some Operculine. Prof. Williamson had his speci-
mens from Portsmouth and Scarborough ; and he refers it cor-
rectly to the N. planulata of Lamarck, more especially to the
biconvex variety known as N. variolari za, Lam. We have no
doubt of this belonging to the same species as the two varieties
above mentioned, although the curvature of the septal lines is
modified in some of the later chambers, and though there is an
umbilical deficiency of shell-matter. From Hand Island, in
Davis Strait, we have some small, delicate, recent Nummuline

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 107

(dredged by Dr. P. C. Sutherland, at 25 to 30 fathoms) of the
same type as the above, presenting sinuous radial lines of the
same pattern as those in N. radiata. Recent Nummuline of
larger size than any of the foregomg (about } inch in dia-
meter) are abundant along the Australian coral-reefs at from
10 to 20 fathoms, as shown by dredgings brought from Australia
by Mr. Jukes. These show radiating septal lines of a similar
sigmoidal pattern, and thus closely resemble D’Orbigny’s Num-
mulina radiata* (For. Foss. Vien. p. 115, pl. 5. figs. 23, 24).
This Viennese Nummulite D’Orbigny has referred to Fichtel
and Moll’s Num. lenticularis, var. 8, but, we believe, erroneously,
as far as varietal relationship is concerned. The Australian
Nummuline just mentioned freely pass into Operculine, of a
rather larger growth, by the gradual loss of the triangular over-
lying flaps of sarcode,—gradations being thus made between
such a form as that above quoted from Williamson’s ‘ Mono-
graph,’ through mnumerable and gentle stages, into flat out-
spread Operculine and Assiline, exposing their bare whorls. In
these Australian dredgings the individuals are excessively nu-
merous, in an almost purely calcareous mud, constituting in some
imstances upwards of fifty per cent. of the deposit. These
Foraminifers are accompanied by a great variety of Orbitolites,
Alveoline, Polystomeliz, Miliole, Rotalie, &c., mostly of large
size. This fauna is strikingly a counterpart of the Calcaire
grossier.

14. Nautiius Mamilla. Page 53, pl. 6. figs. a-d. “ Fossil :
Brunn near Steinfeld, Neusiedler See, Margareth, Maria Loretto,
Kroisbach, and other places in Lower Austria and on the con-
fines of Hungary.”

A smooth lenticular Nummulite (13 line in diameter), with
thin edges and a raised umbonal centre on each face. In fig. ¢
53 whorls are shown, with 24 oblique chambers in the outer
whorl; the central cell is small.

Vicomte d’Archiac and M. J. Haime, in their ‘ Monographie
des Nummulites’ (contained in their ‘ Description des Animaux
Fossiles du Groupe Nummulitique de l’Inde,’ 4to, Paris, 1853),
express an opinion that “ Nautilus Mamilla” is probably Num-
mulina Ramondi, Defr., var. d (Monogr. p. 129, pi. 7. figs. 13-
17): this may be, though the evidence is not very clear.

15. Nautilus lenticularis. Five varieties; p. 55. “ Fossil :
Klausenberg in Transylvania.

Var. a, pl. 6. figs. e-h. A small, smooth, thickly lenticular

* MM. d’Archiac and Haime pass over this Nummulite, suggesting
that it may be an Amphistegina (Monogr. p. 160). It is, however, a true
Nummulite in all its characters. We do not know of any bilaterally sym-
metrical Amphistegina.

Bx

108 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

Nummulite, 2 lines in diameter. The section, fig. g, shows
three whorls and a large central chamber; eighteen chambers
in the outer whorl. The chambers, as to their relative size and
setting-on, are like those of N. Mamilla.

By MM. d@Archiac and Haime N. lenticularis, var. a, is
recognized as a species, and renamed N. Tchihatcheffi, Monogr.
p.90-pl. ll. fie,.9.

Var. 8, pl. 7. figs. a, 6. A small lenticular Nummulite,
2 lines in diameter, covered with closely-set granules; on the
figure about thirteen granules lie in a row along the diameter of
the shell.

According to MM. d’Archiac and Haime, this is NV. Lucasana,
Defr., var. a, Monogr. p. 125, pl. 7. fig. 7.

Var. y, pl. 7. figs. c-f. A small, smooth, lenticular Nummulite
(32 lines in diameter), more convex on one face than on the
other. In the section, fig. e, 64 whorls are seen, with the central
cell large, and thirty-six chambers in the outer whorl (thirty-
two on the fifth, and about the same number in the third whorl);
chambers very like those of N. Mamilla and N.lenticularis, var. a,
but more numerous.

MM. d’Archiac and Haime refer this to N, Moll, dArch.,
Monogr. p. 102, pl. 4. fig. 13.

Var. 6, pl. 7. fig. g. A small lenticular Nummulite, 33 lines
in diameter, at with twenty-four more or less curved or
sinuous striz, radiating from the periphery towards the centre
of the face, but leaving a small clear umbonal area.

M. D’Orbigny collates this variety as identical with his
N. radiata, For. Foss, Vien. p. 115; but we cannot coincide in
this determination, though these varieties may belong to one
species. According to MM. d’Archiac and Haime, this is NV.
Biaritzensis, V Archiac, Monogr. p. 131, pl. 8. figs. 4-6.

Var. e, pl. 7. fig. 2. A small lenticular Nummulite, 33 limes
in diameter, resembling var. 6, excepting that the mterspaces
between the radial lines are occupied with granules, mostly in
single rows of from 4 to 7, but sometimes in double series
towards the periphery.

This is N. perforata (Montf.), D’Orb., and accepted under
that name by MM. d’Archiac and Haime, Monogr. p. 115, pl. 6.
figs. 1-12.

These figures of five varieties of Nummulites, though boldly
drawn and apparently with care, give us but little exact evidence
of the real relationships of the originals. We have quoted the
determinations arrived at by MM. d’Archiae and Haime, after
considerable research; but, even with the aid of their pains-
taking and minute descriptions and their numerous and faithful
drawings, we cannot readily follow them to their conclusions,

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 109

Nummuline, like other Foraminifera, take such licence in their
mode of growth, in the relative size and setting-on of the segments
and their alar lobes, and in the exaggeration of the exposed
septal lines and pillars by the, as it were, capricious growth of
shell-matter, that it is difficult, even with the best-grown of
these giants of the family, to determme where anything like
specific limits can be marked out.

It appears to us that, in its style of growth, Nummulina is
related to Operculina,—so closely, indeed, that, like Assi/ina,
the latter sinks to the low grade of a subvarietal condition, there
being no strict boundary between it and Nuwmmulina, as we find
abundantly proved by both recent and fossil specimens. Just
so Nonionina loses itself in Polystomella,

The hundreds of indifferently described Nummulitic forms to
be found in geological works were in 1853 reduced to order by
the combined labours of M. le Vicomte d’Archiac and M. Jules
Haime, and arranged as fifty-two species, grouped in six sections,
—namely, 1. Nummuline lves aut subleves; 2. Reticulate ;
3. Subreticulate ; 4. Punctulate ; 5. Plicatz vel striate ; 6. Ex-
planatz (septa et spira plus minusve prominentes),—Nos. 1-5
forming the division characterized by “cloisons embrassantes,
plus ou moins inclinées et arquées,” No. 6 being a division by
itself, with “ cloisons non embrassantes et presque droites.”

The group No. 1, ‘“leves,” have the alar or umbilical lobes
attenuate (corresponding to the smallness of the segments) and
extremely sinuous,—“ filets cloisonaires simples, trés-sinueux.”
This is the chief characteristic of the large, flat, smooth Num-
mulites forming the group, of which N. complanata, Lamarck,
is the type. We should have preferred the term “ sinuate ”
or “complanate” for the group. Groups No. 2 and No. 3,
“reticulate ” and ‘‘subreticulate,’ are characterized by the
inosculation of the “ filets cloisonaires” or alar lobes of sarcode
proceeding laterally from the segments; they are so closely
related, that we may regard them as one group, characterized by
the net-like arrangement of the imosculating lobes, “ réseau
cloisonaire,” and typified by N. levigata, Lam. The “ pune-
tulate” of group No. 4 are, we believe, artificially brought to-
gether: they belong part to group | and part to group 5, and
in some cases have very close relations with groups 2 and 3.
The feature referred to as characteristic in group No. 4 is the
granulation of the surface ; and, owing apparently to the strange
mistake of the authors (formerly made also by Dr. Carpenter in
his Memoir on Nummulites in the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.
vol. vi.*) in regarding the suberystalline columns seen in sections
of Nummulites (that is, the septal walls and pillars) as calcareous

* Corrected by hum in Phil. Trans. vol. exlvi. p. 558, nole.

110 Messrs. W. t\. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

infillings of funnel-shaped holes or pores, the nature of these
granulations was misunderstood by MM. d’Archiac and Haime.
In a Nummulite of any of the groups the septal lines exposed
on the surfaces may be thickened, built up, or exaggerated by
ridges or granules of hyaline shell-substance permeated with
tortuous passages—part of the so-called “vascular system ee
the shell; and these exogenous granules need not be confined to
the septal lines, but may be planted in the interspaces, as in Am-
phistegine and other cognate forms, and will thus stand as Imes
and pillars of division to the alar lobes as the new segments are
successively added. This is markedly the case in N. scabra,
Lam., the granulated variety of N. levigata, and indeed in nu-
merous instances among Nummuline and their allies. In many
Nummulites the granulate surface may be found at one period
of growth, and the smooth at another ; for, if a new segment or
segments have been lately added, the surface will be far smoother
than in the stage when the external increase of the septal lines
and pillars only is going on.

The group No. 5, “ plicatze vel striate,” contams a great many
varieties characterized by a simple radiate arrangement of the
alar lobes, which are usually elongate triangular, straight or
slightly curved, either falciform or sigmoid. These Nummulites
are usually small, and are well typified by Num. planulata,
Lamk. We should have preferred the term “ radiate” for this
group.

No. 6 is the Assiline group (“ explanate”), in which the whole
of the spire is apparent from the want of the alar lobes. Assi-
lina, however, like Operculina, passes by insensible gradations
into Nummulina, by the varying development of the lateral lobes
or flaps.

There are individual specimens that tend to show a linking
together of the “ sinuate,” “ reticulate,” and “radiate” groups ;
but for the present we propose to regard these as three specific
groups, headed respectively by Nummulina complanata, N. levt-
gata, and N. planulata. The Assiline forms are probably related
as varieties to the “radiate” and “ sinuate”’ groups.

Having said thus much respecting the Nummulites generally,
we return to Fichtel and Moll’s illustrations, with the following
remarks :—

N. Mamilla and N. lenticularis, var. «, do not present
any indication of the superficial lobes; but, from the style of
their chambers, they probably belong to the “ radiate” group,
and, for what we can see, are of the same species, the relative
amount of convexity not being essentially distinctive.

N. lenticularis, var. 8, may be the N. Lucasana (of the “ ra-
diate” group), as stated by MM. d’Arebiac and Haime, but is

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 11]

quite as like some of the granulate varieties of the “sinuate”
group.

N. lenticularis, var. y, is referred by MM. d’Archiac and Haime
to the “reticulate” group, probably with justice, and to a new
species. Nevertheless it much resembles their figures of N.
Tchihatcheffi in every respect.

N. lenticularis, var. 5, is decidedly a “radiate” form, resem-
bling N. Ramondi, N. Guettardi, N. striata, and others, even more
than N. Biaritzensis, to which MM. d’Archiac and Haime refer
it. The differences, however, are merely varietal.

N. lenticularis, var. ¢, is far more like N. Rouaultt and N. Lu-
casana (of the “radiate” group) than N. perforata (of the
“sinuate” group).

N. radiata, N. venosa, and their allies above described, are
simple forms of the “radiate” group.

Nummulina, essentially symmetrical in all its varieties, is con-
nected with the truly unsymmetrical species of Nautiloid Fora-
minifers by the unequal-sided Amphistegina, small varieties of
which have a striking isomorphism with the Asterigerine varie-
ties of Rotalia Beccarii—for instance, the Asterigerina lobata and
A. carinata of D’Orbigny ; but the Rotalian forms seldom hide
their primordial cell in their successive folds, whilst this habit
is constant in Amphistegina, however distorted it may become :
thus this species never exposes its spire on both sides, like
Operculina, nor on one side, as in Polystomella macella and the
Rotalie. Heterostegina (a flattish Nummulitoid species with
subdivided chambers) is in external form rather more like some
Operculine, with the earlier portion lenticular, and with thin
marginal chambers*, than an Amphistegina; and it bears the
same relation to Operculina that Orbiculina does to Penero-
plis ; whilst Cycloclypeus, a species next beyond Heterostegina in
development, is in this respect analogous to Orbitolites. See also
Dr. Carpenter, Phil. Trans. 1856, vol. exlvi. p. 565.

16. Nautilus Calcar. Page 69. Twelve varieties. Five varie-
ties (a—e) : ‘ Recent : Rimini shore, Adriatic. Fossil : Coroncina,
near Sienna.”

Var. a. Pl. 11. figs. ac. Keeled, rowelled, ribbed, and um-

* The form here referred to, with its gently biconvex centre and thin
edge, is the Amphistegina Cumingii of Dr. Carpenter, so fully described
and illustrated in his last Monograph (read before the Royal Society,
June 17, 1858, and published in the Phil. Trans. for 1859). We cannot
agree with this talented author in placing this somewhat feebly developed
Nummuline form in the genus Amphistegina. For our own part, we can-
not, on any good physiological grounds, separate it from Operculina com-
planata, on the one hand, or Nummulina planulata, on the other, which
latter we regard as the parental form of both.

112 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

bonate. A thick, well-developed Cristellarta Calcar: typical.
See Annals N. H. 2 ser. vol. xix. p. 290; and ibid. 3 ser. vol. 11.
p-. 476.

Var. 8. Pl. 11. figs. df) (“ Plancus, Conch: p:'85;“ple a:
fig. 12, STV, and fic. 132, Z; Soldani, Sagg. Orit. pl. 1. fig sgGy
Testaceogr. vol. i. pl. 33. ‘tig. 3?) Keeled, ribbed, and ‘umbo-
nate. Cristellaria cultrata of authors: a common well-developed
variety.

Var. y. Pl. 11. figs. g-h. Keeled, rowelled, bead-ribbed, and
umbonate.

Var. 6. Pl. 11. figs. i-k. Keeled, rowelled, and bead-ribbed.
y and 6 are varieties of C. Calcar ornamented with granulated
septal lines.

Var. «. Pl. 12. figs. a—-c. (“Soldani, Sagg. oritt. p. 98, pl. 1.
fig.6 J; Testaceogr. vol. i. pl. 59) figs. gig; 7777) aealems
rowelled, with irregular spikes, ribbed, umbonate ; surface gra-
nulate and chambers narrow. A fine variety of C. Calear, with
narrow falciform chambers.

Var. €. Pl. 12. figs. df. “ Fossil: Ripalta, near 8. Quirico,
in the Sienese.” Keeled, ribbed, umbonate ; last few chambers
distorted. C. cultrata: a modified individual.

Three varieties (n-v). “ Recent: Adriatic and Mediterranean.
Fossil: Coroncina.” Var. 7. Pl. 12. figs. g, A. (“ Plancus,
Conch. p. 12, pl. 1. fig. 3 H.”) Keelless, ribbed, umbonate.
The most common variety of C. Calcar in its less-developed
state. The same as C. rotulata, Robulina simplex, &c.

Var. @. Pl. 12. figs. i,k. Keelless, slightly rowelled, ribbed,
and umbonate. Like the last, but rowelled.

Var. «. Pl. 13. figs. a,b. Keeled, slightly rowelled, bead-
ribbed, the granulate septal ies meeting at the umbo. An
ornamented variety like vars. y and 6, but smaller.

Var. x. Pl. 13. figs. c,d. “ Recent: Mediterranean.” Keel
slight, with some teeth; ribs famt; no. umbo; chambers nar-
row. A variety of C. Calcar, faintly developed as to its several
features.

Var. >. PI. 18. figs. e-g. “ Fossil: Coroncina.” Slightly
keeled, faintly ribbed, umbonate ; chambers large. A variety of
C. Calcar, with large-sized chambers.

Var. w. Pl. 13. figs. A, 7 (k, d, section). ‘ Recent: Mediter-
ranean. Fossil: Coroncina.” Sharply rowelled, faimtly ribbed,
largely umbonate. The exogenous shell-substance in this va-
riety of C. Calcar forms long sharp keel-teeth, and a large
umbo.

Cristellaria Calear, of a symmetrical but limited growth,
occurs early in the Secondary deposits, and is often abundant in
the clays of the Upper Trias, Lias, Oolites, Gault, and Chalk.

Nonenelature of the Foraminifera. 113

In the Tertiaries it is also abundant, and frequently attains a
larger size, and puts on a bolder form of growth. In the recent
state it is world-wide,—localities for large specimens being the
Canaries, Mediterranean (especially the Adriatic), Norway coast,
and the Abrolhos Bank. Bailey has figured it of a large size
from the coasts of the United States.

17. Nautilus papillosus. Page 82, pl. 14. figs. a—c. “ Recent:
Adriatic.” An elegant variety of Cristellaria Calcar, with a
small keel and beaded septal lines. It is thick, and has many
chambers.

18. Nautilus Vortex. Page 33, pl. 2. figs. d-i. “ Soldani,
Sagg. Oritt. p. 99, pl. 1. fig. 12 ; Testaceogr. vol. i. p. 66, pl. 59.
fig. ¢¢.” “Fossil: Coroncina.” This is a keelless, thick va-
riety of Cristellaria Calcar ; it has very narrow and much-curved
chambers, the septal lines taking a long, curved sweep to reach
the margin. There are many gradual intermediate forms be-
tween this and the type. It is not unfrequent in clays of the
Mediterranean, at about the depth of 90 fathoms; and it occurs
fossil in the Tertiary clays of Tuscany, Vienna, and Malaga.

D’Orbigny has given two figures of this variety: that of his
Robulina orbicularis, Annales Sc. Nat. vol. vii. p. 288, No. 2.
pl. 6. figs. 8,9; and that of his R. Imperatoria, For. Foss. Vien.
p- 104, pl. 5. figs. 5,6. The former differs from Cristellaria
Vortex in having a slight keel, in not being quite so thick,
and in being somewhat umbonate. R. Jmperatoria, having the
same amount of keel as R. orbicularis, is less gibbous, but more
distinctly umbonate than the latter. These slight and almost
insensible degrees of modification render the three shells here
referred to notable examples of the gradual passage so often
recognizable between varietal forms of species. The roundness
and plumpness of Cristellaria Vortex is modified to the lenticular
and comparatively lean C. Imperatoria, having markedly con-
tracted chambers (the narrowest of any Cristellaria) and a pout-
ing aperture, which is lost in the greater fulness of the chambers
of C. Vortex and C. orbicularis. Full-sized and entire-keeled
specimens of C. Vortex, supplying still further intermedia, are
figured by Soldani.

19. Nautilus costatus. Page 47, pl. 4. figs. g, h. “ Recent :
Mediterranean, Coast of Africa.’ A Cristellaria, more or less
keeled ; the keel is somewhat toothed ; the septal lines are raised
or limbate,—a character which, however, is absent in D’Orbigny’s
figured specimen of a similar variety from the Tertiary beds of
Vienna (Robulina Ariminensis, For. Foss. Vien. pl. 4. figs. 8, 9) ;
the chamber-walls are regularly marked with numerous ribs at
right angles to the septal lines. In this variety of C. Calear
(which is not of common occurrence, but sometimes met with in

114 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

deposits rich in Cristellaria) we have the link with the Margi-
nuline variety of Nodosarta Raphanus, especially in the Viennese
specimen, which is narrow-chambered, pinched, and umbilicate,
hke the crozier-part of a Marginulina. This linking is not only
shown by the form, the aperture, and the general structure of
the shell, but markedly in the style of ornament. The orna-
mentation of ribs is highly characteristic of the Nodosarine
group. In Nodosaria the riblets are often fully and symmetri-
cally developed; in some Marginuline the rib on the convex
border surpasses its fellows; in Cristellarie it is often the only
remnant of these ribs; but in some varieties, as m Robulina
echinata, D’Orb., R. ornata, D’Orb., and especially in R. Arimi-
nensis and Fichtel’s Nautilus costatus, the rib-ornament still
bears evidence of the relationship mutually borne by these
diversely modified forms. Hence one of the grounds for the
foundation of the comprehensive genus Nodosarina*, mtended
by us to embrace the Nodosarie, Cristellarie, and all the inter-
mediate and associated varieties. Indeed, we see as yet no
essential characters in this protean group whereby more than
one real species can be established, although we have examined
thousands of forms, not to say individuals, from the Permian,
Triassic, Liassic, Oolitic, Cretaceous, and Tertiary deposits, as
well as from deep and shallow seas of all parts of the world.

20. Nautilus acut-auricularis. Page 102, pl. 18. figs. g-z.
“Recent: zoophytic concretions, Mediterranean.” A sub-
globose or ovoid Cristellaria, with numerous smooth, narrow,
flush chambers, slightly keeled. This is a variety intermediate
between C. Calcar and Defrance’s Saracenaria Italiea. It is
also nearly related to C. arcuata, D’Orb. (For. Foss. Vien. pl. 3.
figs. 34-36). This appears to be a rather rare and small form.
Fichtel and Moll’s reference to Soldani, Testaceogr. vol. 1. p. 61,
pl. 49. fig. z, for this form, is correct.

21. Nautilus Crepidula. Page 107, pl. 19. figs. g—. “ Recent :
Leghorn coast.” A delicate, elongate, Marginuline, flattened
Cristellaria. This variety, which by innumerable linkings passes
into C. Calcar, is so readily modified by external conditions as
perhaps not to be represented by any two perfectly similar mdi-
viduals. D’Orbigny’s C. cymboides (For. Foss. Vien. pl. 3. figs.
30, 31) is almost an exact counterpart of Fichtel’s figure ; but
in the former the coil is more open. C. compressa, D’Orb. (doe.
cit. figs. 32, 83), and C. lanceolata, D’Orb. (1. ¢. figs. 41, 42), as
well as Montfort’s “ Astacole crepidule,” which is Blainville’s
and Defrance’s ‘Crepiduline astacole” (Dict. Se. nat. pl. 19.
fig. 8), are similar attenuate, but keeled, varieties of Cristellaria
Calcar.

* Annals, 1859, il. p. 477.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 115

Cristellaria Crepidula runs insensibly into C. Cassis on one
hand, and on the other into the Planularian section of the Va-
ginuline. It is common wherever Cristellarie are abundant,
whether in the fossil or recent state. The specimen figured by
Soldani (Testaceogr. vol. i. p. 64, pl. 58. fig. bd) is very similar
to N. Crepidula, as Fichtel and Moll supposed.

22. Nautilus Cassis. Page 95. Five varieties. ‘ Fossil :
Coroncina.”

a. Pl.17. figs. a-d. Plancus, Conch. p. 120, pl.1. fig. 11 QR.

8. Pl.17. figs. e-g. Soldani, Oritt. p. 97, pl. 1. fig. 1 A B C.

y. Pl.17. figs. h, 2.

6. Pl. 17. figs. ke 1. Soldani, Testaceogr. vol. 1. p. 63, pl. 55.
fig. A.

e. Pl. 18. figs. a—c.

We have here some modifications of a varietal form of Cris-
tellaria, discoidal and foliaceous, apt to be ornamented by clear
granules at the centre and along the septal lines, and to expand
itself into a broad and serrate keel.

Individuals of this variety are often pre-eminent among
Cristellarie for their size and elegance. Their smuous and, as
it were, loosely-set chambers, their flatness, and the irregular
position of the aperture, remove them but a little way from the
typical C. Calcar. In the var. the aperture is so nearly central
that the chambers grow saddle-shaped, and present us with the
essential characteristic of Flabellina. Hence the removal of
another supposed “ generic”? limit,—nay, of a “ specific ”
boundary.

Cristellarie of this shape and size occur in the Italian
Subapennine Tertiaries, and also at Malaga in Spain. Indivi-
duals of smaller growth abound in some Secondary and Tertiary
deposits, and also in recent seas. In the muds dredged off the
Abrolhos Bank, in about 30 fathoms water*, we have similar
Cristellarie, almost rivalling the Subapennine specimens.

Besides the references to Soldani and Plancus above noted,
Fichtel and Moll refer with justice to Soldani (Testaceogr. vol. 1.
p- 63, pl. 55. figs. A-G, and pl. 56. figs. H—-N) for figures of
various forms of Cristellaria Cassis.

23. Nautilus Galea. Page 100, pl. 18. figs. d—f. “ Fossil :
Coroncina.” This is a fine, outspread, extremely flattened,
smooth, and broad-keeled Cristellaria Cassis, with very widely
transverse chambers, the inner extremities of which stretch be-
yond the spire. In this feature we have an interesting isomor-
phism, if we may so term it, with other and not related generic
forms. This individual, with its attempt at cycloid growth, re-
minds us of the Peneroplis planatus, in its broadest forms, out-

* By Capt. Richards, H.M.S. ‘ Plumper.’

116 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on the Comparative Size of Mollusca

grown from their short, thick, Dendritine type ; and also of that
peculiar variety of Vertebralina striata im which the later cham-
bers curve round and embrace the earlier spiral portion (Renu-
lites opercularis) ; nor is the mode of growth essentially different
in Orbiculina, which shows this tendency in O. adunca and its
varieties, and becomes perfectly cyclical in some individuals,—a
feature which is the typical character in Orbitolites.

(To be continued. |

XI.—Note on the Comparative Size of Marine Mollusca in various
Latitudes of the European Seas. By KR. M‘Anprew, F.R.S.

In the ‘ Natural History of the European Seas,’ by the late
Prof. Edward Forbes, edited and continued by Mr. Godwin-
Austen, I meet with the following passage, treating of the
shells of Piedmont :—‘ ‘It is remarkable, says Mr. Jeffreys,
‘that examples of the same species are smaller than those found
in the British seas: Tellina balaustina, Jeffreysia diaphana, and
Rissoa pulcherrima are instances of this” The diminution in
size which is to be observed with respect to many other species,
such as Corbula nucleus, when traced from north to south, 1s the
more remarkable because the converse does not take place as
to southern forms in their range north. Haliotis tuberculata,
which extends through the whole Lusitanian zone, is larger at
Guernsey, which is the extreme northern limit, than elsewhere.
Ringicula auriculata and Mactra rugosa are larger in Vigo Bay
than in the Mediterranean, though at Vigo they are both out-
hers; and Tellina balaustina, which has its numerical maximum
in the Mediterranean, is largest about the Hebrides.”

I do not question the correctness of Mr. Jeffreys’s remark
applied to the shells collected by him on the coast of Piedmont ;
bat to infer from it, and from the other instances cited by
Mr. Austen, that Mollusca generally, or any large proportion of
them, whether belonging to northern or southern latitudes,
increase in size aS they advance northward, and none in a
southerly direction, is a grave error, which | feel called upon to
dissipate, as far as this end can be accomplished, by a statement
of the results of my own experience bearing upon the point ;
because, in order to advance our knowledge, I look upon it
as more essential to get rid of existing fallacies than even to
establish new facts.

Corbula nucleus diminishes in size when traced northward
as well as southward from the British seas, and is as large
at Lisbon, or even at Malaga, as upon the shores of North
Drontheim.

in various Latitudes of the European Seas. 117

The size attained by Huliotis tuberculata in Guernsey is cer-
tainly remarkable ; but that it is not owing entirely, if at all, to
northern position, may be inferred from the fact that it does not
vary in dimensions progressively with the latitude. When in-
habiting the coasts of the Bay of Biscay, it is no larger than in
the neighbourhood of Gibraltar.

With respect to the Ringicula of Vigo, it is questionable whether
it isthe same species as AR. auriculata of the Mediterranean, as, in
addition to its extra size and solidity, it differs in being destitute
of striz, with which the other is furnished; and Mr. Woodward
has suggested the possibility of its identity with a fossil species.
If it should prove to be R. auriculata, the same observation will
apply to it as to the Haliotis, that the increase in size is not
progressive.

Touching Mactra rugosa, we require more information with
regard to its distribution. In Vigo Bay, dead shells, certainly
of large dimensions, are not unfrequent; but, after diligent
search, I could never succeed in obtaining a recent specimen
there. The other localities from which I have procured the spe-
cies are Faro in Algarve and Cadiz; one or two stray valves in
the Mediterranean, and the same at Mogador. In Faro, where
the specimens found on the shore are much more recent than in
Vigo, they are nearly, if not quite, as large; while at Cadiz, only
thirty miles further south, they are smallest.

The Arctic species belonging to the genera Trichotropis, Tro-
phon, Margarita, and Admete, with some others, when they
extend into the Boreal and Celtic regions, are diminutive. Pec-
ten Icelandicus attains its largest dimensions on the coast of
Finmark, and is of very diminished size and solidity from Spitz-
bergen. Margarita alabastrum (Boreal) does not appear to vary
in size from the North Cape to the seas of Zetland. Arca rari-
dentata is generally distributed on the northern coasts of Nor-
way, where it is very much larger than in the Hebrides; and a
few specimens which I have obtained as far south as Gibraltar
are still more minute. This species inhabits only deep water,
which accounts for the extent of its range southward.

Trochus cinerarius and T. tumidus have their greatest develop-
ment in number and size on the northern coasts of Norway, and
are found progressively and uniformly smaller as we proceed
southward. TZrochus lineatus, which I have never encountered
north of the British Isles, attains its largest dimensions in
the neighbourhood of Vigo,

Astarte arctica is as large at Tromsoe, near the southern limit
of its range, as in higher latitudes. A. e/liptica diminishes when
traced from Finmark to its southern termination in the British
seas. A. sulcata attains its maximum on our own coasts, dimi-

118 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on the Comparative Size of Mollusca.

nishing in size and frequency as we follow it along the coasts of
Nordland and Finmark, as well as to Gibraltar, its most southern
locality. The little A. triangularis I did not find in northern
Scandinavia: it is extremely abundant in some parts of the
Hebrides ; but, though rare, is of larger size in Gibraltar Bay
than I have met with it elsewhere. | take this opportunity of
mentioning that I have recorded this species from the Canary
Islands; but Mr. Searles Wood, to whom I showed them, be-
lieves the Canary specimens (smaller even than the British) to
be a different species, and identical with a Crag fossil. A. in-
crassata, a more southern species, is rather larger in the Canaries
than in the Mediterranean.

The genus Crenella is analogous to that of Astarte. C. discors
and C. decussata attain larger growth and are more abundant in
the Arctic and Boreal regions than in the Celtic. C. marmorata,
which ranges from Finmark to the Canaries, is largest and most
frequent on the Scottish coast; while the more southern form,
C. rhombea, is rather larger in the Canaries and Mediterranean
than at the northern limit of its range in the British Channel.
So with the genera Nucula and Cardium ; N. levis, C. suecicum, and
C. fasciatum become smaller as we follow them southward from
their principal habitat in northern Scandinavia. N. nucleus is
as large at Gibraltar as in Finmark, being eminently a Celtic
species ; while of N. decussata my largest specimens are from
Malaga; and C. rusticum becomes larger as we proceed south
from the British Channel, attains its maximum at Gibraltar, and
is smallest in the Canaries. C. papillosum is also largest im the
Mediterranean, though distributed both northward and south-
ward in the Atlantic. C. pygmeum is smaller in the Mediterra-
nean than in Britain, but I have obtained it largest in Vigo Bay.

Venus verrucosa, like Cardium rusticum, has its northern limit
in Britain, increases in size southward to Gibraltar and the
Mediterranean, and is again much smaller in the Canaries.
Mactra stultorum grows to larger size in Minorca than in Britain.
Of Fusus antiquus, ranging to within the Arctic Circle, the
largest specimens have been obtained in Liverpool Bay. Litto-
rina rudis attains as large growth upon the coast of the north of
Spaim as upon that of Finmark. Sealaria Turtonis is larger in
Britain than in the Mediterranean or at Madeira. S. communis,
on the contrary, is larger at Gibraltar than in England.

Bulla hydatis is very dimimutive in the Mediterranean com-
pared with British specimens; but those from Vigo (situated
south of the shores of Piedmont) are fully equal in size to the
British or Irish.

Murex erinaceus grows larger upon the coasts of Spain, both
north and south, than in Britain. Certthium reticulatwn and

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Longicorns. 119

C. perversum are likewise larger in the Mediterranean than in
our seas. Triton nodosum attains greater size at Malaga than
at Vigo or further north, but is smallest in the Azores. Aclis
supranitida grows larger at Madeira than in Britain.

The southern forms of Mollusca appear to foliow the same
rule as the more northern. Murex brandaris, Cyprea lurida,
and C. spurca, not recorded to have been found north of the
Mediterranean, attain larger dimensions in the Canary Islands
than in that sea.

There are a few species the larger growth of which appears to
be influenced by western longitude or Atlantic exposure. It
has been remarked that Tellina balaustina is found larger in the
Hebrides and on the west of Ireland than in the Mediterranean,
where it is much more frequent. I have obtained it at Gibraltar
of intermediate size; and a valve dredged off Cape V'inisterre in
Spain was of the same size as the Scottish and Irish specimens.
Lucina spinifera is found larger in the Hebrides and west of
Ireland than elsewhere ; upon the coast of North Drontheim it
is quite as small as upon that of Spain. Solen siliqua, Lutraria
elliptica, and some other species, are found of extraordinary
dimensions in the outer Hebrides; several others attain larger
growth in Bantry Bay than on any part of the English coast.

From the examples I have stated (and there would be no dif-
ficulty in adducing more of a similar character) I think we may
fairly come to the conclusion, that, although there are exceptions
in both directions, and although the size attained by Mollusca
may be influenced by various conditions in different localities,
as a general rule, each species attains its greatest size, as well as
greatest number, in the latitude best suited to its general deve-
lopment ; and that, whether a species be Arctic, Boreal, Celtic,
or Lusitanian, it will grow largest m the region to which it
belongs.

XII.—On some new Longicornia from the Moluccas.
By Francis P. Pascog, F.L.S. &e.

In Mr. Wallace’s last collection from Batchian, in the Moluccas,
there are about one hundred and fifty Longicorns, mostly new
to science, but referable (with two or three exceptions) to genera
which appear to be more or less frequent in the Indian Islands.
The new forms, one of which resembles the South American
genus Onychocerus in habit, and of which a second species is
found in New Guinea (Aru), are confined to Mr, Wallace’s pri-
vate collection, and therefore, unfortunately, cannot now be
described ; but amongst the others there are a few species which
are interesting either as indicating a more extended range of the

120 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Longicorns.

genera (as in Glaucytes, Agnia, and Cylindropomus), or as addi-
tional members in very limited and remarkable groups, as
Eurycephalus and Trihammatus.

EurYCEPHALUS.
Laporte, An. Art. 11. p. 430.
Eurycephalus variabilis.
E. ater; elytris rugosis, basi plus minusve sanguineis.

Deep black, the upper surface covered with very short erect
hairs; head rather broad, thickly punctured; ridge over the
insertion of the antenne, parts about the mouth, and mandibles,
except at the apex, blood-red; prothorax coarsely and very
thickly punctured, with a short central keel, and a strong tooth
on each side, placed behind the middle; elytra irregular, as if
roughly punctured, apparently caused by the inequality of the
pubescence, the base or base and sides more or less of a blood-
red colour ; body beneath dull black. Length 10 lines.

Of fifteen specimens examined, no two were quite alike in
colour ; one was entirely black, and another had rather more
than half the elytra red ; these were the extremes of the set ;
and amongst the whole, three had the legs pale red.

GLAUCYTES.

Thomson, Archives Entomologiques, i. p. 423. Leptocera,
Serville, non Schonherr.

Glaucytes scitulus.

G. niger; prothorace impunctato capiteque griseo-pubescentibus,
sericeis ; elytris chalybeatis, biapiculatis, maculis quatuor argenteo-
albis ; femoribus basi testaceis,

Black ; head, prothorax, body beneath, and legs covered with

a thin, silky, pale greyish pubescence; elytra biapiculate, irre-
eularly punctured, smooth, each with four spots formed of short
white hairs, the first before the middle, the second obliquely
transverse behind it, then a small round spot, and lastly an
oblong one at the apex; prothorax impunctate, rounded at the
side; antenne rather longer than the body, reddish brown ;
femora at the base testaceous. Length 5 lines.

AGNIA.
Newman, Entomol. p. 291.

Agnia eximia,

A. nigra, mitida ; capite elytrisque albo-maculatis ; prothorace postice

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Longicorns. 121

albo-marginato: infra subnitida, marginibus segmentorum abdo-

minis albis. :

Deep glossy black; line below the eye, another behind, and -
one on the vertex, posterior border of the prothorax, scutellum,
and several transverse spots on the elytra, pure white (formed
by dense patches of short hairs) ; body beneath and legs black,
less glossy than on the upper surface, sparingly covered with a
delicate ashy pubescence ; margins of the abdominal segments
white. Length 10 lines.

This handsome insect is nearly allied to the Philippine Agnia
clara. Agnia differs from Cereopsius, principally, in its unarmed
prothorax.

TRIHAMMATUS.
Chevrolat, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. No. 2. 1857.
Trihammatus tristis.

T. niger, nitidus, subtiliter griseo-pubescens; prothoracis margine
antico et yitta suboculari, lateribusque pectoris infra albis ; elytris
maculis quatuor atris.

Glossy black, covered with a short, dense, greyish pubescence,
giving the upper surface a dull leaden hue; head sulcated in
front, an oblique yellowish white band beneath the eye, which
is continued along the sides of the thorax beneath; prothorax
strongly spined on the side, the anterior margin narrowly bor-
dered with yellowish white; scutellum triangular, truncated
posteriorly ; elytra thickly and irregularly punctured, with se-
veral small shining tubercles at the base, and two opake deep-
black irregular spots on each (one before, the other behind the
middle) ; antennz (d)) twice as long as the body. Length 12
lines.

The females of this genus (which have not been hitherto
described) differ essentially from the males in the fourth joint
of the antennz, only, being enlarged; and this enlargement
assumes a cylindrical form, not rounded or pear-shaped, as in
the other sex.

CyYLINDROPOMUS.

Blanchard, Voyage au Pole Sud, iv. p. 268.
Cylindropomus grammicus.

C. niger; prothorace utrinque vittis duabus albis; elytris fuscescen-
tibus, lineis duabus longitudinalibus, antice posticeque conjunctis,
albis.

Dull black ; head broader than the prothorax, impunctate,
minutely pubescent, a raised line on the vertex and an oblong
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v.

122 = Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Markings of the Diatomacee

white spot behind the eye; prothorax shghtly corrugated in the
centre, a broad yellowish-white line on each side and a narrower
one beneath; scutellum transverse, black; elytra acuminate,
finely punctured, pale brown, with two longitudinal whitish
lines on each, united at the shoulder and apex; antenne and
legs pitchy, the former nearly three times the length of the
body, the femora reddish at the base; body beneath with a
greyish pile. Length 7 lines.

Cylindropomus should, I think, be placed in the Lamude,
near Olenocamptus, from which, indeed, it scarcely differs. A
series of this species shows a very considerable amount of varia-
tion in the width of the head: in some it is scarcely wider than
the prothorax, and from these it runs up to nearly twice the

width.

XIII.—On the Markings of the Diatomacee in common use as
Test-objects. By G.C. Wauuicu, M.D.

Tue markings on the valves of certain species of Diatoms have
long been prized as tests of the definimg and amplifying powers
of microscopic lenses. Up to a very recent period they answered
every purpose; but the rapid advances achieved of late by our
leading opticians in the construction of objectives furnish us
with many instances in which the formerly received interpreta-
tion of minute organic structure has turned out to be fallacious.
These tests have thus been somewhat unduly valued, and, as a
natural consequence, many indifferent objectives have been
thrust on the public, the efficiency of which depended, not on
accuracy of construction, but on the variable nature of the tests
they were subjected to.

Accuracy of measurement is of the first importance in all
microscopic investigations, whether we desire to measure the
striz on a Diatom, the thickness of a cell-wall, a blood-disk, or
any of the numberless objects the microscope reveals to us ; and
until this perfect accuracy is ensured, it is almost needless to say
that a vast amount of time and patient labour will be expended
in vain.

As an example in point, we need only take the value of Pleu-
rosiyma fasciola, a Diatom which was considered, until a very
late date, as one of the severest tests for a first-rate $ or 7’; ob-
jective. Itis true that P. fasciola, under certain restrictions,
may be made an admirable test ; but it is one adapted with equal
propriety to test either a 3 or a z/, objective. This is due to
the widely varying character of its lineation,—a fact of which
the less scrupulous class of opticians were not slow to avail

in common use as Test-Objects. 123

themselves, in order to arrogate for their workmanship a degree
of excellence it in nowise merited.

It should be borne in mind that the mere number of lines in
any given fractional portion of an inch is not all that is required
in a Diatom employed as a test. Much depends on the parti-
cular conformation of the Diatomaceous valve—on its thickness,
flatness, the angularity of its markings, their direction, the kind
of illumination, and so forth. But this only tends still further
to diminish the value of such objects as tests, inasmuch as the
same form, under different conditions, may or may not be suited
to test a given combination.

It is not my province to discuss how much valuable time is
often wasted in the endeavour to resolve markings on Diatoms
or other minute objects, that might be applied to higher and
far more useful purposes. It is well known that many ardent
observers labour, for days and even weeks together, in order to
conquer some difficulty of the kind,—their toil ending in failure
simply because they are unaware that the same species of test-
Diatom may present itself under such modifications as to baffle
all attempts at resolution in one shape, whilst it may be made
to yield readily in another. At present the capabilities of lenses
have, too frequently, to be discovered after purchase. They may
or they may not come up to the professed standard. The owner
may apply an incorrect or an insufficient kind of test; and,
under any circumstances, he is unable positively to assure himself
of the real power of the apparatus he is using.

Certain Diatoms may still be advantageously employed as
test-objects, but assuredly not in the manner hitherto in vogue.
In order to ensure uniformity, or, what amounts to the same
thing, in order to ensure the purchaser of a lens of a stated
power actually obtaining what he desires, it becomes essential
that each test-slide should itself be compared with some accre-
dited and universal standard, before being applied to the decision
of the capabilities of any optical combination.

I shall endeavour presently to show how likely we are to be
misled in our estimate of lenses based upon the resolution of
some of the ordinary tests, by giving a tabular statement of the
range of lineation admitted to exist by those who have given the
greatest amount of attention to the markings on the various test-
Diatoms. In dwelling on this topic I have an important pur-
pose in view, namely, the introduction of a definite and uniform
standard test, for each grade of objective, in lieu of the inde-
finite and variable ones that have heretofore been in use.

M. Nobert’s test-glasses at once suggest themselves to our
notice as likely to afford the requisite standard. We have here
a degree of minute workmanship destined for ever to defy the

*

124 Dr.G.C. Wallich on the Markings of the Diatomacee

unaided eye, and demanding the highest of our optical aids to
render its nature manifest. These glasses have certainly met
with little encouragement in this country; but this depends on
no fundamental error either in M. Nobert’s principle or his
handiwork, but on a minor defect, which will, without doubt, be
speedily overcome. I allude to the difficulty of engraving the
different series of lines on slips of glass sufficiently thin to admit
of their employment under the highest and most delicately ad-
justed combinations of the microscope. It is universally allowed
that the accuracy of the lineation cannot be surpassed, the last
and closest series of lines being as regular and distinctly ruled
as the first or most distant. The difficulty can hardly be over-
come, however, until a separate slip of glass is devoted to each
two of the first five or six series, and each one of the remaining
number, This would, of course, enhance the cost to a consider-
able extent; but a truly effective standard would be the result,
and we should establish a check upon the fallacious test-objects
hitherto resorted to. It must be evident that the more perfect
our instruments become, the more urgent is the requirement for
an undeviating standard of comparison. When this is known to
exist, purchasers of lenses will be provided with a safeguard ;
and, as a necessary consequence, the efforts to produce improved
apparatus will be redoubled.

The subjoined Table gives the lineation of some of the com-
monly employed test-species, according to the authorities noted
in the first column. M. Sollitt?’s measurements, it will be seen,
embrace the extreme ranges. The accuracy of his figures is
unquestioned, as regards all but the two last-named forms on
the list; and in these it has met with scepticism solely from

Tabular Statement of Lineation in 1000th of an inch.

ike q g. 2 es 3 4 a a
BS) 6. | 22 | Ge] S2| Be] Bel. | as
Authorities. aa aa ae a2 a5 | as| 42 3 33
Glad (asl ae |aS | aa | ae | 28 | ae
The ‘ Synopsis of | -< r ¢ ‘ \Lo.32
Brit. Diatomacee.’ 520/64 [45° 36 138 in,’ 40| 44
| BLE ees EES EEE Sie Ol ese 2) oe eerste ees
. Lo. 30
Carpenter*......... | 52 | 64 Tr. 40 44 85
eee —_|—-|—_-|_ |__|, ——- sega be
Micrographic | ; Lo.380 ea oree 2
Dictigntatye 52 | 64 45 .|86 |38 Tr. 40 45 | 125-130} 85
Sollitt t | 46°51) 50°90) 35-60 20°32 20-40, 40-45 40-80, 120-130] 60-111

—

* «The Microscope,’ by Prof. Carpenter, p. 205.
+ Quarterly Journal Microseop. Science, No. 29, p. 51.

in common use as Test-Objects. 125

the extreme difficulty of counting lines so delicate, even grant-
ing them to be visible under the lens. Accepting the measure-
ments as approximately correct, it is apparent that a series of
markings, the variation of which, in the several species, ranges
from about 5 to 50 per cent., ought no longer to be received as
affording standard tests or specific characters.

I have stated that the hitherto received interpretation of va-
rious structures, as seen under the microscope, has in many
cases turned out to be inaccurate, owing to the improved means
of observation at our command. I would draw attention more
especially to one of the most valuable, inasmuch as it is the most
constant in its lineation, of all our test-Diatoms, viz. P. angula-
tum. It is well known that, under the generally adopted view,
the markings consist of hexagonal depressions on the surface of
the valve. Not only has this interpretation been insisted on by
all our chief authorities, but its accuracy has been made to ap-
pear unimpeachable on the evidence afforded by a photographic
image. Facts are stubborn things to- contend against ; and in
an endeavour to correct an impression based on such apparently
incontrovertible testimony I am painfully aware that I have a
hazardous task to perform.

Professor Carpenter (‘The Microscope,’ p. 304) writes as
follows :—

“Tn the first place it may be remarked, that there is a much
greater uniformity in the general character of these markings
than was supposed when attention was first directed towards
them ; for what were at first supposed to be /ines are now re-
solved by objectives of large angular aperture into rows of dots ;
and these dots, when sufficiently magnified, are found to bear a
close resemblance to the coarser markings on the larger species.
It is to the latter, therefore, that we should have recourse for
the determination of the nature of these markings; and we
cannot resort to better illustrations than those that are afforded
by Isthmia, Triceratium, and Biddulphia, in all of which the
structure of the valve can be distinctly seen under a low magni-
fying power, and with ordinary light.” After proceeding to
show that the markings, in each of these instances, consist of a
number of areolar depressions, he continues: “ Now, it would
not be difficult to bring together a connected series of Diato-
macez in which the markings, still exhibiting the same general
aspect, become more and more minute, requiring for their reso-
lution the use of oblique light, or stops with a central diaphragm,
and of objectives of larger and larger angular aperture, until
we come to those species which present the greatest difficulty,
and the nature of whose markings seems to be most obscure.
The more perfectly these markings are defined, however, in any

126 =Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Markings of the Diatomacee

case, the more decidedly are they found to correspond with what
has been already seen. Thus, if we examine Pleurosigma angu-
latum (one of the easier tests) with an objective of 4+ inch
focus and 75° aperture, we shall see a double series of interrupted
lines, crossing each other at an angle of 60°, so as to have be-
tween them imperfectly defined lozenge-shaped spaces. Whee

however, the valve is examined with an objective of inch
focus, having an angular aperture of 130°, and is lutnated
by oblique rays, the hexagonal areolation becomes very distinct ;

and if a photographic representation obtained by such a power
be itself enlarged by photography, as has been accomplished by
Mr. Wenham, “the appearance represented (by the diagram, Joc.
cit.) is obtained, which is in all respects comparable with that
presented under a low power by the valve of Triceratium or
Isthmia.”

In the ‘ Micrographic Dictionary’ we find observations nearly
to the same effect. But a remarkable paragraph occurs at page
221 (new ed.), in the article “ Diatomacee.” After denoting the
varying phases a Diatomaceous valve may be made to assume
under different powers and modes of illumination, it thus con-
cludes :—“‘If the condenser and stop be not exactly centrical,
or the surface of the valve be not flat, the true form of the dots
will be replaced by some other: thus hexagonal dots may be
made to appear triangular, quadrangular, &c., and those dots
which cannot be conceived to be really hexagonal may be made
to appear so,”—Pleurosiyma balticum being here referred to
amongst the figures.

I duly appreciate the difficulty of having to deal with state-
ments supported by such unquestionably high authority,—more
particularly when they seem to carry with them the proof de-
rived from the photographic art. But the latter testimony ap-
pears to me by far the most assailable, and I have adduced the
paragraph just quoted in support of my assertion. For if, by
modification in the focussing of a valve, hexagonal dots may be
made to appear triangular or quadrangular, and those dots which
cannot be conceived to be really hexagonal may be made to
appear so, it follows that by similar modification under the pho-
tographic appendage to the microscope, these figures may be
respectively reproduced according to the fancy of the operator.

Although the evidence derived from a photographic picture
may safely be relied on under ordinary circumstances, it at once
loses its value in the case before us, the image thrown on the
prepared plate or paper being of necessity identical with that
impressed upon the eye of the observer when adjusting the
object to be depicted, and whatever he sees being, as a matter
of course, reproduced in the photographic picture.

in common use as Test-Objects. 127

Now, every authority with whom I am acquainted starts off
by admitting as an axiom that the lower the power under which
the structure of any object can be made evident, the less chance
is there of error. To dispute this would be absurd. The same
authorities admit, moreover, that under a moderate power (say
of from 300 to 500 diameters) the lineation of P. angulatum
appears in the form of obliquely or diagonally arranged lines,
placed at an angle of about 60° with the transverse section of
the valve, and enclosing “ lozenge-shaped” spaces between their
intersections. And, strange to say, in some of our most elabo-
rate works, the greatest pains appear to have been taken to
show the beautifully defined character of these lines, under the
powers just indicated, even to the extent of employing specially
prepared polished paper for the engravings which represent it.

Analogy has been pushed a little too far in this instance.
There are cogent reasons, open to every observer of the Diato-
maces, why we ought not to expect the same markings in the
Nayiculoid as in the discoidal and allied forms. It would be
vain, for example, to endeavour to reduce such as are found on
Surirella or Pinnularia to the same category as those of [sthmia,
Biddulphia, or Triceratium. No forms can be more distinct in
this respect than these last named. Their typical structure, as
observed in T. favus, consists of depressed spaces, which vary
from true hexagons in their horizontal section to somewhat
irregular figures, such as we find in Eupodiscus Argus and Isth-
mia enervis, where, in addition to mere irregularity in outline,
the walls of the depressed spaces are studded with minute pro-
jections, giving them a ragged appearance under sufficiently high
magnifying power. In pressing either of these into our service,
therefore, simply because they are of dimensions large enough to
be most readily dealt with, a serious error has, in my humble
estimation, been committed. But it is a remarkable fact that
T. favus actually supplies us with markings strikingly similar
to those of P. angulatum, not on its valves, but on its connecting
zones. A very little care is requisite, in the case of the larger
varieties, to show that the markings of this portion of the frus-
tule are, as in the case of P. angulatum, diamond-shaped eleva-
tions, each of which presents four clearly defined facets, inclined
to the surface of the valve at an angle probably of about 25°, and
yields, therefore, four distinct series of lines, two of which, the
diagonal, are most clearly marked, for reasons presently to be
given ; whereas the other two series (namely, the transverse and
longitudinal) are more nearly approximated to each other, and
much less palpable.

In using direct light, either with or without an illuminating
combination, for the resolution of these markings, it is almost

128 =Dr.G.C. Wallich on the Markings of the Diatomacee

impossible to succeed. If we look upon an ordinary plano-
convex condensing lens, placed at a distance from the eye, in the
direct line of the source of light, provided no objects present
themselves in the background, the convexity is appreciable.
The moment, however, that an angle is formed by the rays, the
convex character strikes us. And so with objects exhibiting
angular facets, although in a less easily demonstrable degree,
owing to the impossibility of receiving several sets of rays, each
parallel to one series of facets. Under the microscope, the same
principle holds good: facets are never seen by s¢rictly direct
light. The mere placing the axis of the instrument im a line
with the source of light by no means fulfils this condition. In
viewing transparent objects, and more especially objects of such
high refractive power as the valves of the Diatomacez, oblique
hight must be engendered. We must in this mstance court
shadows as our only means of grasping the reality. To exhibit
these much coveted “ dots,” shadows are still indispensable, but
here they are imperfect ones*. The greater the obliquity of
the illuminating rays, so long as definition remains perfectly clear
and free from coloured spectra, the greater will be the distinct-
ness with which the true character of markings will be seen.
Unless they are thus distinctly seen, appearances must prove
deceptive, and even the photographic picture may err in modo.

In a valuable paper “ On Species of Diatomaceze,” under the
signature of one of our first authorities (Professor Walker-Arnott,
Journal Microscop. Science, vol. vi. p. 200), the following
passage occurs :—

“ But as all Diatoms, with strize composed of dots, have four
rows of strize (two diagonal, one horizontal, and one longitudinal),
and as the visibility of each depends, when delicate, on the posi-
tion the valve presents to the illuminating pencil of oblique
light, the closer or more difficult striz are sometimes seen when
the others are not, and thus may be occasionally mistaken for
the predominating or coarser ones, which alone are made use of
in specific characters. 1 may here remark that, when the dots
are so placed as to form rectangles, the transverse and longitu-
dinal strize are always the most remote, and therefore predomi-
nate; and it is generally supposed that when the dots are
quincuncial, the diagonal lines are always most apparent; but

* In a paper by Hugo von Mohl (in the December Number of the An-
nals and Magazine of Nat. History, p. 444) the author is at pains to prove
that polarized light has been neglected heretofore in microscopic examina-
tions; and, in proof of the advantages to be derived from its employment
under scientific adjustment and management, he states that the markings
on Pleurosigma angulatum may actually be shown to consist of *‘ sia-sided
dots.”

in common use as Test-Objects. 129

this conclusion is not correct: for when the diagonal lines make,
with the transverse, an angle greater than 60°, the transverse
rows are more remote than the diagonal; and when the angle
is less than 30°, the longitudinal rows are the more remote, and
easily detected. In the quincuncial structure, therefore, the
diagonal lines predominate only when the angle of inclination is
more than 30° and less than 60°; but the transverse and longi-
tudinal cannot both preponderate in the same species.”

I have therefore the satisfaction of believing that my view is
borne out, as far as the number of series of lines is concerned,
by one so competent to guide our judgment. The cause of the
predominance of the diagonal lines in P. angulatum and the
rectangular in P. balticum is thus made apparent to a certain
extent. But it will be observed that Professor Arnott evidently
considers the whole four series of lines as occurring upon the
same plane, the word “distant” bearing reference clearly to the
position of the lines as removed more or less from each other on
that plane, and the theory offered being, that the more distant
series of lines are most distinct, whereas the most closely
approximated are the reverse.

Both as regards P. angulatum, P. hippocampus, and their allied
forms, the diagonal series of lines consist of alternate ascents
and descents along the angular edges of the raised facets, which
thus constitute a series of zigzag lines directly in the line of
vision, whereby they cannot be brought simultaneously into
focus at all points. In short, every portion of the two series of
lines which bound the elevations is arranged on the same plane,
whilst the les which unite the facets are not so.

In P. formosum and P. quadratum the structure is analogous
to that existing in P. angulatum. In P. balticum and P. hip-
pocampus, instead of diamond-shaped elevations, we have four-
sided flattened pyramids, presenting, as in the former case, four
sets of lines; but here, as a natural consequence, the spaces
being bound by the longitudinal and transverse series, these
predominate.

This is in accordance, moreover, with the lines of fracture
observable in both types,—a fragment of P. angulatum, for in-
stance, always having its edges defined in conformity with the
diagonal lines bounding the diamond-shaped elevations ; whereas
in P. balticum the edges follow the rectangular outline of the
boundary lines. In both examples, the lines of fracture occur
at the thinnest portions of the valves. No such lines of fracture
oceur in Triceratium, Isthmia, or Biddulphia. Of course, accord-
ing as we view these objects on their external or internal aspects,
the eye receives the impression of elevations or depressions, the
markings—7. e. the elevated angular spaces—being confined to

130 =Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Markings of the Diatomacee.

the exterior surface. The ‘diamond pattern” often seen on
household ware of cut glass will at once serve to illustrate the
kind of structure in question.

Lastly, whilst we have four series of lines in all the Diatoms
just alluded to, we have only three in such as exhibit true hexa-
gonal areolation; and we cannot, under any modification of
light, or adjustment, or magnifying power, convert these six-
sided spaces, so long as they remain clearly defined, into diagonal
or any other kind of lines. Whensoever appearances present
themselves under the microscope which are known not to repre-
sent the true structure or markings of an object, we may rely
upon it that either the instrument or its adjustments are at
fault. With perfect objectives and proper adjustments, these
spurious appearances canuot occur.

The subjoimed admirable woodcuts illustrate, in an exact
manner, the structure of the two typical forms, P. angulatum
and P. balticum; and it will be observed that, even on the plane
surface of the paper, by altering the position of the figures with

Structure of Pleurosigma Structure of Pleurosigma
angulatum. balticum.
reference to the source of light, the appearance of elevations or

depressions may be imparted to the facets at pleasure. Under
proper management, this structure may be made apparent, with
equal clearness and definition, either by means of a } inch or
', inch aperture.

12

Mr. Jeffreys on Lepton suleatulum. 131

XIV.—Note in answer to Mr. Clark’s Remarks on Lepton sulca-
tulum. By J. Gwyn Jerrreys, Esq., F.R.S.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

I cannot agree with Mr. Clark in supposing that Lepton sul-
catulum is the fry of Circe minima. I have now before me no
less than 49 perfect specimens (some of which retain the remains
of the animal) and 332 single valves of the former species.
They constitute a perfect series from the fry to the adult. I
have placed in juxtaposition with them a complete series of
Circe minima obtained from the same locality (Guernsey), three
of the latter being considerably smaller than the average size of
Lepton sulcatulum. Each series differs widely from the other in
respect of form, texture, dentition, and position of the ligament.
The fry of Circe minima is gibbous, of a triangular shape, re-
markably solid for its size, with its beaks strongly incurved, and
a distinct lunule under them ; and it possesses an external liga-
ment and the peculiar dentition of the Cyprinide. The Lepton
suleatulum, on the contrary, is somewhat compressed, nearly
round in outline, semitransparent, with its beaks calyculated
(as in the other species of Lepton), and it has an internal liga-
ment and the unmistakeable dentition of the Kelliade. Even
in the most minute Circe minima the coloured spots and mark-
ings which adorn the adult are observable; while the other is
white and spotless. The number of ridges, too, on the first are
not half so numerous as those on Lepton sulcatulum, and they
are disposed in a very different way. Owing to the ligament in
Lepton being internal, the valves become easily separated ; and
this accounts for the comparatively small proportion of perfect
specimens which are usually met with. I request your readers
to take the trouble of comparing the excellent figures of the
hinge in Lepton sulcatulum (from a drawing kindly furnished by
my friend Dr. Lukis) in the ‘ Annals’ ser. 3. vol. ii. pl. 2. f. ¢, d,
e, f, with those of Circe minima in the ‘ British Mollusca,’ vol. iv.
pl. 26. f. 4, and I think they will at once be satisfied that I
have not erred in considering these species to be distinct.

Before I described Lepton sulcatulum in the ‘ Annals,’ I bad
the advantage of a correspondence with Mr. Clark on the sub-
ject, in which he at first pronounced the shells I sent him, as
belonging to a new species, to be successively Lucina borealis,
L. leucoma, L. spinifera, and Venus casina; but afterwards he
candidly admitted that “beyond all dispute” it was a Lepton,
and allied to L. Clarkie. His observations on the last occasion
were extremely valuable and interesting, especially as to the

132 Bibliographical Notice.

calyculation of the beaks, the internal ligament, and the denti-
tion. Iam not, however, surprised at the difficulty of distin-
guishing these tiny objects without a patient comparison with
others of a similar kind.

If Mr. Clark has found the Lepton sulcatulum at Exmouth
(which does not clearly appear from his last paper), the new
locality should be noted.

I am, Gentlemen,

25 Devonshire Place, London, Yours faithfully,
January 20, 1860. J. Gwyn Jerrreys.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

On the Origin of Species by means of Natural Selection; or, the
Preservation of Favoured Races in the Struggle for Life.—By
Cuarues Darwin, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., &. London, 1859.

To endeavour to understand the various “ beginnings ”’ of the organic
world is so essentially the part of an inductive, inquiring mind, like
that of the distinguished naturalist who has lately given us the re-
markable volume bearing the above title, that no amount of failure
in the attempt to do so can check the inherent desire that we possess
to renew our efforts, again and again, to discover them. Yet, in
spite of this, no trains of reasoning have ever yet brought us, and
none with which we are acquainted, we may safely add, ever can bring
us, to the absolute origin of the present order of things, and unfold
to us (what perhaps it was never intended that we should know) the
mysteries of creation. ‘‘ We cannot in any of the paleontological
sciences,” says Dr. Whewell, ‘ascend to a begimning which is of the
same nature as the existing cause of events, and which depends upon
causes that are still in operation. Philosophers never have demon-
strated, and probably never will be able to demonstrate, what was
the original condition of the solar system, of the earth, of the vege-
table and animal worlds, of languages, of arts. On all these subjects
the course of investigation, followed backwards as far as our materials
allow us to pursue it, ends at last in an impenetrable gloom. We
strain our eyes in vain when we try, by our natural faculties, to dis-
cern an origin.”

When we look abroad into the world around us, we find ourselves
in the midst of a variety of phenomena, and an endless array of orga-
nic forms, all circling onwards, yet never, so far as we can see, altering
in aspect ; so that, from the light of mere nature alone, there seems
no reason why they should not go on for ever,— ‘

“ Still changing, yet unchanged, still doomed to feel
Endless mutation in perpetual rest.”

Neither, on the same grounds, would it appear necessary to believe
that they had ever commenced, did not geology inform us that there
was atime in the world’s history when they did not exist, but were

Bibliographical Notice. 133

replaced by another class of beings which occupied their places ; and
that this latter set was, at a far earlier age, represented by another ;
and this, again, by an older one still ; and so on, until we seem to reach
at length the primordial beings with which this planet was originally
stocked. It is to discuss, and to account for, this succession of beings
throughout time and space that Mr. Darwin’s book has been com-
piled ; and the great principle by which he believes them all to have
been successively produced he terms “‘ Natural Selection.”

The opinion amongst naturalists that species were independently
created, and have not been transmitted one from the other, has been
hitherto so general that we might almost call it an axiom. True it
is that we cannot prove this ; but then, on the other hand, we can-
not prove the converse; and, since of two unproveable proposi-
tions we have a right to take our choice, the former has been univer-
sally accepted, as most in accordance with the intelligible announce-
ments of revelation, and as aiding us in the otherwise hopeless task
of understanding what a species really is. This proposition Mr.
Darwin boldly calls in question, and believes, on the contrary, that
all species (man included) may have been derived, each in its turn,
from those below them by the mere “selecting power of nature,’ —
which is supposed to have been continually at work, through count-
less ages, in rejecting (by inevitable annihilation) the weakest and
most ill-developed individuals which everywhere existed, and in
preserving every little modification which chanced from time to time
(in the “great struggle for life’? which has ever been going on
amongst organic beings) to turn out for the benefit of its possessor,
and transmitting it, by the law of inheritance, to the next generation,
to be further increased in the same direction, until, at length, in the
course of centuries, the various races have each become so far modi-
fied in structure (and that, too, intermittently, or, as it were, en route,
according to their position, or advancement, in the animal pedigree )
as to have assumed the various forms, past and present, which na-
turalists have described under the name of “‘species.’’ The fossils
of each geological formation, on this view, “‘do not mark a new and
complete act of creation, but only an occasional scene, taken almost
at hazard, in a slowly-changing drama”’ (p. 315); and “the fact of
the fossil remains of each formation being in some degree intermediate
in character between the fossils in the formations above and below
is simply explained by their intermediate position in the chain of
descent” (p. 476).

Now, whether right or wrong in their assumption, and however
much they may differ in their exact definitions, it is quite evident
that there is an idea involved by naturalists in the term “species ”
which is altogether distinct from the fact (important though it be)
of mere outward resemblance,—viz. the notion of blood-relationship
acquired by all the individuals composing it, through a direct line of
descent from a common ancestor; and therefore it is no sign of me-
taphysical clearness when our author (p. 51) refuses to acknowledge
any kind of difference between “ genera,” “‘ species,”’ and ‘‘ varieties,”
except one of degree. Practically, no doubt, the differences, as we

134 Bibliographical Notice.

define them, are entirely, and must be, of this nature, for we are ne-
cessarily driven to form our judgment solely from outward characters
(and must often trust, as it were, to chance, that our decision, thus
arrived at, is correct); so that it is quite possible (nay, almost
certain) that what one naturalist may rank as a species, another may
perhaps, occasionally, believe to be only a variety : nevertheless the
idea involved in the two terms is not invalidated on that account ;
and it is simply taking advantage of the imperfections of our dis-
cernment (whilst compelled to conjecture from the mere characters
which are externally visible), to throw discredit on a distinction be-
tween essentially different ideas. Man may blunder (and we have
but too clear evidence that he often does); but that cannot make
nature inconsistent.

There is one point, however, according to Mr. Darwin’s own con-
fession, which has struck him much: viz. that all those persons who
have most closely investigated particular groups of animals and
plants, with whom he has ever conversed, or whose treatises he has
read, are firmly convinced that each of the well-marked forms was
at the first independently created. But, says he, the explanation of
this is simple: from long-continued study they are thoroughly im-
pressed with the distinctions between the several races, and they
ignore all general arguments,—refusing ‘‘ to sum up in their minds
slight differences accumulated during many successive generations.”
But is this more, we may ask, than special pleading? If anybody
is capable of forming an opinion on the origin of species, it surely
must be those who have most closely studied them ; for, if otherwise,
we should arrive at the monstrous conclusion that, in order to gene-
ralize well, it is desirable to have only a superficial knowledge of the
objects generalized upon!—a conclusion to which our learned and
amiable author, we feel sure, would not subscribe. ‘The true expla-
nation seems to be this: not that the study of small details unfits an
observer for wider areas of thought, but simply that a generalizing
mind is of a higher stamp, and therefore less common, than one of
an opposite tendency ; so that there are more collectors in the world
than generalizers. But to suppose the accurate study of minutize
to be detrimental to an enlarged interpretation of their results is
certainly contrary to experience.

But let us briefly examine the argument of this volume, and see
how it is sustained. In the first chapter, Mr. Darwin ably discusses
the question of the variation of certain animals and plants under do-
mestication; and few have paid greater attention to this subject
than he has, or been more successful in their experiments. A close
study of the varieties (acknowledged as such by all) of the domestic
pigeon, the innumerable races of our common cattle, and also of
what gardeners term ‘‘ sporting plants,” has long convinced him, as
well indeed it might, of the almost endless phases which may be
gradually shaped out by the selecting power of man. This will be
admitted by all, and by none more readily than by those who believe in
the distinct origin of species ; for, as no two species are alike, it follows
that the constitutions of all are different ; and if their number, there-

Bibliographical Notice. 135

fore, be infinite, so will, likewise, be the degrees of their pliability.
Hence, if it should have happened (whether from chance, or, which
is more probable, from actual selection, after experiment) that the
most plastic organisms have been operated upon, we cannot marvel
at the reSults, however extraordinary. But that equal variations are
never brought about in creatures of a less flexible temperament, is
abundantly shown (by Mr. Darwin’s own admission) in the case of such
animals as the cat, donkey, goose, peacock, guineafowl, &c., which appa-
rently, although so universally bred and domesticated, have not altered
in the slightest degree in the course of time. Mr. Darwin explains
this fact by supposing (p. 42) that the principle of selection has not
been brought to bear upon them. But, if selection, “‘ unconscious 7
as well as “‘ methodical,” has been going on to the extent believed,
we cannot see why it should not also have silently acted, at any rate
to a certain extent, in such cases as these, no less than in the others.
To our mind the answer is plain: viz. that the species in question
are by nature unpliant (like the great mass of animals), and therefore
have not made any progress from their original starting-points.

But let us admit, for the sake of argument, that man, as an active,
living agent, and therefore as an intelligent, efficient cause, capable of
directing his experiments, and bringing judgment, taste, energy and
intellect to bear upon them, possesses the power of altering, in the
course of time, the external features (even though they be usually
unimportant ones) of nearly a// the organisms, animal and vegetable,
on which he may systematically operate: let us admit this (for we
do not wish to be unnecessarily sceptical) ; and then let us discuss the
question, whether there is any principle in nature analogous to this
selecting power of man; for, if there is, why should not similar mo-
difications be produced even in the external world? Mr. Darwin
believes that there is such a principle; and his second chapter is
consequently devoted to what (as we have already stated) he calls
‘* Natural Selection.”

The rate at which all organisms would naturally multiply, if un-
opposed by external checks, is perfectly enormous. The elephant,
the slowest breeder of all known animals, would in 500 years, says
Mr. Darwin, produce fifteen milliou elephants, descended from a single
pair. There is no exception to the rule that every organic being
naturally increases at so high a rate that, if not destroyed, there
literally, in a few centuries, would not be standing-room on the earth
for its progeny! Hence arises the certain fact that more individuals
must be destroyed annually than are born, and that therefore there
must be a constant warfare going on amongst living beings, and, as
a consequence, a general struggle for life: and in this battle it is
reasonable to suppose that the most gifted, or fully developed, indi-
vidual, each of its kind, would have the best chance of success and
(through having survived) of begetting offspring,—which offspring
would probably inherit, to some extent, the advantages of their
parents, and would in their turn increase these advantages, and give
birth to a still more highly gifted progeny; and so on (it is urged)
to an unlimited extent.

136 Bibliographical Notice.

Now, when not pressed too far, so as to become ridiculous, there
is a speciousness, nay even a probability, about this theory to which
most naturalists would readily give assent. Although unquestionably a
mere theory, and incapable of proof when applied to the greater por-
tion of the feral world, there is a reasonableness about it which at
once commands our respect. It enables us to account for many a
trifling variation which, because permanent, naturalists have usually
regarded as of necessity aboriginally distinct, and smooths down
some of the minor controversies concerning the value of minute mo-
difications which may be properly referred to direct agencies from
without. Indeed we will go a step further, and affirm that there is
no reason why varieties, strictly so called (though too often, we fear,
mistaken for species), and also geographical ‘‘ sub-species,’” may
not be gradually brought about, even as a general rule, by this
process of ‘natural selection :’’ but this, unfortunately, expresses
the limits between which we can imagine the law to operate,
and which any evidence, fairly deduced from facts, would seem to
justify : it is Mr. Darwin’s fault that he presses his theory too far.
The mere fact of any such varieties thus matured (if they do indeed
exist in nature) being apt to be at times mistaken by naturalists for
true species, is surely no argument against the genuineness of the
latter: it merely shows the imperfection of our limited judgment,
and that the best observers are liable to err, and either not to
catch the true characters of a species intuitively (which, in point of
fact, they could scarcely be expected to do), or else to assign at times
undue importance to differences which they may afterwards detect not
to be in reality specific.

We must candidly admit, however, that Mr. Darwin is most con-
sistent to his principles ; and for this we would give him every credit :
for if he objects to the inconsistency of “‘ several eminent naturalists,”
in the ‘strange concjusion which they have lately arrived at,” that
certain species have been created independently, whilst they deny the
fact that a multitude of formerly reputed species are m the same cate-
gory (p.482), we might fairly take him on his own grounds, and
cavil at his conviction (p. 484) ‘ that all animals have descended from
the, at most, only four or five progenitors, and plants from an equal
or less number,’ and contend that he is bound to advance even
still further than this, seeing that he objects to the existence of a limit
simply because we cannot (by the nature of the case, for, in its en-
tirety, it is not a “truth of sense”) strictly define it, or (in our
short-sightedness and stupidity) are apt to blunder and oftentimes to
mistake its position. But he cleverly anticipates this objection (and
a very serious one, for him, it would have been) by nipping it in
the bud: “ Analogy,” he says, ‘‘ would lead me one step further, viz.
to the belief that all animals and plants have descended from some
one prototype.’ “Therefore I should infer, from analogy, that pro-
bably all the organic beings [7.e. animals as well as plants] which
have ever lived on this earth have descended from some one primor-
dial form into which life was first breathed” (p. 484). This is plain
language, at any rate!

Bibliographical Notice. 137

But, having said a few words on the narrowness of the limits within
which we can honestly conceive this ingenious fancy to be applicable,
we might call attention to many other considerations arising out of it,
did space permit. To our mind indeed the whole theory of ‘“ natu-
ral selection”’ is far too utilitarian, and its importance immensely
overrated. ‘An extraordinary amount of modification,” says Mr.
Darwin, “implies an unusually large and long-continued amount of
variability, which has been continually accumulated, by natural selec-
tion, for the bencfit of the species” (p. 153) ; but surely every natural-
ist must, in his own province, have observed that a vast number of
** modifications”’ have apparently no reference whatsoever to the
*‘good,”’ or advancement, of the species (a fact indeed which has not
altogether escaped, teste p. 90, our author’s sagacious ken), but are
often merely, as it were, fantastic, or grotesque, having no con-
nexion with either its well-being or mode of life, and the final cause
of which it is utterly hopeless to discuss. Moreover, some of these
*«developments”’ (so called) seem merely given for the adornment
or elegance of the creature, and frequently display an arrangement
of colouring which nothing but an actual intelligence could have
planned, and which therefore no amount of mere chance “ selection”
by an imaginary agent called “‘nature’’ can be supposed to have
effected. Nor can such characters be referred to what our author
would call ‘ sexual selection,” seeing that, in the majority of in-
stances, they pertain to both males and females. Neither can they
be due to “correlation of growth ;”’ for we cannot conceive that such
marvellous perfection of painting as, for instance, the tints of certain
butterflies (which are blended together with such nicety and consum-
mate skill, in accordance with the laws of colouring, as to surpass an
artist’s touch) could have been brought about through mere corre-
lation with a change in some other part of the organism. Such
cases bespeak thought, imagination, and judgment, all and each of
the highest stamp, and are utterly inexplicable on any of the three
principles above alluded to.

Besides, to make “‘nature’’ accomplish anything requiring intelli-
gence and foresight, and other attributes of mind, is nothing more
or less than to personify an abstraction, and must be regarded there-
fore as in the highest degree unphilosophical. We believe it was
Coleridge who first called attention to this fact, that to treat a mere
abstraction as an efficient cause is simply absurd. But that this is
the plain and undoubted tendency of our modern materialists, the
following sentence, taken at random from the present volume, will
certainly go far to corroborate: “As man can produce, and certainly
has produced, a great result by his methodical and unconscious means
of selection, what may not nature effect? Man can act only on ex-
ternal and visible characters: nature cares nothing for appearances,
except in so far as they may be useful to any being. She can act on
every internal organ, on every shade of constitutional difference, on
the whole machinery of life. Man selects only for his own good ;
Nature only for that of the being which she tends. Every selected

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. v. 10

’

138 Bibliographical Notice.

character is fully exercised by her; and the being is placed under
well-suited conditions of life’’ (p. 83).

But who is this ‘‘ Nature,’ we have a right to ask, who has such
tremendous power, and to whose efficiency such marvellous perform-
ances are ascribed? What are her image and attributes, when
dragged from her wordy lurking-place? Is she aught but a pestilent
abstraction, like dust cast into our eyes to obscure the workings of
an Intelligent First Cause of all?

Although it is quite possible that there may be a final cause for every
thing, and every character of a thing, in nature (in the same sense
as one of our acutest metaphysicians has contended that religion is
the final cause of the human mind), we should nevertheless be ex-
ceedingly reluctant to press this doctrine too far, for all experience
warns us that it may become an impediment, rather than a help, to
the progress of scientific discovery. Yet it is one thing to give it
more than its due, another to reject it altogether: and those who,
like our author, prefer being shipwrecked bodily on the rocks of
Scylla to running the slightest risk from the opposite Charybdis, need
but to be reminded that a proper use of it has been as fruitful in guid-
ing the researches of our greatest physiologists as the abuse of it has
been instrumental in perverting them. And we may confidently
affirm that Bacon’s famous censure on the “barrenness’’ of these
*‘vestal virgins”? (which was applied, be it remembered, to physics
only, and which has been made so much of by the advocates for the
sufficiency of secondary causes in the organic world) would have been
less severe ‘could he have prophetically anticipated,” as Sedgwick
has well remarked, ‘‘ the modern discoveries in physiology.”

But, before dismissing these immediate considerations, we must
say a word or two on the fact of ‘individual variability,” which we
cannot but think has been made too much of throughout the volume
before us. Without it, “‘ natural selection’? would be of course im-
possible—that is evident ; but is its presence sufficiently significant to
render the theory in any degree probable? This is the question with
which we are nowconcerned. Mr. Darwin says that it is only neces-
sary for an individual to vary, be it ever so little, for the principle of
natural selection to be established; but to us it seems almost incre-
dible that the general ‘struggle for existence,” or even the extreme
pressure of peculiar circumstances from without, should find in mere
‘individual variability ”’ a sufficient primum mobile to lay the foun-
dation of a series of after-divergences (in a given, undeviating direc-
tion) destined, each, to accumulate, by infinitesimal degrees, into
such successive, intermittent, well-marked forms as to merit, at each
stage, the rank of “species.”” For ‘ individual variability” (so called)
is scarcely more, after all, than one of the many proofs, or indices, of
individuality ; so that to assert its ewistence is simply to state a
truism. Amongst the millions of people who have been born into
the world, we are certain that no two have ever been precisely
alike in every respect; and, in a similar manner, it is not too much
to affirm the same of all living creatures (however alike some of
them may seem to our uneducated eyes) that have ever existed. We

Bibliographical Notice. 139

cannot demonstrate this, undoubtedly, for it is not a truth of sense ;
but it is a truth, nevertheless, of the highest reason (founded on a
limited experience), which a reflecting mind will at once receive
without evidence ; and it may therefore be almost regarded as an
axiom. But what does this fact (self-evident as it is) indicate, except
this : that, whilst “individual variation”’ (in each species) is literally
endless, it is at the same time strictly prescribed within its proper
morphotic limits (as regulated by its specific range), even though
we may be totally unable to define their bounds? For, if otherwise,
how could it happen that, whilst individually different ad infinitum,
they are nevertheless (in many species) so alike in the mass as to
appear to our rough judgment absolutely identical ? Hence, we can-
not regard ‘‘ individual variability”’ as a phenomenon of any real im-
portance or signification, but simply as a fact almost involved, as it
were, in our very notions of individuality ; for, if ever there was a
truth more certain than another, it is this: that ‘‘ there is no simili-
tude im nature that owneth not also to a difference.”

But, although we cannot honestly believe, except toa very limited
extent, in this ‘natural selection’’ theory, as being directly opposed
to the doctrine of Efficient Causation (which involves the conception
of intelligence, free-agency, and will), as excluding even the idea of
creative foresight from the natural world, and so rendering final
eauses both absurd and impossible, and, moreover, as built chiefly
upon negative evidence, and unsupported by the majority of facts, still
we by no means wish to imply that Mr. Darwin’s volume (so full, as
it is, of bola hypotheses and philosophical suggestions) is not a most
valuable and important fund of knowledge, but, on the contrary, that it
will doubtless prove a solid and lasting contribution to science, as one
which will inevitably direct a mass of future observations into a new
channel; for to leave an opposite impression would be the deepest
act of ingratitude on our part for the great profit that we have derived
from the careful perusal of its contents. His remarks on geographical
distribution (a subject which he has so long and so carefully studied)
are most instructive and admirable, and will supply an explanation
for many an obscure and puzzling fact which has so often perplexed
observers, concerning the appearance of similar and closely allied
forms in regions far removed from each other. Especially interesting,
too, is the whole of his Section on ‘ Dispersal during the Glacial
Period,” from which we should be tempted to quote largely did space
permit. But as such is unfortunately wanting, we must leave this
subject, as well as the entire portion concerning the geological suc-
cession and the imperfections of its record, altogether unglanced at.
He states his difficulties with honesty, precision, and clearness, and
sometimes (as it appears to us) even exposes them more than is
necessary—to his own disadvantage: but we wish that we could add
that, in spite of this candour on his part (a candour which is so
manly and outspoken as almost to “cover a multitude of sins’’), we
thought any of them satisfactorily replied to. There is a clever and
ingenious pleading for them all; but, if we look back into the volume,
we find (to use the mildest expression) that each, in its turn, has been

10%

140 Bibliographical Notice.

left in doubt—awaiting further evidence. So that, until this is
forthcoming, we cannot but feel that, whilst the pena are in one
direction (and made to dovetail into each other), the great body of
facts is unquestionably on the opposite side. More especially will
this apply to that gravest of all objections (as Mr. Darwin frankly
admits), the thorough and complete absence (both in geological
collections, imperfect though they be, and those, extensive and endless
as they are, of the Recent Period) of that countless host of transitional
lmks which, on the ‘natural selection’’ theory, must certainly have
existed at one period or another of the world’s history. They may
be forthcoming some day ; we cannot tell (and so, truly, may many
other things, after the same fashion of reasoning!) : but at present it
is absolutely certain that we have not so much as a shadow of evi-
dence eithér that they do exist or have ever existed. On whichever
side we turn we find order and symmetry to be the law of creation,
instead of confusion and disorder. To an uneducated eye, which views
things only in the mass, this may not appear primd facie evident ;
but those who have worked closest and longest at details, in the open
field of nature, know that it is true. Naturalists may quarrel and
blunder about the relative importance of minute differences, and
therefore about the limits of their ‘‘ species ” —and perhaps nearly all
of them have erred in drawing too tightly the boundaries between
which ‘varieties’? are supposed to occur; but nevertheless the
plain fact remains, that, on a broad scale, more or less abrupt and
well-defined forms alone have as yet been discovered, and that they
do not shade off into each other by that legion of osculant infinitesimal
links on which the very life, as it were, of this ingenious theory
mainly depends.

As to the evidence to be gathered from the endless phases which
have been gradually matured in our domestic cattle and pigeons by
the long and systematic efforts of man, we deny that any parallel can
be drawn from them, on a general scale, in the feral world; for
everything tends to prove that the whole system of certain species
(though of, as it is admitted, of all), when under domestication,
tends to become plastic ; whilst, moreover, we cannot ascribe to the
operation of a doubtful, unproved (and perhaps altogether imaginary)
natural “law”? effects in any way analogous to those produced by an
active, living agent (and therefore an intelligent efficient cause) who
has been capable for centuries of concentrating his efforts with judg-
ment, caution, discernment, and skill, and of carefully selecting, by a
direct action of mind, all the various divergences that were favourable
for his purpose, and so of “ adding them up” (as Mr. Darwin happily
expresses it), one by one, ina given direction, beforehand decided on,
until he has at last sueceeded (though at times, even then, with the
greatest difficulty) in accomplishing the purpose which he had in
view. And, besides all this, it is admitted that there are, after all,
some forms which he cannot succeed in modifying: which certainly
would tend to prove that even his most persevering efforts can only
avail with certain more or less naturally elastic organisms. And
that some undoubtedly are ‘ naturally elastic,’ as compared with

Bibliographical Notice. 141

others, every naturalist who has worked six months under the open
skies (instead of in his closet) is absolutely certain. Indeed, whilst
we see hosts of species scarcely alter at all, in whatever circum-
stances and regions they are placed, and therefore whilst exposed
to innumerable conditions of surrounding organie forms—so that
(in a broad sense) they may be regarded as almost independent
of the various influences alongside them,—we see, on the contrary,
that other species are by constitution so unstable and shifting, in
their external details, as scarcely to present two phases alike in
even the several localities and altitudes of a continuous, unbroken
tract. Nor is this mere assertion, for we are prepared to support
it by the plainest facts; whilst, at the same time, we could point to
a country in which nearly a// the land-shells now existing (upwards
of one hundred species) are found in a fossil state, conglomerated
together in beds of indurated mud often twenty feet in thickness,
and which have not altered, apparently, so much as a puncture or a
granule during the enormous period (even though it be geologically
recent) which has elapsed since they were first deposited,—a period,
moreover, in which there is every reason to believe that the various
physical conditions (and perhaps extent) of the whole region have
most materially changed: which, at any rate, does not tally with
that steady movement towards perfection, that certain progress, of
some kind or other (even though slow), of organic forms, which a
reception of this ‘natural selection” idea so loudly and positively
demands.

As to the theological difficulties of this question, we must decline
entering into them ; for we believe that science and theology are best
discussed apart, and that neither of them was ever intended to teach
us the other. Nevertheless we fear it must be admitted that they
are exceedingly grave, if not absolutely insurmountable; and, although
as yet they have been altogether, and studiously, kept out of view,
the time will assuredly come when, like all other objections, they
must be fairly stated, the arguments on both sides candidly examined
by competent judges, and each of them impartiaily weighed, on its
own merits. Although it is obviously desirable, for more reasons
than one, not to bring revelation and science into unnecessary con-
tact (for the evils which have resulted from injudicious attempts
to do so have usually been but too evident), still no man who loves
truth, in all its phases, for its own sake, will long rest contented in
accepting as such a zoological creed which is in direct antagonism
with his theological one ; for, since two opposite sets of statements
cannot be both true, one or the other of them must eventually fall.
The question simply is: which, in this case, shall it be? Although
we might hazard a hasty reply, we nevertheless will not do so; though
we can anticipate the feelings of our more learned theologians, were
a bouquet of some of the leading conclusions culled for their special
contemplation. What, for instance, would they think, when told
that, in spite of their honest convictions (convictions which they had
supposed to be coeval with our race), it has been lately discovered
that man, with all his lofty endowments and future hopes, was, in point

142 Bibliographical Notice.

of fact, never “created ” at all, but was merely, in the fulness of time,
a development from an ape ; and not merely from an ape, but that he
was originally derived from the same source as bears, cats, rats, mice,
geese, mussels, periwinkles, beetles, worms, and sponges (nay, even,
perhaps, from the same as the very plants themselves) ; that, in all
probability, he will at length beget some higher creature still, and
will himself “‘become utterly extinct,” like each of the beasts
(throughout time and space) before him ; and that, moreover, “as all
the living forms of life are the lineal descendants of those which lived
long before the Silurian epoch,”’—‘‘ hence [—a cold shuddermg
comes over us at what we are compelled to regard as a glorious non
sequitur, and that, too, from premises which we cannot admit! ]|—hence
(we repeat) we may look with some confidence to a secure future of
equally inappreciable length!’ Hard doctrine, this, for “ unphiloso-
phical’’ minds like ours! And, were we inclined to be sceptical as to
the data on which this sweeping conclusion is built, we might naturally
ask, how is it, if the above premises be true (i. e. if it indeed be a
fact that man has been gradually qualified, by self-improvement, for
his advanced post, after passing through an endless array of lower
forms),—how is it that xo traditions whatsoever bearing on the pre-
vious and more simple conditions of the human structure (immediately
before it attained its climax of perfection) have ever been extant ; for it
is quite inconceivable that so radical an organic change could have been
slowly brought about without, at the least, some vague tradition of
it having become a fact of the human mind. When probed by such-
like inquiries, the entire theory (¢o the extent that it is pushed) fairly
crumples up.

But we must conclude this notice. Did space permit, we might
have offered many remarks on the general tendencies of the Selection
theory, when carried out to its full extent. We might have dived below
the surface, to ascertain the main object of Mr. Darwin’s clever and
ingenious volume ; and have asked, what it was that first prompted
him to undertake it. If it was the marvel of creation (and a real
marvel it assuredly is) that offered the primary stumbling-block to a
philosophical mind, we might have asked whether the marvel would
have been got rid of had we been able to reduce the number of the
separate, independent acts. To our mind, the wonder consists in the
act at all, and not in the number of times that it may have been
repeated: for a Being that can create may surely do so as often as
He pleases; and we have no right therefore to limit that act,—at
any rate on the question of its probability ; for, if we admit that it
has been exerted so much as once, there is no @ priori reason why it
should not have been a million times repeated, or why, if He had so
willed it, it might not, at some period or other, have been in even con-
stant operation. Such an idea is difficult to conceive, we admit ; but (be
it remembered) é¢ is not one atom more so than the process of creation
at all: and with respect to the marvel of it (so difficult, and impos-
sible, to understand), it may be well to recollect that it has been
contended by some of our greatest minds that even the sustaining

power of Nature is, in point of fact, as much of a miracle as the
creative power.

Zoological Society. 143

Although we have felt compelled to say thus much against the
theory so ably pleaded for in Mr. Darwin’s book, we repeat that, in a
very limited sense indeed, there seems no reason why the theory may
not be a sound one; but at present, even to that extent, it remains
to be substantiated. The volume is eloquently written, and its
immense array of facts most carefully collected. But we are bound
to add, that many an equivocal idea is shrouded under the fairest
garb; and we find that we have sometimes swallowed a dose uncon-
sciously, on account of the pleasant medium through which it was
administered. And, as an instance of this, we will quote the con-
cluding sentence of the whole work, which is certainly very beautiful,
though we can scarcely believe that our author was in earnest when
he wrote it. Here it is, without comment (the italics are our own) :

*« It is interesting to contemplate an entangled bank, clothed with
mauy plants of many kinds, with birds singing on the bushes, with
various insects flitting about, and with worms crawling through the
damp earth, and to reflect that these elaborately constructed forms,
so different from each other, and dependent on each other in so
complex a manner, have all been produced by laws acting around us:
these laws, taken in the largest sense, being Growth with Repro-
duction ; inheritance, which is almost implied by reproduction ;
variability from the indirect and direct action of the external con-
ditions of life, and from use and disuse; a ratio of increase so high
as to lead to a struggle for life, and as a consequence to Natural
Selection, entailing divergence of character and the extinction of less-
improved forms. Thus, from the war of nature, from famine and
death, the most exalted object which we are capable of conceiving,
namely, the production of the higher animals, directly follows. There
is a grandeur in this view of life, with its several powers, having been
originally breathed into a few forms or into one; and that, whilst
this planet has gone cycling on according to the fixed laws of gravity,
from so simple a beginning, endless forms most beautiful and most
wonderful have been and are being evolved.”

Would not one step more plunge us headlong into the Nebular
Hypothesis, and the whole theory of Spontaneous Generation ?

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
March 22, 1859.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Gould exhibited and characterized two new species of birds,
one belonging to the family Cuculide, the other to the Coturnicee,
and remarkable as forming probably the smallest species of the
groups to which they respectively pertained.

For a small Shining Cuckoo, killed at Port Essington, on the north
coast of Australia, and of the same form and very nearly allied to
the Chrysococcyx lucidus of New South Wales and the C. basalis of
Java, Mr. Gould proposed the name of Chrysococcyx minutillus ;

144 Zoological Society :—

aad for the Quail, which belonged to the genus EKzecalfactoria ot
Bonaparte, that of Hwcalfactoria minima.
The following are the descriptions of these new species :-—

CuRYSOCOCCYX MINUTILLUS, Gould.

Head, all the upper surface, and wings shining bronzy-green; all
the under surface white, barred with bronzy-green, the bars being
most distinct on the flanks ; primaries and secondaries white on the
basal portion of their inner webs; two centre tail feathers bronzy-
green ; the next on each side bronzy-green on the outer web, rufous
on the inner web, crossed by a broad band of black near the tip, and
with an oval spot of white across the tip of the inner web ; the two
next on each side bronzy-green on their outer webs, their inner webs
rufous, with large spots of black near the shaft, most conspicuous in
the outermost of the two feathers; their inner webs are also crossed
near the tip with a very broad band of black, and have an oval spot
of white at the tip; the outer feather on each side is barred alter-
nately on the outer web with dull bronzy-green and dull white, and
on the inner one with broad decided bars of black and white, and
tipped with white ; bill black ; feet olive.

Total length 53 inches, bill 2, wing 34, tail 23, tarsi 2.

Remark.—This bird is perhaps more nearly allied to the Javanese
species, C. basalis of Horsfield, than to the C. lucidus; but it 1s as
much smaller than the C. dasalis as that bird is less than C. lucidus.
The type of C. basalis, which is the only one I have seen, is not
a fully adult bird; and yet the measurement of its wing exceeds by
half an inch that of the C. minutillus.

EXCALFACTORIA MINIMA, Gould.

Forehead and sides of the head grey ; crown of the head, all the
upper surface, and wing-coverts reddish-brown, conspicuously spotted
and minutely freckled with brownish-black, a line of buff down the
crown and nape, and a narrow line of brownish-white down the
centre of the feathers, changing to broad and conspicuous stripes of
buff on the lower part of the back and tail-coverts ; wings pale brown ;
chin and throat black, on each side of which is an oblong patch of
white encircled by a narrow line of black ; below the black a broad
crescent of white, fringed on the sides with black, and bounded
below by a narrow semicrescent of deep black ; under surface grey,
mottled on the flanks like the upper surface ; line down the centre
of the abdomen, thighs, and under tail-coverts chestnut-red ; bill
black ; feet yellowish.

Total length 3 inches, bill 1, wing 23, tarsi 2.

Hab. Vicinity of Macassar, Celebes.

Remark.—For this, the most diminutive species of the Gallinacee
yet discovered, we are indebted to the researches of A. R. Wallace,
Esq. It is of precisely the same form and very nearly allied to, but
quite distinct from, the well-known Chinese Quail, Lxcalfactoria
chinensis (Coturnia chinensis of authors).

The following extract from a Letter received by Mr. 8. Stevens

Mr. G. R. Gray on a new Bird of Paradise. 145

from Mr. Wallace, dated Batchian, Moluccas, Oct. 29, 1858, was
read :—

‘* Here I have been as yet only five days ; but from the nature of
the country, and what I have already done, I am inclined to think
it may prove one of the best localities I have yet visited. Birds are
as yet very scarce ; but I still hope to get a fine collection, though I
believe I have already the finest and most wonderful bird in the
island. I had a good mind to keep it a secret, but I cannot resist
telling you. I have a new Bird of Paradise! of a new genus!!
quite unlike anything yet known, very curious and very handsome!!!
When I can get a couple of pairs, I will send them overland, to see
what a new Bird of Paradise will really fetch. Had I seen the bird in
Ternate, I should never have believed it came from here, so far out of
the hitherto supposed region of the Paradiseide. I consider it the
greatest discovery I have yet made ; and it gives me hopes of getting
other species in Gilolo and Ceram. There is also here a species of
Monkey—much further eastwards than in any other island; so you
see this is a most curious locality, combining forms of the East and
West of the Archipelago, yet with species peculiar to itself. It also
differs from all the other Moluccas in its geological formation, con-
taining iron, coal, copper, and gold, with a glorious forest vegetation
and fine large mountain streams: itis a continent in miniature. The
Dutch are working the coals; and there is a good road to the mines,
which gives one easy access to the interior forests.

*T can do nothing at drawing birds, but send you a horrible
sketch of my discovery, that you may not die of curiosity. I am
told the wet season here is terrible, and it begins in December ; so I
shall probably have to leave then.”’

The sketch alluded to in the above extract having been placed
in Mr. G. R. Gray’s hands for examination and comparison with the
other known species, the following notes of that gentleman, relative
to it, were read to the meeting :—

“This Paradise-Bird proves, as Mr. Wallace remarks in his letter,
to be a new form, differmg from all its congeners, approaching most
nearly to the King Bird of Paradise; but in place of the lengthened
caudal appendages, it has, springing from the lesser coverts of each
wing, two long shafts, both of which are webbed on each side at the
apex. It is the possession of these peculiar winged standards that
induces me to propose for it the subgeneric appellation of Semioptera.

*‘T have endeavoured to transform the rough sketch into the
probable appearance of the living bird ; and I further add the pro-
visional specific name of Paradisea Wallacii, which appellation ]
think is justly due to Mr. Wallace for the indefatigable energy he
has hitherto shown in the advancement of ornithological and ento-
mological knowledge, by visiting localities rarely if ever travelled by
naturalists.

**T wait for the arrival of the specimens before venturing to give
more detailed accounts of its subgeneric characters, or a full de-
scription of its coloration, &c., which I hope to have the pleasure
of laying before the members at some future meeting of the Society.”

146 Zoological Society :—

Mr. G. R. Gray laid before the meeting a drawing of Tringa pec-
toralis, which was made by the late Mr. Adams, Surgeon of H.M.S.
‘Enterprise.’ It exhibited the bird in the act of having inflated its
throat and breast in the manner of the Pouter Pigeon. From the
correctness of the other drawings by the same gentleman, Mr. Gray
had little doubt that Mr. Adams observed this singular phenomenon
in the specimen from which the drawing was taken. ‘The drawing
was more especially placed before the members, in the hopes of
learning whether such a singularity of habits had been noticed before
in this species or in any other of the Tringe.

The bird has peculiar feathers on its breast.

April 12, 1859,—Professor Busk, F.R.S., in the Chair.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEw SPECIES OF OWL OF THE GENUS
Ciccasa. By Puruie LurLey SCLATER.

Mr. Gurney has invited my attention to the example of an Owl of
the genus Ciccaba, which I now exhibit. It has already passed
through my hands once, having been submitted to my examination
by M. Verreaux, along with other birds from Southern Mexico, of
which I gave some account in these ‘ Proceedings’ for last year.
As will be seen by referring to my remarks given on that occasion*,
I then somewhat unwillingly referred it to Ciccaba huhula, Mr.
Gurney, however, having acquired the specimen for the Norwich
Museum, agrees with M. Jules Verreaux (whose opinion to that
effect I have already recorded) in insisting on its distinctness; and
having lately had an opportunity of examining a second specimen of
this bird in the collection of the Jardin des Plantes at Paris, I am
now quite prepared to coincide with their views, and to characterize
this Mexican Ciccaba as an independent species, differmg from,
though closely allied to, the S. American Ciceaba huhula. It may
be recognized at once by the more uniform colour above, there being
hardly a trace of white transverse markings, except on the elongated
feathers of the neck-collar; and by the ground-colour below being
pure white, crossed by frequent narrow bands of black, each feather
showing three or four of such cross-hands. I propose to call this bird

CICCABA NIGROLINEATA.

Schistacescenti-nigra, colli postici plumis elongatis et albo ter qua-
terve transfasciatis : maculis in regione superciliart et auri-
culari quibusdam albis: subtus alba, lineis nigris cerebro trans-
fasciata: mento nigro: subalaribus albis, nigro variegatis :
cauda nigra, albo quinquies transfasciata: rostro et pedibus
flavissimis : tibiis nigris, albo sparsis.

Long. tota 15:0, alee 10°5, caudee 6°78, rostria rictu 1°35, tarsi 2°1.

Hab. In Mexico Meridionali. Mus. Norfolciense et Parisiense.

Nore oN THE SpuR-wiINGED GEESE (PLECTROPTERUS) NOW
LIVING IN THE SocieTy’s GarpENs. By Paitip Luriey
SCLATER.

The Society have frequently possessed living examples of the Spur-
* See P.Z.S. 1858, p. 96.

Mr. P. L. Sclater on the Spur-winged Geese. 147

winged Goose of Western Africa (Plectropterus gambensis) ; and we
have at present two male examples of this bird in the Gardens.
Last summer, along with the Secretary-birds (Serpentarius reptili-
vorus), came two Spur-winged Geese from Eastern Africa. They
were placed in the Gardens along with the W. African pair, and
immediately attracted the notice of those who take an interest in such
matters, as being apparently of a different species. Comparing the
males of the eastern and western birds together, we observe that
the former is larger, stands considerably higher, and has longer
tarsi and larger feet. There is a large oblong naked space of bare
pink skin on the throat, which is wholly wanting in the West
African bird; the beak is longer, and the bony protuberance on the
front is much larger and more elevated. We have not, unfortu-
nately, the female of the eastern species ; but Riippell tells us that
in her too there is a stripe of naked skin between the eye and the
base of the bill. Now in the western bird the whole sides of the
head in both sexes are closely feathered : the male has a frontal pro-
tuberance (much smaller, however, than in the eastern species) ; the
female has none. It appears therefore that two species have been
confounded together under the name gambensis. The West African
bird, originally brought from the Gambia (whence the name), and
which has been described and figured as such by Latham, Yarrell,
and other writers, is obviously the proper owner of the title Plec-
tropterus gambensis ; while the East African bird, first accurately
figured and described by Dr. E. Riippell in the third volume of the
‘Museum Senckenbergianum,’ may very appropriately take the name
of Plectropterus Riippellit.

On examining the stuffed specimens in the gallery of the British

Museum, as I have been enabled to do through Mr. G. R. Gray’s
kindness, I find examples of both species. Of the larger Plectro-
pterus Riippellii there is a male bird procured during Clapperton’s
expedition in Central Africa, and a female which died in the Zoolo-
gical Gardens. Of the smaller Plectropterus gambensis there is one
from Western Africa, and one of which the locality is not marked.
An immature bird from the Cape is certainly referable to the smaller
species.
The separation of these two birds may not perhaps be entirely
satisfactory until we have had an opportunity of examining their
internal structure, several parts of which, particularly the trachea,
are well known to afford good characters for discriminating nearly
allied species among the Anatide, as has been so successfully shown
in Mr. Eyton’s Monograph.

Notes ON THE ScALy ANT-EATER (MANIS JAVANICA), TAKEN
DURING LIFE AND AFTER DEATH. By ArtTHUR ADAmMs,
F.L.S., SurGeon H.M.S. ‘Actzon.’

A. During Life.
Two living specimens of this singular mammal having come under

my observation, I am induced to offer some account of their habits
as far as I was enabled to make them out.

148 Zoological Society :-—

Our first Ant-eater is a female, and rejoices in the sobriquet of
“ Seales.”? She is crepuscular, and remains coiled up in a ball during
the day, secure in her scaly panoply ; but at the decline of day she
grows lively. Now a creature whose habits require to be studied by
the aid of a dark lantern must needs be interesting even to the most
incurious ; and a Lizard-like Mammal whose every movement and
attitude is probably a living illustration of those great extinct qua-
drupeds which once peopled the earth before man was created, must
certainly have the power of arresting the attention, if not of stimula-
ting the imagination. I doubt not Professor Owen would have lain
prone on his stomach all the livelong night to watch the evolutions
of this gnome-like mountaineer. And indeed there is something
old-world and weird in her aspect as she prowls about at night. The
Scotch would say she has an “uncanny”? look ; and truly, if but ten
times bigger, she would unmistakeably remind one of the times before
the Deluge. When she walks she treads gingerly on the bent-
under claws of her fore feet, and more firmly on the palms of her
hind feet. A very favourite attitude with her is that assumed by
her gigantic extinct analogue the My/odon, as seen in the wondrous
model of Waterhouse Hawkins in the Gardens of the Crystal Palace.
The fore feet in my “‘ Madam Seales”? are raised ; and the animal is
supported by the strong hind limbs, and firm, flattened, powerful mus-
cular tail, the head and body being at the same time moved from
side to side, and the little round prominent eyes peering curiously
about in every direction. In walking, the fourth toe of the hind
foot is also extended. The Chinese, in their sly manner, say that
she pretends to be very quiet ; but ‘‘s’pose no man lookee,”’ she
runs very fast. She is certainly of a very timid and retiring dispo-
sition, tucking in her head between her fore legs on the least alarm.
So apathetic a quadruped appeared our “ Pangolin” (for such is she
called by the Malays), that, coiled up in a strong net, I considered
her properly secured, and carefully deposited her in my cabin. But
no sooner did the last gleam of light vanish from my little “ scuttle ”
than she knew the period of her lethargy had expired, and, bursting
the trammels of her hempen toil, she roamed abroad ; and the first
intimation I had of her escape was the ominous bark of Master
“ Wouff,” a clever little terrier we had on board. Dog, puzzled by
the queer scaly rat he had suddenly encountered, regarded with im-
potent rage the lizard-like intruder ; while “ Scales,’’ secure in her
coat of mail, bid defiance to the attacks of her canine assailant,

The Scaly Ant-eater is called by the Chinese of Quang-tung
«‘Chun-shau-cap,” which literally means “ Sealy Hill-borer.” They
also name it “ Ling-li”’ or “ Hill-Carp ;” and it seems to be regarded
by them as truly “a fish out of water.” They say it lives in the
sides of the great mountains, and that it lays a trap for insects by
erecting its scales, when, suddenly closing them, flies, ants, and other
intrulers are secured, and, when dead, fall out and are eaten. They
also assert that it feeds upon fish; but both these stories appear to
be myths something similar to those told of our own familiar
“ Hedge-pig ” sucking the teats of cows, and impaling apples on her

Mr. A. Adams on the Scaly Ant-eater. 149

quills in the orchards. The Manis javanica is sold in the markets
at Canton, and is often carried about the streets as a curiosity. The
seales are employed by the Chinese for medicinal purposes ; but the
flesh does not appear to be eaten, though it is very excellent food
when roasted, as I can testify from personal experience, having had
a portion of the defunct ‘Scales’ nicely cooked. The Manis
climbs very well, and can suspend itself head downwards by means
of its strong flat tail, We fed our “Scaly Hill-borers” on raw
eggs and chopped raw beef, on which they seemed to thrive. The
unfortunate “Scales ”’ fell a victim to female curiosity. Exploring
the hold of the ship in one of her midnight rambles, she was lost for
a time, and at length found her way back to her box, where she died
of starvation.

B. After Death.

Our specimen was an adult female, weighing 4 lbs. The length
from the end of the nose to the root of the tail was 14} inches, of
the head 3 inches, and of tail 102; extreme length 2 feet 14 inch.

Head.—The eye is protuberant, and the cornea remarkably convex;
the vision is lateral; the eyelids are pyriform, the pointed end for-
ward, the upper lid well-rounded ; the iris is brown, with a tinge of
green. The nostrils and lips are fleshy, naked, and, when the animal
is alive, constantly moistened by a mucous secyetion. The ears are
naked and open. The tongue (used as a feeler during life) is 9 inches
in length, and is enclosed in a membranous sheath; it is highly re-
tractile and muscular, subcylindrical at the base, flattened at the an-
terior half, grooved on the upper surface, and beset with prominent
papille. At the hinder end of the groove, arranged in the form of
an equilateral triangle, are three pores which secrete a viscid fluid.
The epiglottis is broad and hood-like; the thyroid glands are
2} inches in length and 17 in width: they are very large, ovate, and
pointed at each end.

Thorax.—The mammary glands are large, pectoral, two in number,
and well developed. The lungs are composed of three lobes on the
right, and two on the left side; the middle lobe very small; the
lower lobe furnished with a process which embraces the base of the
heart. The heart is central, large, and oval; the auricles very di-
stinet ; the ventricles thick and fleshy ; the columnz carne and
chorda tendinea very strong ; the vena cava very large. The liver
is large and five-lobed ; the upper lobe is large, the middle is notched
in front, irregular and trilobate; the left lateral is rounded, with a
thin edge; the right lateral is subcylindrical and truncate below.
The gall-bladder is large, and placed between the upper central and
right lateral lobes of the liver. The pancreas is of loose texture,
transversely elongated, flattened and pointed, obliquely truncate at
one end, angular and pointed at the other; coiled up, imbedded in
a sac on the outer surface of the truncate extremity, was a small
slender worm.

The omentum is thin and membranous, with no fat; the mesen-
tery is membranous and transparent, the vessels conspicuous, and
the giands large, brown, and flattened.

150 Miscellaneous.

The stomach is simple, 4 inches in length, the greatest breadth
3 inches ; coats muscular, especially at the pyloric extremity, where
the muscle is thickened so as almost to form a fleshy gizzard. The
mucous membrane is loosely corrugated at the cardiac end, and
densely covered with papille at the pyloric extremity. There is a
central pyriform tubercle suspended from the lesser curvature, pro-
jecting into the cavity of the stomach.

Between the thickened parts of the stomach, imbedded in the
coats on the greater curvature, and midway between the cardia and
pylorus, is a small sac surrounded by a mass of glands, the use and
structure of which are to me unknown.

The small intestines are 10 feet 10 inches long, and half an inch in
circumference ; they are dark-coloured and vascular.

The czecum is 23 inches in length and 1 inch in circumference.
The large intestines are 10 inches long and 14 inch in circumference.

The kidneys are ovoid, large, and smooth; the pelvis ending in a
single follicle or sac; the ureters end near-the neck of the small
pear-shaped bladder.

The ovaries are } inch long, small, yellow, ovoid, and spotted, and
situated at the inner side of the horns of the uterus.

The uterus is divided above into two horns, which are curved in-
wards and downwards; each cornu is | inch in length; body of
uterus 14 inch long and subeylindrical. Fallopian tubes 2 inches in
length. Vagina long and muscular. Anus immediately behind
vulva at root of tail; there is a transverse linear opening leading
to a cul de sac 4 inch deep, studded with conical papillee, and which
is the seat of the peculiar alliaceous odour of the Manis.

A second Entozoon was found in the muscles of the lumbar region.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Nidification of the Kingfisher (Alcedo ispida).
By Joun Gou np, V.P., F.R.S., &c.

OrniITHOLOGISTS are divided in opinion as to whether the fish-bones
found in the cavity in which the Kingfisher deposits its eggs are to
be considered in the light of a nest, or as merely the castings from
the bird during the period of incubation. Some are disposed to con-
sider these bones as entirely the castings and feeces of the young
brood of the year before they quit the nest, and that, the same hole
being frequented for a succession of years, a great mass is at length
formed ; while others believe that they are deposited by the parents
as a platform for the eggs, constituting in fact a nest,—in which
latter view I fully concur; and the following are my reasons for so
doing.

On the 18th of the past month of April, during one of my fishing
excursions on the Thames, I saw a hole in a precipitous bank, which
I felt assured was a nesting-place of the Kingfisher ; and on passing
a spare top of my fly-rod to the extremity of the hole, a distance of

Miscellaneous. 151

nearly three feet, I brought out some freshly-cast bones of fish, con-
vineing me that I was right in my surmise. The day following, the
9th of May, I again visited the spot with a spade, and, after removing
nearly 2 feet square of the turf, dug down to the nest without dis-
turbing the entrance-hole or the passage which led to it. Here I
found four eggs placed on the usual layer of fish-bones; all of these
I removed with care, and then filled up the hole, beating the earth
down as hard as the bank itself, and replacing the sod on the top in
order that barge-horses passing to and fro might not put a foot in
the hole. A fortnight afterwards the bird was seen to leave the hole
again, and my suspicion was awakened that she had taken to her old
breeding-quarters a second time. The first opportunity I had of
again visiting this place, which was exactly twenty-one days from
the date of my former exploration and taking the eggs, I again passed
the top of my fly-rod up the hole, and found not only that the hole
was of the former length, but that the female was within. I then
took a large mass of cotton wool from my collecting-box, and stuffed
it to the extremity of the hole, in order to preserve the eggs and nest
from damage during my again laying it open from above. On re-
moving the sod and digging down as before, I came upon the cotton
wool, and beneath it a well-formed nest of fish-bones, the size of a
small saucer, the walls of which were fully half an inch thick,
together with eight beautiful eggs and the old female herself.
This mass of bones, then, weighing 700 grains, had been cast up
and deposited by the bird or the bird and its mate, besides the
unusual number of eight eggs, in the short space of twenty-one days.
To gain anything like an approximate idea of the number of fish that
had been taken to form this mass, the skeleton of a minnow, their
usual food, must be carefully made and weighed; and this I may
probably do upon some future occasion. I think we may now con-
clude, from what I have adduced, that the bird purposely deposits
these bones as a nest ; and nothing can be better adapted, as a plat-
form, to defend the eggs from the damp earth.—Proc. Zool. Soc.
May 10, 1559.

Descriptions of new Species of Salamanders from China and Siam.
By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., &e.

Mr. Fortune, on his late return from China, brought with him for
the British Museum a bottle containing a Salamander, some Fishes,
and a Leech, collected from a river on the north-east coast of China,
inland from Ningpo.

The Fishes are two varieties (olive and golden) of a very peculiar
monstrosity of the common gold fish of China, Cyprinus auratus,
which has long been known, and is figured in several of the Chinese
works.

It is peculiar for having a very short and thick body, entirely de-
stitute of any dorsal fin, with a regularly trifid or three-finned tail,
and more especially for having very large and swollen eyes, which
give a distorted appearance to the animal,—the pupil of the eyes

152 Miscellaneous.

being on the upper part of the swollen orbs, and on a level with the
upper surface of the back.

The Salamander or Newt was obtained from the same stream. It
is curious as being the first example of the family which has been
found in Continental Asia, though there are several species common
in Japan.

It is nearly allied to, and appears to belong to the same genus as one
of the Japanese specimens; but at the same time it is quite distinct,
as a species, from any yet received from that country.

It may be indicated as—

CYNOPS CHINENSIS.

Above uniform dark olive (in spirits) ; beneath bluish-black, with
small, unequal, irregular, yellow spots on the chin, neck, belly, and
under side of the legs ; the spots on the belly are the largest ; the
under edge of the tail reddish-yellow ; skin acutely granular.

Var. 1. Tail pale grey, brown on each side, with a blackish mar-
ginal band above and below, and with a yellow inferior edge.

Hab. River, N.E. Coast of China, inland from Ningpo.

This species resembles in the form of the head, the parotid glands,
and in the granular state of the skin, Cynops pyrrhogaster of Japan ;
but it differs from it in its much larger size and in the style of its
colouring, especially on its under side. C. pyrrhogaster is dark red,
with large black blotches or spots ; while this is dark lead-coloured,
with small yellow spots.

The Leech is one of the Land Leeches, with a lunate head, similar
to those received from Ceylon.

The British Museum has also received, in a collection of reptiles
and fishes obtained in Siam by Mr. Mouhot, two specimens of a
species of Newt, which is so exceedingly like the Plethodon gluti-
nosum of North America in external appearance, that is to say in
form, size, and colour, and also in the distribution of the palatine
teeth, that I was at first inclined to regard them as specimens of the
American animal which had been sent to Siam. But I cannot believe
this to be the case, as they were enclosed in a bottle containing several
kinds of reptiles, which are evidently all natives of Siam. IJ may
observe that this is the first time that any species of Newt has been
received from Continental India.

I propose to designate the Siamese species

PLETHODON PERSIMILE.

Black, white-speckled, the specks closer and more abundant on
the sides; the hind toes elongate, unequal. ‘Tail compressed.

Hab. Siam.

The only character that I can find between the two specimens re-
ceived from Siam, and some twenty or more of P. glutinosum from
different parts of the United States in the Museum collection, is that
the toes of the hind feet appeared rather longer, more slender, and
unequal in length, and the tail much more compressed.—Proe, Zool.
Soc. June 28, 1859.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
(THIRD SERIES.]

No. 27. MARCH 1860.

XV.—On new Fossil Crustacea from the Silurian Rocks.
By J. W. Sauter, F.G.S., A.L.S

Tue Phyllopod group, rather poorly represented in modern seas,

- was rich in species and genera in palzozoic times, if we are cor-
rect in referring to it the numerous bivalved and Apus-like forms
in mountain limestone and the Silurian strata. The species
were of large size, too, compared with living members of the
group—the bivalved forms generally larger than Hstheria, and
(if, as is most probable, the great Posidonie from the Carboni-
ferous rocks be truly Crustacean) far larger even than Limnadia.
Numerous smaller species accompany these, of a great variety of
forms ; and these are only now beginning to be made known by
Mr. Rupert Jones and M. Barrande.

Of the forms like Apus less is known; but the Dithyrocaris
of the Scotch coal-shales is pretty generally allowed to be a
great Phyllopod, with a carapace not more bent than that of
Apus, if so much so.

Ceratiocaris, a Silurian fossil, of ae size, was first described
by Professor M‘Coy in the ‘ Aunals Nat. Hist. vol. iv. p- 412;
and some details were filled up by myself in the ‘ Quarterly Geol.
Journal’ for 1856, vol. xii. p. 33. At the time that Prof. M‘Coy
wrote, only half carapaces were known, and the relations of the
animal could not be very clearly made out; but the mucronate
anterior and truncate posterior margin, and ‘the fine longitudinal
sculpture were figured by him, as well as an anterior tubercle,
which he regarded as an eye-spot, but which proves to be the
impression of the hard mandibles pressed through the crust.
Good specimens were afterwards found in the south of Scotland,
at Lesmahago, Lanark, a spot now famous for its rich fossil beds ;
and these showed the body-rings, telson, and lateral appendages.
The appendages had been long known, in a disjointed form, as
Leptocheles, M‘Coy. 4 restored diagram of the animal was given

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. v. 1]

154 Mr. J. W. Salter on new Fossil Crustacea

by me in the communication above referred to, which is correct
so far as it goes, but now requires additions.

In the second edition of ‘ Siluria,’ 1859, a supposed correction
was published by me with respect to the position of the carapace.
No specimens had till then been found that had the body-rings
actually in connexion with it; but the occurrence of a third speci-
men (fig. 3.) with all the parts 7m stfu, has shown more clearly
that the position of the abdomen given in ‘Siluria’ was not the
true one, but that it had been (singularly enough, in both cases)
forced forwards, so as to protrude from the anterior end! Figure 3
only has the parts in right position, and all three figures belong
to the same species—Ceratiocaris paptlio.

Fig. 1. \ Fig. 2.

Ceratiocaris papilio, Sa/ter*.
The three figures show the animal in various postures in the stone :—
Fig. 1. The valves closed, but with the abdomen bent round and protruding
from the front of the carapace.
Fig. 2. A specimen similarly distorted, with the valves open. The dotted
_lines show the proper position in both figures.
Fig. 3. shows all the parts in situ, with the jaws, e; rostrum, f; antenna
(or thoracic appendages?), g; @, 6, thorax and abdomen; e, telson ;
d, caudal appendages,

* See ‘Siluria,’ 2nd ed. p. 262, f. 1, 2.

from the Silurian Rocks. 155

A further exploration in the same rich deposits at Lesmahago,
where Ceratiocaris occurs in millions (and in these beds no other
fossil has yet been brought to light), has disinterred the rostrum *,
hard jaws, and also the antennz or some of the thoracic ap-
pendages of the animal. The last are obscure, but were
detected by Prof. Huxley, who also found a clearly articulated
hinge uniting the two flaps of the carapace. This is a very
important character, and will remove Ceratiocaris from any
very near alliance with Nedalia, from which also the solid jaws,
hike those of Apus, and the greatly developed telson, often
three times the length of the other caudal appendages, tend
further to separate it. In Nebalia the telson is reduced to 0,
and the appendages are large.

The length of the largest Ceratiocaris yet known could not
have been less than 15 inches. The characters of the genus
may stand as follows :—

Crratiocaris, M‘Coy, 1851.

Carapace bivalved, united by an articulated hinge ; the valves
ovate, semiovate, or subquadrate, mucronate or uncinate in front,
and more or less truncate behind. Rostrum broad, of a single
lanceolate piece. (Head or thorax with obtuse (jointed ?)
appendages). Body many- (fourteen- or more) jointed, of which
five or six segments extend beyond the carapace; the last one
longest, and supporting a strong bulbous telson and two shorter
appendages. Surface generally lineate, often finely so.

1. C. papilio, Salter.
(‘Siluria,’ 2nd ed. 1859, p. 262. f. L, 2.)

C. 3-4-uncialis, cephalothorace magno, abdomine breviore. Cepha-
lothorax tenuissime striatus, oblongus, antice latior. Annuli cor-
poris numerosi (13 et ultta?), 3-4 ultimi solum liberi, hi quam
longi ter latiores, ultimus precedentem quater excedens. Ap-
pendices validze, centralis (telson) longa paullum recurva,
costata, laterales late.

This beautiful species occurs with the next, but is less com-
mon. The much shorter body—scarcely longer (tail included)
than the great carapace—easily distinguishes it. We have spe-
cimens both with the valves open and closed; and it is this

* The part f (fig. 3), supposed to be analogous to the rostrum in Nebalia
(see Gaimard, Voyage Scandinav. 1845, pl. 40. f. 2 5) is generally joined to
the carapace of the fossil. It is very closely and beautifully striate, V-
fashion, from end to end. It occupies the place where the antennz might
be expected to occur, but is only a single piece. My friend Dr. Kinahan
of Dublin suggested that it might prove to be the rostrum; and I fully
agree with him. The striation favours this view materially.

11*

156 Mr. J. W. Salter on new Fossil Crustacea

species which shows so strange a tendency to invert the position
of the abdomen. (See firures Les)

Locality. Black flags (Upper and Lower Ludlow) at Lesma-
hago, Lanark. Found by Mr. R. Slimon of that town.

2. C. stygius, n. sp.

C. 8-9-uncialis, tenuissime striatus, oblongus, margine ventrali plus
minusve angulato. Annuli numerosi, sex ultimi solum liberi,
reliqui a cephalothorace tecti. Segmenta libera quam longa bis
latiora, ultimum precedens plus dimidio longius. Appendices
caudales validee, centralis longa subrecta costata, laterales late.

This of all the species is the most common, and may literally
be said to form mountains in Lanarkshire. Large tracts of
moorland at and around Nutberry Hill and on the Logan Water
and Nethan Water, S.W. of Lanark, are composed of blackish
slate, with many stone bands amongst it; and of these shales
nearly every slab has some peemeue or other cf a Ceratiocaris,
and often they are perfect. Mr. Slimon of Lesmahago has col-
lected them by hundreds, and supplied many museums with
them*.

The much greater proportional length of the body-segments,
which are not concealed beneath the carapace, will at a glance
distinguish the present species from C. papilio, to which species
its finely striated carapace and the nearly equal length of the
appendages closely ally it. It is possible that these two forms
may represent different sexes of the same species; but there are
at least two varieties of carapace in C. stygius itself, one more
square and obtuse than the other; and as there are ‘also differ-
ences of proportion in the abdominal s segments of these varieties,
it will be more reasonable to refer such slight differences to sex,
and allow the C. papilo to rank as a species.

Locality. Lesmahago Hills; Nutberry Hill, as above; in
Upper and Lower Ludlow rock.

3. C. inornatus, M‘Coy.
(Synopsis Foss. Woodw. Mus. pl. 1 E. fig. 4.)

C. modicus ; cephalothorax biuncialis, quam latus bis longior, ovato-
oblongus, convexus, margine ventrali valde arcuato. Mucro an-
ticus rectus. Superficies lineis remotiusculis interruptis. Telson
costatum. f
On this species Prof. M‘Coy founded the genus.

Its carapace has much the general shape of that of C. stygius,
but appears to have been far more convex, and has a straight,

* IT beg to call attention to Mr. Slimon’s beautiful collections of the large

aud perfect Crustacea (Plerygoti, &c.) from these beds, and to recommend
him to the notice of all collectors of Silurian fossils.

from the Silurian Rocks. Py)

projecting, anterior mucro. The striation is coarse. We have
not found the body-rmgs; but a fragment of the telson from
Kendal shows a ribbed surface.

Locality. Benson Knot, Kendal, in Upper Ludlow rock.

C. ellipticus, M‘Coy, /. c. pl. 1. fig: 8, appears to be only an
incomplete specimen of C. imornatus, but probably of a distinet
variety. It has all the angles rounded off, or, as I believe,
partly concealed in the stone. It is from the same locality.

4. C. Murchison, M‘Coy, sp.

Figured as a fish-defence (Onchus Murchison) im the ‘ Silurian
System,’ 1839, pl. 4. figs. 10, 64°*, and described as part of Péery-
gotus (Leptocheles) leptodactylus, M‘Coy, Synops. Woodw. Foss.
p. 176. Ceratiocaris Murchisoni, ‘ Situria,’ 2nd ed. pl. 19. fig. 1,
p. 263.

C. modicus. Cephalothorax biuncialis, oblongus, convexus, lineis
remotis interruptis subrectis ornatus. Abdomen segmento ultimo
perstriato. Appendices caudales longee, subeylindrice, centralis
(telson) ad basin bulbosa costaque dorsali percurrente valida ;
laterales longee ; omnes costatee.

Of this, the first-discovered species, only numerous fragments
ave known. Its telson was figured, as above noted, for a fish-
defence ; and it is indeed difficult, without the microscope, to
decide whether some of the hollow spines found in the uppermost
Silurian beds be those of Crustacea or Fish. This, however,
is quite a clear case. It was determined to be Crustacean by
Prof. M‘Coy in a paper full of acute observation, published by
him in the ‘ Quarterly Geol. Journal,’ vol. ix. p.12. He, how-
ever, thought it to be the long didactyle claw of one of the
Pterygoti, which he considered closely related to Limulus.

Locality. Only in the Upper Ludlow rock and Downton
Sandstone, near Ludlow ; specimens are in the collections of the
Ludlow geologists, and in the Museum of Practical Geology.

5. C. leptodactylus, M‘Coy, sp.
Pterygotus (Leptocheles) leptodactylus, M‘Coy, Syn. Woodw.
Foss. pl. 1 E. figs. 7, 7a, 76 (not ¢, d).

C. pedalis et ultra, elongatus. Cephalothorax longus triangulatus,
antice acutus, postice valde rotundatus, latus. Segmenta libera
7-8? subquadrata, lateribus profunde impressa. Appendices
longee striatee, centralis (te/son) lateralibus longis vix crassior.
Superficies capitis leevis, nisi lineis brevissimis sparsis notata,—
segmentorum perstriata.

This is of quite a distinct type from those before described,

* Fig. 63 may be a portion of another species : it is strongly keeled.

158 Mr. J. W. Salter on new Fossil Crustacea

having the carapace broad behind and narrowed in front. It 1s
the largest of all the British species, yet probably inferior m size
to the great Ceratiocaris (Leptocheles) bohemicus of Barrande*
or the C, Dewitt (Onchus, Hall, Paleontology New York, vol. i.
pl. 71). It must have measured a foot when extended. One
large and fine specimen, presented to the Museum of Practical
Geology by Mr. Alfred Marston, has all the parts a situ, and,
besides showing the toothed jaws, enables us to connect the
numerous scattered relics of the species, and to restore to them
the tail-spines figured by Prof. M‘Coy. Strictly speaking, the
name Jeptodactylus is inapplicable to tail-spines, though appro-
priate enough when these were regarded as the chele of a Limu-
loid Crustacean. But the advantage of a more accurate name
cannot compensate for the introduction of a synonym ; and Prof.
M ‘Coy deserves our best thanks for his suggestive notes on this
and the previous species. One of his figures, referred to P. lep-
todactylus, belongs to the next species.

6. C. robustus, n. sp.

Pterygotus (Leptocheles) leptodactylus, M‘Coy, 1. c. (in part),
pl. 1 E. figs. 7 c,d only (one of the lateral appendages).
C. modicus. Telson 23-unciale, crassum, costatum, nisi ad basin con-

vexum (haud pabhosana) leevigatum. Costee in dorso tres tubercu-
losee, infra 4—5 leeves. Appendices latze, lanceolate, plane, acute.

The rows of lateral tubercles found on the telson of several
species are particularly conspicuous in this ; but they are raised
(not sunk) tubercles along the outer coste in C. robustus ; and
neither they nor the central rib run up upon the convex base.
The under side has several ribs. The lateral appendages are
remarkably broad and flat, and reach about three-fourths the
length of the central one. Some specimens (Lower Ludlow
rock) have the points of the telson more attenuated. These
may be males, or they may indicate a separate variety. The
spines in this rather striking species are remarkably thick and
broad.

Loc. Ludlow (in Upper Ludlow rock); in the cabinet of
R. Lightbody, Esq. Leintwardine, in Lower Ludlow rock.

7. C. decorus.

Phillips, Mem. Geol. Survey, vol. ii. pt. 2. pl. 30. fig. 5.

Very little is known of the species represented by this frag-
ment. It appears nearly smooth and few-ribbed.
Loc. Ludlow rock of Freshwater Kast, Pembrokeshire.

* Not yet published. M. Barrande has, however, sent several of his
beautiful plates to England.

from the Silurian Rocks. 159

8. C.? ensis, n. sp.
Telson magnum, 6-unciale, compressum, ad basin bulbosum, ensi-

forme; apice incurvo, margine dorsali crenato-serrato, lateribus
planis nisi utrinque costa valida subcentrali ornatis.

In all probability this is the telson of a remarkable species ;
for it has the bulbous base ; but it is so compressed laterally as
to be almost flat, and towards the end is curved down into a
sabre-shape. The breadth is greatest near the base, the tip
rather blunt. A lateral ridge, nearer the dorsal than the ventral
edge, runs two-thirds along each side from the apex, but does not
reach the bulbous base.

Locality. Leintwardine, Shropshire ; Lower Ludlow rock.

9. C. vesica, n. sp.

C. parvulus, biuncialis, levis, capite pyriformi, inflato, corpore te-
nuissimo abbreviato. Cephalothorax late ovatus, apice angusto,
margine dorsali valde curvo. Segmenta corporis libera 5, quorum
ultimum longe maximum. Appendices attenuate.

This curious bladder-like species may very likely become the
type of a new genus, in which case a
Physocaris would seem appropriate. y -< =
The posterior edge is not at all y= >
truncate, the dorsal margin is much
curved, and the anterior end narrowed Si ag
and with a small beak. Cerat. (Physocaris) vesica.

10. C. cassia, n. sp.

C. sesquiuncialis, oblongus, striatus, corpore brevissimo. Cephalo-
thorax oblongus, antice rotundior, postice truncatus faleatus, lineis
subrectis remotiusculis. Segmentum ultimum (solum liberum)
corporis angustum, appendicibus brevibus.

The oblong shape of this obscure fossil would not be quite
sufficient to found a species on, though it distinguishes it from
most others. The greatly abbreviated body, showing but one (?)
joint beyond the carapace, and with very short appendages, is a
better character.

Loc. Lower Ludlow rock, Leintwardine.

One other fossil must be noticed here, as it has figured pro-
minently in the original description of the genus by M‘Coy.
The C. solenoides of that author (J. c. pl. 1 E. fig. 5) is really a
species of So/en or anallied genus,as [at first supposed and classed
it accordingly as Solenomya, Cultellus, ov an allied genus. (See
Prof. Sedgwick’s Lists of Kendal Fossils: Wordsworth’s ‘ Letters
on the Lakes,’ 1843-1846, Appendix.) I have nowhere given it

160 Mr. J. W. Salter on new Fossil Crustacea

the specific name (as Prof. M‘Coy supposed) of Cultellus? rectus,
but I accept the term; and as the subyenera of Solen are not
very likely to be found in Silurian rocks, it had better be called
Solen rectus. It is perhaps quite as much like Ceratiosolen.

Prof. M‘Coy has rejected it from this society, and figured it
with the form and lineation of Ceratiocaris, with a thickened
ventral margin and with an eye-spot. A careful examination of
fresh specimens convinces me, however, that he has been mis-
taken in these characters.

Moreover, the general form is so like that of one of the Solenide,
that it would seem to require something more than close criti-
cism to refer it to anything else. The anterior side is rounded
off, and the posterior truncate. There is even a slight fold
along the dorsal margin—a character very common in bivalve
shells ; and lastly, there are a few concentric ridges of growth
on the posterior side, while the disk only is occupied with close
and numerous striz parallel to the edge. These strize have appa-
rently misled Prof. M‘Coy, who supposed that they covered the
whole surface, as in Ceratiocaris. Moreover the internal oblique
ridge exte nding backwards from the beak is no uncommon
character of the Solenide. Prof. M‘Coy supposed it to be the
nuchal furrow.

Not having till now had access to good specimens, I for some
time thought its new association with Crustacea correct; and
I catalogued it as a Ceratiocaris in ‘ Siluria,’ 2nd ed. Appendix,
p. 538; it is, however, necessary to restore it to the Mollusca.

I believe there are other forms of the genus even in Britain,
besides these nine or ten species which have all turned up in
the course of a year ortwo. Abroad, still larger specimens have
been found in Upper Silurian rocks. M. Barrande has figured
the tail-spines of three species, of which his Leptoc. bohemicus
has the greatest seseualine: to our C. Murchisoni; and, as
above noted, a large species, C. Dewit, has been figured as a fish-
defence by Hall, from the ere limestone of New York. Our
own Dudley limestone contains one species ; but the metropolis
of this curious Silurian ‘shrimp’ is in the Lower Ludlow
rock, where it keeps company with Pterygoti and other large
Crustacea. It appears not to have been a long-lived genus, for
as yet none have been detected below the Wenlock limestone or
above the Upper Ludlow rock. I should perhaps except a frag-
ment of a large carapace sent me from the Llandeilo flags ? of
Dumfries by my friend Prof. Harkness. But the rock and the
sates both bear such a suspicious resemblance to the specimens
ot C. stygius, that I wait for better evidence before admitting the
existence of the genus so far back in time. However, a much

From the Silurian Rocks. 161

smaller species occurs in the black anthracite shales of Dumfries-
shire, which are generally believed to be of Lower Silurian age.
It is the

ll. Ceratiocaris aptychotdes.

(Dithyrocaris aptychoides, Salter in Quart. Geol. Journ. vol. vii.
pl. 21. fig. 10)—a minute species.

Locality. Duffkinnell, Dumfriesshire. Prof. Harkness.

This would appear to belong to the Llandeilo flags ; but it is
possible the age of the formation may be more accurately given
by the fossil, and the black anthracite shales may not have the
antiquity they at present claim.

On the whole, about fifteen species have been recorded of this
interesting genus, which combines to some extent the charac-
ters of Nebalia and of Limnadia. It will doubtless form the
type of a distinct fannly.

With Ceratiocaris, in the south of Scotland, is associated
another and still larger form, which I will now deseribe.

DicryocaRIs.

More plentiful in fragments than even the Ceratiocaris, in the
shales and sandstones of the Lesmahago hills, is a great Crusta-
cean, apparently of very thin texture, whose carapace frequently
measures from 9 inches to a foot in length! This rivals in size
the great Pterygoti, among which its remains are often found.
The anterior termination of the carapace has not been seen ; its
posterior edge is truncate, as in Ceratiocaris, and with a strong
marginal furrow; and its ventral border must have been so
produced as to give it a subtriangular outline. Some fragments
of body-rings found with it may indicate its relationship to
Ceratiocaris, from which its simply bent (not bivalved) shield
distinguishes it.

The entire surface of the carapace is marked with hexagonal
reticulations -\,th of a line in diameter, of which the aree are
convex, and the bounding lines sunk on the exterior aspect.
This would, I think, indicate the ornament to be connected with
the structure of the carapace rather than to be a mere external
sculpturing. As no films can be obtained thick enough to
furnish a section for microscopic examination, the point cannot
be ascertained.

There are probably two, if not more species. I describe only
one at present.

Dicryocaris, n. g., 1860.

Carapace ample, bent along the dorsal line, but not two-valved
I p ) be) ’ ,
largely reticulate, the area of the reticulations being convex.

162 Mr. J. W. Salter on new Fossil Crustacea.

The shape of the carapace is rudely triangular, pointed or
rounded in front, truncate and produced behind, and margmed
along the hinder and ventral edges by a strong furrow. Body
?

In this giant Phyllopod, the two lamine (inner and outer
surfaces) of the carapace are clearly separable from each other.
Both show the coarse reticulation. The anterior end, though
evidently attenuated, is not perfect in our specimens ; and I can
only provisionally give a restoration of the form at a. A fragment
of the surface is added, natural size and magnified, to show the
coarse reticulations.

Fig. 1. Dietyocaris, about ith natural size. The body is a restoration.
Fig. 2. The surface, natural size.

3. Ditto, magnified, external: the arez convex.

4. Cast of ditto upon the stone : the are concave.

D. Slimoni, n. sp.

D. magnus, sesquipedalis et ultra. Cephalothorax triangulatus.
Segmenta corporis

Locality. Upper and Lower Ludlow rock, Lesmahago, La-
nark. Very abundant in the latter formation, but chiefly in
fragments.

Another species (if not more) occurs in the Ludlow rocks
of the Pentland Hills, where it was found last summer by
myself, in company with A. Geikie, Esq., of the Geological
Survey of Scotland. I propose to call it D. Ramsayi. It will be
deseribed in the Memoirs of the Geological Survey.

This genus is more like Nebalia than is Ceratiocaris, mas-
much as it has a simply bent, not bivalved, carapace. But
without the telson and other parts it cannot be associated with
that group, and must for the present be placed near to the
Ceratiocaride.

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on the Aphanarthra of the Canaries. 163

XVI.—On the Aphanarthra of the Canary Islands.
By T. Vernon Wo ttaston, M.A., F.L.S.

Tue little genus Aphanarthrum was established by myself in
1854 (vide Ins. Mad. 292, tab. vi. f. 2) to contain a minute and
curiously-coloured Coleopterous wood-borer which I detected, in
the summer of 1850, at a very lofty elevation in the mountains
of Madeira. This insect was attached exclusively to the gigantic
Euphorbia mellifera, Linn. fil.; and I described it under the
name of Aphanarthrum Euphorbie. Two separate sojourns,
however, subsequently, in the Canaries, which may be called the
region of Euphorbias, gave me an opportunity of examining
carefully the rotten stems of the various members of that singular
genus of plants, so largely represented in those islands; and I
consequently soon perceived that there were many species of
Aphanarthrum,—all of them remarkably well defined and never
merging into each other, but more or less moulded on the same
pattern, ornamented by modifications of the same anomalous
tints, and deriving their entire subsistence from the branches of
the decaying Euphorbias which abound on the mountain-slopes
of intermediate altitudes throughout the whole seven islands of
the Canarian archipelago. Whilst some of the Aphanarthra
would appear to infest, almost equally, several kinds of Euphor-
bias, and to live in company (often in the utmost profusion),
others seem to be confined to particular ones; and what I pro-
pose in the following paper is, to describe the nine species which
have been hitherto discovered in the Canaries, and to point out
the exact Euphorbias on which they, each of them, subsist. I
may, however, first state that, having thus obtained an insight
into their modes of life, I commenced a search at Madeira also,
during the spring of last year, in the stems of the E. piscatoria
of lower altitudes; and, in conjunction with my friends Mr.
Bewicke and Seftor Moniz, obtained two additions to the fauna
of that island, both of them identical with the Canarian ones,—
the E. piscatoria being alike distributed over the Madeiran and
Canarian groups. Hence, up to the present date of our researches,
we have, in all, ten species of Aphanarthrum (if indeed the first
and last of the nine here enumerated have not eventually to be
treated as generically separate),—two of which are common to
Madeira and the Canaries, whilst one (the A. Euphorbia) is
peculiarly Madeiran, and seven are peculiarly Canarian.
Fam, Tomicide.
Genus APHANARTHRUM.
Woll., Ins. Mad. p. 292, tab. vi. f. 2 (1854).
1. Aphanarthrum luridum, n. sp.
A. lurido-testaceum, pilis longiusculis suberectis sparse vestitum ;

164 Mr.T.V. Wollaston on ihe Aphanarthra of the Canaries.

prothorace subleevi punctulato, antice minus producto nigrescente,

linea dorsali et stigmate utrinque posito plus minus nigrescentibus ;

elytris leviter seriatim punctulatis et transversim rugulosis, pos-
tice leviter truncatis, plaga discali nigrescente (in singulo posita)

ornatis.—Long. corp. lin. 1.

Habitat in ramis emortuis Euphorbie canariensis in ins. Teneriffa
et Gomera, hinc inde frequens.

In their somewhat larger size, the present species and the
following one differ from the other Aphanarthra here described.
The A. luridum may be known by the pale lurid-testaceous hue
of its entire upper surface, with the exception of a longitudinal
dash on each of its elytra, and the dorsal line of its prothorax
(together with a spot on either side of the latter, and a suffused
portion in front), which are alone more or less dark. Its pro-
thorax is very much less produced over the head than in the
other species, its punctation is extremely fine and minute, and its
elytra are perceptibly shortened, or obliquely truncated, at their
apex. It appears to be pecuhar to the Euphorbia canariensis, in
the rotten stems of which I have taken it plentifully on the
mountains above S Cruz in Teneriffe, and on a hill-summit to
the north-west of San Sebastian in Gomera.

2. Aphanarthrum Juba, n. sp.

A. fusco-nigrum, pilis longis subdepressis mollibus dense vestitum ;
prothorace subrugoso punctato, antice producto sublurido neenon
ad apicem ipsum tuberculis duobus prominulis instructo ; elytris
subseriatim punctatis et transversim rugulosis, testaceis, fasciis
duabus profunde dentatis nigris (una sc. magna in medio duplici
et altera angustiore subpostica) ornatis. —Long. corp. lin. 1-12.

Habitat in ins. Lanzarota, in ramis desiceatis Huph. Regis Jubee
prope oppidum Haria a meipso A. D. 1859 copiose repertum.

The extremely pubescent surface of this large species, in con-
junction with the small but distinct tubercles in the middle of
the anterior edge of its prothorax (the two central ones of which
are very evident), will, apart from its colouring as defined above,
at once characterize it. It was detected by myself, during
March of 1859, in great abundance, amongst a pile of dried stems
of the Buph. Regis Jube, at Maria, in the north of Lanzarote.

3. Aphanarthrum canariense, 1. Sp.

A. latiusculum, fusco-nigrum, pilis brevissimis parce vestitum ; pro-
thorace subconvexo alutaceo granulato, antice producto lurido
necnon ad apicem ipsum acuminato incrassato (fere subrecurvo) ;
elytris dense seriatim punctatis et transversim rugulosis, brunneo-
testaceis, fascia dentata magna media nigra (plus minus suffusa)
ornatis.—Long. corp. lin. #—4.

Habitat in ramis putridis Euph. canariensis in ins, Canaria, Tene-
riffa, Gomera, Palma et Hierro, vulgare.

The just perceptibly broader and shorter outline of this species

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on the Aphanarthra of the Canaries. 165

(in proportion to its size), together with its extremely short
pubescence, its dense (but not very coarse) elytral sculpture,
and the much acuminated apex of its prothorax, which is very -
perceptibly thickened (with a slight tendency to be recurved)
at its extreme point, will serve to characterize it. The testaceous
portions of its elytra are browner than in the other Aphanarthra
(except the A. Licinctum) here described; the hinder elytral
fascia is obsolete, and the anterior one is broad and more or less
suffused, and with its central loop continuous and well defined
—not being broken up into two separate portions. It seems
principally, if not indeed entirely, attached to the decayed stems
of the Euph. canariensis, under which circumstances I have cap-
tured it in Grand Canary, Teneriffe, Gomera, Palma, and Hierro.

4, Aphanarthrum bicinctum, n. sp.

A. tusco-nigrum, pilis sat brevibus vestitum ; prothorace alutaceo
dense granulato, antice producto vix pallidiore; elytris seriatim
punctatis et transversim rugulosis, brunneo-testaceis, fasciis duabus
dentatis nigris (una sc. magna et altera angustiore subpostica)
ornatis.—Long. corp. lin. 2-3.

flabitat in ramis emortuis Luph. balsamifere in ins. Lanzarota et
Fuerteventura, vulgare.

In the brownish testaceous hue of tke lighter portions of this
insect, and the unbroken form of its front elytral fascia, it agrees
with the A. canariense. It is, however, much smaller than that
species, its pubescence is not quite so short, its hinder elytral
fascia is developed, and the apex of its prothorax is usually
darker and much less acuminated. Its habits also are different ;
for whilst that insect is apparently confined (or, at any rate,
nearly so) to the Huph. canariensis, the A. bicinctum is attached
principally to the EK. balsamifera (and, I believe, also, though
more sparingly, to the H. Regis Jube), in the stems of which I
have taken it abundantly both in the north of Lanzarote and
near the town of S* Maria Betancuria in Fuerteventura.

3. Aphanarthrum bicolor, n. sp.

A, pallido-testaceum, subdiaphanum, pilis paucis erectis remote vesti-
tum ; prothorace subtilissime alutaceo sparse et minute punctulato,
antice producto necnon ad apicem ipsum acuminato incrassato,
linea dorsali, macula transversa subpostica et linea transversa sub-
antica (plus minus confluentibus suffusis) nigris ; elytris remote
seriatim punctulatis (punctulis minutis), fasciis duabus profunde
dentatis nigris (una sec magna in medio duplici et altera angus-
tiore subpostica) ornatis.

Variat \ineis maculisque plus minus fractis, disjunctis, rarius sub-
obsoletis. —Long. corp. lin. #-1.

Habitat in ins. Teneritta, Gomera et Hierro in ramis Kuphorbiarum
emortuarum (precipue &. piscatorie), sat trequens.

A most distinct and beautiful 4pianarthrum, readily known

166 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on the Aphanarthra of the Canaries.

by its pale whitish-testaceous hue, diaphanous (or subhyaline),
slightly shining, almost unpubescent, and most lightly punctured
surface, and by the quantity of dark patches and broken fasciz
with which it is ornamented. It occurs in the dead branches of
(I believe principally) the Huph. piscatoria, under which circum-
stances it was taken by myself in Teneriffe and Palma, and by
Mr. Gray and myself in Hierro. I have likewise captured it,
from out of the stems of the same plant, in Madeira,—where,
however, the specimens have their elytra a trifle more distinctly
punctured, and the interstices somewhat more roughly aluta-
ceous, or shagreened. >

6. Aphanarthrum affine.

A, angustulum, fusco-nigrum, pilis suberectis sat dense vestitum ; pro-
thorace alutaceo punctato granulato, antice producto lurido nec-
non ad apicem ipsum leviter acuminato incrassato; elytris seriatim
punctatis, testaceis, fasciis duabus profunde dentatis nigris (una
sc. magna in medio duplici et altera angustiore subpostica) orna-
tis.—Long. corp. lin. $-vix 2.

Habitat in ramis emortuis Euphorbiarum in ins. Lanzarota, Fuerte-
ventura et Canaria, hine inde frequens.

This species and the following one are a good deal allied ; the
A. affine, however, is rather larger and a little less densely
pubescent, and its elytra are somewhat more parallel and less
closely sculptured, the punctures being more evidently arranged
in rows than is the case with the A. piscatorium. Its elytral
fascize, also, are much more distinct; and the anterior one is
more decidedly double in its central region, like that of the
A. Juba, bicolor, and glabrum. It was taken abundantly by
Mr. Gray and myself, out of the Kuph. balsamifera, in the north
of Lanzarote, and by myself at Betancuria in Fuerteventura, as
well as (out of the H. piscatoria) at El] Monte in Grand Canary.
It is a good deal allied, in general facies, to the Madeiran A.
Euphorbia ; nevertheless it is slightly smaller than that insect,
its pubescence is longer, its prothorax less acuminated in front,
and its elytral punctures are much larger, fewer, and more
evidently disposed in rows.

7. Aphanarthrum piscatorium, 0. sp.

A. fusco-nigrum, pilis suberectis dense vestitum ; prothorace alutaceo
dense punctato, antice producto leviter acuminato sublurido ; ely-
tris dense subseriatim punctatis et transversim rugulosis, dilute
testaceis, fasciis duabus profunde dentatis nigris (una se. magna et
altera angustiore suffusa postica) ornatis.—Long. corp. lin. 3-3.

Habitat in ins. Teneriffa, Palma et Hierro, in ramis 2. piseatorie
emortuis, ubique vulgare.

A rather insignificant little species, closely allied to the last
one. It may be known from it, however, by its smaller size and

Mr. T. V. Wollaston an the Aphanarthra of the Canaries. 167

somewhat more pubescent surface, by its elytra being Just per-
ceptibly less parallel, more densely sculptured, and with their
punctures much less evidently disposed in rows, and by its ely-
tral fascize (the front one of which is simple, or at any rate less
clearly disjointed in the centre) being (especially the hinder one,
which is usually continued to the very apex) less distinct. I
found it tolerably common, in the decayed stems of Huph. pis-
catoria, in Teneriffe, Palma, and Hierro,—in the last of which
islands it was also captured by Mr. Gray. It likewise occurs,
attached to the same plant, in the lower elevations of Madeira.

8. Aphanarthrum glabrum, n. sp.

A. fusco-nigrum, fere pilis carens ; prothorace dense alutaceo punctato,
antice producto leviter acuminato subincrassato (fere bituberculato)
sublurido ; elytris leviter subseriatim punctatis, testaceis, fasciis
duabus profunde dentatis nigris (una se. magna in medio duplici
et altera angustiore subpostica) ornatis.— Long. corp. lin. 2—vix 3.

Habitat in ramis truncisque Euphorbiarum in ins. Hierro, rarius.

The almost total freedom from pile (except under a high
magnifying power) of this little Aphanarthrum, in conjunction
with its very lightly sculptured elytra (the punctures of which
are but indistinctly disposed in rows), will, inter alia, readily
separate it from any of the preceding species. It appears to be
rare, the only specimens which I have yet seen having been
captured by myself in the island of Hierro.

9. Aphanarthrum pusillum, n. sp.

A. minutum, nigro-fuscum, pilis cinereis vestitum ; capite leviter elon-
gato subporrecto ; prothorace angustulo subelliptico punctato, an-
tice leviter producto et subito contracto acuminato ; elytris dense
subseriatim puuctatis, concoloribus, ad humeros in tuberculum
indistincte elevatis ; antennis pedibusque pallidioribus.—Long.
corp. lin. }-vix 2.

Habitat in ramis Evph. canariensis putridis, in ins. Canaria, Tene-
riffa et Gomera, a meipso repertum.

The excessively minute size and uniformly dark-brown hue of
this little Aphanarthrum, in conjunction with its rather elongated
subporrected head and its somewhat elliptic, anteriorly contracted
prothorax, will at once distinguish it from any of the preceding
species. It is possible, indeed, that it may eventually form the
type of an allied genus; but, as I have not yet attempted to
dissect it, or to examiue its antennz microscopically, this is a
question I must decide hereafter. It appears to be peculiar to the
Euph. canariensis, in the rotten stems of which [ have captured
it in Grand Canary (in the great crater of the Bandama), Tene-
riffe (on the mountains above S“ Cruz) and Gomera (on a hill-
summit to the northwest of San Sebastian).

168 Dr. A. Giinther on Uriéchis microlepidotus.

XVI!P.— Description of Uriéchis microlepidotus, a new Snake
from South Africa. By Dr. A. GintHer.
[With a Plate. ]
Proressor Prrers of Berlin has made known* a genus of
Calamaride with entire subcaudal shields, to which he has given
the name of Uriéchis, and which is distinguished from Elapops,
Gthr., by having a long, grooved, posterior maxillary tooth.
In describing the latter genus} I took the opportunity of show-
ing the frequent occurrence of snakes with entire subcaudals in
the Paleotropical Region; but 1 then overlooked Uricchis, the
two species of which (U. nigriceps, and U. lunulatus) have
been found, up to the present time, in Mozambique only. I
have the pleasure of adding a third species from Port Elizabeth,
in Algoa Bay, presented by F. H Gurney, Esq., to the British
Museum.
Uriéchis microlepidotus. (Plate IX.)

Diagnosis.—Scales in twenty-five longitudinal series; pre-
orbital united with the frontal. Colour uniform blackish ash.

Description.— This snake is in general appearance very similar
to Elapops or Atractaspis. The rostral is broader than high, and
reaches just to the upper surface of the head, terminating above in
anobtnse angle. The exterior frontals are subquadrangular, ha!f
the size of the posterior ones, which, being united with the pre-
orbital, are bent downwards and extend to the orbit and the
third upper labial. The vertical is five-sided, with a posterior
right angle, with the anterior side longest, and the two lateral
edges shortest : the shield is about as broad as long. The occi-
pitals do not show any peculiarity in form. The superciliary is
small, not much longer than broad. There is one elongate
nasal only, with the nostril at its upper margin; a groove below
the nostril appears to divide the shield into two, which, on a
closer examination, is found to be single. One small posterior
ocular. Seven upper labials, the third and fourth of which
enter the orbit, which is very small; the fifth touches the occi-
pital in the adult specimen, being separated trom it in the young
one. There are three temporal shields, the anterior being the
largest ; another shield is situated on the posterior edge of the
occipital. The first pair of the lower labials forms a suture
behind the median one, which is very small; there are two pairs
of chin-shields, the posterior being rather smaller than the an-
terior. Hight lower labials. The trunk is surrounded by
twenty-five scales; there is a series of larger scales along the
middle of the upper part of the tail, but not yet distinet in the

* Wiegm. Archiv, 1855, p. 52.
+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1859, ser. 3. vol. iv. p. 161.

Dr. A. Giinther on Leptodeira torquata. 169

young specimen*. There are 166 ventral, 1 entire anal, and
50 caudal plates.

aie colour is uniform blackish-ash, or black if the epidermis
is lost.

The series of teeth are very short ; that of the maxillary bone
is formed by three smaller ones and a very long and grooved
posterior one.

The larger of the two specimens is an adult female, 3 feet
1 inch long ; the head js 13 lines, the tail 6 inches. It con-
tamed mature eggs, 13 inch long, without any trace of an
embryo.

Mr. Gurney’s correspondent adds the following note :—

“The Caffre name for this snake is ‘ Amafoosamanzi’; it was
ploughed up by my man, and the eggs were ploughed up close
to it; but whether both+ or either of them belong to the snake
I cannot say. The Caffres say that it is one of the most poi-
sonous here (?), and that a person bitten by one would die in a
few minutes, unless strong remedies could be applied.”

XVIII.—Description of Leptodeira torquata, a new Snake from
Central America. By Dr. A. GUNTHER.

[With a Plate.]

Two subdivisions may be distinguished among the snakes which
I have comprised in the family of Dipsadide: the one has the
body elongated and slender, evidently living chiefly on trees ;
whilst the other more nearly approaches the Coronellide, having
the body rather stout, and not compressed, and these live on dry
ground.

The genus Leptodeira, in which I have grouped Coluber ru-
fescens, Gm., from South and West Africa, and Coluber annu-
latus, L., from the tropical parts of the American continent, is
that which is truly intermediate between the two families men-
tioned, having entirely the habit of Corvnella, but with the head
remarkably broad and depressed, and the pupil elliptical and erect,
as in Dipsas, like which they are probably nocturnal animals.
Though always directing my attention to the generic differences
which exist between animals from different geographical regions,
I have not been able to find any between the African and South
American species of Leptodeira. It is true that Duméril has

* The presence of a series of larger scales on the back of the tail cannot
form a generic character.

+ The eggs sent with the snake belong to two species, different in size.
The larger ones, apparently belonging to the present species, contained
embryos in the first stage of development.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 3. Vol. v. 12

170 Dr. A. Giinther on Leptodeira torquata.

separated the former, referring it to a genus which he calls
Heterurus, because the subcaudal plates are said to be partly
simple and partly bifid. This, however, must be merely acci-
dental in some individual, and an exception, all the specimens
which I have examined (and their number is nearly fifty) show-
ing invariably all the subcaudals bifid. A character which I
should have been glad to admit into the generic diagnosis of
Leptodetra was the presence of a posterior grooved tooth ; but this
character must now fall to the ground, according to my view,—
the species which I am about to describe exhibiting the poste-
rior tooth smooth, although strong. It is so similar to Lepto+
deira annulata that, at the first glance, one might be tempted to
pronounce it merely a variety in which the neck, usually of a
light brown colour in Z. annulata, has become white. The
specific difference, however, may be easily proved by a closer
examination, when they will appear in the same relation to each
other as Coronella levis and Coronella cucullata. According
to Duméril’s system, the new species would enter the genus
Liophis.
Leptodetra torquata. (Plate X. A.)

Diagnosis. Anal bifid. Scales in twenty-one rows. Posterior
maxillary tooth longest and strongest, and separated from the
others by an interspace. Brownish grey, with a vertebral series
of brown spots, some of which are confluent into a zigzag band ;
neck with a white collar.

Habitat. Nicaragua; Island of Laguna. The two typical
specimens are in the Derby Museum at Liverpool.

Description. The head is rather broad and depressed, the
snout rounded ; the eye is of moderate size, its vertical diameter
being about one-third the width between the eyes; the trunk is
rounded, the tail of moderate length, or rather short. The ros-
tral reaches to the upper surface of the snout; the anterior
frontals are nearly square, and much smaller than the posterior
ones, which, broader than long, are bent downwards to the side
of the snout; the vertical is pentagonal, longer than broad, and
of somewhat different form in the two specimens ; the occipitals
are rounded posteriorly. Nostril situated between two nasals ;
loreal square ; two anterior oculars, the lower of which is small,
and intercalated between the third and fourth labial shields;
two. posterior oculars; eight upper labials, the fourth and fifth
of which enter the orbit. There is one elongate temporal shield
in contact with both the oculars; the other temporals, five in
number, are scale-like. The medial lower labial is triangular, and
rather small; nine lower labials, the first of which is in contact
with its fellow behind the median shield. There are two pairs

Rey. O. P. Cambridge on two new British Spiders. 71

of chin-shields, the anterior of which is somewhat the larger.
The scales are in twenty-one rows, rhombic, those of the sides
similar to those on the back. The number of the ventral plates
is in both snakes the same, viz. 174; that of the caudals varies
between 44 and 56.

The ground-colour of the upper parts is brownish olive: the
head is speckled with brown, and a brown streak runs from the
eye to the angle of the mouth. The neck is surrounded by a
white or yellowish-white collar, bordered posteriorly by a large
brownish-black blotch ; there is along the middle of the back a
series of brown spots, some of which are confluent into a zigzag
band; two or three series of small spots run along each side.
The lower parts are uniform white.

A. B.
inch, lin inch, lin,
oS ls a rg a eee 7° 3 16 5
Length of the head ..............+: sete. G bah AG
Greatest width of the head ........... soso sail 34
epeds of the trunk... 05-0 sijens 0 15 0 13,..0
EMP OL LHC GALL 6. 5. oe ss ones hoe 2 @ 5 ed)

One of the specimens has been brought from Nicaragua, the
other from the island of Laguna, together with Herpetodryas
Rappii and Tomodon strigatus. Therefore the native country of
the typical specimen of the latter species appears to be incor-
rectly stated*, and Tomodon holds good as a truly neotropical
genus.

XIX.—Descriptions of two British Spiders new to Science.
By the Rev. O. P. Camprines, B.A.

Tribe Octonoculina.
Family Drassipm. Genus Drassvs.
Drassus clavator.

Male adult.—Length + of an inch ; length of cephalothorax + ;
relative length of legs 4, 1, 2, 3.

The distinguishing characteristics of this species seem to be,
its medium size; the golden coppery and silky hue; the close
contiguity of the two central eyes of the posterior row ; the two
curved lines formed by the six pale spots on the abdomen ; and
the large-sized, long-oval, club-shaped digital joint of the palpi.
A more minute description is as follows :—

Cephalothoraz longish oval, and clothed sparingly with fine
hairs; slightly truncate at the region of the eyes, but sloping

* Gthr. Catal. Colubr. Snakes, p. 52, where the snake is said to come
from India. The pupil of Tomodon strigatus is round. ‘
12*

172. —- Rev. O. P. Cambridge on two new British Spiders.

gradually from the centre to the abdomen. Colour pale yel-
lowish brown, with some fine black lines, or rather furrows,
diverging on all sides from a point near the centre, terminating
short of the lateral margin ; these lines are connected imperfectly
by another similar line parallel to the margin, and running
interruptedly quite round the cephalothorax, the two ends losing
themselves in the region of the eyes. Lateral margin bounded
by a fine black line.

Eyes eight, in two parallel curved rows on edge and front of
the cephalothor ax ; convexity of the curve directed backwards ;
anterior row the shortest. Colour pale porcelain, shining and
transparent ; the two centre ones of the posterior row largest of
the eight, and touching each other, the touching side flattened :
two exterior ones of the same row round, prominent, seated on
a small tubercle, and with a black rim on the inner sides; two
exterior eyes of anterior row round, of intermediate size be-
tween those of the posterior row, and with black rims on the
upper side; two centre ones of anterior row smallest of the
eight, round and prominent.

Legs robust, slightly paler than the eephalothorax ; thickly
clothed with hairs of the same hue, and a few black spines; the
hairs on the /ast joint of the legs are nearly white.

Palpi hairy, long, and same colour as the legs; digital joimt
very large, long, oval, club-shaped, brown and hairy.

Falces same colour as the cephalothorax ; the fang red brown.

Mazxille curved inwardly and towards the labium, and similar
in colour to the legs.

Labium oval, pointed at the top, raised along the medial
line, and, with the sternum, which is slightly heart-shaped,
of a yellowish- brown colour, considerably darker than the
legs, &c.

Abdomen longish oval, dark brown, with a silky gloss in strong
light ; thickly clothed with yellowish hairs, giving a golden cop-
pery hue in many positions. On the upper side, these hairs, by
differences of length and hue, show sia elongated pale yellowish
spots, arranged near the upper end of the abdomen in two longitu-
dinal rows of three each, and curved from each other. (These
spots are especially visible when in spirits of wine.) Next to
these, towards the spinnerets, are formed in the same way
seven angulated lines of the same colour, the vertices directed
forwards. These lines do not nearly span the abdomen, but
decrease in length as they approach the spinnerets. The spin-
nerets are six in number, the two superior ones double the length
of any of the others, hairy, and all of same colour as the legs ;
as are also the plates of the spiracles.

An immature female of this species differed only in being

Rey. O. P. Cambridge on two new British Spiders. 173

smaller, in the relative lengths of the spinnerets, and in having
the space between the six spots on the upper side of the abdo-
men dark brown, forming a long pointed-oval marking, reaching
to the vertex of the first angulated line.

The adult male above described was taken by myself in April
1859, by raking with a crooked stick along the rooty ledges
in the sand-hills at Southport, Lancashire, on the north side of
the town. It was very active, and bit fiercely when seized. I
have since captured immature specimens among moss and grass
on the same sand-hills: and later still (in Oct. 1859), I found
both sexes, in a state of immaturity, plentiful under stones and
detached pieces of rock in the Isle of Portland, where they are
very difficult to capture, as they ship from the fingers and among
the stones like little ecls. The immature female mentioned
above was captured by myself under a stone on Kirkby Moss,
near Liverpool, in June 1859.

Family Linyruiipx. Genus WALcKENAmRA.
Walckenaéra aggeris.

Length ;\, of an inch; breadth 55.

The distinguishing characteristics of this species seem to be,
the pale joints of the legs; the boldness and obtuseness of the
frontal eminence ; the indentations behind the lateral pairs of
eyes ; the forehead clothed with hairs, and the form of the palpi
and palpal organs.

The following is a more minute description :—

Cephalothorax \arge, black, and shining: frontal prominence
broad, bold, and obtuse, sloping slightly from the top towards the
falces ; an oblong vertical space between the front and back pairs
of eyes thickly clothed with hairs. It has no indentation in the
medial line, but has one directed backwards from each lateral
pair of eyes. In females, the cephalothorax is smaller and the
prominence less bold than in males.

Eyes in four pairs, situated one on the top of the eminence,
another on the front below, and a pair on each side of it, form-
ing the four sides of a square.

Legs moderately robust, thickly clothed with short hairs ;
bright yellowish red-brown, much paler at the region of the
joints.

Palpi and mazille same colour as the legs; extremity of the
radial and digital joints brownish black. The radial, which is
stronger than the cubital joint, is produced at its extremity in
front, and has a sharp projection on its outer side. Digital
joint oval, with a small lobe near its extremity on the outer side.

174 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

It is convex and hairy externally, concave within, where the
palpal organs are highly developed, prominent, and complicated,
and of a reddish-brown colour.

Falces moderate-sized, convex, and same colour as the maxille.
Sternum large, prominent, and heart-shaped, and, together with
the labium, black.

Abdomen slightly hairy, shining, oval and very convex on the
upper side ; it projects considerably over the base of the cephalo-
thorax. Colour, in adult males, jet black; im adult females,
black, with at times a greenish-brown hue, and in some speci-
mens with a few pale angulated lines towards the apex of the
abdomen, the angles directed forwards. Immature individuals
are often greenish black, with legs dirty greenish brown, paler
at the joints.

Adult males and females of this species were discovered by
myself in abundance, during the summer of 1859, at the roots
of grass and underneath rubbish on dry bank-sides, near Church
Town, Southport, Lancashire.

XX.—On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera.
By W. K. Parker, M. Mier. Soc., and T. R. Jonzs, F.G.S.

[Continued from p. 116.]

24. Nautilus Spengleri. Five varieties. Page 84, Fichtel
and Moll make the following appropriate references :—Linn.
Syst. Nat. xii. Gmel. p. 3371. no. 10: Spengler, Schrift. dan.
Gesellsch. Kopenh. vol. i. p. 373, pl. 2. fig. 9ab¢: Schroter,
Einleit. Conch.-Kennt. vol. i. p. 756 ; Neue Literat. u. Beytr. z.
Naturg. vol. 1. p. 309, pl. 1. figs. 3-6; Schreibers, Conch.
Kenntn. vol. 1. p. 5. no. 10.

a. Pl. 14. figs. d-.
B. Pl. 14. figs. g—z.
y. PL. 15. figs. a—c.
6. Pl. 15. figs. df.
e. Pl. 15. figs. g, h.
Pl. 15. figs. i, k, sections.

“Recent : from sand in a Buccinum cassideum (Gmelin) from
the East Indian Sea; and from the Red Sea.”

This belongs to the Rotalian group; the shell is unsym-
metrical, like the other Rofalie@, and is marked by an extensive
growth of exogenous granular shell-matter. This luxuriant
shell-growth is shown also in the very variable rays or spines,
which, commencing near the umbilicus in the septal interspaces,
advance outwards often to a considerable distance (equal even

Nomenclaiure of the Foraminifera. 175

to the width of the shell) from the periphery. The cell-growth »
also often becomes wild, the later chambers irregular and heaped,
being outspread on the granulated surface of the upper side.
The rough and prickly surface is a very constant character in
this Calearina, although some very minute forms show it only in
an umbilical boss and a prickle on the periphery of each chamber.
What seems to be a large aperture in these figures arises from
the fracture of the newest chamber, which is, until well coated with
exogenous matter, extremely thin. In well-preserved specimens
of the typical forms we find that the real aperture, which is
essentially a slit, as in the true Rotalie, becomes bridged over
by delicate bars of shell-matter. Calcarina is a subgenus of
Rotalia, characterized by its excessively spinous coating and
eribriform aperture. In its spines, in the copiousness of its
exogenous matter (which is tubuliferous), and in its generally
eribriform aperture, it affords us an analogy to the Polystomella
ertspa; whilst other Rotalia have on their part a corresponding
analogy to the smooth-shelled Nuwmmulina aud Amphistegina.
Rotaha Beccaru, often prickly and even spinous, is the linking
form between Calcarina Spengleri and the ordinary Rotalie, and
at the same time is rich in varieties isomorphous with many
conditions of Polystomella.

Rotalia (Calcarina) Spenglert is found in all warm seas. This
is the Siderolites calcitrapoides of Lamarck, and Siderolina levi-
gata, D’Orb., both from Maestricht. The latter is Fichtel and
Moll’s var. e.

25. Nautilus repandus. Page 35, pl. 3. figs. a-d. “ Recent:
zoophytic concretions, Mediterranean.”

This is a true Rotalia, and is a typical form of a large num-
ber of varieties which have their cells numerous but very variable
in their convexity,—so much so that they often produce a much
more expanded shell than the one here figured, and even irre-
gular in growth; on the other hand, they may become contracted
and few-celled, forming a thick conical shell. The aperture is
usually a large slit at the base of the last chamber ; but in some
of the more compact forms, in which the chamber-walls are
flush, the aperture passes into the condition of a notch: hence
the forms of aperture once supposed to be respectively charac-
teristic of Rosalina and Rotalia are in this species shown to be
non-essential. The specimen figured by Fichtel and Moll is
probably not very well drawn; for in specimens of similar size
and form we find the spire better marked.

A flatness of the septal face is a very usual feature in this
species.

This is a world-wide species in its typical condition; and its
many varieties are equally abundant and common. In deep

176 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

water this species is represented by the variety Rotalia Menardit,
D’Orb., which is flattish, limbate, and granular, and has for com-
panions the contracted varieties R. Micheliniana, D’Orb., R. crassa,
D’Orb., and R. nitida, Reuss, together with intermediate forms.
In shallower water, especially on muddy bottoms, we find large,
smooth, flush-chambered and more or less limbate forms, such
as R. Partschiana, D’Orb., and R. Schreibersii, D’Orb.; but the
former of these is often found at great depths.

In the Laminarian zone this species often takes on an irregu-
larity of growth, many of the latter chambers elongating them-
selves without septa. Thus (becoming almost as simple as
Spirillina vivipara, Ehrenberg) it becomes the Planorbulina ver-
miculata, D’Orb., Ann. Se. Nat. vol. vii. p. 280.

The two varieties of this species represented by D’Orbigny in
his ‘ Modeles,’? No. 12 (R. punctulata, D’Orb.) and No. 10 (R.
pulchella, D’Orb., which is the same as R. Caribbea, D’Orb.),
must be placed very close to the typical R. repanda (which, in-
deed, is intermediate between these two).

In this species the shell is for the most part very finely
pored; but when the septal face is much flattened, or the
shell takes on a wild growth, a number of large holes give a
punched aspect to the septum ; and even, in the vermiculate
forms, the whole of the under surface of the shell is thus coarsely
pertused.

Varieties of this species occur fossil as far back as the Upper
Trias, in nearly all the clays of the Oolites, in the Gault and
Chalk, and throughout the Tertiaries. It may be found in all
seas; and we have it from the Tropics, brought up from 2700
fathoms (Capt. Pullen’s soundings).

26. Nautilus sinuatus. Page 65, pl. 10. figs. a-d. “ Fossil:
San Quirico in the Siennese.”

This is a small-sized variety of the Rotala repanda. It is
more margined and flattened; it is limbate on some of the
septal lines. The early part of the spire is hidden here by
granules. This ornament is seen in other varieties on the upper
and occasionally on the under surface. The different degrees of
ornament produced by exogenous shell-growth in the margins,
in limbation, and in granulation, scarcely permit us to find two
specimens alike, to say nothing of the variability as to the size
and thickness of the shell and the number of chambers. Still
the species has a habit of its own, with a peculiar setting-on of
the chambers, and style of ornament, which help us to see a
specific relationship between forms at first sight very different,
and at the same time to recognize limiting distinctions between
the most aberrant forms and their isomorphs belonging to other
species.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 177

D’Orbigny’s Model No. 71 (Rotalia pulchella, D’Orb.) is one
of the nearest to this variety (2. stnwata), which is world-wide.

27. Nautilus Auricula. Page 108. Var. a. pl. 20. figs. a—c.
“Soldani, Testaceogr. vol. 1. pl. 50. fig. Y.” ‘ Fossil: Coron-
cina.”

Var. 8. pl. 20. figs. d-f. “Recent: zoophytic concretions,
Mediterranean.”

These are delicate oblong varieties of Rotalia repanda, with
rapidly increasing chambers. They bear the same relation to
their type as Nonionina Scapha does to Nonionina asterizans and
Polystomella crispa.

The intermediate links between the typical R. repanda and
R. Auricula are found in the less oblong forms common in some
of the Subapennine Tertiary beds, such as those of Palermo and
Turin: in these a part only of the septal face is flattened and
drilled with very coarse foramina, the rest remaining slightly
gibbous and finely perforated ; whilst in many other varieties of
R. repanda the septal face is uniformly flat and pertused, for
instance R. Caribbea, D’Orb., and R. pulchella, D’Orb. In R.
Auricula and its immediate congeners the whole septal face is
more or less convex and delicately porous.

Some of these oblong varieties have been (as Professor Wil-
liamson has already noticed) erroneously grouped under the
genus Valvulina by D’Orbigny ; such as “ V. zequalis,” “ V. ob-
longa,” and “ V. excavata.”

In var. a, the outline is more entire, and the chambers less
vesicular than in var. 8. These belong to a very variable group
of small] elongate varieties of R. repanda. Var. a is intermediate
between R.Hauerii, D’Orb. (For. Foss. Vien. pl. 7. figs. 22-24)
and R. Brongniartii, D’Orb. (op. cit. pl. 8. figs. 22-24). Var. 8
approaches very closely to Williamson’s Rotalia oblonga (Mo-
nogr. pl. 4. figs. 98-100) ; the latter, which is larger but less
gibbous than var. 8, attains its finest development in the Eng-
lish Channel and the Bay of Biscay, at from 50 to 70 fathoms ;
but similar varieties, though generally smaller, are to be met
with in nearly every Foramimifer-bearing sea-sand or mud, at
variable depths, and are rather common in almost all Tertiary
deposits.

28. Nautilus farctus. Page 64, pl. 9. figs. g-7. ‘Fossil :
Coroncina, near Sienna, Tuscany.”

The shell here figured is essentially a plano-convex Rotalia ;
but in the further developments which varieties of this species
exhibit we have characters presented that make it very conve-
nient to divide the forms of this group (as well as those of an-
other Planorbulina, typified by Rosalina Poeyi, D’Orb.) from the
ordinary Rotalia. For this subdivision the well-known name
Planorbulina is retained, which was used generically by D’Or-

178 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

bigny for the outspread many-celled varieties of Nautilus farctus*.
The common Truncatulina lobatula, Walker, is a simple form of
this type, arrested, as it were, in its development ; and many of
the little so-called Rosaline, Rotaline, Anomaline, and Planu-
line, are equally simple dwarf forms; their relative vesicularity
or complanation being due to accidental style of growth and
place of attachment, whether it be sea- weed, rough or smooth
shell, or other substance. The depth of water, also, and cha-
racter of the sea-bottom affect the growth of these very variable
shells. Every collector knows the 7. /obatula, with its white
plano-convex shell, crenulate outline, slit-like aperture, and
coarse perforations. Similar features, modified, characterize
Nautilus farctus ; this, however, is differentiated by some amount
of limbation on the convex face, and by the greater height of the
chambers. Planorbulina nitida, D’Orb. (Modéles, No. 78), is a
similar form to the last mentioned, not markedly limbate, and
having more chambers. Pl. Mediterranensis, D’Orb. (Ann. Se.
N. vol. vii. p. 280, pl. 5. figs. 4-6 ; and Modéles, No. 79), pre-
sents a further developmental step in the growth of these in-
structive varieties; for here we find the same morphological
plan, with an increase of chambers, in a delicate and scale-like
shell. In Pl. vulgaris, D’Orb. (For. Cuba, pl. 6. figs. 11-15), we
have a coarser and somewhat biconvex shell, with a wilder mode
of growth. The chambers become baggy and divergent, and
present supernumerary lipped apertures. The more irregularly
constructed shells of P/. vulgaris, whether heaped into a little
racemous mass, or ringing the smooth stems of sea-weeds,
have been denominated Acervuline by Schultze. Arrested con-
ditions of this biconvex variety constitute the Anomaline of
D’Orbigny : amongst the thickest and most symmetrical of these
is our A. coronata (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xix. p. 294, pl. 10.
figs. 15, 16); whilst the thinnest and most outspread is the A.
Rotula, D’Orb. (For. Foss. Vien. pl. 10. figs. 10-12). This last-
named variety, elegant in its delicate symmetry, is subject,
among other modifications, to a variable exogenous overgrowth
on its septal lines, as, for stance, Rosalina Edwardsiana, D’Orb.
For. Cuba, pl. 6. figs. 8-10, and Truncatulina ornata, D’Orb.
For. de VAmér. Mérid. pl. 6. figs. 7-9; and thus it insensibly
loses itself in the subsymmetrical and strongly limbate Planulina
Ariminensis, D’Orb. (Ann. Se. Nat. vol. vii. p. 280, pl. 5. figs. 1-3,
Modéles, No. 49.) In our already quoted paper on the Rhizo-
pods of the Norway coast, we have erroneously placed Pl. Ari-
minensis among the synonyms of Operculina complanata, misled
by its extreme “similarity of shape.

Soldani has devoted many plates in his ‘ Testaceographia’ to

* In-his genus Planorbulina, D’Orbigny placed also some Spine
varieties of Rotalia repanda (such as Pl. vermiculata).

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. { 179

figures of the very protean Truncatulina variabilis, D’Orb., a
Mediterranean form exactly intermediate between the tropical
Planorbulina vulgaris and Nautilus farctus, which we find recent
im the Mediterranean and other seas. This noble work also
affords numerous striking illustrations of the other varietal forms,
differing in their extremes, yet blending by gentle gradations.

Nautilus farctus is a Planorbuline Roéalia, and is the type of
the species comprehending the above-mentioned and many other
varieties. Like Rotalia repanda, it represents the medium
between extreme conditions; its discoidal growth and its high
and well stuffed-out chambers give it good title to its name and
systematic place. Whilst arrested, as compared with some of
the extravagantly grown forms, it is much better developed than
many of the varieties enumerated, presents indications of all its
essential specific features, and keeps its subgeneric characters
better than the trochiform varieties, some of which become, as it
were, isomorphs of Rofalia proper, others of Nonionina.

29. Nautilus tuberosus. Page 111, pl. 20. figs. g—k. “ Fossil ;
Coroncina.”

This is a variety of Planorbulina farcta, with many chambers
irregularly set on, and mostly narrow. This Pl. tuberosa has
the biconvex form which chiefly characterizes D’Orbigny’s Ano-
malina, and is intermediate to his A. Badenensis and A. Austriaca.
This tuberose variety may be said either to represent an early
stage of Planorbulina vulgaris, or to be a neatly growing and
nearly symmetrical modification of Truncatulina variabilis. Like
P. farcta, this variety is very common in the Mediterranean and
other warm seas, and occurs in Tertiary deposits.

30. Nautilus planatus. Page 91. Three varieties. ‘ Recent :
Leghorn coast, Tuscany.”

Var. a. Pl. 16. figs. a—c (i, section). ‘‘Schréter, Neue
Literat. d. Naturgesch. vol. i. p. 314, pl. 1. fig. 7.”

Var. 8. Pl. 16. figs. df.

Var. y. Pl. 16. figs. g, h.

This is “le Pénérople aumusse” (the Peneroplis planatus) of
Denys de Montfort, and is a distinctly specific type of one of the
opake-shelled Foraminifers. Commencimg with a primordial
double chamber, like that of the Miliola, Orbiculina, and Orbito-
lites, it soon takes on a Nautiloid growth; the aperture, at first
single, margined, and irregular, soon becomes more irregularly
trilobate in the successively enlarging triangular septal faces
(as in Dendritina, where it is arborescent) ; in a further stage of
the shell, the newer chambers are flat, narrow, and transversely
long, spreading out with widening curve,—keeping a Nautiloid
outline, as in var. a; becoming auricular or bonnet-shaped, as
in var.8; or showing some modifications of the above, arising
from an irregular periodicity of growth, as in var.y. In other

180 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

forms, the shell grows on until the newest chambers extend in
their curvature far back, even to three-fourths of a circle, as if they
would take on a cyclical growth, such as is normal in Orbiculina
and Orbitolites. In the broad, complanate, typical varieties, the
septal face is necessarily very long and narrow, and is perforated
by one or more rows of roundish or hourglass-shaped, thickly
margined passages, subtubular and more or less ecto-ento-sole-
nian. This condition is attained by the gradual lmeation and
subdivision of the lobulate and dendritine aperture. These
broad forms are from the seaweed-belt of the warmer seas; but
in somewhat deeper water they are gradually replaced by smaller
and contracted varieties, in which the spiral portion is small and
nautiloid, followed by a long series of either compressed or cylin-
drical joint-like cells, presenting altogether an elegant crozier-
like outline. In these, as in Dendritina, the aperture is single and
lobulate. The name Spirolina has been given to these attenu-
ated varieties. Other Foraminifers, especially some varieties of
Lituole, presenting similar elongate shells with a spiral com-
mencement, have been included under the same name, thus
adding to a confusion of nomenclature.

Peneroplis is characteristically a creature of warm climate,
and does not exist in the North Atlantic, German Ocean, English
Channel, and other north temperate seas. We fully agree with
Prof. Williamson that the few specimens which he mentions and
figures in his ‘ Monograph’ are strangers to the British Fauna.

Since writing the above, we have been favoured with the
valuable and beautifully elaborate memoir on Peneroplis, Oper-
culina, &e., by Dr. Carpenter (Phil. Transact. 1859), and must
refer our readers to that as a source of correct and detailed in-
formation respecting the forms under notice, the structure and
tissue of which are therein described in a masterly manner ;
whilst they are most elegantly and copiously illustrated by some
of George West’s best lithographs.

Peneroplis planatus is well figured by Ehrenberg, both as to
its shell and its sarcode, in the ‘ Abhandl. Akad. Berlin,’ 1838
(1839), pl. 2. figs. a-d; and its Spiroline forms, under the name
of “Coscinospira (Spirolina) Hemprichii,” are also well de-
lineated on the same plate, figs. a, b.

31. Nautilus aduncus. Page 115, pl. 23. figs. a-e. “ Recent :
Red Sea.”

This elegant Foraminifer, now known by the generic name
Orbiculina, which was instituted by Lamarck, has been of late
years fully described and illustrated by Prof. Williamson (Trans.
Microscop. Soc. 1st ser. vol. iii. p. 120) and by Dr. Carpenter
(Phil. Trans. 1856, vol. exlvi. p. 547, pl. 28. figs. 1-22, and
pl. 29. figs. 1-3). "To the latter we are indebted not only for a
succinct history of this species, and for a clear exposition of its

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 181

structural characters, but also for the bold and masterly exposi-
tion of the true philosophical principles on which the zoological
relations of this and other species of Foraminifera are to be
studied. This ear-shaped Orbiculina adunca is doubtless the
typical form, as compared with the further and extreme step in
development by the increase and extension of the peripheral
chambers, which produces suborbicular discoidal shells, bringing
Orbiculina into close parallelism with the typically cyclical Ordi-
tolites. The cyclical forms of Orbiculina may be often the result
of continued growth of individuals under favourable circum-
stances ; but frequently small starved forms quickly take on the
cyclical condition, leaving the young sublenticular stage with-
out passing through the aduncal. Therefore, in a sense, these
may be regarded as varieties.

Ehrenberg has given good figures of Orb. adunca in Abhand.
Akad. Berlin, 1838 (1839), pl. 3. figs. la-ld.

32. Nautilus Orbiculus. Page 112, pl. 21. figs. a—d. “ Recent :
Leghorn*.”

This is the thick orbicular, or subnautiloid condition of Orbi-
culina adunca, which small and young specimens almost uni-
formly exhibit, though some are flatter. The apertural surface
is as yet very contracted.

33. Nautilus angulatus. Page 113, pl. 22. figs. a—e. “ Recent :
Red Sea.”

In this stage, Orbiculina adunca, still sublenticular, puts on a
broader and angular septal face, showing an increase in the
space for pseudopodial apertures, which will extend along the
marginal area, in the adult shell, for three-fourths of a cirele,
and around the entire periphery in the cyclical varieties.

The neat and uniform subdivision of the chambers in Ordi-
culina is shown in the three sections given by Fichtel and Moll.
We may remark that, not unfrequently, feebly-developed Pene-
ropliform varieties, as well as good-sized Adunciform specimens,
occur in which the long narrow chambers are at times simple
and undivided, being occupied by transversely elongate lobes of
sarcode, instead of numerous minute subcubical blocks.

Orbiculina has its home, as it were, in the West Indies; it
occurs also in the Red Sea, the Indian Ocean, and on many
coasts of the warmer seas.

34. Nautilus Melo. Two varieties. Page 118. “ Fossil:
Brunn in Austria, Kroisbach in Hungary, and other places in
Austria and Transylvania.”

Var. a. pl. 24. figs. a—f. Var. B. pl. 24. figs. g, h.

* This locality appears strange to us, as we have not, after much seeking,
found this shell living in the Mediterranean. Dr. Carpenter, however,
quotes it from the Aigean Sea; it occurs fossil in a white limestone at
Corfu; and D’Orbigny figures a minute form (O. Rotella) from the
Vienna Tertiaries.

182 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

- This is an Alveolina, an opake-shelled Foraminifer, which, in
its close relation to Orbiculina or Orbitolites, may be said to
represent a small thick Orbiculina drawn out transversely at its
umbilici, and thus bears the same relation to its congeners that
Fusulina does to Nonionina.

Dr. Carpenter (op. cit. p. 552, pl. 28. figs. 23, 24, and pl. 29.
figs. 4—9) has so well described the structure of a recent Alveo-
lina illustrative of the species to which var. « (prolate spheroid)
must be referred as a melon-shaped, and var. 8 (oblate spheroid)
as a spheroidal variety, that we need merely refer to his memoir,
where a historical account of the species is also given. The
oldest specific name on record for Alveolina is A. Melo, which
may well pass as the type. A. Boscii is a well-developed form,
and dA. Quoyii is a fine elongate variety, rather clubbed at
the ends, which attains a large size (2 inch in length) m Fiji,
and is also large in Australia, where, with it, Orbitolites arrives
at its greatest development,—a similar association to that
obtaining in the Eocene deposit of Grignon. In India, Egypt,
Austria, Spain, and elsewhere, Alveoline occur fossil of many
sizes, and of various shapes, from that of a shot to a spindle,
or from that of a melon to a cucumber. They abound in rocks
of the Nummulitic period. The largest we have seen was col-
lected in Persia by the late Mr. W. K. Loftus, and is 3 inches
long, and 13 inch in diameter ! i

Fichtel and Moll’s

‘Testacea Microscopica.’ Specific and Varietal Names, Numbers
after Fichtel and Moll. iid put arg
Page. | Plate. Fig. |
| eens Sameera
10 1 a-c | Argonauta Cornu *.
31 1 | a-e | Nonionina pompilioides ............. 3
2 a US d-i | Cristellaria Vortex ...... deve baeeestene 18
35. |. 3:.| -a-d | Rotaliarepanda» .vsis-svse.ccsteseensey- 25
37 | .. | e-k | Nonionina asterizans ...... Sas onbince Rep 1
38 4 | a-e | Nonionina incrassata .....cccccscsssses 2
40 3 d—f | Polystomella crispa, Linn, ....+....+4 10
A] i> |\(seee gt | Cristellaria costata .....0..c.csesssesees 19
40 oi RS a,b | Polystomella crispa, Linn. (Sections) 10
AD. Nees k c-e | Polystomella strigillata, a .........+. MH)
er me ie Ig |\— |» = B. fassee obs 9
BT sala h-k | Polystomella craticulata ............... ll
+ el Nl) a-d | Nummulina Mamilla .........sssss0000 14
Seal aio Beh Nummulina lenticularis, @ .......s.00. 15
lei, 0,0.) ——— ee eee 15
| a» | ef | —— ——- Y vuoi Pema et
yg och bya) -- = od ©. sah ewan 15
Pierce adel ao — Es sean scene 15

* This is the Lippistes Cornu of Montfort, and probably the Separatista
Grayi of Adams.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. - 183
~ TABLE—continued.
Fichtel and Moll’s
“Testacea Microscopica.’ Specific and Varietal Names, Numbers
after Fichtel and Moll. Bee,
Page. | Plate. |- Fig. - = =
58 8 a-d | Nummulina radiata ...............00008. 12
59 ss e-h | Num*Miulina venosa .........60ccc00ec00s 13
61 ab, a-c | Polystomella striatopunctata ......... 6
62 d-f | Polystomella ambigua ............e00... i
i ae g-_ | Planorbulina farcta ..,....0....00esce00e 28
65 10 @-d | Rotalia sintiata: iiisesic.esddisicisass. 26
66 : e-g | Polystomella macella, @ ............... 8
sas =i 1 = en - ee 8
69 LT a-c | Cristellaria Calear, Linn. 2 ......... 16
se ; df — Br saeec oe! 16
ss gk | — —— oh oe 16
a3 ae | t,k | —— —- Orb Bei. 16
4,3 12 a-c | — —- €) vicwashes ie
ne , df — —- Go tee ieees
2x gh | — —— a], ssaawviost 16
a5 zt i,k > — — Oe: 16
8 13 a,6 —— — b)'aieeas ede 16
“id as ed | —— — k cceteaxe 16
35 ef,g > — sa IN vasptenee
f ? — a fl Satepsees 16
os + k,l | —— Sections || 16
82 14 a-c | Cristellaria papillosa...........02...0c085 17
84 ‘3 d-f | Calcarina Spengleri, Gm., @ ......008 24
iis ae g-i | Bs asassisnc 24
A 15 3 ad i a Cee 24
ns : df — a Oe supeacees 24
BEL Yh mata tas a Ie 24
Lis a ak. | Sections ........s00008. 24
91 16 a-c | Peneroplis planatus, a .........00000 30
oa se BM le ame Be, Le casbenaet 30
iss . g,h | — — Ya weeohs cakeweces 30
ees a i ECHO =... ees 30
| 95 17 a-d | Cristellaria Cassis, a .......csesececees 22
| ‘* ae e-g —— B Ae eee eet eeeeenes 22
| os hi | — a hes han aavbswliageop ous 22
oe ee eet Beek Sees 22
oe ae en Se cea 29
aN. & }))dF-0"|" Cristellatia GaleA «s.s1cdccccosss cose 23
102 aa g-i Cristellaria acutauricularis ............ 20
103 19 a-¢},,| Nonidnina Faba é...sec<ivassssk zeaces: 5
105 fad OF.) Nonionina Scapha | ...0:005.+:-dasan0se 4
107 28 g-t | Cristellaria Crepidula ...............00 21
108 | 20 a—c_ | Rotalia Auricula, a .......0.00cc00c.000> 27
7 ad BF a ee Baad vee 27
111 bs g-k | Planorbulina tuberosa ........,..0000+. 29
112 21 a-d | Orbiculina Orbiculus ............000605 32
113 22 a-e | Orbiculina angulata............s0.e0000 33
115 23 a-e | Orbiculina adunca .......cceeeceseeeee 31
| 118 24 a-f | Alveolina Melo, a ........cssscescesees 34
fits is g,h | sis bectb ibis osssstiis

184 Dr. G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

XXI.—Deseriptions of Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.
By G. C. Watuicu, M.D., F.LS.

[With two Plates. ]

Tuer Desmidiaceee which form the subject of the present and
following communications were obtained during the latter months
of 1855, in the neighbourhood of Raneegunge, at that period
occupied as a small military outpost, about 120 miles to the
north-westward of Calcutta. '

Nearly one hundred and forty distinct species (representing the
whole of the British genera, with one exception, namely Didy-
moprium), or rather more than two-thirds of the entire number
of British species, were collected by me, in this short space
of time, within an area not exceeding 100 square miles in
extent. This fact is worthy of record, inasmuch as it renders it
highly probable that a very important addition to our knowledge
of this class of organisms would result from a careful exploration
of the adjoining districts, and more especially of the vast tract
of alluvial territory which, commencing near this point, stretches
away towards the sea, and presents all the characters pre-
eminently adapting it for the habitation of the whole tribe of
freshwater Algz.

As might be supposed from the cosmopolite nature of the
Desmidiacez generally, a large proportion of the species referred
to are identical with those already known to occur in Europe
and America. Many, however, are new; and these certainly
equal, if they do not actually surpass, any of the hitherto re-
corded forms in beauty and symmetry. Amongst the more
common species a remarkable amount of “ divergence” from the
typical character is everywhere to be met with,—a circumstance
depending, no doubt, on those peculiarities of soil and climate
which, in Lower Bengal, are so favourable to the exuberant and
rapid development of the entire vegetable kingdom. Such pe-
culiarities operate, however, on the more minute tribes in a
special degree; for whilst the higher orders of plants are sub-
ject only to the regularly recurring changes of a tropical re-
gion, and undergo no abrupt or violent transitions as regards
habitat, the humbler Alge are borne abroad, during their
sporangial state, to great distances and into positions differing
widely in nature from those wherein they were originally en-
gendered. The liability to variation arising from this cause
must necessarily be extreme ; and, therefore, few situations could
be found in which the limits attainable by specifie divergence,
as occurring in these organisms, could more easily and satisfac-
torily be determined.

It is almost impossible to arrive at a correct estimate of the

Dr. G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 185

outburst of fresh life to which microscopic forms are subject
in such a climate, by any comparison with what is observable
elsewhere. Immediately prior to the setting in of the annual
rains, the swamps, pools, water-courses, and even the majestic
rivers, are well nigh driedup. The surface of the soil is parched
into a layer of impalpable dust, and the remnants of all the
minute tribes of plants are carried to and fro, by the slightest
winds, amongst the dusty particles to which they themselves
largely contribute. At this period the sporangial state is as-
sumed both by the Desmidiacee and Diatomacee, and it may
be regarded, therefore, as a species of hybernation, during which
vitality is maintained under the minimum of the conditions
essential to its continuance, and without the interposition of
which phase these organisms would become extinct. For up-
wards of two months the rains continue to fall incessantly.
The whole country is flooded, and the rivers expand to the pro-
portions of inland seas. It is useless, as yet, to search for the
Desmidiaceze. No sooner, however, have the rains and inunda-
tions subsided, than the mud-laden pools clear down, the magic
influences of light and heat are permitted to operate, and, in an
incredibly brief period, the surface, the bottom, and the body of
the waters absolutely teem with the crowded masses of animal
and vegetable life.

In endeavouring to classify the various forms, I have very
reluctantly been compelled, in several instances, to modify the
arrangement laid down in Mr. Ralf’s admirable Monograph of
the Desmidiaceze. I would mention, however, that there are
two or three characters adopted by that author which, as far as
my observation of the Bengal forms is concerned, are of too vari-
able a nature to be admissible for purposes of diagnosis. Thus,
according to the varying periods of growth of the organism,
the endochrome may be equably disposed in minute granules
throughout the protoplasmic cell-contents, it may be aggre-
gated into definitely or indefinitely shaped masses, or it may pre-
sent itself in the form of radiating bands, generally answering
in number to the number of lobes or angles of the given species,
and offering cleft or entire extremities according as the granules
have remained dispersed or have coalesced under the molecular
law to which they are subject. In some genera the disposition
of the endochrome must, no doubt, be regarded as highly cha-
racteristic,—as, for instance, in Docidium, Penium, Tetmemorus,
and Closterium. But even in different individuals of each of
these genera, and in the same individual under different condi-
tions, it will be found to vary greatly ; and for this reason I
have deemed it advisable, as a general rule, to confine my illus-

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist, Ser.3. Vol.y. 13

186 Dr. G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

trations merely to outline, every diagnostic purpose being
thereby answered, a more definite and clear expression of form
being conveyed to the eye, and last, but perhaps not least, a
very great deal of useless labour being avoided.

In like manner, I have refrained from denoting the number
of joints engaged in forming one of the dark diagonal bands
ranging from angle to angle, as observed in some of the fila-
mentous genera, owing to its variable character. Indeed I doubt
whether, in the normal state of these forms—that is, during their
unrestrained growth in their native element—the twisting to
which this appearance is due exists at all. In perfectly still
water, it is probable that no twisting occurs; and in corrobora-
tion of this view, I may mention having repeatedly examined
filaments under a low power and without compression of any
kind, in which no torsion, or but a slight amount of it, was
manifest, whilst, under pressure between the glass slide and
cover, the same species has exhibited it in a very marked degree.
It is probable that, in many cases, the torsion of the filament is
engendered under the manipulation of the observer; and it is
certain, at all events, that by modifying the amount of compres-
sion employed, the amount of torsion, and, with it, the number
of joints engaged in a complete convolution of the filament, may
be materially influenced.

Synopsis of the Filamentous Genera.

Sporangia orbicular, or oblong, plane.

1. Hyatorueca,. Filament cylindrical.

2. Desmipium. Filament compressed, triangular or quadrangular.
Joints deeply constricted. Connected together by minute
projecting cushions at the outer portion of each lobe or
extremity.

3. Aproconum. Filament triangular or quadrangular. Constriction
entirely absent. Margins plane or very faintly crenated.

4. Spo#rozosma. Filaments compressed. Margins incised, sinuate
or angular. Joints constricted. United together by minute
lateral tubercles.

5. Levronema (n. g.). Filament compressed, plane. Margins
incised or sinuate. Joints constricted. Without iter-
mediate processes.

6. OnycHoneMA (n.g.). Filament compressed. Margins serrate.
Joints deeply constricted and united together by over-
lapping cornua.

7. SrREPTONEMA (n.g.). Filament triangular, interrupted. Joints
deeply constricted. Segments 3-lobed. Joints united by
cylindrical filaments given off from the base of each lobe.

Dr, G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 187
1. Hyalotheca, Ehy.

Filament cylindrical. Joints having either a slight central
constriction or a double rim at one or both extremities. End
view circular.

1, H. dissiliens, Ralfs. Filament very slightly constricted at the
centre of each joint.

Frequent. Length of joint from *0003” to -0008”; breadth
of joint 0003" to :0012".

2. H. mucosa. var. 8. Joints not constricted, but having a
double rim at both their extremities.

Length -0007"; breadth -0004".

This variety differs from the form described and figured by
Mr. Ralfs (‘The British Desmidiez,’ p. 53, tab. 1) in having the
double rim at each extremity of the joints, instead of only at one
of these. Moreover, these rims, on careful illumination, are
found to consist of rows of minute elevated puncta.

Both H., dissiliens and the last-named variety of H. mucosa
occur abundantly, intermixed with the larger Algz and with
Anacharis alsinastrum*, during the height of the rainy season,
in the turbid and swollen water-courses. In this respect they
differ from the great mass of the Desmidiacez.

2. Desmidium, Ag.

Filament compressed, triangular, or quadrangular. Joints
constricted deeply. United by minute, projecting, mucous
cushions, which spring from the outer portion of each lobe or
extremity. _

It will be observed that the above definition is framed with a
view to include the plane and triangular varieties of Aptogonum.
Desmidium, which differs in no material pomt from the genus
now under notice, as will presently be seen. But whilst I concur
with Brébisson, Meneghini, and Kiitzing in uniting the species
referred to under Desmidium, 1 would submit that the pecu-
liarly marked character exhibited by Aptogonum Bailey: and a
new variety obtained from Lower Bengal—namely, the entire
absence of constriction on the joints, which accordingly are not
divided into segments—is of sufficient importance to demand
their separation.

* It is worthy of notice that this curious plant, which is generally
understood to have been introduced into Britain from North America, may
with equal probability have been introduced from Bengal along with the
* Jute” fibre (Corchorus capsularis, a staple article of export to this
country), which is subjected during preparation to long-continued macera-
tion in the streams and pools.

13*

188 Dr.G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

The characters of the two genera, as given by Ralfs, are as
follows :—

“ Desmidium : filament fragile, elongated, triangular or qua-
drangular, regularly twisted ; joints bidentate at the angles.

* Aptogonum: filament elongated, triangular or plane;
joints bicrenate at the margins; an oval foramen between the
joints.”

And again: “ Certainly the state with triangular filaments
does at first sight appear closely allied to Desmidium Swartzu ;
but the large oval foramen between the jomts is so remarkable
a character, that [ must concur with Ehrenberg in placing it in
a separate genus*.”

Now in the Bengal forms the “foramina” are to be met with
indiscriminately in fall the species and varieties; that is, in the
genus described by Ralfs as Desmidium, and also in that which
must be referred to Aptogonum. The generic character founded
on this structure must therefore fall to the ground,

In Aptogonum Desmidium, as figured (loc. cit.), as well as
in all the British specimens that have come under my notice,
the whole physiognomy of the plant tallies so exactly with
the characters of Desmidium, and the presence of a constriction
is so distinct as, in my humble judgment, to leave no room for
doubt. On the other hand, no two forms can appear more dis-
similar in general outlime than the species just referred to and
that recorded as Aptogonum Bailey. For not only is all sem-
blance of constriction wanting, but the margins are so direct
and so nearly plane as to strike the eye at the first glance. The
figure of the American species, as given by Mr. Ralfs from a
drawing by Professor Bailey, presents no trace of marginal
crenature, and in this feature fails to conform to the generic
character assigned to it. But, from its unmistakeable identity
with the triangular form from Bengal, and likewise from what
is to be observed in the quadrangular variety from the same
locality, I cannot help thinking that the faint marginal irregu-
larity does in reality exist. In the Bengal forms it depends on
a large oblong portion of each free face of the joints being very
slightly raised above the surrounding surface. As seen, there-
fore, in different positions of the joint, these flattened elevations
appear broader or narrower according as the ends or broader
portion of the oblong strike upon the outline.

On careful examination, it will be found that the spaces alluded
to under the name of “ foramina ” are to be met with in all the
filamentous forms the joimts of which are united together by
intervening projecting cushions or processes placed at their

* «The British Desmidiex,’ Ralfs, pp. 60, 63 & 208, tab, 4, 5, & 32.

Dr. G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 189

angles,’ or not precisely at their central portions; whereas in
such forms as are united side by side, without the interposition
of these bodies, by their centres, these spaces do not, and indeed
cannot occur. Amongst the filamentous Diatomacez, as for
instance in Triceratium, Biddulphia, Hydrosera, and others,
similar spaces are to be found,—the cornua in these organisms
(which are the analogues of the projecting angles of the Desmi-
diaceze under notice) being only more largely developed.

In Bengal occurs a variety of D. Swartzii in which the angles
are not “bidentate,” but rounded and plane. This may possibly
be identical with the variety noticed as “ D. Brébissonii, var. a”
in Kiitzing’s ‘Species Alg.’ p. 190. The characters there given
are “articulorum dentibus truncatis; interaneis sex-radiatis,
radiis geminatim conniventibus apice non incrassatis.”

This form is quite as abundant as that with the bidentate
angles ; but, from the manner in which the lobes present every
gradation between those that are quite plain and rounded and
such as have the most strongly marked dentations, it seems high]
probable that the one variety is but a young state of the other, all
the other characters remaining identical. The generic character
derived from these processes has accordingly been omitted.

1, D. Swartz. Filament triangular; joints bidentate at the
angles, deeply incised. End view triangular, Uniting cushions
cuneiform.

In the front view the joints are quadrangular, and somewhat
broader than long. A deep constriction divides the joint into
two segments, which have an angular tooth at their margins. In
the end view the connecting cushions are cuneiform, their apices
being directed towards the centre of the joint. The space left
between the joints varies greatly at different periods of growth,
and in different specimens. In the front view of the filament,
the connecting cushions present minute angular projections at
the points of union with each other ; and lastly, in the end view
the joints are finely granular.

With reference to the sporangial condition of this species,
Mr. Ralfs remarks : “I have gathered at Dolgelly some fragments
of this plant which had the endochrome condensed into a spo-
rangium-looking body in the centre of each jomt. As in every
other species of this family in which the reproductive body has
been detected it is the result of the coupling of the cells, I
think it best merely to direct attention to the fact I have men-
tioned, leaving its nature to be determined by future observa-
tion.” (Ralfs, ‘ British Desmidiez,’ p. 62, tab. 4.)

In the same work (Appendix: “ List of Species not hitherto
detected in Britain,” p. 208, tab. 35. fig. 1) the following passage

190 Dr.G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

occurs with reference to the sporangial condition of Aptogonum
Baileyi: “ Professor Bailey has sent me a drawing of the con-
jugated state, very interesting from its resemblance to a condi-
tion of Desmidium Swartzu, which I had doubtfully regarded as
the sporangia of that species. In both plants it is difficult to
understand the process or to distinguish the coupled filaments,
since the appearance is merely that of a much enlarged and torn
filament.”

It was my good fortune to meet with the sporangial condition
of both forms in considerable abundance, and thus to detect the
true mode in which the sporangial filament is produced. The
appearance of the mature sporangial filament is precisely similar
to that figured by Mr. Ralfs (tab. 4), and tallies with the general
description given in the paragraph last quoted. But during
the process of formation it has been found by me to be the joint
produce of two ordinary filaments. By what mysterious vital
tendency these ordinary filaments are drawn together, we shall
probably never learn. But that something more is necessary
than the mere accidental coming in contact of two filaments is
at once evident from the fact that, were nothing more needed,
filaments would be found at times held together, by a single pair
of conjugated cells, at right angles or inclined towards each
other. This is never the case. The filaments engaged are in-
variably placed parallel to each other, and although cells here
and there appear to be abortive, the entire number for which
there are pairs gradually become fused together. When a few
cells have united by this process, the remainder are possibly
placed in the most favourable position to take their share in it ;
but even this leaves much to be accounted for,—and more espe-
cially the projection of the elongated sac-like vesicles in a direct
line towards each other, whilst a portion of each filament re-
mains separated from its fellow by a considerable interval.

The process takes place in the following order. From the
base of one of the constrictions a minute sac is protruded. As
it extends in size, the adjacent lobes are pushed widely asunder,
the proximate angles become turgid, and the endochrome, which
has become condensed at this point, is gradually poured into
the sac. The already conjugated cells are kept asunder by their
enclosed sporangia, at a distance nearly equal to the diameter of
the filament. The elongated sacs at first simply impinge upon
each other. Shortly, however, they become incorporated, the
interposed portion of double cell-wall is absorbed, the contents
of the opposed joints coalesce, and form the large oblong or
circular sporangial bodies which we find occupying the enlarged
common cavities between the two conjugated filaments. Lastly,
the sporangia remain for a time encysted as just described; but

Dr. G.C, Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 191

eventually the common cell-wall becomes either broken up or
absorbed, the sporangium is invested with its own proper tunics,
and, separating entirely from the parent filaments, it wanders
forth on its own peculiar reproductive mission.

We find in this process a remarkable coincidence with what
is observed to take place in the conjugation of the Zygnemacee,
as, for instance, in Tyndaridea, Mesocarpus, and Staurocarpus ;
and another argument is thus afforded, if indeed any be necessary,
to prove the close affinity of the class of organisms under notice
with the Confervoid Algz in general.

Length of joint 0006"; breadth :0014".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate VII. fig. 1. A portion of a filament of D. Swartzii. Fig.2. A

similar portion of var. 6, with rounded angles. Fig. 3. End view, showing
cuneiform processes. Fig. 4. Sporangial filament in process of formation.

3. Aptogonum, Ralfs.

Filament triangular or quadrangular. Constriction entirely
absent. Margins plane or very slightly crenated.

The intermediate spaces, in both the Bengal forms of this
genus, are subject to considerable variation in size. The pro-
minent character on which I ground the necessity for retaining
them in a distinct genus has no reference, however, to this cha-
racter, on which Mr. Ralfs lays such emphasis, but to the entire
character of the joints, and the total absence of the constriction
which produces it, and at the same time offers a marked distine-
tive feature between this genus and the rest of the filamentous
plane or angular Desmidiacez, without exception*. Two forms
occur in Lower Bengal: one, the triangular typical species, A.
Baileyi of Mr. Ralfs and Prof. Bailey ; the other a quadrangular
variety, which I have nevertheless referred to the same species,
as daily experience in this and the allied family of the Diato-
macez clearly proves how liable these humble organisms are to
variations of such a nature, when placed under varying condi-
tions of growth, or derived from different localities, which is
much the same thing.

1, A. Baileyi. Filaments linear ; joints, in front view, quadran-
gular, nearly equal in length and breadth. Uniting cushions
circular. End view triangular.

It has already been mentioned that the margins are faintly
irregular, a large oblong portion of the free sides of each joint
being slightly raised above the surrounding surface, and thus

* In empty joints, the junction of the segments is indicated merely by a
faint transverse line, as in Closterium. This line is omitted in the figures.

192 Dr. G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

detracting somewhat from the otherwise straight character of
the margins.

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Length of joint 0008"; breadth 0009".

Plate VII. fig. 7. Portion of a filament. Fig. 8. End view of same.

Fig. 9. Sporangial state of same.

A. Baileyi, var. quadrangulatum. Filament linear. Joints in
front and end view quadrangular. Uniting cushions circular.
Lower Bengal, 1855.

Length of joints from *0008" to 0012”; breadth the same.
Plate VII. fig. 5. Front view of portion of filament. Fig. 6. End view
of same.
4. Spherozosma, Corda.
Filament compressed. Margins incised, sinuate, or angular.

Joints constricted, and united to each other by minute tubercles.
I have found it necessary to modify the definition of this

genus as given by Mr. Ralfs, in order to admit the several varie-

ties which cannot be termed “ plane.” None of the filamentous
forms of Lower Bengal exhibit greater diversity of outline and
size. So great, indeed, is this diversity in some specimens, that,
were it not for the gradual transition recognizable from one to
the other, we should have to elevate them into distinct species.

As it is, I consider the constant aspect and position of the con-

necting tubercles in the three varieties of S. excavatum figured

by me a sufficient ground for accepting them as varieties only.

The deviations from the typical form of S. vertebratum, which

occur with the former species abundantly, although great as

regards size, are not otherwise of sufficient consequence to de-
mand notice in this place.

S. excavatum. Joints constricted. Lobes rounded, abruptly
truncate or angular at their extremities, with two sessile
tubercles on each margin at their junction with each other.

In the three varieties, the tubercles are situated about a third
of the length of the lobes apart.

Var. 8. Lobes abruptly truncate, their truncate surfaces flattened,
with a minute tubercle at each angle, and four or more tuber-
cles on each frout view of the joints. (Pl. VII. fig. 15.)

Var.y. Lobes broadly lanceolate, constriction angular ; extremities
acute, with one tubercle at their apices. (Pl. VII. fig. 16.)

Var. 6. Outline as in typical S. excavatum, but with numerous
tubercles arranged irregularly over the surface of the joints.
(PL WAL, e597.)

Plate VII. fig. 15. Portion of filament of Spherozosma excavatum, var. B,
front view. Fig. 16. Ditto of ditto, var. y, front view. Fig. 17. Single

joint of ditto, var. 6, front view. Fig. 18. Single joint of ditto, ditto.
Typical form.

Dr. G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 193

5. Leuronema, un. g.

Filament compressed or triangular. Margins incised or
sinuate. Joints deeply constricted. Without intermediate
processes.

The absence of intermediate processes of any kind whatso-
ever renders it necessary to separate the following forms from
Spherozosma, in which genus the connecting tubercles consti-
tute a primary character. Three varieties occur abundantly in
some gatherings, but neither of these exhibits the slightest trace
of intermediate processes under any circumstances. The joints
seem merely to be pressed together, edge to edge, and to be
retained in position by the general mucous envelope common,
in greater or less degree, to all the filamentous Desmidiacex of
Lower Bengal, and to the majority of the non-filamentous forms.
It can scarcely be doubted that this envelope is universal,
although less easily seen in a few species.

The filaments are of great length, notwithstanding the absence
of any special uniting processes, and do not break up more
readily into single joints than their allied forms. A single joint
of the compressed species, when separate, might readily be mis-
taken for a small Cosmarium; whilst one of the triangular
variety might in like manner be looked upon as a Staurastrum.
But the strictly filamentous character shared by both serves at
once to distinguish them from both of these genera.

I have numerous specimens of the compressed species which
exhibit spherical sporangium-like bodies, attached at one point
to the constricted base of the joints; but there is no evidence
forthcoming to prove that these bodies are the product of con-
jugation of pairs of joints from different filaments, as is the case
in the sporangial state of the species already described by me.
They may be perfect sporangia, however, if we conceive the
second series of conjugated joints to have separated, or to have
broken up, on the completion of their functions. However this
may be, the cysts containing the bodies in question spring from
precisely the same point as in the other forms noted—namely,
from the base of the constriction ; and it is therefore difficult to
consider them in any other light than as sporangia. If admitted
to be such, their smooth, plane cell-wall affords a strong addi-
tional ground of distinction from Cosmarium and Staurastrum
respectively.

1. L. nitens, n. s. Filament pinnatifid. Joints compressed,
deeply constricted. Extremities of joints rounded.

The connecting surfaces of the joints in this form are quite
plane, and the segments are closely approximated. Joints

194 Dr.G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

somewhat broader than long. Marginal view of joints dumb-
bell-shaped, but without any isthmus.

Length of joint ‘0006" to 0008"; breadth of ditto -0008” to
0012".

Plate VII. fig. 10. Front view of a portion of filament. Fig. 11. Mar-
ginal view of two joints.

Var. 8. This differs from the above in having the segments
of the joints separated by a well-defined isthmus. The inter-
mediate notch is accordingly somewhat gaping. So long as in
filament, the connected surfaces of the joimts are slightly in-
flated; but this character is transitory, inasmuch as the outer
segment of a filament is often found to be entirely free from it.

It will be observed that the difference between the two forms
just described is hardly more than one of degree; that is, no
structural distinction exists. It is probable, therefore, that they
may merge one into the other at certain periods of their growth.
I may state, however, that the transition, m any one filament,
has not been met with by me.

Length of joint 0008" to -0010"; breadth of ditto -0007”
to 0012".

Both from Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate VII. fig. 12. Front view of a portion of a filament. Fig. 13. Mar-
ginal view of two joints, showing the perfect dumb-bell shape, due to the
presence of the isthmus. Fig. 14. Two of the sporangium-like bodies
attached to the filament.

Var.y. Filament triangular; its margins sinuate. Joints deeply
constricted. Segments 3-lobed. End view triangular.

This remarkable variety might be regarded as a filamentous
Staurastrum. But the same reason that serves to distinguish
the compressed form from Cosmarium must distinguish this one
from the genus it so closely resembles.

I may add that if, by any possibility, the first varieties of this
genus could have been merged into Spherozosma, the occurrence
of the last-described variety must at once have rendered the
junction impossible, except by placing it in a genus by itself,
against which course the reasons are equally obyious.

Length of joint 0008” to 0010"; breadth of ditto -0008"
to 0012".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate VIII. fig. 12. Front view of a portion of a filament. Fig. 13. End
view of a joint.

6. Onychonema, nu. g.

Filament compressed. Margins inciso-serrate. Joints deeply
constricted, and united to each other by diverging subcapitate
cornua.

The remarkable form of the overlapping and alternating

Dr. G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 195

cornua, and the uncinate processes given off from the extremities
of the segments, at once distinguish this genus from all others.

1. O. uncinatum, n.s. Jomts quadrangular in front view, deeply
constricted. Segments furnished with two obliquely placed
cornua on their outer surfaces, and with a recurved claw at
each of their extremities.

The joints in this form are somewhat more turgid than in
Spherozosma or Leuronema. The constriction is so deep as to
leave little more than a third of the entire breadth of the joint
as a connecting isthmus. The segments are zlosely approximate.
The cornua are situated obliquely to each other, at the outer
thirds of the lateral surfaces; they are cylindrical, half as long
as the segments are broad, and slightly capitate. Between the
cornua and the claw-like processes a row of minute teeth pre-
sents itself, whilst the median line of the segments, on their
outer aspects, is bordered by two rows of minute puncta. These
are, however, rarely visible, except in such joints as happen to
be empty. The whole of the cornua (as seen in the front view)
placed on the same side of the median line and same extremity
of the segments, overlap the adjoining joint in the same direc-
tion. The two sets of cornua, therefore, as seen in this view,
face in opposite directions, the upper in one, the lower in an-
other. These cornua are not mere tubercular solid excrescences,
as in Spherozosma, but are formed by an extension of the cell-
walls, like the fingers of a glove, and are accordingly hollow for
a certain distance, the tenacity of the filament being so far in-
creased by their instrumentality that it is constantly seen to
divide rather at the segments than at the joints.

In the young state, the uncinate processes are sometimes im-
perfectly developed, and might induce the belief that the form
exhibiting them in this state was a variety.

The marginal view is linear, and faintly sinuate or incised,
from the outline of the cornua being observable, and the con-
striction, which in this aspect is just discernible. In the end
view, the alternating and divergent character of the cornua is
very remarkable. This last feature affords a close point of
resemblance, it may be observed, to the structure and appa-
rent function of the obliquely arranged spines and cornua in
some species of the genus Biddulphia.

Length of joint 0008" to -0012"; breadth of ditto -0012”
0020".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate VIII. fig. 7. Front view of a portion of a filament. Fig. 8. Mar-
inal view of filament. Fig. 9. Transverse view. Fig. 10. End view.
ig. 11. A joint undergoing division.

196 Dr. G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

7. Streptonema, n. g.

Filament interrupted. Triangular, deeply pinnatifid. Joints
deeply constricted, and united to each other by three cylindrical
hyaline bands given off from the base of each lobe. Segments
deeply 3-lobed.

1. S. trilobatum, n.s. Joints very deeply constricted, furnished
on their outer surfaces with three stout connecting bands,
which unite with those from the adjacent jomts. Segments
3-lobed; bases of lobes parallel with the base of constriction.

This genus is allied to Spherozosma ; but the structure of the
connecting processes is so unique as to leave no doubt of its
distinct character. Seen in the front view, under the micro-
scope, the filament looks somewhat less symmetrical in the
disposition of its details than is usual in the beautiful class of
organisms to which it belongs; but this want of perfect sym-
metry is due to causes that do not affect it in its normal eondi-
tion. Thus seen, the lobes are distorted to some extent, and the
connecting bands, in like manner, appear less direct than they
ought to do. This form is nevertheless peculiarly elegant.

The constricted portion of the joints presents a short isthmus.
The segments are accordingly not very closely approximated.
Each lobe is inflated towards its free extremity. In the end
view the joints are triradiate ; the central isthmus appearing as
a circular cavity, from the margm of which the lobes arise at
equal distances, aud the tubercular bases of the connecting
bands being placed midway between them.

The connecting processes or bands are marked by three trans-
verse lines, at the central one of which the bands are somewhat
thickened. When the filament breaks up, the bands disunite at
either of these lines; and, at first sight, it would appear as if
each band were formed by the interposition of two short cylinders
attached to the projecting tubercles situated, as already described,
at the base of each lobe.

Whilst the joints are undergoing division, the young segments
are closely pressed together, and the rudiments of the connecting
bands are to be seen in the form of minute flattened processes,
which gradually extend outwards as the two new joints become
perfect and separate, and ultimately constitute the connecting
bands.

The sporangium is formed by the conjugation of the joints of
two distinct filaments, as described in Desmidium and Aptogonum,
—a sac-like vesicle being protruded from the base of the opposed
joints, these vesicles by degrees coalescing to form a cell, into
which the endochrome is collected. Before the sporangial mass
is quite mature, the filament breaks up; but several of the spo-

- Mr. Jeffreys on the Comparative Size of Marine Mollusca. 197

rangial sacs, with their parent-joints still attached, are constantly
to be met with, placed side by side, and probably retained near
each other by a common mucous envelope. The cells at this
period are elliptical, their ends being produced somewhat, and
coalescing with the now empty joints. At maturity, the old
joints are cast off entirely, the cell closes, assumes a perfectly
elliptical outline, and the sporangium presents itself in a guise
similar to the mature detached sporangia seen in some of the
Zygnemacee.

The mucous matrix in which the species of this genus are
imbedded often exhibits a number of pin-like bodies, stuck, as it
were, into every part of the joint,—the heads, which are minute,
oblong, granular, and of a rich green colour, being directed out-
wards. These growths appear to be epiphytical, and are seen
also in the various forms of Spherozosma and Leuronema. Their
minute size renders any examination of their characters impos-
sible. It may be mentioned, however, that they are quite distinct
in aspect from the delicate radiating lines frequently met with
in the mucous envelope of the majority of the Desmidiacez.

Length of joints ‘0008" to ‘0009"; breadth of ditto 0012"
to 0019". Length of connecting bands ‘0002" to -0004!'.

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate VIII. fig. 1. Portion of a filament seen in front view. Fig. 2. End
view of a single joint. Fig. 3. Two joints undergoing division. Fig. 4,
exhibiting the appearance of a single connecting band. Fig. 5. End view
of a joint, showing the pin-like epiphytic growths. Fig. 6. A sporangium
just prior to the casting-off of the empty parent-joints.

[All the figures, with the exception of Fig. 4. Pl. VIII., are magnified
400 diameters. |

[To be continued. }

XXII.— Remarks on Mr. M‘Andrew’s “ Note on the Comparative
Size of Marine Mollusca in various Latitudes of the European
Seas.” By Joun Gwyn Jerrreys, F.R.S.

Tue importance of this question in a geological point of view,
and especially with regard to the history of the so-called “ Gla-
cial epoch,” will, I trust, be accepted as my apology for saying
a few words on the subject. Although I do not profess to have
had the experience of my friend Mr. M‘Andrew in dredging in
extreme northern and southern latitudes, my acquaintance with
the marine Testacea of our own coasts, as well as a careful exa-
mination of the collections of Mdller, Costa, D’Orbigny, Mr.
M‘Andrew, and others in the British Museum, with reference
to the maximum size of the specimens contained therein, com-
pared with those in my own collection of British shells (inde-

198 Mr. Jeffreys on the Comparative Size of Marine Mollusca.

pendently of my Mediterranean dredgings), enable me to sub-
stantiate the proposition which I ventured to enunciate in a
former Number of the ‘ Annals’ (ser. 3. vol. ii. p. 120), that, “in
general, the size of specimens increases in a ratio inverse to their
northern, and converse to their southern, point of latitude.”

I will now consider, seriatim, all the instances adduced by
Mr. M‘Andrew, by which he seeks to disprove my proposition.

1. Corbula nucleus:—This species is very variable im respect
of size on the British coasts; and Mr. M‘Andrew may have
found a small variety upon the shores of North Drontheim.

2. Trochus lineatus.—Specimens which I have collected in
Wales and Donegal Bay considerably exceed in size Mr. M‘An-
drew’s specimens from the north coast of Spain and Mogador.

3. Astarte sulcata.—Most variable in size on our own coasts,
and probably also in the northern localities indicated by Mr.
M‘Andrew.

4. Astarte triangularis,—I believe I can match, in point
of size, specimens from North Britain with any which Mr.
M‘Andrew has from Gibraltar Bay.

5. Crenella (Modiola) marmorata.—The largest specimens I
ever saw were said to come from Greenland.

6. Crenella rhombea.—The size of some of my specimens from
Guernsey is fully equal to that of Mr. M‘Andrew’s largest speci-
men from the Canaries or Mediterranean.

7. Nucula nucleus. —Mr. M‘Andrew’s specimens from Finmark
appear to be a small variety, which also occurs on our own coasts.

8. Nucula decussata.—Mr. M‘Andrew’s specimens from the
south of Spain are not much more than half the size of my
Oban specimens.

9. Cardium rusticum.—Mr. M‘Andrew had probably not seen
the very large examples from the south of Devon when he
stated that this species increased in size southward from the
British Channel.

10. Cardium papillosum.—tThis has only recently been dis-
covered to inhabit the British Isles; but a specimen in Dr. Lukis’s
cabinet is quite as large as any that I have seen from the Medi-
terranean.

11. Cardium pygmeum.—Mr. M‘Andrew’s specimens from
Vigo Bay are not so large as some which the late Mr, Warren
sent me from the south of Ireland ; and I found specimens nearly
as large as the last at Falmouth.

12. Venus verrucosa.—British specimens are larger than any
which I have seen from more southern latitudes.

13. Mactra stultorum.—\ suspect that the specimens men-
tioned by Mr. M‘Andrew belong to another species, probably to
the M. inflata of Bronn.

Mr. Jeffreys on the Comparative Size of Marine Mollusca. 199

14. Littorina rudis.—This species is known to be extremely
variable in respect of size. The largest I have ever seen were
from the north of Ireland.

15. Scalaria communis.—I have never seen any Mediterranean
specimens equal in size to those found in this country.

16. Bulla hydatis—Does Mr. M‘Andrew mean the B. hydatis
of Linnzus, which is extremely rare in this country, but common
in the Mediterranean, or B. cornea of Lamarck, which is our
common species, though it is also found in the Mediterranean ?

17. Murex erinaceus.—British specimens are considerably
larger than those from the coasts of Spain collected by Mr.
M‘Andrew, and now in the British Museum.

18. Cerithium reticulatum—Mr. M‘Andrew probably means
the large variety (C. lima of Bruguiére), which is found in the
Channel Isles as well as in the Mediterranean. Specimens of
the normal form, which I obtained by dredging on the Pied-
montese coast, are smaller than those of our own shores. This
last is the var. 8. of Philippi.

19. Cerithium (Triforis) perversum.—The same remark applies
to this also.

20. Aclis supranitida.—Specimens collected by myself in
North Wales are quite as large as those of Mr. M‘Andrew from
Madeira. An allied species (4. ascaris), which is of a much
smaller size, is frequently confounded with the above, and may
have been referred to by Mr. M‘Andrew as the British species.

Tellina balaustina is not, as Mr. M‘Andrew might lead your
readers to suppose, only found on the western or Atlantic coast.
It also oceurs on the eastern coast of Zetland, and probably is
as common there as in the Mediterranean; but the northern
seas are, during the greater part of the year, too stormy to admit
of much exploration.

Even in the case of the Teredines, which inhabit submerged
and floating wood, and may therefore be supposed to be peculiarly
subject to climatal influence, specimens of Teredo denticulata
from Greenland, in the British Museum, are twice the size of
the few specimens which have been hitherto found living on
the British shores; while 7. PAilippii attains here much greater
dimensions than in Sicily or more southern parts. British
examples of 7. Norvagica, T. navalis, and T. pedicellata, appear
also to exceed in size those found on the north coast of Spain
and in Sicily, judging from the figures given by Quatrefages
and Philippi. The Teredines are stated by M. Laurent not to
be pelagic, but confined to the coast-line, although some of the
species have a very wide geographical range.

Taking the British Mollusca as the standard of comparison, I
would also remark that the following species in particular appear

200 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez.

to attain a larger size in our own seas than in the south of
Europe: viz., Murex corallinus, Lachesis minima, Rissoa stri-
atula, Donax politus, Avicula Tarentina, Galeomma Turtoni, and
Trochus striatus. These are, according to the late Professor
Edward Forbes, some of the principal representatives of the
“ Lusitanian ” type.

To these may be added species of Artemis, Cylichna, Mactra,
Mangelia, Nassa, Natica, Neera, Pecten, Pectunculus, Syndosmya,
Tapes, Tellina, Tornatella, Trochus, Turritella, Venus, and proba-
bly of every other genus which is common to the European seas.

I have purposely omitted any of the species which Mr.
M‘Andrew may consider as “ Arctic,” “ Boreal,” or “ Celtic,”
although I apprehend such geographical distinctions have no
foundation in fact or in nature.

The difference between Mr. M‘Andrew and myself (or the
error into which one of us has fallen) may have arisen from our
respective collections being better furnished with specimens of
the shells which each has had greater opportunities of procuring ;
and it is to be hoped that further experience will show which of
our conclusions is correct.

XXIII.—On the Tribe Colletiese, with some Observations on the
Structure of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnacee. By
Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S. &e.

[Continued from p. 95.]

In regard to the general structure of the flower in the Colle-
tiee, there is little to add beyond what we find recorded on the
subject ; but it may be remarked that the lobes of the calycine
border in that tribe, as in others of the Rhamnacee, have a
prominent keel along the middle of their internal face, which
terminates below the apex in an elevated callous gland, con-
nected with two other raised lines that run along the border.
These medial keels and glands have been supposed by some to
be so many sterile stamens; but Brongniart, with more truth,
considers their appearance to be the result of the impression
left upon the soft fleshy lobes of the calyx, while in estivation,
by the indentation of the enclosed petals and stamens: that
such is the real cause, is shown in the instance of Gouania,
where a similar carinal prominence exists in the calycine lobes,
and, in addition, at the base of each keel is seen an acute scale,
which is really the rudiment of an abortive stamen. Similar
impressions are frequent in many other families where the floral
envelopes have a valvate estivation. We meet with another
point of structure in the Colletiew, which, as far as I am aware,
has not been noticed by botanists: I refer to the peculiar deve-

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez. 201

lopment of the stipules. Brongniart, who enters fully into detail
respecting the several parts of the plant in the Rhamnacee, in
describing their stipules, does not allude to it; he even states
that these organs are entirely wanting in Refanilla, where I find
this development to be a very characteristic feature. Beneath
each spine and at the base of each petiole, a dark red-coloured
broad scale is seen, which somewhat embraces the stem; it is
concave, and terminates at the apex in two short teeth, or
lengthened erect linear segments, the petiole appearing to spring
from between them : in some instances, as in Colletia, Talguenea,
Trevoa, Adolphia, and Scypharia, these stipular scales are simply
amplexicaul ; but in other cases, as in Notophena, Retanilla,
Ochetophiia, and Discaria, those of the opposite axils unite in a
short vaginal sheath, forming a dark transverse line around the
stem, making each node seem to be articulated, as in Ephedra.
Between each scale and its corresponding spine, a tubercular
swelling originates, upon which both leaves and flowers appear,
when, as frequently occurs, they are fasciculated: this tubercle
is, in fact, a suppressed or undeveloped branchlet; the scales
are the opposite stipules of the approximated decussating axils,
some of which are sterile, while others produce both leaves and
flowers, or each separately. This feature affords a very good
discriminating character in some of the genera.

After these prefatory remarks, I proceed to the consideration,
in succession, of the several genera of the Colletiee, separating
the tribe into three divisions :—1, where the petals are wanting,
and the fruit is separable into distinct cocci; 2, where petals are
present, with a similar fruit; 3, where petals are also present,
but where the fruit is indehiscent.

Division 1. Eucolletiez. Flores apetali; fructus capsularis,
dehiscens.
1. CoLLetra.

A very good history of this genus is given by Sir W. Hooker
in his ‘ Botanical Miscellany’ (i. p. 150), but some confusion has
existed among its species, which ] have endeavoured to clear
away. ‘The species are mostly confined within the extratropical
regions of South America, on both coasts; some few have been
found within the tropics, one of them by Humboldt, at Huanca-
bamba, in Upper Peru, at an elevation of more than 10,300 feet
above the sea. The greater portion are met with near the base
of the Andes, both on the western and eastern sides, at an eleva-
tion of from 2500 to 6000 feet, while others are seen only on
the maritime sandhills along the coasts of Chile and im the
low grounds bordering the river Plate. Commerson’s plant,
said by Jussieu to be from Brazil, is from the province of

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 14

cw)

02 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez.

Buenos Ayres: one species is a native of the island of Juan
Fernandez, in the Pacific. The genus is readily distinguished
from most others of the Colletiee by the absence of petals,—a
character partaken of only by one other, which I have proposed
under the name of Notophwna, from which it is at once recog-
nized by the peculiar form of its disk. In many genera of the
tribe the tube of the calyx is circumscissile in the line of its
contraction above the basilar intumescence ; Colletia differs from
them in having its circunscissile zone midway between that hne
and the base, so that when the tube falls away, it carries with it
its annular disk, and when seen from below, it seems closed b
a diaphragm, pervious only for the passage of the style. When
the fruit is half immersed in the persistent eupular base of the
calyx, its epicarp forms a loose skin, which breaks round the
margin of the cup, leaving its lower moiety persistent within it,
while the upper moiety splits at the same time, to allow the
separation of the three cocci (consisting of endocarp), which
spring out of the calycine cup with elastic force, each coceus
bursting by its axial line, as in Euphorbiaceae, &c.; the remain-
ing portion of the epicarp attached to the cocci comes off like a
loose skin ; but the mesocarp, which is membranaceous, adheres
to the corneous endocarp.

Corietia, Comm.—Char. emend. Calyx cylindricus vel urceo-
lato-tubulosus, imo tumescens et hine demum circumscissus,
8—-10-striatus, limbo 4—5-fido, laciniis acutis reflexis, intus
carina prominula calloque apicali notatis, zestivatione valvatis.
Petala nulla. Stamina 4 y. 5, inter lacinias calycis, rarius
sub faucem, iserta; jilamenta subulata, compressa, laciniis
fere sequalia vel breviora, erecta, apice szepe inflexa; anthere
sub-2-lobee, reniformes, oscillatorize, transversim 2-valves,
valva antica quam postica breviore, et rima hippocrepica late
hiante. Discus imo tenuissimus aut fere evanidus, ibique ad
fundum calycis adnatus, margme (in coarctationem tubi)
libero latissimo et convolutim inflexo hine valde conspicuus,
carnosus, et annularis. Ovariwm superum, globosum, 3-sul-
catum, 3-loculare; ovu/a in loculis solitaria, e basi erecta.
Stylus filiformis, calyei eequilongus. Stigma parvum, obtuse
3-lobum. Fructus siccus, subglobosus, 3-sulcatus, calycis
cupula semi-immersus, subeapsularis, in coccos 3 solubilis,
coccis crustaceis, rima ventrali elastice 2-valvatim dehiscenti-
bus, monospermis. Semen erectum, ovatum, vix compressum,
ventre subangulatum ; ¢unica externa uitida, durissima, cornea,
ilo basali pervio et transversali; integumentum secundum
membranaceum, et medio substantia laxe cellulosa subcoriacea
opaca ad priorem agglutinatum, raphigerum ; raphe filiformis,

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez. 2038

e basi lateraliter orta, hine cursu omnino peripherico apicem
transiens, et tunc altero latere ad hilum iterum regrediens ;
integumentum internum preecedenti laxatum, membranaceum,
subopacum, a medio sensim arctatum, et imo in cerviculam
filiformem brevem terminatum, chalaza majuscula carnosa
apicali munitum. Hmbryo intra albumen carnosum inclusus ;
radicula brevissima, infera, tereti, cotyledonibus carnosis folia-
ceis, planis, cordato-ovatis.—Suffrutices Americe Meridio-
nalis, plerumque extratropicales, intricato-ramosi, subaphylli,
ramis decussatim, oppositis, divaricatis ramulis spinescentibus,
spinis subulatis seepe compressis, interdum latissime expansis
et decurrentibus ; folia paucissima, minuta, seepe rudimentaria,
opposita, integra; flores infra spimas orti, albidi vel albido-
rosel, pedicellis 1-floris nutantibus.

1. Colletia spinosa, Lam. Ilustr. 11. 90. tab. 129; Dict. Suppl.
i. 812; DC. Prodr. 1. 28.—C. horrida, Willd. 1.1113 ; Vent.
Hort. Cels. 92.—C. polyacantha, Willd. in R. & Sch. v. 1138.—
Rhamnus Yaquil, Domb. MSS. ;—spinosissima, ramulis spi-
nisque compressis valde striatis, striis in ramulis spiraliter, in
spinis recte parallelis, spinis validis, longiusculis, decussatis,
subulatis, apice callo acutissimo rubro terminatis ; foliis parvis,
oblongo-ovatis, glaberrimis, integris, aut summum versus den-
ticulatis, caducissimis, breviter petiolatis, infra spinas insertis ;
floribus solitariis, vel paucis fasciculatis e tuberculo sub
spina ortis, pedunculis brevibus reflexis; calyce cylindrico,
medio constricto, imo ampliore et subgloboso, limbi laciniis 5,
reflexis, acutis, apice callo instructis, staminibus parvulis ore
fere sessilibus, filamentis brevissimis deflexis.—Buenos Ayres :
—v. s. in herb. Jussieu, in Mus. Paris (Commerson).

This species must be considered as the type of the genus
which, according to Jussieu (Gen. Plant. p. 380, ann. 1789), was
first proposed by Commerson for a plant of his collection, who,
however, assigned to it no specific designation: its first name,
Colletia spinosa, was given by Lamarck (in 1793), in his ‘ Illust.
Gen, tab.129. Willdenow (in 1798) published the same plant,
the only species then known, under the name of Colletia horrida.
Poiret (im 1811) first detailed the characters of the genus, and
Ventenat, in the meantime, figured and described two other
plants, which he referred to Colletia. Poiret states (Encyel.
Meth. Suppl. n. 312) that Lamarck figured his type from the
plant brought from Peru by Jos. de Jussieu, and from Brazil
(Buenos Ayres) by Commerson ; but he evidently confounded
two species together. I have seen the original specimens of
these two plants, which are preserved in the Jussieuan Herba-
rium, and fastened on the same sheet. Commerson’s specimen

14*

204. Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletieze.

above described appears to be that figured by Lamarck as Colletia
spinosa ; Jussieu’s plant, of which there are two small specimens,
one in flower, the other in seed, corresponds with another larger
specimen collected also in Peru (Tarma) by Dombey, which I
have described under the name of C. aciculata. Lamarck’s
figure, though coarsely drawn, is tolerably correct ; but the spines
in the specimen are longer than are there represented, and not
at all curved. I have adopted from his description and plate
the character of the leaves which are now wanting in the two
existing specimens, both collected by Commerson im “ Buenos
Ayres,” or at least in the Argentine Provinces. In the full-
grown specimen, the spines are an inch long, and a line in dia-
meter at the base; in the younger specimen, with the flowers in
bud, the spines are somewhat shorter, more slender, and more
terete; they are all of a dark green colour when dried. The
leaves in Lamarck’s figure are 4 lines long and 2 lines broad.
The slender pene) peduncles are about a line long; the tube
of the calyx is 2-23 lines long, 13 line in diameter, its segments
being 1 line long ‘and 4 line broad*.

2. Colletia intricata, n. sp. ;—spinosissima, glaberrima, ramulis
compressis, spinis longis, curvulis, spinulisque decussatis, te-
retibus, subulatis, apice callo acuto rubro pungentibus ; foliis
rarissimis, oppositis, oblongis, crassiusculis, obtusis, dentatis,
3-nerviis, imo in petiolum sublongum canaliculatum gradatim
angustatis, e simu dentium stipulze minut enatis; floribus
pro genere majusculis 2-3, fasciculatis, e tuberculo squamoso
infra spinas prodeuntibus, nutantibus ; calyce cylindrico, tubo
amplo, 10-nervio, rubescente, imo carnoso, limbi lacmis 5
albis, reflexis ; staminibus in sinubus subsessilibus, filamentis
brevissimis.—In Andibus Mendocinis et Chilensibus :—cirea
Uspallatam (altit. 6000 ped.) et procul Mendoza (2600 ped.)
ai lecta ;—v. s. in herb. Hook. in Andibus Mendozze
(Gillies) ;—Chile (Bridges), a Valparaiso missa, sed forsan in
Andibus lecta. Vernac. Yaquil.

This differs from the typical species in its longer, more slen-
der, and more terete, obsoletely striated spines, in its general
glaucous hue, in the form of its leaves, which are denticulated,
andmore especially in its conspicuous and larger flowers. It
forms a low, branching, spiny, and almost leafless shrub. Its
decussating ‘nodes are half an inch apart ; its spines are Rae
from 7 to 15 lines long; the leaves are 3 lines long, 14 line
broad, upon a petiole of 1 line in length; the petiole i is ae
in a sharp notch on the apex of a minute rigid stipular scale

' * A figure of this species, with analytical details, will be given in the
‘ Contributions to Botany,’ plate 34 a.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletieze. 205

beneath each spme, between which is seen the squamose tuft
out of which the flowers spring. The flowers are of a deep rose
colour, with a white reflexed border, and are larger than the
other species of the genus ; the pedicel is 2 lines long; the calyx
is tubular, not contracted in the middle, fleshy at base, 3 lines
long and 2 lines in diameter, the segments of the border being
in addition 1 line long and ? line broad *,

3. Colletia invicta, n. sp.;—spinosissima, ramulis spinisque
compressis, glauco-pruinosis, subflavis, et molliter puberulis,
spinis 3-seriatim spinulosis, crebris, validis, intricatis, apice
eallo rubro pungentibus ; foliis in ramulis novellis parvulis,
ovatis, utrinque acutis, crassiusculis, enervils, margine crenu-
latis, ubique puberulis, subreflexis, subimplicatis, fere epetio-
latis, caducissimis, e stipula enatis; floribus majusculis, roseis,
4—6 e tuberculo squamoso infra spinas fasciculatis, nutanti-
bus; calyce cylindrico, tubo amplo, 10-nervio, rubro, imo
carnoso, disco basin versus annulari, limbi laciniis 5, carno-
sulis, pallidis, reflexis ; staminibus in sinubus parvis, filamentis
brevissimis, stylo exserto.—Chile ?—v. s. in Herb, Mus. Paris
(stne designatione).

This is very different in habit from the former, being of a
deep yellow hue, somewhat pubescent, with much shorter and
thicker spines and closer axils. The primary spines are 13-2
inches long, the secondary spines 2—? inch long, and 4 lines
apart, and ‘the tertiary spinelets are 3 to 4 lines long, all form-
ing a dense entanglement; the leaves are channelled above,
about 2 lines long, | line bro ad, tapering into an almost obso-
lete sulcated petiole; the pedicels are 2 lines long; the tube of
the calyx is 3 lines, and the segments 1 line long: it is quite
cylindrical, and 2 lines in diameter ; the filaments are only
4 line in length, the anthers globose. The flowers much re-
semble those of the preceding species in size and form, but the
annular disk is placed nearer the base of the tube ; they are quite
glabrous.

4. Colletia ferox, Gill. & Hook. Bot. Misc. i. 154, tab. 44 B ;—
implexo-spinosa, ramulis abbreviatis, aphyllis, viridibus, spi-
nisque oppositis, subulatis, compressis, iterumque decussatim
spinosulis, substriatulis, pungentibus, hine confertim intri-
eatis ; floribus rosaceis 2—3, fasciculatis, sub spinis e tuber-
culo squamoso ortis ; pedunculo flore paulo breviore, calyce
medio constricto, imo subgloboso, limbi laciniis 5, reflexis,
staminibus 5 parvulis in fauce inter lacinias fere sessilibus :
stylo exserto; fructu 3-lobo, subgloboso, cupula calycina

* This species will be shown in the ‘ Contributions,’ plate 34 B.

206 -.- Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez.

suffulto.—In Andibus Chilensibus et Mendocinis.—». s. in
herb. Hook. (Gillies, Cuming).

This species is very different in its general appearance from
the three preceding, its spines bemg much shorter, very much
entangled, of a dark colour; its flowers are smaller, and more
contracted in the middle. The primary spines are 2-23 inches
long, the secondary are } to | inch, the tertiary spinelets are
2 to 4 lines; they are all quite glabrous. The pedicels are
very slender, 2 lines long; the calyx, including the segments
of its border, is 3 lines long and 1} line in diameter in the
mouth; the flowers are of a pale reddish-white colour, and of
thin texture*,

5. Colletia atrox, vn. sp.—Discaria Americana, Hook. in parte,
Bot. Misc. 1. 172 ;—horride spinosa, ramulis pallide olivaceis,
striatulis, spinis elongatis, validissimis, crassis, secundarisque
brevibus decussatim oppositis, glaberrimis, valde compressis, mo
latis et hinc subdecurrentibus, pallide viridibus, apice calloso-
pungentibus, aphyllis aut foliis caducissimis ; floribus majuscu-
lis, palidissimis, 2-8, fasciculatis, e tubereulo squamoso ad basin
spimarum enatis ; pedunculo flore paulo breviore, calyce late
tubuloso, medio subconstricto, textura tenul, albido, imo im-
flato, limbi laciniis 5 revolutis ; antheris parvulis, globosis, in
ore fere sessilibus, stylo exserto, imo articulato, et mox ca-
duco, ovario globoso, 3-lobo.—Buenos Ayres.—v. s. in herb.
Hook. (Tweedie).

The strong and flattened spines of this plant give it a peculiar
character, which indicates an approach to the following remark-
able species. The branchlets are about 4 inches in length, the
primary spines 14 inch long, gradually diminishing upwards ;
their secondary spmes, in one, two, or three almost horizontally
salient decussating pairs, are from 3 to 6 limes long, much flat-
tened and spreading at their base, where they are 2 lines broad
and half a line thick, all armed with a reddish, sharp, callous
point ; they are of a greenish pallid hue. The flowers, in clus-
tered fascicles, are nearly the size of those of C. intricata, and
of the same pale colour ; the tube is more globose at the base,
and much contracted in the middle, 24 lines long, the diameter
of its mouth 1} line, and the reflected segments | line in length :
the slender peduncles are 2 lines long. This plant, by mistake,
is confounded with Discaria Americana in the ‘Botanical Mis-
cellany’ +.

* A representation of this species will be given in the ‘ Contributions,’
plate 34 c.

f A drawing of this plant will be given in the same work, pl. 34 p.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colleties. 207

6. Colletia cruciata, Gill. & Hook. Bot. Mise. 1, 52. tab. 43 ;
ibid. ii. 172.—C. Bictonensis, Lindl. Journ. Hort. Soc. v. 29
cum icone.—Condalia paradoxa, Spr. Syst. i. 825 ;—suffruti-
cosa, 3—4-pedalis, ramosa, ramulis subangulatis, spimis mag-
nis, horridis, decussatim oppositis, valde compressis, latissime
expansis, longe decurrentibus, et apice calloso-pungentibus
ubique tectis; junioribus pilis incanis adpressis hirsutulis
sparsim tomentellis, foliiferis; foliis perpaucis, cito caducis,
ellipticis, dentatis, apice acutis et mucronatis, basi in petiolum
brevem canaliculatum attenuatis, sub spinis e stipula 2-dentata
enatis; floribus parvis 6-8, fasciculatis, e tuberculo squamoso
tomentoso ad basin spinarum ortis, pedunculo flore breviore,
calyce cylindrico, albo, basi viridi, medio non constricto, ob-
secure 10-nervio, limbi laciniis 5 patentibus, staminibus 5
parvis fere sessilibus inter lacinias sitis, stigmate obsolete
3-lobo, incluso.—Banda Oriental.—v. s. in herb. Hook.—

Maldonado (Gillies).

This plant was raised in England many years since, and then
erroneously supposed to be a hybrid, or a monstrosity of C.
spinosa, and was described by Dr. Lindley under the name of
C. Bictonensis. It is the most remarkable species of the genus,
on account of its monstrous spines, which are flattened, and
extend from one axil to another in cruciating and divaricating
pairs: they are nearly an inch long and 3 to 6 lines broad at
their base. Its leaves are very caducous, oblong, acute, with a
mucronate apex, more obtuse at the base, fleshy, obsoletely 3-
nerved, toothed on the margin, quite glabrous, 2 lines long,
I line broad, on a slender petiole of 1 line in length ; this springs
out of a sinus of a bidentate acute stipule, also caducous. The
flowers are smaller than in any of the preceding species, and
are of a whitish colour: the length of the tube is 13 line, of its
reflected segments 1 line, its diameter 1 line. The annular peri-
gynous diskis green, and situated near the base of the tube ;
the filaments are one-fourth of the length of the segments, and
are reflected within the mouth; the style is exserted. The
capsule is 22 lines in diameter, 3-lobed, and seated in the free
cupular persistent base of the calyx*.

7. Colletia Weddelliana, n. sp. ;—intricato-spinosa, ramulis nodos
versus compressis, ochraceo- vel glauco-pruinosis et granulato-
punctatis, spinis teretibus, imo compressis, substriatis, iterum-
que spinulosis, apice glanduloso-pungentibus ; folis parvis,
caducissimis, lanceolato-oblongis, utrinque acutis, integris vel
summo dentatis, pallide glaucis, crassis, enervils, convexis,
rachi superne sulcata, inferne prominula, petiolo brevissimo,

* This species will be represented in the ‘ Contributions,’ plate 54 E.

208 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletie.

canaliculato, deflexo ; floribus paucis, fasciculatis,e tuberculo
squamoso majusculo ‘puberulo proficiscentibus ; calyce cylin-
drico, 10-nervi, rubello, medio non constricto, imo carnosulo,
limbi laciniis 5 reflexis, 3-nervils, apice callosis, staminibus 5
in sinubus fere sessilibus, disco annulari crenulato, stylo in-
cluso.— Bolivia, in locis aridis petrosis, Puna ad Lac. Titicaca,
altit. 12,000 ped.—v. s. in herb. Mus. Paris (Weddell, 4391).
This species much resembles C. atrox in general aspect, but
its spines are not so broad and compressed at their base, and
are of a more glaucous-yellow hue ; the form of the calyx corre-
sponds more with that of C. spinosa in being broad and little
constricted. The spines vary in length from 6 to 9 lines, are
greatly divaricated or nearly patent, and are decussating, the
internodes being 4 to 6 lines apart. The leaves are 3 lines long,
14 Jine broad, thick, coriaceous, convex and channelled above,
concave below, with revolute toothed margins; each pedicel is
1 line long; the length of the calyx (including its reflected
segments, of nearly 1 line) is 3} lines, and its diameter 1} line*,

8. Colletia Kunthiana. C. spimosa, H. B. K. Gen. Sp. vu. 59
(non Lam.).—Fruticosa, 1—2-orgyalis, ramosissima, et intri-
cato-spinosa, ramulis obsolete striatis, fusco-brunneis, ad-
presse hirtellis, ad nodos compressis, spimis subbrevibus,
validis, subeurvulis, acumine calloso-pungentibus, junioribus
foliiferis ; foliis subsessilibus, parvulis, spathulato-lanceolatis
vel obovatis, obtusis, integerrimis, concavis, infra carinatis,
caducissimis, petiolo brevissimo, imo stipulis 2 ovatis minutis
coadunatis instructo; floribus 1-4, fasciculatis, e tuberculo
squamoso prodeuntibus ; pedunculo flore pendulo breviore,
calycis tubo rubescente tenuiter membranaceo, 10-nervio,
basi tumido, limbi laciniis 5 acutis, reflexis, stamimibus in
sinubus fere sessilibus, stylo tereti, stigmate capitato-3-lobo,
paulo exserto ; capsula sub-8-loba, 3-cocca, cupula calycina,
grandefacta, immersa, pisi magnitudine. —Huancabamba Alte
Peruvize, altit. 10,300 ped. —Vernac. Zarza de Moyse.—v. s
in herb. Mus. Paris (Bonpland) a cel. Ktmthii missa.

This species has a fuscous hue, with short interlaced spmelets :
the primary spines are 2 inches long; the secondary 8-10 lines,
and 5 lines apart; the tertiary spinelets are 3 lines long, very
stout, with a sharp point. he leaves are very caducous, and
are wanting in the specimen I have seen, but they are described
by rene The flowers are small, of a reddish hue, many of
them appear sterile, and soon fall off; the segments of the border
are nearly as long as the tube, each being about 1 line long ; and

* A drawing of this plant will be given in the ‘ Contributions,’ plate 34 F.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiese. 209

the tube is cylindrical, 1 line in diameter; the disk is seated
near its base: the pedicel is only 2 line long in the flower, and
2 lines in fruit. The 3-lobed capsule, supported on the cupular
remnaut of the calyx, is 24 lines in diameter*.

9. Colletia tenuicula, n. sp. ;—fruticosa, ramis teretibus, striatis,
pallide olivaceis, pubescentibus, ramulis tenuibus, divergenti-
bus, spinosis, spinis decussatim oppositis, acicularibus, sim-
plicibus, nonnullis inferioribus iterum 2-spinulosis; foliis
parvulis e ramulo novello inermi infra spinam enato, et ea
dimidio breviore, crebriter approximatis et quasi fasciculatis ;
floribus 2—4 fasciculatis, infra spinas protensis, parvulis, pedi-
cellisque gracilibus, glabris, erectis; calycis tubo rubescente
infundibuliformi, tenuiter cylindraceo, imo globosim inflato,
ore ampliore, limbi laciniis 5 acutis, revolutis; staminibus
inter lacinias fere sessilibus, antheris parvis, globosis; ovario
subgloboso, 3-sulcato, stylo filiformi, paulo exserto.—Patria
ignota (forsan Buenos Ayres).—». s. in. herb. Mus. Soc. Linn.
ex herb. Linn. fil. cum indicio “ Cavanilles 1803.”

This is a delicate and slender species. The specimen above
quoted is a mere fragment, 6 or 8 inches in length, originally
contributed by Cavanilles to the younger Linnzus, whose herba-
rium passed into that of Sir Jas. Smith (now the property of the
Linnean Society). In habit it greatly resembles some of the
species of Discaria, for which, at first sight, it might be mistaken.
Its primary spines are very slender, almost acicular, of a pale
green colour, pubescent, and about 2 inches long ; the secondary
spines, still more slender, are from 4 to 9 lines in length; the
tertiary spinelets are only a line long: its filiform peduncles are
12 line long, the very slender tube of the calyx, cluding the
segments, is 2 lines long, the tube being } line in diametert.

10. Colletia pungens, n. sp. C. spinosa, Hook. in parte, Bot.
Mise. i. 154. tab. 44 4 (non Lam.) ; ibid. iii. 173 ;—ramis
ramulisque glaberrimis, pallide glaucis, aphyllis, aut foliis
caducissimis, ad nodos compressis, horride spinosis, spinis
longis, validis, divaricatis, decussatim oppositis, subulatis,
striatis, apice callo rubro pungentibus : floribus paryis, binis,
vel pluribus fasciculatis, ce tuberculo squamoso tomentoso infra
spinam vel interdum e medio spinarum ortis, pedunculo gla-
berrimo flore breviore, calycis tubo longiuscule cylindraceo,
imo globose ampliato, limbi laciniis 4—5, acutis, reflexis, sta-
minibus totidem sinubus insertis, filamentis longiusculis,
exsertis, erectis, laciniis paulo brevioribus, antheris parvis,
-viridibus, stylo longe exserto.—In Andibus Chilensibus.—

* This species will be shown in the ‘ Contributions,” plate 35 a.
ft A representation of this will be seen in the same work, plate 35 B.

210 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiese.

v. s. in herb. Hook. a Guardia (Gillies) ; Mendosam versus

(Gillies) : Chile (Meyen): zn herb. Mus. Paris (Gay, 2).

The general habit and appearance of this plant is like that of
C. spinosa, Lam., but its flowers are much smaller, its stamens
much longer, and ostensibly exserted: its armature is stouter,
the primary spines are about 2 inches long, the secondary ones
6 to 9 lines long, diminishing upwards, and 4 to 5 lines apart ;
the flowers are numerous, frequently as many as eight from each
spine: the pedicels are slender, 2 lines long; the length of the
tube is 1? line, and of the segments 1 line, its diameter half a
line; the filaments are erect, half the length of the segments ;
the style is exserted, and is deeply bullated or torulose all over
its surface *.

11. Colletia Spartioides, Bert. Ann. Sc. Nat. xxi. 347; Hook.
Bot. Mise. i. 173; Colla, Mem. Torin. 37. p. 52. tab. 6;—sub-
2-orgyalis, ramosissima, ramis virgatis, ramulis gracilibus,
flexuosis, spimosis, junioribus SiCCO “viridibus, pubescentibus,
adultis glaberrimis, pallide glaucis, spinis subsparsis, decus-
satim oppositis, curvulis, compressis, longissimis, gracillimis,
striatis, itricatis, apice pungentibus ; ; foliis oppositis, spathu-
lato-oblongis, basi attenuatis, margine serrulatis, obsolete
3-nervus, glabris, petiolatis, e retinacula stipulari infraspinali
breviter divaricata fusco-rubra 2-dentata ortis; floribus paucis,
glomeratis, sub spinis enatis, pedunculo flore breviore, calyce
breviter cylindraceo, imo globosim inflato, limbi laciniis 5
acutis, revolutis, staminibus erectis, lacimius dimidio breviori-
bus.—Insula Juan Fernandez.—v. s. in herb. meo et in herb.
Mus. Paris (Guillemin, Bertero) ; in 4b. Hook. (Bertero, 1448 ;
Cuming).

This species is remarkable for its broom-like habit and the
branchlike length of its extremely slender and lax spmes. Bertero
describes it as a tree 8 or 10 feet in height, with whitish flowers of
a rose-coloured tint, and as being almost bare of leaves : its leaves,
however, are larger than in any other species, measuring 9 lines
in length (including a petiole of 1 lie) and 23 lines broad.
The pedicels are 13 line long, the tube of the calyx 2 lines, the
segments 1 line long, and the tube is 13 line in diameter; the
position of the disk is marked by a line of constriction above the
semiglobose base of the calyx. The fruit, surmounted by the
persistent style, is nearly globose, 2 lines in diameter, and sup-
ported by the lax persistent cup of the calyx.

12. Colletia cataphracta, n. sp. ;—intricatissime spinosa, fulvo-
tomentella, aut parce pilosula, ramis elongatis, strictis, ramulis

* A figure of this species will be given in the ‘ Contributions,’ plate 35 c.
+ This species will be shown in the same work, plate 35 p.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez. 211

teretibus, ad nodos subcompressis, erectiusculis, spinis cre-
briter decussatis, nonnullis iterumque spinulosis, breviusculis,
sulcato-striatis, pallidiusculis, apice calloso-pungentibus ; foliis
minusculis, ovatis, utrinque acutis, apice mucronatis, enerviis,
glaberrimis, caducissimis, petiolo canaliculato, subreflexo, sub
spina in sinu stipule minim rigid apice 2-dentate in-
serto: floribus plurimis, parvulis, fasciculatis, e tuberculo
squamoso stipula suffulto enatis, pedunculo subbrevi, calycis
tubo medio angustato, subinfundibuliformi, imo globosim in-
flato, limbi laciniis 5 revolutis, staminibus 5, laciniis squi-
longis, erectis, stylo antheras parvas globosas attingente.—
Chile meridionalis ; in herb. meo (Miller).

This specimen was given to me by Dr. Miller, who I believe
obtained it in the south of Chile, from the neighbourhood of
Concepcion. Its main branch is perfectly straight, a foot in
length from where it has been cut off, having evidently been
longer ; it is 13 line in thickness: the primary nodes are 13 inch
distant, the secondary and tertiary 3 lines apart; the primary
spines or branchlets are 1 to 24 inches long, gradually decreasing
upwards ; the secondary spines are 9 lines, the tertiary 3 or 4
lines long, all terminated by a reddish corneous sharp point ;
the leaves, including the petiole, measure only a line in length,
and % line in breadth; the flowers are small, and of a pale
whitish colour ; the peduncle is 2 line long, the tube of the calyx
1; line in length, the segments 3 line long, the tube barely
} line in diameter*.

13. Colletia armata, vn. sp.;—intricato-ramosa, ramulis sub-
compressis, sicco fusco-olivaceis, parce pubescentibus, spino-
sissimis, spinis elongatis, subpatentibus, striatis, iterumque
longiuscule spinulosis, apice acute pungentibus: foliis utrin-
que glabris, ovatis, imo obtusis, aut vix acutis, remote dentatis,
fortiter 3-nerviis, nervis supra sulcatis, petiolobrevi canaliculato
reflexo, stipula rigida 2-dentata suffulto; floribus 2-5, e tu-
bereulo stipula sustentato infra singulam spinam ortis, vel e
medio spimz nascentibus: pedunculo flore paulo breviore,
ealycis tubo late cylindrico, limbi laciniis 4-5, oblongis, acutis,
reflexis, staminibus totidem, erectis, laciniis dimidio breviori-
bus, stylo vix exserto.—Chile.—v.s. in herb.meo (Bridges, 140) ;
in herb. Mus. Paris, Valdivia (Gay, 49) ; Chile (Gay) ; Valpa-
raiso (Gaudichaud, 1268); Monte La Leone (Bertero) ; Val-
divia, Rio Callecalle (Lechler, 391).

The species is recognized by the unusual length and distance
of its spines, which are somewhat curved, and not stout. The
branchlets, in my specimen, are about 7 inches long, and barely
a line in diameter: the primary spines are from 1 to 2 inches

* This will be illustrated in the ‘ Contributions,’ plate 35 £.

212 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiex.

long, and about 2 inch apart; the secondary spines are from
7 to 10 lines long: the oblong leaves, with a toothed margin,
are 3 to 5 lines long, 13 to 23 lines broad, decurrent on a deeply
channelled deflected petiole 1 line long; the nervures are sul-
cated on the upper surface, and prominent beneath : the flowers
are small and pale, clustered together upon a large scaly tubercle ;
the pedicels are 1 line long, the tube, contracted for some length
in the middle, is 2 lines, and its segments ? line long; it is ? Ime
in diameter: the peduncle in fruit is thicker, 2 lines long, and
the 3-lobed capsule is 23 lines in diameter. In Bridges’s and one
of Bertero’s specimens, the spines are much stouter and longer,
much paler, yellowish, being 13 to 2} inches long, and a line or
more in thickness, and they bear no spinelets, but two pairs of
floriferous nodes upon each*.

Var. 8. insularis: spinosissima, spinis iterumque spinosis, vali-
diusculis, striatis, foliis caducissimis ; floribus 2-4 fasciculatis.
—Insula Chiloé.—v. s. in herb. meo et Hook. (Capt. King).
This variety is very dissimilar in appearance to the fore-

going, but has no tangible differential characters; it is of a

darker olivaceous hue, and quite glabrous; the primary spines

are 8 lines apart and 12 to 2 inches long, the secondary spines

3 lines apart and 6 to 9 lines long; the pedicels 14 lime long,

and the flowers are like those of the preceding.

14. Colletia dumosa, u. sp. ;—suffruticosa, humilis, ramosissima,
intricato-spinosa, fusco-viridis, ramulis tortuosis, teretibus,
creberrime spinosis, parce pilosulis, spinis interdum ternatim
verticillatis, iterumque spinulosis, spinulis oppositis, brevibus,
teretibus, crassis, substriatis, imo et medio floriferis, apice
callo glauco nitente pungentibus; foliis caducissimis, aut
nullis; floribus albis 2-5, fasciculatis, glaberrimis, spinulis
longioribus, e tuberculo squamoso ortis, fragrantibus, calyce
pedunculo subzequilongo, imo tumido et 5-suleato, medio
constricto, limbi laciniis 5 acutis, reflexis, staminibus 5 la-
ciniis fere eequilongis, erectis, antheris parvis, viridibus, stylo
exserto, fructu 3-cocco.—Chile.—v. v. ad Concon, in dumetis
arenosis maritimis frequens: vern. Junco.—v. s. in herb. Mus.
Paris: Chile (Gay, sub C. ferox) : Chile (Gay, sub C. spinosa) :
Chile boreali (Péppig); in arenas humidas Talcahuano
(Lechler, 2794).

The drawing and floral analysis I made of this plant thirty-
five years ago are still preserved, but my specimens were lost by
shipwreck. I have still many of its seeds, which enabled me to
investigate the seminal structure given in a preceding page.
The species is closely allied to C. armata, but differs in its much
closer axils and much shorter spines; the floral pedicels are

* A figure of this species will be given in the ‘ Contributions,’ plate 35 Fr,

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez. 213

more elongated, and the stamens are longer and more exserted

The primary spines or branchlets are 2-3 inches long, the se-
condary spines are 8-10 lines long and 3 lines apart, the ter-
tiary spinelets are 4—5 lines in length and 2 lines apart; the
secondary spines, often opposite, are frequently ternate; the
pedicels are 2 lines long; the tube of the ey x, which is cylin-
drical and somewhat swollen at base, is 2} lines, and the seg.

ments 13 line long and ? line diameter; the flamenks are erect,
and ? line long*.

15. Colletia veprecula, n. sp. C. spinosa, var. pubescenti-incana,
Hook. Bot. Mise. i. 154 ;—suffruticosa, intricato-ramosissima,
ramulis strictis, teretibus, pulverulentis, spinis oppositis, in-
terdum ternis, erebre decussatim spinulosis, puberulis, spinulis
brevibus, approximatis, striatulis, apice callo rubro nitente
pungentibus ; foliis parvulis, late obovatis, apice rotundis,
emarginatis, et mucronulatis, utrinque pubescentibus, serrato-
dentatis, a medio basin versus integris, et hinc in petiolum
brevem canaliculatum cuneatis, in ramulis novellis prestanti-
bus, cito caducis; floribus 4—6 fasciculatis, parvulis, e tuber-
culo albido-tomentoso ortis; calyce pedunculo zequilongo,
tubo cylindraceo, imo inflato, medio constricto, limbi laciniis
5 longiusculis, acutis, reflexis, staminibus laciniis dimidio
brevioribus, erectis, stylo exserto stamina attingente.—Chile.
—v. s. in herb. meo; Valdivia (Bridges, 141); Valparaiso
(Cuming, 705) ;—in herb. Hook. ; Concepcion (Beechey).

This is a very distinct species, with stout and very straight
branchlets, 8 to 18 inches long, or perhaps longer, quite terete,
pruinose, or sparsely tomentose ; the primary spines, frequently
ternate and very spreading, are scarcely longer than the inter-
nodes, which, together with their very divaricate spinelets, give
to the branches an interrupted spicate appearance. The ramal
internodes are 2 inch apart, the primary spines are 1 inch long,
the secondary spines are 7 inch long and 2 lines apart, and
the tertiary spinelets are 2 to 3 lines long; the leaves are
suborbicular, broadly emarginate at the summit, and mucronate
with 2 or 3 teeth on each margin: the petiole is seated in the
sinus of a bidentate stipule. The flowers are numerous, and
densely aggregated, owing to the very close proximity of the
axils, so that the entire branch appears a full-flowered spike :
the pedicels are somewhat more than a line long, the cylindrical
tube of the calyx is 1} to 2 lines, and its segments 2 to 1 line
in length, its diameter being } or ? line: the flowers are pale
and membranaceoust.

* A drawing of this species, with analytical details of the structure of the

seed, will be given in the ‘ Contributions,’ plate 36 a,
+ This plant will be represented in the same work, plate 36 B.

214 Mr. J. Miers on the. Tribe Colletiez.

ips Colletia aciculata, n. sp. ;—ramosissima, ‘intricatissime spi-
nulosa, viridis, breviter et rigide pilosula ; ramis rectis, sub-
teretibus, ramulis decussatis, crebre spinosis, spinis iteratim
spinulosis, spinulis brevibus, ‘sulcato-striatellis, acute pun-
gentibus ; foliis in ramulis novellis minimis, obovatis, pauci-
dentatis, glabris, viridibus, imo in petiolum brevem cuneatis,
caducis ; floribus infra spinulas superiores fasciculatis, et hine
spicam cylindricam oblongam multifloram mentientibus, pe-
dicello calyce breviore, calycis tubo late eylindrico, submem-
branaceo, imo inflato, carnosulo, limbi laciniis 5 acutis, sub-
reflexis, staminibus 5 exsertis.—Peruvia: v.s. in herb. Mus.
Paris, sine loco aut designatione, No. 901 (sub. nom. “ Re-
tama,”’ Dombey) ; Tarma (Dombey, “ vern. Naqui”).

Three specimens of this plant exist in the Paris Museum:
the first in flower, and the second in fruit, are in the Jus-
sieuan herbarium, both upon the same sheet as the. original
typical species of C. spinosa; and these are probably the iden-
tical plants which Poiret confounded together, im his deserip-
tion of the typical species, as bemg brought from Peru (Dict.
Suppl. 11. 312) : the third specimen was also collected by Dombey
at Tarma. It has much the habit of the preceding species, but
its branches assume the appearance of a broader and more
spreading spike: they are of a pale olive hue: the branchlets
are straight and cylindrical, the primary spines are about
1 inch apart and 13 inch fons ; the secondary spines are 3 lines
apart, and 1 to ? inch long ; the tertiary spinelets are 2 to 3 hnes
long, all being clothed with fine sparse down. The inflorescence,
owing to the closeness of the axils, covers the branchlets, each
appearing like a densely flowered spike ; the pedicels are 2 lines
long ; de ee calyx, but little swollen, though tumid at
base, 1s 24 lines, and the segments 1} line long, and 11 line
diameter**,

17. Colletia hystrix, Clos, in Gay, Chile, 1. 82 ;—ramulis tere-
tibus, rectis, rigidis, fuscis, pubescentibus, spinis brevibus,
compositis, 3-4-natim verticillatis, secus ramos valde ap-
proximatis, et hine intricatione formam longam cylindricam
mentientibus, aut interdum nodos globosos interruptis emu-
lantibus, omnibus pilis rigidis patentissimis vestitis, et apice
calloso- pungentibus ; ramulis novellis inermibus, et foliiferis,
demum spinosis et aphyllis: foliis parvis, ovatis, imtegris, aut
obsolete dentatis, membranaceis subglabris, 5-nervils, apice
mucronulatis, imo in petiolum brevem attenuatis; floribus
sparsis, subfasciculatis, pedunculo tenui, calyce sicco pallide

* This species will be shown in the ‘ Contributions,’ plate 36 c.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez. 215

‘rosaceo, urceolato, medio constricto, imo globoso, limbi la-
eins 5 reflexis, staminibus exsertis, filamentis: erectis laci-
niarum quartam longitudinis, stylo filiformi, longe exserto,
stigmate capitato-3-lobo.—Chile centralis. v. s. in herb.
Mus. Paris ;—versus pedem Andium (Gay)..

This is a very distinct species, partaking much of the habit
of the following, and somewhat of the two preceding. Dr.
Clos remarks that, seen at a distance, its branehes bear much
the appearance of a Cactus or Cereus, owing to the length of its
straight branchlets, and the extreme intricacy of its innume-
rable spines, and verticillated very short ramifications. The
leaves are oval, rounded at the summit, cuneated at base into a
short petiole: they are glabrous, toothed on the margins, 21
lines long, 14 line broad, on a petiole of 4 line; the flowers are
small and few, the pedicel is 12 line long, the tube of the calyx
12 line, and the segments ? line long, and it is 1 line in dia-
meter, tumid and semiglobose at its base*.

Var. 8. Valanzuele ; Colletia Balanzuele, Bert. MSS. : differt
spinis acicularibus, tenuioribus, et paulo longioribus.

18. Colletia ulicina, Gill. et Hook, Bot. Misc. i. 155. tab. 44¢;
idem. iil. 173 ;—suffruticosa, orgyalis, vel sub-2-orgyalis,
ramosissima, ubique rigide hirsutula, ramis teretibus, elon-
gatis, ramulisque spinosissimis, et intricatione spmarum quasi
cylindraceis, spinis duplo aut triplo spinulosis, aut oppositis,
vel ternatim verticillatis, spinulis crebris, brevibus, tenuibus,
decussatis, fusco-olivaceis, striatis, acutissime pungentibus ;
foliis abortivis ; stipula minuta, subulata, fusca, ciliata, tuber-
culoque florifera sub spinula enatis; floribus copiosis, ple-
rumque fasciculatis, rarius solitariis, et proximitate axillarum
hine spicato-congestis ; pedunculo hirsuto, incurvo, flore sub-
eequilongo ; calycis tubo clongato, cylindrico, infra medium
constricto, imo subgloboso, fauce ampliore, limbi laciniis 5
oblongo-ovatis, recurvulis, staminibus intra tubum paulo
supra medium insertis, omnino inclusis, filamentis brevissimis,
stylo tubo multo breviore, erecto, stigmate subeapitato, obso-
lete 3-lobo ; fructu pisi magnitudine—Chile, in Andibus.—
v. s. in herb. Hook. flay. Tinguiririca, alt. 3000 ped. (Gillies) ;
Colchagua, in vallibus Andinis (Bridges, 1807); Chile (Gil-
lies, 220) ; in herb. Mus. Paris, San Fernando, proy. Colcha-
gua (Gay, 570).

This is a very distinet species, not only on account of its
habit, but of its copious red flowers with an unusually elongated
tube, and its included stamens: in all other species the insertion
of the stamens is in the mouth, between the segments of the

* A representation of this plant will be given in the ‘ Contributions,’ pl. 36 p.

216 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez.

border ; here they originate far within the tube. Sir W. Hooker,
on the authority of Gillies, describes it as being only 1 or 2 feet
in height, with decumbent stems; Bridges, on the contrary, says
that it grows to the height of 6 or 10 feet, which is more probable.
It is found also in Rancagua, where it bears the name of Cruzero,
appearing as a short tree, with a somewhat slender stem. A
decoction is there made from its branches by the natives, who
use it as a purgative. It comes into bloom in December and
January. The branchlets are straight and terete, the primary
spines are ; inch apart, generally verticillate, and 2 inch long;
the secondary spines are 4 lines long, and the tertiary spinelets
about two lines long, and slender. In the Rancagua specimen,
they are somewhat longer and stouter. The flowers are densely
aggregated, and cover the spicated branchlets; the pedicel is
13 line long; the tube of the calyx is 34 lines long, the lanceo-
late segments | line long, and it is 1 line in diameterf.

Species excluse.

1. Colletia affinis, Clos. = Retanilla stricta*.
2. articulata, Phil. = Retanilla articulata* .
3. —— australis, Brongn. = Discaria australis, Hook.
4, —— Chacaya, Don. = Ochetophila 3-nervis, Pop.
5, —— crenata, Clos. = Notophena foliosa*.
6. —— discolor, Hook. = Notophena discolor*.
7. —— disperma, DC. = Microrhamnus ?
8. —— Doniana, Clos. = Ochetophila 3-nervis, Pop.
9, —— Ephedra, Vent. = Retanilla Ephedra, Brongn.
10. inermis, Clos. = Ochetophila 3-nervis.
1] infesta, Brongn. = Adolphia infesta, Meisn.
12 longispina, Hook. = Discaria longispina*.
13. Maytenoides, Griseb. = Condalia Maytenoides = Seia-

dophila Maytenoides, Phil.

14. —— multiflora, Mog. Sessé.= Adolphia infesta, Meisn.
15. —— nana, Clos. = Ochetophila prostrata*.
16. —— obcordata, Vent. = Retanilla obcordata, Brongn.
17. —— pubescens, Brongn. = Discaria australis, Wook.
18. —— serratifolia, Vent. = Notophena serratifolia*.
19. —— serratifolia, Hook. |= Notophena foliosa*.

20. —— spicata, Willd. = Scypharia senticosa*.
21. —— tetragona, Brongn. =Scypharia? tetragona*.
22 tetrandra, Clos. = Trevoa Closiana*.

23 tomentosa, Phil. = Notophena tomentosa*.
24. —— Tralhuen, Bert. = Talguenca costata*.

Pia Trebu, Bert. = Trevoa 3-nervis*.

[To be continued. |

+ This species will be shown in the ‘ Contributions,’ plate 36 k.

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 217

XXIV.—On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera,
By T. Vernon Wortaston, M.A., F.L.S.

Fam. Carabide.
Genus Apvoromus.
(Hoffm.) Iliger, Mag. fiir Ins. vi. 348 (1807).
Apotomus Chaudoirit.

A. rufo-ferrugineus, dense pubescens, capite prothoraceque nitidis-
simis ; elytris profunde punctato-striatis ; antennis, palpis pedi-
busque pallido-testaceis, antennarum articulis quinto, sexto et
septimo nigrescentibus.

Long. corp. lin. 2.

Apotomus rufus, Woll. [nec Rossi], Ins. Mad. 14 (1854).

, Woll., Brit. Mus. Cat. 6 (1857).

Habitat sub lapidibus in locis maritimis Madere et Portis Sancti
tempore vernali, passim.

Although I can scarcely persuade myself that the Madeiran
Apotomus is anything more than a geographical state of the
Mediterranean A. rufus (to which I have hitherto referred 1) od
am nevertheless induced to separate it therefrom on the high
authority of the Baron Maxmillian de Chaudoir, who has lately
informed me that he considers it specifically distinct; and I
feel the more bound to do this on account of the great attention
which he had paid for many years to the Carabide. I have
therefore much pleasure in dedicating it to him. It seems to
differ from the ordinary European form in the much paler
colour of its antenne, palpi, and legs, the first of which, more-
over, have their fifth, sixth, and seventh joints very much darker
than the remainder,—the basal four and apical four being al-
ways pale. The Baron Chaudoir also pointed to some differ-
ence in the pubescence ; but, on comparing the Madeiran ex-
amples with specimens which I possess from the south of France
and Corfu, I cannot detect anything peculiar in this respect.

———

Genus Zaraus.
Wollaston, Ins. Mad. 22, tab. i. f. 4, 5, 6 (1854).
Zargus Monizii, n. sp.

Z. nigro-piceus, fere concolor (marginibus vix dilutioribus), nitidus,
subdepressus; prothorace parvo angusto subquadrato; elytris
striatis ; antennis basi pedibusque pallidis, infuscatis, illis apicem
versus fusco-piceis.

Long. corp. lin. 34-32.

Habitat in Madera australi, a cl. Dom. Moniz. mense Decembri
A.D. 1858 repertus.

Z. dark-piceous, and almost concolorous (the margins of the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. y. 15

918 Mr.T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

prothorax and elytra being scarcely at all diluted in colouring),
shining, and somewhat depressed. Mouth prominent, and rufo-
piceous. Prothorax small, narrow, and subquadrate, with the
sides just perceptibly more straightened towards the posterior
angles than is the case in the Z. pellucidus, and therefore a trifle
more suddenly widened a little before the middle; with very
slight indications of wrinkles, and with a deep dorsal channel.
Elytra ovate, regularly and rather deeply striated,—the striz
having no tendency at all to being interrupted, and with the
interstices flattened; with two small depressions on the disk of
each, the hinder one of which is sometimes obsolete; and with
the humeral angles a trifle more produced, or acute (the are
from either shoulder to the scutellum being generally more
regularly curved), than in the Z. pellucidus. Antenne and legs
slender ; the former rufo-testaceous at their base, and brownish-
piceous towards their apex ; the latter with their femora pale,
and the /ibie and tarsi rufo-testaceous.

The discovery of this important addition to the Madeivan
fauna is due to the researches of Seftor Moniz, who captured
several specimens of it, from beneath stones, on the slope behind
the sea-beach in the little bay immediately within the Brazen
Head (in Madeira proper), during December of 1858. It ap-
proaches closely to the Z. pellucidus ; nevertheless, its uniformly
larger size and darker hue will, apart from minor characters, at
once distinguish it from that species.

Genus Aepys.
(Leach), Samouelle, Usef. Comp. 149 [seript. Agpus| (1819).
Aépys gracilicornis, 1. sp.

4. fusco-testaceus subopacus, depressus, densissime et rugose alu-
taceus punctisque remotis leviter impressus necnon pube demiss&
pallidiore (preesertim in elytris) vestitus ; prothorace angusto sub-
cordato ; coleopteris parallelo-subellipticis haud striatis, singulo
punctis duobus leviter signato necnon ad apicem rotundato; an-
tennis pedibusque pallidioribus et (illis preecipue) elongatis graci-
libus.

Long. corp. lin. 1.

Habitat Maderam borealem ; in litore quodam parvo abrupto Intoso
lapidoso maritimo ad Sanctum Vincentium mense Decembri A.v.
1858 plurima specimina deprehendi.

A. brownish-testaceous (sometimes almost testaceous-brown),
nearly opake, depressed, densely alutaceous all over (roughly so
on the head and prothorax), and with ill-defined, rather remote
and shallow punctures intermixed (which are deeper and larger
on the head and prothorax, especially the former, than on the

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 219

elytra), and clothed all over (sparingly on the head and protho-
rax, but thickly on the elytra) with decumbent paler hairs.
Head large, and with two very deep, curved, longitudinal fur-
rows down the forehead; eyes depressed and very minute.
Prothoraxz narrow and subcordate, finely margined, and with the
extreme posterior angles almost right angles; with a distinct
dorsal channel, and with a small fovea on either side behind.
Scutellum rather large, and posteriorly acute. Hlytra somewhat
parallel-elliptic, and unstriated; ‘each of them separately
rounded off at the apex, and with two shallow impressions on
its disk. Antenne and legs rather paler than the rest of the
surface, and (particularly the former) elongated and slender.
The present very interesting addition to the fauna was detected
by myself on the 16th December, 1858, in the muddy crevices
of the low sea-bank which terminates the marshy piece of ground
at the mouth of the Sao Vicente river (in the north of Madeira
proper), adjoming the small chapel-rock. It was very active
and gregarious; and I obtained a few specimens, likewise, from
beneath the shingle and stones which must have been almost
washed by the sea-water at high tides. It has all the habits,
therefore, of the A. marinus of higher latitudes, from which,
however, in its specific details, it is abundantly distinct. Thus,
its darker, alutaceous, nearly opake, punctured (although lightly
so) and pubescent surface, in conjunction with its posteriorly
acuter scutellum, narrower prothorax, and less parallel (or more
elliptic) elytra, will readily separate it from that insect. Its
antenne, too, are very much longer and less robust, with their
joints (particularly the terminal one) altogether longer and
slenderer and more loosely connected inter se (or, as it were,
perfoliated). In its essential characters, however, it is a true
Aépys (which has been also confirmed by my friend Dr. H.
Schaum of Berlin),—its minute flattened eyes, separately-
rounded, shortened elytra, and curved frontal furrows, apart from
the structure of its palpi, labrum, and feet, as well as its small
size, soft texture, pallid hue, apterous body, general contour and
submarine mode of life, at once assigning it to that genus.

Fam. Silphide.
Genus Catops.

Paykull, Ins. Suec. i. 342 (1798).

Catops Murrayi, n. sp.

C. subellipticus, piceo-niger, minus conyexus ; prothorace postice
sinuato; elytris apice leviter acuminatis, singulo stria suturali

15%

2929 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

antice evanescente impresso; antennis pedibusque longiusculis

robustis rufo-ferrugineis.

Long. corp. lin. 14.

Mas tarsorum anteriorum articulo basilari magno dilatato.

Habitat clevata humida Madere sylvaticee, in ‘* Boa Ventura ”
mense Decembri A.D. 1858 a meipso repertus. Catops valde
indigenus, distinctus, et in honorem cl. A. Murray, armigeri,
hujus generis investigatoris felicissimi, dicatus.

C. subelliptic, slightly depressed, dark - piceous-black, and
densely clothed with a coarse decumbent pile, which is yellow-
ish on the head and prothorax, but darker on the elytra. Head
and prothorax slightly shining; the former distinctly, and the
latter (which is sinuated along its hinder margin) minutely
punctulated. Hlytra widest a little behind their middle, and
rather acuminated at their apex; each with an impressed stria
near the suture,—tolerably deep posteriorly, but vamishing in
front. Limbs rufo-ferruginous, and rather long and robust :
antenne a good deal thickened towards their apex, and with
their eighth joint very distinctly smaller than the neighbouring
ones ; fibie (at any rate in the males, for which alone I can answer)
a good deal curved.

Male with the basal joint of the four anterior feet much en-
larged, being greatly dilated, and slightly lengthened, in the
front pair,—and greatly lengthened, and slightly dilated, in the
intermediate ones.

A single specimen (and that a male) of the present Catops

was taken by myself at a lofty elevation in Madeira proper (just
below the Boca das Torrinhas, at the head of the Boa Ventura,
— some 4000 feet above the sea), whilst encamped there, with
the Rev. R. T. Lowe, during December 1858. It belongs to
another section of the genus than its Madeiran ally, the C.
velox; and, apart from the slightly different proportions of its
antennal and tarsal joints, and its more evidently curved tibiee,
it may be at once recognized from that insect by, inter alia, its
larger size, and longer and more robust limbs ; by its more elliptic
outline, and less convex surface; by its posteriorly sinuated
prothorax, and anteriorly evanescent sutural strie; as well as
by its coarser pubescence and more acuminated elytra. I have
dedicated it to Andrew Murray, Esq., of Edinburgh, whose
Monograph of Catops has rendered so great a service im deter-
mining the numerous species of that somewhat obscure and
difficult genus. And I may add that I lately forwarded to him
the unique Madeiran specimen described above, and have re-
ceived his assurance that it is perfectly distinct from any species
with which he is acquainted,—adding, “at the same time I have
not much doubt as to its affinities: it certainly does not belong

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera, 221

to the section with overlapping thorax; and I should place it
near coracinus and nigrita, but towards scitulus and alpinus.”

Fam. Trichopterygide.
Genus Exacuys.
Matthews, in litteris.
Elachys abbreviatellus, Heer.

£. minutissima, oblonga, pubescens, nigra, subnitida ; prothorace ely-
trorum latitudine, ad latera rotundato, angulis posticis obtusis ;
elytris postice latiusculis truncatis abdomine paulo brevioribus ;
antennis pallide fusco-piceis, basi pedibusque dilute testaceis.

Long. corp. lin. 1.

Habitat Maderam australem, sub foliis marcidis et quisquiliis, hine
inde vulgaris: in horto Bewickiano ad “ Palmeira,” prope urbem
Funchalensem, abundat; necnon etiam ad S. Antonio da Serra
parce cepit Dom. Bewicke.

Trichopteryx abbreviatellus, Heer, Fauna Col. Helv. i. 375 (1841).

curta, Gillm. in Sturm, Deutsch. Fauna, xvii. (1845).

abbreviatellus, Evich., Nat. der Ins. Deutsch. ii. 23 (1848).

Titan abbreviatellus, Matthews, in Zool. xvi. 6110 (1858).

E. excessively minute, narrowish, oblong, and black; closel
roughened (but scarcely, perhaps, punctured), densely clothed
with a decumbent silvery pile, and shghtly shining. Head
rather large and wide. Prothorax a good deal (and about
equally) rounded at the sides,—being, therefore, narrower before
and behind ; at the latter of which it is distinctly margined, and
of the same breadth as the base of the elytra. Elytra rather
widened posteriorly and suddenly truncated, where they are a
little shorter than the abdomen; and with their hinder margin
alittle pale. Antenne pale brownish-piceous ; their base, and
the /egs, diluted-testaceous

The present insect is perhaps scarcely separable from the
genus Acratrichis (i.e. Trichopteryx) ; nevertheless, since it was
removed therefrom by the Rev. A. Matthews, in his ‘ Synonymic
List of the British Trichopterygide’ (vide ‘Zoologist,’ 6104, a.p.
1858), I have retained it as distinct. In his excellent Paper
on these minute creatures, it was assigned by Mr. Matthews to
the genus Titan of Newman; but, having been informed by
him subsequently “that the term Zitan must be altered,” and
that he intends “ to propose Elachys in its place,” I have quoted
it accordingly. It seems to differ principally from the members
of Trichopteryx proper by its hinder coxe not being lamellated :
nevertheless it has many external features of its own, in outline
and general aspect, which would induce the suspicion that a
close examination of its oral organs would disclose other cha-

222 Bibliographical Notices.

racters which would tend still further to render its isolation
desirable. It may be known from the other Madeiran Tricho-
pterygide by, inter alia, its excessively diminutive size, and the
form of its prothorax,—which has its sides greatly (and equally)
rounded, and its hinder angles obtuse and not at all produced.
There can be no doubt that it is identical with the European
T. abbreviatella, though my Madeiran specimens are perhaps a
trifle darker than British ones in my possession. They were
detected abundantly by Mr. Bewicke and myself, in December
1858, amongst dead leaves and vegetable refuse, in his garden
at the Palmeira—and also, subsequently, beneath decaying
bundles of the sugar-cane at the Praia Formosa—near Funchal.
And a single example was captured at S. Antonio da Serra, by
Mr. Bewicke, during the summer of 1859.

[To be continued. |

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Guide to the Quadrupeds and Reptiles of Europe; with Descrip-
tions of all the Species: compiled from the Latest Writers. By
Lord CLermont. London: John Van Voorst, 1859. Post 8vo.

Ir is now, we believe, generally admitted that the British Islands
possess no peculiar indigens belonging to the Animal or Vegetable
Kingdoms. Instances there are, certainly (such as Spiranthes gem-
mipara among Flowering-Plants, and Tetrao scoticus among Birds),
of species not at present known to occur elsewhere ; but when the
fauna of Europe has been thoroughly investigated, these and similar
exceptions will in all probability be found to be more satisfactorily
classed as localized varieties of more widely distributed species. Such
being the case, it seems obvious that we can hardly arrive at a per-
fect knowledge of the British Fauna and Flora without studying the
Fauna and Flora of the larger area in which it is comprised. A
general acquaintance with the whole is necessary to a particular
knowledge of the part. It is for this reason that we receive with
pleasure every attempt (such as that made by Lord Clermont in the
present work) to enlarge the much too generally restricted range of
the views of the ‘ British Naturalist,’ and to induce him to pay some
attention to the objects found in other portions of Europe, instead of
confining himself entirely to such as happen to occur in the little
corner of it which his nation occupies. ‘Philosophus non habet
patriam” is a maxim which the English student of nature seems
to be especially prone to forget. Numerous as are the works which
have been published in this country upon the Mammals, Birds,
Reptiles, and Fishes of Great Britain, we are not aware of a single
book written in the English language upon the Vertebrates of Europe
generally, or any section of them. Our authorities on European

Bibliographical Notices. on

Mammals are Blasius and Schinz; on Birds, Temminck, Schlegel,
and Degland; on Reptiles and Fishes, Schinz and Bonaparte.

We begin to hope, however, that we are ‘“‘ progressing’’ (Ameri-
canice) a jittle in this as well as in other respects. Besides the pre-
sent work on the Mammals and Reptiles of Europe, the publication
and, we believe, extended sale of Mr. Bree’s ‘ Birds of Europe not
observed in the British Isles,’ show that our ornithologists are ex-
tending their views ; and the numerous papers contributed to ‘The
Ibis’ on the ornithology of different portions of the European area
give further evidence in the same direction.

Again, out of the crowds of English tourists who annually seatter
themselves over the face of Europe, many probably have a taste for
natural history, or some wish to gain a general knowledge of the
animals which they may meet with, provided the means be ready at
hand. Lord Clermont’s little book, the title of which we give above,
offers them a clear and concise account of the species of two of the
generally recognized divisions of vertebrated animals met with within
the limits of our continent. The work is, as it is confessed to be in
the preface, a compilation ; but the descriptions are taken from the
best authorities on the subject, and useful notes on the habits,
localities, and distribution of the species in different countries are
added. It might be objected that the arrangement and nomenclature
are in some respects a little old-fashioned, and that it would have
been better if the author had followed Blasius rather more closely in
one division of his work, and Duméril and Bibron less closely in
another. But such minor objections hardly detract from the general
merit of the book, and we hope that the noble author will meet with
such encouragement as may induce him to issue ‘Guides’ to the
other divisions of European Vertebrates, compiled in a similar man-
ner, equally convenient as travelling companions for the tourist and
as handy books of reference for the student.

A Manual of the Subkingdom Protozoa, with a General Introduction
to the Principles of Zoology. By Joseru Reay Greenr, B.A.,
Professor of Natural History in Queen’s College, Cork. London,
1858. Longmans. 12mo.

Tuts little volume is the first of a series of manuals to be published
under the superintendence of Professors Galbraith and Haughton,
and intended for the use of students. There can be little doubt that
in Zoology, at any rate, an English Handbook for students is at
present a desideratum ; and if the remaining sections of the Animal
Kingdom are treated of by Professor Greene as ably as the very
difficult subject to which the volume before us is devoted, this series
of manuals will go far to supply this deficiency in our scientific lite-
rature. At the same time we fear that the conditions of a student’s
text-book have hardly been realized with sufficient care in the publi-
«ation of this manual. When we look forward over the space to be
covered by subsequent volumes, and compare it with that occupied by

24 Bibliographical Notices.

the one now under consideration, we cannot but think that the entire
series will be too bulky for the ordinary student ; and the cost will
certainly be considerable.

The General Introduction to the Principles of Zoology occupies
about twenty pages, and, although necessarily brief, is written in a
sound and philosophical spirit. Our author is evidently a disciple of
the most advanced school of zoology ; but he treats disputed questions
with great fairness, and evidently allows due weight to the arguments
on both sides.

In his treatment of the group to which the present manual is
especially devoted, Professor Greene exhibits the same characteristics :
he has with great care brought together all the well-established
information that we possess upon the Protozoa, and at the same time
indicated where our knowledge is defective. The most recent con-
tributions to the history of these minute organisms have been con-
consulted by the author, and their leading results embodied in his
work ; and the student will be greatly assisted in his investigations
by a well-selected and classified bibliographical list, including the
most important works and papers published on the different groups
of Protozoa.

The groups admitted by Professor Greene are as follows :—

1. Rhizopoda, under which we find an analysis of the classifications
of D’Orbigny and Schultze, the latter with the equivalents of the
groups in D’Orbigny’s system, both of which, however, the author
justly characterizes as ‘premature ;”’ 2. Polycystine; 3. Spon-
gide (for which we should have preferred the term Porifera) ;
4. Thalassicollidea, to which the deanthometre of J. Miller are
appended ; 5. Gregarinide, including Prorospermie; and, 6. Infu-
soria, as to the nature of which Professor Greene adopts the view
put forward by Lachmann and Carter in papers published in this
Journal. The curious and problematical genus Noctiluca is described
under the last-mentioned group, of which it is possibly an aberrant
member.

In conclusion, we have much pleasure in recommending Professor
Greene’s Manual as a guide to those who are engaged in the study
of zoology, and we can only hope that the sueceeding volumes may
be published fast enough to prevent a new edition of the first being
necessary before the concluding one makes its appearance.

Letters from Alabama, chiefly relating to Natural History. By
Puitie Henry Gossr, F.R.S. 12mo. London: Morgan and
Chase, 1859.

Mr. Gosse informs us that his object in visiting the little known

State of Alabama was partly to establish a school in one of the rural

districts, and partly to take advantage of his position to investigate

the natural history of that part of the world. The little book to
which we now call the attention of our readers is the result of this
expedition,

It consists of a series of letters, which we may remark en passant

Royal Society. 295

appeared singly in a periodical called the ‘ Home Friend,’ and com-
mences with an account of the author’s outward voyage and of his
journey up the Alabama River to his destination, in the course of
which he found opportunities of making numerous observations on the
natural history of the country traversed, which are described, as usual
with Mr. Gosse, im a pleasant, lively style. Mr. Gosse then gives us a
short account of the nature of his scholastic duties, and afterwards a
history of his proceedings in the out-of-the-way locality where he
took up his abode for seven or eight months, which includes a
great many interesting observations on the natural history of the
district, and especially on its entomology, described in an agreeable,
gossiping manner. Interspersed with these, we find numerous cha-
racteristic remarks on the mode of life of the rough-and-ready
southern planters amongst whom our author found himself located,
their field sports, and their dexterity with the rifle. The institution
also comes in for its share of notice, and, as may be expected, is not
mentioned with any favour. The little work is illustrated with
several nicely executed woodcuts, and is altogether a pleasing con-
tribution to the stock of popular Natural History literature.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

Dec. 15, 1859.—Sir Benjamin C. Brodie, Bart., President, in the
Chair.

‘Note respecting the Circulation of Gasteropodous Mollusca and
the supposed Aquiferous Apparatus of the Lamellibranchiata.”” By
M. H. Lacaze Duthiers.

A memoir upon the aquiferous system and the oviducts of Lamelli-
branchiate Mollusks by Messrs. Rolleston and Robertson, was read
before the Royal Society at the Meeting on the 3rd of February, 1859.
The abstract of this memoir, contained in the ‘ Annals and Magazine
of Natural History,’ reached me in the month of July; and I was not
a little surprised to find that a structure which I had so elaborately stu-
died in the course of my various journeys to the sea-shore, and which
I had carefully described in a number of species, was something quite
different from what I had imagined it tobe. Without entering into
minute anatomical details, which would not tend to elucidate the
question, I find that Messrs. Rolleston and Robertson consider that
the organs, the ducts, and the orifices supposed to be the ovaries or
their excretory ducts, are, in fact, nothing but an aquiferous appa-
ratus, and that the openings placed on each side of the foot are the
excretory orifices of this system. They discover elsewhere the ducts
whose office is to convey away the products of the genital glands.
The enunciation of an opinion so opposed to what I, in common
with many other authors, had maintained, seemed to require a reeur-
rence to direct observation. But on repeating my examination of

226 Royal Society :—

Cardium edule, Tellina solidula, Mactra stultorum, and Donax ana-
tina, | have precisely verified my previous conclusions.

On throwing injections into the genital orifices, the sexual glands
have become turgid; and on examining fragments of such injected
genital glands microscopically, the injected substance was seen mixed
with the ova or spermatozoa. These facts may be observed with
especial ease in Cardium edule.

In addition to this, I have seen ova actually laid by living females
of Modiole and Mytili, one of the valves of whose shell was removed,
on irritation of the genital orifice; and in others the ova or the
spermatic fluid may be made to pass out of their orifices, at the
breeding season, by pressing gently upon the foot.

In Spondylus gederopus the genital orifice is situated in the sae
of Bojanus, and I had great difficulty in finding it when investigating
this subject. It was, in fact, only by chance that I opened the sac
of Bojanus and observed a little rose-coloured cylinder issuing from
an orifice in its interior. This cylinder, like a thread of vermicelli
in aspect, was composed of reddish ova mixed with mucus, and
agglomerated. I might multiply examples ; but it seems to be use-
less to do so, for I should simply reproduce the facts which I have
brought forward in the memoir which I published in the ‘ Annales
des Sciences Naturelles,’ on my return from a long stay in the
Balearic isles.

In this memoir, besides, I have not merely drawn attention to the
circumstance that after oviposition the aspect of the gland changes
completely, which might lead an observer to mistake the apparatus
of reproduction for something quite different, but I have given
figures of this condition of Pecten varius, &c. In fine, I believe that
the structure of the male and female organs of the Lamellibranchiate

Mollusea is such as it was described to be before the observations of

Messrs. Rolleston and Robertson.

But does the system of aquiferous vessels, whose occurrence in the
Mollusca has been sometimes admitted, sometimes denied, really
exist in the Acephala? In the abstract to which I refer, those cita-
tions, which doubtless existed in the memoir, have not, and probably
could not have appeared. It is well known that the belief in this sup-
posed aquiferous system has been gradually becoming weaker. The
necessity of explaining the extreme dilatation and contraction of the
bodies of molluseous animals led anatomists to seek for and describe
such a system; but at present the explanation of these facts is found
in the direct mixture of water with the blood, or the ejection of the
latter liquid. MM. Leuckart and Gegenbaur have made observations
tending to prove the occurrence of chis process in the Pteropods; M.
Langer of Vienna has published a special memoir on the circulation
of Anodon, and the great point he makes out is the passage of water
into the blood by the intermediation of the organ of Bojanus. I
believe that I have demonstrated in Dentalium the orifices by which
the direet communication of the circulatory apparatus with the ex-
terior of the body takes place ; and lastly, I have found a Gasteropod,

—_e ~

M. Lacaze Duthiers ox Circulation in the Gasteropoda. 227

and one which assuredly occupies a very high place in that group,
which presents the same arrangement.

I hope to be able before long to bring out a complete Monograph
of the anatomy of Pleurobranchus aurantiacus, in which the exist-
ence of an external orifice of the circulatory apparatus shall be put
beyond doubt. As the figure which accompanies this Note shows, a
very small orifice (4, fig. A, and ¢, fig. B) with a raised rim is visible
above the external genital organs and in front of the principal
branchial vein. This orifice, hidden by the contractions of the body,
is very conspicuous in the dead animal. On injecting milk or any
other liquid by it, the fluid is seen always to enter the heart; and
on slitting up the branchial vein, there is seen within it an aperture
(d, fig. B) leading into a little canal which is connected with the
external aperture, and is the channel whereby the fluid mjected
enters the heart. I have varied the method of injection in every
possible way, and always with the same result. I cannot conceive
that there is any rupture of the parts or any extravasation of the

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES.

A. Pleurobranchus aurantiacus, seen in a side view.
a. Heart.
4. External orifice of the sanguiferous system, placed before the branchiz
and above the genital organ.
B. Enlarged view of the heart, branchial vein, &c.
Auricle.
Ventricle.
External opening through which fluid may be injected into the heart.
. Branchial vein laid open at this part to show the internal opening of
the canal which leads from the external orifice ec.
Penis.
Part of the branchial vein, unopened.

RS SR

WO

228 Miscellaneous.

injection, so that I believe (as may be verified in spirit specimens)
that in the Pleurobranchus the circulatory apparatus communicates
directly with the exterior.

The demonstration of a direct communication between the exterior
and the circulatory apparatus, renders the assumed existence of an
aquiferous system @ priori less necessary, m order to explain the
great changes of volume of the body of Mollusks. But I believe
that, in addition, microscopic examination will show the direct con-
tinuity of the genital glands with the lateral orifices placed at the
base of the foot in the Lamellibranchiata.

This communication of the vascular apparatus with the external
water, has a very important bearing on the history of the nutritive
processes. The physiological conceptions derived from the study
of the -higher animals are singularly affected by finding creatures
which can at will throw out a portion of their blood, or, on the
contrary, dilute with water that which is, par excellence, the nutri-
tious element.

This would be sufficient to prove, were it necessary to do so, how
wide is the difference between the vital processes of the lower and of
the higher animals.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Hydra rubra of Mr. Lewes.
By the Rev. W. Hoveuron, M.A., F.L.S.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Solihull, Feb. 10, 1860.

GENTLEMEN,—In your January Number, Mr. G. H. Lewes
records the discovery, on Wimbledon Common, of what he terms a
new species of Hydra. His description of the animal is, that it is
‘a beautiful bright-red species, differing m intensity of colour in
different states of the animal, being sometimes of a brick-dust hue.”
Van der Hoeven, Mr. Lewes says, enumerates three species of Hydra,
which he ealls H. viridis, H. fusca, and H. grisea respectively.
Now, the authors of the ‘ Micrographie Dictionary’ mention four
species, namely, H. viridis, H. fusca, H. attenuata, and H. vulgaris.
Dr. Landsborough, also, in his little book, ‘The History of British
Zoophytes,’ describes these same four species, with the addition of
Hydra oligactis (Baker). The description Dr. Landsborough gives
of H. vulgaris (for it is to this species I wish to direct attention) is
that it is about the same size as H. viridis, but that it differs from
it in colour, “ being of an orange-colour, or sometimes of a brown,
or even red tint.” Under the word ‘‘ Hydra,” in the ‘ Micrographie
Dictionary,’ I read the following description of H. vulgaris: “ Body
orange-brown, yellowish, or red.’ How does this differ from Mr.
Lewes’s so-called new species ?

Why this animal has ever been designated as H. vulgaris I am
at a loss to conceive. I have searched pools and ditches innumer-
able for Hydre; and iny experience tends to show that this species

Miscellaneous. 229
is by no means ‘‘ common,”
localities.

The last time I made acquaintance with this red species (be its
name what it may, but vulgaris suits it as far as description is con-
cerned) was at Bala Lake, in the month of June last ; and there it
was in great profusion,—indeed, the only species I saw. It was
found attached to the under surface of stones near the margin of the
lake, and reminded me at the time very forcibly of the red Dianthi,
to which Mr. Lewes also compares it. It was associated with Fre-
dericella sultana, and with another (very rare) Polyzoon, Plumatella
punctata.

But what is Van der Hoeven’s Hydra grisea? Is it the same as
the brown variety of vulgaris? Has it any synonyms? Whose is
H. vulgaris? Certainly here in Warwickshire it is a misnomer,
being the very opposite of common; indeed, I do not remember
ever to have seen it in this neighbourhood. I have occasionally
found it in Shropshire, and always in very clear, pure water.

H. fusca is more abundant here than even H. viridis.

I remain, Gentlemen, Yours, &c.,
W. Hoveuron.

[Dr. Johnston in the 2nd Edition of his ‘ British Zoophytes’ de-
scribes four species: H. viridis, H. vulgaris, H. attenuata, and H.
oligactis. The H. grisea of Van der Hoeven is probably the H.
grisea of Linnzus, which is given as a synonym of H. vulgaris,

Pallas. —Eb. |

for I have found it only in four or five

On the Genus Hyalonema. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

In my original description of the genus Hyalonema, published in
the ‘Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for 1853, p. 63, the
publication of which I had delayed in hopes of being enabled, by the
acquisition of more copious materials, to clear up some points which
did not appear at that time capable of satisfactory elucidation, I
deseribed the ‘‘ Polypus ignotus,’ but placed it near Gorgonia, on
account of its being coyered with bark, like the Barked Corals ; and,
in a recent paper in the ‘Annals,’ I suggested its being considered as
a peculiar suborder of that class of Zoophytes.

Mr. John J. Brandt has lately published a description and figure
of the animal, and shows that, instead of having eight pinnated
tentacles, like the Gorgoniada, it has twenty or more simple conical
ones, like the Actinie. Mr. Brandt proposes to form for its
reception a peculiar family of the ‘‘ Polyactinia,”’ under the name of ©
Hyalochetides. The figure of the animal and the structure of its
external coat, and especially of the aperture of the cells, greatly
resemble those of the genera Corticifera and Mammillifera and the
other “‘Zoanthaires coriaces’’ of Blainville, indeed, one is now asto-
nished that we had not before observed the similarity, and placed it
with those animals. But the genus (or family) differs from these ani-
mals in having an erect axis, formed of a bundle of twisted silicious
filaments.

230 Miscellaneous.

Mr. Brandt received a specimen from Japan, which had been used
as an ornament, in which nine specimens of this coral are grouped
together in the hole formed by a Pholas in a soft rock. He figures
this specimen; but I am convinced that this is not the way in which
the Coral is naturally produced, and that they must have been arti-
ficially inserted into this perforation in the rock by the Japanese.

Mr. Reeves’ specimen, which I first described, is the only one
which has yet been described as imbedded in what I believe to be
its proper habitat—a peculiar kind of Sponge ; and I am confirmed
in this opinion by the very intimate manner in which the Sponge is
attached to the Coral in the above specimen.

Mr. Brandt figures two specimens to which more or less large
portions of Sponges are attached, and he considers these Sponges to
belong to the species which he calls Spongia spinicrucis and Spongia
octancyre, t. 1. f. 3, 4 & 5.

Mr. Brandt divides his specimens into two genera: 1. Hyalonema,
of which he describes two species, H. Sieboldi and H. affinis ;
2. Hyalocheéa, containing a single species, HH. Possieti; but I must
say, from the variation in “the several specimens of this Coral which
have come under my examination, I am very doubtful if they are
more than varieties of the same kind: at any rate, we want much
more material before I could admit them to be distinct. The genera
appear to differ only in the elongation and non-elongation of the
cells, which will doubtless vary according to the manner in which
the specimen is preserved.

On the Generative Organs of the Scarabeideous Beetles.
By C. Roussex.

In all the Scarabeide the testes are formed of spherical, but
more or less depressed capsules. A single genus is known to furnish
an exception to this,—namely Onthophagus, in which they are coni-
eal. Their number, which varies sometimes, even in nearly allied
groups, is never above twelve or below six in each testis; the latter
number is by far the most frequent. They are usually more nume-
rous in the Cetonine, and in this tribe their mode of insertion like-
wise presents a peculiar character: the cords which support these cap-
sules usually arise from each other, instead of having a distinct origin.

The form and structure of the penis clearly separates the Geotru-
pine and Coprine from the rest of the family. In the former of
these tribes it is short, straight, broad, and thick, and appears at the
first glanee to be composed only of a single, entirely horny piece.
But of the two joints which compose this organ in all the Seara-
baide there is only a vestige of the superior one, whilst the inferior
piece has been developed at the expense of the abortive one. In the
Coprine the two joints are nearly of the same size, but the upper one
presents a characteristic border near the top. The position which it
affects furnishes another means of distinction. In the other tribes it is
direeted from left to right, whilst in this it is always from right to left.

Beyond these two groups the penis presents a very remarkable

Miscellaneous. 231

variability, not only between the divisions of a tribe, but sometimes
even between the representatives of the same genus. The different
species of Cockchafers and Cefonie furnish curious examples of this
fact, which is still more striking in the Anomale. It is only between
the most nearly allied species that we meet with a nearly complete
similarity in the form of the organ of intromission. It would appear
that Nature has taken the most minute care to prevent the mixture
of types, and that crossing is practicable only within very restricted
limits.

The female organs consist normally of two identical ovaries, formed
of a number of sheaths corresponding exactly in each individual with
that of the testicular capsules. These sheaths are united with each
other and supported by a suspensory cord. There is also a more or
less developed copulatory sac and some accessory glands.

The Coprine, trom which the Aphodii must be separated, present
a very remarkable character,—namely, the occurrence, well known in
Birds, of the abortion of the ovaries of the right side. That which
exists, even, is reduced to a single sheath of considerable length. At
its base there are several small vesicular appendages, the vestiges of
the aborted sheaths.

In the Geotrupine there is no apparent copulatory sac. The
reservoirs destined to contain the seminal fluid of the male, which
indeed are very small, are concealed beneath the muscular envelope
of the base of the oviduct. In the Cetonine the sheaths are very
short, and, as a consequence of this modification, the suspensory
cord disappears.

In the Glaphyrine, Melolonthine, Ruteline, and Scarabeine
neither the male nor the female generative organs present any marked
differences.

From his investigations the author draws the following conclu-
sions :—

1. There is always an almost exact similarity between the very
nearly allied species of the same genus. ‘This furnishes evidence in
support of the happy definition of a genus given by M. Flourens.

2. Between two genera there are important modifications well
adapted to characterize them.

3. These modifications, becoming more considerable in the repre-
sentatives of higher groups, such as tribes, furnish valuable indica-
tions for zoologists.

4. The differences observed between the Glaphyrine, Melolonthine,
Rutiline, and Scarabeine, which are admitted as tribes, are not
comparable in value to those which distinguish the Cetonine, and
still less to those which separate the Geotrupine and Coprine.

5. In the case of types of which the natural relations could not
be appreciated with certainty by the consideration either of the ex-
ternal characters or of certain internal organs, the knowledge of the
generative apparatus allows their position to be more accurately de-
termined. Of this the comparison of the Arthrophagi and Aphodii
furnishes a striking example.—Comptes Rendus, January 16, 1860,
p- 158.

232 Miscellaneous.

Description of a new Species of Gull (Gavia roseiventris) from the
Falkland Islands. By J. Gouxp, Esq.

I describe this Gull as new, with a degree of hesitation, since it is
hardly to be supposed that a bird of this magnitude, and doubtless,
like the other members of the group, of very wandering habits, should
not have been noticed and described. Still I can find no description
which answers to this somewhat anomalous bird; neither does it
accord with any of the numerous species contained in our national
Museum. I make use of the word anomalous, because, although I
cannot separate it from the little group of Gulls, of which our well-
known species Gavia ridibunda forms a part, it differs from them in
several particulars. In the first place, the specimen, which is cer-
tainly fully adult, has a nearly white head, the hinder part only
being clouded with dusky, inducing the belief that a black hood was
its characteristic at another season; yet, strange to say, the bill,
legs, and feet are of the most intense coral-red ; moreover these
organs are very thick and fleshy, much more so than is ever seen in
G. ridibunda and its allies ; the gape, also, is wider than in the other
members of the group, while the bill and tarsi are shorter; the
hind toes of this, the only specimen I have seen, are well developed,
but are entirely destitute of nails (probably from accident or injury) ;
and lastly, the neck and breast are suffused with a beautiful pinkish
rose-colour—a colour, which in spite of every care, disappears after a
time, and which has sensibly diminished during the two months it
has been under my notice; the three first primaries have their ter-
minal portions entirely white, and the tail also is white, in which
respects it agrees with the Black-headed Gulls in the British
Museum, said to be from the Falkland Islands and the Straits of
Magellan.

The following is an accurate description of this Gull :—

Tail, head, neck, and all the under surface white, suffused on the
breast and abdomen with rich pinkish rose-colour ; back of the head
clouded with dusky ; back and wings silvery-grey ; primaries white,
the first narrowly edged on the base of the external web, and broadly
marked on the base of the internal web, with black, the remainder
broadly margined on the internal web with black nearly to the tip ;
tail white; bill, legs, and feet coral-red.

Total length 13 inches, bill 14, wing 114, tail 33, tarsi 14.

Ground-colour of the egg light olive, elegantly variegated with
irregularly-shaped markings of umber-brown, disposed in a zone
near the larger end, and continued more sparingly over the whole
surface, some of them appearing as if beneath the surface of the
shell: these markings assume various V-shaped, arrow-headed, tail-
shaped, and other fantastic forms. A lengthened and very pretty egg.
Length 2 inches ; breadth 14.—Proc. Zool. Soc. Feb 8, 1859.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[THIRD SERIES.]

No. 28. APRIL 1860.

XXV.—On the Mycetozoa.
By Dr. A. ve Bary, Professor of Botany in Freiburg *,

{With a Plate. ]

Tue object of this memoir is to describe a group of organisms
hitherto placed in the family of Fungi known as Myxomycetes
or Myxogastres, and to prove them close allies of the Rhizopoda,
and therefore members of the animal kingdom. Assuming this
relationship to be proved, the author proposes to designate the
group Mycetozoa, and proceeds to a sketch of the present state
of knowledge respecting the undoubted Fungi, preparatory to
instituting a comparison between their process of development
and that of the so-named Mycetozoa.

The recent elucidation of the vital economy of the Fungi—the
fact that they take up as food organic matter, either in a still
living state or in the process of decomposition, and that they
are destitute of chlorophyll and the characteristic colouring
matter of plant—affords sufficient evidence that this class of
organisms, so rich in forms, differs widely from all other Thallo-
phytes. An examination of their histological characters will
still further display the difference observable.

The thallus of all Fungi is composed of the so-called Fungi-
fibres or hyphz, which are elongated filiform and cylindrical,
mostly branched, unicellular sacs; or in most instances filiform
branched rows of at first cylindrical cells, subsequently often
of very various figure (PI. VI. fig. 7). The longitudinal growth
of these fibres, so far as relates to new cell-formation, takes place
exclusively or principally by transverse fission of the terminal
cell of the fibre, and the construction thereupon of a new ter-

* Translated, in abstract, from the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir Wissenschaftliche
Zoologie,’ Band 10, 1859, p- 88, by J. T. Arlidge, A.B., M.B. (Lond.).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. vy. 16

234 Dr. A. de Bary on the Mycetozoa.

minal cell and of an additional member or joint to the series or
row, which may be called the “segment-cell” (“ Gliederzelle”’).
In the latter, fission either does not recur at all, or speedily
comes to anend. On the other hand, the “ segment-cells”” shoot
forth lateral saccular buds which, by the subsequent develop-
ment of septa, constitute twigs or branches upon the primitive
cell. All the septa in a branch are disposed one above the other
in parallel order.

The thallus of the simple varieties of Fungi (the filiform
Fungi or “ moulds”) is composed of hypheze disconnected, or at
most only approximated, in the act of growing. Fungi of a
higher grade of development, which attain a spongy consistence,
are formed of the same sort of fibres intertwined. The growth
of such Fungi in breadth and thickness, apart from the simple
expansion of the existing cells, is dependent on the formation of
new histological elements, and proceeds from the development of
offshoots to the contiguous hyphie which are interposed between
the original portions of tissue, or are overlaid upon the surface
of the organism.

Indeed in the case of the seemingly more complex tissues of
many Fungi—for example, of the external layer of many Agarici
(Russula), the bodies of many Pyrenomycetes, the skin of the
warty species of Lycoperdon, &e.—there is a near resemblance to
the parenchyma of higher organisms in the appearance of juxta-
posed globular or polyhedral cells, when a thin section is sub-
mitted to examination. In fact, however, the study of the de-
velopment of such tissues proves that they likewise originate in
the interlacing of hyphee, and that their exceptional appearance is
due toa subsequent expansion and displacement of the segments
of the filiform fibres.

The construction and growth of Fungi therefore characterize
them from all other Cryptogamia, such as the Fucacee and
Floridez, which exhibit the cellular structure and cell-develop-
ment of higher plants. It is only in the formation of the repro-
ductive organs that cells and cell-corpuscles are concerned in
any of the Fungi. Nevertheless, the whole history of the
organisms leaves no doubt of the vegetable nature of the true
Fungi.

The systematic position of the entire class, as determined by
affinity of structure, is im connexion with Peronospora, Syzygites,
in the family Siphonza, of which the best-known example is
furnished by the genus Vaucherta. Indeed, the Fungi are so_
intimately allied to this family through the group of Saprolegnize
(ec. g. Saprolegnia ferax, Achlya prolifera), that the latter might
with almost equal reason be referred to the Fungi. Like these,
the Saprolegniz grow on diseased and dead organisms, and are

Dr. A. de Bary on the Mycetozoa. 235

deficient of colouring matter in their cells ; but, like the Sipho-
nea, they are inhabitants of water, and, what is more, they
possess zoospores, which have never yet been discovered with
certainty in any Fungi.

In structure and development the Fungi are closely related
to the Lichens. The only appreciable difference between them
is, that the hyph composing the thallus of the latter are sepa-
rated by a distinct layer (“gonidial layer”) of chlorophyll-bearing
cells, probably concerned in the process of reproduction. Inthe
matter of fructification there is an exact similarity between the
Lichens and a large group of Fungi, and lastly, these two classes
of organisms approach likewise generally in the mode of nutri-
tion. In short, so intimate are the relations between the two,
that Berkeley and others have proposed to unite them as two
orders in one class.

The Fungi, as a definite class of organisms, agreeing among
themselves in habits of life, in histological elements and in the
phenomena of development, are separable from certain struc-
tures commonly referred to them on account of the similarity
in their habits and mode of nourishment, represented by the
greater portion of the Mycopliycee. Among these pseudo-
Fungi are the moulds or mildews that form on decomposing
substances, the relations of some of which are readily determin-
able, whilst others are ouly incompletely developed phases in
the cycle of development of true species of Fungi.

The formation of the spores of Fungi proceeds in a threefold
manner: 1. The spores are produced, singly or several together,
by the division of the terminal or twig-cell of the hyphz (the
basidia) ; or, 2. such cells swell into vesicular sacs (ase), from
the contents of which the spores are developed by free-cell
formation ; or, 3. one of the cells, usually the terminal, divides
into two or many spores, which become secondary cells (daughter-
cells). More complex methods of fructification occur in the
basidia of Tremella, and in the spore-cysts (sporothece) of Hu-
rotium, Erysiphe, as the result of a combination of two of the
three primitive types.

Sexual development is not yet demonstrated, although ren-
dered not improbable by the researches of Ehrenberg on the
conjugation of Syzyqites.

The systematic distribution of the Fungi has hitherto been
founded primarily upon their modes of development, and in a
secondary degree upon the disposition and structure of the
spore-cells. But, as Tulasne has latterly proved, one and the
same species may exhibit the several modes of fructification.
At the same time, it must be granted that the actual state of

16%

236 Dr. A. de Bary on the Mycetozoa.

knowledge of the Fungi is insufficient for the construction of a
natural classification to replace the artificial one alluded to.

The two groups or orders of Fungi more immediately falling
under notice in this memoir are :—

1. Ascomycetes, having dilated saccular sporothecee (asci),
wherein the spores originate by the free genesis of cells: e. g:
Tuberacei (Truffles), Pyrenomycetes and Discomycetes, to which
the Lichens are most nearly allied.

2. Basidiospori, producing spores from parent-cells (basidia).
The free extremity of the basidium produces offshoots which
acquire the form and dimensions of spores, and drop off, after
the development of a dissepiment. Mostly four spores are formed
and detached from a basidium simultaneously: one, two, or Six
are rarely produced. The basidia are congregated together
in large numbers as spore-strata, or hymenia, lying parallel
one above another and at right angles to the fibres from which
they spring.

The Basidiospori form two principal sections: 1. Hymeno-
mycetes, in which the whole of the hymenium, or only certaim
definite portions of it, occupies the free surface of the Fungus,—
as, for example, in Agaricus, Hydnum, Boletus, Polyporus, Cla-
varia. 2. Gasteromycetes, in which the hymenium is lodged
within a definite cavity (the peridium) in the substance of the
Fungus, which opens when the spores are’ ripe, to permit their
escape: to this division belong Lycoperdon, Bovista, Geaster,
Cyathus, and many others belongmg to the groups Hymeno-
gastrei, Nidulariacei, and Lycoperdacei.

In many Gasteromycetes (such as Lycoperdon, Bovista, Geas-
ter) having large peridia, these cavities contain, when ripe, the
powdery spores mixed with more or less dry furfuraceous matter,
and a hair-like mass, the “ capillitium ” (fig. 3). The peridium
itself is, when in the same mature condition, a dry membrane of
variable thickness, and sometimes divisible into several lamine.

When, however, the spores are in course of development,
these Fungi are fleshy, spongy, and imbued with much mois-
ture: the cavity of the peridium is at the same time perceived
to be divided into countless microscopic cells, separated by
lamelle from the anastomosing cavities of the network of the
surrounding tissue. The inner wall of each cell or chamber is
covered by a layer of spore-bearing basidia. The spores soon
detach themselves from their supporting basidia, which, together
with a portion of the tissue upon which they rest, become,
during the ripening of the spores, dissolved and absorbed.
During these changes, the fibres of the lamellee, after the evapo-
ration of the watery contents, become dry and produce the
apillitium of the mature Fungus. Thus all the various struc-

Dr. A. de Bary on the Mycetozoa. 237

tures met with in the ripe Gasteromycetes are explicable as pro-
ducts of the development of true basidiospores.

The sporothecx of the Mycetozoa present to the naked eye a
close resemblance to the ripe peridia of the Gasteromycete ; and
the similarity between the two groups is rendered greater by the
circumstance that their habits are alike, and that they are both
particularly common in decomposing vegetable infusions. In-
deed they are only satisfactorily distinguishable on a comparison
of their early development.

The author’s next task is to minutely examine the structure
of the genera of Mycetozoa or Myxogastres, among which are,
Physarum, Didymium, Diderma, ALthalium, Spumaria, Stemo-
nitis, Diachea, Licea, Arcyria, Trichia, and Lycogala.

The earlier stages of development of the Mycetozoa which
result in the formation of the sporothecz, externally so like those
of the Fungi, have hitherto been very partially investigated.
The youngest condition recognized was in the form of a mucor
or mould, interspersed with countless specks, which either con-
stituted a formless, often thick, film on the substratum, or took
the definite figure of pediculate drops, or formed a network of
anastomosing veins over its surface (fig. 18). The mucor is
usually white or yellow, seldom of any other colour. A peculiar
kind of sporothecz was often seen to form, under the eye of
the observer, with astonishing rapidity, gradually hardening, and
assuming the structure, consistence, and colour of such organs.

De Bary has more minutely examined these phenomena, at first
in Athalium septicum, and subsequently in other species. On de-
taching a portion of the surface of Hthalium where fructification
is proceeding, it is found to consist superficially of a shining yel-
low substance of a mucoid consistence, tremulous, and reduced
by slight pressure to a homogeneous pulp. Yet, when intact, it
is not formless. Its surface is then seen to be overspread with
a multitude of obtuse processes or papille, grouped in bunches,
either erect or twisted together, and which seem to coalesce by
their bases in the subjacent mass. The whole bears a general
resemblance to a stem of coral, or to a piece of Clavaria flava
(fig. 18).

On immersing a portion of this yellow mucor in alcohol, it
becomes so hardened that it may be cut into thin sections, when
its substance can be shown to be a tissue composed of interlacing
cords or fibres (fig. 16), which terminate on the surface by free
extremities, and there constitute the ramose lappets and papillee
above described. This same structure may be detected in Atha-
fium-fronds a foot in circumference, and where the fructifying
portion is as much as two inches in depth. In such the same
yellow cords or fibres are found, with the like consistence ; and

238 Dr. A. de Bary on the Mycetozoa.

it may be observed that they are most numerous at the periphery
of the circle. The cords vary from a few lines to an inch in
length, and are mostly much ramified, and often exhibit irregu-
larly disposed varicosities. Their thickness varies from that of
a bristle above half a line in diameter to that of a filament
invisible to the naked eye.

On bringing these cords, with or without any of the surround-
ing mass, under the microscope, in a little water, their form is,
after one or two hours, seen to change. They generally increase
in breadth at the sacrifice of their length; and their twigs either
change in figure, or new ones are produced. Further, the whole
surface becomes by degrees covered with small, obtuse, wartlike
prominences, which give it, to the naked eye, a granular aspect
(fig. 17). These prominences extend themselves progressively
ito filiform cords, which soon overspread the surface in the
form of an anastomosing network ; and ere long it may be ob-
served that these reticulated fibres change in figure, and give off
new twigs, and produce new anastomoses, whilst others vanish
(fig. 18). In this manner the whole fragment under notice
changes its place; but this result is not observable until after
it has remained under notice from four to twelve hours.

The organic basis of the cords is the same material as the
sarcode of Dujardin, or the so-called “ formless contractile sub-
stance” of Ecker, and presents the characteristic contractility,
the gradual changes of form, and the flowing motions seen in
the bodies of Rhizopoda. The substance of these cords and
sarcode likewise agree precisely in chemical composition and
reaction, except in relation to carbonate of potash—an exception
insufficient to establish a difference in chemical nature.

The sarcode-matter is rendered turbid by countless granules
(figs. 14, 15), some having the form of minute colourless points,
whilst others are of larger dimensions, globular, with a dark
outline and refracting centre, like fat-particles, soluble m aleohol
and ether, and producing a yellow colour. The granules are
either uniformly diffused or collected in the centre, leaving a
clear peripheral margin. Vacuoles are often, but not always,
present in the interior, of various and changeable figure, filled
with water, and without special walls.

The onward flowing movements and the production of pseudo-
podous processes are seen, in the cords of Aithalium placed in
water, to resemble those of Rhizopoda, although the structures
in question are comparatively of colossal dimensions (figs. 14,15).

‘wo kinds of processes or twigs are distinguishable: one
visible to the naked eye, always filled with granules; the other
microscopic, produced as simple or ramified tubercles on the
former, and variable and retractile (fig. 17). These latter corre-

Dr. A. de Bary on the Mycetozoa. 239

spond in size and character to those of Amcebe, whilst at the
same time their relation to the larger variety of processes is
shown by their sometimes increasing to a similar bulk.

The molecular currents in the interior of the processes pro-
ceed in the direction in which their enlargement is taking place,
and the regular circulation visible round the periphery of the
pseudopodia of Rhizopoda is not noticed. The stream of gra-
nules is the more rapid the nearer it is to the long axis of the
mucous or sarcode cord.

The sarcode-mass is enveloped by a membrane, which, in the
cords of 4ithalium, is soft and mucoid. The addition of alcohol
renders this integument more evident by shrivelling up the
contained mass (fig. 16). It is so soft, that the pressure of the
thin glass placed over a specimen under the microscope is suffi-
cient to rupture it, and to cause the escape of the semifluid
sarcode in globular drops, which then swim away freely through
the surrounding water. At first these detached globules exhibit
a variable outline, but soon assume a fixed spherical figure ; and
their substance frequently arranges itself into a clear peripheral
and a central granular portion. Moreover, they often become
internally hollowed out by vacuoles, and finally collapse, under-
going a change in colour from yellow to reddish brown. The
“vesicular cells” described by Schacht in the substance of
Akthalium were doubtless sarcode-globules of the above kind.

The movements and variations in form of the sarcode-cords,
kept in water, are often so rapid that a sketch of a fragment by
a camera lucida is rendered impossible: In other instances,
however, they are so remarkably slow, that the object must be
observed for some few minutes to distinguish them. The degree
of rapidity evidently depends in part on the age of the specimen,
but still more on the temperature of the surrounding medium.

The sporothece (fig. 4) of all the Mycetozoa are developed from
similar sarcode-cords (mesenteric) which present the same essen-
tial characters as those of 4ithalium just described,—the only
differences perceptible being in size, colour, and in the distribu-
tion of the colouring matter.

Passing by the author’s fourth and fifth sections of his essay,
devoted to the consideration of the development of sporothece,
the maturation of spores and their structural characters, we will
terminate our abstract by a résumé of the general results arrived
at, as contained in the sixth and concluding section.

In all stages of their development and of spore-production,
with the single exception of Athalium, the Mycetozoa are cel-
lular organisms. That the spores are perfect cells, a glance at
them is sufficient to prove (figs. 1, 2,7). In the Amebiform
stage, a nucleus and an investing membrane are distinguishable;

240 Dr. A. de Bary on the Mycetozoa.

and were this indication of their cell-nature wanting, the well-
determined fact of their production from undoubted cells would
furnish evidence to the same effect. In the “swarmers ” (figs.
6, 8, 19), indeed, no cell-wall, m the usual acceptation of the
term, is present; but there is a nucleus, and they are to be
regarded as primordial cells possessing the power of secreting a
cell-wall, although for the time that power is held in abeyance.
Lastly, the sarcode-cords must be considered as cells, notwith-
standing their figure and size, inasmuch as they are derived
from the Amobiform existences, the peculiar properties of which
they continue to retain. The same statement holds good of
those cell-bodies derived from the coalescence of two or more
originally independent cells; for they are in structure precisely
similar to cells derived from the fructifying conjugation in Algze,
which proves that, in the strictest sense of the word, a cell may
originate from the coalescence of two or more cells.

It must, however, not be concluded that the sarcode-cords
originate in a coalescence of cells by a process of vegetative
copulation : on this subject further inquiries are needed.

The only satisfactory criterion of an animal nature in a doubt-
ful organism is to be found in the reception of solid food—a
property not possessed by any plant or plant-cell. Assuming
the correctness of this statement, the Mycetozoa are referable
to the animal kingdom ; for solid particles are found within their
sarcode-substance, just as in the aquatic and undoubtedly animal
Ameebz. Not that the act of prehension has been witnessed ;
but the cells of Alge and Fungi and the spores of Myeetozoa
have been seen in the interior of the Amoebe of Trichia, Arcyria,
and ASthalium. In Lycogala alone have such foreign particles
been hitherto sought im vain.

The evidence that these solid particles serve as food, and are
not accidentally enveloped by the mucoid sarcode, as Dujardin
affirmed, rests on the same basis in the case of the Ameebiform
phases of the Mycetozoa as in that of the true Amoebe ;
and even should their accidental entrance within the tissue be
demonstrated, yet the Mycetozoa would claim a place im the
animal kingdom on the ground of their many and great resem-
blances to admitted animals, and their slight analogy to any
plants.

The connexion of Mycetozoa with Gasteromycetes must be
severed, since it is founded only on superficial resemblances.
They are most similar to the Algal groups of Siphonza and
Saprolegniz ; but, although the zoospores of these Algz possess
a certain degree of locomotive power and contractility, yet these
properties are in them far inferior in intensity to those of the
Mycetozoa, and are likewise of comparatively very brief duration.

Dr. A. de Bary on the Mycetozoa. 241

Indeed the difference between the Mycetozoa and those beings
nearest akin to them is very much wider than that between the
cells of any other divisions of the vegetable kingdom; on the other
hand, their structure, vital phenomena, and movements bear
the closest resemblance to many animal organisms, and so much
so to the Rhizopoda (figs. 9, 13) that their sarcode-fibres are all
but indistinguishable from them except by their much greater
magnitude.

Admitting therefore the Myxomycetes to be of an animal nature,
and referable to the animal kingdom under the name of Myce-
tozoa, it yet remains questionable to what division of that king-
dom they should be assigned. Naturalists have of late treated
the Amcebz as one division of the Rhizopoda, but this relation-
ship must, in the case of the Amcebe of the Mycetozoa, be
looked upon as very doubtful, inasmuch as there is little in their
developmental history in common with that of the testaceous
Rhizopods. At present it would seem best to regard the Myce-
tozoa as a special order, agreeing on the one hand with the
Rhizopods in the structure of their bodies and their variety of
movements, and on the other, with the Gregarinze by unmis-
takeable affinities in the whole cycle of development.

The next question that arises is: Are all the Amcebe merely
developmental phases of the Mycetozoa? or are only some such,
and others similar phases of other animals? or have some an
independent existence as species? Direct observations are want-
ing to determine these points; but this much is certain—that
cells possessing the peculiar movements of Amoebz occur as
embryonic stages of higher or of lower animals, of unicellular
and few-celled organisms. The Amcebiform cells which issue
from Psorospermia, and are transformed into Gregarina, may be
cited in illustration, as may be also the Amoeba-moving organisms
seen by Lieberkiihn and Schenk to issue from the saccular cells
found parasitic on the larve of insects and Crustacea. The
Ameebe of the Mycetozoa afford a third example.

Considering these facts to be indicative of the part played by
Ameebe in the cycle of development of other animal forms,
in connexion with that of the failure of observers to distin-
euish any definite plan of development belonging to them as
distinct animals, it appears highly probable that these beings
generally have no claim to be regarded as independent existences
or determinate species, but simply as developmental phases of
other beings.

This being granted, there is still no sure proof that the aquatic
Ameebe belong to the developmental cycle of the Mycetozoa ;
nor, on the contrary, are there sufficient arguments against the
hypothesis. There is no doubt that the aquatic Amcebe agree

242 Dr. A. de Bary on the Mycetozoa.

in all essential points with the Ameebiform beings which origi-
nate from the spores of Mycetozoa; further, a certain number
of Amcebe (e. g. A. radiosa, A. verrucosa) occur not only in
freshwater ponds, but still oftener in places where Mycetozoa
are abundant, as in the moist detritus about fallen leaves and
mosses in woods, on decayed wood, and about Fungi, &c. It is
moreover to be remembered that the Mycetozoa-spores readily
germinate in water (figs. 1, 2, 8), and that in the wide distribu-
tion of the Mycetozoa, their many species, their multitudinous
spores, the lightness of these, and the facility with which they
may be scattered abroad and carried through the air, we have
little difficulty in presuming the genetic connexion of the aquatic
Ameebee with them.

It is supposable that the aquatic Amoebee may by their motile
power leave the water for external conditions better adapted to
their further development into Mycetozoa; or that, on the con-
trary, they may confine themselves preliminarily to a multipli-
cative process, or to encysting, and sink to the bottom when
external conditions are unfavourable.

The foregoing reflections, therefore, render it probable, to say
the least, that many aquatic Amoebee are phases of being in the
development of Mycetozoa. Others, which from their locality
and their form differ very widely from the common type, such,
for instance, as Amba porrecta (Schultze), or such as A. gut-
tula and A. Limax, which are remarkable by the absence of
slender pointed pseudopodia, and by their movements, are, in
all probability, generative phases of other animals, possibly of
the testaceous Rhizopods. This reasoning on possibilities and
probabilities needs, however, to be established by observation ;
and the author advances the foregomg researches only as guides
to future inquirers.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Spores of Stemonitis obtusata placed in water : a, one such in which
the contained “‘swarmer” is beginning to escape. Magnified
390 diameters.

. Two spores of the same organism : in 4, the swarmer has almost
escaped.

Fig. 3. A stalked spore-holder (Sporenblase) of Physarum albipes, divided
longitudinally, and viewed on the cut surface. The dislodg-
ment of the contained spores reveals the “columella” and
capillitium.”” Magn. 390 diams.

Fig. 4. A group of immature sporothecse of Physarum plumbeum. A few
of the sarcode-cords, from which the spore-holders originate, are
seen in the form of fibres.

Fig. 5. “Swarmers,” a to ¢, in various stages of self-fission. The vacuoles
are seen in a state of diastole (expansion) in f, 6, and ¢; but are
invisible in y and ¢, owing to their condition of systole or con-
traction, Magn. 390 diams.

to

Fig.

Mr. W. H. Benson on Plectopylis. 243

Fig. 6. a to d, “ Swarmers,” swimming in water, assuming various figures
of a Eugleniform character. Magn. 390 diams.

Figs. 7 and 7 sp. A portion of the capillitium of A%thalium septicum. At
bis a collection of calcareous matter; sp. spores of the same.
Magn. 390 diams.

Fig. 8. ato e. Spores of Athalium septicum: a to e, escape of “ swarm-
ers” from their enclosing integument; c’, the swarmer imme-
diately after its escape; d, d’, two swarmers furnished with two
cilia; e, a third with one cilium only, as usual. Magn. 390
diams.

Fig. 9. A large Ameeba of A’thalium septicum.

Figs. 10-13. Amoebee of the same organism, of various sizes, exhibiting
their progressive growth.

Fig. 14. A large Amoeba of Athalium septicum, crawling in the direction
of the arrow shown alongside, and showing internally three large
vacuoles, but no foreign ingesta. Length 3/"; width .'".
Magn. 390 diams.

Fig. 15. An encysted Ameeba of the same being, havig seven spores of
ASthalium within it, observed to rotate with the substance around
them. Magn. 390 diams.

Fig. 16. A slightly magnified view of a section of the spore-producing
portion of an old Aithalium sepiicum, after being treated with
aleohol. The spore-producing sarcode-cords are swollen, and
distinguished into a cortical and a medullary portion; much of
the former, however, has been lost in making the section.

Fig. 17. A small segment of a magnified view of the sarcode-ramifications
of Athalium septicum, showing the secondary pseudopodous
processes, a, on the margin. Magn. 90 diams.

Fig. 18. A portion of the network of sarcode-fibres of Avthalium septicum,
expanded on a glass slide, and viewed by reflected ght ; of the
natural size.

Fig. 19. a to n. Spores and their contained or emerged swarmers of
Trichia varia. Some seem of a Eugleniform figure, with a fila-
ment; and others Amcebiform, with or without a filament.

XXVI.—WNotes on Plectopylis, a group of Helicidee distinguished
by several internal plicate Epiphragms ; with the Characters of
a new Species. By W. H. Benson, Esq.

AN examination of the interior of specimens of Helix Achatina,
Gray, received from Moulmein, has revealed a singular and in-
teresting internal structure in that shell. This formation occurs
also in H. Cyclaspis, B.; the dextrorse variety of H. refuga,
Gould, from the Tenasserim Valley; the species from the banks
of the Irawadi (H. Leiophis, B), previously supposed to be a
small variety of refuga; and in a second group from Darjiling
and the Khasia Hills, consisting of HH. plectostoma and H.
Pinacis, B.

The longest-known shells of the group have been classed with
various forms by systematic authors. Helix Achatina and H.
refuga were referred by Albers to Atopa, which also includes
the Cingalese H. Rivoli, Desh., and H. erronea, Albers, possess-

244. Mr. W. H. Benson on Plectopylis.

ing no true plicate barriers, and furnished with only a few
lamellze running longitudinally to a moderate distance within
the aperture. Pfeiffer refers the whole of these shells to Ophio-
gyra; and Messrs. H. and A. Adams include them all in Corilla, as
a section of Anchistoma. Again, Helix plectostoma, B., is referred
by Albers to Gonostoma, synonymous with Polygyra, Say and
Pfeiffer, and with Polygyra as a section of Anchistoma, H. & A.
Adams. These include Helix obvoluta, H. angigyra, H. Corcy-
rensis, and other shells which exhibit no traces of pylaic plica-
tion. It therefore becomes necessary to separate the first divi-
sion from H. Rivoli and its congeners, and the second from
H. obvoluta and its allies. Together they will form a natural
group divisible into three sections conformably with the varying
structure of the plicate pyle; and as the type of the first group
was announced in a former paper as being ovoviviparous, there
may exist grounds for generic separation from Helia equally
strong with those which authorize the distinction of Partula
from Bulimus. I name the group

Plectopylis.

Testa plerumque sinistrorsa, late umbilicata, subdiscoidea, depressa
vel conoideo-depressa ; apertura plica parietali callosa lamellam
horizontalem szepe emittente, intus pylis sive epiphragmatibus
pluribus distantibus plicatis (prima ab apertura plus minusve
remota) obstructa.

The typical section comprises species im which the pylaic
epiphragms consist of a strong vertical parietal lamina, with a
tortuous support on the inner side, and giving out towards the
aperture various horizontal lamelle, another independent hori-
zontal plica crossing near its base; while the palatal portion
-consists of three horizontal plicee above, one below, and a large
transverse vertical lamina which corresponds with and crosses
behind the outer portion of the dichotomous parietal lamina.
It comprehends

Helix Achatina, Gray.
Cyclaspis, B.

The second section consists of species in which the parietal
vertical lamina is more simple than in the first, being scarcely
dichotomous, but provided with anterior lamellz; while there
are six long or short, straight or sinuous, horizontal palatal
plice, the fifth of which in one species has a tendency to simu-
late the vertical lamina of the previous section, and some double
plicee in the other point towards the 3rd section. It comprehends

Helix refuga, Gould, var. dextrorsa.
Leiophis, B., n. s.

Mr. W. H. Benson on Plectopylis. 245

The 8rd section is distinguished by having the epiphragm
near the aperture, and by a still more simple parietal lamima
placed vertically, and with a separate horizontal plica below,
as in the previous sections, but unfurnished with anterior
lamellz. The palatal plice are six in number, several are backed
by a second more oblique row, and the vertical lamina present
in the first section is deficient. It comprehends

Helix plectostoma, B.
— Pinacis, B.

The pylaic plicee may be distinctly viewed by filing across the
last whorl, a little in front of the barrier, so as not to mjure the
palatal plicee nor the aperture of the shell, care being taken first
to ascertain the distance from the aperture by means of a flexible
lamina of guill. The slit may be cautiously enlarged, according
to circumstances, and the back of the epiphragm may be exa-
mined by a similar process beyond it.

The following characters require to be added to those hitherto
recorded :—

1. Helix Achatina, Gray.

Janua pliciformi fauciali prima remota, lamina | parietali magna
verticali bifurcata, postice sinuosa intrante, antice lamellas 2 emit-
tente, mediana aperturam attingente, inferiore mediocri, plica 1
basali horizontali elongata ; plicis palatalibus 3 superioribus, 1
basali intrantibus, lamina 1 verticali lata elongata intersita.

The pyle or barriers are reproduced at certain distances in the
interior whorls ; and the more distant have only a short central
lamella, occasionally obsolete, proceeding anteriorly from the
parietal lamina, in addition to the basal plica.

Found at the Farm Caves near Moulmein.

2. Helix Cyclaspis, B.
(Annals Nat. Hist. March and April, 1859.)

Janua pliciformi fauciali prima remota, lamina 1 parietali magna
obliqua subbifurcata, antice lamellam unicam inferiorem brevem
emittente, plica 1 basali spirali; plicis 3 palatalibus superioribus
fortibus elongatis sinuosis, 1 basali intrantibus, lamina 1 obliqua
satis magna intersita.

In this shell the large parietal lamina is not so distinctly and
widely double as in H. Achatina, and it gives off no medial
anterior lamella to connect it with the shortened apertural
lamella.

Mr. Theobald’s single specimen was much worn. Examples
in good condition, procured by Capt. J. C. Haughton at the

246 Mr. W. H. Benson on Plectopylis.

Farm Caves near Moulmein, enable me to add the characters of
the sculpture and colour.

Testa — superne oblique rugoso-plicata, subtus leviore, umbilicum
versus spiraliter striata, superne albida, castaneo-strigata et varie-
gata, subtus fusco-castanea, umbilicum versus albida.

The lamella proceeding from the pylaic parietal plait and
the second superior palatal lamina are both visible from the
aperture.

3. Helix Letophis, B., n. s.

Testa sinistrorsa, late et profunde umbilicata, subdiscoidea, superne
planata, interdum omnino plana, vix solidula, oblique et arcuatim
rugoso-striata, lineis nonnullis spiralibus decussata, sub epidermide
seabra, fusco-cornea, albida; spiree apice vix elevatiusculo levi-
gato, sutura impressa; anfractibus 55-6} angustis, ultimo supra
peripheriam angulato, antice valde deflexo, basi rotundata, aper-
tura valde obliqua subhorizontali, lunari, peristomate reflexo
albido, marginibus lamina sinuosa elevata, medio lamellam pro-
funde intrantem, usque ad januam attingentem emittente junctis.
Janua pliciformi fauciali prima remota ; lamina | parietali verticali
simplici forti lamellam aperturalem valde elongatam superne emit-
tente, infra eam lamellis duabus brevibus (a lamina spatio brevi
separatis) munita; plicis 6 palatalibus intrantibus, quinta robus-
tiore obliqua.

Diam. major 11-14, minor 8-11, alt. 3-44 mill.

Hab. ad Kwadouk, prope Thyet Mio,

Distinguished externally from the typical H. refuga, Gould,
and its dextrorse variety by its narrower whorls, absence of
angulation on the lower side of the last whorl, its more oblique
and nearly horizontal aperture, and by the circumstance of no
lower lamella being visible from the aperture, as in that variety *.
Internally it is distinguished by the shortness and simplicity of
the six palatal plaits, and by the obliquity of the fifth, which
gives some token of an approach to the palatal lamina of the
first section ; also by possessing two short horizontal lamelle,
arising near but not touching the upright parietal lamina, in
addition to the long lamella which connects that lamima with
the aperture, as in Helix Achatina ; whereas H. refuga, var. dex-
trorsa has but a single lengthened lamella proceeding from the
lower part of the pylaic parietal plait, and the long apertural one
is not connected with that plait, taking its rise close to it.

4. Helix refuga, Gould, var. dextrorsa.
Janua pliciformi fauciali prima remota; lamina | parietali magna

* The internal barrier of H. refuga requires examination, and may prove
it to be distinct from the supposed dextrorse variety. In the typical shell
the lower parietal lamella is said to be invisible from the aperture, and may
be altogether wanting.

Mr. W. H. Benson on Plectopylis. 247

verticali simplici antice lamellam 1 inferiorem elongatiusculam
emittente, lamella superiore valde elongata aperture laminam pa-
rietalem non omnino attingente, plica basali obsoleta; plicis pala-
talibus intrantibus 6, tribus superioribus et basali elongatis sinu-
osis, quarta et quiuta brevibus, postice plicis obliquis distinctis
munitis.

This form occurs at Phye-than, in the Tenasserim Valley. It
exhibits an approach to the next section in some of the palatal
plaits.

5. Helix plectostoma, B.

Janua pliciformi fauciali prima minime profunda, ab apertura partim
apparente; lamina 1 parietali verticali simplici, lamellis nullis
munita, plica basali brevi; plicis sex palatalibus, superiore basali-
que simplicibus, secunda vix duplicata, tertia, quarta quintaque
postice plica obliqua munitis.

This form inhabits Darjiling and the Khasia Hills.

6. Helix Pinacis, B.
(Annals Nat. Hist. April 1859, p. 268.)

Janua pliciformi fauciali prima profundiuscula, ab apertura vix appa-
rente. Lamina et plica basali ut in specie antecedente, plica basali
nonnunquam obsoleta; plicis sex palatalibus, prima et secunda
supernis plus minusve simplicibus, tertia vix duplicata, quarta,
guinta basalique duplicatis, hujus plica secunda ad Jatus concur-
rente, nec postica.

It differs from H. plectostoma in the formation of the chief
palatal plaits, and in having a supplementary parallel basal fold.

This species is found rarely near Darjiling. A minute variety
occurs among Mr. W. T. Blanford’s specimens of H. plectostoma,
34 to 45 millimetres in the larger diameter.

There appears to be a regular gradation from H. Achatina to
H. Pinacis, through Cyclaspis, Leiophis, refuga, and plectostoma,
each species presenting peculiarities in the details of the pylaic
plication.

Dr. L. Pfeiffer attributes only three palatal plates to Helix
erronea, Albers. On filing into the shell behind the lamelle, a
fourth is found, as well as in H. Rivoli, Desh. The arrange-
ment of the lamell differs in the two species.

On a close examination of the little Cingalese Helix clathra-
tula, Pfr.(H. Puteolus, B.), a sparsely toothed lamellation becomes
apparent internally: it is seen through the transparent lower
side in two parallel lines, as many as six teeth occurring in a

oup; occasionally some are visible from the aperture. Pfeiffer
refers this shell to Patula.

Cheltenham, March 1, 1860.

248 Rev. W. Houghton on the Snail-Leech.

XXVIT.— On the Discovery of the Snail-Leech, Glossiphonia mar-
ginata, in England. By the Rev. W. Houcurton, M.A., F.L.S.

[With a Plate. |

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.
GENTLEMEN,

I have to record the occurrence of a species of Glossiphonia
(Rawlins Johnson), viz. G. marginata, as an addition to our
English fauna. This species has never before been found in any
locality in England; under the name of Hirudo flava, however,
Sir J. Dalyell seems to have met with it in Scotland (vide
‘ Power of the Creator Displayed,’ vol. ii. pl. 5. figs. 1-19). His
figures are not at all good; the characteristic form of the head,
however, is sufficiently shown, which is described as being
“lanceolate or trout-shaped.” The description of Hirudo flava
by Dalyell agrees with the characters of Glossiphonia marginata,
with the exception of the number of eyes which his specimen
possessed. Hirudo flava has only two eyes, whereas Glossiphonia
marginata has four; but this discrepancy is easily accounted for
when we remember that the number of eyes is not, in this
family, by any means constant in all the individuals of any one
species. Sometimes the anterior pair are very rudimentary,
sometimes entirely absent. Moreover, in G. marginata the
anterior pair are considerably smaller than the posterior pair,
and might possibly be overlooked. Dalyc!l’s description and
drawings were made from specimens which he found during
the time of their having either eggs or young adhering to the
belly ; and at this time G. marginata is, on the under side, of a
bright yellow colour, as are also the ova. The specific name,
however, of flava would give avery erroneous notion of the usual
colour of this animal, though the name is appropriate enough
during the breeding-season. However, I feel pretty certain that
Hirudo flava, in spite of these discrepancies, is identical with
G. marginata, and has therefore been discovered in Scotland ;
but I can find no record of its ever having been found in Eng-
land. The first specimen of the species I ever saw was found
by me in Bala Lake, on the 22nd of June last; it was attached
(more Glossiphoniarum) to the under surface of a stone near the
margin of the lake, with a number of yellow eggs underneath it.
The only other locality in which I have found G. maryinata is
in a small stream in Warwickshire, on the Solihull and Barston
road, on the right-hand side of the wooden foot-bridge about a
mile from the latter village. Here, in the autumn of last year,
I found some four or five specimens: the animal is, however,
very rare. I have for the last two years confined my attention
chiefly to the Glossiphons, and have searched many ponds for

Rey. W. Houghton on the Snail-Leech. 249

species, but have never found G. marginata except on these
two occasions; indeed, in this very Barston Brook, I have turned
over hundreds of stones, and not far from the spot where I had
first seen them, but without success. The drawings which ac-
company this notice were done for me by my kind friend Mrs.
Rumsey, of Solihull; the specimen, of which the illustration is
a very faithful likeness, is still living in a glass vessel in my
room. I refrain from making further remarks on this leech at
present, as I hope by-and-by to offer some observations on
this family, with a monograph of all the British species which
form the family Glossiphonide.

Glossiphonia marginata. Plate XVI. C. figs. 1 & 2.

Body, when at rest, nearly elliptical, but narrowing towards
the anterior extremity; capable of great elongation, when it
assumes a linear form. Back, when arched, showing the rings
very clearly; marked longitudinally with five regular rows
of light-yellow dots, equidistant, and thinly sprinkled with
smaller dots of the same colour, the central row alone extending
nearly the whole length of the animal. Margins light-coloured
and transparent, having at intervals two narrow dark-coloured
parallel lmes, which are at right angles to the axis of the
body. Ground-colour of body claret. Oral sucker constricted
at the base, subtriangular or lozenge-shaped, forming a well-
defined head. Extremity on the upper surface almost trans-
parent. Head with a light-claret-coloured patch on either side,
giving it, if examined without the aid of a lens, a truncate
appearance. Eyes four, arranged in two longitudinal series,
converging anteriorly; the posterior pair much the largest.
Posterior sucker very large, round, with about twelve distinct
claret-coloured rings. Stomachal ezca seven pairs, with three
smaller ones in front, the former bifurecate and nearly at right
angles to the longitudinal axis of the body ; the seventh pair
immediately bending downwards and extending to the base of
the posterior sucker. Colour of the czca a deep green.

Length when at rest, about 6!". Ditto, when extended, 1".
Breadth when at rest, 2!

Habitat, Bala Lake. Brook near Solihull, Warwickshire.

I remain, Gentlemen, Yours, &e.,
W. Hovcuron.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. C.

Fig. 1. Glossiphonia marginata extended (magnified).
Fig. 2. Ditto, natural size.

Amn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 17

250 Mr. A. Murray, on new Sertulariade

XXVIII.— Description of new Sertulariade from the Californian
Coast. By Anprew Murray, F.R.S.E.*

[With two Plates. ]

Tu interest which attaches to the existence of closely allied
forms in far distant regions induces me to publish the following
isolated descriptions of five new Sertulariade from the coast of
California.

With one exception, they are all most nearly allied to species
found on the British coasts, viz. to Sertularia operculata, S. fili-
cula, Plumularia falcata, and Plumularia cristata ; and I may
notice that along with them I received the stems of a Hudendrium
which I cannot distinguish from Eu. ramosum of our own coast,
although, from the want of the vesicles, it is impossible to decide
whether it is a distinct species or not.

To secure absolute accuracy in the figures, they have been
drawn by the aid of the camera Incida.

1. Sertularia tricuspidata, Murr. PI. XI. fig. 1.

Cells inversely pear-shaped and nearly opposite, a single one
in the axilla of each pinna; mouth at end of cell, aperture
obliquely truncate, tricuspid at the outer edge; middle cusp
longest. Vesicles unknown.

The habit of this species is perfectly that of S. operculata.
Its cells, however, are broader, shorter, stouter, and less acutely
conical ; they are not perfectly opposite ; they do not meet each
other at the base, and are more everted; they are tricuspid on
the outer lip, the middle cusp being longest, and the lateral
cusps are nearer it and more reflexed than is the case in S. oper-
culata when it has two lateral teeth.

It grows in tufts from 2 tos inches high, flexuose and serru-
lated, with polype-cells which are fully as much everted as is
usually the case in this family, instead of being less so, as is the
habit of S. operculata.

There were no vesicles in my specimens.

Bay of San Francisco.

9, Sertularia labrata, Murr. PI. XI. fig. 2.

Cells nearly opposite, a single one in the axilla of each
pinna; mouth at end of cell; lip distinet, not toothed ; aperture
obliquely truncate. Vesicles not known.

Like S. filicula in habit. The cells, however, are differently

* Communicated by the author, having been read before the Royal
Physical Society of Edmburgh, Feb. 22, 1860.

from the Californian Coast. 251

shaped, more like those of the last species, but not toothed.
The lip is distinct.

I have received only a minute portion, without vesicles.

Bay of San Francisco.

3. Sertularia corniculata, Murr. PI. XI. fig. 3

Cells not quite opposite, sometimes nearly alternate, forming
an open cup resting on the stem; lip not distinct; exterior
margin somewhat projecting at tip ; a single one in the axilla of
each pinna. Vesicles pear-shaped, with two long points pro-
jecting like horns at the thick end; aperture between them.

This is a very elegant little species, and is easily distinguished
by the two long horns at the top of the vesicles, which remind
one somewhat of a fool’s-cap, and by the wholly open cells.

Bay of San Francisco.

4. Plumularta gracilis, Murr. PI. XII. fig. 1.

Stem slightly flexuose, branched ; branches alternately pin-
nated ; cells ranked closely in twos and threes; tubulous, with
a plain rim slightly peaked in front ; vesicles oblong-oval.

The characters of this Plumularia do not differ greatly from
those of P. falcata; but its habit is so different that it can
scarcely be mistaken for it. The branches are closer, and more
thickly set, than in P. falcata ; their arched disposition is want-
ing; and the whole plant has more the aspect of a Sertularia
than a Plumularia. The cells are proportionally larger than in
P. falcata ; instead of a plain truncate rim, it has one slightly
peaked in front, or excised at the sides. Lach cell has also a
sort of support, like a triangular buttress, below it, marked or
lined off from the cell itself.

Bay of San Francisco.

5. Plumularia struthionides, Murr. PI. XII. fig. 2

Shoots simple, plumous, the pinne alternate; cells close,
each occupying the whole of one side of the jot to which it is
attached, cup-shaped, with a toothed margin, of which the teeth
are unequal, the one in front projecting much more than the
rest ; vesicles gibbous, girt with toothed ribs.

This species is nearly allied to P. cristata, but is much closer
in habit, both the pinnz and the cells being nearer each other.
The cells are wider-mouthed and shallower. Besides the pro-
jecting process in front, there about ten teeth round the margin
instead of eight, and they are unequal instead of being equal ;
the first two and the last two are long and slender, and the

17>

252 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

whole are variable in size and development. The vesicles are

considerably larger than in P. cristata, and the ribs are toothed.
When dry, this species, like P. cristata, becomes curved in a

faleate manner, and the pinne are frequently laid to one side,

so that it assumes a good deal of the form of an ostrich plume,

in reference to which I have given it the above specific name.
Bay of San Francisco.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE XI.

Fig. 1. Sertularia tricuspidata, natural size: da, portion of same, mag-
nified.

Fig. 2. Sertularia labrata, nat. size: a, portion of same, magnified.

Fig. 3. Sertularia corniculata, nat. size: a, portion of same, magnified.

PLATE XII.

. Plumularia gracilis, nat. size: a & b, portions of same, magnified.

_ Plumularia struthionides, nat. size : a, portion of stem, magnified ;
b, vesicle, magnified ; c, portion of pinna, magnified; d & e, cells,
more highly magnified.

Fig.
Fig.

Nore

XXIX.—On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera.
By T. Vernon Wortaston, M.A., F.LS.

[Continued from p. 222. }
Fam. Colydiade.

Genus TaRPHIUS.
(Germar) Erichs., Nat. der Ins. Deutschl. i. 256 (1848).
Tarphius angusticollis, n. sp.

T. subrotundato-ovatus, subnitidus, niger ; prothorace angusto, antice
et postice attenuato, angulis anticis valde acutis porrectis, granulis
crebris magnis obtusissimis obsito; elytris rotundatis convexis
concoloribus profunde seriatim punctatis, interstitiis alternis leviter
elevatis interruptis, nodos distinctos (plus minus aureo-setosos)
efformantibus ; femoribus tibiisque nigrescenti-piceis, tarsis anten-
nisque picescenti-ferrugineis, harum capitulo sensim majusculo.

Long. corp. lin. 14-13.

Habitat locos editiores sylvaticos Maderz, in regione Fanalensi a
Dom. Bewicke estate A.p. 1859 detectus.

T. roundish-ovate, deep-black, almost free from scales, and a
little shining. Head and prothorax beset with very close, large,
and exceedingly obtuse granules: the Jaéter nearly unchanneled,
altogether narrow, but attennuated before and behind (the sides
being suddenly expanded about the middle), and with the ante-
rior angles even more acute and prominent than is the case in

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 253

the Tarphii generally. Elytra concolorous, rounded and convex,
deeply seriate-punctate, and without transverse wrinkles,—the
punctures being large, regular, and distinct ; the alternate inter-
stices a little raised and much interrupted, forming small but
very conspicuous nodules in the usual positions, which are more
or less clothed with yellowish, or golden, sete. Femora and
tibie blackish-piceous ; the tarsi and antenne (the latter of which
have their club, especially the apical joint, a little larger and
more abrupt than in the generality of the Tarphii) piceo-ferru-
ginous.

Eight specimens of the present very distinct Turphius were
captured by Mr. Bewicke in Madeira proper,—in the upland
region of the Fanal (more than 4000 feet above the sea), during
the summer of 1859. Although with many characters which
belong to neither of them, it is in some respects intermediate be-
tween the 7.sylvicola and Lauri,combining the dark hue, rounded
elytra, and deep sculpture of the former, with the posteriorly
constricted (but altogether narrower, and otherwise different)
prothorax of the latter. Nevertheless, in its very distinct
nodules (which are more or less sparingly clothed with golden
setze), and its rather larger antennal club, it recedes, inter alia,
from them both. I have adopted the above trivial name in allu-
sion to the general narrowness of its prothorax.

Genus AGLENUS.

Erichson, Nat. der Ins. Deutsch. i. 285 (1848).

The genera Aglenus and Anommatus are both of them addi-
tions to the Madeiran fauna; and in their small, glabrous,
shining bodies, and obsolete eyes, as well as in their general
aspect and habits, they have much in common. Still I believe,
in reality, with M. Jacquelin Duval (vide Gen. des Col. d’Europe,
il. 242), that, in spite of their resemblance to a certain extent,
they belong to distinct families; and hence I would record the
former of them only as a member of the Colydiade. Apart from
their specific differences, which are very conspicuous, Aglenus
may be known from Anommatus by, inter alia, its distinctly
1]-jointed antennz, with their loosely-connected triarticulate
club, by its slenderer limbs, and its evidently tetramerous feet.
They are both of them found beneath vegetable substances,—
Aglenus, however, preferring comparatively dry refuse, like that
which accumulates round the edges of hay- and corn-stacks (to
which it is much attached), and sometimes occurring even beneath
bones; whilst Anommatus is more commonly found under logs
of moist rotting timber on the damp ground,

9

254 Myr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

Aglenus brunneus, Gyll.

A. fusiformi-cylindricus, rufo-castaneus, nitidus, glaber ; capite pro-

thoraceque distincte, elytris leviter et minus crebre punctatis.
Long. corp. lin. #4.

Habitat in locis inferioribus Mader, a Dom. E. Leacock prope
urbem Funchalensem repertus.

Hypophleus? brunneus, Gyll., Ins. Suec. iii. 711 (1813).

Cerylon obsoletum, Steph., Ill., Brit. Ent. iti. 98 (1830).

Anommatus obsoletum, Shuck., Brit. Col. Del. 27, pl. 33. f. 2 (1840).
Aglenus brunneus, Erichs., Nat. der Ins. Deutschl. iii. 285 (1848).

A. fusiform-cylmdric, being a little constricted at the junction
of the prothorax and elytra, reddish-chestnut, bright, and gla-
brous. Head and prothorax closely and distinctly punctured,
the punctures having a tendency to become confluent. Hlytra
much emarginated at their base, causing the shoulders to appear
advanced ; less deeply, and not quite so closely, punctured as
the head and prothorax,—the punctures with scarcely any
tendency to be disposed in rows. Limbs a shade paler than the
rest of the surface.

The Kuropean A. brunneus was first detected in Madeira by
Mr. Edmund Leacock (and subsequently by myself in the same
locality), beneath some bones and logs of wood in a small out-
house, in his garden at the Quinta de Sa0 Joao, near Funchal ;
and it was shortly afterwards captured by Mr. Bewicke amongst
vegetable refuse at the Palmeira.

Genus ProstHECA, nov. gen.

Corpus parvum, angustum, lineare, asperatum: capite porrecto :
prothorace longiusculo trapeziformi, ad latera subserrato, antice
leviter emarginato: scutello minuto (egre observando): alis (nisi
fallor) obsoletis : abdomine e segmentis sex(?) composito (apicali
minutissimo vix perspicuo). Antenne prothoracis fere longitudine,
rectee, articulis 1™° et 24° sat magnis crassiusculis (hoc illo vix
minore), 34° usque ad nonum multo brevioribus minoribus paulo
angustioribus inter se equalibus, 10™° et 11™° capitulum magnum
solidum rotundatum valde abruptum biarticulatum efficientibus, inter
se arcte applicatis (sutura vix observanda). Labrwm membranaceum
antice vix solidius, quadratum (margine antico integro, angulis
vix rotundatis ciliatis). Mandibule valide cornez triangulares,
intus haud dentatee, sed circa medium leviter incisee et membrana
parva instructee. Mavzille bilobe: lobo externo breviusculo sub-
recto, apice subito truncato et dense barbato ; interno paulo breviore
minore, apicem versus dense barbato sed vix uncinato. Palpi
maxillares articulis 1™°, 2%, et 3%° longitudine subzequalibus,
1™° leviter flexuoso, 24° et 34° crassioribus (illo subelavato, hoe sub-
globoso), ultimo magno elongato incrassato ovali apice vix acumi-
nato ; labiales e scapis ligule connatis surgentes, articulis 1™° et 24°

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 255

subzequalibus (illo subflexuoso, hoe paulo crassiore subclavato),
ultimo magno (ut in palpis maxillaribus). Mentum magnum trans-
verso-quadratum, antice vix angustatum. Jigu/a magna sat robusta
subquadrata, apice integra ciliata. Pedes validi subcontractiles, basi
vix distantes : femoribus apicem versus subclavatis: tibiis bicalcara-
tis, extus (preesertim anticis) irregulariter erosis, aut potius subser-
ratis : tarsis 4-articulatis, articulis tribus baseos inter se subzequalibus,
4° valde elongato flexuoso subclavato, unguiculis simplicibus munito.
A zpos et riOnpu, (se. faunce] accessio.

The small insect from which the above characters have been
drawn is hitherto unique; nevertheless, I have fortunately suc-
ceeded, in my dissection of it, in securing all the parts of its
mouth, so that I can have no hesitation as to its affinities. Its
entire structure and quadriarticulate feet leave no doubt what-
soever, on my mind, that it is rightly referred to the Colydiade ;
and I believe that its nearest allies are the European genera
Pycnomerus and Xylolemus. Indeed with the former of these it
has so much in common that I at first thought it might be almost
associated with it; nevertheless, its more abruptly clavated an-
tenne and different mandibles (which are entire at the apex, and
without the deep incision towards their base behind), in con-
junction with its much squarer (or more angulated) labrum,
mentum, and ligula, will, apart from minor points, prevent its
fusion into Pycnomerus ; whilst from Xylolemus (which it much
resembles in its trapeziform, margined, and laterally crenulated
prothorax), its undentated mandibles, and the somewhat diffe-
rently proportioned joints of its antenne and palpi will (as I
judge from the description), inter alia, readily separate it.

Prostheca aspera, n. sp.

P. linearis, fusco-ferruginea subopaca ; capite prothoraceque rugosis,
tuberculatis et setulis paucis valde distantibus obsitis; hoe fere
zequali, postice angustiore, ad latera oblique recto, angulis anticis
porrectis paulo explanatis subrecurvis ; elytris obsoletissime sub-
seriatim punctatis, interstitiis subcrenato-costatis et setulis longi-
tudinaliter obsitis ; antennis pedibusque vix pallidioribus.

Long. corp. lin. 1.

Habitat Maderam, a Dom. Bewicke nuper communicata.

P. narrow, linear, elongate, dull brownish-ferruginous, and
nearly opake. Head and prothorax much roughened, and beset
with large but not very elevated tubercles, sprinkled with short
remote sete: the former subquadrate; the latter elongated,
slightly narrowed behind, with the sides nearly straight (but
oblique) and margined, and with the anterior angles thickened,
porrected, and slightly recurved. Elytra with very shallow, and
almost obsolete, punctures arranged in longitudinal rows, and

256 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

with the interstices apparently [for the sculpture is somewhat
obscure| subcostate and crenulated ; and with longitudinal rows
of short distant setee down each. Limbs a little paler than the
rest of the surface.

The discovery of this curious beetle is due to the indefatigable
researches of Mr. Bewicke, who captured a single specimen of
it in his garden at the Palmeira, above Funchal, amongst some
dried stems of the Euphorbia piscatoria which he had brought
several months before from Porto Novo, on the eastern coast.
Whether, therefore, it was transported to Funchal, along with
the numerous other Coleoptera which inhabit the stems of the
Euphorbias, or whether its appearance amongst them was merely
accidental, it is impossible at present to decide. Be this, how-
ever, as it may, there is, at any rate, no reason for suspecting
that the insect is otherwise than indigenous.

Genus Lycrus.
Fabricius, Ent. Syst. i. 1. 502 (1792).
Lyctus Leacocianus, n. sp.

L. cylindricus, parce pubescens, niger ; capite prothoraceque crebre et
profunde punctatis, hoc subquadrato, angulis anticis haud pro-
ductis sed posticis paulo acuminatis ; elytris leviter sub-biseriatim
punctatis (punctis elongatis angustis), sutura interstitiisque alternis
obsoletissime elevatis ; “autennis (robustis) pedibusque piceis.

Long. corp. lin. 23.

Habitat Maderam australem, prope urbem Funchalensem a Dom. E.
Leacock repertus, cujus in honorem nomen triviale proposui.

L. linear and cylindrical, but rather broader than the L. brun-
neus, also of a darker hue (being nearly black), and somewhat
less densely clothed with decumbent fulvous pubescence. Head
and prothorax a little more coarsely punctured: the /atter more
strictly quadrate—the anterior angles being rounded-off, and
not downwardly produced as in that species; but with the ex-
treme hinder angles more acute, or prominent; the sides not
perceptibly crenulated, even beneath the microscope; the disk
rather more even and convex, but nevertheless with the longi-
tudinal depression more lengthened, or converted into a wide
dorsal channel. Elytra more closely and distinctly punctulated
than in the LZ. brunneus, the punctures being narrow and elon-
gated (like broken strize), with a tendency “to be arranged in
double longitudinal rows, and both smaller and more dense (as
well as more irregular) towards the suture than towards the
margin; the suture and alternate interstices obsoletely raised.
Limbs dark-piceous; the antenne more robust than those of
the L. brunneus.

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 257

The present important addition to the fauna is due to the
researches of Mr. Edmund Leacock, who detected the single
specimen from which the above comparative description has
been compiled in his garden at the Quinta de Si0 Joao, near
Funchal. Its dark hue and totally different prothorax, in con-
junction with its comparatively robust antennze and curious
elytral sculpture, will, apart from minor differences, at once
separate it from its ally the L. brunneus. I have named it after
its discoverer, whose successful labours have so often augmented
the Madeiran Catalogue.

Fam. Lathridiade.
Genus ANOMMATUS.
Wesmaél, Bull. de Acad. de Bruxell. ii. 339, tab. 4 (1836).

The little Anommatus 12-striatus bears, as already stated, so
strong a primd facie resemblance to Aglenus that it has been
universally, with one exception, placed alongside that genus,
amongst the Colydiade. Nevertheless, the various authors who
have thus tacitly acknowledged its affinities seem merely to have
followed blindly in the wake of Erichson, whose description of
its structural details was, as M. Jacquelin Duval has recently
well remarked, both loose and incorrect ; and, after a very careful
dissection of it, I agree with M. Duval that it should be un-
doubtedly assigned to the Lathridiade. True it is that its robust
limbs and abruptly clavated antennze are not in accordance with
the normal members of that family; but then, on the other
hand, neither are they universally indicative of the Colydini;
whilst even amongst the Lathridiade such genera as Cholovocera
and Merophysia afford us an abundant precedent for the sup-
position that the terminal joints of the antennze may sometimes,
in that group, become absolutely lost by uniting into a densely
compact mass. Then, with respect to the tarsi of Anommatus,
having mounted them im Canada balsam for microscopic obser-
vation, I believe that M. Jacquelin Duval is perfectly right in
regarding them as triarticulate, instead of quadriarticulate, as
stated by Erichson. The basal joimt is certainly a little con-
stricted on its under side, but even polarized light will not show
the merest rudiment of a suture; and I have not the slightest
hesitation, therefore, in concluding it to be a single joint, and
the whole foot to be, consequently, triarticulate—which is almost
universally the case with the Lathridiade. The antenne are
composed of only nine joints besides the club,—which latter is
extremely compact, and with no annular traces on it whatso-

2958 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

ever, so far as I can detect : hence, although we assume that the
two ultimate joints are fused into it, we must practically regard
the entire number [i.e. the recognizable number] as diminished,
from the normal standard,—which is, likewise, perfectly in
accordance with the generality of the Lathridiade, in which the
recognizable antennal joints vary from 8to 11. Of these joints,
the 1st and the 2nd are in Anommatus large and robust; the
3rd very much more slender and of almost the same length as the
2nd; the 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, and 9th extremely short, but
gradually becoming broader; and then follows the immense
subglobose club, which must be regarded as swallowing up the
remaining two articulations. I believe, all points considered,
that Anommatus is more nearly akin to the (likewise blind)
Langelandia anophthalma than to almost any other, perhaps, of
our European genera; and, in the Madeiran Catalogue, I would
place it at the commencement of the Lathridiade, near to
Cholovocera.

Anommatus 12-striatus, Mill.

A, parallelo-oblongus, testaceus, nitidus, glaber ; prothorace valde
profunde sed remote punctato (punctis maximis, in dorso sub-
seriatim) ; elytris profunde punctato-striatis.

Long. corp. lin. 3.

Habitat Maderam, sub truncis arborum prolapsis, rarissimus.

Lyctus 12-striatus, Miill., in Germ. Mag. iv. 190 (1821).
Anommatus terricola, Wesm., Bull. Acad. Brux. ii. 339. t. 4 (1836).
12-striatus, Erichs., Nat. der Ins. Deutsehl. iii. 286 (1848).

, Redt., Fauna Austr. 181 (1849).

A, parallel-oblong, being smaller, more linear, and less convex
than the <Aglenus brunneus, pale-testaceous, very bright, and
glabrous. Head sparingly, but not very deeply punctured.
Prothoraa, vather widened anteriorly, very deeply and remotely
punctured,—the punctures being very large, and on either side
of the central line (which is just perceptibly keeled) with a
tendency to be disposed in rows. Elytra deeply striate-punctate
(the punctures being there also very large). Limbs a shade
paler than the rest of the surface.

Detected by myself, in tolerable abundance, beneath the trunk
of a felled cherry-tree which was lying on the damp ground
at the bottom of the Curral das Freiras, whilst encamped
there, with the Rev. R. T. Lowe, on the 9th of Dec. 1858.
And a specimen has been lately communicated by St. Moniz,
which he captured under the chippings of Spanish chestnut-
trees at Santa Anna, in the north of Madeira.

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 259

Genus HoLopaRaMEcus.
Curtis, Ent. Mag. 1. 186 (1838).
Holoparamecus Kunzei, Aubé.

H. elongato-oblongus, angustus, rufo-testaceus, subnitidus et sub-
tiliter pubescens ; prothorace ad latera minus curvato, postice
paulo angustato et in medio ineequaliter transverso-signato ; elytro
singulo stria suturali recta impresso; antennis |U-articulatis.

Long. corp. lin. 2.

Habitat Maderam australem, a Dom. Bewicke prope urbem Fun-
chalensem captus.

Calyptobium Kunzei, Aubé, Ann. de la Soe. Ent. de France (2i*me série), i.
(1843).

H. larger and more linear than the H. niger, the elytra being
much longer in proportion ; also of a paler hue, being uniformly
rufo-testaceous ; much less shining, and scarcely perceptibly
punctured, even beneath the microscope, but more evidently
pubescent. Head narrower than the anterior part of the pro-
thorax, which is less curved at the sides, and not so suddenly
narrowed behind, as is the case in the H. niger, and with its
posterior region transversely and unevenly impressed,—the im-
pressed band being narrower in proportion than in that insect,
and therefore not continued so close towards the hinder angles
(which, in like manner, have their extreme lateral edge a little
thickened, but with no tendency to be produced backwards on
the surface of the pronotum), and being more evidently termi-
nated on each side by a very short longitudinal costa, and
interrupted by a still more perceptible one (though equally
short) im the centre,—which medial one merges into an obscure
dorsal channel in front of the transverse impression, deep on
the disk, but evanescent before and behind. /ytra more pro-
duced, or lengthened, posteriorly than in the H. niger, and with
the sutural stria on each less curved,—being almost quite
parallel with the suture. Antenne, which are composed of ten
joints only (instead of eleven, as in the H. niger), concolorous
with the rest of the surface. Legs a shade paler.

The above comparative description will at once point out the
distinctions between the present Holoparamecus and its Ma-
deiran congener, the H. niger. Indeed the structural character
of its antennz, which contain a jomt less than those of that
insect (the numerical variation of the antennal articulations
being one of the peculiarities of the members of this genus),
would of itself suffice to separate it ; nevertheless, its larger size
and many other specific features have been fully recorded in
the diagnosis. Although I felt convinced it was the Calyptobium

260 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madewran Coleoptera.

Kunzei of Aubé (that species bemg the only one hitherto re-
corded in which the antennz are 10-articulate), I am neverthe-
less enabled to state this for certain, Dr. Aubé having kindly
transmitted to me from Paris, through M. Allard, one of his
three original types of that insect, for comparison ; with which
the Madeiran specimens agree in every respect. Its discovery
in Madeira is due to Mr. Bewicke, who captured several examples
of it, about a year ago, in his garden at the Palmeira, above
Funchal.

Genus CorricaRia.
Marsham, Ent. Brit. i. 106 (1802).

Corticaria pubescens, Gyll.

C. elongato-ovata, fusco-picea, cinereo-pubescens ; capite prothorace-
que profunde punctatis (punctis maximis), hoc ad latera (preesertim
postice) crenulato, fovea postmedia magna profunda rotundata
impresso ; elytris profunde rugose et dense subseriatim punctatis ;
antennis pedibusque rufo-ferrugineis, his elongatis.

Long. corp. lin. 14.

Habitat Maderam australem, a Dom. Bewicke detecta.

Latridius pubescens, Uliger, in litt.

—-—, Gyll., Ins. Suece. iv. 125 (1827).

Corticaria pubescens, Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent. ii. 106 (1830).

—— Redt., Fauna Austr. 208 (1849).

C. elongate-ovate, brownish-piceous, with a more or less sub-
rufescent tinge, and clothed with long decumbent cinereous
pile. Head and prothorax very deeply punctured, the punctures
being extremely large, but (especially on the former) not very
dense: the /atter with the edges a good deal rounded, and
crenulated (particularly posteriorly); and with a very large,
rounded and deeply impressed fovea on the centre of the hinder
disk. Elytra deeply, thickly, and rugosely subseriate-punctate
(the punctures having only a tendency to being disposed in
longitudinal rows). Limbs rufo-ferruginous; the /egs longer
than in the generality of the Corticarie.

A single example of the common European C. pubescens was
detected by Mr. Bewicke, about a year ago, near Funchal. It
may be readily known from the rest of the Madeiran Corticarie
by its comparatively large size, brownish-ferruginous hue, and
densely pubescent surface, by the immense and very deep punc-
tures of its head and prothorax, by the somewhat close sculp-
ture of its elytra, and the length of its legs. It has probably
been imported into the island from more northern latitudes.

Corticaria inconspicua, n. sp.

C. elongata, rufo-ferruginea, subdepressa ; capite prothoraceque pro-

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 261

funde et sat crebre punctatis, hoc ad latera (preesertim postice)

crenulato, fovea postmedia profunda rotundata impresso ; elytris

leviter sed rugulose striato-punctatis ; antennis pedibusque paulo
pallidioribus.

Long. corp. lin. }—2.

Habitat Maderam, in horto Leacociano prope Funchal a meipso
detecta; necnon ad S. Antonio da Serra deprehensit Dom.
Bewicke.

C. similar to the C. rotulicollis [Ins. Mad. 184), but smaller,
just perceptily less convex, and of a more uniformly rufo-ferru-
ginous hue, the elytra being usually not at all darker than the
head and prothorax. Prothoraz a little less closely punctured
than in that insect, with its hinder fovee perhaps somewhat
larger, and with its lateral crenulations not quite so powerful,
and less numerous; or, at any rate, with the anterior ones
smaller and less evident. Elytra not quite so deeply striate-
punctate, and the apex of the antenne a trifle paler, or less
obscured.

An insignificant little Corticaria, appearing at first sight like
a depauperated state of the C. rotulicollis. It was detected by
myself, beneath bones and chippings of wood, in a small out-
house in Mr. Leacock’s garden at the Quinta de Sao Joo, near
Funchal; in which locality it was subsequently taken both by
Mr. E. Leacock and Mr. Bewicke, the latter of whom likewise
captured it, during August 1859, in a hovel at S. Antonio
da Serra.

Genus MerorHTHALMUs.
Wollaston, Ins. Mad. 192 (1854).

Metophthalmus exiguus, n. sp.

M. forma et sculptura M. asperato simillimus, sed minutissimus,
omnino rufo-ferrugineus, fronte minus costato, ocello distinctiore
et antennarum articulis inter se diversis [sc. tertio ad octavum
minutis subglobosis subzequalibus moniliformibus, nono subgloboso
(haud poculiformi), et ultimo oblongo (nec oblique truncato) }.

Long. corp. lin. 4.

Habitat Maderam australem: specimen unicum prope urbem Fun-
chalensem zstate 1859 cepit Dom. Bewicke.

M. very like in form and sculpture to the M. asperatus, ex-
cept that it is much smaller and of a uniformly ferruginous,
or rufo-ferruginous, hue, with its frontal costee much less evi-
dent, or almost obsolete, but with the ocellus better defined ;
with its prothorax also somewhat less uneven; and with its
antennal jomts [vide the above diagnosis} differently propor-
tioned.

A single specimen of it has been lately detected in Madeira

262 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madewran Coleoptera.

Proper by Mr. Bewicke, to whose indefatigable researches we
are indebted for so many additions to our fauna. He informs
me that he found it amongst some “ Euphorbia rubbish ” in his
garden at the Palmeira, in company with the (likewise unique)
Prostheca aspera, but was not able to obtain another specimen.
Its 10-articulated antenne, and the minutely serrated margins
of its head, prothorax, and elytra, in conjunction with the very
peculiar construction (and position) of its eyes, at once show it
to be a true Metophthalmus ; nevertheless, in the relative pro-
portions and shape of its antennal joints, it recedes from the
M. asperatus very considerably. Thus, all the joints from the
third to the eighth inclusive are minute, subglobose, and moni-
liform, being nearly equal throughout ; whereas in the MW. aspe-
ratus the fourth is very much longer than the (diminutive) third
one; and from thence to the eighth they sensibly decrease in
length, and increase a little (though only a very little) in breadth.
Then the (biarticulated) club itself is somewhat different, the
penultimate joint being almost globose, and the terminal one
oblong; whereas in the M. asperatus the ninth joint is di-
stinctly poculiform, and the tenth largely truncated, in an
oblique direction, internally, causing it to be much acuminated
at its immer apex.

Judging both from the description and the figure, I have
little doubt that the genus Bonvouloiria of Jacquelin Duval
[vide Genera des Coléop. d’Kurope, 11. 245, a.p. 1857-59] is in
reality coincident with Metophthalmus ; for, although M. Duval
describes the antennze as only 9-articulate, still the third joint
is so very minute that it might be mistaken for a portion
of the second, by which indeed it is also, when in its normal
position, somewhat hidden; so that it might be easily over-
looked, unless the antenna be flattened out and mcunted in
Canada Balsam for the microscope. He does not describe any
of the oral organs of his insect, except the upper lip and the
terminal joint of the maxillary palpi; but these so entirely cor-
respond with those of the M. asperatus, whilst the external
details to which he calls attention are so exactly im accordance
with those observed by myself in Madeira, that I am the more
inclined to suspect that he was mistaken as to the precise
number of its antennal joints. Moreover, the habit of the Bon-
vouloiria niveicollis is precisely that of the Metophthalmus ; for
he expressly notices the curious chalky substance (“la substance
blanche crétacée”’) with which the under sides, as well as a por-
tion of the head and prothorax, of his specimens (which he cap-
tured near Montpelier) were covered,—a pecuharity which I
pointed out in my Madeiran Catalogue in 1857, where I stated
that I believed this white powdery matter to be the particles of

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 263

a minute Mould or Thallus (the Rhinotrichum Bloxhami of
Berkeley), on which I detected the M. asperatus apparently
feeding, amongst the rotten tinder-like wood of an old Til-tree.
Whether either of the Madeiran species is identical with M.
Jacquelin Duval’s, I will not undertake to say; but, from one
or two points in his diagnosis, I am inclined to believe that they
are both distinct from it.

° Genus Monoroma.
Herbst, Natursyst. v. (1793).

Monotoma quadricollis, Aubé.

M. sublinearis, picea, opaca, pilis pallidioribus brevibus vestita ;
oculis paulo ante basin capitis sitis; capite prothoraceque sub-
rugulosis sed minus distincte punctatis, hoc elongato-quadrato
angulis anticis paulo incrassatis sed vix spiniformibus; elytris
leviter striato-punctatis et seriatim pilosis, ferrugineis, regione scu-
tellari obscuriore ; antennis pedibusque rufo-ferrugineis.

Long. corp. lin. 1-12.

Habitat Maderam, in horto Bewickiano prope Funchal sub foliis
marcidis abundans.

Monotoma quadricollis, Aubé, Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de France, vi. 465.
pl. 17. f. 7 (1837).

— — Redt., Fauna Austr. 203 (1849).

M. rather narrow and linear, piceous, opake, and clothed
(though not very densely) with a short, rigid, decumbent, paler
pile. Head and prothorax punctured and slightly roughened,
the punctures, however, not being so deep or well-defined as in
either the M. spinifera or congener: the former rather longer, or
less truncated posteriorly, than in the M. congener, and with the
eyes a little further removed from the hinder rim (which is not
quite so narrow and prominent as in that insect): the latter
elongato-quadrate, being of nearly equal breadth throughout,
and with the sides almost straight ; with the lateral edges mi-
nutely crenulated; with the angles not produced,—though the
anterior ones are somewhat thickened, or enlarged, and the
posterior ones minutely prominent ; and with indications of a
small obsolete fovea on either side of the disk behind. Hlytra
ferruginous, but more or less obscured about the region of the
scutellum, faintly striate-punctate, and (as in the following spe-
cies) with the pubescence arranged in very distinct longitudinal
rows. Limbs bright rufo-ferruginous.

Detected abundantly by Mr. Bewicke and myself, in company
with the M. spinifera, beneath dead leaves and vegetable refuse,
in his garden at the Palmeira, above Funchal, during December
of 1858; as also, subsequently, at the Praia Formosa. Its

264 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madetran Coleoptera.

distinctions from the 4. congener, to which it appears at first sight
much allied, may be readily gathered from the description ;
nevertheless, apart from minor characters, its somewhat narrower
and more linear outline, im conjunction with its paler elytra,
more pubescent and less deeply sculptured surface, and its elon-
gate-quadrate prothorax, will at once separate it from that insect.
It seems to differ in no respect, so far as I can perceive, from the
European M. quadricollis.

Monotoma quadrifoveolata, Aubé.

M. rufo-ferruginea, subopaca, pilis pallidioribus brevibus sat dense
vestita ; capite postice subquadrato ; oculis parvulis, longe ante
basin capitis sitis ; prothorace quadrato, ad latera valde incrassato-
marginato recto, sulcis duobus maximis interruptis (foveas quatuor
efficientibus) longitudinaliter impresso; elytris leviter striato-
punctatis et seriatim pilosis.

Long. corp. lin. g-1.

Habitat Maderam australem, sub ossibus desiccatis et ligno im horto
Leacociano prope Funchal sat vulgaris.

Monotoma 4-foveolata, Aubé, Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de France, vi. 468,
pl. 17. £. 9°(1837).

—— ——, Redt., Fauna Austr. 203 (1849).

M. pale reddish-ferruginous, nearly opake, and densely clothed
with a short, rigid, decumbent, paler pile. Head and prothorax
apparently not much punctured (if indeed at all—the surface
being hidden by the pubescence): the former rather large, and
square behind, with the eyes small, black, and situated at a con-
siderable distance from the extreme base : the /atter subquadrate,
being quite straight at the sides, and of almost equal breadth
before and behind; with the lateral edges strongly margined
or thickened, but only appearing minutely crenulated beneath a
high magnifying power ; with the angles not at all produced ;
and with a very broad and deep longitudinal channel on either
side of the disk, each of which is a little interrupted transversely
in the centre,—so as to constitute, in all, four fovee. Elytra
faintly striate-punctate, and with the pubescence arranged in
longitudinal rows down each of the series of punctures. Lambs
(especially the degs) a shade paler, or more rufescent, than the
rest of the surface.

The M. 4-foveolata may be at once known from its three
Madeiran allies by (¢néer alia) its pale-ferruginous hue and very
pubescent surface, by its comparatively large subquadrate head
and small eyes, and by the four deep foveze and unproduced
angles of its almost square and laterally margined prothorax.
It was detected by myself, in December 1858, beneath bones
and chippings of wood, in a small out-house in Mr. Leacock’s

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 265

garden at Quinta de Sao Joao, near Funchal,—a locality in which
it was afterwards abundantly captured both by Mr. E. Leacock
and Mr. Bewicke. It agrees precisely with specimens in my
possession from France and Austria—unless it be, perhaps, that
the Madeiran examples are, on the average, just perceptibly
smaller.

Fam. Mycetophagide.

Genus MyRMECOXENUS.

Chevrolat, in Silb. Rey. Ent. iii. 267 [script. Myrmechixenus]
(1835).

The genus Myrmecozxenus is usually assigned to the Lathri-
diade, to several of the members of which (especially Corticaria)
it has a great outward resemblance; nevertheless its quadri-
articulate feet, and the other details of its structure, seem to me
to point to the Mycetophagide as its more correct location, and
to such groups as Microchondrus (i. e. Symbiotes) and Mycetea
as perhaps its nearest allies. Indeed, M. Jacquelin-Duval has
already placed it [vide Gen. des Coléopt. d'Europe, ii. 223] in
juxtaposition with these genera, having, however, formed a sepa-
rate family (the Mycetezdes) for their reception, distinct from the
Mycetophagide proper,—a step which it might perhaps be desi-
rable to adopt, though it is scarcely necessary to do so in a small
local fauna. I may just remark that, in spite of its great external
resemblance to the Corticarie, it may be known, inter alia, by
its less abruptly clubbed antennz (the four apical joints of
which, instead of only three, are gradually, though distinctly,
thickened), and by its quadri- (instead of tri-)articulate feet,—
of which, moreover, the hinder ones have their basal joint much
elongated.

Myrmecozxenus picinus, Aubé.

M. rufo-piceus, subnitidus, parce cinereo-pubescens, ubique dense et
sat fortiter punctatus ; prothorace transverso-subquadrato, postice
vix attenuato ; elytris paulo obscurioribus ; antennis pedibusque
testaceis.

Long. corp. lin. vix 1.

Halitat Maderam australem, a Dom. Bewicke supra urbem Funcha-
lensem captus.

Myrmechozenus picinus, Aubé, Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de France (2i¢me
série), vill. 330 (1850).

M, rufo-piceous, slightly shining, sparsely clothed with de-
cumbent cinereous pile, and with the entire upper surface closely,
regularly, and rather deeply punctured,—the punctures on the
head and prothorax being just perceptibly less dense and deep

Ann, & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 18

266 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

than those on the elytra. Prothorax transverse-quadrate (being
very slightly narrowed behind), and free from all mequalities
and depressions. lytra a little shorter than the abdomen
(which is black, and has the pygidium partially exposed), and a
shade darker in colour than the head and prothorax; the punc-
tures without the slightest tendency to be disposed in longitu-
dinal rows. Lambs testaceous.

I have but little hesitation in referring the present insect to
the M. picinus of Aubé (from Corsica and Algeria), with the
description of which it agrees exactly. It 1s of about the size,
and nearly the outline, of the European M. vaporariorum ;
nevertheless, it is darker than that species (being rufo-piceous
instead of testaceous, and with its elytra almost piceous), more
shining, rather less pubescent, and with its punctation very
much larger and deeper. <A single specimen of it has been
captured by Mr. Bewicke, in his garden at the Palmeira, above
Funchal.

Fam. Dermestida.
Genus ATTAGENUS.
Latreille, Gen. Crust. et Ins, ii. 32 (1802).

Altagenus Schefferi, Herbst.

A, ovalis, nigro-piceus, supra nigro- et (saltem intra angulos protho-
racis posticos) subflavescenti-pubescens, infra subcinereo-flaves-
centi-pubescens ; elytris plus minus distincte picescentioribus ;
antennarum basi pedibusque ferrugineis.

Long. corp. lin. 14-2.

Mas, antenarum articulo ultimo longissimo, subarcuato, ensiformi.

Habitat whem Funchalensem, in domibus mercatorumque reposi-
toriis a Dom. Moniz estate 1858 detectus.

Megatoma Schefferi, Tibst., af. iv. 93.

Dermestes Schefferi, Gyll., Ins. Suee. i. 152 (1808).

Altagenus Schifferi, Evichs., Nat. der Ins. Deutschl, iii, 440 (1848).

A. similar to the A. megatoma, but a little larger and more
piccous (especially the elytra, which are sometimes subrufescent),
and with a slight admixture of yellowish-cinereous (along with
the black) pile on the anterior part of its upper surface,—parti-
cularly along the hinder margin of the prothorax, and occa-
sionally also towards the extreme base of the elytra. The males
with the ultimate joint of their antenne even longer still than
in the A. megatoma, and slightly bent, or ensiform.

Several specimens of this insect, which approaches very closely,
at first sight, to the A. megatoma, but which (even though not
according precisely with Erichson’s description) I believe to he
correctly referred to the European A, Schefferi (and which, I

Mr, J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiese. 267
should add, has been compared by my friend Dr. Schaum with

examples of that species in the Museum at Berlin), were cap-
tured by Senhér Moniz, in the houses and shops of Funchal,
during the summer of 1858; and I may state that I have my-
self taken it in similar positions in the Canary Islands.

[To be continued. ]

XXX.—On the Tribe Colletiee, with some Observations on the
Structure of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnacee. By
Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S. &e.

[Continued from p. 216. ]
2. NoropHzNa.

I propose this genus for a separate group, with flowers di-
stinguished by the same peculiarity as those of Colletia—the
total absence of petals,—but differing from the latter genus in
its habit, its copious foliage, and in the form of its disk, which
resembles that of Discaria. It is also characterized by the
peculiar feature before alluded to—the union of the base of the
opposite stipules, which gives an appearance of an articulation
at every node,—a pecuilarity often seen also in the middle of
the spines when they are foliiferous. The type of the genus is
the Colletia serratifolia of Veutenat, from Chile ; the other species
are mostly from the southern parts of the same country, and one
is from New Zealand : hence the generic name, from yoros, auster ;
dpaivoya, appareo. They sometimes form very leafy shrubs,
at other times low decumbent bushes, bare of spines, Here we
generally see a spineless branchlet issuing from below each spine,
and bearing both leaves and flowers, which quite confirms the
supposition that the scaly tubercle seen in Col/etia and other
genera is only a very abbreviated or suppressed branchlet.

Nororw£na, gen. noy. ;—Calyx urceolato-campanulatus, usque
ad medium 4—5-fidus, laciniis reflexis, intus carina prominula
calloque apicali notatis, «stivatione valvatis, imo demum cir-
cumscissus. Pefa/a nulla. Stamina 4—5, tubo calycino inter
lacinias inserta ; filamenta filiformia, laciniis breviora, erecta ;
anthere ovate, 2-lobe, 2-loculares, loculis rima longitudinali
antice hiantibus. Discus pateriformis, hypogynus, imo tubi
adnatus, margine brevi, libero, crenato, Ovarium superum,
elobosum, spe pilosum, 3-sulcatum, 38-loculare; ovula in
loculis solitaria, erecta. Stylus brevis, calycis tubum quans,
Stigma obtusum, breviter 3-lobum. Fructus siceus, sub-
globosus, cupula calycina diseoque suffultus et adnatus, in
coccos 8 resiliens; istis seminibusque ut in Colletia.

18*

968 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiex.

Suffrutices (vel arbusculse) Chilenses, Magellanici et Nove Zelan-
dici, vamulis decussatis, elongatis, spinosis vel se#pius inermi-
bus ; foliis oppositis, ellipticis, crenulato-dentatis, discoloribus ;
floribus parvis, infra spinas, axillaribus, pedunculatis, solitarius,
vel fasciculatis.

—

Notophena ser Tae nob. Colletia serratifolia, Vent. (non
Hook.) Hort. Cels. 92. tab. 15; DC. Prodr. ii. 28; Brongn.
Ann. Se. Nat. x. 8366; Lam. Dict. Suppl. u. 312 ; id. Illustr.
pl. 930. Rhamnus Spartium, Dombey ;—vamosa, ramis ra-
mulisque patentissimis, virgatis, sub- 4-gonis, subleevibus,
glaberrimis, parce foliosis, subspinosis, spinis longiusculis,
foliosis, apice calloso-pungentibus, patentibus; foliis imter-
nodiis equilongis, seepe 8, fasciculatis, oblongis, vel lineari-
oblongis, apice bisinuatis et mucronatis, imo in petiolum
brevem attenuatis s, breviter serrato-denticulatis, dentibus
elanduliferis, crassiusculis, enerviis, utrinque glaberrimis,
subtus pallide flavis, stipulis navicularibus, linea transversali
prominente inter se nexis, nodis hine quasi articulatis ; floribus
axillaribus, subsolitarus, pedunculo calyce longiore, filiform ;
calycis tubo brevi, imo inflato, limbi lacintis 5, brevibus, re-
flexis, staminibus ori insitis, stylo exserto.—Chile.—v. s. in
herb. Mus. Paris, Pévou” (sine dubio erroneo), Dombey.

This species differs from the following, with which it has been
generally confounded, in ils green, slender, almost herbaceous
stems and branchlets, which are somewhat angular, spreading
nearly at a right angle, quite glabrous, furnished with spines,
and sometimes bare of leaves, in its fewer or more deciduous,
smaller, and nerveless leaves, in its fewer and larger flowers, and
its larger fruit. The internodes are from 4 inch to 1 inch apart,
and are almost articulated at each axil by the stipular extension
before described; the divaricated spines, decussating at each
axil, are about the length of the internodes, and are foliiferous
in their middle: in the younger floriferous branchlets, the spmes
are wanting at the nodes, from which one to three leaves spring
on each side ; the leaves are 4 to 7 lines long, 13 to 2 lines
broad, bearing small glandular teeth on the margin, of which
three, more conspicuous than the others, terminate the apex.

The specimen from which this account is derived is the ori-
ginal type described by Ventenat: the flowers here have all
fallen away, but the fruit remains, generally solitary in the axils ;

he peduncle is 5 or 6 lines long, and the 3-lobed capsule is
about 3 lines in diameter *.

* A drawing of this species will be shown in the ‘ Contributions,’
Plate 37 a.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiese, 269

2. Notophena foliosa, nob. Colletia serratifolia, Hook. (non
Vent.) var. B, foliosa, Bot. Misc. iii. 173. C. crenata, Clos,
loc. cit. 35. Rhamnus diffusus, Clos, in Gay, Chile, ti. 20 ;—
arbuscula frondosa, ramis ramulisque haud patentibus, non-
nullis spinescentibus, spinisque erectioribus, virgatis, tereti-
bus, striatis, pallidis, aut seepius fusco-rubris ; ramulis novellis
inermibus, erectiusculis, clongatis vel abbreviatis, foliiferis et
floriferis, et infra spinas (ubi adsunt) nascentibus ; stipulis
Oppositis, rubellis, latiusculis, breviter trigonis, concavis, apice
2-dentatis, imo linea transversali circa caulem connexis ; foliis
oppositis, ellipticis, vel oblongis, apice obtusis et mucronu-
latis, imo acutioribus, crenulato-dentatis, dentibus seepius fere
obsoletis, supra lete viridibus, subtus pallide glaucis, penni-
nervus, nervis fuscis anastomosantibus, glabris, vel sub lente
parce puberulis, petiolo canaliculato, tenui 3 floribus 3, fasci-
culatis ex quaque axilla; pedunculo erecto, demum incuryo ;
calyceque glabro, urceolato, 5-fido ; staminibus erectis, laciniis
reflexis, equilongis ; ovario piloso, stylo glabro, longe exserto ;
fructu minore.—Chile.—v. s, in variis herbartis ; Valparaiso
(Cuming, 427-637) ; Valdivia (Bridges, 594) ; Concepcion
(Germain, sub nom. Trevoa 3-nervis) ; in herb. Mus. Paris

Y

(Gay) ; Dombey, sub nom. Rhamnus Chacay.

This is a small tree, with rather virgate branches and an
abundant foliage of small leaves, with long spines, or rather
branchlets having an apiculate termination; the branches are
quite glabrous; the spines, ? to 14 inch long, are always articu-
lated in the middle, and there floriferous ; the fertile branchlets
that spring from below them bear an abundance of flowers and
leaves, with the axils approximated, so that the inflorescence
appears somewhat spicated ; these branchlets, though sometimes
much longer, seldom exceed half an inch in length, bearing
in each node two opposite sets of three fasciculated flowers and
two opposite leaves; the leaves are from 6 to 9 lines long,
3 lines broad, on a petiole 1 line in length; those of the main
branches are 1 inch long, and half an inch broad, the margins
generally revolute, with crenated, almost obsolete teeth, and
yellowish. The peduncles are n arly 2 lines long; the broad
and urceolate tube of the calyx is 1 line long, its segments and
erect stamens ? line in length; the small hypogynous disk,
adnate to it, is slightly concave, green, smooth, fleshy, with a
raised undulating margin, and is half as broad again as the very
pilose ovary which it supports. The 3-coccous fruit is about
2 lines in diameter, and pilose: when the coccj spring out of
their bed, which they do with a noise and much elastic force,
their persistent cup is seen to be formed of three distinct and

270 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez.

stout membranes,—the base of the calyx, the disk, and the ad-
hering portion of the epicarp. The seeds are oval, dark brown,
hard and polished, like those of Colletia. The stipules are very
conspicuous, especially in the young floriferous branchlets ; here
they form in each axil a minute hollow navicular cup, with two
erect, obtuse, ciliated, red, membranaceous lobes, connected with
those of the opposite ‘stipule by a short membranaceous vaginant
sheath; the petiole springs out of the sinus between the lobes,
and the three peduncles grow out of the hollow of the cup*.

Dombey’s plant, labelled as from Peru, is beyond doubt from

Chile. Germain’s specimens were distributed under the name
of Trevoa 3-nervis.

3. Notophena cognata, n. sp. ;—vamis clongatis, virgatis, angu-
lato-striatis, glaberrimis, spmosis, spinis longiusculis, pun-
gentibus, medio foliiferis ; ramulis junioribus floriferis, sub
spinis ortis eisque multo longioribus; foliis oppositis, ellip-
tico-oblongis, crenato-serratis, basi latioribus vix acutis, e
medio summum versus eradatim angustioribus, ibi obtusis et
emarginatis, sub lente utrinque sparsim pilosulis, supra viri-
dibus, subtus pallide glaucis, petiolo canaliculato, puberulo ;
stipulis vaginaque transversa conspicuis ; floribus 2—4, fasci-
culatis, pedunculis elongatis, petiolo calyceque 2—4-plo lon-
gioribus, glabris ; calyce glabro, tubo urceolato 4-fido, stami-
nibus 4, lacimiis paulo brevioribus, erectis; ovario piloso,
stylo elongato, tubo longiore, glabro.—Insula Chiloé.—+. s.
in herb. meo (Capt. King).

This species is intermediate hetween the foregoing and the
following one, and is distinguished by its more slender branches,
larger cmarginated leaves, the greater length of its peduncles,
and its tetramerous flowers. Its floriferous branchlets measure
3 or 4 inches, its spines about 13 inch; its leaves are 1 inch
long, 3 inch broad, on a petiole 2 lines in ‘length ; ; its peduncles
are 3 lines long, the tube of the calyx 1 line ong, the same in
diameter, and the lobes of its border nearly of equal lengthy.

4, Notophena discolor. Colletia discolor, Hook. Icon. 538;
Hook. fil. Flor, Ant. 11.255; Rich. Voy. Astrol. p. _, pl. 14;
—tfrondosa, glaberrima, ramulis teretibus, strictis, substriatis,
fusco- rubris, spinosis, spinis patentibus, longiusculis, valde
pungentibus, apicem versus fohiferis; ramulis junioribus flo-
rigeris sub spinis enatis, clongatis ; ‘foliis oppositis, oblongis
obovatisve, obtusis, argute serrulatis, margine subrevoluto, in
petiolum brevem attenuatis, supra viridibus, subtus pallide

This species, with analytical details, will be seen in Plate 37 B of the

* Contributions.’

+ A sketch of this plant will be shown in Plate 37 c of the same work.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletieze. 271

glaucis, fere enerviis; stipulis transversim nexis, 2-dentatis,
dentibus linearibus, acutissimis, ciliatis ; floribus parvis, sub-
solitariis, 4-meris; capsula 3-cocca pilosula. Patagonia,—
v. s. in herb. meo et Hook., Port Famine (Capt, King) ; in
herb. Mus. Paris, Magellan (Voy. Astrolabe).

This is distinct from the two preceding species, in the smaller
size of its obovate leaves, and its smaller flowers, as well as in
the shape of its stipules. The discolorous feature of its leaves is
common to every species of this genus. The spines are } to
1 inch long; the leaves are 5 lines long, 23 lines broad, on a
petiole barely 1 line in length; the peduncle is 2 lines long;
the tube of the calyx is 3 line long, the same in diameter, and
its short revolute teeth are only 7 line in length: the peduncle
in fruit becomes thicker ; it is then 3 lines long, and is deflected ;
the 3-coccous fruit is 2 lines in diameter; it is sometimes
4-coccous.

5. Notophena Magellanica, n. sp. ;—suffruticosa, inermis, sub
lente pilosula, ramulis subangulatis, sub-4-gonis, axillis ap-
proximatis ; foliis parvulis, oyato-oblongis, utrinque obtusis,
vel imo subcuneatis, carnosulis, margine integerrimis, vel
obsolete dentatis, supra nitidis, viridibus, subtus pallidis,
nervis omnino immersis, petiolo brevissimo, stipulis pre-
cedentis ; floribus parvis, in axillis oppositis, utrinque 8, fas-
ciculatis, 4-meris.—In Fretum Magellanicum.—. s. in herb.
Mus. Paris, Sandy Point (Lechler, 1029, sub nom. Colletia
discolor); in herb. Hook., Cordillera de Arauco (Lechler,
2994).

This is a well-marked species; its branchlets haye a greyish
bark ; its axillary nodes are 4 or 5 lines apart, and in the young
branchlets 2 lines apart; the leaves are simply opposite, 23-3
lines long, 1} line broad, on a short petiole: the flowers are small,
the peduncle being 1 line long; the calyx, including its seg-
ments, is of the same length, and line diameter*,

6. Notophena tomentosa. Colletia tomentosa, Philippi, Linnea,
xxyill. 618 ;—ramis cinerco-tomentosis ; foliis parvis, oboyatis,
lete viridibus, pubescentibus, adpresse serratis : stipulis mi-
nutis, ovato-lanceolatis, fuscis; floribus subfasciculatis ; pe-
dunculis 1-floris, glabris, calyeem glabrum zquantibus, caly-
cibus tubulosis, dentibus reflexis tubum dimidinm requantibus ;
petalis nullis, staminibus styloque calycem zequantibus,—
Chile, prope San Antonio, Proy. Valparaiso.

This diagnosis is copied from Dr. Philippi’s description in the

* This species will be represented in Plate 37 p of the ‘ Contributions.’

272 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletieze.

‘Linnea,’ as above quoted. The absence of spines, the want of
petals, and other characters show not only that it belongs to
this genus, but also that it is very closely allied to the preceding
and following species.

7, Notophena Andina, un. sp.;—suffruticosa, humilis, mermis,
procumbens ; ramulis lignosis, subtortuosis, nodosis, foliosis ;
foliis oppositis, e gemmulis axillaribus elongatis squamosis
productis, ovatis, utrinque obtusiusculis, aut basi acutioribus,
integerrimis, crassiusculis, ubique parce pilosulis, supra virl-
dibus, subtus pallide glaucis, penninerviis, petiolo brevi cana-
liculato pubere ; stipulis imo latis, rubris, 2-fidis, ciliatis, inter se
connexis; floribus paucis, subaggregatis ; pedunculo 1-floro,
petiolo longiore, piloso, erecto; calyce rigide puberulo, limbo
5-fido, staminibus 5 lacinius dimidio brevioribus ; ovario gla-
bro.—In Andibus Chilensibus excelsioribus.—v. s. in herb.
Hook. (e declivitate oriental, Bridges, No. 1208).

This species is well distinguished by its procumbent spmeless
habit and copious aggregated foliage; its stunted proportions
are consequent on its lofty Alpine growth. Its leaves grow out
of elongated tubercles, or nascent branchlets, which probably in
the following year become branches ; these young shoots, owing
to the near proximity of their axils, appear as if imbricated by
the stipular appendages, and these axils bear flowers as well as
leaves. The main stems also appear articulated at each node by
their very conspicuous red stipules, which are similar to those of
the other foregoing species. The leaves are 5 to 9 lines long,
4 to 5 lines broad, on a petiole 1 or 13 line long; they are dis-
colorous, as in all the others, but with darker immersed ner-
vures below. The peduncle is 2 lines long, the tube of the
calyx 12 line, the segments in addition 2 line long*.

8. Notophena Toumatou. Discaria Toumatou, Raoul, Ch. Pl.
Nouv. Zélande, p.29. Discaria Australis, var. apetala, Hook.
fil. Flor. Nov. Zeal. i. 47 ;—Frutex suborgyalis, glaberrimus,
ramis tortuosis, subprocumbentibus, cortice membranaceo
Jaxo, ramulis diffusis, horizontalibus, teretibus, striatis, spines-
centibus, spinis clongatis, patentibus, calloso-pungentibus ;
foliis parvulis, fasciculatis, e tuberculo squamoso infra spinam
prodeuntibus, lineari-oblongis, obtusis aut acutis, in petiolo
brevi, spathulatis, integerrimis, glaberrimis, crassiusculis,
supra viridibus, nitentibus, enerviis, subtus pallide glaucis,
nervis violaceis immersis ; stipulis minutis, petioliferis, 2-fidis,
dentibus lanceolatis, erectis, oppositis, et transversim nexis ;

* This plant is drawn in Plate 37 © of the ‘ Contributions,’

Dr. G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal, 273

floribus 4-6, fasciculatis, foliis intermixtis, pedunculo pubes-
cente, erecto, calyce puberulo, limbo 4-fido, staminibus 4,
erectis, laciniis dimidio brevioribus.—Nova Zelandia.—». s. in
herb. Hook., east coast and interior (Colenso); Foxhill (Dr.
Monro): in herb. Mus. Paris, Akaroa (Raoul),

This plant approaches the nearest to Ventenat’s typical spe-
cies, owing to its very divergent, long and stout spines, and the
smallness and paucity of its leaves, in which respects they both
assume more of the habit of a Colletia. The branchlets are
quite straight, its opposite and almost horizontally-spreading
spines are 3 to 1 inch long; four or more small leaves, and often
as many flowers, are almost fasciculated upon a prominent squa-
mose gemma that issues from below the base of each spine : the
leaves are 4 or 6 lines long, 1} line broad, on an extremely short
and delicate petiole; the peduncle, the tube of the calyx, and
the reflected lobes of its border are each 1 line long*.

[To be continued. ]

XXXI.—Descriptions of Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.
By G. C. Watuicu, M.D., F.LS.

[With two Plates. ]
[Continued from p. 197.]

Berore passing from the filamentous to the non-filamentous
genera, I would take the opportunity of pointing out that, how-
ever correctly the Desmidiaceze may be separated into two great
divisions, based upon the presence or absence of the filamentous
character, the occurrence of that character in isolated species
ought no longer to be admitted for purposes of generic separa-
tion. In confirmation of this view, I may mention having ob-
served two examples of filamentous aggregation, occurring in
isolated species belonging to genera as distinct from each other
as it is possible for two genera to be, and occupying positions
at the extremes of the non-filamentous division. I allude to
Micrasterias and Docidium. In the first of these we certainly
should not expect to meet with such a condition. It is never-
theless the normal state of a species which shall immediately
be described. In the second, on the other hand, we might look
for a tendency to assume the filamentous state, inasmuch as the
true position of the genus is next to that of the typical filamen-
tous genera, such as Hyalotheca. Nothing, I venture to say,

* A figure of this species will be shown in Plate 37 F of the ‘ Contribue
tions.’

274 _Dr.G. C, Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

can be more incongruous than the sequence, immediately after
Spherozosma, of a genus containing lenticular-shaped, multi-
lobed fronds, as is the case in Mierasterias ; whilst genera with
simple, cylindrical, or subcylindrical fronds (namely, Te¢memorus,
Docidium, Penium, Closterium) hold a place directly followmg on
complex angular forms, such as are included under Staurastrum
and Didymocladon,

The occurrence of these isolated filamentous species shows
that, however valid may be the character derived from it for
purposes of specific distinction, it affords no good basis for
generic separation, when taken by itself.

Docidium asperum, which also occurs in the filamentous form
in Bengal, has on this ground alone been elevated into a distinct
genus ‘by De Bary ; and of such importance is the character
generally considered, that some of the most eminent authorities
have deemed it necessary thereupon to transfer D. asperum to
the true Confervoid Algz. Unless they are prepared to transfer
the entire genus, the removal of the isolated species must be
cancelled ; for the Bengal filamentous Docidium is closely allied
to D. coronatum, Khr., and constitutes as distinct a form as D.
clavatum or D. Ehrenbergti. 1 would mention, in order to pre-
vent misapprehension on this subject, that the occasional cohe-
rence of a few fronds, under favouring circumstances, as 1s often
seen in Cosmarium monilifer um and some other species, is quite
distinct from the normally filamentous condition to which refe-
rence is here made.

Synopsis of the Genera.

** Sporangia spinous or tuberculate. Frond distinctly constricted
at the junction of the segments.

8. Hoxocysris. Frond much compressed or lenticular. Segments
horizontally lobate. -

9. Micrasrrertas. Frond lenticular or tabular, lobate. Lobes
dentate, or inciso-dentate.

10. Evasrrum. End view of segments oblong or sinuate. Segments
lobate or sinuate. Lobes emarginate or incised, and gene-
rally furnished with inflated granular protuberances.

11. Cosmarium. Frond simple. Segments entire.

12, XantHipium. Segments entire, with symmetrically arranged
processes or spines.

13. Sraurastrrum (including Arthrodesmus). End view com-

pressed, angular, or radiate, Segments mucronate, spinous,
or with dentate projections.

14, Dipymocrapon. Segments angular, with geminate or alternate
dentate projections or spines.

Dr. G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 275

*** Snorangia smooth. Fronds greatly. elongated. Joints with
slight or no constriction between the segments.
15. Termemorus. Frond straight, constricted at the centre, and
notched at the extremities.
16. Pentium. Frond straight, with very faint or no constriction.

17. Dociprum. Frond greatly elongated, straight, constricted at
centre. Ends truncate.

18. Crostrertum. Frond crescentic or arcuate. Without a definite
constriction.

*EEX Fronds composite or arranged in clusters. Sporangia
unknown.
19. Sceneprsmvs. Cells oblong or fusiform, placed side by side in
one or more rows.

20. AnxisrtRopESMUus. Cells aggregated into faggot-like bundles.
rote) fo} oD

*EEEX Cells arranged on the same plane, around a common
centre.
21. Peptastrum. Cells arranged in a stellate or radiate series.
The outer series mucronate, dentate, or bidentate.

8. Holocystis, Hass.
Frond lenticular. Segments horizontally lobate.

1. H. oscitans, Ralfs. Frond divided by an angular constriction
into two horizontal bilobate segments. Lobes fusiform or
subfusiform.

Micrasterias oscitans, Ralfs, British Desmid. 1845.
Euastrum pinnatifidum, Kiitz. 1845.
Euastrum, No. 7, Bailey, Amer. Bacil. pl. 1. fig. 25, 1841.

As every gradation between the form presenting the lobes
fusiform and inflated, and that in which the margin of the ter-
minal lobe is straight or even hollowed, is constantly to be met
with, I have ventured to set aside the unimportant distinctions
derived only from size or colour, and to unite, under one head,
Micrasterias oscitans, Ralfs, and M. pinnatifida, Kiitz. The in-
termediate varieties occur in abundance in Lower Bengal; and
in no instance have I detected evidence of their being immature
states of two distinct species, as suggested by Ehrenberg and
Meneghini; on the contrary, I have found proof of their being
true varieties of the same in the fact of their dividing.

The two figures of Holocystis oscitans in Hassall’s ‘ Freshwater
Alge’ (pl. 90. figs. 3 & 4) evidently depict two very distinct
species, neither of which accords with the characters of Micras-
terias oscitans, Ralfs. Fig. 3, which is referred to in the expla-
natory index to the plates, with a query as to its being the young
state of M, Cruz-melitensis, is not alluded to in the letter-press,

276 Dr. G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

but is unquestionably a small variety of the species described by
Kiitzing as Euastrum incisum (Phyc. Germ. p. 184), and pro-
perly belongs to the present genus.

Micrasterias quadrata, Bailey (‘Smithsonian Contrib., Microse.
Observ. in South Carolina, &e.’), appears to be merely a large
variety of M. oscitans, Ralts.

Length -0021"; breadth -0021".

Lower Bengal.

Plate XIII. fig. 1. Front view. Figs. 2 & 3, showing the development
of the terminal lobe.

2. H.incisa, Kiitz. Lobes divided by a deep incision. Basal lobe
linear or slightly sinuate, truncate; its extremities emar-
ginate; both angles furnished with a mucro. Terminal lobe
fusiform, mucronate.

Micrasterias incisa, Kitz.

This species differs from H. oscitans in having abruptly trun-
cate, linear basal lobes; in the latter bemg emarginate, and
having both angles muer nate. The frond is quadrilateral, the
terminal lobe being nearly as long, but not so large and turgid,
as the basal one. The constriction between the segments and
lobes is deep, and slightly gaping.

Length -0017" ; breadth -0020".

Plate XIII. fig. 4. Front view of fronds dividing. Fig. 5. Basal view.
H. incisa, var. 8. This variety differs only in having the extre-

mities of the basal lobes truncate, but not emarginate. The

outer angle is rounded off, whilst the mner only is furnished
with a mucro.

In both forms, the mucronate spines vary in length in the
two lobes, and, in different specimens, from mere conical pro-
jections to spines equalling the diameter of the lobes in length.

Dimensions as in the former case.

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIII. fig. 6. Front view of frond dividing. Fig. 7. Side view.
Fig. 8. Basal view.

9. Micrasterias, Ag.

Frond lenticular or tabular, deeply divided into two lobate

segments. Lobes dentate, or inciso-dentate.

* Basal lobes entire.
1. M. expansa, Bailey.
M. arcuata, Bailey (Smithson. Cont., Microsc, Researches in
S. Carolina and Georgia).
The entire character of the basal lobe in this species denotes

the link between the last and the present genus.
Var. y, in like manner with MM. arcuata, Bailey, is only a

Dr. G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacea from Lower Bengal. 277

variety of M. expansa, none of the differences amounting to
anything more than those of degree. The furcate processes are
longer, the margins are serrate, the extremities of the basal
lobes and furcations are tridentate instead of being bidentate,
and the whole frond is somewhat longer. The basal lobe is
broadly fusiform, and gradually tapers to subacute apices. The
terminal lobe is short and linear as far as the furcation, and,
with the basal lobe, is furnished with a submarginal row of
short stout spines.

Length :0050"; breadth :0045",

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIII. fig. 9. Front view.

** Terminal lobes bifurcate. Furcations at right angles to each
other.
2. M. morsa, Ralfs*.
M. Baileyi, Ralfs.
M. ringens, Bailey.
Var. 5. Frond oblong. Segments three-lobed. Lateral lobes
deeply emarginate, inciso-serrate. Terminal lobe bifurcate.

On comparing the general outlime and structure of var. 6 with
what we find in M. morsa, as described and figured by Mr. Ralfs,
it will, I think, be admitted that, however distinct, at first sight,
the Bengal form may appear to be, it presents no distinct cha-
racter of sufficient importance to demand its elevation into a
separate species. As regards M/. Baileyi and M. ringens, it is
difficult to speak so confidently ; for in these we only meet with
the first-named ground for amalgamation. ‘This is, however, by
no means unimportant ; and, coupled with the fact that in ‘The
American Journal of Science and Arts’ (vol. xli. No. 2) Prof.
Bailey has figured, although somewhat rudely and without any
appended description, a form exhibiting the bifurcate peculiarity
in question, previously obtained from the same habitat, and
otherwise agreeing with the general characters of the variety
under notice, it appears highly probable that M. ringens and
M., Baileyi are identical with each other, and only constitute a
variety of M. morsa.

Var. 6 is distinguished from M. morsa by its narrow lateral
lobes, in their being deeply emarginate, and in the terminal lobe
being much exserted. But it will be seen that these constitute
only differences as to the degree of certain features, which admit
of variation from climatic or accidental causes. So long as such

* In the list of errata to the ‘ British Desmidiew,’ the following in-
structions occur :—‘‘ For M. morsa read M. americana, Ehr., and add the
following synonym ; Euastrum americanum, Ehbr., Verbreitung und Einfluss
des Mikros. Lebens in Siid- und Nord-Amerika, t. 4. f. 15, 1843.” The
characters, however, remain unaltered.

278 Dr, G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. —

differences are permitted to exercise an undue weight, we shall.
never be able to disencumber our lists of the multitude of ficti-
tious species they contain. I would particularly draw attention
to the manner in which species have been extended in the genus
I am now discussing,—upon the slender basis of a notch or a
tooth more or less ; whereas, in some of the figures of the same
species, and, in some cases, actually in the two segments of the
same frond, differences quite as great or greater are visible. As
it at present stands, the genus Micrasterias numbers upwards of
twenty species, which I firmly believe are reducible to less than
half that number, without infringing on a single reliable distine-
tive character.

In the figures of M. morsa given by Mr. Ralfs, as also in that
given by Professor Bailey, to which allusion has been made, and
which was referred to as an Muastrum, the extremities of the
furcate terminal lobe are made to appear bifid. Mr. Ralfs’s
description, moreover, would show that such was his view of its
structure. It may be somewhat rash in me to offer an opinion
as to the bifid appearance being due to the compression of the fur-
cate processes, which have been described as being placed at right
angles to the plane of the frond. Nevertheless, having repeatedly
seen the same appearance presented, and having always been
able, by careful adjustment of the microscope, to trace these pro-
cesses to their independent base, I venture to believe that the
structure is the same im each of these forms, In one of Mr.
Ralfs’s figures of 1. morsa, the true character is actually given
in one half of the terminal lobe, whilst it is not so in the other.

Mr. Ralfs states that “ WM. morsa differs from M. Cruaz-meli-
tensis in the bifid angles of the end lobes, and in the concave
and serrated margin, as well as the less divided state of the
lateral lobes.” But the same author gives the characters of MZ,
Crux-melitensis as follows : “ Frond rotundato-elliptic ; segments
sub-five-lobed ; lobes bifid, subdivisions short and bidentate at
the apex,” and adds that the frond is about the same size as
that of M. furcata, and similarly divided, but the incisions are less
deep, the subdivisions stouter and less divergent, and their ex-
tremities are rather bidentate than forked. In Hassall’s ‘ Fresh-
water Algw,’ p. 387, it is stated that the frond of the true M.
Crux-melitensis 1s oval rather than circular, and each segment is
three-lobed instead of five-, and the lobes themselves are not
approximate, but divergent. As figured by Mr. Ralfs, 1. Crua-
melitensis is quite distinct from this form, the frond beg, more-
over, perfectly smooth ; whereas the figure of M. morsa shows
that its structure is punctate or granular. For M, Baileyi the
characters given by Mr. Ralfs are: “ Frond granulated; seg-
ments 3-lobed; lobes bipartite, end one much exserted.” “ M,
Baileyi is allied to M. furcata and M, Cruaz-melitensis; the

Dr. G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 279

frond, however, is minutely granulate, the segments are only
three-lobed, and the end lobe is more exserted than it is in those
species. The basal lobes are deeply partite, the end one is
merely sinuated. All the subdivisions are bidentate at the
apex.” And lastly, M. ringens is thus described by Prof. Bailey
(‘ Smithsonian Cont., Microscop. Observations in South Carolina
and Georgia,’ p.37): “Oblong; segments 3-lobed, coarsely gra-
nulated near the edge; basal lobes subdivided by a deep notch
imto two rather broad and obtuse or slightly bidentate projec-
tions ; terminal lobes exserted, emarginate ; extremities bidentate
or obtuse. Resembles MV. Buaileyi, Ralfs, but is larger, its divi-
sions less slender, and with the granulations differently placed.”

In var. y, the lateral lobes are nearly horizontal, the outer
sub-lobe being exserted from the basal line of the segment, so
as to give a gaping appearance to the emarginate portion. The
terminal lobe is stout ; and from the base of its bifurcations, and
placed diagonally to each other, on opposite surfaces of the
frond, are given off the two additional processes referred to. It
is possible that, owing to the doubling down of these processes
(which it will be observed are perpendicular to the plane of the
frond), the impression of the ordinary processes being bifid at
their extremities may have arisen, as is stated to be the case in
the description of M. morsa (British Desmid. p. 74). The apices
of the furcations, as well as the extremities of the lateral sub-
lobes, are elongated and tridentate.

Length -0060"; breadth -0048".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIII. fig. 10. Front view.

*** Lateral lobes deeply and equally tripartite. Subdivisions plane.

3. M. alata, n.s. Frond rather longer than broad. Segments
deeply 3-lobed; lateral lobes deeply and equally tripartite ;
terminal lobe furcate, and much exserted.

This species appears to hold an intermediate position between
the American species 7. Torreyi, described in the Appendix
to the ‘ British Desmidicz,’ and M. furcata.

The deeply and equally tripartite form of the lateral lobes
distinguishes this very graceful species from all the allied ones.
The inner half of the terminal lobe, which is constructed on the
same plan as that of M/. furcata, is very slender, and is received
into a deep notch formed by the two lateral lobes. Its fureate
ends are delicate, elongated, and project obliquely outwards,
without any perceptible curve. At the base of the furcation, the
margin is minutely punctate. The rest of the frond is perfectly
smooth. The lateral lobes are attached to the base of the seg-
ment by a narrow isthmus, and at once expand to their full

280 Dr. G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

breadth, in close apposition with the lower half of the terminal
lobe. The two inner subdivisions are directed radially. The
outer is abruptly reflected towards the basal line of the segment,
and thus imparts the alate character for which the frond is so
conspicuous. The subdivisions of the lateral lobe, at first shghtly
inflated, gradually taper to subacute apices, which, in like man-
ner with the apices of the terminal lobe, are tridentate.

Length -0058"; breadth :0056".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIII. fig. 11. Front view.

eK Lateral lobes inciso-dentate, or dichotomously incised.

4. M. furcata, Ag. This species is very abundant, and occurs
in every state intermediate between the typical one and its
variety commonly described under the specific name of M. Cruz-
melitensis.

5. M. denticulata, Bréb.
M. rotata, Grev.

These two forms are met with somewhat sparmgly. As far
as I can judge, however, they present no character of sufficient
value to denote specific difference. The mere rounding off of
the dentate angles is surely too trifling a distinction to found
even a variety upon. The tendency to these slight modifications
in form has already been dwelt upon in describing the species
of Aptogonum.

6. M. foliacea, Bailey.

Var. 8. Fronds quadrangular, forming elongated filaments.
Segments 3-lobed. Lateral lobes dichotomously incised, with
a dentate process next the terminal lobe, which is dentato-
emarginate.

Although the filamentous character of the Bengal form, and
the peculiar structure of its terminal lobe, do not tally with
the description given by Mr. Ralfs of M. foliacea, the occurrence
of the tooth-like projection next the terminal lobe, and the ge-
neral resemblance of the two forms, induce me to refer it to that
species. Indeed, judging from the very imperfect representation
of M. foliacea supplied to Mr. Ralfs by Prof. Bailey (British
Desmid. p. 210), it would appear probable that the minute
peculiarities of the one had in reality escaped observation in the
other.

The characters of M. foliacea as given (loc. cit.) are as follows :
* Frond subquadrate. Knd lobe narrow, with emarginate angles.
Lateral lobes inciso-dentate, with a short rounded tooth-like

Dr. G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 281

projection next the end lobe. The middle segment is nearly
simple and emarginate.”

The prominent feature of var. 8 consists in its largely deve-
loped, triangular terminal lobe, the base of which is directed
outwards, emarginate at its angles and centre, and furnished
with two short stout teeth placed obliquely to each other, as in
M. Baileyi. The central emargination of this lobe is deep and
rectangular; and the entire lobe projects but very slightly be-
yond the apices of the lateral ones. The margins of the filament
are parallel and direct ; the fronds tabular, and divided by a
very deep constriction into two dichotomously incised segments,
the ultimate subdivisions of which are emarginate.

In the Bengal variety, the “ tooth-like projections” next the
terminal tobe are acutely angular, instead of being rounded ;
and, as in the case of Onychonema, the projecting processes, by
which cohesion is either secured or increased, overlap each other
alternately in adjacent fronds.

M., foliacea, var. 8, occurs abundantly in some localities, and
invariably in the condition described. Seen under the micro-
scope, the rich emerald-green filament is, without exception, the
most beautiful of the Desmidiacee.

Length of frond ‘0033"; breadth -0028". Diameter of spo-
rangium, exclusive of spines, ‘0018",

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIV. fig. 1. Front view in filament. Fig. 2. End view. Fig. 3.
Basal view of segments. Fig. 4. Sporangium.

wR Krond cruciform.

7. M. cruciata,n. s. Frond cruciform, divided by a concave
notch into two dichotomously-furcate, symmetrically-lobed
segments.

The two curious forms placed under this section are so ano-
malously constructed as to render it doubtful whether they
really belong to the genus under notice. The absence of all
trace of a central suture is remarkable ; and in this respect they
resemble some species of Penium. M. cruciata cannot be better
described than by likening it to the four terminal lobes of M.
furcata united together by their bases, the intermediate angles
being completely rounded off. Like the lobe of that species,
each extremity is furcate; the branches curved inwards. The
apices are tridentate.

Diameter of frond 0019".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIII. fig. 12. Front view.

8. M. pusilla. Frond cruciform, divided by a concave notch into
Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 19

282 Dr.G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

~ two broad emarginate lobes, the angles of which are inflated
and bidentate.

In like manner with the former species, this minute form
presents no visible central suture, but, on the contrary, is some-
what inflated at the central portion. Both may be young states
of other species; but they did not occur in sufficient number to
enable me to decide the point. They are therefore placed pro-
visionally under Micrasterias.

Diameter -0010".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIII. fig. 13. Front views.

10. Euastrum, Ehy.

Frond compressed, deeply divided into two segments, which
are sinuate, lobed, emarginate, or furnished with inflated, often
granulated, protuberances.

* Terminal lobe cuneate, included between the lateral lobes.
1. H. verrucosum, Ehr.

Var. 8. Segments closely approximate along the entire bases.
Outer subdivision of lateral lobe parallel with the margin of
the terminal one, from which it is separated by a deep but
narrow notch. Lobes subradiate.

This variety differs from the typical EL. verrucosum in haying
the margin of the terminal lobe straight and deeply incised, in
not being quite so turgid at the base of the segments, and in
wanting the terminal inflation represented as being present in
the British species. But in all other pomts the structure is
sufficiently similar to indicate that it is only a variety of that
form.

Length 0031"; breadth :0029".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIV. fig. 5. Front view. Fig. 6. Side view. Fig. 7. End view.

2. E. orbiculare, n.s. Frond orbicular. Lateral segments di-
vided into two equal portions by a deep incision. Lobes and
sub-lobes radiate.

The orbicular outline of this species at once distinguishes it
from its allies, and more especially from the two forms of the
last-mentioned species. The terminal lobe, which is closely
embraced by the lateral sub-lobes, is deeply incised, and, coupled
with the incisions of the lateral lobes, imparts to the entire
frond a crenate and radiate character.

The side- and end-views are very similar to those of yar. 8 of
E, verrucosum.

Dr. G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 288

This species interferes with the distinction laid down by Mr.
Ralfs (British Desmid. p.78) between Euastrum and Micrasterias,
inasmuch as the lobes are most distinctly incised, and radially
arranged.

Length :0028"; breadth -0025".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIV. fig. 8. Front view. Fig. 9. End view. Fig. 10. Side view.
Fig. 11, Basal view of segment.

3. E. crassum, Bréb.

** Segments sinuated ; terminal lobe exserted and united with
the basal lobe by a distinct neck.
A. FE. numerosum.

EE. affine, Ralfs.

The transverse views of these two forms merge one into the
other.

5. H. didelta, Turp.
E, ansatum, Eby.

The sporangium of these two varieties is tuberculate.

*% “ Frond without a distinct terminal lobe, and Jrequently with
@ process, an acute angle,” or an inflation “at the corners of
the terminal portion.”

6. E. rostratum, Ralfs.

Var. 8. Frond oblong. Segments sublobate, their lateral mar-
gins sinuate. Terminal margin notched and angular.

The Bengal varieties occur in every intermediate form be-
tween L. elegans, which merges into K. rostratum on the one
side, and the small subangular Z. binale on the other ; the latter
being indistinguishable from a variety of Cosmarium Meneghini.
Indeed it is far from improbable that Z. elegans, E. binale, and
£. rostratum axe only varieties of one typical species.

7. E. turgidum, n.s. Frond large. Segments broadly cuneate,
truncate, with a large central inflation. Terminal margin
straight.

As seen in the front view, the general outline of’ this species
resembles that of the immature state of the large variety of
Xanthidium armatum. It is distinguished from it, however, by
the presence of the large central granulate inflation, the exist-
ence of a minute terminal notch, and by its not presenting the
characteristic funnel-shaped processes which are distributed sym-
metrically upon the frond in that species.

It also bears some resemblance to the species recently dis-
covered in Ireland by the Rey. R. N. Dixon, and described under

19*

984 Dr. G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

the new generic name of Tetrachastrum in the ‘Nat. Hist. Re-
view’ (vol. vi. No. 4. p. 464) ; but, if a mature form, the entire
absence of any inflated protuberance, or terminal notch, would
seem sufficient to distinguish the latter from the present species,
and to render it conformable, in all essential characters, to
Holocystis oscitans, Hassall.

In the side view, the central inflated portion presents an
irregular granulated outline, and the segments are pyriform.
End view broadly elliptical, with the inflated portion eranulated
and the angles furnished with several stout conical projections.

The lateral margins, in the front view, are sinuate, the pro-
minent portions presenting the conical projections already
referred to.

Length 0050"; breadth :0038’.

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIV. fig. 17. Front view. Fig. 18. Side view.

8. E. clepsydra,n.s. Frond quadrangular. Segments broadest
at the terminal margin, and acutely constricted on their
lateral margins. Angles rounded.

Frond rather longer than broad, much inflated. Terminal
margin straight, and crenate between the rounded angles.
Surface granulated.

Side view oblong, truncate, the extremity angular and sub-
dendate. The central constriction marked by a sinuosity. End
view elliptical.

Length -0013”; breadth at outer margin 0014". Ditto at
constriction *0009".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

_Plate XIV. fig. 19. Front view. Fig. 20. Side view. Fig. 21. End
view.
***«k Lateral lobes distinct, entire.

9, E. commissurale, Bréb. Frond divided by a somewhat gaping
but deep constriction mto two segments. Lateral lobes hori-
zontal, entire. Terminal lobe direct, slightly emarginate, or
notched. Lobes with central and terminal granular protu-
berances.

Cosmarium commissurale, Bréb.

Although not in possession of authenticated specimens of
Cosmarium commissurale, Bréb., from very careful comparison
of the truncated Bengal variety with the description and figures
of that species given by Mr. Ralfs (British Desmid.), there can,
I believe, be little doubt of their identity. The oceurrence of the
other variety with a large, somewhat inflated, angular terminal
lobe, as also the presence, on that and the basal lobes, of the

Messrs. Parker and Jones on the Foraminifera, 285

“inflated granular protuberances,” render the transfer of both
varieties to Euastrum inevitable.

Unless a strict line of separation, dependent on these charac-
ters, is maintained between these two very closely allied genera,
I need hardly observe that it becomes impossible to assign cor-
rect positions to the numerous varieties bordering on LE. elegans
and £. binale, on the one hand, and on Cosmarium quadratum
and C. Meneghini on the other.

In side view, each segment presents one central and two ter-
minal granular inflations, united by a constricted neck. The
frond is compressed. The ends of the basal lobes are rounded,
whilst those of the terminal ones are truncate, angular, or sub-
angular,—the granular bodies being confined to the outer third
of each lobe.

Var. 8. The terminal lobe almost obsolete. Seen in the end
view, the two segments appear octagonal, and united by
one of their sides.

In this case, also, the fronds have been observed under-
going division. The varieties are therefore mature forms.

Length -0018"; breadth :0016".

Var. 8. Length 0010"; breadth :0018".

Lower Bengal.

Plate XIV. fig. 12. Front view. Fig. 13. Side view. Fig. 14. Front
view of yar. 8. Fig. 15. Basal view of segment. Fig. 16. Side view,

[To be continued. }

XXXII.—On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera.
By W. K. Parker, M. Micr. Soc., and T. R. Jonzs, F.G.S.

[Continued from p. 183.]
Part 1V.—The Species enumerated by Lamarck.

Tue Lamarckian species of Foraminifera, though treated as
microscopic Cephalopods, and represented by very bare engray-
ings, are recognizable, especially by those who have carefully
examined the Rhizopodous fauna of the Eocene Tertiary beds of
France (particularly the “ Calcaire grossier”’), whence Lamarck
obtained his specimens. As these comprise several important
generic and specific types, as well as some peculiar varietal con-
ditions, Lamarck, in naming them, supplied for the Foraminifera
several generic names (based, however, on ill-defined grounds)
which have been adopted by subsequent naturalists, the majority
of his binomial appellations being serviceable.

286 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

In the ‘Systéme des Animaux sans Vertebres’ (1801), La-
marck enumerated a few forms (some being grouped as Molluses,
others as Corals). All but one of these are well known on
account of subsequent notices by himself and others.

In the ‘ Annales du Muséum?’ (1804), vol. v. p. 179, p. 237,
and p. 349, Lamarck more fully described some Foraminifera in
his ‘ Suite des Mémoires sur les Fossiles des Environs de Paris,’
Most of these were figured in the Ann, Mus. vol. vin, pl. 62.
figs. 7-16, and yol. ix. pl. 17. figs. 1-6. Nearly all these figures
were copied in the ‘Tableau Hncyclopédique et Méthodique’
(Part 23, 1816), pl. 465. figs. 2-4, 6-8 ; pl. 466. figs. 1-8;
and pl. 469. figs. 2,8. In the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Animaux
sans Vertebres’ (1816-22), vols. ii. & vii, Lamarck again
described his species (with one or two exceptions), and added
two others, arranging the whole under a new classification,
which, however, being (like the previous arrangement) based on
the supposed Cephalopodous character of these little shells, is
of no account.

In the ‘Tableau Encyclop. Méth.’ (pl. 466-470), others be-
sides those first described by Lamarck are figured; namely, a
few from older authors, and several of the forms figured and
described by Fichtel and Moll: but as little need be said respect-
ing these besides restoring to them their original trivial names
(many of which have been twice altered by Lamarck,—once in
the ‘Tabl. Encycl. Méth.,’ and again in the ‘Anim, s. Vert.’),
we shall treat of them by themselves, after having noticed in
detail the real Lamarckian species.

The figures given by Lamarck in the ‘ Annales du Muséum,’
used also in the ‘Tabl. Enc. Méth.,’ were again and again copied
by others; especially in Parkinson’s ‘Organic Remains of a
Former World’ (1811), pl. 11; Crouch’s ‘ Ilustrated Introduc-
tion to Lamarck’s Conchology’ (1827), pl. 20 & 22; Brown’s
‘Conchologist’s Text-Book’? (1833), pl. 10; and Brown’s ‘ Ele-
ments of Fossil Conchology’ (1843), pl. 1, 2, & 3.

The following are consecutive lists of the Foraminifera de-
scribed and figured by Lamarck in his several works —

‘Systéme des Animaux sans Vertébres.’ Par J. B. Lamarck.
8vo. Paris, 1801.

Lamarck’s Names. Corrected Names.

. p. 101. Nummulites lavigata.... Nummulina levigata, Lam.
p- 376. Orbitolites complanata .. Orbitolites complanata, Lam,

76. Siderolites calcitrapoides. Calearina Spengleri, Gmel.

p- 401. Rotalites tuberculosa.... Rotalia trochidiformis ?, Lam.

p. 402. Oveolites Margaritula .. Ovulites Margaritula, Lam.

gPone
=}
2
=~
or

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 287

‘Annales du Muséum,’ yol, v. (1804),

Lamarck’s Names. Corrected Names.

Page, No.

6.83 1.
7. 184; 1.
Bees op

Discorbites vesicularis Rotalia Turbo, d’Orb., var, vesicularis, Lam.
Rotalia trochidiformis Rotalia Turbo, d’ Orb.,var. trochidiformis, Lam.

lenticularis ...
ane (nso) | Rota Turbo, d@’Orb., var. lenticulina, Lam.

depressa ..,... Truncatulina depressa, Lam. [ Type, Planor-
bulina fareta, F. & M,]
— Discorbula ..,. Rotalia Beccarii, Linn.

. Lenticulites planulata Nummulina planulata, Lam. [ Lam.

variolaria...... Nummulina planuJata, Lam., var. variolaria,
rotulata ...... Cristellaria Calcar, Linn., var. rotulata, Lam.

1. 241. 1. Nummulites levigata Nummulina levigata, Lam. [ Lam,
14... 2. — globularia .... Nummulina levigata, Lam., var. globularia,
2. as) 8 seabra ........ Nummulina levigata, Lam., var. scabra, Lam,
16. 242. 4 complanata .... Nummulina complanata, Lam,

17. 243. 1. Lituolites nautiloidea Lituola nautiloidea, Lam.

HOT ei 2, difformis ..... . Lituola nautiloidea, Lam., var. difformis, Lam.

19. 245. 1. Spirolinites depressa. Peneroplis planatus, F. é M. | Lam,

20. .. 2 eylindracea.... Peneroplis planatus, Fé M., var. cylindracea,

| ae var. 8. (recta).. Clavulina Clavulus, Lam. [ Type, Valyulina

triangularis, d’ Ord. |

22. 351. 1. Miliolites rmgens.... Biloculina ringens, Lam. oy lager

BS. oe oe Cor-anguinum . Triloculina cor-anguinum, Lam. a,

24... 3, ——trigonula...... Triloculina trigonula, Lam, | m §

25. 352, 4. planulata 85

var, 8. (turgidula) } Spiroloculina planulata, Lam. Ls 2
var. y. (planissima) S 5

7 353. 4 oppo | ee tea Saxorum, Lam. S. 5

28. ip birostris ae &

29. 354, 1. Renulites opercularia Vertebralina striata, d’Orb., var. opercularia,

Lam.

‘Tableau Encyclopédique et Méthodique des Trois Régnes de la Nature. Vingt-
troisiéme Partie. Mollusques et Polypes divers.’ Par M. Lamarck. 4to. Paris,
1816.

Lamarck’s Names. Corrected Names.
Plate. fig.
39. 465. 2a,b,¢c. Orthocera Raphanus.... Nodosaria Raphanus, Linn.
40, 3a,6,c. Orthocera Legumen.... Vaginulina Legumen, Linn. [ Type,
Nodosaria Raphanus, Linn. }

41. 4a,b,c. Nodosaria Radicula .... Nodosaria Radicula, Linn,

ive 6 Lituola nautiloides .... Lituola nautiloidea, Lam.

20. 7 4,6,c. Spirolina cylindracea,... Peneroplis planatus, F. §° M., var.

cylindracea, Lam.

29. 8 Renulites opercularis.... Vertebralina striata, d’Orb., var.

opercularia, Lam.

18. 466. la,b. Lituola difformis ...... Lituola nautiloidea, Lam., yar. dif.

, formis, Lam.

20, 2a,b. Spirolina cylindracea..., Peneroplis planatus, F. & M., var.

cylindracea, Lam.

21, 3a,b. Nodosaria Clayulus ,,,, Clavulina Clavulus, Lam. [Type,

Valyulina triangularis, d’Orb.

288

Plate.
17. 466,
13.

10.
6,

an

42.
43,

44.467. la,b,c. Cristellaria planata .... Peneroplis planatus, var. a., F.

2a,b,c. Cristellaria dilatata .... Peneroplis planatus, var. 8, F.
3a-d. Cristellaria Cassis...

45.
40.

AT.
48.
49,
50.
51.
52.
53. 468.

54,
55.

56. 469.
57.

23.
24. f
26.
27. }

58. 470.
59.
60.

as
61. 471.

62.

5. 479.
30,

Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

fig.

4
5

Lituola nautiloides .... Lituola nautiloidea, Lam.
Lenticulites rotulata.... Cristellaria Calear, Linn., var. rotu<
lata, Lam.

6a,6. Discorbula Ariminensis.. Rotalia Beccaru, Linn.
7 a,b,c. Discorbites vesicularis .. Rotalia Turbo, d’Orb., var. vesicu-

laris, Lam.

8a,b. Rotalites trochidiformis.. Rotalia Turbo, d’Ord., var. trochi-

diformis, Lam.

9a-d. Pulvinulus repandus.... Rotalia repanda, F. & M.
10 a-d. Pulvinulus asterisans .. Nonionina asterizans, F. § M.

os

F.& M. gs
3 e-g. Cristellaria producta.... Cassis, var. B, F. & M. | 3-8
4a,6. Cristellaria producta.... Cassis, var. y, F. §& M. Pe
4 c,d. Cristellaria papilionacea . Cassis, var. 6, F.§ M. (0 8
5a-c. Cristellaria undata...... Cassis, var. e, F. § M. os
6a-c. Cristellaria Galea ..... Galea, F. § M. 0

7a

o.fe
Ss

..- Cristellaria Cassis, var. a,

>
-c. Cristellaria acutauricularis acutauricularis, F.§-M.}

la-d. Orbiculina nummata.... Orbiculina adunea, var. Orbiculus,

2a,b,e. Orbiculina adunca....

F. & M.
.. Orbiculina adunca, F. § M.

3a-d, Orbiculina angulata .... Orbiculina adunea, var. angulata,

F. & M.

la-f. Melonites spherica .... Alveolina Melo, var. «, F. & M.

lg,h. Melonites spheroidea .. Alveolina Melo, var. 8, F. & M. 4

2a,b,¢, Miliolites Cor-anguinum ee eons BEY:
Lam. Ree s

3.a,b,c. Miliolites Saxorum .,., { Quinqueloculina Saxorum, | &2'es

la,b,c. Vorticialis strigillata.... Polystomella crispa, Linn., var. cra-

ticulata, F. & M.

2a, b,c. Vorticialis depressa .... Polystomella crispa, Linn., var. stri-

3a

gilata, subvar. a, F. & M. ;
»6. Vorticialis marginata .. Polystomella crispa, Linn., var. stri-
gilata, subvar. B, F. & M.

4a-k. Siderolites calcitrapoides Calearina Spengleri, Gmel.
la,6. Nummulites lenticularis. Nummulina lenticularis, var. a, F.

2a
ke

8.

§ M.=? N. planulata, Lam., var.
». Nummulites Mammilla.. Nummulina Mamilla, F. §& M,=
?.N. planulata, Lam., var.
Ovulites Margaritula.... Ovulites Margaritula, Lam.
Ovulites elongata ...... Ovulites Margaritula, var. elongata,
Lam.

‘Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Verttbres.’ Par M. le Chevalier de

Lamarck. 7 vols. 8vo. Paris, 1815-22.

Vol. ii. 1816. Lamarck’s Names. Corrected Names.
Page. No. . \
31. 189 Dactylopora cylindracea Dactylopora Bambusa, P. & J., var. cylindra-
5. 194. 1. Ovulites Margaritula.. Ovulites Margaritula, Lam. [cea, Lam.
30. 2: elongata .«..:.. O. Margaritula, var. elongata, Lam.
32. 196. 1. Orbulites marginalis ae
mi 2 complanata } Orbitolites complanata, Lam.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera, 289

Page. No.
33. 197. 3. Orbulites lenticulata.. Orbitolina coneava, var. lenticulata, Lam.
34, 4, concava........ Orbitolina coneaya, Lam.
35. }. macropora...... Orbitolites complanata, var. macropora, Lam.
36, 6. —— Pileolus...... .. Orbitolina concava, var. Pileolus, Lam.
‘An. s. Vert.’ vol. vii. 1822.
Lamarck’s Names. Corrected Names.
Page. No,
39. 593. 1. Orthocera Raphanus .. Nodosaria Raphanus, Linn.
63. 594, 2. AROS tere cate ve Nodosaria Raphanus, var. Fascia, Linn.
64, 3. Raphanistrum .. Nodosaria Raphanus,var.Raphanistrum, Linn.
65. 4. GED (ocean tsar Nodosaria Raphanus, var. obliqua, Linn.
37. Dd. acicula...... ...+ Nodosaria Raphanus, Linn., var. acicula, Lam.
40, 595.6. —— Legumen ...... Vaginulina Legumen, Linn. [ Type, Nodo-

saria Raphanus, Linz. |
41. 596. 1. Nodosaria Radicula.. .. Nodosaria Raphanus, var. Radicula, Linn.

38. 2. dentalina........ Nodosaria Raphanus, Linn., var. dentalina,
66: 3. Siphunculus .... Serpula. { Lam.
19. 602. 1. Spirolinites depressa .. Peneroplis planatus, F. & M. | Lam.
20. cylindracea...... Peneroplis planatus, F’. § M.,var. cylindracea,
at. —— var. 6, .... Clavulina Clavulus, Lam. [ Type, Valvulina

triangularis, d’ Orb. |
17. 604, 1. Lituolites nautiloidea.. Lituola nautiloidea, Lam.

18. 605. 2. G@ifformis)s;. o-.. . Lituola nautiloidea, var. difformis, Lam.
29. 606. 1. Renulites opercularis .. Vertebralina striata, d’Orb., var. opercularia,
Lan.
4b eo7, 1. Cristellaria Squammula Peneroplis planatus, F. § M.
46. 47. . Cristellaria Cassis, varr. a, 8, y, €, ney
48. 50. } zs Bee eee F. & M. z SiS =
49, 608. 3. PVIR i sayenerbie:s . +.» Cristellaria Cassis, var. 6, and a3 5
C. Galea, F. § M. Sa i
52. 4, auricularis ...... Cristellaria acutauricularis, F. § M.J G'S &
63. 5. AAG PS iele.s 50 « Polystomella crispa, Linn., var.
Faba, F. 5: M.
64. 6. ——Scapha ........ Polystomella crispa, Linn., var. Seapha,
F. & M.
65. 70 Crepidula ...... Cristellaria Calear, Linn., var. Crepidula,
F. & M.
66. 8. PTI CUD 5:05-0:80 Rotalia repanda, var. Auricula, F. § M.
67. 9, tuberosa ....-+.0. Planorbulima farcta, var. tuberosa, F. & M.
53. 609. 1. Orbiculina numismalis Orbiculina adunca, var. Orbiculus, F. § M.
55. 2; angulata........ Orbiculina adunca, var. angulata, F’. & M.
54, 3. MMCINATAs)s's0's 00s Orbiculina adunea, F. & M.
22. 612. 1. Miliolites rmgens .... Biloculina ringens, Lam. = =)
23. 2; cor-anguinum .. Triloculina Cor-anguinum, Lam. |3 2 .
24, 3. friponnla, 6-05 Triloculina trigonula, Lam. i
¢ t= fb
AS peunlats eet Spiroloculina planulata, Lam. gs a4
2 varieties hep)
56. 615. 1. Melonites sphzrica.... Alveolina Melo, var. a, F. & M.
57. 2: spheroidea..... . Alveolina Melo, var. B, F. § M. [ Lam,
7. 617. 1. Rotalites trochidiformis Rotalia Turbo, d’Orb., var. trochidiformis,
11. 619, 1, Lenticulina planulata.. Nummulina planulata, Lam.
12, Ze variolaria ...... Nummulina planulata, var. Variolaria, Lam.
13, 3. —— rotulata ........ Cristellaria Calcar, Linn., var. rotulata, Lam.

290 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

Page. No.
42. 621. 1. Placentula pulvinata .. Rotalia repanda, F. & M.
43, 2. asterisavs ©. ses Polystomella asterizans, F. & M.
6. 623. 1. Discorbites vesicularis . Rotalia Turbo, d’Orb., var. vesicularis, Lam.
3. 624. 1. Siderolites peal a Calcarina Spengler, Gel.
68. 625. 1. Polystomella crispa.... Polystomella crispa, Linn.
69. Py. costata sappies ae Cristellaria Calcar, Linn., var. costata, F.& M.
70. 3, —— planulata ...... Polystomella crispa, Linn. ,var.macella,F.gM.
as 4, ATMDIGHA: yealids's « « Polystomella crispa, Lin,,var. ambigua, F.dpM.
58. 626, 1. Vorticialis craticulata.. Polystomella crispa, Linn., var. craticulata,
F. & M.
59. 2. Strigilatas sss pes. Polystomella. crispa, Linn., var. strigilata,
’ subvar. a, F. & M.
60. 3. marginata ...... Polystomella crispa, Linn., var. strigilata,
subvar. 8, F. & M.
1. 629, 1. Nummulites leevigata.. Nummulina levigata, Lam.
14, 2. globularia ...... Nummulina levigata, var. globularia, Lam.
15. 3s reste Sheets Nummulina levigata, var. scabra, Lam.
16. 630, 4. complanata...... Nummulina complanata, Lam.

1. Nummulites levigata, Syst. An. s. Vert. p. 101; Ann.
Mus, y. p. 241, No. 1; vu. pl. 62. fig: 10; Tistameessvenn
vil. p. 629. No.1.“ Fossil: Villers-Coterets.” [Defrance adds
Soissons and Grignon: Dict, Se. Nat. xxv. p. 224. |

This appears to have been the first of the coin-shaped Fora-
minifers, so common in the fossil state as to attract the notice of
peasant and of naturalist at an early period, that was subjected
to zoological classification under a binomial appellation. A
common form in the Kocene Tertiaries of the west of Hurope,
of large size, and elegantly lenticular in its shape, this was the
most prominent of the French Nummulites; and its usual
smoothness of surface gave rise to its present trivial name; and
its tuberculate variety (NV. scabra) was subsequently catalogued
as a different species. The task of sifting the many names that
have been given to the several forms of Kuropean Nummulites
has been carefully accomplished by d’Archiac and Haime in
their fine Monograph on the Fossils of the Nummulitic Strata
of India (4to, Paris, 1853). In the list of synonyms of N. /e-
vigata, which is very long (op. cit. p. 103), they have given as
the first regular name “ Helicites lenticularis ;” but Burtin terms
it only la grande Helicite ou Lenticulaire. Braguidre classified it
first under the appellation of Camerina levigata (Kneycl. Méth.
1789) ; this was modified to Nummulites levigata by Lamarck
(1801), and to Nummulina laevigata by D’Orbigny (1826).
MM. d@’Archiac and Haime have described and illustrated this
species in much detail (op. cit. p. 104, pl. 4. f. 1-7). Dr, Car-
penter also had previously done much to elucidate its structure.
(Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. vi. p. 21, pl. 8 & 4.)

In the ‘Ann. Nat. Hist.’ 3rd ser. vol. v. p. 109, &c., we have
made some remarks on Nummuline in general (pomting out.

i

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 291

especially the erroneous notions published respecting the hyaline
columns, or septal pillars), and on Nummulina levigata in parti-
eular. This is the type of d’Archiac and Haime’s group “ sub-
reticulate,” which we include in the “reticulate” group. It
abounded in the European area of the Nummulitic Sea, but
appears to be extinct now.

2. Orbitolites complanata. Syst. Anim. s. Vert. p. 876;
Orbultes complanata, Hist. An. s. Vert. ii. p. 196. We must
refer the student to Dr. Carpenter’s Monograph (Philos. Trans.
1856, vol. exlvi. p. 181, &c. pl. 4—9) for the history and detailed
description of Orbitolites, —the subject being there treated most
perfectly. O. complanata is common in the warmer seas. Of
small size in the Mediterranean, it is larger in the Red Sea, and
much larger in the Tropics and South Sea. In the fossil state,
it is large in some of the Eocene deposits, and is very common
in the Tertiaries of Grignon and Hauteville. It has been found
also in the Bracklesham beds (by the Rey. O. Fisher, F.G.S.).

For the synonymy of O. complanata, see Dr. Carpenter’s me-
moir above referred to, and especially Morris’s ‘Catalogue of
British Fossils, 1854, p. 39; also Bronn’s ‘ Letheea Geognost.
third edit. vol. 11. p. 254.

Lamarck’s Orbitolites concava, Syst. An. s. Vert. p. 376, is
evidently a Lunulite; his Orbulites concava, in the Hist. An. s.
Vert. 11. p. 197, belongs to the Orbitolina of D’Orbigny.

3. Siderolites calcitrapoides. Syst. Anim. s. Vert. p. 376;
Tabl. Ene. Méth. pl. 470. figs. 4 a-k. “ Fossil; Chalk, Maes-
tricht : Faujas.”

This is the same as the “ Nautilus Spengleri” of Gmelin,
well figured by Spengler, by Faujas, and by Fichtel and Moll.
Lamarck grouped it with the Corals; but D’Orbigny, in his
‘ Tabl. Ceph.,’ judiciously placed it in his genus Calcarina (Ann.
Sc. Nat. vii. p. 276). Calcarina Spengleri is noticed in some
detail by us in ‘ Annals Nat. Hist.’ 3 ser. vol. iii. p. 480.

4. Rotalites tuberculosus. Syst. Anim. s. Vert. p. 401.
“ Fossil; Grignon.”

This is possibly the Aotalia afterwards termed R. trochidi-
formis by Lamarck ; but it is very ill-defined here, and the name
is not repeated in subsequent notices of the Foraminifers of
Grignon by either Lamarck or others.

5. Oveolites Margaritula. Syst. Anim. s. Vert. p. 402;
Ovulites Margaritula, Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 479. fig. 7; Hist.
Anim. s. Vert. ii. p. 194. Fossil; Grignon.”

This is a common Foraminifer of the “Calcaire grossier,”’
Shaped like an egg, and about the size of a mustard-seed, the
Ovulites Margaritula, when well-grown, is one of the most ele-
gant of the fossil forms. The large terminal apertures, more-

292 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

over, in this oval shell curiously impress upon the mind its
resemblance to a “blown” bird’s egg. The minutely sculptured
surface also of many eggs is imitated in the Ovulite by minute
superficial depressions, leading to tubular perforations ; the
shell-wall not being imperforate as in the egg.

Though usually met with as tmy opake white grains, not
unlike seed-pearls, yet occasionally specimens that have escaped
molecular change present a clear, smooth, glassy appearance,
such as belongs to the hyaline group of Foraminifera.

This is the largest of the monothalamous Foraminifera, its
one cell averaging the bulk of the entire polythalamous shell of
Miliole, Rotalie, and many others. ‘The Orbulina universa,
which is another single-celled form, never has its individuals
larger than third-rate specimens of Ovulites.

Many small varieties of O. Margaritula retain their beautiful
ovoid shape; but one of the first steps towards degradation 1s
marked by elongation and occasional constriction, giving to the
shell a sausage-like appearance. At another step, we have a
long straight tube, open at each end (O. elongata, Lamarck) ;
this may be as long as, or longer than, the large oval shells ;
and it may be clavate at one or both extremities, like a drum-
stick or a “life-preserver.”

The pores in the shell are comparatively large and sparse ; in
this it resembles Globigerina; whilst in Orbulina universa We
see, intermixed with these larger pores, a great number of mi-
nute tubules. As in large Globigerine from deep water, and in
some varieties of Bulimina known as Bolivine, the surface of the
shell, in some of the elongate varieties of O. Margaritula, has a
delicate honeycomb-like sculpturing, a pore or tubule lying in
the hollow centre of each polygonal mesh.

This monothalamous species, though in some respects compa-
rable to the distomous varieties of Lagena (a form related to
Polymorphina and Nodosaria), yet has evidently its affinities with
the Rotalian group through Globigerina. The enormously
elongated cells are not inimical to this view ; for some Rotale
occasionally have wildly-growing, attenuated, and prolonged
chambers.

The Ovulites is of considerable interest in a geological point
of view. It appears to have been short-lived as a species. Full-
developed in the deposits of Hauteville and Grignon, it breaks in
at once in the Eocene period. It lingers as an attenuated form
in the Miocene beds of San Domingo.

We may remark that other Monothalamia, such as Lagena
and Orbulina, seem to us to be also of comparatively recent
origin; the latter comes to us first in the Miocene, and the
former in the Upper Chalk of Maestricht (a deposit which con-

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 293

tains many Foraminifers that abounded afterwards in the Tertiary
seas). Whilst both of these Monothalams are extremely abun-
dant in the existing seas, in almost every latitude and at every
depth, a recent Ovulite has not yet been met with. The very
restricted distribution of this species in geological time is
remarkable; scarcely another Foraminifer presents us with a
similarly brief history,—an undescribed form allied to Dactylo-
pora affording almost the only parallel (namely, Acicularia Pa-
vantina, d@’Arch.).

The cylindrical variety of O. Margaritula is roughly figured
in the ‘Tabl. Encycl. Méth.’ pl. 479. fig. 8; and the drumstick
variety is better figured by Blainville in the ‘ Dict. Sc. Nat.’
Zooph. pl. 48. fig. 3. The large oval Ovulite also is better
figured by Blainville (/oc. cit. fig. 2) than by Lamarck. Michelin
(Icon. Zooph. pl. 46. f. 243) figures a double or twin Ovulite.
For references to other figures and notices, see Bronn’s ‘ Leth.
Geogn.’ 35rd edit. i. p. 258.

6. “ Discorbis” was instituted by Lamarck (Ann. Mus. vol. v.
p- 182) as a generic name for a group of Rotalian Foraminifera.
As he had only met with it in the fossil state, he used the term
*‘Discorbites” in describing the only fossil form of Discorbis
that he knew, according to his customary plan of modifying the
generic name of fossil forms. Discorbis and Discorbites are not
required as generic terms.

Discorbites vesicularis. Ann. Mus. v. p. 183; vii. pl. 62. f. 7:
Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 466. f. 7 a,b,c: Hist. Anim. s. Vert. vii.
p- 623. “Fossil; Grignon.” [Defrance, Dict. Sc. Nat. xui.
p- 347, gives us other localities, near Versailles, near Mantes,
and near Hauteville: he also adds the description of another
species from Piedmont, D. pedemontanus, Def., and mentions
the occurrence of what he believes to be three recent species of
Discorbis,—one from New Holland, one from the Red Sea, and
one from Cherbourg. |

We have in Lamarck’s figures some indifferent sketches of a
Rotalia (both dextral and sinistral), which seems to us to be one
which we most commonly meet with in the Calcaire grossier,—
a loose-celled and somewhat outspread variety of the more com-
pact Rotalia Turbo, VOrb. (Ann. Se. Nat. vu. p. 274. No. 39;
Modéles, No. 73), which we select as the typical form from
amongst a very large group of varieties. The name Discorbites
vesicularis is given by Defrance to the specimens figured in the
‘Dict. Se. Nat.’ Zool. pl. 14. fig. 2 a, b, c, which are admirable
drawings of the variety under notice when in a rather flatter
and more asterigerme* state than those figured by Lamarck.

* Bearing intercalated imperfect chambers arranged starwise on the
umbilical face.

294 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

D’Orbigny unnecessarily gives to Defrance’s figures the name
R. Gervilli (Ann. Se. Nat. vi. p. 274, No. 36; Modeéles, No. 72.
This model is admirable, like most of the others, for its charac-
terization).

Lamarck is not correct in referring this form to Plancus,
Conch. Min. Notis, pl. 1. f. 1 (which is R. Beccarii).

7. Rotalia. Ann. Mus. v. p. 183. Rotalites trochidiformis.
Ann. Mus. v. p. 184, No. 1; vui. pl. 62. f. 8 a,6; Tabl. Ene.
Méth. pl. 466. f. 8 a, b; Hist. An. s. Vert. vii. p. 617. « Fossil ;
Grignon.” [Defrance adds, as localities, Fontenai- Saints-Pares
and Hauteville, Dict. Sc. Nat. xlvi. p. 803. ]

This is one of the lar gest Rotalie, and is the most developed
form of the group which is typified by R. Turbo, VOrb. A very
much better figure is given in the ‘ Dict. Se. Nat.’ Zool. pl. 14.
{. 3. a, b, ¢. This well-grown shell shows faintly the septal

markings on its strong, low, conical spire; on the other or
umbilical face, which is ‘flatter, the chambers are covered with
granules and separated by deep chinks, margined by larger
tubercles, such as fill up and overgrow the umbilicus, sometimes
leaving evidence of irregular, astral, intercalated lobes or cham-
bers, sometimes masking the aiele: of the surface. This is the
R. obscura, Sowerby (Dixon’ s Foss. Sussex, p. 162, pl. 9. f. 6),
and R., Neuboldii, d’ Arch. & Haime, Foss. Num. del’ Inde, p. 347,
pl36.42.217-a50, c:

We have not yet found this gigantic variety of R. Turbo re-
cent, although A. Turbo and very large specimens of the variety
vesicularis ave extremely abundant on the coast near Melbourne,
Australia.

This extreme form of R. Turbo is paralleled in development
by a large and strongly tuberculate variety of R. Beccaru (var.
Schroeteriana, nob.) ; by certain thick and granulate subvarieties
of Planorbulina vulgaris (var. larvata, nob.), im which the origmal
features are masked; and by Polystomella craticulata, — the
extreme development of P. crispa and the giant of the Poly-
stomelle.

8. Rotalites lenticularis (and a sinistral variety). Ann. Mus.
v. p. 184, No. 2. Fossil; Grignon.”

Probably a flattish and rather delicate R. Turbo, with slightly
developed astral flaps. Such a form we. find abundantly, fossil
at Grignon, and recent on the Australian shores.

9. Rotalites depressa. Ann. Mus. v. p. 185, No.3. “ Fossil;
Grignon.”

This answers well to some of the large Truncatuline varieties
of Planorbulina farcta: we find many of these in the Calcaire
grossier and other French Tertiaries.

10. Rotalites Discorbula. Ann. Mus. v. p. 185, No. 43 viii.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 295

pl. 62. f.9. Discorbula Ariminensis, Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 466.
f.6.a,b. “Fossil; Grignon.”

This is Rotalia Beccarii, Linn., of common occurrence.

11. Lenticulina. Ann. Mus. vy. p. 186. This comprises some
small Nummuline and a Cristellaria. Lamarck states that he
had recent Lenticuline from the Sea near Teneriffe, taken at
125 feet depth. Defrance, however, doubts this, and thinks that
the specimens were Cristellarie, and probably fossilized (Dict.
Se. Nat. xxv. p. 452). We have found two “ Lenticuline ” forms
very common in the sea-sands (at 50 fathoms) off Orotava, Tene-
riffe, namely, Amphistegina vulgaris and Cristellaria Calcar, var.
rotulata. Lamarck’s genus “ Lenticulina ” (like his other genera
of “microscopic Cephalopodous shells ”’) evidently rests on very
indefinite grounds.

Lenticulites planulata. Ann. Mus. v. p. 187, No. 1; Hist.
An. s. Vert, vi. p. 619, No.1. “ Fossil; Senlis, Rétheuil near
Villers-Coterets, and Soissons.” [Defrance adds Betz and
Gilocourt. |

This was recognized as a Nummulina by D’Orbigny (Ann. Se.
Nat. vil. p. 296, No. 4); and it is the type of the “radiate”
group of Nummulites. (See Annals Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. v.
p- 109.) NN. planulata is fully described and illustrated by d’Ar-
chiac and Haime (Foss. Num. de l’Inde, p. 142, pl. 9. f. 5-10),
by whom also the localities of its occurrence are carefully enu-
merated.

12. Lenticulites variolaria. Ann. Mus. v. p. 187, No.2; Hist.
An. s. Vert. vil. p. 619, No, 2. “ Fossil; Grignon, Betz, and
Chaumont.” ([Defrance adds Parnes and Acy.]

Sowerby recognized this as a Nummulite (under the term
Nummularia variolaria, Min. Conch. pl. 538. f. 3). D’Archiae
and Haime give the history and description of Nummulina vario-
laria, op. cit. p. 146, pl. 9. f. 13 a-g. We agree with Prof.
Williamson in regarding N. variolaria as a small biconvex variety
of N. planulata (Williamson, Monogr. p. 39).

13. Lenticulites rotulata. Ann. Mus. v. p. 180, No. 3; viii.
pl. 62. fig. 11; Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 466. fig. 5; Hist. An. s.
Vert. vii. p. 620, No. 8. “ Fossil; Chalk, Meudon,’

D’Orbigny (Mém. Soc. Géol. France, 1840, vol. iv. p. 26)
was the first to separate this from the other Lenticuline or Len-
ticulites (which he arranged in their place as Nummuline), and
to group it in the genus Cristellaria, defined by him far more
correctly than by Lamarck, who had selected a mélange of
broadly Nautiloid unrelated forms from Fichtel and Moll’s
plates, and given them this generic name (Anim, s. Vert, vii.
p- 607).

Cristellaria rotulata is a common keelless variety of C. Calcar

296 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

(see Annals Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix. p. 273), and is exceedingly
abundant both in the fossil and the recent state.

14. Nummulites globularia. Ann. Mus. v. p. 241, No. 2;
Hist. An. s. Vert. vu. p. 629, No. 2.

“Fossil; Rétheul.” [Defrance adds Morlaie near Chantilly,
and Transylvania, Dict. Sc. Nat. xxxv. p. 224.]

Defrance was correct in regarding this as merely a variety of
N. levigata ; it is the Cherry-stone variety.

15. Nummulites scabra. Ann. Mus. v. p. 241, No. 3; Hist.
An. s. Vert. vil. p. 629, No.3. “Fossil; Soissons.” [Defrance
adds Parnes and Saint-Félix. |

This is a nearly constant companion of Nummulina levigata ;
and as every intermediate stage of granulation (from the mere
appearance of hyaline spots on the septa and at the points
where the inosculating canals of the alar flaps intersect one
another, to upraised semicrystalline granules) is readily found
among fifty or more specimens from the Nummulitic sandy
beds at Bracklesham, Brussels, and elsewhere, we cannot but
regard this as a mere variety of N. levigata. Similar conditions
obtain with Nummulina planulata, especially among its recent
Operculine varieties. Nor are the members of the “ sinuate”
group without their similarly granulate or scabrous conditions
of growth.

N. scabra has the same plan of growth that N. levigata has,
and closely follows its type in its variations of external form.
This has also been noticed by d’Archiac and Haime, whom we
cannot follow in giving a specific standing to N. scabra. Their
remarks on, and history of this form (Foss. Num. de l’Inde,
p- 107, pl. 4. figs. 9-12) may, however, be studied with ad-
vantage.

16. Nummulites complanata. Ann. Mus. v. p. 242, No. 4;
Hist. An. s. Vert. vii. p. 630, No. 4. “ Fossil; Soissons ??

The locality given by Lamarck with doubt is incorrect. The
Nummulite here referred to is recognized as one belonging to
Eastern Europe. The detailed account of this Nummulite and
its synonymy given by d’Archiac and Haime (op. cit. p. 87, pl. 1.
figs. 1-3) should be consulted.

With us, Nummulina complanata is the specific centre of a
suite of forms (peculiar to the East) having narrow, shallow,
sinuate alar lobes, and belonging to d’Archiac and Haime’s
group “leves aut subleves,” but which we term “ sinuate.”

17. Lituola. Ann. Mus. v. p. 242. Lituolites nautiloidea,
Ann. Mus. v. p. 243, No. 1; vii. pl. 62. fig. 12; Latuola nauti-
loides, Tabl. Ene. Méth. pl. 465. fig. 6; Lituolites nautiloidea,
Hist. An. s. Vert. vii. p. 604, No.1. “ Fossil; Chalk, Meudon.”

This is a type of an important group of forms among the

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 297

white*, opake, non-tubuliferous, calcareous-shelled Rhizopoda.
As in some groups of the hyaline Foraminifera, the shell is here
principally composed of siliceous sand, the shell-matter being
only in sufficient quantity to serve as a cement for the sand-
grains.

Lituola, in its simplest form, is a mere string of suboval, suc-
cessively enlarging chambers, more or less irregular in outline
(Reophax Scorpiurus, Montfort). A similar, but attached, series
of plano-convex chambers (the lower face being often imperfect)
has been described as “ (Hufs de Mollusques ” by Cornuel (Mém.
Soc. Géol. France, 2 sér. iii. pl. 4. f. 36). These latter often
have a more or less coiled set of commencing chambers; and
then we have the Placopsilina Cenomana, @ Orb. (Reuss, Abhandl.
Wien, vu. p. 71, pl. 28. f. 4,5). These fixed Placopsiline forms
are often wild in their growth, spreading and bifurcating with
great irregularity and to considerable extent (as much as an inch
in length sometimes) ; simple Nautiloid forms also occur fixed
(Lituola nautiloides, Schroeter, sp., Ann. Nat. Hist. 3 ser. ui.
p-482). In a free state we find numerous Nautiloid symmetrical
Lituole, of small growth, such as we have already characterized
in Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 8301, under the name of Pla-
copsilina Canariensis, d’Orb. sp., from Norway. A smaller and
flatter form is figured by Prof. Wiliamson (Monogr. p. 34, pl. 3.
f. 72, 73) under the name of Nonionina Jeffreysii; this is com-
mon on the British coasts, and indeed is of wide distribution.

This Nautiloid form of Lituola is succeeded by crozier-shaped
forms, such as the so-called Spirolina agglutinans, dOrb. For.
Foss. Vien. pl. 7. f. 10-12, and the “ Spirolinites” so common
in the Chalk. Many of the larger of these latter have their
chambers subdivided.

The septal opening varies in the different above-mentioned
forms, from the simple roundish passage, or Nonionine slit, of
the arrested varieties, to the oblong, lobed, jagged, or compound
apertures seen in the more typical free shells.

Lituola nautiloidea, Lamarck, is a well-developed crozier-
shaped shell: it has its chambers subdivided throughout ; and
its round or oyal, and slightly convex, septal plane is pierced
with many passages. It is very common and large in the

Chalk.

* In the living state, Orbitolites, Peneroplis, and Alveolina (members of
the “opake” group of Foraminifera) have their shell-substance pink or
reddish, the milky whiteness of the dead shells being the result of bleach-
ing. This appears also to be the case with regard to Lituola; as many
recent specimens have a reddish or ferruginous appearance, although their
constituent sand-grains are in themselves colourless. Prof. Williamson
has noticed a similar condition in other Foraminifers (Monogr. p. 65).

Amn. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 3. Vol. v. 20

298 Mr.G. Gulliver on the Marginal Nerves of Moss-Leaves.

A rectilinear or Nodosaria-like Lituola, with an extremely
labyrinthic subdivision of its chambers, is common in the Tertia-
ries of San Domingo, Malaga, and Tuscany (figured by Soldani),
and occurs recent in the mud of the Abrolhos Bank, east of Rio
Janeiro.

18. Lituolites difformis. Ann. Mus. v. p. 248, No. 2; vii.
pl. 62. f. 13 @,5; Hist. An. s, Vert. vii. p. 605. No. 2; La-
tuola difformis, Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 466. f. 1 a, 6, “ Fossil;
Chalk, Meudon.”

A small irregularly grown Lituola nautiloidea,

[To be continued. |

XXXIUI.—On the Marginal Nerves of the Leaves of Mosses. By
Grorce GuLLiverR, F.R.S., Fellow of the Royal College of
Surgeons of England, and Honorary Fellow of the Royal
College of Surgeons in Iveland.

Tue term ‘nerve’ is here used for the leaf-rib, in the same sense
as it has always been employed (though so imconveniently) by
botanists, and without the least reference either to the function
or to the structure of the very different and more important
cords with the same name in the animal kingdom.

While so much attention has been paid to the mid-nerve of moss-
leaves, it seems singular that even the existence of the marginal
nerves, identical in structure with the mid-nerve, has not been
recognized by systematic writers in Britain. At least, I believe
there is no notice of the kind in the classical works of Smith
and Hooker, nor in the recent ‘Bryologia Britannica’ of Mr.
Wilson ; and as in this last excellent book the system of Bruch
and Schimper is adopted, I presume the same remark will apply
to their celebrated ‘Bryologia Kuropea,’ which I have not yet seen.
Moreover, im a cursory reference to M. Schimper’s ‘ Recherehes
sur les Mousses’ (4to, Strasburg, 1850), I could find no such
mention of marginal leaf-nerves. Indeed, descriptive bryologists
say “nerve excurrent,” “nerve vanishing,” and so forth, for the
mid-nerve, as if there were no other nerve in a moss-leaf, as, no’
doubt, is most often, but by no means always, the case, inde-
pendently of the well-known double nerve in certain genera.

This is the more remarkable, as the marginal nerves can he
so easily demonstrated by very slight dissection under the micro-
scope, while their course and structure will probably be found
to afford good specific characters. Schleiden (‘ Principles of
Scientific Botany,’ p. 188, transl. by Dr. Lankester, 8vo. Lond.
1849) has depicted them in Mnium punetatum, and justly ob-
serves that the leaves of Mosses and their nerves merit a more
thorough investigation than they have hitherto received.

Mr, A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan. 299

I have examined the marginal nerves in the leaves of a great
number of Mosses, and in some instances have seen them ex-
tending from the very cells of the axis or stem to the point, or
beyond the point, of the leaf-blade ; and these nerves may
generally be found when the border of the leaf js described as
“ cartilaginous ” or “ thickened,” though their structure, being
commonly a soft and juicy prosenchyma, has no relation what-
ever to the structure of cartilage, nor to the bryological defini-
tion of it—‘“a hard close texture, not tender and succulent.”

The following extracts from my note-book will render it easy
for the bryologist to examine these nerves, without the aid of a
drawing, particularly as the kindness of Mr. Mitten has made
me sure of the identity of the species.

Atrichum undulatum. Dee. 1859. Very distinct marginal
nerves from the stem to the point of the leaf, and t2'so Of an
inch in diameter, the mid-nerve being fully thrice as large.
The measurements in this and the following instances are made
near the middle of the nerves.

Fissidens bryoides. Dee. 3, 1859. Marginal nerves very plain,
22a Of an inch in diameter, while the mid-nerve is 74,.

Fissidens tamarindifolius. Dec. 23, 1859. Marginal nerves as
distinct as in F. bryoides, and zzso Of an inch in diameter, the
mid-nerve being ;1..

Mnium hornum. Jan. 1860. Marginal nerve 1 of an inch
in diameter, extending most plainly from the base to the apex
of the leaf, and composed of about three rows of prosenchyma-
tous cells remarkably distinct from the contiguous squarish or
polyhedral parenchymatous cells of the leaf-blade.

Bryum capillare. Jan. 1860. Marginal nerves z2'55 Of an
inch in diameter, scarcely distinguishable from the neighbour-
ing cells of the leaf-blade, though portions of the nerve may be
Sometimes torn off, and it can be traced into the apiculus of the
leaf. This leaf is a fair specimen of a connecting link between
the presence and absence of a plain marginal nerve.

ee

XXXIV.—On some New Genera and Species of Mollusca from
Japan. By Arruvur Avaas, F.LS., &e.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Tsu-Sima, Straits of Korea,
GENTLEMEN, 5th Dee., 1859.

In the course of our cireumnavigation of the Sea of Japan,
in H.MLS. ‘ Actzon,’ the dredge was sometimes put in requisi-
tion, and, in addition to a better acquaintance with the geogra-
phical distribution of marine life which was thereby afforded,

20%

300 Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan.

new forms were occasionally met with. I enclose, with a

request that you will be so good as to insert them in your

Journal, descriptions of those among the Mollusca which were

the most interesting, and am, Gentlemen,

Your obedient servant,
ArtTHuR ADAMS.
Genus Constantia, A. Adams.

Testa acuminato-ovalis, rimata, spira elata, attenuata ; anfractibus
rotundatis, ultimo ventricoso, plicis tenuibus longitudinalibus et
liris elevatis transversis decussatis. Apertura ovalis, longior quam
lata; peritremate libero, continuo, margine integro, acuto.

This genus, I believe, belongs to the natural family Scalide,
although the whorls are not disunited or ribbed; the aperture,
moreover, is oblong, and the texture of the shell very thin.

Constantia elegans, A. Adams.

C. testa tenui, rimata, acuminato-ovali, pallide fusca ; anfractibus sex,
tribus supremis leevibus simplicibus, anfractibus alteris plicis tenui-
bus longitudinalibus et lirulis transversis reticulatis ; apertura ob-
longa, peritremate continuo, margine libero, acuto.

Hab. Straits of Korea, near Mino-Sima; dredged from 63
fathoms.

Genus Torn, A. Adams.

Testa turrito-subulata, umbilicata ; anfractibus convexiusculis, trans-
yersim sulcatis, sulcis subdistantibus, interstitiis longitudinaliter
concinne striatis. Apertura oblonga, postice acuminata, antice
integra, rotundata ; labio libero, simplici, acuto.

This genus is founded upon a deep-water shell, of which, un-
fortunately, I possess but a single specimen. It most nearly
resembles a perforate, elongated, sulcate Odostoma, without any
tooth or fold on the inner lip.

I am unable to refer it to any genus, and consequently give
it generic rank myself. The practice of throwing a doubtful
form into any genus seems to me to retard the progress of
science,—shirking a difficulty, and confusing the mind of the
student. The number of genera is of no more moment to the
naturalist than the number of species, provided they each re-
present a particular type of form. The natural position of Lole
is, perhaps, between Monoptygma and Menestho.

Tole scitula, A. Adams.

T. testa subulato-turrita, profunde umbilicata, alba, solidiuscula ; an-
fractibus sex, convexiusculis, transversim sulcatis, sulcis subdi-
stantibus, interstitiis longitudinaliter concinne striatis ; apertura
oblonga, antice rotundata, postice acuminata ; labio simplici; labro
margime acuto.

Hab. Straits of Korea; dredged from 63 fathoms.

Mr. A, Adams on new Mollusca from Japan. 301

Genus Mucronauia, A. Adams.

Testa pupiformis, ovato-oblonga, apice subito mucronata ; anfractibus
mucronis tribus perparvis ; anfractibus normalibus quinque pla-
natis, ultimo ad basin rotundato. Apertura oblongo-ovalis, antice
dilatata et producta; labio simplici; labro arcuato.

This curious genus seems to be compounded of Leiostraca and
Stylifer, but is not variced or compressed like the former, and
is not unicolorous and parasitic like the latter. The texture is
unlike that of Stylifer, and resembles that of Eulima; and the
structure of the mucro does not resemble that of the pointed
apex in Stylifer.

Mucronalia bicincta, A. Adams.

M. testa albida, subpellucida, nitidissima, fascia rufa ornata ; anfractu
ultimo bicincto.

Hab. Straits of Korea, off Mino-Sima; dredged from 63 fa-
thoms.

Genus Morcuia, A. Adams.

Testa oblique ovata, late umbilicata, depressa, superne convexa, in-
ferne plana ; anfractibus subito crescentibus, ultimo dilatato ascen-
dente alios involvente usque ad apicem. Apertura oblonga, obliqua,
subhorizontalis, infra dilatata, supra angustata; peritremate con-
tinuo, incrassato.

M. obvoluta, A. Adams.

M. parva, opaca, alba, ad peripheriam angulata, striis incrementi con-
fertis ornata; umbilico patulo, ad suturas crenulato.

Hab. Tsu-Sima, Straits of Korea.

This curious little genus most nearly resembles Teinostoma ;
but the base is not covered with a callus, and the mouth is not
produced. The last whorl embraces the others, as it does in
Neritula or Cyclops. Both Mérchia and Teinostoma, however,
together with Vitrinella, are not nacreous, and would seem to
associate themselves rather with Adeorbis and Cyclostrema than
with Kthalia among the Umboniine, as Mr. P. P. Carpenter be-
lieves. The only specimen obtained was dredged from 26 fa-
thoms, about a quarter of a mile from the shore, in Washington
Sound, off Tsu-Sima, a very lovely island in the Straits of Korea.
The bottom was coarse sand and broken shells.

The genus is named after M. O. A. L. Morch, author of
€Prodromus Faunz Molluscorum Groénlandiz, and a man “ in
advance of his age.”

Genus Zrerpora, A. Adams.

Testa oblonga, dorso convexa, apice postice deflexo, superficie can-
cellata sulco mediano antice in fissuram desinente instructa.

302 Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan.

Apertura ampla, septo interno plano semilunari ad partem posti-
cam instructa; margine crenulato, antice valde fissurato.

This genus seems to combine the characters of Crypta and
Emarginula, and almost deserves to be considered the type of a
new family. The internal septum distinguishes it from all the
other Missurellide.

Zeidora calceolina, A. Adams.

Z. testa oblonga, lineis elevatis concentricis et radiantibus eleganter
cancellata; sulco mediano lateribus elevatis; apice postice de-
flexo ; septo margine acuto, integro.

Hab. Straits of Korea, 16 miles from Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

Genus Cranopsis, A. Adams.

Testa ovata, pileiformis, superficie ceelata, apice integro, subspirali,
postice recurvo. Perforatio elongata, intus concamerata, inter
apicem et marginem anticum posita, Apertura ovalis, expansa,
margine cr enulato.

This genus has the internal vaulted chamber over the fora-
men, as in Cemoria, and the sculptured surface and median
position of the perforation, as in Ramula. The specimens serving
for the description were all adult shells, and are not the young
of Glyphis.

Cranopsis pelex, A. Adams.

C. testa pileiformi, liris radiantibus crenulatis interstitiis cancellatis
ornata; fissura intus concamerata, marginibus callosis, extus labiis
elevatis longitudinalibus marginatis; foramine lineis incrementi
transversis apicem versus currentibus ; margine crenulato.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima, Straits of Korea; dredged from 63
fathoms.

Genus Kiernenia, A. Adams.

Testa ovata, tenuis, umbilicata, superficie cancellata ; spira producta,
apice obtuso. Apertura elongata, antice producta et mtegra ; labio
tenui, simplici; labro postice angulato, in medio recto, margine
acuto.

This genus most nearly resembles Acizon, but is without any
fold on the columella; the umbilicus, moreover, is wide and deep,
and the surface of the shell is eancellated. The outer lip forms
an angle posteriorly with the last whorl, and is straight in the
middle.

Kleimella cancellaris, A. Adams.

K. testa oblonga, late et profunde umbilicata ; spira elatiuseula, apice
obtuso; pallide fusca; anfractibus 32 convexiusculis (ultimo ven-

Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan. 303

tricoso), regulariter cancellatis ; apertura ovali; labio tenui, sim-
plici ; labro in medio recto, postice angulato. Long. + poll.

Hab. Straits of Korea; dredged from 63 fathoms.

Genus Sarzpra, A, Adams.

Testa transversim ovalis, eequivalvis, eequilateralis, intus non-margari-
tacea. Cardo dentibus pluribus acutis in serie rectiuscula dispositis;
ligamento interno, in fossula centrali posito, Impressiones mus-
culares distantes ; impressio pallii integra.

This genus agrees with Nucula in the simple pallial line and
internal ligament, and with Malletia in not being nacreous or
pearly within, and in general form and character. It belongs
to a distinct subfamily between Nuculine and Mailetiine.

Sarepta speciosa, A. Adams.

S. testa ovata, alba, epidermide tenui obtecta, concentrice substriata,
compressiuscula, postice vix hiante, intus non-margaritacea.

Hab. 16 miles from Mino-Sima, Straits of Korea; from 63
fathoms.

Genus Huxieyia, A. Adams.

Testa cequivalvis, transversim oblonga, obliqua, valde inzequilateralis,
clausa, intus non-margaritacea, epidermide tenui obtecta, superfi-
cie valyarum concentrice suleata. Cardo dentibus sex acutis
divergentibus (cristam formantibus), postice inclinatis et in lamina
curvata desinentibus; ligamento interno in fossula sub umbone.
Impressiones musculares distantes ; linea palliali simplici.
Perhaps the nearest approach to this genus is Limopsis, and

in some respects it also resembles Sarepta, but it differs widely

from both. Itis named after Prof. Huxley, who has devoted so
much attention to the structure of the lower forms of Mollusca.

It would seem to belong rather to the family Arcide than to

Nuculide, the interior not being nacreous.

Huzleyia sulcata, A. Adams.

H. testa antice breviore, postice longiore, valvarum superficie concen-
trice sulcata, sulcis profundis distantibus ; intus non-margaritacea ;
umbone parvo, simplici, margine ventrali integro.

Hab. 16 miles from Mino-Sima, Straits of Korea; dredged from
63 fathoms.

P.S. I may take this occasion to observe, for the information
of conchologists, that Dr. Chenu, in his last beautiful work
(Manuel de Conchyliologie, p. 162, fig. 775), has figured by
mistake the Nassa elegans of Kiener as the type of Zaphon, H.
and A. Adams, instead of Buccinum elegans, Reeve, which is a
very different shell, and a very singular typical form.

[To be continued. |

804 Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects.

XXXV.—Characters of some apparently undescribed Ceylon
Insects. By F. WaALkeEr.

[Continued from vol. iv. p. 376.]
Fam. Eumenide.

ODYNERUS TINCTIPENNIS (Sect. Ancistrocerus, Wesm.). Fam.
Niger, rude punctatus, capite lituris sex flavis, prothorace linea
transversa interrupta testacea, mesothorace guttis quatuor laterali-
bus flavis, metathorace linea transversa flava, abdomine fasciis
duabus flavis, femoribus anterioribus flavo strigatis, alis nigrican-
tibus.

Female. Black, roughly punctured. Head with a short yellow
line behind each eye, and with a shorter yellow line in the notch
of each eye; clypeus finely punctured, with a yellow spot on each
side. Prothorax with a transverse testaceous line, which is at-
tenuated and interrupted in the middle. Two yellow dots at the
base of each fore-wing, the hind one divided. Metathorax with a
short transverse yellow line. Abdomen finely punctured hind-
ward ; first and second segments with yellow hind borders. An-
terior femora with a yellow apical stripe on the outer side. Wings
blackish; veins and stigma black. Length of the body 5 lines;
of the wings 8 lines,

ODYNERUS INTENDENS (Sect. Ancistrocerus, Wesm.) Fom. Niger,
rude punctatus, capite punctis quatuor rufis, antennis subtus
apiceque rufescentibus, scapo subtus flavo, abdomine fasciis dua-
bus albidis, tibiis tarsisque subtus rufescentibus, tibiis anticis intus
flavis, alis cinereis.

Female. Black, roughly punctured. Head with a red point
behind each eye, and with another in the notch of each eye; a
pale point between the antennee, which are reddish beneath and
at the tips; clypeus thinly punctured, with a curved transverse
piceous line at its base. Scape yellow beneath. Abdomen smooth
towards the tip; first and second segments with whitish hind
borders. Tibize and tarsi beneath and knees reddish; fore tibize
yellow on the inside. Wings cinereous; veins and stigma black ;
second submarginal areolet divided by an additional veinlet.
Length of the body 4 lines; of the wings 6 lines.

Fam. Crabronide.

Sticmus coneruvs. Fem. Niger, elongatus, glaber, nitens, clypeo
linea interrupta fulva, ore flayo, antennis piceis, scapo subtus fla-
vescente, metathorace rude punctato, pedibus flavescentibus, femo-
ribus tibiisque posticis nigris, femoribus anterioribus nigro fasciatis,
alis vitreis.

Female. Black, elongate, smooth, shining. Head much broader
than the thorax, impressed longitudinally, and with a slight keel
between the eyes; clypeus with an interrupted tawny line in front ;
mouth yellow. Antenne piceous, slender; scapus dull yellowish

Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects. 805

beneath. Metathorax roughly punctured, with a longitudinal
impressed line. Petiole long, slender. Legs yellowish ; hind
femora and hind tibiz black ; anterior femora with a black band.
Wings quite vitreous; veins and stigma black. Length of the
body 33 lines; of the wings 4 lines.

Fam. Larride.

Larrapa Extensa. Mas. Nigra, argenteo pubescens, capite magno
supra plano antice bicarinato, scutello minimo nitente, metathorace
maximo sulcato bituberculato, abdomine fusiformi basi apiceque
nitente, pedibus robustis, femoribus incrassatis, alis nigricantibus.

Male. Black, hardly shining, with silvery pubescence. Head
much broader than the thorax, flat above, vertical and with two
slight keels in front. Antenne filiform, piceous at the very base.
Scutellum shining, very small. Metathorax much developed,
nearly vertical and with a slight furrow hindward ; the ridge with
two tubercles. Abdomen fusiform, shining at the base and at the
tip, not longer than the thorax. Legs stout ; femora incrassated,
Wings blackish ; veins and stigma black. Length of the body
4 lines ; of the wings 5 lines.

Fam. Apide.

ANDRENA EXAGENS. Fem. Nigra, scitissime punctata, cinereo pi-
losa, capite rude punctato, antennis subclavatis apice rufis corporis
dimidio non longioribus, abdomine rufo elliptico segmentis tribus
posticis nigris, genubus rufis, tarsis testaceis, alis subcinereis.

Female. Black, shining, very finely punctured, with cinereous
hairs. Head roughly punctured, very pubescent in front, a little
broader than the thorax. Antenne subclavate, about half the
length of the body, red at the tips. Abdomen red, elliptical, a
little broader and longer than the thorax ; last three segments
black. Knees reddish ; tarsi testaceous. Wings slightly cinereous ;
veins and stigma black. Length of the body 3 lines; of the wings
5 lines.

Nomia vincta. Fem. Nigra, opaca, lata, crassa, punctata, cinereo
pubescens, ore testaceo basi nigro, antennis subclayatis capite non
longioribus, abdomine elliptico nitente scitissime punctato fasciis
tribus cinereo tomentosis, tarsis subtus pallidis, alis cinereis,

Female. Black, dull, broad, thick, very closely and minutely
punctured, with cinereous pubescence. Mouth testaceous, black
at the base. Antennz subclavate, as long as the head. Abdomen
elliptical, shining, very finely punctured, a little longer and broader
than the thorax, with three bands of cinereous tomentum. Tarsi
pale beneath. Wings cinereous; veins and stigma black ; third
submarginal areolet much less than twice the length of the second.
Length of the body 32 lines; of the wings 6 lines.

TRIGONA PRETERITA. Fom. Nigra, brevis, lata, glabra, nitens,
capite opaco subscabro sulcato, antennis testaccis filiformibus

306 Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects.

apice acutis, thorace transverse sulcato, scuto utrinque excavato,
abdomine basi subtusque testaceo, pedibus crassis, tarsis testaceis,
femoribus posticis valde dentatis, alis cinereis.

Female. Black, short, broad, smooth, shining. Head dull,
minutely scabrous, with a furrow between the eyes. Antenne
testaceous, filiform, with acute tips. Scutum excavated on each
side hindward ; a deep transverse impression between it and the
scutellum. Abdomen testaceous at the base and beneath. Legs
thick ; tarsi testaceous; hind tibiz much dilated. Wings cine-
reous; veins and stigma black. Length of the body 23 lines; of
the wings 4 lines.

Fam. Dorylide.

Enicrus portzonorpes. Mas. Fulvus, cylindricus, nitens, cinereo-
pubescens, capite nigro, antennis thorace brevioribus, scapo dila-
tato, flagello lanceolato, abdomine sessili, pedibus brevissimis, alis
cinereis amplis, venis piceis basi fulvis, stigmate nigra.

Male. Tawny, cylindrical, shining, with cinereous pubescence.
Head black. Antennze shorter than the thorax; scape dilated ;
flagellum lanceolate. Abdomen sessile, nearly twice the length of
the thorax. Legs very short. Wings ample, cinereous; veins
piceous, tawny towards the base; stigma black. Length of the
body 33 lines; of the wings 7 lines.

Fam. Ichneumonidae.

Pimpia ALBorpicra. Lem. Nigra, nitens, subtus rufa, capite albo,
antennis albo fasciatis, secapo rufo, thorace lituris plurimis albis,
abdomine eylindrico lineolis duabus fasciisque albis, oviduetu
brevi, pedibus rufis, coxis albo strigatis, tarsis posticis nigris, alis
cinereis.

Female. Black, shining, red beneath. Head white, with a
yellow stripe in front. Eyes with a concave border between the
antennee. Palpi white. Antennee black, long, slender, with a
white band before the middle; scape red. ‘Thorax with several
white marks. Abdomen cylindrical, narrower and much longer
than the thorax ; two little longitudinal white lines at the base ;
hind borders of the segments with white bands, which are testa-
ceous in the middle. Oviduct less than half the length of the
body. Legs red; a white mark on each coxa; hind tarsi black.
Wings cinereous ; veins and costa black ; discal areolet irregularly
tetragonal; exterior side less than half the length of the interior
side. Length of the body 6 lines; of the wings 10 lines.

This species is erroneously named Cryptus albopictus in the
list of Ceylon insects lately published im Sir E, Tennent’s work on
Ceylon.

Cryprus? onustus. Fam. Niger, scite scabrosus, capite lineis
duabus albis, antennis albo fasciatis, articulis basalibus longis
paucis; scapo crasso, scutello albo, metathorace spinis duabus
albis crassis, petiolo rufo, abdomine fusiformi scitissime punctato

Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects. 307

albo unifasciato subtus lurido, pedibus rufis longis robustis, alis
lurido-cinereis.

Female. Black, slightly shining, finely scabrous. Head with a
white line on each side of the vertex. Antenne long, with a white
band at a little beyond the middle, between which and the scape
there are four long joints, the first red at the base; scape thick.
Seutellum white. Metathorax with two short stout white spines.
Abdomen fusiform, very finely punctured, lurid beneath, white at
the tip; petiole red, increasing in thickness hindward, with a
white hind border ; first segment with a white hind border. Legs
red, long, stout. Wings lurid-cinereous ; veins and stigma black ;
discal areolet small, tetragonal. Length of the body five lines ;
of the wings § lines.

This species may form a new genus.

Hemireres? varius. Fem. Niger, capite gutta flava, antennis
tufis basi flavis apices versus nigris, abdomine fusiformi macula
dorsali flava, pedibus flavis, tibiis posticis piceo-fasciatis, alis albis
nigro bifasciatis.

Female. Black, shining. Head with a yellow dot at the base
of the antennz ; mouth yellow. Antenne red, very slightly in-
creasing in thickness from the base to the tips, yellow at
the base, black towards the tips, nearly as long as the body.
Abdomen fusiform, much longer than the thorax, with a large
yellow spot near the base ; sheaths of the ovipositor less than half
the length of the body. Legs yellow; a black point on each fore
trochanter ; tips of hind femora and a broad band on the hind
tibiz piceous. Wings white; veins black, yellow at the base.
Fore wings with two black bands, the exterior one much broader
than the imner one. Length of the body 2 lines; of the wings
4 lines.

PorIzON DOMINANS. Mas. Niger, obscurus, confertissime punctatus,
antennis basi rufis, metathorace subcarinato, abdomine rufo glabro
nitente clavato, lituris lateralibus basique nigris, pedibus rufis,
tibiis tarsisque posticis piceis, alis cinereis.

Male. Black, opake, very minutely and thickly punctured.
Antenne little more than half the length of the body, red at the
base. Metathorax with a slight middle keel. Abdomen red,
clavate, smooth, shining, darker towards the tip, with minute black
marks on each side, less than twice the length of the thorax ; pe-
tiole long, black, slender. Legs red; hind tibize and hind tarsi
piceous. Wings cinereous; veins and stigma black. Length of
the body 33 lines; of the wings 4} lines.

Fam. Braconide.

Microeaster Sect. Mas. Corpus robustum, breve, latum. Caput
subquadratum, thorace non latius. Antenne robusta, corpore
paullo longiores, articulis plurimis coarctatis. Abdomen sessile,

308 Mr.F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects.

lineare, thorace valde angustius paulo brevius. Pedes robusti,
breves, femoribus tibiisque posticis dilatatis.

Male. Body robust, broad, short. Head subquadrate, as broad
as the thorax. Antenne stout, a little longer than the body, with
less than twenty closely connected joints, which successively de-
crease in length. Abdomen sessile, linear, much narrower and a
little shorter than the thorax. Legs stout, short ; hind femora
and hind tibize dilated. Wings moderately broad ; discal areolet
complete.

The following species was erroneously separated from Micro-
gaster, and mentioned as forming a new genus (Liganira) in the
list of Ceylon insects referred to above.

MicroGaster pDETRACTUS. Mas. Niger, obscurus, confertissime
punctatus, antennis piceis basi rufescentibus, abdomine glabro, sub-
tus albido, pedibus anterioribus testaceis, femoribus anterioribus
basi piceis, alis cinereis, venis stigmateque nigris.

Male. Black, opake, very thickly and minutely punctured.
Antennze piceous, reddish towards the base. Abdomen smooth,
shining, whitish beneath. Legs testaceous; anterior femora pi-
ceous towards the base; hind legs black ; hind coxee testaceous.
Wings cinereous; veins and stigma black. Length of the body
13 line; of the wings 4 lines.

MicroGAsTER RECUSANS. Fam. Niger, robustus, obscurus, con-
fertissime punctatus, antennis validis corpore vix brevioribus, ab-
domine glabro compresso subtus basi albido, tibiis tarsisque ante-
rioribus testaceis, femoribus tibiisque posticis subdilatatis, alis
nigricantibus.

Female. Allied to M. tibialis. Black, robust, opake, very thickly
and finely punctured. Antenne stout, almost as long as the body.
Abdomen smooth, shining, much compressed, whitish beneath at
the base, not longer than the thorax. Ovipositor shorter than the
abdomen. Anterior tibiee and tarsi and tips of anterior femora
testaceous ; hind femora and hind tibie slightly dilated ; hind
knees testaceous. Wings blackish; veins and stigma black ;
a whitish point at the inner end of the stigma. Length of the
body 13 line; of the wings 3 lines.

MicroGAstTEeR SIGNIFICANS. Mas. Niger, obscurus, confertissime
punctatus, antennis corpore longioribus, abdomine glabro angusto,
tibiis tarsisque anterioribus testaceis, femoribus tibiisque posticis
subdilatatis, tibiis posticis basi testaceis, alis venis stigmateque
albidis, vena costali extus nigra.

Male. Nearly allied to M. wanthostigma; antenne rather
longer and stouter. Black, opake, very closely and finely punc-
tured. Antenne longer than the body. Abdomen smooth, shining,
much narrower than the thorax. Anterior tibize and anterior tarsi
and tips of anterior femora testaceous ; hind femora and hind tibize
slightly dilated ; hind tibiee testaceous towards the base. Wings,
veins, and stigma whitish ; costal vein exteriorly and veinlet along

Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects. 309

the outer side of the stigma black. Length of the body 14 line,
of the wings 33 lines.

MicroGaster suspuctus. Mas. Niger, obscurus, confertissime
punctatus, antennis gracilibus corpore non longioribus, abdomine
glabro angusto, tibiis tarsisque anterioribus testaceis, femoribus
tibiisque posticis subdilatatis, tibiis posterioribus basi testaceis, alis
venisque albidis, vena costali extus nigra, stigmate pallide lurido.

Male. Allied to M. wanthostigma. Black, opake, very closely
and finely punctured. Antennze slender, as long as the body.
Abdomen smooth, shining, narrower than the thorax. Fore tibia,
fore tarsi, and tips of fore femora testaceous ; posterior tibiee testa-
ceous towards the base; hind femora and hind tibiz slightly
dilated. Wings and veins whitish; costal vein black exteriorly ;
stigma pale lurid, bordered by piceous veinlets. Length of the
body 1} line; of the wings 3 lines.

Sparuius srisigNatus. Mas. Rufus, glaber, cylindricus, capite
globoso, anteunis pallide rufis apice nigris corpore non brevioribus,
abdomine fusiformi, pedibus piceis, tarsis testaceis, alis anticis
nigris perangustis albo quinque-notatis apice cinereis. Fam. Niger,
antennis corpore longioribus, abdomine clavato.

Male. Red, smooth, shining, cylindrical. Head globose. An-
tenn pale red, filiform, slender, black towards the tips, as long
as the body. Abdomen convex, fusiform, much longer than the
thorax. Legs piceous; tarsi testaceous. Wings very narrow.
Forewings black, with a white band near the base, and with four
white dots, two on the costa, one in the interior part of the disk,
and one on the hind border opposite the first on the costa; tips
cinereous. Hind wings limpid. Female. Body black. Antennze
a little longer than the body. Abdomen clavate. Ovipositor as
long as the abdomen. Length of the body 2-2+ lines; of the
wings 3 lines.

This species in structure comes between Spathius and Heea-
bolus, differing slightly from both genera.

SPATHIUS SIGNIPENNIS. Fam. Rufus, gracilis, scitissime punctatus,
capite transverso pallide luteo, antennis pallide luteis corpore paulo
longioribus apice nigris, abdomine piceo subclavato, oviductu
brevi, pedibus pallidissime flavis, alis albidis, venis nigris, stigmate
flavo longissimo.

Female. Red, slender, hardly shining, very finely punctured.
Head transverse, pale luteous. Antenne pale luteous, slender,
filiform, a little longer than the body, black towards the tips.
Abdomen piceous, subclavate, pale beneath, a little longer than
the thorax. Ovipositor less than half the length of the abdomen.
Legs very pale yellow. Wings whitish. Fore wings moderately
broad ; veins black ; veinlet between the subcostal and preebrachial
veins very strongly marked ; stigma yellow, very long. Length of
the body 1 line; of the wings 3 lines.

This species differs from the preceding one and from Spathius

310 Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects.

and Hecabolus as much as the two latter genera differ from each

other.
Genus HERATEMIS.

Mas. Corpus glabrum. Caput transversum, thorace latius. Palpi
graciles, longiusculi. Antenne graciles, filiformes, corpore vix
duplo longiores. Thorax robustus, Abdomen sessile, lineare,
depressum, angustum. Pedes longi, graciles,

Male. Nearly allied to Celinius. Body smooth, shining. Head
transverse, broader than the thorax. Palpi slender, rather long.
Antennze Render filiform, almost twice the length of the body ;
joints elongate, numerous, closely joined together. Thorax robust ;
sutures of the parapsides strongly marked. Abdomen sessile,
linear, depressed, a little longer and much narrower than the
thorax. Legs long, slender. Wings moderately broad; fore

a
wings like those of Caelinius in the structure of the veins.

Heratemis ritosa. Mas. Rufa, capite nigro, antennis nigris basi

pallide rufis, pedibus testaceis, tibus tarsisque posticis nigris, alis
nigricantibus, venis stigmateque nigris.

Male. Red, paler beneath. Head black. Antennee black, pale
red at the base. Legs testaceous; hind tibiee, hind tarsi, and tips
of hind femora black. Wings blackish; veins and stigma black.
Length of the body 2% lines; of the wings 43 lines.

Genus NEBARTHA.

Mas. Corpus gracile, elongatum, scitissime punctatum. Caput
transversum, sat parvum. Palpi graciles, longiusculi. Antennze
filiformes, sat graciles, corpore breviores ; articuli elongati. Tho-
rax fusiformis. Abdomen fusiforme, subsessile, thorace vix lon-
gius. Pedes longi, graciles ; postici robusti, longissim1.

Male. Allied to Ccelinius. Body slender, elongate, slightly
shining, very finely punctured. Head transverse, hardly
broad as the thorax. Palpi slender, rather long. Antennee fili-
form, rather slender, shorter than the body; joints elongate.
Thorax fusiform; metathorax well developed. Abdomen fusi-
form, subsessile, as broad as the thorax, but hardly longer. Legs
long, slender; hind legs robust, very long. Wings moderately
broad ; structure of the veins har dly differing from that of Cah-
niUus.

NEBARTHA MACROPODIDES. Mas. Fulva, capite g outta nigra, antennis
piceis basi fulvis, thorace abdomineque nigro hivittatis, femoribus
intermediis nigro fasciatis, femoribus posticis dimidio apicali nigro,
alis obscure cinereis, venis nigris, stigmate pallide piceo.

Male. uke Head with a black dot between the eyes. An-
tennze piceous, tawny at the base. Thorax and abdomen with a
black stripe along each side. Middle femora with a black band
near the tips. Hind femora with the apical half black. Wings
dark cinereous ; veins black; stigma pale piceous. Length of the
body 24 lines; of the wings 43 lines.

Mr. R. M‘Andrew on the Comparative Size of Mollusca, 311

Genus PsyTTaia.

Fem. Corpus convexum, glabrum, latiusculum. Caput transversum,
thorace non latius. Antenne graciles, filiformes, corpore lon-
giores ; articuli breves. Scutum subcarinatum. Abdomen ellip-
ticum, subsessile, thorace paulo longius non angustius. Oviductus
brevis. Pedes breviusculi.

Male. Body convex, smooth, shining, rather short and broad.
Head transverse, as broad as the thorax. Antenne slender, fili-
form, longer than the body; joints short, numerous. Secutum
with a slight keel. Abdomen elliptical, subsessile, as broad as the
thorax and rather longer. Ovipositor shorter than the abdomen.
Legs rather short. Fore wings rather broad ; veins in structure
somewhat resembling those of Pygostolus, to which genus the
following species seems to be nearly allied.

Psytraia Testacea. Fam. Testacea, mandibulis apice nigris,
antennis piceis, basi testaceis, oviductus vaginis nigris, alis cine-
reis, venis nigris, stigmate pallide piceo.

Female. Testaceous. Mandibles with black tips. Antenne
piceous, testaceous at the base. Sheaths of the ovipositor black.
Wings cinereous; veins black; stigma pale piceous. Length of
the body 2 lines; of the wings 4 lines.

[To be continued. |

XXXVI.—Reply to Mr. Jeffreys’s Remarks on a “ Note on the
Comparative Size of Marine Mollusca in various Latitudes of
the British Seas.’ By Rosert M‘Anprew, F.R.S., F.L.S.

Mr. Jerrreys, in the wish to substantiate his proposition that
“in general, the size of specimens (of Mollusca) increases in a
ratio mverse to their northern and converse to their southern
points of latitude,” having thought fit to contradict some of my
statements, and endeav oured to throw discredit upon others, I
feel called upon, very reluctantly (anything in the shape of con-
troversy being opposed alike to my habit and inclination), to
reyert once more to the question, in order to show that such a
proposition not only has not been proved, but is at variance
with fact.

I cannot boast the advantage of havimg dredged in extreme
northern or southern latitudes, my researches having been con-
fined within about forty-two degrees of latitude, or some ten
degrees north and twenty degrees south of the extreme limits
of the British seas ; ; but trust that my Opportunities have been
such as to make me competent to form an opinion upon the
pomt at issue,—the conclusion I have come to regarding it
being entirely the result of personal observation,

312 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on the Comparative Size of Mollusca.

Mr. Jeffreys professes to consider seriatim all the instances
adduced by me as opposed to his theory, but has omitted to
notice the following ten,—Pecten Islandicus, Margarita alabas-
trum, Astarte arctica, A. incrassata, Fusus antiquus, Triton
nodosum, Lucina spinifera, Murex brandaris, Cyprea lurida, and
C. spurca.

In consequence of Mr. Jeffreys’s remarks (some of which sur-
prised me not a little), I have carefully reconsidered the whole
of my statement, comparing specimens together where necessary,
and now give the result as follows :-—

1. Corbula nucleus, from North Drontheim. Mr. Jeffreys’s
remark would be equally applicable to specimens obtained in the
Mediterranean or other southern localities. It is just possible
that Mr, Jeffreys may not be aware that North Dronthem is an
extensive province of Norway, with a very great range of sea-
coast, and that he may have supposed my specimens to have
been obtained in one particular locality.

2. Trochus lineatus. It is probable that Mr. Jeffreys has not
seen my specimens from the neighbourhood of Vigo (obtaimed
in 1857 by Mr. Woodward and myself), or he would not have
coupled them with those from Mogador. I wish, however, to
correct my statement respecting this species, and only to say
that the specimens from the neighbourhood mentioned exceed
in size the ordinary specimens on the British coasts.

3. Astarte sulcata I have not found to vary in size more than
most other species of Mollusca,—much less than its congener
A. compressa. I adhere to my statement that it dimimishes in
size when traced northward from the Scottish coasts to those of
Finmark.

4. Astarte triangularis. My. Jeffreys believes that he can
match, in point of size, specimens from North Britain with any
of mine from Gibraltar Bay, which is of course possible; but
the fact still remains unimpeached that al/ my specimens from
Gibraltar (and they are very few) exceed in size the largest I
have obtained in Britain. I have procured it off Scilly, as well
as from many localities of Scotland, and at various depths, vary-
ing from three to sixty fathoms.

5. Crenella marmorata. It is possible that Mr. Jeffreys may
have been misinformed respecting the large specimens he saw
being from Greenland, as I find no mention of it in Méller’s or
Morch’s catalogues of the shells of that country; nor was it
among the species dredged there by Mr. Barrett. Indeed it
has never been met with, to my knowledge, m the Arctic seas.

6. Crenella rhombea. The ordinary run of specimens from
the Canary Islands is considerably larger than any I have seen
obtained in Britain or the Channel Islands. The comparison

Mr. R, M‘Andrew on the Comparative Size of Mollusca. 318

has not yet been made between the largest in Mr. Jeffreys’s
possession and in mine.

7. Nucula nucleus. My specimens from Norway are of the
ordinary British form, and are no more a small variety than are
those from Spain and Portugal.

8. Nucula decussata. I cannot but think that Mr. Jeffreys
must be labouring under a mistake; otherwise his specimen
from Oban must be very extraordinary, and quite exceptional in
its dimensions. Of the few specimens I obtained off Malaga,
the largest measures about seven-cighths of an inch in its greatest
diameter ; the largest of many specimens obtained off Oban at
various times is smaller by about an eighth of an inch.

9. Cardium rusticum. All the British specimens I have seen
of this species are from South Devon. Upon one occasion, after
an equinoctial spring-tide and gale of wind, I saw such quanti-
ties of this species, in company with C. aculeatum, thrown upon
the shore of Torbay in a living state, that they might have been
collected by the bushel. The specimens of both species, but
more particularly C. rusticum, are much smaller there than at
Gibraltar and in the West Mediterranean.

10. Cardium papillosum I have not met with north of Vigo,
where the specimens are smaller than in the Mediterranean:
size of latter five-eighths of an inch, or rather more. I should
like to know the exact dimension of Dr. Lukis’s specimen—if,
indeed, the species is identical; though, in any case, a single
specimen could not give much weight to an argument.

11. Cardium pygmeum I have taken in the south of Ireland
(Cork Harbour), as well as various British localities, but in none
so large as the average of those in Vigo Bay. It should be
borne in mind that the question is regarding the size generally
attained by species in the different latitudes.

12. Venus verrucosa. Myr. Jeffreys would appear to have seen
only small specimens from southern localities. My British
specimens were from Pwllheli, where, as the most northern limit
of the species, according to Mr. Jeffreys’s theory, the largest
specimens ought to have been found. The Rey. Mr. Norman,
with a view to improve my specimens, very kindly sent me
others, which I may presume to be at least equal to the average
in size; but these, as well as all the other British specimens I
have seen, are decidedly smaller than the average of adult speci-
mens from Gibraltar, and of those which are taken abundantly
from Minorca to be sold as food in the market of Algiers.

13. Mactra stultorum. It is very possible that Mr. Jeffreys
may be correct in his suspicion that the specimens alluded to
by me may belong to M. inflata of Bronn, though I much doubt
their being specifically distinct.

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser.3. Vol. v. 21

314 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on the Comparative Size of Mollusca.

14, Littorina rudis. I do not question the correctness of Mr.
Jeffreys’s remarks, but do not see that they in any way affect
my statement.

15. Scalaria communis. Notwithstanding that Mr. Jeffreys
has not seen large Mediterranean specimens, it is nevertheless a
fact that they attain a greater size in Gibraltar than in England.
The largest of my Gibraltar specimens exceeds in size the largest
of my English, and the average of my Gibraltar the average of
my English specimens.

16. Bulla hydatis. I refer to the shell so called by Forbes
and Hanley (whether correctly or incorrectly named is not to
the purpose), which is both abundant and large at Vigo Bay.

17. Murex erinaceus. I may have given small specimens to
the British Museum. I repeat that the species attains larger
dimensions upon the coasts of Spain than on those of Britain,
both as regards extreme and ayerage magnitude.

18. Certthium reticulatum. I will not enter upon the ques-
tion of varieties. I wish, however, to amend my remark upon
this species, and to substitute—that the Spanish specimens are
fully equal in size to the British, and larger than those of North
Drontheim.

19. Triforis perversa. Ido not see how Mr. Jeffreys’s remark
upon the last species applies to this. I repeat that the speci-
mens of it attain much greater size in the Mediterranean than
on the British coasts.

20. Aclis supranitida. I acknowledge that I was mistaken in
my remark regarding this species. Upon comparing my only
Madeiran specimen with British, I find it to be about equal, but
not superior, 1n size.

Mr. Jeffreys’s information respecting Tellina balaustinais only
important with reference to the distribution of the species. The
result of my observation is limited to the fact that specimens
diminish in size but increase in trequency from the Atlantic
eastward in the Mediterranean.

Of Teredo, 1 am unacquainted with the species. Montagu,
who probably confounded more than one species under the
name of Teredo navalis, speaking of it, says, “This part (the
tube) is rarely above three-quarters of an inch in diameter at the
larger end, and a foot in length in our climate, but exceeds that
in the more southern parts, from whence it was brought into
our harbours, to the great destruction of our ships—as Linnzeus
justly observes, calamitas navium.” It is certain that ships are
much more exposed to the ravages of these animals when in
southern latitudes; and it is evident that before the custom
prevailed of protecting the bottoms of ships with copper, the
transportation of species from their original habitat to the re-
motest regions was inevitable.

Mr. R. M‘Andrew on the Comparative Size of Mollusea. °315

Mr. Jeffreys, choosing his own ground, and taking the British
Mollusca as a standard of comparison, names certain species
“in particular” as appearing to attain a larger size in our own
seas than in the south of Europe. I must say that he has not
been fortunate in the selection. Donax politus may possibly
acquire larger dimensions in Britain than in the Mediterranean,
though, upon comparing my specimens, I find but little diffe-
rence between them. ARissoa striatula is very rare: I have never
obtained an adult specimen in the south, and have no reason to
believe that it does not attain as large size in Cadiz as in Eng-
land. Avicula Tarentina I have never myself obtained in the
British seas, and rarely in the Mediterranean. Forbes and
Hanley mention that the largest specimen they have seen mea-
sures nearly four inches in length; my largest of very few spe-
cimens from Malaga measures barely three and a half inches.
Galeomma Turtoni is a rare species, of which I have taken but
very few specimens, principally in the north of Spain; but it so
happens that the individual I have found furthest to the south
(in the Great Harbour of Syracuse) is larger than any I have
seen from the Channel Islands or elsewhere. Of Murex coral-
linus I have twice received specimens from the Channel Islands,
through the favour of Mr. Jeffreys; but they are inferior in size
to the average of those from the Bay of Gibraltar. Trochus
striatus attains something like double the size in the Mediterra-
nean that it does in the British seas; and my specimens of
Lachesis minima, both from the north of Spain and the Medi-
terranean, are about five times as large as the British—more than
double the length, and thick in proportion. Forbes and Hanley
state the ordinary length to be one-fifth of an ich, which ex-
ceeds the size of my British specimens; while the Spanish are
seven-sixteenths of an inch in length.

It would be foreign to my object to argue in favour of the
geographical zones into which that part of the ocean which
washes the shores of Europe has been divided by naturalists ;
but it strikes me that he must be a bold man who would assert,
for instance, that the Arctic Sea has no existence in fact or in
nature, or that there are not species of Mollusca to which it
affords the natural habitat, and which degenerate or cease to
exist in warmer regions. The Temperate zone, occupying so
much greater range of latitude in our hemisphere than either
the Arctic or the Torrid zones, it has been found convenient to
divide upon the coasts of Europe into north-temperate or Boreal,
mid-temperate or Celtic, and south-temperate or Lusitanian ;
and I conceive it would not be difficult to show that each of
these affords the climate and conditions best adapted to peculiar

forms and species of Mollusca,
21%

316 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on the Comparative Size of Mollusca.

Though I do not pretend to compete with Mr. Jeffreys as a
collector of British shells, I have possessed greater opportunities
of collecting native species than of the shells of foreign countries.
Having devoted more time and labour to our native species, my
cabinet is proportionately better furnished with them ; conse-
quently I cannot agree with Mr. Jeffreys as to the cause of the
difference between us, and the error into which one of us has
fallen, but concur with him in the hope that further experience
will show which of our conclusions is correct.

Having now gone over Mr. Jeffreys’s remarks, paragraph by
paragraph, it remains for me to add that I have stated nothing
as fact which I am not prepared to prove by reference to speci-
mens in my own cabinet. I mentioned in my last communica-
tion, and I repeat it now, that nothing could be easier to
me than to multiply imstances in support of my views, but con-
ceive that my doing so now would be a waste of time, as I have
cited sufficient for the purpose.

In conclusion, I beg to remark that, in order to sustain the
theory propounded and advocated by Mr. Jeffreys, it should be
proved to hold good both within and without the Mediterranean :
it should be shown that the Mollusca of the coasts of Piedmont
(situated only six or seven degrees south of the southernmost
shores of England, and one or two degrees north of Vigo) are
larger in size than the Mollusca of the Mediterranean generally ;
they should be as much larger than the specimens of Gibraltar
and Malta as they are smaller than the British. I would also
suggest that the British seas extend through above ten degrees
of latitude, and have been more thoroughly explored than any
other part of the world of similar extent; and if Mr. Jet-
freys’s proposition held good within their area, it could hardly
have escaped the notice of the numerous collectors and naturalists
who have made our coasts the scene of their labours.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Handbook of the British Flora. By G. Benruam, F.L.S.
London: Lovell Reeye. 1858.

A FEw years since, the Flora by Hooker and Arnott was the text-
book and rallying point of that ‘‘school”’ of English botanists who
professed to remain satisfied with a moderate subdivision of species,
and were disposed to defer accepting, until tested by cultivation, the
so-called ‘ sub-species,’’ which have been generally adopted as spe-
cies upon the Huropean continent, and which had to some extent
been recommended to the British student in Babington’s Manual.
The followers of Hooker and Arnott let us call by way of illus-

Bibliographical Notices. 317

tration the ‘‘ Conservatives,” then those of Babington will represent
the “ Liberal” or ‘‘ Progress”’ party.

Such were in the main the respective positions of the two schools
five years ago; and many of our best local botanists thought that
the combining process had been used too freely by the ‘‘ Conserva-
tives.”

Now a step diverging still further has been taken on either side:
Bentham’s Handbook is, in its estimate of the nzumber of British
plants, even more remarkably different from Hooker and Arnott’s
Flora than the latter work is from Babington’s Manual. Mr. Ben-
tham’s views will represent a third section, which may be termed
(from its attachment to ancient precedent) the ‘ High Tory” party,
as the minutely-examining school of Alexis Jordan of Lyons will in
turn represent the “ Radical Reformers,’ hardly numerous or yet
popular, botanically, with us. Those who prefer to rely upon indi-
vidual opinion will be the “‘ Free-thinkers”’ in botany.

As in politics, each of these parties has its use; and their different
manner of viewing the question arises naturally out of their method
of study.

The physiological botanist is more likely to see resemblances than
differences ; for he traces the unity of plan and analogy of function
through all the endless varieties of plants.

The geographical botanist, too, from the very nature of his studies,
requires a certain amount of simplicity (would that we could say
uniformity ') in the value of species. He cannot hope to follow over-
refined ‘splits”’ through their whele range, when some of them are
only just announced from a few scattered localities, and when it may
require years of study, and a greater increase in the number of
accurate observers than could be expected, before anything certain
can be known of their distribution.

Hence the “Conservative” school derives no small part of its
credit and importance from the high names which are associated
with it. But that the study of geographical botany is not altogether
opposed to the exact discrimination of species, is sufficiently proved
by the example of Mr. H. C. Watson, who, in his ‘ Cybele Britan-
nica, walked nearly hand in hand with Babington’s successive
editions ; but it must be remembered he was working in a limited
field of observation.

In his more manageable “field,” the local botanist of inquiring
mind, who has leisure and taste for such studies, will be found care-
fully tracing out all these minutiz, not necessarily with the view of
founding new species, but with the desire of acquiring a knowledge
of his plants as exact as possible. Nor is he by any means to be
called a useless contributor to the science. He often shows the way
to some species hitherto overlooked; it is to him we are usually
indebted for an intimate knowledge of varieties, and especially of
‘** Hybrids ;”” and, more than to any other, for the detection of new
localities for the Linnzean species. Thus it is not to be wondered at
if we find Babington’s Manual the favourite text-book with the
most advanced of British botanists.

318 Bibliographical Notices.

After all, it nay be but a matter of choice whether, from oppor-
tunities of travel, or of consulting herbaria and botanical gardens, we
endeavour to master many distinct forms (let us say ‘‘ sub-genera’’),
or turn our attention to the thorough discrimination of what lies
close at our feet. An equal amount of labour may be given in either
case, and, if conscientiously bestowed, not lost.

These remarks will have prepared our readers to expect, from a
botanist of the experience of Mr. Bentham, views of a decidedly
collective tendency. His estimate of the value of a species he considers
as founded upon the * Linnean” standard: and certainly this plan
offers many conveniences to the general and geographical botanist. We
know further, from his paper read before the Linneean Society in March
1857 (Journal of Proceedings, ii. 30), that our author is prepared
to take the same course with respect to the genera and orders, so far
as established by Linnzeus, as he recommends a return to the use of
them also, “for the purpose of language,” and to give to the sub-
ordinate groups of suborders and subgenera a sectional value only,
with no names at all.

This course Mr. Bentham considers the only escape from the
inevitable confusion and ever-increasing difficulties which arise from
the daily addition of new names.

Now we do not pretend to say whether, as regards species, this is
to be considered as merely the philesophical view of a botanist of
large experience, or whether such a plan equally recommends itself
from the facility which it affords to the young student of English
botany. The High Tory leader, however, as sometimes happens in
politics, addresses himself to the illiterate class. Here we cannot
help suspecting that our author is smoothing the road for the be-
ginner where he has travelled too cursorily himself.

The professed object of Mr. Bentham is to render the student’s
first steps as easy as possible: that he should afterwards complete
his studies in a more exact school is implied; and, indeed, without
this, he would soon lose interest, if he should wish to confine his
attention to British botany.

The means used to facilitate the beginner’s studies are :—

1. Condensation of species to the supposed standard of Linnzeus,
or beyond it.

2. The use of the dichotomous method of Lamarck, as an ana-
lytical key to the orders, genera, and species. (This is likely to
prove the most successful part of the book.)

3. Simplicity, and English terms, as far as possible, in the de-
scriptions ; and Lnglish names for the orders, genera, and species.

4. A concise, and eminently lucid, introduction to the know-
ledge of the structure of plants, and of the terms employed in
their description.

The following is Mr. Bentham’s definition of a spectes :—It ‘* com-
prises all the individual plants which resemble each other sufficientl
to make us conclude they are all, or may have been all, descended
from a common parent. These individuals may often differ from
each other in many striking particulars, such as colour of the flower,

Bibliographical Notices. 319

size of the leaf, &c.; but these particulars are such as experience
teaches us are liable to vary in the seedlings raised from one
individual.

** When a large number of individuals of a species differs from the
others in any striking particular, they constitute a variety. If the
variety generally comes true from seed it is often called a race. A
variety can only be propagated with certainty by grafts, cuttings,
bulbs, buds....A race may with care be propagated by seed,
though the seedlings will always be liable to lose those particulars
which distinguished it from the rest of the species.

“A REAL SPECIES will always come true from seed” (p. 26 of
Introduction). We hope the test of careful cultivation is rigorously
carried out at Kew or elsewhere, under the accurate and observant
eye of our author; otherwise, he is only setting problems without
attempting to solve them himself, or even ascertaining if they admit
of solution.

One of the most distinctive features of the ‘Handbook’ is the
prominence given to English names. As in the standard series of
zoological works published by Van Voorst, the English specific names
take precedence of the Latin: here our author abjures his own prin-
ciple of “ ancient precedent.”

Perhaps in those Utopian days when botany shall be taught in
every village school, Mr. Bentham’s English names may obtain
general currency. At present they seem to add one more difficulty
to a synonymy already encumbered. An experiment which has
failed among the French (a nation never the last to adopt a de-
sirable novelty) is hardly likely to succeed upon the more conser-
vative side of the Channel.

Great pains have been bestowed upon an idea which, like the
decimal system of coinage, must find a most serious obstacle to its
introduction in long-continued use, even if the advantages offered by
the adoption of English names were not far outweighed by other
considerations, such as the reason above given.

Another novelty to British botanists is the outline of its foreign
range, which is given after each species, as well as a general sum-
mary of its distribution in Britain; the latter derived from Mr.
Watson’s ‘Cybele Britannica.’ But views that condense many
plants under one name lead naturally to inexact views of geogra-
phical distribution, and we should not be surprized to find that the
range of many species is made to appear wider than it really is.

The introduced plants, “ aliens,’ &c., receive little favour at the
hands of Mr. Bentham; and here we believe he has acted very
judiciously. The thoroughly naturalized plants, however, as well as
the colonists, stand, in the text, upon equal terms with the indigenous
species: we regret that our author did not conform to the practice,
so usually adopted, of distinguishing these interlopers by some
“brand” indicative of their foreign origin, assumed or known.

It is well observed of the “ colonists,” that ‘‘in some instances it
would appear that the whole of the land they originally inhabited is
now in a state of cultivation; so that if omitted from one Flora they

320 Bibliographical Notices.

must, for the same reason, be rejected from almost every other one,”
—an argument, by the way, which has been employed to account
for our ignorance of the original “ specific centres” of the cereals
themselves.

Great stress is laid upon judging of the claims of plants to be
regarded as natives from the knowledge of their whole “area,”
or general distribution, much in the same way as recommended by
Alphonse DeCandolle ; but those who have perused the fourth volume
of Mr. Watson’s ‘Cybele’ are aware how much there is to be said
upon the other side about the high importance to be attached to the
“nature of the station’ and to the circumstances under which the
suspected plant occurs. As often remarked, allowance must also
be made for the extreme rarity of some species that are probably
natives, though with us at the outskirts of their range, or become
very much rarer than was formerly the case by the cultivation and
drainage of land.

The * Handbook’ is no mere compilation, for its author tells us
he has conscientiously re-examined his plants, and compared them
with Continental specimens of the same species.

We have some misgivings whether the tyro is likely to acquire a
just appreciation of the value or limits of a species when he is taught
to include under one name no less than five plants (as in the ease of
Cerastium vulgatum), which amounts to little more than recognizing
a subsection or subgenus. We suspect that the beginner’s belief in
the existence of a species at all will be not a little shaken when he
gathers, growing side by side, two plants so different as Cerastium
glomeratum and C. semidecandrum, and yet is told they are identical.
Nevertheless, no proof has been adduced from cultivation ; no inter-
mediates occur among hundreds of both kinds; and at the same
time nearly all systematic botanists are agreed to believe that a
species has limits somewhere, though we may not yet have found
them. The conflicting opinions on this subject, even within the
bounds of a Flora so small as that of Britain, sufticiently show that
it is not in books we must look for these limits.

We have space for only a few instances of Mr. Bentham’s sweeping
combinations, for most of which no reason is given, except the opinion
of the author, or the authority of some eminent, but often ancient,
writer.

We much regret this omission, as it can hardly be expected that
the “Liberal”’ or “ Progress”’ party, far less the ‘“ Radicals,” will
submit to such despotic assumptions without ample proof. j

There is but one dAretium. Ah, lucky tyro! how we envy him a
load of difficulties removed at one stroke of the pen!

The Ranunculi, of the Batrachium section, are all swamped under
one species ; but if we have our old friend 2. aquatilis restored to
its ancient diguity, it must feel somewhat alarmed at finding itself at
the head of a larger family than it ever acknowledged before.

Similar amalgamations will be found under Potamogeton pusillus,
which now includes a whole section of narrow-leaved species.

Potamogeton natans is joined to P. oblongus, and also to P. plan-

Bibliographical Notices. 321

tagineus. But, in the case of some of the other species, we commend
Mr. Bentham’s views to the careful study of the minutely-examining
botanist. Agquatics, above al! other plants, are liable to variation,
and much remains to be learned in the genus Potamogeton concern-
ing the effect of stagnant or running, deep or shallow, fresh or
brackish water.

Carex distans includes no less than four others.

C. arenaria takes in C. intermedia.

C. acillaris is united (unwillingly, we are sure) to C. Binning-
hausiana,—a combination against which we strongly protest, as it
seems to us that the latter is far more nearly related to C. panculata.

Galium uliginosum joins G. Witheringii; G. pusillum joins G.
sawatile; Salicornia radicans is lost under S. herbacea ; and many
more instances might be quoted, but the details are so completely
and clearly given in the sixth chapter of the ‘Cybele Britannica,’
vol. iv., that it is needless to repeat them here.

Other pairs of species have been treated more tenderly. Valeria-
nella carinata continues separate from V. olitoria ; V. auricula from
V. dentata. Orchis latifolia is allowed to pass as distinct from
O. maculata; Polygonum Persicaria from P. lapathifolium ; My-
osotis sylvatica from M. arvensis. It may be asked, * Why should
not these have fared like the former?”’ We think that here js only
one proof more that there is no means of dividing equidistantly
species which are not the links of a linear series, and which are
hardly better likened to the knots which join the meshes of a net.
Might we not say that they may more resemble variously intersecting
lines of dots spread over a sphere so as to display in all their affinities,
resemblances, and analogies, the unity of plan which existed in the
mind of the ONr Crearor, rather than the necessity that we should
consider His creatures descended from a few main types?

We take leave of Mr. Bentham’s ‘ Handbook’ with a ready ac-
knowledgment of the many novelties which he has introduced for
the first time to the English student of botany, and with the hope
(not without considerable misgiving) that his book may be found as
useful a guide to the beginner as could be wished by its accom-
plished author.

May it induce many to enter the ranks of the votaries of our
gentle and instructive craft; for indeed there is work and pleasure
enough for all.

First Traces of Life on the Earth ; or, the Fossils of the Bottom-rocks.
By 8S. J. Mackie, F.G.S. &c. Groombridge, 1860.

Tue study of Geology introduces us to many different stages in the
Earth’s history, where we may behold more or less distinctly the
several successive phases which this planet has, time after time, put
on. The masters in the science, the professional geologists, and the
amateurs have all contributed to the accumulation of the facts and
the construction of the theories whereof the science now consists,
and by the aid of which the graphic portraiture of the earths’s earlier

322 Bibliographical Notices.

featurcs and inhabitants is now so often attempted. Mr. Mackie’s
treatment of the subject to which he has devoted this little book is
careful and judicious. It is a subject, in one sense, far removed from
actual observation ; for the first animals and plants that lived upon
the earth have so long passed away, that we know not whether the
oldest fossils that we meet with be indeed the remains of the oldest
creatures. Taking for granted, however, that the lowest fossiliferous
rocks now known represent the earliest sediments of life-bearing
waters—that their modes of deposit indicate the nature of the coasts
and sea-bottoms of primeval geography—that their materials point
to the character of the adjacent land—that their obscure fossils,
often mere marks and holes, can be made to give a full and certain
meaning,—we may with advantage study the author’s sketches of
the primeval lands and “ of the first forms of the organized creatures
which inhabited it—the forms of those abundant tribes whose
oftices played the first important part in the past conditions of our
planet, and whose remains are characteristic of our lowermost rock-
masses.”

For those who know not on what principles a geologist works in
mixing his colours, stretching his canvas, handling his pencil, and
bringing up the features of the forgotten past with nature’s tints,
Mr. Mackie provides some clever chapters on “the nature of
fossils,” “the value of fossils,” ‘the order of the rocks,”’ “what we
know of the earth’s crust,’ and on “ the rock-strata and their teach-
ings.” The reader will here find most of the chief principles of
geological science briefly but clearly stated,—especially the very
necessary doctrine that Nature’s operations of to-day illustrate the
results of natural agencies, atmospheric, terrestrial, and aqueous, in
past times. Thus “we see in the microscopic structure of many of
those finer silicious rocks which are composed of an aggregation of
the solid cases of Infusoria, and of limestones composed of nearly
equally minute Entomostraca and Foraminifera, the slowly formed
life-elaborated produce of the tranquil lake, or of the profound abysses
of the deep. Our ponds and inland seas give us the key to the one,
the soundings for the great Atlantic telegraph that to the other.
The silent language of the past, in which these facts are written,
appears at first strange and unintelligible, as the tongue of our Saxon
forefathers does to us now. But as the languages of the ancient
peoples are interpreted by our own and by those of contemporary
nations, so the events and changes of the past conditions of our
planet can be understood only by comparison with the phenomena
going on around us.”

The outlines of the first dry lands, and the remnants of them now
here and there to be found—how their wearing-away gave rise to
sediments which, as hardened quartzose schists and slates, now yield
scanty evidence of primeval life (sea-worms, Zoophytes, and a few
Crustaceans perhaps)—how the wind and rain and sunshine played
on the long, flat, sandy ooze of those old shores,—these are the
points and features which take prominence in the geological sketch
before us. With a facile touch the artist has coloured in the dreamy

an

Royal Society. 323

vision— the first-born lands of our mother-earth joyously basking
in the smiles of the sun, bathed in the tear-drops of the clouds, and
scarred with the blasts of the waves and the storms.’ His compo-
sition is founded on the well-based theories of the ‘ Principles’ and
‘Siluria;’ and the judiciously chosen colours on his canvas have
been supplied by the proved researches of modern geologists.

The author’s style is florid, but often good ; and, though objections
may be made to occasional loose or obscure passages, to the too
widely printed pages, and to the pompous classification of the wood-
cuts as “plates” and “lignographs,”’ yet we recommend this little
book as well worth the attention of geologists, students, and others:
it has numerous woodcut illustrations, some of them of superior
execution.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

December 22, 1859.—Sir Benjamin C. Brodie, Bart., President, in
the Chair.

“On the Structure of the Chorda dorsalis of the Plagiostomes
and some other Fishes, and on the relation of its proper Sheath to
the Development of the Vertebree.”’ By Professor Albert Kolliker,
of Wiirzburg.

I take the liberty to present to the Roval Society the results of an
extended series of investigations into the development of the vertebrze
of the plagiostomous and some other fishes.

I. Chorda dorsalis.
A. Structure.

The chorda dorsalis of the Plagiostomes, of Chimera, Acipenser,
Scaphirhynchus, Toxodon, and Lepidosiren, shows four distinct parts,
viz.—

Ist. The outer elastic membrane, a homogeneous elastic coat,
which is not unfrequently perforated with holes of different sizes, of
the same kind as those of the fenestrated membrane of Henle.

2nd. The proper sheath, formed of connective tissue of fibrous
appearance, and generally provided with many plasm-cells.

3rd. The inner elastic layer, a reticulated elastic membrane ; and

4th. The gelatinous substance of the chorda itself, made up of
soft cartilage-cells, of different sizes and generally provided with
nuclei.

Of these four layers it would seem that only the third and fourth

‘are present in the higher animals, from the Amphibia (with the ex-

ception of the Batrachians) upwards; if, at least, my opinion be
correct, that the structureless envelope of the chorda of these animals,
generally called the sheath proper, corresponds to the third layer in
the cartilaginous fishes. On the other hand, it seems that many of

324 Royal Society :—

the osseous fishes present the same complications of structure as
the Plagiostomes, if it is true that the bodies of their vertebre are
developed from the proper sheath of the chorda. So, for instance,
there exists a beautiful elastic internal layer outside of the remnants
of the gelatinous chorda in the genus Orthagoriscus.

B. Form of the chorda proper.

Ist. The chorda retains in some instances its original cylindrical
form ; and this is the case when the vertebral column shows no indi-
cation of vertebral bodies (Cyclostomes, Acipenser, Chimera, Lepi-
dosiren, Tilurus, Hyoprorus*—anterior vertebra), as well as where
vertebral divisions exist (Leptocephalus, Helmichthys, Hyoprorus—
last vertebra).

2nd. In other cases the chorda is contracted in the middle region
of each vertebral body, which seldom happens where there is no
trace of ossification (evanchus), but is very generally the case in
ossified vertebree (Squali, osseous fishes, perennibranchiate amphibia,
Cecilie).

3rd. Lastly, the chorda may be separated into as many parts as
there are interstices between the vertebrae, which remaining parts in
some cases are totally absorbed (Raia and most of the higher
animals).

C. Anterior end of the chorda.

Ist. In many full-grown fishes the chorda dorsalis reaches with
its anterior attenuated end to the base of the cranium, and its cranial
part is in some cases enveloped in its whole length by the cranial
cartilage. This fact has been long known with regard to the Aci-
penseridee, Cyclostomi, and Sirenoidei; but the same thing occurs
amongst the Squali, and has been observed by Stannius in Prvonodon,
and by me in Heptanchus, Centrophorus, Acanthias, and Squatina.
In these last fishes the chorda reaches as far as the region of the
hypophysis, and is bent upwards at its termination, so that the end
itself lies underneath the interior perichondrium of the cranium, or
at least very near the surface of the cartilage. In other cases only
the hinder part of the chorda is enclosed by the cranial cartilage,
whilst the anterior half lies in a groove at the under part of it, as in
Leptocephalus aud Helmichthys. In one case (Tilurus) the whole
cranial part of the chorda is free, and situated underneath the base
of the cranium, between its cartilage and the perichondrium F.

2nd. In some genera of Squali and most of the osseous fishes, the
cranial part of the chorda is reduced to the anterior half of the first
ligamentum intervertebrale.

3rd. In the genus Chimera, the chorda ends in the foremost part
of the vertebral column. In this case the connexion between the

* Two genera belonging to the Leptocephalida, described by me (see Kaup,
Apodal Fishes of the British Museum. London, 1856).

+ In all these fishes there exists rather a strong connexion between the vertebral
column and the cranium ; in Sguatina, besides this there are two lateral articulations
between the cartilaginous arches of the first vertebra and the lateral parts of the
cranial cartilage.

Prof. Kolliker on the Chorda dorsalis of Fishes. 325

cranium and the column is maintained by an articulation, which on
the side of the column is formed by the cartilaginous vertebral
arches.

4th. In the Raiide, finally, the chorda ends at a greater distance
from the skull; and in this case also the anterior part of the column,
which is formed only by the coalesced arches, is connected with the
cranium by a real articulation.

II. Ossifieation and Development of the Bodies of the Vertebre.

A. General remarks on the part which the chorda takes in the
formation of the vertebrae.

Ist. In all cases where the chorda ossifies, it is only its second layer,
or the sheath proper, which undergoes changes. At the same time
the elastica externa disappears totally, or is at least dissolved in such
a manner that its remnants are scarcely distinguishable, whilst the
elastica interna and the chorda proper generally remain unaltered.
In one case only, viz. in Seymnus lichia, ossification is to be seen
even in the gelatinous substance of the chorda.

2nd. The ossification of the sheath of the chorda has been
observed as yet only in the Plagiostomes and in certain genera of the
osseous fishes; but very probably it will be found in all osseous
fishes. On the contrary, it is absent in all higher Vertebrata,—accord-
ing to my observations, even amongst the Batrachia.

B. Changes of the sheath of the chorda during ossification.

1. Vertebral column.

Ist. In the Plagiostomes the sheath of the chorda in the first
place assumes a greater hardness in certain parts, these parts being
transformed into fibro-cartilage or real cartilage, whilst the inter-
vening parts retain their primitive softness. In this manner the first
indications appear of the vertebral bodies and intervertebral liga-
ments, the interior parts of which are formed by the chorda itself
and the elastica interna. The histological changes going on during
this formation of the vertebral bodies, viz. the transformation of the
primitive plasm-cells of the sheath into cartilage-cells, and the deve-
lopment of the homogeneous interstitial substance of the cartilage
out of the fibrous substance of the sheath, speak strongly in favour
of the view that both kinds of cells and intervening substances are
closely allied, whatever may have been the development of the ele-
ments of the primitive sheath.

In the Leptocephali the sheath of the chorda ossifies without
having been transformed into cartilage ; and the same seems to hold
good for the other osseous fishes.

2nd. Whilst this transformation of certain parts of the sheath of
the chorda into cartilaginous vertebral bodies is going on, there are
also formed in the interior of each of these bodies peculiar vertical dis-
sepiments. These dissepiments, developed by an interior growth of
the sheath of the chorda, whereby the chorda proper becomes con-
stricted, occur in some cases in yertebre without any or with very

326 Royal Society :—

slight traces of ossification, as in Hewanchus and the anterior yer-
tebra of Heptanchus, whilst they may be almost wanting in others
pretty well ossified (Leptocephalus, Helmichthys, Centrophorus).

3rd. The ossification of the cartilaginous vertebral bodies formed
out of the sheath of the chorda never begins at the surface, but
always in their interior, and also in their middle region, and is (as far
as I know, without exception) in the first instance a caleified fibro-
cartilage, or what I call a fibrous bone.

Ath. The first osseous parts have the form of thin rings (Hep-
tanchus, anterior vertebra), which afterwards assume that of hollow
and thin double cones (Heptanchus, posterior vertebra, Centrophorus).

5th. The growth of these double cones, which are the real osseous
vertebral bodies, when once they have assumed their whole length,
takes place especially at their outer side, through the addition of
calcified cartilage (chondriform bone, Williamson ; Knorpel-Knochen
in German), which is formed from the outer chordal cartilage of the
vertebral body. Inaddition to this, the osseous double cone thickens
also at the expense of the cartilage inside of it, but in a much
smaller degree.

6th. In some cases the outer growth is everywhere the same, and
in this manner stronger double-coned vertebral bodies of uniform
thickness are formed. In other cases the growth is in some parts
more active than in others, and vertebral bodies then originate with
outer ridges and Jamellee (eptanchus, Raia, Carcharias, Mustelus,
Galeus). In one single instance the ossification of the outer cartilage
takes place in such away that the exterior parts of the vertebral bodies
are formed by alternating circles of chondrifcrm bone and cartilage
(Squatina).

7th. With regard to the extension of this growth of the vertebral
bodies formed by the ossification of the sheath of the chorda, it is to
be remarked that in some cases the whole, or nearly the whole sheath
of the chorda ossifies, as in Squatina and the Raiidee. In other cases
greater or lesser parts of the primitive cartilage, inside and outside
the vertebral body, remain in their primitive state (Squall),

2. Skull.

In some instances even the sheath of the cranial part of the chorda
ossifies in its hindermost part, and forms a true vertebral body
for the occipital vertebra, which entirely corresponds to those of
the column. This has been observed by me as yet in Lepto-
cephalus and several Squalidze ; but it is extremely probable that
the basilar occipital of all osseous fishes, viz. that part of this
bone which resembles a common vertebral body, is developed quite
in the same way.

C. On the manner in which the outer ossifying layer is concerned
in the formation of the bodies of the vertebrae,

Ist. In those cases where the outer ossifying layer, viz. that layer

in which the eartilaginous arches are developed, takes part in the

formation of the vertebral bodies, there are to be distinguished two

Prof. Kélliker on the Chorda dorsalis of Fishes. 327

different processes,—one in which the crural cartilages themselves
play a part in this formation, and a second, where only the periosteal
layer between them is concerned.

2nd. Where the crural cartilages take a part, they form, in the
first place, by their coalescence an outer cartilaginous layer around
the body of the vertebra, which took its origin from the chorda, and
which we shall henceforth call the chordal vertebral body.

3rd. This outer cartilaginous layer ossifies in many cases; and
this ossification may take place in ¢wo places only, viz. on the right
and left side of the vertebral body, as in [Teptanchus, or in four
places, in which case a superior point of ossification at the floor of
the neural canal, and an inferior one at the roof of the heemal canal,
are added to the two lateral ones (Acanthias, Scymnus),

4th. These external ossifications of chondriform bone may retain
their primitive form of plates, and may then be called the lateral,
superior, and inferior osseous plates; or they acquire by additional
growth, at the expense of the outer cartilaginous layer, the form of
wedge-shaped or cuneiform bodies, and may be named the lateral,
superior, and inferior wedges (Zapfen, Keile, Germ.).

5th. In both cases these external ossifications comport themselves
in two different ways with regard to the chordal vertebral body,
inasmuch as in some cases both coalesce at their ends (Scymnus,
Acanthias), whilst in others they remain separated (ITeptanchus).

6th. In some peculiar cases (Squali, possessing a nictitating eye-
lid, viz. Mustelus, Carcharias, Galeus, Sphyrna) the cartilaginous
arches remain separated, and then the intermediate periosteal layer
performs the part of an osteogenic stratum. The osseous parts pro-
duced in this way lie at the same places as the bony plates mentioned
under 4 and 5; they always possess the form of wedges, and coalesce
with the chordal vertebral body, in some cases only at their ends, in
others in their whole length. Although these ossifications are not
developed from cartilage and have a very peculiar structure (they
consist of a calcified fibro-cartilage with peculiar ossified strong fibres
running straight through their whole thickness), it is clear enough
that they exactly correspond to the above-mentioned plates and
wedges of other Plagiostomes formed out of the coalesced crural
cartilages.

From certain modes of transformation of the sheath of the chorda,
combined with certain changes of the outer ossifying layer, the
following types in the composition of the vertebral bodies may be
established.

Tyee 1.—The vertebral body takes its origin entirely from the
proper sheath of the chorda.

A. Sheath of the chorda thick.

Ist. Vertebral bodies soft (fibro-cartilaginous), incompletely
separated from each other, and only distinguished by the interior
septa of the chorda. Hewxanchus.

2nd. Vertebral bodies partly cartilaginous, with annular ossifica-

328 Royal Society.

tions of the form of short double cones. Ligamenta intervertebralia
very strong. Heptanchus (anterior vertebra).

3rd. Vertebral bodies wholly cartilaginous, with thin osseous
double cones of good length in the middle of the cartilaginous body.
Centrophorus.

Ath. Vertebral bodies well ossified, cylindrical and strong, formed
inside by strong osseous double cones, and outside by alternating
layers of cartilage and bone. Squatina.

B. Sheath of the chorda thin.

5th. Vertebral body a thin hollow osseous cylinder; chorda pro-
per in its whole length cylindrical. Leptocephalus, Helmichthys,
Hyoprorus (last vertebra).

6th. Vertebral bodies slightly constricted osseous double cones,
with external longitudinal ridges. Chauliodus, Stomias.

Tyre Il.—The vertebral body is formed partly from the sheath of
the chorda and partly from the outer ossifying layer.

Ist. Chordal vertebral body partly cartilaginous, with a stronger
osseous double cone in its middle part. External part of the body
formed by a thin layer of cartilage from the coalesced arches, with
two lateral ossified plates. Heptanchus (posterior vertebra).

2nd. The same with fowr external ossifications, whose ends coalesce
with the internal double cone. Acanthias, Scymnus.

3rd. Chordal vertebral body nearly totally ossified, of the form of
a strong double cone, with strong external longitudinal ridges. Ex-
ternal part of the body a strong layer of cartilage with superficial
ossifications continuous with those of the arches. Rata, Torpedo.

4th. Chordal vertebral body nearly wholly ossified, of the form of
a thick double cone. External part of the body formed by cartilage,
with four strong wedge-shaped ossifications uniting with the ends of
the inner double cone. Sceyllium.

5th. Chordal vertebral body a strong osseous double cone, partly
with external ridges. External part of the body formed by four
strong wedge-shaped ossifications, derived from the periosteal layer
between the cartilaginous arches, which in some genera totally
coalesce with the inner double cone, whilst in others this happens
only at the ends of the latter. Mustelus, Carcharias, Sphyrna,
Galeus.

Tyre I11.—The vertebral bodies are wholly developed from the
external ossifying layer.

Ist. The vertebral bodies are developed from four ‘cartilaginous
parts, viz. the superior and inferior arches. Anterior vertebree of
the Raiidee.

2nd. The vertebral bodies are developed only from two cartila-
ginous or osseous parts.

a. From the two neural arches, which in uniting do not enclose
the chorda, which lies underneath them. Cultripes pro-
vincialis, J. Miller, Rana paradowa, Duges.

Zoological Society. 329

b. From two lateral plates of ossified connective tissue, which
in uniting totally enclose the chorda. Acaudate Batrachia,
according to my own observations.

c. From two lateral cartilages which enclose the chorda, and also
develope the arches from themselves. Higher Vertebrata.

In terminating this Note, I take the liberty of adding that the only
information heretofore existing on the subject to which it refers, is
that contained in the very valuable memoirs by J. Miiller* and
Williamson +.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
March 8, 1859.—John Gould Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF Exanvus. By J.Govutp, F.R.S.

This new species is one of the largest members of the genus, and
is rendered conspicuous by the entire under surface being white,
even the basal half of all the primaries being of this hue,—in which
respect, and in its larger size, it materially differs from the 2. mela-
nopterus, the only bird with which it could be confounded.

ELANUS HYPOLEUCUS, Gould.

Adult.—Face, space over the eye, ear-coverts, all the under sur-
face of the body, under tail-coverts, under surface of the tai! feathers,
and the thighs, pure white; the under surface of the wing is also
pure white ; basal half of the under side of the first six primaries
white, slightly speckled with grey, passing into blackish grey ; on
their apical halves this grey hue also pervades the under surface
of the remaining primaries ; crown of the head, back of the neck,
back, and scapularies, deep grey; on the shoulders a large patch
of black ; secondaries and basal half of the primaries deep grey,
passing into blackish grey at their tips; two centre tail feathers
grey above, the next on each side grey on their outer margins, the
rest white ; cere and legs orange yellow; bill and nails black.

Total length, 14 inches; bill, 14; wing, 124; tail, 63; tarsi, 12.

Young.—At apparently about nine months old differs from the
adult in having the crown lineated with reddish brown, and a cres-
cent of white at the tip of the primaries, secondaries, scapularies, and
winug-coverts.

Hab. Vicinity of Macassar, Celebes.

Remark.—The above description of the adult is taken from a
fine example in the possession of J. H. Gurney, Esq., which, as well
as the young bird in the possession of Mr. Gould, was collected by
Mr. Wallace.

April 12, 1859.—Professor Busk, F.R.S., in the Chair.

DESCRIPTION OF A RARE ENTOZOON FROM THE STOMACH OF
THE Ducone. By W. Barrp, M.D., F.L.S., &c.

In the Museum of the College of Surgeons there is a preparation
of an Ascaris from the stomach of the Dugong. In dissecting this

* Vergleichende Anatomie der Myxinoiden. + Phil. Trans, 1850.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3, Vol. v. 22

330 Zoological Society :—

animal, Professor Owen discovered several specimens of an intestinal
worm, which he named Ascaris halichoris. The preparation was
made in 1831, and the ‘Catalogue of the Physiological Series of
Comparative Anatomy’ was published by the College in 1833.
About the same period, but in a different part of the world, Rup-
pell found the same species of worm in the stomach of the same
species of animal. He very briefly notices them in describmg a
Dugong which he found in the Red Sea, but merely mentions that
these Entozoa ‘were found in a clustered glandular apparatus in
the stomach, and were 5 inches long.’ His description of this
Dugong was sent in a letter to Dr. Sémmering, and is dated from
the Island of Dahalac on the Abyssinian coast of the Red Sea, in
the month of January, 1832. This paper was published in the
first volume of the ‘ Museum Senckenbergianum,’ in 1834. In the
‘Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ in 1838, there is an ela-
borate paper by Professor Owen, descriptive of the principal viscera
of the Dugong ; and in this paper he again notices these worms, and
there mentions that they were originally found in a remarkable
glandular apparatus situated near the cardiac extremity of the
stomach. In the article Mntozoa in Todd’s ‘ Cyclopzedia of Anatomy
and Physiology,’ the Professor again alludes to them in reference
to its peculiar digestive apparatus, showing the presence of a caecum,
which arises from the upper portion of the intestine. This organ he
considers a kind of accessory to the digestive apparatus, and of
rather a peculiar nature. ‘The second example,” he says, “of an
accessory digestive gland occurs in a species of Ascaris infesting the
stomach of a Dugong: here a single elongated czecum is developed
from the intestine at the distance of half an inch from the mouth ;
and is continued upwards, lying by the side of the beginning of the
intestine, with its blind extremity close to the mouth; from the
position where the secretion of this caecum enters the intestine, it
may be regarded as representing a rudimental liver.” The next
mention we find of this worm is in the ‘Mémoires de l’Académie
Tmp¢riale de St. Pétersbourg.’ In the 7th volume of the Mémoires
(the 5th volume of the ‘Sciences Naturelles’), Brandt has published
a paper entitled ‘Symbol Sirenologicz,’ illustrating the natural
history of the Rhytina borealis or Stelleri, a specimen of a Cetacean
allied to the Dugong, in which he mentions the fact that Steller
had found a number of white worms in a gland attached to the
stomach of that animal; and in a note to his paper he says, “ they
are similar to those found by Owen and Riippell in the Dugong.”’
Lastly, Diesing, in his valuable work, ‘Systema Helminthium,’
1851, apparently not aware of Professor Owen having named this
Ascaris, enumerates it, along with a number of others, amongst his
list of doubtful species, or ‘‘ Species inquirendee,’ under the name »
of Ascaris dugonis—a name which of course cannot stand, as that
of Professor Owen has the precedence of nearly twenty years. The
species found in the Rhytina by Steller appears to have been six
inches long, the same length as those observed by Riippell in the
Dugong; but as this latter animal was found in the Red Sea, whilst

Mr. G. R. Gray on a new Species of Diver. 331

the former was taken in Behring’s Straits, they can scarcely be iden-
tical. The Ascaris halichoris, though named long ago, has never
been fully described ; I now propose to fill up this blank.

ASCARIS HALICHORIS, Owen.

Caput nudum, epidermide stricte adnatu ; 0s labiis rotundatis,
porrectis ; corpus, in utroque sexu, extremitatibus magis at-
tenuatis ; extremitate caudali brevi, subulata, nuda,

Long. femine, 31 une. ; maris, 21 une.

The body is of a whitish colour, thickest in the centre, gradually
tapering to each extremity, and is strongly striated across; in the
female, apparently all its length; in the male, till nearly about
half an inch from its posterior extremity. This latter portion is
smooth or slightly striated lengthways. In the female, the vagina is
situated at about two-thirds of its length from the anterior ex-
tremity. The spicula of the male appear very short. The intes-
tine, as described by Professor Owen, has a cecum developed from
it at the distance of about half an inch from the mouth, and is con-
tinued upwards, lying by its side, and terminating in a blind extre-
mity near the mouth. The specimens, now in the British Museum,
are shorter than those noticed by Riippell.

May 10, 1859.—John Gould, Esq-, V.P., in the Chair.

Descrierion or A New Species or Diver (CoLymsus).
By Greorece Rosert Gray, Esa., F.LS., ere.

CotymsBus Apamsut, G. R. Gr.

Closely allied to C. glacialis ; but the head and collar round the
neck shining bluish-black, except on the top of the head and neck,
which have a slight green reflexion; the rows of spots of the tertials
and secondaries very much larger and more like those of C. arcticus,
while the spots on the sides of the abdomen and upper tail-coverts
are smaller than those of C. glacialis. This bird is easily distin-
guished from either of those species by its larger bill, by having the
gonys more strongly developed, and by its bill being of a yellowish-
white colour.

Length 31"; bill from gape 5", from the base of culmen 3! 9!!! ;
wings 15".

Hab. Russian America.

This fine species is named after the late Mr. Adams, Surgeon of
H.M.S. Enterprise, commanded by Capt. Collinson, in the voyage
made by him through Behring’s Straits. Mr. Adams employed his
pencil in producing beautiful drawings of the remarkable birds ob-
tained during the voyage; but after his return to this country, he
undertook the appointment of surgeon to one of H. M.S. on the
West African Station, where he soon fell a victim to the unhealthy

climate.
9 yD) *

332 Zoological Society :—

On some New SPECIES OF SYNALLAXIS. By Puinie LUTLEY
Scuater, M.A., F.L.S., Secretary TO THE SOCIETY.

SYNALLAXIS PUDICA.

Murino-brunnea, alarum remigibus et cauda obscurioribus ; pileo
cum fronte et alarum tectricibus omnibus rufis: subtus cine-
rascens, ventre imo albicantiore, lateribus brunnescentibus :
rostro superiore nigricante, inferiore plumbeo ; pedibus validis,
nigris ; cauda elongata, rectricibus decem.

Long. tota 7:0, alee 2:6, caude 4:0, tarsi 0°95.

Hab. In Nov. Granada int.

This species is allied to Synallaxis fuliginosa, and of the same
form, but easily distinguishable by its red head. From S. elegans
(also from New Granada) it differs in its earthy- brown tail and cine-
reous colour below. The single specimen in the British Museum is
a “Bogota” skin. I have likewise an example in my own collection,
received from MM. Verreaux of Paris.

2. SYNALLAXIS STICTOTHORAX.

Murino-brunnea, uropygio rufescente ; alis caudaque intus nigri-
canti-brunneis, extus rufo late limbatis ; superciliis a fronte et
lateribus cervicis albidis, nigro obsolete punctatis : subtus
alba, lateribus et ventre imo rufescentibus ; pectore toto maculis
triangularibus nigricantibus asperso : rostro nigro, basi alba,
pedibus fuscis.

Long. tota 4°75, alee 2:0, caudee 2°25, tarsi 0°75.

Hab. In rep. Equator.

I first noticed a specimen of this Synallazis in Sir William Jar-
dine’s collection. The British Museum contains an example trans-
mitted from Guayaquil by Mr. Barclay. The species is not very like
any other Synallaais that I am acquainted with, and may be distin-
guished easily by the arrow-headed or triangular spots on the breast,
Sint are partly continued up the sides of the neck, and of which
there are also some faint indications on the superciliaries.

3. SYNALLAXIS SCUTATA.

Supra murino-brunnea ; dorso toto, alis extus et cauda rufis ;
superciliis ante oculum albis, post oculum magis cinnamomeis ;
remigum parte interna nigricante: subtus alba, pectore cinna-
momeo lavato, plaga distincta quadrilaterali in cervice antica
nigra: rostro plumbeo, basi pallidiore ; pedibus pallide brunneis.

Long. tota 5°75, alee 2°25, caudee 2°75, tarsi 0°8.

Hab. In Brasilia.

I have as yet only seen one specimen of this distinct species, which

is in the British Museum.

May 24, 1859.—G. R. Waterhouse, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

On THE DEVELOPMENT OF AURELIA AURITA IN THE SOCIETY'S
Aquaria. By E. W. H. Hotpsworts, F.L.S.

Few persons can have paid any attention to marine aquaria with-

out noticing in them the frequent occurrence of the little white

On the Development of Aurelia aurita. 333

polype, commonly known as Hydra tuba. The ova producing them
are doubtless introduced with the sea-water; and if the conditions
are suitable for their development, the rock-work and sides of the
tank are often studded with hundreds of their delicate transparent
bells. The changes they undergo before assuming the adult form
have been investigated by Sars, Siebold, and many other naturalists ;
and it is now well known that these little polypoid forms are only
early states of Aurelia aurita—the medusa seen thronging our coasts
in such countless thousands during the summer months. ‘The per-
fect animal, however, is so rarely produced within the limits of an
aquarium, that a recent case of its occurrence in one of the Society’s
tanks appears to me worthy of record. Since the establishment of
the Fish-house in the Zoological Gardens, not a year has passed
without the abundant production of the polypes in several of the
tanks, and their transverse splitting and change to medusoids have
been frequently observed; but no further development has taken
place, and after a short period the young animals have gradually
disappeared. In the present year, however, greater success has been
attained ; and this is perhaps partly due to the water in the tank
having been kept at a nearly uniform temperature, from the absence
of any severe cold during the early part of the season. The polypes
made their usual appearance about the end of January ; and after
two or three weeks a considerable number of medusoids were de-
tached, of which a few only have survived ; but some of these now
exhibit all the specific characters of the perfect Medusa, the largest
specimen at the present time being 3 inches in breadth when dilated,
and the others of various intermediate sizes. It is unnecessary to
detail here the gradual changes undergone in the course of deve-
lopment to the perfect animal, as they have been fully and accurately
described by several authors: I will only mention that an instance
was observed of two medusoids having been thrown off together from
the parent stock, and remaining united for more than a week: each
gave evidence of independent existence ; and their course through
the water was marked by great irregularity, from the uncertain and
sometimes opposite action of the two disks.

The water containing these Medusze has remained for several
months unchanged ; but its purity has not been endangered by the
presence of fish, or other animals requiring a large supply of oxygen.

INDICATIONS OF THE EXISTENCE OF A SECOND SPECIES OF
Emev (Dromzvs). By A. D. Barriert.

The specimen of Dromeus now exhibited was obtained with others
far in the interior of South Australia, several hundred miles from
Port Philip.

It differs from Dromeus Nove-hollandié in having the whole of
the feathers of the body distinctly marked with narrow transverse bars
of light grey and dark brownish black. The feathers of the back
and sides of the bird are broader and longer and less silky in texture
than those of the common species: that this is so, is quite evident
to thetouch. The upper part of the neck and head is nearly black ;

ood Zoological Society :—

and the feathers appear thicker than those on these parts in the com-
mon bird.

The specimen from which these remarks are taken was one of
three examined by me, two of which were adult, and one a young
bird about one-third grown. This young bird exhibited the trans-
verse bars on its plumage as distinctly as the adult bird; at the same
time the broad longitudinal stripes were clearly to be seen. Judging
from the skins, I am inclined to consider this bird to be smaller than
the common species. As I hope before long to obtain more in-
formation respecting these birds, together with other and more
perfect specimens, I beg to propose provisionally the name of
Dromeus irroratus for this supposed new species.

A Recorp or THE NuMBER oF Days or INCUBATION OF
BIRDS WHICH BREED IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. By
Puitip Lutuey Scuater, M.A., F.L.S.

The subjoined table, furnished to me from the observations of our
intelligent Assistant Head Keeper, Benjamin Misselbrook, gives the
period of incubation of eighteen species of birds which ordinarily
breed in our Gardens. The time of incubation appears to be as
constant in each species of bird as the period of gestation in each
species of mammal ; and I think that every addition to our imperfect
knowledge of this subject must be of interest to the naturalist, and
worthy of record.

Days

. Emeu* (Dromeus Nove-hollandia). . “<0
2. American Rhea (Rhea americana) .... oti eted
3. Impeyan Pheasant (Lophophorus Impeyanue) .. 28
4. Cheer Pheasant (Catreus Wallichit)............ 28
5. Purple Pheasant (Gallophasis Horsfieldii) ...... 24
6. White-crested Kaleege (Gallophasis albocristatus) 26
7. Black-backed Kaleege (Gallophasts melanonotus) . 24
5. Californian Quail (Callipepla californica)... .... ase
9. Crowned Pigeon (Goura coronata) ............ 28
10. Crested Pigeon (Ocyphaps lophotes)............ 14
11. Black-necked Swan (Cygnus nigricollis) ........ 35
12. Black Swan (Cygnus atratus) .......-.6 s0des- 35

13. Cereopsis Goose (Cereopsis Nove-hollandia) .... 35
14. Sandwich-island Goose (Bernicla sandvicensis) .. 31
15. Ashy-headed Goose (Chloéphaga poliocephala) .. 30
16, Ruddy Shieldrake (Casarca rutila) ............ 30
. Summer Duck (dix sponsa) . . a.

18. Mandarin Duck (Aix galer iculata) .

June 28, 1859.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

DESCRIPTION OF SOME NEW RECENT ENTOMOSTRACA. By
W. Barrp, M.D., F.L.S., etc.

The Lntomostraca now about to be described were taken from
some freshwater pools at Nagpur, and placed in my hands by the

* The eggs of the Emeu and Rhea were hatched in the Society’s incubator.

Dr. W. Baird on some new recent Entomostraca. 30D

Rey. Mr. Hislop. It is interesting to find two species of Cypris in
a recent state, that had been already described as fossil.

Esrueria Histor, Baird.

Animal.—Head large, prolonged anteriorly into a beak of consi-
derable size, which is rounded at the extremity, and toothed on its
upper edge. The first three or four teeth are very distinct, they
then become smaller and less distinct ; they are very numerous. Eye
large, compound. Superior antennz or rami thick, rather short,
composed of two branches, each of which consists of seven articula-
tions only ; each articulation, close to the joint, is armed with short
spines, and the last two or three possess longer setee. Antennules
long, nearly half the length of superior antennee, rather slender,
composed of four joints, the last jomt rather club-shaped ; all desti-
tute of setee. Tail large, armed with seven or eight pairs of strong,
slightly curved hooks ; the first pair are long, serrated on the edges ;
the second pair, near the root, armed with about ten rather stout
spines. Mandibles strong, fleshy.

Shell.—Carapace nearly orbicular; umbo prominent; margins
quite round. Altogether the shell very closely resembles that of
the genus Artemis or Dosinia amongst the Mollusca. Shell sur-
rounded with six or seven concentric ridges; the surface between
them, when magnified, is seen to be pitted or marked with very
numerous, small, close-set dots or punctures. When dry, it is of a
clear, polished, shining appearance.

Hab. Freshwater pools at Nagpur (Rev. S. Hislop). Mus. Brit.

Cypris SUBGLOBOSA, Sow.

The shell is of a green colour; and the surface is strongly punc-
tured, the pattern resembling the depressed punctures of a thimble.
The anterior extremity is somewhat broader than the posterior, and
when seen from the inside appears as it were double, the external edge
of the carapace being produced beyond the true margin of the shell.
The lateral portion ‘of the carapace is very prominently swollen or
gibbous. The dorsal margin is convex; the ventral is concave and
sinuated.

Hab. Freshwater pools at Nagpur (ev. S. Hislop). Mus. Brit.

This species appears to be identical with C. subglobosa of Sowerby,
which was found by my old friend the late John Grant Malcolmson,
Esq., in the district of the Sichel Hills, the geology of which He
has described at length in the fifth volume of the Transactions of the
Geological Society, 3nd series. It was described shortly by Mr. J.
de C. Sowerby at the end of Malcolmson’s paper, in these words :—
“« Subglobose, triangular, inflated ; front concave; outer surface is
punctured.” It was found in grey chert, with a species of Unio (U.
deccanensis), &c., and in indurated clay with Gyrgonites, Paludina,
Physe, and Lymnei.

CyPprRIS CYLINDRICA, Sow.

The shell is of a green colour, somewhat mottled. It is cylindrical
in shape ; the anterior margin rounded ; dorsal margin slightly con-

336 Zoological Society :—

vex till it approaches the posterior extremity, when it suddenly slopes
down, and is there bluntly pointed. The ventral margin is slightly
sinuated in the centre. The valves are somewhat gibbous in their
lateral portion. Internally, we see near the anterior margin a kind
of shelf, which extends across that portion of the shell, and is hol-
low underneath it—exactly resembling the shelf we see in the shells
of the genus Crepidula. The surface of the carapace is very minutely
and slightly punctate. The edge of the ventral margin of the cara-
pace, both inside and outside, appears thickened, which thickening,
as seen on the inside of the shell, extends to the commencement of
the dorsal margin at either extremity, and there the shell both in-
ternally and externally is strongly and regularly ridged.

Hab. Along with C. subglobosa i in pools at Nagpur. Mus. Brit.

This species appears to me to be identical with C. cylindrica, de-
scribed by Mr. Sowerby at the end of Mr. Malcolmson’s paper ‘‘on
the Geology of the Sichel Hills,’ mentioned above. It was found
along with C. subglobosa in chert and indurated clay, along with
Unio deccanensis, Gyrgonites, Paludine, Physe, and Lymnei. The
chief difference consists in the recent shells being so slightly punc-
tured on the surface as to appear nearly quite smooth. Mr. Sowerby
thus describes it :—-‘‘ Twice as wide as long, almost cylindrical ;
front very slightly concave; the outer surface, which is very rarely
obtained, is punctured.”

CyprRIS CYLINDRICA, Sow., var. MAJOR, Baird.

The chief difference in this variety consists in its larger size, being
about double in all its dimensions. The typical or smaller variety
described above might at first sight appear to be merely the young
but an examination of a large series of that species shows them to
be completely adult shells. The internal shelf, the thickening of the
edges of the ventral margin, and the ridges on that margin are all
indicative of a full-grown and adult shell.

The colour of the shell of this variety is almost exactly the same
as the typical variety ; the form is the same, but the shelf is rather
larger, and there is some slight indication of a shelf at the posterior
extremity also.

Hab. Along with the preceding (Rev. S. Hislop). | Mus. Brit.

CypRIS DENTATO-MARGINATA, Baird.

Shell rounded-oval, swollen, smooth, of a light greenish colour,
with a polished shining surface. Anterior extremity slightly nar-
rower than posterior; dorsal margin somewhat convex; ventral
margin nearly straight or slightly sinuated. Seen from the inside,
the shell near each extremity is toothed, or marked with a series of
small projections, like the teeth of a saw.

Hab. Pools at Nagpur (Rev. S. Hislop). Mus. Brit.

[P.S. Since the above was written, I have had my attention called
by Mr. Hislop, through my friend Mr. T. Rupert Jones, to a paper
by Mr. H. J. Carter, in the ‘ Geological Papers on Western India,
1857, in which the author mentions some of the recent Hntomo-
straca found in the freshwater deposits of Bombay, and of which he

Mr. S. P. Woodward on new Freshwater Shells. 337

gives an outline sketch in the Atlas accompanying the volume. These
Mr. Carter considers as “ the corresponding forms ” of the fossil spe-
cies mentioned by Mr. Malcolmson and described by Mr. Sowerby ;
but he does not attach any name to them.

In plate 9 of that Atlas, the species figured No. 19 is, without
doubt, the same as what I consider to be the Cypris cylindrica,
var. major, of this paper ; and the species figured No. 18 is evidently
identical with the Cypris subglobosa. The third species, figured
No. 20, differs from any of those collected by Mr. Hislop.—W. B. |

On some New Fresuwater SHELLS FROM CENTRAL AFRICA,
By S. P. Woopwarp, F.G:S.

The four shells which form the subject of the present note were
collected by Captain Speke in the great freshwater Lake Tanganyika
in Central Africa.

The large bivalve belongs to the genus Iridina, Lamarck,—a group
of river-mussels, of which there are nine reputed species, all belong-
ing to the African Continent. This little group has been divided
into several subgenera. That to which the new shell belongs is di-
stinguished by its broad and deeply-wrinkled hinge-line, and is
called Pleiodon by Conrad. The posterior slope of this shell is en-
crusted with tufa, as if there were limestone rocks in the Vicinity of
its habitat.

The small bivalve is a normal Unio, with finely sculptured valves.

The smaller univalve is concave beneath, and so much resembles
a Nerita or Calyptrea that it would be taken for a sea-shell if its
history were not well authenticated. It agrees essentially with Zi-
thoglyphus,—a genus peculiar to the Danube, for the American shells
referred to it are probably, or, I may say, certainly distinct. It
agrees with the Danubian shells in the extreme obliquity of the
aperture, and differs in the width of the umbilicus, which in the
European species is nearly concealed by the callous columellar lip.

In the Upper Eocene Tertiaries of the Isle of Wight there are
several estuary shells, forming the genus Globulus, Sow., whose afti-
nities are uncertain, but which resemble Lithoglyphus.

Lake Tanganyika (situated in lat. 3° to 8° S. and long. 30° EB;
which is several hundred miles in length and 30 to 40 in breadth,
seems entirely disconnected with the region of the Danube; but the
separation may not always have been so complete, for there is another
great lake, Nyanza, to the northward of ‘Tanganyika, which is be-
lieved by Speke to be the principal source of the Nile.

The other univalve is a Melania, of the subgenus Melanella
(Swainson), similar in shape to M. Hollandi of S. Europe, and similar
to several Eocene species of the Isle of Wight. Its colour, solidity,
and tuberculated ribs give it much the appearance of a small marine
whelk (Nassa) ; and it is found in more boisterous waters, on the
shores of this great Inland Sea, than most of its congeners inhabit.

1. Irntp1na (PLE1IoDON) Sprxit.

Shell oblong, ventricose, somewhat attenuated at each end; base
slightly concave ; epidermis chestnut-brown, deepening to black at

338 Zoological Society.

the margin; anterior slope obscurely radiated ; hinge-line com-
pressed in front and tuberculated, wider behind and deeply wrinkled.
Length 4%, breadth 2, thickness 13 inches.

2. Unio BurTonl.

Shell small, oval, rather thin, somewhat pointed behind ; umbones
small, not eroded ; pale olive, concentrically furrowed, and sculptured
more or less with fine divaricating lines ; anterior teeth narrow, not
prominent ; posterior teeth laminar; pedal scar confluent with ante-
rior adductor.

Length 12, breadth 83, thickness 53 lines.

3. LITHOGLYPHUS ZONATUS.

Shell orbicular, hemispherical ; spire very small; aperture large,
very oblique ; umbilicus wide and shallow, with an open fissure in
the young shell; lip continuous in front with the umbilical ridge ;
columella callous, ultimately covering the fissure ; body-whirl flat-
tened, pale olivaceous, with two brown bands, darker at the apex ;
lines of growth crossed by numerous oblique, interrupted striz.

Diameter 5-6, height 3 lines.

4. Mevania (MrLANELLA) Nassa.

Shell ovate, strong, pale brown, with (sometimes) two dark
bands; spire shorter than the aperture; whirls flattened, orna-
mented with six brown spiral ridges crossed by a variable number
of white, tuberculated, transverse ribs ; base of body-whirl with eight
tuberculated spiral ridges variegated with white and brown ; aper-
ture sinuated in front ; outer lip simple; inuer lip callous.

Length 83, breadth 5} lines.

P.S. July 27th.—In addition to the foregoing shells, several others
were collected by Capt. Speke, when employed, under the command
of Capt. Burton, in exploring Central Africa in the years 1836-9 ;
these were deposited in the first instance with the Geographical
Society, and are now transferred to the British Museum.

A specimen of Ampullaria (Lanistes) sinistrorsa, Lea, and odd
valves of two species of Unio, both smooth and olive-coloured, were
picked up in the Ugogo district, an elevated plateau in lat. 6° to
7° S., long. 34° to 35° E.

A large Achatina, most nearly related to A. glutinosa, Pfr., is the
“common snail” of the region between Lake Tanganyika and the
East coast. Fossil specimens were obtained in the Usagara district,
at a place called Maroro, 3090 feet above the sea, overlooking the
Lufiji River, where it intersects the coast range (lat. 7° to 8° S.,
long. 36° to 37° E.).

Another common land snail of the same district is the well-known
“ Bulimus Caillaudi, Pfr.,” a shell more nearly related to Achatina
than Bulimus.

Captain Speke also found a solitary example of Bulimus ovoideus,
Brug., in a musjid on the island of Kiloa (lat. 9° S., long. 39° to
40° E.). This species is identical with B. grandis, Desh., from the
island of Nosse Bé, Madagascar, and very closely allied to B. libe-
rianus, Lea, from Guinea.

339

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Hooks on the front Edge of the hinder Wings of certain
Hymenoptera. Communicated by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

A Lapy correspondent (E. F. S.), fond of microscopic examination
and entomology, has lately communicated to me some observations
on the hooks of the hind wings of Ophion and some allied genera,
and sent with them the specimens on which they were founded.
They will probably be found interesting by some of the readers of
the Annals :—

** Besides the hooks which are usually described as being on the
hind wing just beyond the dark spot on the front margin, there are
generally to be observed one or more hooks nearer to the base of the
wings than the usual row of hooks. My specimen of Paniscus
glaucopterus has none ; but, on looking at it carefully, I find in each
of the two wings, just where I should expect the hook, a small mark
or scar, which, being exactly like a mark on one of the wings of an-
other Paniscus, I believe to be the place where the hook was, and from
which it has fallen, as the fellow-wing of that Paniscus has a hook
exactly corresponding to this mark. I suspect this hook is easily
rubbed off ; but the mark of its insertion (you see I am taking this
for granted) is, though faint, yet permanent. Might it not be worth
while to mount some of the wings which seem to have no hooks in
them, and see if this mark is there?

“In the specimen of Hemite/es, it cannot with propriety be called
a hook, being perfectly straight.

“I have put up three of the fore wings, which show well the
turning up of the margins for the reception of the hooks in the place
opposite where these two sets of hooks are situated in the hinder
wing.

“These sub-basal hooks have been observed in Ophion, Pimpla
varicornis, and P. turionelle, in species of the genera Ephialtes,
Paniscus (glaucopterus and inquinatus), Pimpla, Hemiteles, and
Cryptus.

“In Ophion obscurus there are two sub-basal hooks; in Ophion
combustus, three.

“Tn Paniscus (No. 1) there is one hook, but with three or four
strong, thick, short hairs on each side, more like it than the hairs in
the line with them.

** My specimen of Paniscus glaucopterus has none; but there is
the scar of the base of one, as before stated.

“The hinder wings of the few species 1 have observed show such
different characters, that I will make a few observations on each of
them.

** Ophion obscurus has two sub-basal and eight distal curved hooks.
There are eight of the transparent dots of Dr. Hicks, in the pale
central part of the inosculations of the nerves of the wing, and two
smaller ones in a similar situation in the lower nervules.

“In Ophion combusius there ave three sub-basal and seven distal

340 Miscellaneous.

hooks, and three transparent dots in the upper and two in the lower
inosculations of the nervules.

“In Paniscus (No. 1) there are no sub-basal (??) and seven slightly
curved distal hooks, and two transparent dots in the upper imoscula-
tions of the nervules.

« Paniscus glaucopterus has one, or at least the very small scar of
one sub-basal, and fifteen strong distal hooks, which are curved and
furnished with an acutely recurved tip; there are numerous transparent
dots in the elongate opake stigma, and three or four similar dots in
the lower inosculation.

** Paniscus inquinatus has one distinct small sub-basal, and seven
distal hooks.

* Besides the difference in the number of distal hooks in the species
of this genus, there is considerable difference in the form of the upper
nervules at the base of the wing. In P. inquinatus, the frout
nervule is forked at the base, the two forks being far apart; the
upper one is short, with the sub-basal hook at its tip; andin P.glau-
copterus this nervule is flattened out, and the separation into two
forks is very indistinct and far from the base, and the latter has a
series of short, rigid, spine-like hairs in front of the series of the
upper edge of the wing.

“* Pimpla varicornis has one sub-basal and nine distal hooks, which
are slightly curved, and with a recurved apex. There is a black,
rigid, nearly straight, elongate bristle in front of the series. There
are two or three small transparent dots on the upper, and several also
on the lower inosculations of the nervules.

“« Ephialtes, sp., has one nearly straight sub-basal, and six arched
distal hooks; their tips are not recurved.

«* Pimpla turionelle has one small, nearly straight sub-basal, and
seven arched, distal, rather weak hooks.

“‘Pimpla, sp., has one small and six rather weak, slightly curved
distal hocks.

“Tn Hemiteles the nervules are weak and rudimentary. There is
only one very weak, indistinct sub-basal, and four very weak, slightly
curved hooks in the distal series.

“‘ Cryptus has also rudimentary nervules, a very small, weak basal,
and six very slender, curved distal hooks.

“The hind wing of the genera Ophion, Paniscus, and Pimpla, and
perhaps of the allied Hymenoptera, differs from the front one in the
upper marginal nervules being forked at the base, the upper branch
being short and extended to the edge of the wing; and it is on the
apex of this branch that the sub-basal spine or spines are situated.
The lower branch of the fork is extended to beyond the middle of
the wing before it reaches the margin, and there it forms the stigma
or subarticulated opake spot ; and it is on the extension of this branch
just beyond the stigma that the distal series of spines are situated.
The edge of the wing between the two points of tne fork is thin and
membranaceous.

“The fore wings of these insects differ in the anterior nervules
being simplg, not forked, and forming the margin of the wing.

a.

Miscellaneous. - 84]

* In the genera Cryptus and Hemiteles, the anterior nervule of
the hinder wing is simple, and the edge of the wing to the stigma is
membranaceous, or nearly so, and the weak sub-basal hook is placed
on the membrane.

“The hind wings of Monodontomerus have only a single longitudinal
submarginal nervule, which is slightly dilated and nicked almost at
the base. There are three well-developed distal hooks at the tip of
the nervule, where it reaches the edge of the wing.

“The upper wings of the larger Ichneumons, as Ophion combustus
and Pimpla varicornis, have a group of ‘transparent dots’ (Dr.
Hicks) at the end of the first portion of the nervule near the stigma ;
while the lower wings have similar transparent dots at the dilated part
of the nervules, produced by their inosculations. It may also be
observed that there are certain parts where the nervules are more
transparent than others, as if they were partially interrupted ; and
these interruptions occur in the same situation in almost all the
wings of the genera I have examined.”

Believing that all variations in organic structures entail a differ-
ence in the habits of the animals, I am induced to think that it is
desirable that the genus Paniscus, which has such differently formed
wings, should be divided into two groups: one, for which the name
Paniscus may be retained, having many (about fifteen) hooks in
the distal series, and a very small sub-basal one, and a thick margin
to the base of the wing, of which P. glaucopterus may be considered
the type; and the other, which have only six or seven hooks in the
distal series, and a strong sub-basal hook, with thinner forked ner-
vules to the base of the wing, may be called Ne¢elia, with Paniscus
inquinatus for its type.

I may observe at the same time, that attention to the number of
spines appears to afford a ready means of distinguishing the species
of this genus, which are very much alike in external appearance, and
seem worthy of a more extended study.

Wesmael, Dufour, and other authors on the nerves of the wings
of Hymenoptera, appear to have restricted their attention to the
distribution of the nervules of the front wings; yet the hinder
wings appear to offer as many characters. It is very desirable
that these wings should be studied in connexion with the habits and
economy of the insect, as affording characters for the separation of
genera and species; for the result of the examination here given
shows that the hooks and the pellucid dots in the wing afford good
characters for the separation of very closely allied species, as easily
described as the nervation of the upper wing itself, and quite as
permanent.

Mr. Smith, to whom I have submitted the specimens, observes,
with respect to the hooks which attach the posterior to the anterior
wings of hymenopterous insects, Xc., more particularly so in regard
to those which are situated near the base of the wings, which appear
to have been first observed by E. F. S., I have examined the wings
of a few species in different families, and, as might be expected, with

342) = Miscellaneous.

very interesting results. I should observe that the hooks situated
near the base of the wings had not previously attracted my notice,
nor do I find any account of them in any of the works, such as those
of Dufour or Wesmael, that I have consulted. It is well known that
amongst the Hymenoptera are to be found groups which differ greatly
in their power of flight: perhaps no order presents greater varia-
tion; every degree of difference is to be found between the rapid
Xylocope and the lumbering and apparently helpless attempts at
flight observable in sawflies, belonging to the genus Dasytheus. It
will be obvious to every one that insects of such rapid flight as Yy/o-
copa would require a stronger and ore secure fastening or attach-
ment of the wings than such insects as Dasytheus, which are amongst
the weakest-, worst-flying insects in the entire order; and such is
apparently the case. The very slight examination which I have been
able to make gives the following results:—In Xylocopa latipe sl
detect 38 hooks; in species of Dasytheus, 7-8 and 10; im the Ich-
neumonidee the numbers are usually (apparently small) 8-10, 12,
&e.; but as yet I have not had an opportunity of paymg sufficient
attention to this very interesting subject.”

The Fabricius Sea Bull-Head (Acanthocottus Greenlandicus).
By Sir Joun Ricwarnpson, M.D.

In the third edition of Yarrell’s ‘ British Fishes,’ recently pub-
lished, mention is made of the discovery, in Dingle Harbour, of an
example of this fish. A second specimen was taken, two years ago,
in the basin of the South Esk, at Montrose, from a salmon-net, by
William Beattie, Esq. It may therefore be considered to be more
than an accidental visitant to our coast.

UrIECHIS MICROLEPIDOTUS.
To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.
Catton Hall, Norwich, March 14, 1860.
GENTLEMEN,—I request permission to correct a slight error in
the account of the African snake (Uriéchis microlepidotus) recently

presented by me to the British Museum, and described by Dr. A.
Giinther in your last Number.

The snake was not received by me from Algoa Bay, as stated in
the above article, but from D’Urban, Port Natal, having been sent
to me by Mr. Thomas Ayres, a very intelligent naturalist of that
place, on whose farm the snake was ploughed up, together with the
eges which were sent with it.

I am, Gentlemen, yours, &c.,

Joun Henry Gurney.

Miscellaneous. 343

On a Malformation in Echinus Flemingii, Ball.
By Tuos. Howarp Stewart, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,— Having lately received from the Devonshire coast
a specimen of that beautiful British Echinoderm Eechinus Flemingii,
which possesses a curious malformation, I have thought it worth
while to place it on record.

The ant-ambulacral ring of plates surrounding the anus is com-
posed in the Cidariadze and Echiniadee of ten plates—five genital and
five intergenital ; the latter are perforated with a small orifice, in
which the aquiferous canal terminates ; the former have each a single
large foramen communicating with the genital tube for the exit of the
ova or spermatic fluid, as the case may be.

But, in the specimen I am now alluding to, that part of the genital
plate where the single orifice is usually situated is raised into a
papilla, and surrounded with five orifices, with the exception of that
on the madreporic plate, which has only three.

Unfortunately the animal was eviscerated before this curious mal-
formation was observed, so that the state of the ducts cannot be
further investigated.

The remainder of the corona is somewhat slightly malformed ; the
anal orifice is about a quarter of an inch out of its normal position,
and there is a considerable depression in the corona all round at
about an inch from the ant-ambulacral ring. The specimen was
obtained from about 40 fathoms depth, in the English Channel, off
the Devonshire coast.

I remain, Gentlemen,
Royal Coll. of Surgeons, Yours, &e.,
March 15, 1860. Tos. Howarp Stewart.

On the Sclerogenous Granules of the Berry of Arbutus Unedo.
By GeorcGe GuLLuiver, F.R.S.

I know not whether these granules have ever been described, either
in the fruit of the Strawberry. -tree or in that of any other Neatharore
and am induced to notice them in the hope that botanists, who may
have the opportunity, will observe whether they exist in any allied
species. Should the granules be regularly present in the fruit, as I
believe, and prove peculiar to this interesting tree, they will afford
for it a new, very simple, plain, and durable distinctive character.

The granules are very dense and hard, rounded, of a whitish
colour when cleaned, scarcely as big as poppy-seed, and are scattered
throughout the pulp of the fruit, within the cells of which they seem
to originate. But, though so much smaller than the seeds of the
Arbutus, the granules greatly exceed the seeds of the same berry in
number and weight.

The structure of the granules is the same as that of the gritty
tissue of the Pear, described and figured by Professor Quekett (Lec-

344A Miscellaneous.

tures on Histology, vol. i. fig. 41, 8vo, Lond. 1852), as he remarked
to me when we examined them under a magnifying power of about
350 diameters ; but the canaliculi of the corpuscles are not quite so
distinct in the drbutus as in the Pear.

As to their chemical composition, Dr. Davy kindly examined them
at my request, and reports that “they consist chiefly of vegetable
matter, and contain only a very small proportion of lime, with a trace
of phosphate of lime.”’

Abstract of a Lecture by Prof. T. H. Huxuey, F.R.S., on Species
and Races, and their Origin, delivered before the Members of the
Royal Institution, on the Evening of Friday, February 10, 1860.

Tue speaker opened his discourse by stating that its object was to
place the fundamental propositions of Mr. Darwin’s work ‘On the
Origin of Species by Natural Selection’ in a clear light, and to con-
sider whether, as the question at present stands, the evidence adduced
in their favour is, or is not, conclusive.

After some preliminary remarks, in the course of which the speaker
expressed his obligations for the liberality with which Mr. Darwin
had allowed him to have access to a large portion of the MSS. of his
forthcoming work, the phenomena of species in general were con-
sidered—the Horse being taken as an example of such species. The
distinctions between this and other closely allied species, such as the
Asses and Zebras, were considered, and they were sbown to be of
two kinds, structural or morphological, and functional or physio-
logical. Under the former head were ranged the callosities on the
inner side of the fore and hind limbs of the Horse—its bushy tail,
its peculiar larynx, its short ears, and broad hoofs ; under the latter
head, the fact that the offspring of the horse with any of the allied
species is a hybrid, incapable of propagation with another mule, was
particularly mentioned.

Leaving open the question whether the physiological distinction
just mentioned is, or is not, a universal character of species, it is
indubitable that it obtains between many species, and therefore has
to be accounted for by any theory of their or igin.

The species Lquus caballus, thus separated from all others, is the
centre round which a number of other remarkable phenomena are
grouped. It is intimately allied in structure with three other mem-
bers of the existing creation, the Hyrax, the Tapir, and the Rhino-
ceros; and less Teas though still definite, bonds of union connect it
with every living thing. Going back in time, the Horse can be
traced into the Phocene formation, and perhaps it existed earlier
still; but in the newer Miocene of Germany it is replaced by the
Hippotherium, an animal very like a true Hquus, but having the two
rudimental toes in each foot developed, though small. Further back
in time, in the Eocene rocks, neither Hquus nor Hippotherium have
been met with, nor Rhinoceros, Tapirus, nor Hyrax; but, instead of
them, a singular animal the Pal@otherium, which exhibits certain
points of resemblance with each of the four existing genera, is found.

45

Go

Miscellaneous.

The speaker pointed out that these resemblances did not justify us
in considering the Paleotherium as a more generalized type, any
more than the resemblance of a father to his four sons justifies us in
considering him as of a more generalized type than theirs.

The geographical distribution of the Hguid@ was next considered ;
and the anomalies and difficulties it offers were pointed out; and
lastly, the variations which horses offer in their feral and their
domesticated condition were discussed.

The questions thus shown to be connected with the species Horse
are offered by all species whatever; and the next point of the dis-
course was the consideration of the general character of the problem
of the origin of species of which they form a part, and the necessary
conditions of its solution.

So far as the logic of the matter goes, it was proved that this
problem is of exactly the same character as multitudes of other
physical problems, such as the origin of glaciers, or the origin of
strata of marble; and a complete solution of it invelves—1. The
experimental determination of the conditions under which bodies
having the characters of species are producible. 2. The proof that
such conditions are actually operative in nature.

Any doctrine of the origin of species which satisfies these require-
ments must be regarded as a true theory of species; while any which
does not, is, so far, defective, and must be regarded only as a hypo-
thesis whose value is greater or less, according to its approximation
to this standard.

It is Mr. Darwin’s peculiar merit to have apprehended these
logical necessities, and to have endeavoured to comply with them.
The pigeons called Pouters, Tumblers, Fantails, &c., which the au-
dience had an opportunity of examining, are, in his view, the result
of so many long-continued experiments on the manufacture of species,
and he considers that causes essentially similar to those which have
given rise to these birds are operative in nature now, and have in past
times been the agents in producing all the species we know. If nei-
ther of these positions can be upset, Mr. Darwin’s must be regarded as
a true theory of species, as well based as any other physical theory ;
they require, therefore, the most careful and searching criticism.

After pointing out the remarkable differences in structure and
habit between the Carrier, Pouter, Fantail, Tumbler, and the wild
Columba livia, the speaker expressed his entire agreement with Mr.
Darwin’s conclusion, that all the former domesticated breeds had
arisen from the last-named wild stock; and on the following
grounds—1. That all interbreed freely with one another. 2. That
none of the domesticated breeds presents the slightest approximation
to any wild species but C. livia, whose characteristic markings are
at times exhibited by all. 3. That the known habits of the Indian
variety of the Rock Pigeon (C. intermedia) render its domestication
easily intelligible. 4. That existing varicties connect the extremest
modifications of the domestic breeds by insensible links with C. livia.
5. That there is historical evidence of the divergence of existing
breeds, e.g. the Tumbler, from forms less unlike C. /ivia.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 23

346 Miscellaneous.

The speaker then analyzed the process of selection by which the
domesticated breeds had been produced from the wild Rock Pigeon,
and he showed its possibility to depend upon laws which hold good
for all species,—viz. 1. That every species tends to vary. 2. That
variations are capable of hereditary transmission. The second law is
well understood ; but the speaker adverted to the miscomprehension
which appears to prevail regarding the first, and showed that the
variation of a species is by no means an adaptation to conditions in
the sense in which that phrase is commonly used. Pigeon fanciers,
in fact, subject their pigeons to a complete uniformity of conditions ;
but while the similarly used feet, legs, skull, sacral vertebree, tail-
feathers, oil-gland, and crop undergo the most extraordinary modifi-
cations, on the other hand, the wings, whose use is hardly ever
permitted to the choice breeds, have hitherto shown no sign of
diminution. Man has not as yet been able to determine a variation ;
he only favours those which arise spontaneously, 7.e. are determined
by unknown conditions.

It must be admitted that, by selection, a species may be made to
give rise experimentally to excessively different modifications ; and
the next question is, do causes adequate to exert selection exist in
nature? On this point, the speaker referred his audience to Mr.
Darwin’s chapter on the struggle for existence, as affording ample
satisfactory proof that such adequate natural causes do exist.

There can be no doubt that just as man cherishes the varieties he
wishes to preserve, and destroys those he does not care about, so
Nature (even if we consider the physical world as a mere mechanism)
must tend to cherish those varieties which are better fitted to work
harmoniously with the conditions she offers, and to destroy the rest.

There seems to be no doubt, then, that modifications equivalent in
extent to the four breeds of pigeons might be developed from a
species by natural causes; and therefore, if it can be shown that
these breeds have all the characters which are ever found in species,
Mr. Darwin’s case would be complete. Unfortunately, however,
there is as yet no proof that, by selection, modifications having the
physiological character of species (¢.e. whose offspring are incapable
of propagation, inter se) have ever been produced from a common
stock.

No doubt the numerous indirect arguments brought forward by
Mr. Darwin to weaken the force of this objection are of great weight ;
no doubt it cannot be proved that all species give rise to hybrids
infertile inter se; no doubt (so far as the speaker's private convie-
tion went) a well-conducted series of experiments very probably
would yield us derivatives from a common stock, whose offspring
should be infertile inter se; but we must deal with facts as they
stand, and at present it must be admitted that Mr. Darwin’s theory
does not account for all the phenomena exhibited by species: and,
so far, falls short of being a perfectly satisfactory theory.

Nevertheless, the spe aker expressed his sense of the extremely
high value to te attached to Mr. Darwin’s hypothesis, and avowed
fae own conviction that the following it out must ultimately lead us
to the detection of the laws which have governed the origin of species.

Miscellaneous. 3-47

Mr. Darwin's Tieory of Development. By J. O. Westwoop.

THe observation relative to the Swedish Turnip to which I alluded
im my note on this subject occurs in page 997 of last year’s ‘ Gar-
deners’ Chronicle,’ and is to the effect that the discussion at the
Central Farmers’ Club, on Monday, 5th December, turned upon
the need of finding a substitute for that vegetable, which was rapidly
deteriorating in the hands of the farmer in spite of the best efforts
both of agriculturists and scientific men. With reference to Mr.
Darwin’s note on this subject (ante, p. 49), I apprehend, in the
absence of details, that this is not a question as to the permanence
of a cross-bred production, but one of reversion, in which it is found
impossible to maintain the status of a species which has been en-
nobled (to use a term which has lately been adopted for these modi-
fied high-bred specimens, and which we may expect to see applied
with equal propriety to the fat pigs exhibited at Christmas which
can neither see nor walk). These latter, like the Swedish Turnips,
have been brought by man out of their natural condition ; they are,
in fact, monsters, and Nature will get rid of them and revert to the
old true type of the species. Of varieties of distinct species pro-
duced in a state of nature, even when carried beyond individual
variations (which have been termed sub-species or geographical
varieties), I believe also that Nature constantly endeavours to get
rid of them in the same manner, although a persistence of the pre-
disposing causes may, even for a long time, render the variety appa-
rently permanent. I cited the case of the Ibis as an instance show-
ing that a species has remained permanent during the whole historic
period; and I think that we are thereby authorized in supposing
that if that bird were reduced to the condition of a single pair (as
its first creation), the progeny of that pair would in 3000 more years
be as true to the character of the species as the present individuals
are. As to the hive-bee, I intended to allude more especially to the
case where a single hive might become the founder of an extensive
apiary far removed from any other, the different hives being of
course tenanted by the progeny of the first stock. Extensive bee-
keepers do not find it necessary to import hives from a distance to
keep up their establishments ; and thus the species would keep true,
immaterial whether the queens paired with their own subjects or
with those of adjacent hives, all having descended from the same
single stock-hive. The Egyptian records furnish us with another
instance which we find to be in complete opposition to Mr. Darwin’s
theory. We there see the African ostrich, one of the most extreme
types of the class of birds, faithfully represented. According to
Mr. Darwin’s theory, it is mainly for the welfare both of the spe-
cies and individual that modifications take place and new forms are
developed. Now, there can be no doubt that it would have been
beneficial to this bird, both specifically and individually, if its coveted
plumes could have been shortened and its wings lengthened, so as
the better to escape from its pursuers. Moreover, as every one who
saw the tame ostriches in the circus at Kensington during the Great

Exhibition of 1851 will recollect, when driven to their fullest speed
23*

348 Miscellaneous.

they stretch out their short stumps of wings in order to assist in
their attempts to escape. But all their efforts to acquire by such
means the additional power of flight have been unavailing, and the
type of the species remains as it was in this respect 3000 years ago.
And in the case of other analogous species of birds, such as the
Dinornis and the Dodo, we know that the actual destruction of the
species has taken place, whilst that of the Kivi of New Zealand is
equally certain in a very short time. I purposely avoid referring to
geological evidences, believing that—lst, if the permanence of a
species can be proved for such a length of time as 5000 years ; 2ndly,
if it be admitted that varieties exhibit a tendency to revert to the
original type ; and 3rdly, if cases can be shown in which modifications
beneficial to a species have not taken place in wild animals, even
when the creature has made efforts in that direction, we are in each
of these cases furnished with an answer to Mr. Darwin’s theory.
As regards the second of these points, it seems inevitable that a
theory which supposes the principle of development to be inherent
in the works of the creation cannot be maintained if it be admitted
that the antagonistic principle of reversion be also inherent in indi-
viduals. Mr. Darwin builds his theory that species are only intensi-
fied varieties, and that generic groups are only intensified species,
mainly on the modifications which man has effected in domestic
animals. For his theory, however, to work, it is necessary to sup-
pose that the modified individuals possess such powers of discrimi-
nation as well as of exclusiveness as not to allow of their inter-
mingling with their less favoured brethren, whereby they would keep
their improvements to themselves. Thus, supposing the large and
small common white Cabbage-butterflies to be modifications of one
species, we must allow to them (as they never pair together, al-
though frequenting the same garden and feeding on the same cabbage)
a power of selection for breeding purposes which the improved breeds
of domestic animals do not possess. The terrier and spaniel, or the
pouter and tumbler pigeons will, under similar circumstances, breed
together, although they apparently differ much more from each other
than these two species of butterflies. It will at once be seen that
the idea of such a power of selection becomes more and more
untenable the nearer we ascend to the supposed origin of the modi-
fication. —Gardeners’ Chronicle, Feb. 11, 1860.

Mr. Darwin on the Origin of Species. By W.H. Harvey, M.D.

In a recent number of the ‘Gardeners’ Chronicle’ you figure a
monstrous many-headed Cauliflower ; and, in making some editorial
remarks upon it, you suggest that it possibly throws some light
upon the way in which species, according to Mr. Darwin’s theory,
originate in Nature. I am not quite sure that, as respects this par-
ticular Cauliflower, Mr. Darwin would agree with you, for it hardly
comes within his principle, which denies to natural selection any
power to act, unless the variation acted on be “ favourable to the
variety,” in battling with its neighbours m “ the struggle for life.”’
Now, though the many heads may be very advantageous to the cook
or the market gardener, it is doubtful whether, in a crowded society ,

Miscellaneous. 349

they would help a plant that had them in pushing itself forward
toward the light. For, in a struggle, the lateral heads would be-
come etiolated and abortive by the close contact of neighbouring
plauts, and the terminal head would alone have a chance of pushing
forward and forming seed. Meantime the new variety would be
spending its strength (like a Protectionist) in favouring a non-paying
*‘manutactory.”” Clearly, therefore, the old, one-headed cauli-
flowers, unburdened with unprofitable speculations and concentrating
all their energies on one result, would stand the better chance of
turning their ‘crown into a pound.” But, be this as it may, I wish
now to call the attention of your readers to another monster, which,
by a curious coincidence, appeared at Kew about the same time that
Mr. Darwin’s book appeared in Albemarle Street, and which, if I
interpret it aright, speaks much more forcibly against the truth of
Mr. Darwin’s hypothesis than your cauliflower, on the most favour-
able interpretation, says in its favour. I allude to a monstrosity in
Begonia frigida, figured in the ‘ Botanical Magazine,’ t. 5160. fig. 4,
and thus described by Sir William Hooker :—‘*‘ Our artist, Mr.
Fitch, while making the drawing, detected a curious morphological
structure in the fact of one of the flowers having an iferzor perianth
of four very unequal sepals (such as are indicative of a male flower) ;
and above their point of insertion are four stamens (apparently per-
fect), alternating with four superior, free, ovate ovaries, each with a
short style, and two downy linear stigmas. It is to be regretted
that no section was made of these ovaries, which, from situation and
in form, so little resemble the three-celled inferior fruit of Begonia.”
To this account I may add that Dr. Hooker assures me that the
ovules appeared to be normal, such as might have been fertilized.
Let us suppose that they were perfect, and had been allowed to
seed ; every gardener would anticipate, I presume, that some of the
progeny at least, if not all, would have horne similar flowers. Now,
had this oceurred in a state of nature, and had a botanist collected a
plant with such flowers, he would not only have placed it in a dis-
tinct genus from Begonia, but would probably have considered it as
the type of a new natural order. Can it be possible, then, that
genera and even natural orders spring up like mushrooms in this
sudden manner? According to Mr. Darwin’s hypothesis, the thing
is impossible; for it would have required hundreds, perhaps thou-
sands of successive generations to have enabled ‘ naturai selection ”’
to convert an inferior ovary and unisexual flowers into a superior
ovary and bisexual flowers. If there be one thing more frequently
iterated than ayother in Mr. Darwin’s book, it is this: that ‘it is
fatal to my theory”’ if changes be not slowly progressive, by the
accumulation of small increments from generation to generation ;
increments which, at first, may be only obvious to a breeder, but
which, ‘‘ bred up to’’ continuously, are sufficient, through ‘ natural
selection” alone (as we are told p. 186), to change the eye-speck of
a Medusa into the human eye (if not to transform a slave-making
ant into a Southern States-man). If time be only long enough, and
generations and divarications of form many enough, according to the
theory, not only such things may be done, but they have been done!

350 Miscellaneous.

But a sudden change, like that hinted at by our Begonia, was not
contemplated by Mr. Darwin’s hypothesis; and if such should ever
be established; if seeds should ever be raised from such a flower, and
should breed true, then the theory would receive a serious damage,
and a few such cases would overthrow it altogether. For, says Mr.
Darwin, at page 206, “on the theory of natural selection we can
clearly understand the full meaning of that old canon in natural
history, ‘ Natura non facit saltum.’ This canon, if we look only to
the present inhabitants of the world, is not strictly correct ; but if we
include all those of past times, it must by my theory be strictly
true.” It might be easily shown, by quoting other passages, that
the theory, strictly taken, denies not only a ‘“saltus” but a “ gra-
dus,”’ and proceeds by a sliding-seale. But let us confine ourselves to
the “‘saltus.”’ Is it not a “ saltus”’ fora plant, at one bound, to change
an inferior ovary and unisexual flowers to a superior ovary and
bisexual? Would not such a fact, if fairly established in the vege-
table world, be almost as wonderful as if a rhinoceros were born of
an elephant? And are we quite sure that such a fact has not oc-
curred in Nature? I merely throw out as a hint—not as asserting
a truth, or even a prebability, but merely as a hint, hypothetically
put—that there are two natural orders of plants which have so many
indications of common affinity that they were placed near together
by Mr. Brown, but which differ from each other nearly by the very
same characters as those by which our monstrous Begonia differs
from its normal parent. The orders I allude to are Aristolochiaceze
and Nepenthaceze. Aristolochiacez, like Begonia, has an inferior
ovary of 3-6 carpels; Nepenthacez, like our monster, a superior
ovary of 4 carpels. On theoretic principles, it is probable that
Nepenthacez is the newest type; tor it is not, as yet, generically
diversified, its flowers are 4-merous, its embryo more fully organized,
and its geographical range more limited; and, as we are supposing,
we may further guess that if Nepenthes were born “ per saltum ”
from an Aristolochioid, it was some such genus as Trichopodium or
Asiphonia that performed the part of cuckoo-parent. I use the
term ‘ cuckoo-parent”’ advisedly, for I should consider such an
origin to be as true and as miraculous a creation (not “ manufac-
ture’’) of a new type as if it had pleased the Divine Creator to call
up, without seed, from the dust of the ground, a new organism, by the
power of his omnipotent word.— Gardener’ s Chronicle, Feb. 25, 1860.

The Monstrous Begonia frigida at Kew, in relation to Mr. Darwin's
Theory of Natural Selection. By J. D. Hooker, M.D.

Your ingenious correspondent, Dr. Harvey of Dublin, has noticed this
remarkable plant in your last Number, and described the singular mo-
difications of the floral organs as presenting a most decided “ saltus.”’
Hie proceeds to speculate on the importance of this case as affecting
Mr. Darwin’s theory, and, by what appears to me to be reasoning
‘‘ per saltum,”’ he arrives at the conclusion that ‘‘ a few such cases
would overthrow Mr. Darwin’s hypothesis altogether!”” Now I
venture, on the contrary, to think that the “‘saltus”’ of this Begonia
frigida has not the importance which Dr. Harvey imagines; and

Miscellaneous. O51

that, supposing (as he conceives possible) the seeds of the most
aberrant flower to produce plants with similar flowers, the case would
not even then militate against Mr. Darwin’s theory, but the con-
trary. In the first place, let us attentively study this Begonia itself ;
its flowers are, like those of its congeners, normally unisexual, and
produced in great abundance, both males and females, in the same
fascicles all over the plant. The female flowers are perfectly con-
stant in all their characters, except that they vary in having 3-4
cells and stigmas to the ovary and as many wings (which is not
without precedent in the genus). The males have usually 6-15
stamens in the very centre of the flower, with no trace of stigmas or
ovary ; and not 10 per cent. present any deviation from this condi-
tion. Of those that do deviate, most have 3—5 deformed stamens or
rudimentary ovaries in the axis of the flower, and proportionally
fewer perfect stamens; and between the normal male flower and the
very rare instances of a regular flower with four superior carpels
(more or less united in the axis) and as many hypogynous stamens
opposite the sepals, we find flowers with every conceivable modifica-
tion in number, regularity, and perfection of stamens and carpels.
Lastly, the abnormal carpels always bear very few ovules indeed, as
compared with the normal ones. Now, it is very startling to be
asked “is it not a ‘saltus’ for a plant at one bound to change an
inferior ovary and unisexual flowers into a superior ovary and bi-
sexual flowers?” but there is another way of putting the question,
which is more accurate, however flat it may fall on the ear: viz.,
“is it a ‘saltus’ that a Begonia should produce male flowers, in a
very few of which the central stamens are deformed, and in others
are converted into more or less rudimentary or even perfect free or
connate pistils?’’ So much for the plant. My friend proceeds to
say that “according to Darwin’s hypothesis it would have required
hundreds, perhaps thousands, of successive generations to have en-
abled natural selection to convert an inferior ovary and unisexual
flowers into a superior cvary and bisexual flowers.’ Mr. Darwin
will, I think, demur to this, ‘and still more to the rash assumption
that, supposing any seeds of the hermaphrodite flowers of the
Begonia should produce plants bearing none but hermaphrodite
flowers, the latter would constitute even a new species amongst
botanists, who would infallibly detect the true nature of the sport in
this (as they have in similar cases), as soon as the normal state of
the plant were known. In the first place, we do not know how
many generations have elapsed since Begonia frigida commenced to
bear any hermaphrodite flowers, nor bow many generations may
elapse before all traces of unisexual flowers will be obliterated in the
progeny of a plant now bearing only about 5 per cent. of bisexual
flowers ; and it is to be borne in mind not only that these ovaries
are incomparably the least prolific, but further, that, from being
hermaphrodite, they are likely to be self-fertilized, and, according to
Mr. Darwin’s well-established observations, will hence give birth to
a less numerous and less vigorous progeny. Nor must it be for-
gotten that this may be the lingering type of a by-gone phase of
Begoniaceze when ali had superior ovaries; for that it may be the

352 Miscellaneous.

last of an old race is as conceivable as that it is the first of a new
one. An attentive study of the Begonia and a careful perusal of
Darwin’s book will, Iam sure, convince your readers that this varia-
tion is a fact after that author’s own heart. The fact of a meta-
morphosis so simple and common as that of stamens into carpels,
suggesting to a first-rate botanist a new view of the affinity of the
plant in which it occurs, is a very frequent one, and shows the im-
perfection of our knowledge and systems, not the magnitude or im-
portance in the abstract of the changes that affect them. Instead
of this being a case which (according to Dr. Harvey) “was not con-
templated by Mr. Darwin’s hypothesis,” it is one of a class which
he had specially in view; it is a beautiful illustration of the truth
and wisdom of his chapter on classification, in which he shows how
false are often the standards by which we estimate the value of cha-
racters; how loaded by preconceived ideas is the balance im which
we weigh them ; how prone, in short, we are to assume that a change
is in itself fundamental, because it shakes our systems to the foun-
dation. The differences between the extreme forms of the Begonia
flowers are in no way comparable to those between “an elephant
and a rhinoceros;” nor do they lead us to imagine that the latter
could ever be the progeny of the former. According to Darwin’s
hypothesis, the change from species to species must be slow, and is
effected by the accumulation of small differences; this Begonia, as-
suming it to be the herald of a new type of Begoniaceze, 1s a good
instance of how slow and partial such a change is at the commence-
ment ; for it is confined to one set of organs in a very few flowers of
one sex only, is conducted with the least possible disturbance of the
functions of the plant, and there are prodigious odds against its ulti-
mate success. We cannot indeed conceive the new form replacing
the old till after the lapse of many generations, and a long course of
that operation of natural selection which my friend thinks his forth-
coming new type of Begoniacese has already dispensed with. Lastly,
Dr. Harvey makes a most ingenious use of the abnormal flowers of
the Begonia in seeking the affinity of the curious order to which it
belongs; and assumes that it tends to place Begoniaceze in the
same alliance with Aristolochieze and others, because it too includes
genera with a superior and an inferior fruit ; but amongst the many
orders that share this peculiarity of the Begonia there is one much
nearer to the position assigned to it (by Lindley first and by common
consent since), and that is the alliance of Saxifrages: in these, and
often in the same genus, we have superior and inferior ovaries *, free
and connate carpels, with several modifications of placentation,
epigynous, perigynous, and hypogynous stamens, the peculiar
ovules of Begonia, its remarkable seeds, and its reticulated testa.
Finally, to the same group also belongs Sempervivumn, which offers
another most curious instance of the conversion of stamens into
carpels.—Gardeners’ Chronicle, Feb. 25, 1860.

x I need hardly remind the botanical reader that the conversion of stamini-
ferous into pistilliferous flowers in unisexual trees is not uncommon, and that
free superior carpels occur in species whose ovaries are normally inferior.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(THIRD SERIES.]

No. 29. MAY 1860.

XXXVII.—On the Genus Notopterophorus of Costa.
By Ruporen LevcKkarr*.

[With a Plate. ]

Dvrine my residence in Nice in 1853, I several times found
amongst other parasites}, in the cloacal space and respiratory
cavity of Phallusia mamillaris, a parasitic Crustacean of very
peculiar appearance, such as I had never previously met with.
I regarded it as new, and gave it the name of Calathopte-
rus, on account of the basket-like structure of the wing-like
processes attached to the back of the thoracic segments; and,
in compliment to my honoured friend Verany, who took the
greatest interest in this Crustacean, I called it C. Veranyi.

On my return journey, I was enabled, at Turin, by the kind-
ness of Professor de’ Filippi, to inspect Costa’s ‘ Fauna del Regno
di Napoli” a work very little known in Germany; and here,
after the first few leaves, I met with plate 2 of the Entomo-
straca, containing a figure of my parasite, or of a very similar
form. The text and explanation of the plates were wanting, at
least for the plate in question; I therefore remained in a state
of uncertainty as to the name of my animal.

This uncertainty has only been partially removed since. I
succeeded, however, in discovering a second copy of Costa’s
work in the library of Senator von Heyden of Frankfort ; but in
this also the text and explanation of the plates were wanting.

* Translated from Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1859, p. 241, by W. S. Dallas,
F.L.S.

T Especially Amphipoda and Nemertina. Once, also, a small Cecropiform
parasite (j line in length), with long tufts of bristles between the legs, was
met with. The margins of the thoracic segments were elongated, especially
that of the last segment, which formed a regular roof destined for the
reception of the cylindrical abdomen and the two rose-coloured egg-sacs.

Am. & May. N. Hist. Ser.3,. Vol.v. 24

354: M. R. Leuckart on the Genus Notopterophorus.

The catalogue belonging to it, however, indicated that the fol-
lowing species were described under the order Pcacilopodi :—
Edwardsia fulgens, Costa (Sapphirina, Auct.) ; Cecrops Latreillet ;
Gunenotophorus globularis, n.; Notopterophorus elongatus, n.; and
N. elatus,n. Our animal consequently belonged to one of the two
last-named genera; and, indeed, judging from the etymology
(although the derivation of Gunenotophorus * is quite unintelli-
gible to me), to Notopterophorus. As, however, Costa describes
two species of this genus, it remains doubtful which name belongs
to the figure referred to. Plate 2 contains, besides the animal
in question (fig. 4), two other allied Crustaceans (figs. 1 & 2),
possibly, however, only different states of the same species,
which, instead of the wing-like processes on the back of the
thorax, possess a hump-like inflation, apparently filled with
young. The name Notopterophorus would hardly apply to these,
so that the two figures are perhaps to be referred to the pro-
blematical Gunenotophorus. (1 did not see the third plate, which
might possibly give us some information on this point; at
‘least, I have no recollection of it.)
As, however, I have already remarked that Costa’s figure
_ differs in many respects, especially as regards the dorsal wings,
_from my parasite, I may justly describe it here as Notoptero-
_ phorus Veranyi.

I am not, however, the only person who has observed this
Crustacean. On mentioning my parasite to Dr. Krohn, at the
time of the meeting of naturalists at Bonn, I learnt that this
distinguished student of the fauna of our coasts had likewise
met with it, and indeed not unfrequently, in various species of
Phallusia (at Naples). Dr. Krohn was so kind as to place at
my disposal the drawing which he had made, together with the
notes connected with it. This drawing is reproduced in Plate
XVI. B. fig. 2, and the notes, wherever they differ from, or serve
to complete my own, are incorporated in my description, with
the name of the observer.

Our Crustacean (fig. 1) is two lines in length, and, if we do
not take into consideration the wing-like processes of the thorax,
has a cylindrical body gradually decreasing posteriorly, with a
head, thorax, and abdomen. The thorax exhibits four, and the
abdomen five segments, which are all distinctly separated from
each other; so that our animal has a certain resemblance to a
Woodlouse, especially as the limits of the head towards the first

* Professor Leuckart seems here to be misled by the beautiful simplicity
of the etymology, which, however, is, unfortunately, by no means without
parallel. Gunenotophorus is evidently compounded, in the simplest fashion,
of the Greek words yuv) and vwroddpos, and is doubtless intended to
indicate that the female carries something on her back.—W. S. D.

M. R. Leuckart on the Genus Notopterophorus. 355

thoracic ring are marked with equal distinctness. The appen-
dages are confined to the head and thorax, as usual in the Para-
sita. On the former we find two pairs of antenne, and a series
of oral organs which, in consequence of the nearly globular
form of the head, follow each other at very short distances, and
on each segment of the thorax a pair of rather short, cleft, ven-
tral feet. (Krohn thinks he could count five pairs of feet, but he
has probably taken the organs of the mouth, which are otherwise
overlooked by him, as an anterior pair of feet. The figure, in fact,
only shows four feet.) A remarkable character is furnished by the
wing-like foliaceous processes of the dorsal segments, which are
distinguished from the analogous structures occurring elsewhere
in certain parasitic Crustacea by their standing nearly perpendi-
cular, and, by the overlapping of their lateral margins, enclosing
an elongated space, closed like a basket.

In the median line of the head, at a little distance in front of
the antenne, is seen a single red eye, “ composed, as in Cyclops,
of two ocelli fused together ” (Krohn).

The two antenne (figs. 3 & 4) are short and composed of
only a few joints ; the posterior (fig. 4) are hooked and furnished
with a claw-like acute terminal joint. The animal is not unfre-
quently seen adhering to the walls of the respiratory cavity [of
the Phallusia] by means of this apparatus. Moreover, it ap-
pears as if the first antennz also occasionally perform the office
of a clinging apparatus, although the want of a terminal claw
and the presence of short tactile sete certainly indicate a dif-
ferent destination. In the anterior antennz I count seven joints,
in the posterior only four, which in both cases gradually dimi-
nish both in length and thickness towards the apex.

The parts of the mouth are organized for bitmg, and not for
piercing ; they consist, in the first place (fig. 5), of a strong
toothed mandible, immediately behind which, and in close con.
tact. with it, there is a stout three-jointed appendage, which
must be regarded either as a palpus or as a second jaw,—the
latter view appearing to me to be most natural, from the archi-
tectonic conditions of the Parasita. The terminal joint of this
appendage bears a row of four long and strongly curved spines.
The third, or second, and last pair of jaws is represented by a
curved conical process (fig.6), formed of thin, gradually diminish-
‘Ing joints, and bearing on its concave surface, which is turned
towards the orifice of the mouth, a longitudinal series of stiff
bristles or spines. The spines of the last two joints are consi-
derably larger, but at the same time less numerous, than those
of the preceding basal joint.

The legs of our Crustacean are essentially of the same struc-
ture on all the four thoracic segments. They consist (fig. 7) of

24%

356 M.R. Leuckart on the Genus Notopterophorus.

a basal joint, upon which two branches of several joints, but
otherwise differently developed and destined for different pur-
poses, are inserted. One of these branches, which is turned
inwards, appears to be a swimming-foot. It consists of only two
flattened joints, of which the apical one is somewhat the larger,
and is furnished on its sharp margin with a number of long
bristles. The other, longer, branch is formed of four cylindrical
jomts, which gradually diminish in size towards the extremity.
Instead of the long swimming bristles, there are, on this, shorter
and stiffer spines, especially on the terminal joint, where these
at the same time attain their greatest development. These
structures are evidently better adapted for pushing; they may
do good service in creeping.

As regards the wing-like processes of the thoracic segments,
these (figs. 1 & 2) appear to be folds, and not separate, inde-
pendent appendages. They are therefore to be compared less
with the wings of insects than with the laminar processes so
often occurring in the Parasitic Crustacea; although, as already
remarked, they differ from these in their position. The two
middle segments of the thorax each bear two such lamine, to the
right and left, whilst the anterior and posterior segments are
furnished with only a single leaf, which is curved to form a
furrow, as if here the two lateral leaves, touching each other at
an angle, had become fused together at their inner margins.
The concavity of the anterior leaf is turned backwards ; that of
the posterior one, on the contrary, is directed forwards. At the
same time the lamine gradually become broader as they depart
from the base, so that the margins overlap, and the space en-
closed by them becomes limited on all sides. The anterior leaf
stands most perpendicularly; whilst the posterior one is most
inclined, but at the same time is the longest. The free margins
of the leaves are usually (the posterior angle of the third leaf
most constantly) furnished with one or more small points, but
never with such long and beak-like teeth as are represented in
Costa’s figure.

Of the five segments of the abdomen, the first three gradually
increase in length, whilst the last two again become shorter.
The total length of the abdomen is nearly the same as that of
the thorax, but its thickness is less than that of the thorax even
at the first segment (which, however, is not counted as a seg-
ment by Krohn), and from this gradually becomes less to the
apex. There are no appendages upon the two styles represent-
ing the furca, which include the anus between them, and are
furnished at the extremity with three minute tubercles.

In the specimen figured by Krohn (fig. 2), we observe in the
last segment of the thorax, immediately below the leaf attached

M. R. Leuckart on the Genus Notopterophorus. 357

at this point, a great mass of eggs, which are characterized by a
grass-green colour (brownish, according to Costa), and shine
through the outer coverings. According to Krohn, these eggs are
- contained in the oviducts, which open here (above the abdomen).
The ovaria, with their very numerous small ova, lie, in the form
of one or two pair of sacs, in the lateral parts of the body, where
they may be traced, partly beside and partly above the intestine,
nearly to the head.

The nutritive canal is a brown tube, somewhat broader in the
thorax than in the abdomen, and without appendages. The
central nervous system consists, as stated by Krohn, of an
elongated ganglionic mass, situated in the anterior part of the
thorax, from which a number of nerves proceed, of which two
stems, distinguished by their length and thickness, may be
traced into the abdomen.

According to Costa’s figure, the embryos have the ordinary
Monoculus-form ; they were not observed by me. On the other
hand, along with the full-grown animals, I twice met with a
wingless individual of about one-half their size. Whether this
represents the male form, or merely an earlier stage of develop-
ment, I must leave undecided.

As regards the affinities of our Crustacean, there can be no
doubt that it evidently belongs to the group of the Parasitic
Crustacea. Still I scarcely think that it can be arranged in
any of the families already established in this group. The
only form which comes near our animal is Allman’s Noto-
delphys, described by him as a Lophyropod. (Annals and Mag.
Nat. Hist. 1848, xx. p.1.) But, according to Peters’s Report,
which is the only record now before me, Notodelphys* is di-
stinguished (without taking into consideration the statements
regarding the structure of the mouth) especially by the absence
of the dorsal leaves. The thorax also appears to be differently
constructed, and perhaps disturbed in its normal development
by the enormous size of the brood-sac, in the same way as in
the species represented by Costa in plate 7. figs. 1 & 2 (which
may be identical with Notodelphys ?).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.B.

Fig. 1. Notopterophorus Veranyt.
Fig. 2. The same (from Krohn’s drawing).
Fig. 3. Anterior antennz.
Fig. 4. Posterior antenne.

‘ig. 5. Mandible with attached palpus(?).
Fig. 6. Last jaw.
Fig. 7. Leg.

* The generic name Notodelphys has since been used a second time for
the American Pouched Frog discovered by Weinland and Lichtenstein
(N. Lichtensteinii).

358 Mr. T.V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

XXXVIII.—On Additions to the Madetran Coleoptera.
By T. Vernon Wo ttaston, M.A., F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 267. ]
Fam. Bostrichide.

Genus ENNEADESMUS.
Mulsant, Mém. de l’Acad. de Lyon (2iéme série), Scien. 1. 208.

The detection of the present genus near Funchal introduces
a new family into the Madeiran Catalogue, viz. the Bostrichide.
Perhaps, however, properly, Rhyzopertha should also be regarded
as a member of it, im which case it should have been long ago
acknowledged in our fauna: nevertheless, since that genus is
not a very typical exponent of the group, and has likewise many
points in common with the Cisside, I included it in the latter
family when compiling the ‘ Insecta Maderensia.? But now
that Hnneadesmus must be appended to the list, I would regard
it, along with Rhyzopertha, as representing an additional family
—the Bostrichide. With respect to the structural features of
the insect described below, they seem to me to accord with those
of Enneadesmus, which differs principally from Xylopertha (to
which it is nearly related) in having its antenne composed of
only nine joints,—one of the five minute ones between the
second and the very large, loosely-connected, triarticulate club
(and which are so evident in Psoa, Apate, Sinoxylon, Xylopertha,
and Bostrichus) having disappeared. I have a closely allied
beetle in my possession, communicated from Milan a few years
ago, by the Abbé Stabile, under the title of “ Apate Chevrieri,
Villa,” which seems to me to belong to the same genus as the
Madeiran one, its antenne being exactly similar to those of the
E. barbatus ; so that, if it be correctly named, there is apparently
some confusion in the recent European catalogues, which assign
that species to the genus Xylopertha, in which the antennz are
10-articulate, Be this, however, as it may, the Madeiran insect
is certainly different specifically from the Milan one; and I
regard it, at any rate, as belonging (for the reason above cited)
to Mulsant’s Hnneadesmus. And I may here, perhaps, just add
that the two insects described by M. Lucas, in his work on the
Coleoptera of Algeria, as “ Xylopertha appendiculata” and “ hu-
meralis,” requixe, unless I am mistaken, to have thei antennal
details again carefully revised; for I cannot but suspect that a
joint too many may have been assigned to the antennz of each
of them,—those of the former having, according to the figure,
their second articulation divided by a central line in a manner
quite unprecedented in any of the allied forms; whilst those of
the latter are represented with a small basal joint, which is pro-

Mr. T. Y. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 359

bably only the rounded commencement of what is there regarded
as the second. Should my supposition prove to be correct, it
would throw both of these species into the genus Enneadesmus,
with which in most other respects they (but more especially
the X. humeralis) appear to agree; whilst, in support of this
view, I perceive that the “ Apate Chevrierii” (which, as already
stated, I consider an Enneadesmus, and congeneric with the
Madeiran insect) has been actually registered in a late Catalogue
as a synonym of the “ Xylopertha” humeralis, which makes it still
further probable that my suspicion is not altogether groundless.

The feet of Enneadesmus, like those of the allied forms above
alluded to, are regarded as pentamerous ; but the basal joint is so
minute, and so closely connected with the second, that it is
sometimes scarcely possible to detect it,—uif, indeed, in all in-
stances it does really exist. In the Madeiran insect, after
mounting the tarsi in Canada balsam for the microscope, I can
just recognize this first articulation in the hinder pair; but in
the front ones I am scarcely able to satisfy myself of its presence,
though, as it is said to exist in all these immediate genera, I
conclude that it is there. The tibiz are more or less denticu-
lated along their outer edge; and the terminal spur, especially
on the anterior pair, is very large, broad, and articulated. I[
have not been able to obtain a type of the Bostrichus 3-spinosus
of Olivier, for the reception of which the genus Enneadesmus was
constituted ; nevertheless, J assume the Madeiran insect to be
distinct from it, as I can detect nothing in its outward structure
to warrant the above specific name.

Enneadesmus barbatus, n. sp.

E. cylindricus, rufo-piceus ; capite deflexo, ad latera et transversim in
fronte (in maribus saltem, et forsan in utroque sexu) longissime
barbato ; prothorace (preesertim antice) pilis longis erectis paucis
adsperso, postice nitidissimo minute et parce punctulato, antice
mucronibus magnis asperato; elytris piceo-testaceis postice infus-
catis, subnitidis, pube demissa brevi flavescente densius vestitis,
sat profunde subseriatim punctatis, ad apicem retusis, parte trun-
cata utrinque tuberculo parvo instructa necnon ad suturam in
medio eleyata divaricata; antennis pedibusque plus mimus pices-
centi-testaceis.

Long. corp. lin. 13-2.

Habitat Maderam australem, a Dom. E. Leacock prope Funchal
primo detectus; necnon ad “ Praia Formosa” pauca specimina
cepit Dom. Bewicke.

E. cylindrical, and more or less rufo-piceous. Head much
deflexed, and with the hinder part (which is concealed beneath
the pronotum) longitudinally strigulose ; its sides and across its
forehead densely tufted (at any rate, in the male sex, if not in

360 Mr.'T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

both) with excessively long, porrected, yellowish hairs. Pro-
thorax sparingly beset with erect, but much finer and less yel-
low, hairs; brightly polished behind, where it is most minutely
and remotely punctulated, and much roughened in front (espe-
cially towards the sides) with coarse tubercles and points. E/y-
tra paler at the base (where they are more or less piceo-testa-
ceous) than the head and prothorax ; less shining than the hinder
part of the prothorax, and more densely clothed with a fine,
decumbent, sericeous, yellowish pile; rather deeply subseriate-
punctate (the punctures, however, although large, becoming
shallower anteriorly) ; obliquely truncated towards the apex, but
not very abruptly so, and with a small tubercle on either side of
the truncated portion at about the middle of the margin, and
with the suture (particularly in the centre) much elevated and
divaricate. Limbs more or less piceo-testaceous, the dibie and
antennal club being usually a good deal obscured.

As already stated, the above insect very nearly resembles the
species which I have in my collection under the name of “Apaie
Chevrierii, Villa.’ It is, however, rather larger ; and its elytra
are more coarsely punctured (especially behind), and have their
truncated portion much less abrupt, and the suture very distinctly
raised only in the centre of this truncation, where, moreover, it
is divaricate. A single example of it was detected im Madeira,
by Mr. Edmund Leacock, in his garden at the Quinta de Sao
Joo, near Funchal; several more were shortly afterwards found
by Mr. Bewicke amongst old logs of wood in a small shed
or out-house, at the Praia Formosa, and I have a_ specimen
(which, however, I have not yet very closely compared with the
Madeiran ones) captured by myself in the island of Palma, of
the Canaries.

Fam. Cisside.

Genus Crs.
Latreille, Précis des Caract. gén. des Ins. 50 (1796).
Cis puncticollis, n. sp.

C. ovato-cylindricus, fusco-niger et breviter setuloso-pubescens ; pro-
thorace subopaco minutissime alutaceo (sed haud ruguloso) et
dense punctulato (punctulis parvis sed distinctis), neenon ad latera
rotundato anguste marginato ; elytris subnitidis dense subruguloso-
punctatis, apicem versus interdum vix dilutioribus ; antennis pedi-
busque rufo-testaceis.

Long. corp. lin. 3-1.

Mas, capite distincte bituberculato.

Habitat Maderam, in castanetis supra Funchal a Dom. Bewicke

lectus.

C, convex and cylindrical, but just perceptibly more ovate (or

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 361

narrowed anteriorly) than the C. fuscipes, dark brownish black,
and clothed throughout with short, suberect, and rigid cinereous
sete. Head obtusely rounded (or subtruncated) anteriorly, and
distinctly bitubercled in the males. Prothorax about (or per-
haps scarcely) as broad as the elytra, with the sides, as well as
the anterior and posterior angles, more rounded than in the
C. fuscipes, a little more regularly produced in front from each
anterior angle (which causes the latter to be obtusely rounded
off, instead of being a little prominent as in that insect) ; sub-
opake and (beneath the microscope) most minutely alutaceous,
and regularly and rather densely punctured, the punctures being
smaller and deeper than those of the C. fuscipes, as well as more
regular and better defined (being all equal, and not composed of a
double set as in that species) ; the lateral edges margined, but
not so broadly as in the C. fuscipes, but the hinder one per-
haps rather more evidently (though, at the same time, very deli-
cately); and with the faintest possible indication of a dorsal
line, which tends to become a keel behind, but a channel in
front. lytra rather less opake than the prothorax, and not
appearing alutaceous when viewed beneath the microscope ; also
rather more uneven or rugulose, though less so than in the C.
Juscipes ; more closely and deeply punctured than in that insect,
but with the same double system of punctures, the larger ones of
which have, like the pubescence, a tendency to be disposed in
longitudinal rows. Limbs rufo-testaceous.

Apart from the many characters to be gathered from the above
diagnosis, the present Cis, several specimens of which were cap-
tured by Mr. Bewicke on the trunk of a decayed Spanish chest-
nut-tree at the Mount, above Funchal, may be known from its
Madeiran ally, the C. fuscipes, by its smaller size, darker hue,
and shorter setz, as well as by its somewhat narrower and less
margined prothorax, and its different sculpture.

Fam. Tomicide.

Genus APHANARTHRUM.
Wollaston, Ins. Mad. 292 (1854).

Aphanarthrum piscatorium, Woll.

A, fusco-nigrum, pilis suberectis dense vestitum ; prothorace alutaceo
dense punctato, antice producto rotundato sublurido ; elytris dense
subseriatim punctatis et transversim rugulosis, dilute testaceis,
fasciis duabus profunde dentatis nigris (una sc. magna et altera

362 Mr. T.V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

angustiore suffusa postica) ornatis ; antennis pedibusque obscure
testaceis.

Long. corp. lin. 3—#. ; ba

Habitat locos inferiores Madere, in ramis Huphorbie piscatorie
emortuis degens.

Aphanarthrum piscatorium, Woll., Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. v. p. 166.

A. smaller than the A. Euphorbia, and with the pubescence
rather denser, longer, and somewhat darker. Prothorax rather
longer in proportion, though less acuminated (or more regularly
and obtusely rounded) anteriorly,—where, moreover, it is free
from the small marginal asperities, or tubercles, which are so
evident in that species ; of an altogether darker hue, the extreme
apex only being of a more or less lurid yellow ; sculptured much
in the same manner as the A. Euphorbia, but with the punc-
tures, as well as the under alutaceous surface, somewhat more
coarse and dense; and with the obscure dorsal ridge narrower
and less conspicuous. lytra a trifle more densely and regu-
larly sculptured than in that insect ; and with the front fascia
usually broader (or more suffused) and less broken, and the
hinder one also more suffused and placed nearer to the apex, to
which it occasionally altogether extends. Limbs dusky testa-
ceous, being usually less obscured than those of the A. Eu-
phorbie.

The present insect was detected by myself—and, subsequently,
on the same day (the 23rd of December, 1858), by Senhor Moniz.
—in decayed stems of the Huphorbia piscatoria, between Point
Oliveira and the Brazen Head, to the east of Funchal. It was
through the fact of having previously captured it in Teneriffe,
Palma, and Hierro, of the Canarian group, within the rotten
branches of the selfsame plant, that [ was induced to commence
a search amongst the Euphorbias of the lower elevations of
Madeira also; and the result was that the present Aphanarthrum
and the following one (both of them being likewise Canarian)-
were at once added to our list. It seems to be as common
throughout the maritime districts of Madeira as the A. Euphor-
bie is in the E. mellifera of loftier altitudes ; for it has been
taken abundantly by Mr. Bewicke and Senhor Moniz, not only
towards Canico (where we first observed it), but also at Porto
Novo, and in the region beyond the Cabo Gerao, to the west-
ward of Funchal.

Aphanarthrum bicolor, Woll.

A. pallido-testaceum et pilis paucis erectis remote vestitum ; pro-
thorace subtilissime alutaceo sparse et minutissime punctulato,
antice producto necnon ad apicem ipsum acuminato incrassato,

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 363

linea dorsali, utrinque plaga longitudinali, macula transversa sub-
postica et linea transversa subantica (plus minus confluentibus
suffusis) nigris; elytris paulo nitidioribus subdiaphanis, remote
seriatim punctulatis (punctulis minutis), fasciis duabus profunde
dentatis nigris (una sc. magna in medio duplici et altera angus-
tiore subpostica) ornatis.

Long. corp, lin. 2-1.

Variat lineis maculisque plus minus fractis, disjunctis, rarius sub-
obsoletis.

Habitat in iisdem locis ac przecedens, sed illo paulo rarius.

Aphanarthrum bicolor, Woll., Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. y. p. 165.

A. pale testaceous, and of a slightly more shining and sub-
diaphanous surface (at any rate, as regards the elytra) than either
of the other Madeiran Aphanarthra ; also very much less pilose,
there being only an extremely few (though rather long) suberect
hairs scattered over its surface. Prothorax rather more acumi-
nated anteriorly than that of the A. piscatorium, and also a little
thickened (or subtuberculose) at the extreme apical margin,—
but neither so much acuminated nor so distinctly roughened as
in the A. Euphorbia; most closely and delicately alutaceous
(when viewed beneath the microscope), but with the additional
punctures, which are so numerous in the other species, exces-
sively minute and extremely remote; with a transverse dash
behind and before, a longitudinal one (connecting them at their
extremities) towards either side, and a narrow dorsal line (con-
necting them in the centre) black; but all of them more or less
confluent, and occasionally quite disjointed. lytra likewise
alutaceous (but, from the surface being a little rougher, or more
uneven, less distinctly so), and most minutely and remotely
punctulated ; and with the fasciz dark and very similar to those
of the A. Euphorbia, but with the hinder one of them generally
more broken and subobsolete. Limbs dusky testaceous.

The pale, but beautifully marked, subglabrous, and compara-
tively unpunctured surface of this elegant Aphanarthrum will
immediately distinguish it from its two Madeiran allies. As
already stated, it was captured out of the same plants as, and in
company with, the preceding species, though somewhat less
abundantly. The Madeiran specimens differ im no respect fronr
the Canarian ones, except that they are perhaps a trifle less sub-
diaphanous or shining, and that their elytra are a little more
coarsely alutaceous, and with their punctures (although so dis-
tant and minute) rather more perceptible. Like the A. pis-
catorium, it will probably be found to occur throughout the
lower elevations of Madeira—wherever Euphorbia piscatoria
abounds.

364 Mr.T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

Genus LerparTHRUM.
Wollaston, Ins. Mad. 294 (1854).
Leiparthrum inarmatum, n. sp.

L. breviter subovato-cylindricum fusco-nigrum et pilis rigidis (pre-
sertim postice) vestitum ; prothorace antice subattenuato inarmato
(i.e. tubereulis omnino carente) ; elytris profunde striato-punc-
tatis, interstitiis leviter elevatis, apicem versus plerumque paulo
dilutioribus necnon ad apicem obsoletissime subtruncatis.

Long. corp. lin. 3—-#.

Habitat in ramis emortuis Euphorbie piscatorie, in inferioribus
Madere crescentis, minus frequens.

ZL. short and subovate-cylindrical (having the slightest pos-
sible tendency to be expanded behind, 7. e. towards the apex of
the elytra), black or brownish-black ; and more or less clothed
with short, thick, rigid, cimereous, and somewhat scaly pubes-
cence. Prothorax a trifle more narrowed anteriorly than in the
L. bituberculatum, and also a little more coarsely alutaceous and
punctured; and without any appearance of the tubercles in
front, which are so evident in that species, as well as in the L.
mandibulare and L. curtum. Elytra deeply and distinctly striate-
punctate (the punctures being large and well defined), and with
the interstices obscurely elevated ; a little more suddenly termi-
nated (or with a very slight tendency to be obliquely truncated)
at their apex—where, moreover, the setz are rather longer and
coarser, and appear therefore to be more evidently disposed in
longitudinal rows. Lambs paler.

The present insignificant little Leiparthrum was detected by
myself in the rotten stems of the Euphorbia piscatoria, in com-
pany with the two Aphanarthra described above, in the mari-
time district between the Brazen Head and Canico, to the east-
ward of Funchal, in which locality it was subsequently captured
likewise by Senhor Moniz and Mr. Bewicke. Its rather shortened
and apically-subtruncated form, in conjunction with its compa-
ratively deeply-sculptured elytra (with their large punctures and
raised interstices) and its untuberculated prothorax, will at once
distinguish it from its allies, from which, moreover, in its exclu-
sively (as I believe) Euphorbia-infesting habits it completely
recedes.

Genus CrypHa.us.

Erichson, in Wiegm. Archiv, 11. 61 (1836).

The diminutive insect described below I regard as a Cryphalus :
at any rate, after carefully mounting its antennze in Canada bal-
sam, I cannot satisfy myself, beneath the highest microscopic
power, that its funiculus is more than quadriarticulate. Indeed,
so excessively minute are the three transverse jomts between the

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 365

large, thickened, subtriangular basal one (of the funiculus) and
the club, that it was some time before I succeeded in separating
them at all inter se,—having regarded them at first as a single
articulation. But having succeeded at last in mounting an an-
tenna in a slightly curved position, so as to display this small
portion to the greatest possible advantage, it became a compara-
tively easy matter to recognize it as made up of three subequal
parts. Thus, in the Madeiran members of the Tomicide, we
have the funiculus composed in Aphanarthrum of three joints,
in Leiparthrum and Cryphalus of four, and in Tomicus and Hy-
poborus of five. The C. aspericollis is powerfully winged, the
wings being densely and minutely irrorated all over with black
points or punctules (but almost free from veins), and ciliated on
their ower edge with long hairs; its tibiz are compressed and
externally spinulose.

Cryphalus aspericolls, n. sp.

C. minutissimus, cylindricus, subnitidus, nigro-piceus et setulis rigidis
suberectis cinereis adspersus; prothorace irregulariter subpunctato-
ruguloso, ante medium subnodoso-convexo, antice obtuse rotundato
necnon mucronibus valde asperato ; elytris minute seriatim punc-
tulatis et longitudinaliter setosis, ad apicem integris; antennis
pedibusque pallidis.

Long. corp. lin. 1-2.

Habitat Maderam, sub cortice arborum emortuo arido hinc inde sat
vulgaris.

C. minute and cylindrical, slightly shining, dark piceous-
black, and sprinkled all over with rigid, suberect, cinereous,
seale-hke hairs. Prothorax irregularly but lightly punctured,
and rugulose, with a small convexity on its fore disk (where it
is occasionally a little more diluted or rufescent), and greatly
roughened in front with coarse tubercles and points. Elytra
very lightly seriate-punctate, and with a row of excessively mi-
nute punctules down each of the interstices ; the sete regularly
disposed in longitudinal rows; rounded and entire behind.
Limbs paler.

In its cylindrical outline and anteriorly roughened prothorax,
the present minute wood-borer has all the appearance of a dimi-
nutive Tomicus ; nevertheless, its elytra have no tendency to be
obliquely truncated behind, and, as already stated, its funiculus
is only 4-articulate. I detected it in abundance beneath the
dry dead bark of a rotten chestnut paling, above Porto da Cruz,
in the east of Madeira proper, during December 1858; and it
was subsequently captured by Mr. Bewicke and myself, in the
tinder-like wood of an old fig-tree, at the Feijia dos Padres,
beyond the Cabo Geram. And I have also taken it, from out of
dead geranium-stems, above the Puerto of Orotava, in Teneriffe.

[To be continued. }

366 Dr. R. Dyce on the Identity of

“XX XIX.—On the Identity of Morrbua punctata and Morrhua
vulgaris. By Roserr Dycz, M.D.*

[With two Plates. |

In Turton’s ‘ British Fauna,’ published in 1807, a fish is de-
scribed under the name of the “Speckled Cod,” Morrhua punctata,
as a distinct and peculiar species found in the weirs at Swan-
sea. Since his time, every succeeding author has transcribed
his account of it, although each has, to a certain extent, thrown
a doubt over its existence, by saying either that it is unknown
to them, or that no other author appears to have noticed it.

Thus, Fleming simply copies Turton’s account of it, without
comment: he, apparently, never had seen it. Jenyns, besides
quoting from Turton and Fleming, adds, “ This supposed spe-
cies I am not acquainted with, and I would venture to suggest
that it is only a variety of the Morrhua vulgaris ;” while Yarrell,
besides transcribing the descriptions of these authors, adds, “ No
other record of this fish has appeared, that 1am aware of.” He
also states that a fresh example was brought him, caught at the
mouth of the Thames, which the fishermen called ‘ Lord-fish,”
and considered to be an accidental deformity. Thus, though
each has suspected its existence, there has been no attempt
made at removing the doubt. Yarrell appears not to have pre-
served the fish, but he gives a very characteristic drawing, which
strikingly resembles the numerous examples I have met with of

.Turton’s fish.

It appears to me that I am now in possession of facts suffi-
cient to set these doubts at rest, from having obtained so many
examples, within the last few years, which correspond with Tur-
ton’s Speckled Cod, with the Lord-fish of the Thames fishermen,
and yet so entirely possessing the character of the common Cod
as to leave not a doubt in my mind that they are all the same
fish, altered only in appearance and shape,—in short, deformed

from disease of the spe. In endeavouring to show this, I
shall first contrast Turton’s fish with the detail of appearances
in my own specimen, to show their identity ; and then, secondly,
exhibit the evidences of the connexion of both of these with the
common Cod.

Perhaps this will be more readily understood by referring to
the accompanying Table of comparison, which is mtended to
identify Turton’s fish and mine. From this it will readily be ad-
mitted that the most notable difference (setting aside the shape of
the fish) is that in the number of the fin-rays; but to this par-
ticular I do not attach much importance, because, even in fish

* Communicated by the author, having been read at the Meeting of the
‘British Association at Aberdeen, Sept. 1859.

Morrhua punctata and Morrhua vulgaris.

367

Table of Comparison.

SPECKLED Cop (Turton).

Body 18 inches long.
* Arched on back, and prominent
on belly.
_ Covered above with numerous
gold-yellow roundish spots ; beneath
with dusky specks (which are stel-
_late under a glass).

Head large, gradually sloping.

_ Teeth small, in several rows in the
upper jaw; in the lower, a single
row.

Nostrils double.
Tris reddish ; pupils black.

Chin with a single beard.

Nape with a deep longitudinal
groove.

Lateral line near the back, curved
as far as the middle of the second
dorsal fin, growing broader and
whiter towards the end.

Upper fins and tail brown, with
obscure yellowish spots, and darker
towards the end; lower ones tinged
with green.

DEFORMED Common Cop (Dyce).

Body 16 inches long.

Depth 5 inches ; circumference
over first dorsal 12 mches 11 lines.

Crown of head, back and sides of
body thickly spotted brown and
golden yellow, on a light brownish
mottled ground; below lateral line
only partially coloured ; belly white.

Head large, 52 inches; profile
sharp.

A broad band of small teeth in the
upper jaw; a single row in lower
jaw; stronger as they approach the
angles of the mouth; (a row of
stronger teeth on palatine bones).

Nostrils double.

Trides gold bronze-colour ; eyes
large.

One barbule on lower jaw, 13
inch long.

Behind the eyes, on the nape, and
extending to near the origin of Ist
dorsal, a deep sulcus or groove.

Lateral line high on the back,
highly curved over pectoral to mid-
dle of second dorsal, of a white sil-
very colour, with the exception of a
part before the last dorsal, on which
it is entirely extinct; then straight
to tail.

Ventral fins of a dark blackish
colour; all the others dark brown.

Fin Rays.
D, 14.20.18. P.18. V.6. A.19.16. C.36. D.14.19.17. P.20. V.6. A.15.18. C. 33.

(Fleming, Yarrell, Jenyns.)

and several shorter. Vertebree 52.

of which there is no doubt, you find no two authors agree. Take,
for example, the common Cod, as exhibited in the following

Table.

The three authors named differ in every particular :—

Table showing the Difference in the rays of the Common Cod, according to
different authors.

YARRELL :—

D. 10. 20.18. P. 20. V. 6. A. 20.16. C, 26,

JENYNS :—

irae, 20.19) belo. Vos Be toe bys 04,
and several shorter.

FLEMING :—

D. 12.18.16, P. 14. V.7. A. 20.16. C.36,

368

Dr. R. Dyce on the Identity of

I next refer to the evidences of its connexion with the common
Cod, which I exhibit in a similar tabular form :—

Table showing the Identity of the Morrhua punctata with the Morrhua *
' vulgaris, or Common Cod.

1. Jaws. Both have the upper longer
than the lower.

ts

. Both have one barbule.

3. Both have teeth, card-like, in
several rows of unequal lengths ;
also on palatine bones.

4, Head smooth in both.

5. Both have a longitudinal sulcus or
groove on nape, extending to first
dorsal.

6. Both have the lateral line curved
to middle of second dorsal, then
straight to the tail.

7. Both have three dorsals, “ com-
mencing at one-third of the
length.”

dorsal, beginning a little back-
warder.””

9. Caudal, nearly even at the extre-
mities, large and square.

10. Ventrals placed before the pec-
torals in both, narrow and pointed.

11. Number of jin-rays differ very
slightly.

12. Colour of back, head, and upper
half of sides, cmereous brown,
obscurely spotted with yellow;
lower half of abdomen white; in
M. punctata, head, back, and sides
of body of two shades of brown
and yellow: belly white in both.

13. Lateral line forming a narrow
white band ; in M. punctata, only

partially coloured.
8. Both have two anals, “the first

corresponding nearlyto the second 14. Fins in both dusky; ventrals

pale; inM. punctata, ventrals dark.

These, then, are the points proving the connexion between
the common Cod and the Speckled Cod of authors im their ex-
ternal characters. It now remains to show the cause of the
apparent difference, which can be seen only on dissection. My
attention was first directed to this inquiry from noticing a defor-
mity in the spine of the common Haddock similar to that which
is found in Morrhua punctata. It gave the fish a stumpy, mis-
shapen, bellied appearance, so like MZ. punctata, that in my subse-
quent examples I readily detected the same cause operating in both
as a reason for their deformity. I found the spine compressed,
contracted in its length, and at times curved. The vertebre are
not, as the fishermen suppose, double (for they cali them double-
boned Cod and double-boned Haddock, or “stragglers,” from
their being found after the other fish have left the coast), but
very much thickened and compressed throughout, the greater
part of the column presenting simply a bony arch, from which
the lateral processes arise, the softer spongy body of each bone
appearing to have been removed by absorption, while the outer
bony ring or arch only remains.

Morrhua punctata and Morrhua vulgaris. 369

The arch is also expanded laterally, arising from the pres-
sure of one vertebra upon its neighbour, while the transverse
processes are stronger, longer, and generally nodulated, present-
ing much the appearance of broken bones badly united. These
diseased portions are neither uniform in extent nor in situation.
In some examples only a few vertebre are involved, in others
the greater part of the spine is affected; again, we find the
thickened part near the tail in some, while in others it is nearer
the head. Occasionally two diseased portions are met with in the
same fish, having a few healthy vertebre intervening. If the
diseased portion is near the head, the extent of disease is greater
than when nearer the tail, and has a greater effect in the pro-
duction of the deformed external appearance of the fish.

It is difficult to account for this disease of the spine. I can-
not myself arrive at any conclusion upon the subject. It may
be congenital. The fishermen believe it arises from accident :
if so, the cause must be constantly in operation, as there is no
season that I have not met with examples—I admit, however,
oftener in some years than in others. It is far more common
in the Haddock than in the Cod; and the fishers assert that
they occasionally meet with it in the Coal-fish, the Merlangus
carbonarius ; but I have not myself seen it in that species.

I have never seen it in any large full-grown Cod, but often in
Haddocks 18 or 20 inches long, which perhaps might strengthen
the argument that it is congenital.

There is no difference in the flesh; it eats equally well, and
is never rejected in the market.

If I might speculate, I would suggest as a cause one which,
under similar circumstances, produces deformity in the human
bones,—viz. debility in the vascular system, in consequence of
which the bones lose their phosphate of lime, become soft and
spongy, then absorbed, and the joints, as in the vertebra before
us, become thickened and enlarged—in short, rickety, as we
find in the human subject.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE XV.

Fig. 1. The healthy spine of the Haddock.

Fig. 2. The spine of the Haddock deformed nearly throughout its whole
length.

Fig. 3. athe example of deformed spine in the Haddock, confined to
the caudal extremity of the fish.

PLATE XVI aA.

Figs. 1 & 2. Two examples of the spines of (Morrhua punctata) deformed
Cod. The vertebrae much compressed and thickened.

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser.3, Vol. v. 25

370 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez.

XL.—On the Tribe Colletiese, with some Observations on the
Structure of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnaceze. By
Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S. &c.

[Continued from p. 273. ]

Division 2. Chenocarpe. Flores petaliferi; fructus capsularis,
dehiscens.

38. DIscaRIA.

This genus was first established by Sir W. Hooker in 1830,
and was then distinguished from Col/etia principally on account
of its smaller, cup- -shaped, hypogynous disk, having an entire
border, and not being perigynous, with a very remarkable i invo-
Jute margin: this, and the presence of petals, were well-marked
characters ; but these exist also in other genera since then
established, which are again signalized by other distinct features.
The several species of Discaria, with two exceptions, seem to be
limited to a region formed by the provinces which border the river
Plate: they are all spinose in their habit, much resembling in
appearance those of Colletia, and consist of undershrubs or low
bushes, almost aphyllous, and generally glabrous. The peculiar
character which distinguishes this genus from Ochetophala is that
of its fruit, which here also is capsular, somewhat globular, and
3-lobed, and half imbedded in the enlarged fleshy disk conjomed
with the strongly mbbed cupular base of the calyx. I have
pointed out in Colletia the easy decortication of the upper por-
tion of the epicarpous covering, which, at the period of dehis-
cence, breaks away by a transverse circumscissile line ; here, on
the contrary, where it is thicker in texture, and half coriaceous,
it opens by radiating limes into three valves, which generally
remain persistent upon the margin of the disk, and thus allow
its three enclosed cocci to sprig out and escape. The support
of the fruit appears formed of two thickened adnate cups; the
inner one, somewhat the longer, is the enlarged disk, surrounded
by the detruncated base of the calyx, while in Ochetophila this
appearance does not occur, as there the basal support is thin
and almost membranaceous, and the disk, not exceeding the
length of the calycine cup,.is not manifest. Tor reasons assigned
in thew respective places, the following species, formerly placed
‘here, are referred to other genera: D. australis, Hook., to Oche-
tophila; D. pauciflora, Hook. fil., to Scypharia; and D. Touma-
tou, Raoul, as already described, to Notophena.

Discaria, Hook.—Calyx tubuloso-campanulatus, 8-10-nervis,
limbi laciniis 4-5, acutis, reflexis, zestivatione valvatis, imo
demum circumscissus. Petala 4-5, squamiformia, ovata, un-
guiculata, subconvexa, stamina amplectentia. Stamina 4-5,

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez. O71

petalis vix breviora, et cum illis intra lacinias inserta: fila-
menta brevissima, erecta; anthere reniformes, 2-loculares,
rima hippocrepica autice dehiscentes. Discus pateriformis,
carnosulus, margine libero, crenulato. Ovariwm oblongum,
3-sulecatum, disco breviter immersum, 38-loculare ; ovula in
loculis solitaria, erecta; stylus brevis; stigma obtuse 3-lobum.
Frucius subglobosus, 3-sulcatus, in calycis cupulam valde 10-
costatam discoque aucto adnatam semi-immersus, epicarpio
crasso coriaceo persistente 3-valvato, endocarpio hinc sece-
dente, in coccis 3 elastice resilientibus, axin versus bivalvatim
dehiscentibus, singulis monospermis. Semen Colletia.

Suffrutices m Provinciis Argentinis precipue vigentes, rarius in
Australasia, ramis valde patentibus, ramulis spinescentibus ;
folia parvula, breviter petiolata, spathulato-oblonga, infra spinas
oria, fasciculata, valde decidua : stipule minute, 2-lobe, laciniis
subulatis : flores 2-8, fasciculati e turionibus spina brevioribus
cum folus prodeuntes; pedunculo 1-floro, nutante.

1. Discaria Americana, Hook. Bot. Misc. i. 156. tab. 44 p. Con-
dalia spinosa, Spr. Syst. Cur. post. iv. 108. Condalia mega-
potamica, Spr. Linn. xv. 473 ;—intricatissime spinosa, ramis
tortuosis, ramulis compresso- -teretibus, fere aphyllis, obsolete
rigide pilosulis, spinis decussatim oppositis, iterumque spinu-
losis, striatis, subulatis, ae calloso-pungentibus ; foliis mi-
nimis, oppositis, rarius 2-3 infra singulas spinas enatis, ob-
longis, obtusis, serratis, imo in petiolum brevem cuneatis,
reflexis, Gndluciséiiiiis : stipulis minimis, rudimentariis, rubris,
obsolete 2-dentatis intus pilosulis; floribus 2-3, fasciculatis,
nutantibus, e tuberculo sub spina stipula suffulto ortis ;
calyce urceolato, limbo 5-fido, petalis 5, oblongis, concavis,
unguiculatis, staminibus 5 petalis paulo longioribus, et laci-
nus 3-plo brevioribus, erectis, filamentis brevibus, antheris
ovatis, ovario oblongo, 3-sulcato, glabro, stylo calycis dimidio
longitudinis, fructu 3-cocco, calycis cupula valde 10-sulcata
suffulto.— Portozuelo Prov. Cordovee (mihi lecta) ; in radicibus
montium Proy. San Luiz et Cordova (Gillies).

[ cannot find in the Hookerian herbarium the typical plant
upon which Sir William Hooker founded this genus, nor any
other approaching its characters; it was probably a unique
specimen that remained in Gillies’s own collection, which was
afterwards sold and dispersed. In one of my journeys over
the Pampas I found a plant in the same locality in which Gillies
met with his, so that I may safely consider mine as referable to
the same type, notwithstanding the want of flowers for its com-
plete identification: it is only in fruit. The floral character
given above is therefore derived from Sir Wm. Hookevr’s figure,

20%

O72 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colleties.

which closely resembles that of the following species, which I
received from Tweedie. In its intricately spmose habit, it has
quite the appearance of a Colletia; the spinules generally are
from 6 to 9 lines long, the internodes being somewhat shorter ;
the leaves, including the petiole, are only 1 line in length, and
half a line in breadth; they are deflected, naviculate, with a
recurved apex. In Sir Wm. Hooker’s figure, the peduncle is
1 line long, the tube of the calyx is 2 lines long, the same in
diameter, and the border-segments half that length; the disk,
adnate to the bottom of the calyx, has a narrow, free, crenulated
margin. The peduncle in the fruit is much thickened, striated,
and elongated to 2 lines; the capsule is globular, somewhat
depressed, 2 lines in diameter, half imbedded in the persistent
cup of the calyx, which is of a fuscous reddish hue, is 10-ribbed,
and glabrous; the free rim of the adnate intermediate disk runs
parallel above the margin of the cupuliform base of the calyx ;
the thick and somewhat coriaceous epicarp of the capsule splits
along its grooves in the form of three persistent valves, owing
to the pressure of the three cocci, which thus escape from their
enclosure with an elastic spring; these cocci are thin and horny,
splitting along the line of the central axis, and partly along that
of the dorsal face, exactly after the manner of the Euphorbiacee*.

2. Discaria Lycioides, n. sp.; ramulis substrictis, simpliciter spi-
nosis, spinis decussatim oppositis, teretibus, quam ez prece-
dentis gracilioribus, glabris, striatis, ter strias granuloso-
punctulatis, apice calloso-pungentibus, rarius spinulis secun-
dariis armatis; turionibus (ramulis novellis) spina tertia parte
brevioribus, foliiferis et floriferis sub spinis superioribus sin-
gulatim ortis, foliis crebritate axillarum, hinc fere fasciculatis,
sed vere oppositis, oblongis, remote serratis, apice mucronu-
latis, imo in petiolum tenuem cuneatis, glaberrimis, caducis :
stipulis minimis, mucroniformibus, oppositis, sub spinis inter
se linea transversali nexis; floribus e turionibus 2-4, et proxi-
mitate istorum apicem versus ramorum, hine densiter spicatim
congestis; pedunculo flore breviore; calyce urceolato, limbi
lacinus 4, triangularibus, erectis, apice recurvulis; petalis 4,
illis dimidio brevioribus, elliptico-ovatis, imo late spathulatis,
paulo concavis ; staminibus eorum longitudine ; antheris ovali-
bus; stylo incluso ; stigmate capitato-3-lobo.—Banda Orien-
tal.—v. s. in herb. meo (Tweedie): im herb. Mus. Paris, Rio
Grande (St.-Hilaire, 1873; Gaudichaud, 1638).

This plant is very like a Lyctwm in habit; its branches are
straighter than in the preceding species, and are quite glabrous ;
its opposite spines are spreading, $ or 2 inch long and $ an inch

* This plant will be shown in the ‘ Contributions,’ Plate 38 a.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiex. 373

apart; the lower ones are bare, but towards the extremities of
the branches, beneath each spine, an elongated sprout or sup-
pressed branchlet occurs about 3 lines long, which is imbricately
Squamose, owing to the decussating stipules of the approximated
axils; from these, both opposite leaves and flowers issue in great
abundance, which thus appear fasciculated, and in this manner
the extremities of the branches assume the aspect of dense
spikes, richly covered with flowers. The leaves are 3 lines long,
13 line broad, on a slender petiole of half a line in length ; they
are somewhat fleshy, serrated on the edges, deeply retuse, and
mucronate at the apex; the peduncle is above a line long; the
calyx, including the short erect segments, is 2 lines long, and
15 line in diameter, and is of a reddish hue; the stamens are
almost sessile in the sinus of the segments, and they, as well
as the small scale-like petals, are only half the length of the
segments *,

Var, 8, ewilis: glaberrima, ramulis gracillime vimineis, spinosis,
spinis remotioribus, elongatis, tenuiter acuformibus, et inter-
dum spinulosis: floribus in axillis subsolitariis—Buenos
Ayres.—v. s. in herb. Mus. Paris; in herb. Jussieu (Commer-
son) ; a herb. Soc. Linn. Lond. (a Jussieu missa).

This is of an extremely slender growth, and I consider it to
be merely a variety of the above species; its leaves are deeply
serrated, and its flowers somewhat smaller: the internodes are
6 to 8 lines apart, the needle-like spines are 9 to 12 lines long,
and the spinelets 3 or 4 lines; the opposite leaves are 4 lines
long, including the short petiole, and 1 line broad; the flowers,
like those in Tweedie’s specimen, are of a reddish colour ; the
peduncle is 2 lines long ; the calyx, including its four segments, is
2 lines long, and, in like manner, the almost sessile erect anthers
and scale-like petals are barely half the length of the short tri-
angular segments f+.

3. Discaria longispina. Colletia longispina, Hook. Arn. Bot.
Mise. ii. 173 ;—fruticosa, glaberrima, fere aphylla, ramis
ramulisque virgatis, spinosis, spinis oppositis, remotis, longis-
simis, seepe arcuatis, patentibus, scepius nudis, calloso-pun-
gentibus: ramulis noyellis sub spinis enatis, axillis decus-
satis foliferis et floriferis ; foliis oppositis, parvulis, elongato-
ellipticis, acutis, integerrimis, rarius apice denticulatis, imo
gradatim cuneatis, nitentibus, viridibus, carnosulis, nervis
immersis ; stipulis minutis, rubris, oyvatis, apice acute 2-den-
tatis, longe albido-ciliatis, linea transyersali sub spinis inter se
* A representation of this species will be given in Plate 38 B of the

‘ Contributions.’
T This variety will be represented in Plate 38 c of the same work.

374 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiex.

connexis; floribus proximitate axillarum, hine spe densiter
congestis ; pedunculo calyci equilongo ; calyce late urceolato,
limbi laciniis 4, erectis, petalis 4, ovalibus, utrinque acutis,
subconeavis, laciniis subeequilongis; staminibus petalis vix
brevioribus, ovario in fundo disci crateriformis adnati margine
liberi insidente, depresse globoso, 3-suleato, glabro; stylo
incluso, fructu subgloboso, calycis cupula crassa suffulto,
coccis 8 secedentibus, epicarpio persistente 3-valvatim dehis-
cente.—In Provinciis Argentinis.—v. s. in herb. Mus. Paris,
in herb. Jussieu (Commerson) ; Monte Video (Gay); Rio
Grande (Gaudichaud, 1617): in herb. Hook., Buenos Ayres
(Tweedie, 1378); Puerto Bravo (Tweedie); Bahia Blanca
(Darwin); Maldonado (Capt. King) ; Banda Oriental (Baird).

This differs from the preceding species in its longer and more
vimineous branches, its more distant nodes, and the much greater
length of its spines; its flowers also are smaller, more lobular,
and paler. The floriferous gemme are lengthened into more
distinct branchlets, with more’ remote decussating axils: the
spines generally attain a length of 14 inch,—sometimes, as m
Commerson’s specimen, they are shorter ; while in that from the
Banda Oriental they are 24 inches long: the leaves are usually
3 lines long and 1 Ime broad, but occasionally they attain a
length of 5 lines: the floral peduncle is 1 or 2 lines long; the
calyx, including its border, is 2} lines long, 14 line in diameter ; it
is thin in texture, and of a pale yellow colour, probably white in
the living state ; the fruit and peduncle are of the size of those
of D. Lycioides, but the persistent portion of the calyx is dark
red and smooth*.

4. Discaria spiculata, n. sp. ;—suffruticosa, glaberrima, ramulis
teretibus, subcompressis, decussatim spinosis, substriatulis,
fusco-viridibus, fere aphyllis; spinis subulatis, validioribus,
apice calloso-pungentibus ; folis parvulis, e gemmis elongatis
per paria enatis, mox caducis, oblongis, utrinque acutis, car-
nosulis, fere integris, enerviis, glaberrimis ; stipulis oppositis,
rudimentariis, acutis, sub spinis non inter se connexis ; floribus
solitariis, glabris, pedunculis calyce sub-brevioribus, calyce
campanulato-cylindrico, subbrevi, limbi laciniis 4, dentifor-
mibus, erectis, apice callo carnoso incrassatis, petalis minimis,
lacinis 4-plo brevioribus, ovatis, utrinque acutis, subconcavis,
erectis ; staminibus 4, petalis equilongis, filamentis brevis-
simis, antheris ovatis; disco adnato, patelliformi; ovario gla-
bro, oblongo, stylo medium tubi attingente ; fructu immaturo

* A drawing of this species will be given in Plate 38 p of the ‘ Contri-
butions.’

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletieze. 375

- globoso, 3-lobo, calycis cupula semicincto.—Circa Buenos
Ayres.—v. s. in herb. Soc. Linn. (Commerson).

This is another species, existing in the herbarium of the
younger Linneus, with a ticket in his hand-writing, “circa
Buenos Ayres—Commerson.” It bears some resemblance in
its general habit to D. Lycivides, but its spines are shorter and
thicker, and its flowers are only one-fourth the size of those of
that species. The leaves, including the petiole, are about 2 lines
long, the peduncle 1 line, the calyx, including its teeth, 15 line
long, and 1-line im diameter. The spimules are from 3-5 lines
in length*.

Var. 8. gracilenta ;—ramulis gracillimis, spinis nudis, remotis,
acicularibus, patentibus ; foliis lineari-oblongis, imo in petio-
lum spathulatis, integris vel summo 2-dentatis et emargi-
natis, discoloribus; stipulis- linea transversali nexis, nodis
hine quasi articulatis: floribus solitariis, pedunculo folio
eequilongo.—In Prov. Argentinis ?—v. s. in herb. Soc. Linn.
Lond.

_ This plant is likewise in the herbarium of the younger Lin-
nus, without any locality or designation, and is probably also
from Commerson’s Collection; it has more slender branches,
and longer needle-like spines, and the nodes are almost articu-
lated; its leaves and flowers, too, are more minute. Its very
slender spines are | inch long, and half that distance apart:
the floriferous branchlets are only } or 3 inch in length; its
leaves (including the petiole of 3 line) are 2 lines long, 4 line
broad ; the peduncle is 1 line; the calyx is 3 line long, and
4 line in diameter +.

5. Discaria australis, Hook. Bot. Mise. 1.157, tab. 45.4; Journ.
Bot. i. 256; Hook. fil. Flor. Tasm. 1.69. Colletia pubescens,
Brongn. Ann. Sc. Nat. x. 366. Colletia Cunninghami, Fenzl,
Pl. Hug. 23. Tetrapasma juncea, G. Don, Dict. 11. 40 ;—
suffruticosa, dumosa, ramulis erectis, virgatis, junceis, valde
spinosis, pubescentibus, adultioribus fere glabris, subaphyllis ;
spinis internodio zequilongis, decussatim oppositis, patentibus,
subulatis, calloso-pungentibus ; foliis oppositis, lineari-ob-
longis, imo cuneatis, Integris, acutis, aut summum versus
serrulatis, apice mucronatis, crassiusculis, margine cartila-
gineo subrevoluto, obscure 3-nerviis, nervis omnino immersis,
superne viridibus, subtus flavide glaucis, petiolo brevi; sti-
pulis parvis, oppositis, apice 2-dentatis, sinu petioliferis, imo
latis, sub spinis linea transversali nexis; floribus plurimis, e

* This species will be represented in Plate 38 © of the ‘ Contributions.’
_ + A sketch of this variety will be given in Plate 38 ¥ of the same work.

376 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colleticze.

gemma squamosa elongata parvis, congestis, glabris; pedun-
culo brevi, tenui, calyee suburceolato, 4-dentato, dentibus
tubo equilongis; petalis 4, Jineari-oblongis, dentium calyci-
norum dimidio longitudinis ; staminibus totidem, e basi peta-
Jorum introflexis ; disco poculiformi, adnato, margme undu-
lato, latiusculo, libero; ovario depresso, im diseum semi-im-
merso, glabro, stylo brevissimo, incluso ; fructu parvo, 3-cocco.
—In Australasia et Tasmania.—v. s. in herb. Hook., Cox’s
River et Port Jackson (A. Cunningham); in interioribus
(M‘Arthur); Loddan (F. Miller); Great Swanport (Back-~
house) ; Norfolk Plains, ‘Tasmania (Gunn).

This plant, in its general habit and floral characters, quite
agrees with all the foregoing species; but it differs from them
in the more membranaceous epicarp of its capsule, which splits
near the margin of the cupuliform disk, and remains attached
to the resilient cocci, as in Colletia and Ochetophila. It grows
in sandy places, forming a mean-looking bush, 2 or 3 feet high;
its branches are virgated and spinose; its spreading spines
measure 4 inch to 12 inch; the leaves are 4 to 6 lines long,
13 line broad, on a petiole } line in length; the peduncle is
slender, and 2 lines long; the calyx, including its segments,
measures Only | line in length and in diameter.

4. OCHETOPHILA.

This genus, proposed, but not published, by Poppig, was first
described by Endlicher, in his Gen. Plant. (No. 5733), founded
upon the Sageretia trinervis of Gillies, and comprising two other
plants from Chile, which were designated by name only, and are
still undescribed. It is distinguished from Disearia by many
slight characters, among which is the form of its peculiar sti-
pules. In the latter genus, the petiole springs from the sinus
between the teeth of each retinaculoid stipule, the margins of
which are connected with those of the opposite stipule by a
transverse line. In Ochetophila, the petioles of the opposite
leaves spring directly from the branch ; they widen at their base,
and embrace the stem so far that their edges meet together m
the middle of the node, giving it an articulation of a different
character to that in Discaria: in each axil above the base of the
petiole is seen a broad, concave, somewhat erect, dark red, scale-
like stipule, which is bifid at its apex, with ciliated margins.
The structure of its flower much resembles that of Disearia, and
the shape and formation of its fruit are similar: its petals, how-
ever, are proportionally larger, more cucullate, and they often
completely hide the stamens; the free portion of the filaments
is comparatively longer ; the disk is like that of Discaria. The

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiezx, O77

flowers are more numerous, and are supported by longer pedun-
cles. Its capsule resembles that of Colletia, being half-imbedded
in the simple cupular base of the calyx, while in Discaria it ap-
pears to be surrounded by two thickened cups, the inner one
being somewhat longer, originating in the growth of the adnate
disk, and the protrusion of its free margin beyond the cup of the
calyx: on the contrary, in Ochetophila, the cupuliform support
is thin and almost membranaceous, and the disk is not discer-
nible, owing to its not exceeding the length of the cup of the
calyx. All the species differ in their habit from Discaria ; they
often form good-sized trees, and their branches are rarely fur-
nished with spines, although their extremity is generally sharp-
pointed ; they are copiously furnished with leaves, which are
much larger and three-nerved.

The typical species above mentioned is the Rhamnus Chacaya
of Dombey, erroneously stated to have been brought from Peru;
it grows abundantly near the margins of streams in the elevated
valleys of the Andes, and these localities are hence calléd “los
Chacayes,” from the vernacular name of the tree. In general
appearance it resembles Notophena foliosa, and the two are
commonly confounded in herbaria; but the absence of petals in
the latter genus constitutes an essential difference. Its generic
name is evidently derived from the circumstance that its species
are usually found near running streams; those of Discaria pre-
fer, on the contrary, dry, saline, and sandy situations. The
character of the genus is here remodelled as follows :—

Ocuetopuita, Pip.—Char. emend.—Calyz petaloideus, urceo-
lato-campanulatus, usque ad medium 4—5-fidus, laciniis acutis,
intus carinatis, calloque sub apice signatis, reflexis, estiva-
tione valvatis. Petala 4-5, oblonga, cucullata, imo attenuata,
laciniis calycinis zquilonga, et cum staminibus in sinubus in-
serta. Stamina 4—5, petalis recondita ; filamenta subulata,
tenuia, erecta, apice inflexa. Anthere parvulz, ovate, 2-lobe,
imo profunde cordate et divaricate, apice dorsi affixze, lobis
singulatim 2-valvulatis, yalva antica breviore et hine rima
hippocrepica hiantibus. Discus carnosus, late pateriformis,
calyci omnino adnatus, margine vix libero, integro vel sub-
crenato. Ovarium depresso-globosum, 3-sulcatum, liberum,
medio disci insitum, et eo vix immersum, 3-loculare ; ovula in
loculis solitaria, erecta. Stylus calyce dimidio brevior, 3-sul-
catus, glaber. Stigma obtuse 3-lobum, lobis paulo divaricatis.
Fructus globosus, Notophene similis. Semen Colletic.

Frutices arborescentes et erecti vel demissi et decumbentes, in An-
dibus Chilensibus vigentes, foliatione et inflorescentia ut in No-
tophena, sed stipulis diversis.

378 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletieze.

1. Ochetophila trinervis, Pop., Endl. Gen. No. 5733.—O. Hooke-
riana, Reiss. in Gay, Chile, u. 39.—Sageretia 3-nervis, Gill..
et Hook. Bot. Mise. ui. 172.—Colletia mermis, Clos in Gay,
Chile, ii. 86; C. Doniana, Clos, loc. cit. 11. 836.—C. Chacaye,
G. Don, Dict. ii. 835.—Rhamnus linearis, Clos, loc. cit. 1. 21.
Rhamnus Chacaya, Domb. ;—arbuscula 2—3-orgyalis, glabra ;
ramis teretiusculis, ramulis teretibus, subvirgatis, subpendulis,
valde foliosis, inermibus, vel apice interdum spina terminatis ;
foliis oppositis, elliptico- vel lanceolato-oblongis, obtusius-
culis et mucronulatis, integerrimis, supra viridibus, subtus

- glaucis, imo in petiolum brevem decurrentibus, 3-nerviis,

- nervis lateralibus margine parallelis, eveniis; stipulis intra-
petiolaribus, latis, erectis, 2-dentatis, ciliatis, utringue in
lineam transversalem connexis; floribus subternis, fascicula-
tis, folio multo brevioribus, 4-meris, rarius 5—6-meris, pedun-
culo imo bracteato, glabro, calycis tubo urceolato, quam pedun-
culus 2-plo breviore, laciniis reflexis, tubo zquilongis, petalis
oblorigis, concavis, late unguiculatis, erectis, longitudine laci-
niarum ; fructu parvo, 3-cocco.—In Andibus Chilensibus.—
v. v. locis humidis in vallibus cirea Mendozam (los Cha-
cayes dictis).—v. s. in herb. Hook. ; Chile, La Guardia (Gillies,
Cuming, 242) ; Chile (Bridges, 142).—in herb. meo; Cordil-
lera de Maule (Germain).—in herb. Mus. Paris; Cauquenes
(Gay, 359) ; Cordillera del Hurtado, alt. 2015 met. (Gay,
525).

This species has an extensive range along the skirts of the
Cordillera; but I doubt its existence near the sea-coast, though
Bridges’s specimens are referred to as from Valparaiso, that being
the place whence they were sent: this error of locality is frequent
among the specimens of Bridges and other collectors. Its range
extends as far to the southward as Concepcion, where it forms a
tree 18 feet in height, with a trunk 18 inches in diameter, the
wood being very durable, even in the ground; for which reason
it is used in building the cottages of the natives: an infusion
of its bark is also employed there in the cure of ulcerous swellings.
I met with it on the eastern side of the Andes, where it forms a
pretty tree, with long, slender, pendent branches, with abundant
delicate foliage, and copious small white flowers. Its leaves,
with three parallel prominent nervures, are from 6-9 lines
long, 2-3 lines broad, on a slender petiole 1 line in length : the
pedicels are 2—24 lines long, slender, the flowers being a line in
length, and the same in diameter; the capsule is 14 line diam.
The specimens from Germain’s collection, distributed as the
Rhamnus linearis, Clos, belong to this species *.

~ * A drawing of this species will be given in the ‘ Contributions,’ Plate
39 A.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez. 379.

2. Ochetophila prostrata, n. sp.;—Colletia nana, Clos in Gay,
Chile, 11. 37 ;—fruticosa, humilis, inermis, ramis nodosis, cor-
tice nitido solubili; ramulis brevibus valde foliosis; foliis
parvulis, oppositis, creberrime aggregatis, spathulato-ovalibus,
obtusis, integerrimis, crassinseulis, margine subrevoluto,
supra pallide viridibus, utrinque bullato- -resinosis, brunneo-
maculatis, rigide pilosulis, subtus hepaticis, longius pilosis,
petiolo brevi canaliculato; stipulis 2-dentatis, intrapetiolari-
bus, erectis, acutis, rigide ciliatis; fioribus axillaribus, solli-
tariis, glaberrimis, proximitate foliorum quasi aggregatis,
pedunculo folio fere equilongo ; calyce cylindrico, imo inflato,
limbi laciniis 4, acutis, reflexis, tubo tertia parte hesonbns :
petalis 4, laciniis brevioribus, oblongis, erectis, concavis, ungui-
culatis ; staminibus totidem e basi introflexis ; antheris ovato-
rotundis, medio dorsi peltatim affixis; disco crateriformi,
margine integro; ovario subgloboso fundo disci insito, 3-sul-
cato; stylo brevi incluso.—In Andibus Chilensibus excelsio-
ribus.—v. s. in herb. Hook., declivitate orientali (Bridges,
. 1209), —in herb. Mus. Paris, Chile (Gay) ; specimen typicum

_ Colletie nane, Clos.

_ This is an alpine shrub, of diminutive size and prostrate

growth, with an abundance of small foliage and with copious

small pendent flowers; it is closely allied to the preceding spe-
cies, but has a more czspitose habit, with much longer pedun-
eles, and a longer calyx. Its leaves, including the short petiole,
are 3 limes long and 1 line broad; those of the flow ering shoots
are only half this size : the stipules are very conspicuous, differ-
ing from those of Discaria and Notophena in being intrapetiolar,

while the margins of the opposite petioles are continued in a

transverse line across the stem: the peduncles are 1-2 lines

long ; the tubular calyx, somewhat contracted in the middle, is

13 line long, the lobes of its border being 4 line in is oe

Bridges’ s specimen corresponds with Dr. Clos’s Colletia nana *

3. Ochetophila parvifolia, n. sp. ;—suffruticosa, humifusa, ramosa,
inermis, ramis validioribus, cortice nitido solubili, ramulis
brevibus aut longioribus, nodis subarticulatis, approximatis,
foliosis ; foliis subfasciculatis, minimis, spathulato-ovatis, ob-
tusis, integerrimis, carnosulis, navicularibus, infra subcari-
natis, enerviis, pallide viridibus, glaberrimis, utrinque bullato-
resinosis et brunneo-punctatis, petiolo brevi, canaliculato ;
stipulis oppositis, rubellis, ut in precedente ; floribus paucis;
calyce urceolato, tubo subbrevi, limbi laciniis 4, acutis;
petalis 4, laciniis multo brevioribus, cucullatis ; stanminbne
totidem iis brevioribus; antheris ovalibus; ovario 3-lobo, in

* This plant will be figured in the ‘ Contributions,’ Plate 39 B,

380 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiex,

fundum disci crateriformis insito; stylo brevi, stigmatis lobis

8, arcte adpressis.—In Andibus Chilensibus excelsionbus.—

v.s. in herb, Hook., Cordillera, in przealtis (Bridges).

This also is a dwarfish species, which attaches itself to the sur-
face of rocks, like the preceding species ; but it appears to be
somewhat more erect, with stouter and straighter branches,
which are closely beset with very short branchlets, all covered
with shorter, more numerous, and more minute leaves. In the
specimen above cited, the flowers are only in bud, and few are
developed; these, however, are sufficient to show their structure.
The leaves, with their petioles, scarcely exceed 1} line, or at
most 2 lines in length, and 1 line in breadth. ‘The flowers are
smaller than in the preceding species. It has much the habit
of the Rhamnus microphyllus of Kunth (tab. 616), but with still
smaller leaves*.

4. Ochetophila riparia, Popp. MSS.

5. Ochetophila divergens, Popp.

No description has yet been given of these two species, their
existence only being indicated in Endlicher’s ‘ Genera Plantarum?
(No. 5733), where they are stated to have been found by Poppig
im Chile.

5. ADOLPHIA.

This must be considered in some degree as an aberrant genus
of the Colletiee, amongst which it has been placed by Endlicher.
My reason for this doubt is founded on the structure of its
calyx, which is cleft down to the limit of the adnate disk, the
consequence of which is that the stamens appear to originate
outside the margin of the disk, as in the Rhamnea, thus divest-
ing it of one of the peculiar and distinctive characters of the
Colletiee ; on the other hand, the species on which the genus is
established has opposite leaves,—a feature rarely or imperfectly
developed in the Rhamnee. I have also noticed, in the structure
and mode of dehiscence of the anthers, another character found
in some of the genera that follow, which I do not see recorded
in any species of the Rhamnee. Dr. Asa Gray remarks (Pl.
Wright. p. 34) that <Adolphia hardly differs from Colubrina,
which may be true in some degree, as far as regards the struc-
ture of the flower; but that genus has alternate leaves. Ceano-
thus is in the same category, although its fruit, as in Colubrina,
is said to be exactly hke that of Colletia, Adolphia, and some
other genera of the Colletiee. Brongniart’s remark} on this

* A representation of this species will be given in Plate 39 c of the
« Contributions.’

+ Ann. Sc. Nat. x. 367.

-Mr. W. H. Benson on new Cingalese Land-Shells. 381

point is more conclusive ; for he states that Adolphia differs from
Ceanothus and Colubrina in the form of its calyx and petals, its
simple style, opposite leaves, and spinose branchlets, which are
all floriferous below.

Apvortputa, Meisn.—Calyx campanulatus, brevis, ultra medium
5-fidus, laciniis acutis, intus carinatis et callosis, estivatione
valvatis. Petala 5, ovata, cucullata, imo unguiculata, stamina
amplectentia. Stamina 5, inter lacinias calycinas cum petalis
infra marginem disci inserta ; filamenta complanata, erecta,
apice inflexa ; anthere rotundate, cordate, 2-lobze, connectivo
reniformi dorsali affixee, rima hippocrepica 2-valvatim dehis-
centes, et hine demum peltatim aperte. Discus crateriformis,
carnosulus, magnitudine tubi calycis, et ei arcte adnatus.
Ovarium in fundum disci insitum, et paululo immersum,
depresso-globosum, 3-loculare ; ovw/a in quoque loculo soli-
taria, erecta. Stylus brevis ; stigma obtusum, 3-lobum. Fruc-
tus capsularis, 3-coccus, ut in Colletia.

Frutex Mexicanus, ramosissimus, spinosus, ramulis oppositis, te-
retibus, sepius spina terminatis ; spinis patentibus, decussatim
oppositis, rigidis; folia opposita, longe linearia, integerrima ;
flores solitarii, axillares, quasi fasciculati.

1. Adolphia infesta, Meisn.; Benth. Pl. Hartw. 286; A.
Gray, Pl. Wright. 34.—Colletia infesta, Brongn. Ann. Sc. Nat.
x. 866.—Ceanothus infestus, H. B. K. ii. 31.—Colubrina
infesta, Schl. Linn. xv. 468 ;—Frutex 3—4-pedalis, ramosissi-
mus, spinosissimus ; ramis ramulisque patentibus apice spi-
nescentibus, junioribus retrorsum hirtellis, spinis decussatis ;
foliis parvis, oppositis, anguste lanceolatis, apice mucronatis,
integris, crassiusculis, pilosulis, demum glabrescentibus, sub-
tus pallidioribus, brevissime petiolatis ; stipulis parvis, oppo-
sitis, gibbosis, squamiformibus, fusco-rubellis, 2-fidis, laciniis
lineari-acutis, erectis, ciliatis, sinu petioliferis; floribus 2-6,
in gemmam squamosam congestis.

Hab. Mexico.—v. s. in herb. Hook., Zacatecas (Coulter, 10) ;
El Paso, Noy. Mex. (Wright, 91).

[To be continued. |

oe ee ee ee

XLI.—Characters of new Cingalese Land-Shells collected by ¥.

Layard, Esq., Ceylon Civil Service. By W. H. Benson, Esq.
Helix Rosamonda, B. un. s.

Testa perforata, turbinata, tenui, arcuatim rugose striata, superne
lineis confertis granulatis, infra striis obsoletis spiralibus decussata,
luteo-olivacea, spiram versus fuscescente; spira conica, lateribus

382 Mr. W.H. Benson on new Cingalese Land-Shells.

convexiusculis, apice acuto, sutura submarginata, demum impressa ;
anfractibus 63 convexiusculis, ultimo rotundato, ad peripheriam
obsolete angulato, antice non descendente, subtus convexo ; aper-
tura obliqua, rotundato-lunari, peristomate recto, acuto,. margine
columellari reflexiusculo albido, superne supra perforationem pa-
tente, breviter reflexo.

Diam. major 37, minor 33, axis 24 mill. ; apert. longa 19, lata 20 mill.

Habitat ad Pittewelle, pagi Matelle orientalis.

Its nearest Cingalese ally in form is the little solid H. Gard-
nevi, Pfr. From H. subdecussata, which occurs at Kaloopanec,
in the same district, the adult shell is at once distinguishable
by its tumid non-carinate figure below, the rounded last whorl
giving token only of an obsolete angle. There is also a diffe-
rence in the decussate granulate spiral sculpture, and in the
more convex whorls. A shell from Lagalle, which may possibly
be the young of H. Rosamonda, has a carinate periphery; but
the form is less broad in proportion than that of H. semi-
decussata.

Hehz Cyiz, B. n.s.

Testa profunde perforata, depresso-globosa, tenuiuscula, superne
oblique et regulariter confertim costulata, linels impressis spirali-
bus remotiosculis subgranulatim decussata, subtus nitida, radiatim
striatula, cornea, superne saturatiore, fascia angusta fusca obsoleta,
altera latiore pallida, vix conspicua, superne concurrente ad pert-
pheriam cingulata; spira convexo-conoidea, apce obtusiusculo,
sutura impressa submarginata; anfractibus 43 convexiusculis,
sensim accrescentibus, ultimo ad peripheriam obtuse angulato,
non descendeute, subtus convexo; apertura obliqua rotundato-
lunari, peristomate recto, tenui, infra valde arcuato obtuso, mar-
gine columellari arcuatim descendente, leviter incrassato, superne
triangulatim vix expanso.

Diam. major 23, minor 20, axis 15 mill.

Habitat in pago Matelle.

It differs from the typical H. coriaria, Pfr., in the thinness of
the shell, colouring, its regular and delicate sculpture, non-
-obtect narrow umbilicus, arcuate margin of the columella and
base of the peristome, which is more regular in contour, and by
the absence of any descent of the last whorl. It is not to be
confounded with a small depressed var. of H. coriaria furnished
with an angulate periphery, but in other respects corresponding
with Pfeiffer’s s type, and bearing to it nearly the same relation
which the pretty H. albizonata, Dohrn, does to H. Gardneri, Pfr.*

Tt seems to be characteristic of several Cingalese Helices to
have an angulate or carinate ally differing in details of sculpture

* H. Cyizx is allied to H. (Nanina) taprobanensis, Dohrn, page 206,

Malak. Blatter for 1859, received since this paper went to press, but may
be known by its more globose form, less dilated aperture, &e. :

Mr. W. H. Benson on new Cingalese Land-Shells. 388

and other particulars. Thus we have H. Rosamonda and H.
semidecussata, and the Pfeifferian and Reevian types of H.
Emiliana, Pfr., as figured in Chemnitz and the ‘Iconica” Of
these I have specimens before me, collected by Mr. F. Layard ;
and, with reference to the difference of form and sculpture, I
regard them as distinct species, notwithstanding Pfeiffer’s cita-
tion of Reeve’s figures for his species. Not possessing the
typical form of H. coriaria, I cannot speak decidedly in regard
to the small depressed variety of that shell with an angular peri-
phery. I subjoin the characters of Reeve’s type of H. Emiliana.
Heliz Cingalensis, B. n. s.
Testa perforata, conoideo-lenticulari, superne confertim et arcuatim
-costulata, striis confertis spiralibus granulatim decussata, lutes-
centi-cornea, translucente, subtus nitidula, radiatim striatula, striis
obsoletis spiralibus vix sculpta; spira conoidea apicem versus
attenuata, demum acuta, sutura marginata; anfractibus 6 con-
vexiusculis, lente accrescentibus, ultimo non descendente, ad peri-
pheriam acute compresso-carinato, carina marginata, basi modiceé
convexa ; apertura obliqua, late angulato-lunari, peristomate sim-
plici recto, margine columellari superne breviter triangulari-reflexo.
Diam. major 17, minor 15, axis 9 mill. =
Syn. Helix Emiliana Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 108. f. 608 a, &.
Hab. in pago Matelle.

The radiating ribs above are arcuate, the spiral ones closely
set, and about double the number in each whorl compared with
the true H. Emiliana, from which it also differs in its very acute
keel and marginate sutures. The apex is also more attenuate
and acute, and the base is less convex. The difference in the
two Species will be evident on comparing Reeve’s figure with
that given in Kiister’s ‘ Chemnitz,’ pl. 158. f. 38-5. Pfeiffer’s
typical shell was got by Mr. F. Layard at Maduranatagalle,
near Ellegamme in East Matelle.

Heliz regulata, B.n.s.

Testa vix perforata, depressa, tenui, oblique obsolete striatula, utro-

_- que spiraliter elegantissime acuducto-striata, fusco-cornea, pellu-
cida, politissima; spira depresso-conoidea, apice obtusiusculo,
sutura impressa submarginata; anfractibus 33 convexiusculis,
celeriter accrescentibus, ultimo ad peripheriam subangulato, sub-
tus conyexiore, antice non descendente ; apertura ampla, obliqua,
rotundato-lunari, peristomate recto, acuto, margine columellari
arcuatim descendente, superne supra perforationem reflexiusculo,
marginibus remotis subconniventibus, callo tenui junctis.

Diam. major 11, minor 9, axis 6 mill.

Habitat ad Kaluganga, pagi Matelle orientalis, necnon ad Katukelle-
kande.

Distinct in appearance from any of the known small translu-

384 Mr. W.1H. Benson on new Cingalese Land-Shells.

cent Helices of Ceylon, and remarkable for the beautiful spiral
impressed sculpture on both sides.

Helix miccyla, B. n.s.

Testa imperforata, globoso-conoidea, tenui, striatula, nitidula, fusco-
cornea, translucente ; spira truncato-conica, sutura impressa, apice
obtusissimo ; anfractibus 4 convexis, ultimo globoso, antice sensim
descendente ; apertura lunato-rotundata, “obliqua, peristomate
acuto, margine dextro arcuato, columellari acuto, verticali, cum
basali angulum fere rectum efformante.

Long. 14, diam. 1 mill.

Habitat ad Matelle.

Allied to H. Orcula, B., of North-eastern India, but smaller,
destitute of the peculiar sculpture of that species, and distin-
guished by its very obtuse apex and by the formation of the
columellar lip. It was found by Mr. F. "aaah on the bark of
an orange-tree near his house at Matelle.

Achatina serena, B. n.s.

Testa ovato-pyramidata, solidiuscula, politissima, obsolete vix stria-
tula, fulyo-cornea, pellucida ; ; Spira elongata, subturrita, apice sub-
ito obtusato, sutura impressa, s submarginata, crenulata ; anfracti-
bus 63-7 Sb sonuese , Superne prope nean Wie convexis,
ultimo ad basin vix compresso ; ; apertura verticali } longitudinis
eequante, subtriangulari-ovata, peristomate recto obtusiusculo,
margine columellari valde arcuato, albido-calloso, ad basin abrupte
et oblique truncato.

Long. 20-21; diam. 9-9} mill.; apert. 9 mill. longa, 53 lata.

Habitat ad Akurambodie, pago Matelle septentrionali.

Distinguished from the stouter and shorter variety of A. in-
ornata, Pir., by its shorter and more obtuse spire, by the suban-
culate form. of the whorls below the suture, and by its smoothness
and polish. In the latter feature, also, it differs from A. para-
bilis, B., which it exceeds in the comparative length of the spire.
As in ‘A. inornata, there is a more slender variety, 21 mill. in
length by 9 in diameter.

Achatina panetha, B.n. s.

Testa ovato-oblonga, tenui, obsolete striatula, nitidissima, pellucida,
olivaceo-cornea ; spira ad apicem obtusiuscula, lateribus convexi-
usculis, sutura valde impressa, vix marginata, crenulata; anfrac-
tibus 63 convexiusculis, superne prope suturam breviter convexis,
ultimo 2 1 longitudinis superante ad basin compressiusculo ; aper-
tura Babwertienlil subtriangulari-ovata, peristomate eradcneeala:
obtuso, polito, albido, marginibus callo inconspicuo junctis, colu-

Mr. W. H. Benson on new Cingalese Land-Shells. 383

mellari arcuato, ad basin oblique truncato, intus plica obliqua
spiraliter ascendente.

Long. 13; diam. 6 mill.; apert. 5 miil. longa, 3 lata.

Habitat ad Ellegamme Nalande, et aliunde in pago Matelle.

The form is less attenuate than the Nilgherry species, Ach.
Oreas, B.; the suture also is crenulate and more impressed.

Cyclophorus Cadiscus, B. n. s.

Testa sublate et profunde umbilicata, convexo-depressa, tenui, con-
fertim oblique striata, sub epidermide pallide corneo-albida ; spira
convexa apice obtuso, sutura profundiuscula ; anfractibus 5 con-
vexiusculis, ultimo cylindrico, antice descendente; apertura obli-
qua, ovato-rotundata, superne angulata, peristomate duplici, in-
teriore continuo, modice porrecto, exteriore adnato, ad dextram
breviter expanso, margine columellari recto, simplici.

Diam. major 17, minor 13, axis 8 mill.

Habitat raro in pago Matelle orientali.

Remarkable among the depressed species of Cyclophorus in-
habiting Ceylon for its deep umbilicus and convex spire.

Cyclophorus Cytopoma, B.n. s.

Testa late et profunde umbilicata, planato-depressa, subdiscoidea,
vix nitidula, confertim et arcuatim rugoso-striata, fulvo-castanea,
subtus pallidiore apicem versus flammis pallidioribus, et infra me-
dium anfractus ultimi fascia fusca inconspicua ornata; spira pla-
nulata, apice non prominente, sutura profunda; anfractibus 53
conyexis, ultimo antice sensim descendente; umbilico 2 diametri
sequante; apertura ampla, obliqua, angulato-ovali, intus lactea,
peristomate simplici expansiusculo, superne acute angulato, bre-
viter adnato, intus incrassato-labiato, margine columellari subtus
recedente, dextro, superne antice arcuato. Operculo fulvo-corneo,
solidiusculo, 7-spirato, convexiusculo, ad apicem foveato, intus
concayo, margine externo sulco lato fere circumdato, anfractibus
ad marginem carinatis, carina exteriore elevatiore.

Diam. major 243, minor 19, axis 8 mill.

Habitat in Insula Ceylon.

The keeled edges of the whorls of the somewhat thickened
operculum form a striking character in this species, and afford
indications of an approach to the operculum of Pterocyclos,
From C. Bairdi, Pfr., the flat spire, the formation of the aper-
ture, the colouring, absence of spiral striation, or angularity in
the periphery, &c., sufficiently distinguish the species, which has
some features in common with C. lozostoma, Pfr., of which also
the operculum remains unknown. In some respects it resem-
bles C. Cratera, B., which has, however, a double peristome and,
like other allied species, a very different operculum.

Cheltenham, March 31, 1860.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 26

386 Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis.

XLII.—On the History of Echeneis. By Dr. ALBERT Ginruer.
[With a Plate. ]

Tuere is scarcely a fish of the existence of which the ancients
have been equally certain, and which has so much occupied their
imagination—from a power thought to be inherent in the
creature to counteract the strongest physical agencies—as the
Echeneis of the Greeks or the Remora of the Latins. There is
scarcely a genus of fish which, from the time of its foundation’
by Artedi, has been considered more natural, or more com-
pletely left in its integrity, than HKeheneis. And, finally, there
is scarcely a group of fishes which, although spoken of in
nearly every voyage or account of marine fishes, has been so
little comparatively treated, and which has experienced a similar
splitting up into nominal species.

I. History of the Fish from Aristotle to Artedi.

We find the first mention of the name of the fish in Aristotle’s
‘History of Animals*.’ The shortness of the notice, however,
and the notice itself, afford ample proof that he did not
know the fish, and that he has applied the name of Echeneis to
a Blenny+. He never could have omitted to give a description
of such a peculiar organ as the suctorial disk of Heheneis. He
describes the fish as inhabiting rocky parts of the sea, and as
having fins (pectorals and ventrals) somewhat similar to feet.
This does not apply to Echeneis, but clearly refers to Blennius,
a genus the species of which use their fins hke feet for loco-
motion along the vertical and horizontal surfaces of the rocks
which they inhabit. Aristotle, however, and A‘lian mention
another fish, called @@eip, the louse:—‘In the sea between
Cyrene and Egypt there is a fish about the Dolphin (Delphinus),
which they call the Louse; this becomes the fattest of all fishes,
because it partakes of the plentiful supply of food captured by-
the Dolphin.” (Aristot. Hist. E. ce. 3; Aulian, ix. 7.) Schneider
and Lowe are perfectly right in suggesting that this fish is the
Echeneis of more modern writers. (Lowe, l. c. p. 78.) The com-
mentator on Aristotle, Theodore Gaza, adds to this original note
merely the etymological explanation of the name Hcheneis as he
found it in other ancient writers, namely its derivation from
éxew and vats.

It is not quite clear whether the opinion that the Remora

= O 5 oe ” , a
* Avistot. Hist. Anim. ii. c.9. "Ears & iy@vdusv re trav merpaiwr, 6
Kadoval tives exevnida, Kal xpavral tives av’t@ mpos Sikas Kat Pidtpa* Eott
A» a > 4 , ” , Sa 3, > \ G \ A
dé dBperov. rovto & evo pacw €xew wddas ovK €xov, GAAa aiverat dia Td
Tas WTEpvyas Opolas €xetv Tociv.

+ See Lowe, ‘ Fishes of Madeira,’ p. 78.

Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis. 387

had the power of arresting vessels in their course existed at
the time of Aristotle, and that he merely omitted the mention
of it as very improbable, or whether it was developed at a
later period. It was, at all events, a general belief in the first
century P.c. We find the first mention of it in Ovid, Halieut.
v.99:

Parva Echeneis adest, mirum, mora puppibus ingens,

Pliny devotes to it that well-known passage, lib. xxxii. cap. 1,
which I need not repeat here, as it is quoted in full by Lacépede
and Shaw; he brings forward two historical proofs for the fact,
which consequently none of his successors dared to deny. He
himself had never seen the fish; and the indistinctness of his
description* wherein he compares it (from the account of the
party in Caligula’s vessel) with the slimy body of a Limaz, and
its mysterious powers with those of the Concha venerea, has led
several later writers into an odd confusion of it with some
Mollusk.

Oppiant and his copyist Aulianf are the only writers of the

* Hist. Anim. ix. e. 25 (copied from Aristotle, xxxii. ce. 1).

T Halieut.i. p. 9. Oppian describes no less beautifuily than Pliny this
mystery of ancient zoology; and not finding the passage quoted by other
writers, I may be allowed to give it here :—

kal pev 61) mehayerow 6 pas exernis éraipn”

78 roe Tavan pev idetv, pijKos Ci lodnnxus,
xpou & aidadsecca, bur O€ ot eyxehveoow
elOeTal, oft d€ of Kearns oropa ve pbc VEVEUKE
KapTvdov, aykiotpov Tepunyeos etkeAov aiypi.
6avpa & duo npijs exer idos éppaccarro
vavTihot, ov pev én Tes €vi ppect TLTT@OAaYTO
cicaiwy, aiel pev dmetpyrov voos dvd pay
Ovopaxos, ovde Berovar Kal drpekeero mibec Oat,
yna TiTavopernyv aveuou (axpneos Oppn,
Aaipheot remrapévoiow adOos bia petpa Oiovaar,
ixOvs dudtxaver odiyoy ordpa vepber, epvxet
Tacay Urorpomtos BeBuppevos, oud? ert Tepver
kopa kal Leper, kara © eumedov € €OTHpLKTaL,
nor ev ak\voToww é eepyouern Aipeverot,

kal THs pev Aiva TavTa Tepl mporovouct pemuKeE
poxSevow de kdhaes, emnpvet be Kepain.

pun emevyoweyn, mpupry & me wavra xahwa

i vyTnp avinow eT LOT EPX OV 66oy Ghyns.

7 8 ovr olnkov eumracetat, oT dvepowot
meiBerat, ov pobiow eAavverat, adha Tayeira
pipver T ovk eGeovea, kai eoovpern memébyTat,
ixGvos ovtiOavoio kata ordépa pilwbeioa.

vavra de Tpopeovawy, aetbeda deopa Gahacons
Sepkdpevot, kai Gap Bos icov Aevocortes dveipa.

Oppian, Halieut. p. 9. v. 212-236,

{ De Animal. Natura, i. c. 36; ii, c. 17.
26*

388 Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Vicheneis.

second century who mention the fish, and agree with each other
in the principal points of its general form and qualities. Although
the organ of adhesion was ‘unknown to them, they were better
informed than Pliny, describing the fish as brown, 1 foot long,
eel-like, with the mouth directed upwards. Oppian, however,
imagines the lower jaw to be formed in the shape of a hook, by
which the fish stops a vessel.

Wotton (de Differentiis Animalium, p. 149) gives a short
abstract of what earlier writers have stated.

Whilst the nature of the fish remained entirely unknown to
Bellonius (Echeneis s. Remora, p. 440), Rondelet appears to have
had a far more correct idea of it, and he endeavours to give a
natural explanation of the powers attributed to the fish. He
devotes a long chapter to it (lib. xv. c. 18. p. 436). We find
that the fish was called in Latin not only Remora (quia remo-
ratur naves), but also Remilegium; in Greek Hcheneis and Nau-
crates, Tapa TO éxew Kal Kpatety THV vavv. He clearly recognizes
the discrepancies in the accounts of the different authors, and
distinguishes (1) the fish of Aristotle; (2) those accounts from
which the Remora would appear to be a snail-like animal; and
(3) the fish of Oppian. Referring to Aristotle, he maintains that
the Remora is a true fish; but, not knowing it by autopsy, he
comes to the conclusion, from Oppian’s account (and not without
reason), that it is a kind of Petr omyzon*, a form which was well
known to him. He does not maintain the assertion of the fish’s
power of completely stopping a vessel, but states that, after a
long voyage, a vessel is covered with marine growths, its bottom
becoming soaked through, and therefore it 1s incapable of cut-
ting through the water with the same facility as at first. The
Remora likes to attach itself to such vessels; and although it
is not the original cause of the slower course of the ship, it is
probable that the continual lateral movements of its body are
gradually communicated to the vessel itself, which then con-
siderably slackens in speed.

Aldrovandi (i. cap. 22. p. 335) copies Rondelet im the prin-
cipal points, but prefers to return to the ancient opinion of a
mysterious power inherent in the fish. He gives, however, so
accurate a figure of Hcheneis naucrates, that the general external
characters of the genus appear to be fixed from the year 1649.

Gesner (De Aquat. p. 410) and Jonston (Thaumatogr. lib. 1.
tit. 1. cap. 2. art. 4. tab. 4. fig. 3) reproduce the accounts of the
earlier writers, without contributing anything new to the know-
ledge of our fish; the latter, however, gives a rough figure,
apparently taken from Icheneis naucrates. It is this species
also, in all probability, which we find figured by Maregrave

* Cf, Artedi, Synon. p. 90,

Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis. 389

(Iter, p. 180); he observed the fish in the tropical parts of the
Atlantic, and, without alluding to its supernatural powers, he
adds, as a new fact to its history, that it adheres not only to
vessels, but to other large fishes: “ Tiburoni (Zygeena malleus)
jirmiter heret in ventre.” Nieuhoff* says the same, very di-
stinctly representing Echeneis remora, to which he applies the
Dutch name of Zuiger. Dampiery, an accomplished sailor, was
well acquainted with the “ Sucking-fish,” and gives a true ac-
count of its habits when accompanying a vessel. He represents
the fish as being of the size of a large Whiting, and describes
the “‘excrescence on the head of a flat oval form, about 7 or 8
inches long and 5 or 6 broad, and rising about half an inch
high.” This would indicate that H. albescens or clypeata, to
which these statements and the figure (Voy. to New Holland, 1.
tab. 1. fig. 6) may be applied, grow to a length of 2 feet!

An original figure, which has been copied by several authors,
is to be found in Olearius (Gottorffschen Kunst-Kammer, tab.
25. f. 2). It will be difficult to decide whether it has been
taken from E. remora or naucrates, as it represents the number
of laminz of the former species, and the slender form of the
body of the latter.

The figure and the account of Marcgrave have been copied
by Willughby (p. 119. tab. G. 8. f. 2), by Ray (p. 71), and by
Jonston (/. c. tab. 39. f. 8). Ruysch again reproduces both the
figures from Jonston’s work (Theatr. Univers. p. 7, tab. 4. f. 3,
tab. 39. f.8), and adds a third, and very bad one, in the Pisce.
Amboin. p. 18. No. 13 (Coupang-Visch), tab. 7. f. 13.

Il. Foundation of the Genus, and its place in the System.

The father of ichthyology, Artedi, recognized in the Keheneis
of the Greeks the type of a peculiar genus, to which he gave
that name, and which he characterized by “ caput plagioplateum,
superne striis transversis asperis notatum.” (Genera, p. 14.)
Finding, however, a single dorsal fin only, without spinous rays,
he placed the genus in the Malacopterygit. All subsequent
systematists and writers, from Linnzeus down to Cuvier, have
left its characters and its position unaltered. Voigt (System
der Natur, pp. 482, 835) first directed attention to the buckler
of the head being a modified dorsal fin: he pronounces it to be
a fin the rays of which have been bent downwards on both sides ;
they are provided with small hooks, which have the same func-
tion as in several species of Balistes.

After Voigt, Blainville comes to the same conclusion; but
both leave the fish among the AZalacopterygii, and it was left to
* Bras. Zee- en Lant-Reize, ii. p. 274. f. 67.

t+ Voyage round the World, i. p. 64.

390 Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis.

Agassiz and Joh. Miiller to remove it from that order. Agassiz*,
although he does not mention either Voigt or Blainville, explains
the nature of the disk exactly in the same manner, and places
the genus in the family of Scombride. Miillert also does not
appear to have been acquainted with the opimion of Voigt, and
draws his conclusion merely from the structure and the inser-
tion of the ventral fins, so widely different from those in the
Malacopterygu jugulares: he establishes for the genus a sepa-
rate group (Hcheneidee) in the family of Gobioidei. The close
affinity of Heheneis with Klacate was first recognized by Hol-
brook}; and if Echeneis be placed among the Scombridze or
Gobioidei, Elacate must follow.

III. Discrimination of the Species.

The progress of our knowledge of the different species will
be more easily surveyed if we divide the account according to
the species themselves. Although, as we have seen, the two
most common species were known to ante-Linnzan authors,
they were confounded together ; and even Willughby and Artedi
believed that there was one species only. Linnzeus (Syst. Nat.
i. p. 446 §) first distinguished Hcheneis remora and Echeneis
naucrates, characterizing the one as “H. cauda bifurca, stris
capitis octodecim,” and the other as “ H. cauda integra, striis
capitis viginti quatuor,’’—diagnoses by which later ichthyologists
were led into great errors, the form of the caudal fin bemg con-
sidered as a constant specific character.

1. Echeneis remora.

We shall not commit any great error if we refer to this spe-
cies, which is the most common in the Mediterranean, the more
or less philosophical accounts of Ovid, Pliny, Plutarch ||, Aulian,
Oppian, Wotton, and Rondelet. The first rough figures which
without any doubt represent the present species, were given
by Nieuhoff, 2. ¢c., and four years afterwards by Willughby,
with the name of Remora Imperati (Appendix, p. 5, tab. 9. f. 2),—
the figures of Valentyn (i. f. 82, p. 857. n. 82) and Renard
(i. tab. 1. f. 3) being very bad, and scarcely distinguishable.

Klein and Gronovius distinguish the same species as Linnzeus,
Whilst the former indicates several varieties of the large Indian

* Recherch. Poiss. Foss. v. p. 117 (tab. G represents the skeleton of
KE. naucrates).

+ Berlin. Abhandl. 1844, pp. 158, 159.

{~ Lehthyol. South Carol. p. 104.

§ And in Ameen. Acad. i. p. 320; Mus. Reg. Ad. Frid. i. p. 75.

|| Sympos. lib. 11. and m Vita Antonii.

Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis. 391

species, the latter creates two different species of the smaller one*.
They consider L. remora as being confined to the European seas.
Klein (Miss. Pisce. p. 51. no. 1) describes it as “ Echeneis cceru-
lescens, ore retuso.” Gronow gives a better and more detailed
description in Zoophyl. p. 75. no. 256, and in Mus. Ichthyol.
i. no. 33. It would appear, from his ‘System,’ p. 92, that he
also knew the white variety, for which he creates the name
of Echeneis parva, identifying it, however, with H. remora, Linn.
He received his specimen from America.

Edwards knew nothing of the nature of the fish; he believed
that “it feeds on the slimy substance it finds on the skins of
the greater fishes ” (Gleanings, no. 210); the rough drawing in
Petiver’s Gazophyl. tab. 44. f. 12, is worse than any of those
already referred to.

The species appears to be only an occasional visitor to the
English coasts. Pennant+ enumerates it for the first time
among the British fishes; Turton { took a specimen himself
from the back of a cod-fish; and Sir J. Richardson § mentions
another instance of its beg found on the gills of a shark (Car-
charias glaucus).

Duhamel || gives a good description, but a miserable figure,
the sucker looking more like the shell of a Pecten. He attri-
butes the adhesion of the sucker to the minute spines, which,
entering a body, offer considerable resistance in the direction
towards the tail, but none whatever in that towards the head.

Otto Frederic Miller enumerates the fish in the ‘ Prodromus
Faunze Danice’ (no. 361); but it is evidently an accidental
visitor to those coasts J.

Two accurate observers, however, attest its occurrence in still
higher latitudes, namely in Iceland: Olafsen (Reise durch Island,
. p. 207), and Faber (Fische Islands, p. 115) (Styris-fiskr).

Of the occurrence of the fish on the coasts of North America
we find the first accurate notice in the true and elaborate account
of Schoepf **, who at the same time explains the fact of its being
spread all over the globe, saying that he saw the fish taken from
several vessels newly arrived at New York. Mitchill+} also
knew the fish well, and declares a specimen taken at New York
to be identical with those from the Mediterranean ; whilst

* System. Ichthyol. ed. Gray, p. 92.

+ Pennant, Brit. Zool. edit. 10. vol. ii. App. p. 524.
~ ¥ Turton, Brit. Faun. p. 94.
_ § Yarrell, Brit. Fish. edit. 3. vol. i. p. 671.

|| Péches, ii. sect. 4. p. 56, pl. 4. f. 5.

{| I find a reference also to Osbeck, ‘ Voyage to China,’ p. 94,—a work
not accessible to me.

** Schrift. Gesellsch. naturf. Freunde Berlin, vii. 3. p. 145.

tt Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc. New York, i. p. 378.

392 Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis.

Richardson*, at the time of the publication of the ‘Fauna
Borealis,’ could not yet believe in the existence of the same spe-
cies on both sides of the Atlantic. Dekay has borrowed his
knowledge of the fish from the authorities mentioned, and enu-
merates it in his valueless work on the fishes of New York
(p. 309).

The occurrence of the species in the Japanese seas has been
asserted by Schlegel (Faun. Japon. p.271), and in the East Indian
Archipelago by Bleecker (£. remorotdes).

The accounts given by Blocht+ deserve particular attention,
because he describes a variation in the number of lamelle
in the sucker (16-20), and maintains the occurrence of the
same species in the Mediterranean, the Atlantic, and the Pa-
cific. But he continues to regard the lunate form of the caudal
fin as characteristic of the species. The description given
by Lacépédet is more detailed and correct in nearly every re-
spect, he having used the manuscripts of Commerson as his
chief authority. After quoting and criticising the ancient
accounts of Pliny, he proceeds to relate the observations of
Commerson on the habits of the fish. He explains the brown
coloration of the lower parts by the circumstance of its being
frequently fixed to other swimming bodies with the belly di-
rected upwards and exposed to the light. He even goes so
far as to say that the fish, if not attached to another body, is
not able to swim on the belly, but that it is compelled to swim
always on the back. This observation, however, has not been
confirmed by others ; and it is probable that it did not originate
with Commerson, but was interpolated by Lacépeéde, who was
then anxious to find an additional proof for his theory that
those parts of a fish which are exposed to the light show a
greater intensity of colour than the others. Sir J. Richardson
(/. c.) describes its movements as a swimming with a wriggling
motion like an eel, and with considerable velocity, so as to over-
take with ease a vessel going before a brisk gale; and Bennett§
says that it propels itself by rapid lateral movements of the tail,
attended with an awkward twirling motion. Commerson and
Lacépéde find the use of the sucker merely in the mechanical
adhesion effected by the minute spines, by which the fish is
enabled to repose, and nevertheless to accompany vessels, sharks,
&e., from and with which it expects to find its food. Commerson
also knew the white variety mentioned by Gronow; and Lacé-
pede describes twelve abdominal and fifteen caudal vertebrae. The

* Taun. Bor. Amer. p. 265.

7 Ausland. Fische, ii. p. 134, pl. 172; and edit. Schneider, p. 240.
{ Hist. Nat. Poiss. ii. pp. 146, 147, pl. 9. f. 1.

§ I. D. Bennett, Whaling Voyage, p. 271.

Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis. 393

latter author has been extensively copied by Shaw (Zool. iy.
p- 202, pl. 31), and he too gives an English translation of the
passage in Pliny. The drawings accompanying all these ac-
counts were more or less rough and imperfect ; and it is Blu-
menbach’s and Rosenthal’s merit to have given for the first time
figures which may be called scientific representations of the fish
and of its skeleton (Abbildungen, taf. 78, and Rosenth. Ich-
thyotom. Tafeln, taf. 20. figs. 1-8).

Risso adds nothing to our knowledge of the habits * of the
fish, but, in the ‘ Histoire Naturelle de Europe Méridionale?
(i. p. 270) he describes a remarkable varicty, or even species,
from the Mediterranean, with a sucker composed of twenty la-
minz,—a number which I have never met with. He separates
this fish from the E. remora, L., and applies to it the name of
E. naucrates ; it is, however, evident that Risso did not know
the true HL. naucrates ; and his fish must be closely allied to E.
remora, having twenty-two rays in the dorsal and anal fins. I
have mentioned above, that Bloch also admits that the lamine
vary from sixteen to twenty in FE. remora.

An attempt to distinguish new specific forms from the Lin-
nean . remora has been made by Lowe+. He found that the
lunate caudal was not a character common to all specimens, and
that, moreover, in some the tongue was covered with asperities,
and in others smooth. He called those with a truncated caudal
Echeneis jacobea, and those with a rough tongue Echeneis pal-
lida, considering the specimens with lunate caudal and smooth
tongue as E.remora, L. Waving had apparently but few speci-
mens for examination, he was induced to use differences in the
number of the laminz of the sucker as additional specific cha-
racters. But the difference between the extreme forms of the
caudal fin is not great: every possible degree of emargina-
tion between those extremes may be observed ; the most deeply
notched caudal and the most truncated one do not correspond
with a certain number of laminz ; the caudal, in fact, never has
a posterior margin which forms a straight vertical line; and,
finally, the same fin undergoes, with age, the greatest changes
possible in FE. naucrates, as we shall see afterwards. The struc-
ture of the surface of the tongue has no more specific value than
the form of the caudal. Specimens with distinct asperities on
the tongue are comparatively scarce; this character is merely

* He describes them in rather general terms, and it may be interesting
to quote his own words : “ Plus inertes qu’entreprenants, ils n’ont que des
désirs modérés ; plus indolents que courageux, ils se fixent sur les quilles,
ou autour des batimens, et trainent ainsi une vie langoureuse et misérable.”
E. remora, Risso, Ichth. Nice, p. 177, and Eur. Mérid. iii. p. 269. EB,

naucrates, Risso, Eur. Mérid. iii. p. 270,
Tt Proc. Zool. Soc. 1839, p. 89.

394 Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis,

indicated in others. Lowe says that it is found in specimens
with nineteen laminze in the sucker; those four in which I have
found the larger portion of the tongue rough have seventeen
and eighteen laminz, and are, in other respects, entirely con-
gruent with true smooth-tongued specimens of EH. remora.

Dr. Bleeker* says that he had never seen the H.remora of the
European ichthyologists. Unfortunately he used Yarrell’s de-
scription for determiming the species; but if he had had more
opportunity of examining the descriptions of that naturalist, he
would have seen that they are more of a popular character than
specimens of scientific originality. Thus it happened that Dr.
Bleeker examined the true HZ. remora, but described it as a dif-
ferent species (1. remoroides), deceived by some discrepancies
which exist in his and Yarrell’s descriptions, but not in nature.
Yarrell, for instance, says that there are “two bands of minute
teeth in the lower jaw, and a single band in the upper,” whilst,
in fact, both jaws are armed with a single band, that of the
upper jaw being, however, narrower than the other. Now
Yarrell frequently confounds a series of teeth with a band of
teeth; and it is to be supposed that in the present case he
intended to say that the teeth in the lower jaw form two series,
and those in the upper a single one. Although even this is
incorrect, the arrangement of the teeth may appear so to a
superficial observer. This error has not been corrected in the
third edition of Yarrell’s work.

Finally, A. Murray separates a specimen with seventeen la-
mine (a variation known long before) as a distinct species—ZH.
tropica (Edinb. New Philos. Journ. 1856, iv. p. 287) ; the name
itself has been preoccupied by Euphrasen for a different species.
Murray also distinguishes between the action of the lining
membrane of the sucker and that of the toothed lamelle: “ The
sucker is quite sufficient for the mere purposes of adhesion, and
may be probably used without the teeth or plates, when the
Remora fixes itself upon rocks or stationary objects; but the
plates and teeth are required to enable it to fix itself upon bodies
in rapid motion.” I infer, from the whole structure of the
sucker, that such a separate action is not probable; the teeth,
indeed, would be useless in an attempt of the Sucking-fish to
attach itself to a “rock”; but there is no evidence of any one
ever having seen the fish doing this.

I conclude this historical account of our first species with
some remarks made by Bennett +, who had ample opportuni-
ties of observing the fish in nature, and who indicates what I
think i is the most natural cause of the firm adhesion of the

* Natuurk. Tydschr. Nederl. Ind. 1855, vi. p. 70.
+ F. D. Bennett, Narrative of a Whaling Voyage, p. 271.

Dr. A. Gunther on the History of Echeneis. 395

buckler, namely a vacuum effected by the lamine, which can
be erected either by the muscles during life, or artificially, after
death, by impressing the spines into any body, the minute
spines merely affording an additional help. ‘ The use it makes
of its sucker is much less than may be supposed: it often
merely swims around the body it attends, and only fixes upon it
occasionally, and for a very short time. The adhesion of the
buckler is chiefly effected by the smooth membrane that margins
it. After the death of the fish, and even after the head has been
severed from the body, the moist membranous border of this
organ adheres to a plane surface with undiminished power.

One muscle can be raised and depressed by the fish, indepen-
dent of the others, or all can be moved simultancously and
rapidly. Their uses are, to fix the sucker more firmly, to offer
resistance in one determinate direction, and probably to liberate
the sucker from its attachment by relieving the vacuum.” Ben-
nett saw “ some perfectly white Remore.”

2. Echeneis naucrates.

Although less frequent round the European coasts than Z.
remora, this species was described and figured at an earlier period
and more correctly. We find it in the works of Aldrovandi *,
Jonstont, Maregravet, Willughby§, Ray ||, Ruysch§, Seba **,
Consequently its occurrence in the Mediterranean and in the
Atlantic was known almost from the first. Whilst Dutertre ++,
Brown ff, and Parra §$§, mention its frequent occurrence in the
Caribbean Sea, its presence in the Indian Ocean is indicated by
Leguat ||||, and in the Mediterranean by Forskal [J and Hassel-
quist ***, The latter gives a most accurate description of it.

After being introduced into the system as Hcheneis naucrates by
Linneeus (Syst. 1. p. 446), it is found in the works of Gronow +++,
Kleinttt, Bloch $$$, and Lacépede || || ||, who, followmg Linnzeus,

* i. cap. 22. p. 335.

+ Thaumatogr. lib. i. tit. 1. cap. 2. art. 4, tab. 4. f. 3, tab. 39. f. 8.
t Marcgr. Iter, p. 180. S, Will, p. 119) tab. Gao. to.

|| Ray, p. 71. {| Theatr. Univ. p. 7, tab. 4. f. 3, tab. 39. £.8.
** iii, p- 103, tab. 33. f. 2.

tt Hist. Génér. des Antilles, ii. pp. 209, 222 (fig.).

{ Hist. Jamaica, p. 443. §§ Pegador, Parra, p. 94, pl. 36, f. 2
if Voyage, p. 122 (fig. bad). [4 Forskal, p. xiv (Echeneis naucrates).
FR Iter. Palest. p. 324, or, in the Cremer edition, p. 371 (Echeneis

naucrates).
ttt Echeneis, sp. Gronov. Zoophyl. p. 75. no. 252, and Mus, Ichthyol.
ie P. 13. no. 34, and Syst. ed. Gray, p. 92 (Echeneis fusca).
ttf Miss. Pisc. iv. p- 51. n. 2 (Echeneis Willughbeii).
§§$ Bloch, Ausland. Fische, 1. p. 131, tab. 171 (coloration incorrect),
and Bl. Schn. p. 239.
I||||| Lacép. ii. pp. 146, 162, pl. 9. f. 2.

396 Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Kcheneis.

distinguish it specifically by the same incorrect character from
E. remora, viz. “ cauda integra.” The description given by Lacé-
pede is of special value, as in this species also he had the
advantage of using the manuscripts of Commerson, who made
detailed observations on the living fish. He says that the num-
ber of the laminz of the buckler varies between twenty-two and
twenty-six; but he considers the vertical or rounded margin of
the caudal fin as a constant character. An account of a rather
singular manner of catching sleeping turtles by means of a
sucking-fish, held by a ring fastened round its tail, appears to
have originated rather from an experiment than from a regular
sport. ‘The story is copied by Shaw *.

Russell (Fishes of Coromandel, 1. p. 39, pl. 49) figures a spe-
cimen with twenty-five lamine, under the name of Ala Mottah,
given by the natives to the fish. I do not know whether this
variety is identical with a fish described by M. Liénard in the
‘Quatriéme Rapport Annuel sur les Travaux de la Société
d’ Histoire Naturelle de Iie Maurice’ (a work not accessible to
me), and shortly mentioned in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1835, p. 205, or
whether the latter is a truly different species.

The first attempt to separate specifically some forms very
similar to H. naucrates was made by Mitchill. Schoepf +,
Storer {,and Mitchill himself § had been of opinion that the
larger species of Sucking-fish on the North American coast was
identical with . naucrates; and Richardson|| mentions its oc-
currence even as far northwards as the coast of Newfoundland,
where it had been found by Audubon. At a later period, how-
ever, Mitchill§] was struck by the white margin of the fins, which
is more or less conspicuous im all specimens, especially in those
of younger age; he named this imaginary species Heheners albt-
cauda, which name, as is quite clear, was originally not intended
for the fish afterwards described by Holbrook as E. lineata, but
merely for specimens of . naucrates with a marked white mar-
gin to the fins. We cannot expect to find the question of the
existence of a second large species in the Atlantic settled by
Dekay. He** adopts for the species found at New York the
name of /. albicauda, adding that he had never seen H. naucrates ;
he repeats from Mitchill that its prmeipal character is the white
margin of the fins; his statement, that the number of lamin

* Zool. iv. p. 209, pl. 31 (half-grown specimen).

+ Schriften der Gesellschaft naturforsch. Freunde zu Berlin, vui. p. 145.
{ Report Fishes Massach. p. 153.

§ Lit. and Phil. Trans. New York, i. p. 377.

|| Faun. Bor. Amer. ul. p. 266.

4] Amer. Month. Magaz. u. p. 244.

** New York Fauna: Fishes, pp. 307, 308, pl. 54. f. 117.

Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis. 397

varies between twenty-one and twenty-three, proves that in fact
he has confounded H. naucrates and E. lineata, Holbr. He in-
forms his readers that all the species are natives of the tropical
seas, and that they are to be considered only as accidental visi-
tors to the coast of New York ; and, a few lines further on, states
that the species is not uncommon on the coast of Long Island.
He mentions an instance of a specimen having ascended a con-
siderable distance up the Hudson River. Those species which
have been established on differences in the number of caudal
and dorsal rays, or differences in the form of the caudal fin from
that observed by Linnzus and subsequent ichthyologists in L.
naucrates, appear to rest on a far more solid foundation. The
variations, indeed, are great; and only an examination of a great
number of specimens of different ages can lead us to a correct
opinion on the subject.

1. We find, then, that the number of lamine varies between
twenty-two and twenty-five. Specimens with twenty-one or
twenty-six laminz are of rare occurrence. The number of dorsal
rays varies between thirty-three and forty-one; that of the anal
rays between thirty-two and thirty-eight. All the specimens in
which these variations have been ascertained are otherwise exactly
similar to one another, and especially show the same relative
proportions of the different parts.

2. The caudal fin undergoes extraordinary alterations with
age. In young specimens about 4 inches in length, the middle
portion of the fin is produced into a long filiform lobe. This lobe
gradually becomes shorter, and the fin shows a rounded margin
in fishes of middle age, with the middle portion sometimes di-
stinctly projecting beyond the level of the margin. When,
finally, the fish approaches the mature state, the upper and
lower lobes are produced, and the fin becomes subcrescentic or
really forked. Hven in this state, I have observed specimens in
which the middle part of the fin is shghtly produced, so that it
has the appearance of having three lobes. Rippell* has also
observed slighter changes in the form of the caudal.

The following species have been founded on such variations :
Echeneis lunata by Bancroft +, Echeneis vittata by Lowe f, a
second Keheneis vittata hy Riippell §, and finally, Hcheneis aus-
tralis by Griffith ||.

The authors who remain to be mentioned have not contributed

* Neue Wirbelth. Fische, p. 82.

+ Proceed. Comm. Zool. Soc. i. p. 134, and Zool. Journ. vy. p. 411, pl. 18
(indifferent description and figure).

{ Proe. Zool. Soc. 1839, p. 89; and Fishes of Madeira, p. 77. tab. 11.

§ N. W. Fische, p. 82.

|| Anim, Kingd, Pise. pl. opp. p.504; Bennett, Whaling Voyage, ii. p. 273.

398 Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis.

anything new to the history of the fish; and we know nothing
of the mode of its propagation or its development in the earliest
stage of life. They state merely its occurrence in the different
seas of the temperate and tropical regions. Guichenot * has
found it in the Mediterranean, Webb and Berthelot + im the sea
of the Canary Islands, Ramon de la Sagra { in the tropical parts
of the Atlantic, Cantor§ in the Sea of Pinang, Bleeker in almost
every part of the East Indian Archipelago, Siebold || m the
Japanese Sea.
3. Echeneis lineata.

The third species of Hcheneis was described fifty years after
Linneus, in the year 1791, by two naturalists simultaneously,
Menzies {| and Euphrasen **. There is at least not the slightest
reason for considermg them to be different; they are both
distinguished by the small number of laminz in the buckler (10),
and by a somewhat slender body. Both descriptions have been
taken from apparently immature specimens, the caudal fin being
very convex and produced. Menzies, who has the priority, calls the
species H. lineata; Kuphrasen names it H. tropica. Schneider t+
also gives a figure of the fish, but he erroneously considers Kuphra-
sen’s fish to be identical with EH. squalipeta, Dald. TLacépéde tt
and Shaw$§ merely reproduce the account of Menzies.

4. Echeneis squalipeta.

The next species which we have to record is E. squalipeta of
Daldorf ||| ; it has not been recognized again. ‘i’he specimens on
which the species was founded are little more than two inches
in length; nevertheless they appear to be adult, having the
caudal fin emarginate. The principal character of the species is
the continuation of the dorsal and anal fins to the caudal; the
buckler has seventeen lamin. The fishes have been found in
the Atlantic between the tropics.

5. Hcheneis osteochir.
Cuvier 4[{{ has added to the preceding species a fifth, which he

* Guichen. Explor. Algér. Poiss. p. 111 (if this is not Heheneis Hol-
brookii).
+ Hist. Nat. Iles Canar., Poiss. p. 87.
~ Hist. de ’Ie de Cuba, Poiss. p. 170.
§ Catal. Malay. Rept. p. 199.
|| Schleg. Faun. Japon., Poiss. p. 270, pl. 120. f. 1 (var.).
@ Trans. Linn. Soc. 1791, i. p. 187, tab. 17. f. 1.
** Nya Handl. 1791, xii. p. 317.
ty Bl. Schn. p. 240, tab. 53. f. 1.
ti Hist. Nat. Poiss. ii. pp. 146, 167. §§ Zool, iv. p. 211.
\|\| Skrivt. af Naturhist. Selsk. ii. p. 157.
_ 94 Cuv. Regne Anim. and edit, Ill. Poiss. pl. 108. f, 3,

Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis. 399

calls EL. osteochir, from the singularly compressed and ossified
rays of the pectoral: it also has not been recognized. It is
badly figured in the illustrated edition of the ‘ Regne Animal,’
and appears to have nineteen laminze in the disk on the head.

6. Echeneis brachyptera.

The Rev. R. T. Lowe, who has paid so much attention to ihe
distinction of the species of this genus, discovered a sixth.
After having shortly mentioned it in the ¢ Synopsis of the Fishes
of Madeira*,’ he fixed its place in the system by the name of
E. brachyptera, accompanying it with a proper diagnosis}. But
it appears to me that the species was long ago seen, and even
figured, by Catesby{. He calls it by the collective name of
Remora, but expressly enumerates sixteen lamin in the ad-
hesive disk,—a number also indicated in the figure, which is
indifferently executed and posteriorly distorted. Catesby’s
account is one of the truest found in the older works :—“ It can
fix itself to any animal or other substance: but the notion that
this small fish was able to stop a ship under sail, or a whale in
swimming, is entirely fabulous. I have taken five of them from
off the body of a shark, which were fixed so fast to different
parts of his body that it required great strength to separate
them. I have seen them disengaged and swimming very deli-
berately near the shark’s mouth, without his attempting to
swallow them, the reason of which I am not able to give.”

Like the other species of Hcheneis, the present is not confined
to a district of a certain sea, and was found, nearly at the same
time as by Mr. Lowe, by the naturalists attached to the expe-
dition of the French vessel ‘ La Favorite,’ and by Storer. The
former have called it H. sexdecim-laminata§, and think that their
specimen was caught in the Indian Ocean. Storer || himself pro-
cured a young specimen with only fourteen lamine in the disk,
and named it HL. guatuordecim-laminatus. As this difference might
awaken doubts as to the specific identity of the fishes mentioned, I
have carefully compared Storer’s description with a Brazilian spe-
cimen evidently belonging to E. brachyptera, Lowe, and exhibit-
ing fifteen lamellee in the disk. Both agree very well, excepting
a slight difference in the number of the anal rays. Storer states,
moreover, that it has four ventral rays, which is evidently a
mistake.

Having had the opportunity of comparing Chinese specimens
with others from the Atlantic, I do not hesitate to consider the

* Transact. Zool. Soe. u. p. 191.
T Proceed. Zool. Soc. 1839, p. 89.
{ Histor. Nat. Carol. i. p. 26, pl. 26.

§ Eydoux and Gervais, Voy. Favor. Zool. p- 77; pl. 31.
|| Report Fishes Massach. p. 155.

400 Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis.

EE. pallida, Schleg.* likewise as synonymous with the present
species. J have found sixteen laminz in Chinese specimens,
Schlegel sixteen or seventeen. The latter number appears to
indicate the highest limit, as fourteen does the lowest, within
which the laminz vary in this species; they occur only occa-
sionally, and specimens with fifteen and sixteen laminz are the
most frequent.

Finally, a fifth name has been given to this species by Dr.
Bleeker,—H. Nieuhofiit. We was well aware of its close affinity
to the fish described by Lowe and Schlegel ; but he considers the
diagnosis given by the former as too brief to be taken ito con-
sideration, and finds a difference from the fish of the latter in the
structure of the skin. The figures given by Nieuhof and Valen-
tyn, which we have mentioned above, are referred to this species
by Dr. Bleeker; but if he admits those into the synonymy, the
diagnosis of Mr. Lowe, with the name proposed by him, would
have merited it as well. The alleged difference in the structure
of the skin is merely produced by the mode of preservation.
Schlegel describes as a peculiarity in the Japanese fish, that its
skin has a porous appearance, and that the scales are at the
bottom of small cavities. The skin of Bleeker’s fish is smooth,
although covered with minute scales. I have seen fishes im both
states: those with smooth skin are the best preserved, their skin
still retaming a part of the mucus. But in specimens preserved
for a longer period in somewhat weak spirit, the skin loses all
the mucus, and the cavities in which the scales are imbedded
make their appearance in the fishes from the Atlantic as well as
from the East Indies.

7. Echeneis albescens.

This species was made known by Schlegel (Faun. Japon. Poiss.
p- 272, pl. 120. fig. 3), and is easily recognized by the small
number of laminz in the disk (thirteen). I have found it since
in a collection of Chinese fishes, and another form closely allied
to it.

8. Echeneis Holbrookit.

I cannot claim the discovery of this species, as it has appa-
rently been known to several of the North American writers
(although they have confounded it with H. naucrates), and it is
evident that it has been described by Holbrook. The latter,
however, does not point out those characters by which it may
be distinguished at once from the other species mentioned, and
calls it H. lineata, which name had been applied long before to
a different species.

* Faun. Japon. Poiss. p. 271, pl. 120. figs. 2, 3.
+ Bleek., Natuurk, Tydschr, Nederl. Ind. 1853, i, p. 279.

Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis. 401

We have seen above, that the fish named by Mitchill FZ. albi-
cauda is in fact merely an immature specimen of EF. naucrates ;
consequently this name is a synonym of that species, and cannot
be applied to a second, discovered at a later period. Dekay* as-
signs this name to the larger species of Sucking-fish found on the
coast of the United States. Most of the specimens which he pro-
fesses to have examined belong evidently to HL. naucrates ; but, as
he mentions also fishes with twenty-one lamin, it is possible that
he has confounded that species and #. Holbrookii. Guichenott
appears to have fallen into the same error: he describes a single
specimen with twenty-one lamine, caught on the coast of Algiers,
as . naucrates. As this species, however, also shows excep-
tionally a number of Jamin which is constant in the other, the
question can be decided only by an autoptical examination of
that individual. Holbrook was the first who described our
eighth Echeneis as a separate species {. Although he does not
appear to have been aware of its close affinity with #. naucrates,
he very properly places it at the side of Klacate; he is, besides,
decidedly of opinion that the firm adhesion of the disk to an-
other object is effected by a vacuum produced in consequence of
the erection of the laminz.

9. Echeneis scutata.
(PI X2 B.)

This is a new and most remarkable species, distinguished by
the extraordinary size of the disk. Its diagnosis is as follows:
D. 27 | 22. A. 21-28.

The length of the disk is contained 2 times in the total length ;
the width of the body between the pectorals 53 times. Caudal
truncated. Dorsal and anal fins not continued to the caudal.
Colour brown.

Twenty inches long.

From the Indian Ocean (Ceylon).

10. Echeneis clypeata.
iE i ie Wy eae.

The length of the disk is contained 3+ times in the total, the
width of the body between the pectorals 5 times. Caudal subtrun-
cated. The lower jaw and the vomer anteriorly with a series of
widely-set and strong teeth. The angle of the mouth is situated in
the vertical line from the second lamina of the adhesive disk. The
length of the ventral is much less than the distance between the

* New York Fauna: Fishes, p. 307.
+ Explorat. Algér. Poiss. p. 111.
{ Ichthyol. South. Carol. p. 101, pl. 14. f. 2.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 27

402 Mr. C. C. Babington on Statice Dodartii and S. occidentalis.

root of the pectoral and the posterior margin of the eye. Uni-
form brown.

This is another new species from the Cape Seas, closely allied
to E. albescens, from which it differs by its narrower mouth, its
shorter ventral fin, and also by the smaller number of the la-
minze of the disk. To which of the two species the figure given
by Dampier (Voyage to New Holland, i. pl. 1. fig. 6) ought to
be referred is a question that cannot be decided.

In conclusion, I give a synoptical review of the species
enumerated * :—

a. Species with a stout and rather short body.

No. of laminz.
. clypeanta, Gthr. -. .”. ya ae
. aloescens, Schlep...) amuses
. squalipeta, Daldorf . . . . 17
. brachyptera, Lowe . . . « 15-16
e PEMOTA, Lin”) gas. 6) gape eerie ee
. osteochi, Cuvy. 2 oe ees
. Scutata, Gtht. ° . oe ec eee

Be

NOOR ONS
be be by by by

8. Species with a slender body.

8. . lineata, Menzies (9. 3. « ~ay eo
9. #.. Holbrooku, Gthr. 2. eee
10. Fi. naucrates, Ui. .. :2. yup poem ees

XLITI.—Note concerning Statice Dodartii and S. occidentalis.
By C. C. Basineton.

In the year 1849 I published a paper in these ‘ Annals’ (ser. 2.
i. 433) “On the British Plumbaginacee,” pointing out that
the plant erroneously called S. spathulata or S. cordata in this
country is the S. occidentalis (Lloyd). I also endeavoured _ to
show that the S. Dodarti (Gir.) inhabited our western coasts.
At that time, and until very recently, I had not seen an au-

* While this paper was passing through the press, my attention was
called to the announcement of one on the same subject by M. Duméril
(Compt. Rend. 1858, p. 374), in which he enumerates forty-six species
which are to be described by him. He does not appear to be aware
of the variability of the number of the laminz and fin-rays, nor of the vari-
ation of the form of the caudal fin. He states that he has examined 161 spe-
cimens,—a number scarcely exceeding that examined by myself, the British
Museum alone possessing 130 specimens. The difference in the treatment
of the subject, therefore, 1s so great, that there is no reason to hold back
this paper on account of that advertisement,—the less as, perhaps, M. Du-
mcril may obtain from it some information that may prove useful to him.

Mr. C. C. Babington on Statice Dodartii and S. occidentalis. “403

thentic specimen of S. Dodartii; but now possessing one in
Billot’s valuable ‘ Exsiccate ’ (No. 1054), I have again submitted
our plants to a careful examination. It was my opinion that
specimens gathered at Berry Head (Devon), Giltar Head (Pemb.),
and Pennard and Langland Bay (Glam.), were the true S. Do-
dartit, notwithstanding “a few slight discrepancies ” in the de-
scription. But as a considerable addition has been gradually
made to my set of specimens, so has my opinion tended more
and more towards the belief that these plants ought not to be
separated from S. occidentalis: the receipt of Dr. Billot’s spe-
cimen of the true S. Dodartii shows that they are not identical
with it, and removes the only difficulty that I found in con-
sidering them all as S. occidentalis.

The specific distinctness of S. Dodartii is still open to discus-
sion, but I do not possess the materials requisite for entering
upon so difficult an inquiry. All the more modern French
botanists—Godron, Lloyd, and Boreau, for instance—separate
them ; and assuredly the authentic specimens have a very dif-
ferent appearance, although it is not easy to define in botanical
language their distinctive points. Speaking generally, it may
be remarked that S. Dodartii is a coarser plant than S. oceciden-
talis; its stems are stouter; leaves thicker, and blunt; spikes
broader, owing to the spikelets being more closely placed, and
therefore more spreading ; inner bracts very broad and blunt,
and with a narrower scarious margin.

But at the same time that the authority for including S. Do-
dart in the British Flora is destroyed, I am enabled to show
cause for its restoration to our catalogue. There has long been
an unnamed specimen of Statice in my herbarium, which was
gathered at Portland, Dorset, in September 1832, by Professor
Henslow. This is quite similar to the authentic 8. Dodartii
supplied to me by Billot, agrees well with Girard’s description
(Ann. Sc. Nat. 2 sér. xvii. 31), and is exceedingly like the fine
old plate of Limonium minus, Bellidis minoris folio, to be found
in Dodart’s ‘Mémoires’ (ed. 1. p. 95). It is a coarse, inelegant
plant, of a very different aspect from any state of S. occidentalis.
The distribution of this plant has to be determined ; for it is
scarcely to be supposed that Portland is its only English station.
Botanists visiting our south coast in the latter part of the sum.
mer would do well to pay attention to these plants, so as to
determine their extent of variation and range. 8S. Dodartit
seems to be the less common plant on the French side of the
Channel. IJloyd only mentions it as tolerably plentiful on the
north coast of Bretagne; but it seems to be more abundant on
the western coast of France.

Mr. Bentham combines these two species, and gives them the

27%

404. Prof. T. C. Archer on a Species of Ostrea.

name of S. auriculefolia. The plant so named in his ‘ Cat. des
Pl. des Pyrénées’ is referred by all the French botanists to the
S. lychnidifolia (Gir.) ; but surely Mr. Bentham would not com-
bine our plants with it! That would be a union more re-
markable even than many of the other conjunctions of specics
which he expects us to accept upon his authority alone.

XLIV.— Ona Species of Ostrea taken from the copper sheathing on
the bottom of a vessel in the Liverpool Graving Docks. By T.C.
ArcHER, Professor of Botany in Queen’s College, Liverpool.

Tur great rarity of the occurrence of bivalve shells growing upon
the bottoms of ships is well known to those who are engaged in
the repairs of vessels ; two such instances, however, have occurred
in this port, within a few weeks of each other. In the first case,
which did not fall under my own notice, the copper sheathing of a
vessel from Bombay was found to have attached to it a consider-
able number of full-grown shells of a species closely allied to
Ostrea edulis. In the second instance, I happened to pass one of
our graving docks in which some vessels were undergoing repairs,
and was much struck with the immense number of oyster-shells
adhering to the bottom of one of them. Upon descending for the
purpose of a closer inspection, I found one or two old ship-carpen-
ters examining them with great curiosity ; and they informed me
that, although they had worked in the Graving Docks from their
boyhood, they had never seen oysters on a ship’s bottom before.
I removed a few of the shells, which thickly covered the greater
part of the copper, being thickest near the keel, and took them
away for examination. On my return home, I saw at once that
it was a species with which I was not familiar, and upon referring
to the beautiful and extensive collection in the Liverpool Royal
Institution, I found no specimen of the species there ; nor have I
been able by reference to local and distant friends to ascertain
its name. I therefore hastened to secure a considerable number
of specimens for distribution—and was only just in time, for they
were being rapidly removed and carted away: upwards of a ton
and a half were supposed to have been taken from the ship’s
bottom.

Deeply imbedded in the interstices of the clumps of oysters,
I discovered some small shells attached by a byssus; these are
a species of Perna, which Mr. 8. P. Woodward obligingly informs
me 1s known to him as a South Sea species. This is of value,
as indicating the probable habitat of the Ostrea, otherwise a
difficult matter, for very little is known of the antecedents of the
vessel, she having been taken as a prize during the Russian war,

Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan. 405

and having since then belonged to several owners. I have,
however, learned that one of her latest voyages was to Matamoras.

Every shell was not only empty, but was perfectly cleaned out;
from which I infer that, after the vessel came into the colder
waters of the temperate zone, the oysters died, and, their shells
consequently opening, they were speedily devoured by Crusta-
ceans and other carnivorous creatures. Owing to this circum-
stance, by far the larger proportion of the oysters wanted their
upper valves, which had dropped off, the hinge not being able
to sustain the weight of the valve, which, from the oysters’ posi-
tion on the ship, would hang downwards.

Description of the Shell.—Attached by its lower valve, which
varies in shape according to the extent of the attachment : when
only slightly adherent, it is very concave. The upper valve flat,
or slightly concave, and foliaceous. In some specimens there are
well-marked plaits on the outer surface. The nacreous lining of
the upper valve is white ; that of the lower one is of a deep rich
copper-brown colour in the middle, with a margin of white.
The hinge toothless, with a laminated subnacreous structure.

I send you herewith specimens; and if you think that they
possess any value, I shall be obliged by your making known to
your readers that, to the extent of my stock, I shall be glad to
give them to public museums and important private collections.

XLV.—On some New Genera and Species of Mollusca from
Japan. By Artuur Apams, F.L.S., &c.

[Continued from p. 303.]
Genus Syrnoua, A. Adams,

Testa subulata, recta, vitrea, polita; anfractibus planis ; suturis im-
pressis. Apertura oblonga ; labio in medio plica obliqua instructo ;
labro simplici, acuto.

This genus bears the same relation to Obeliscus that Chrysallida
does to Pyramidella, and will include all the slender species
of the former group with a single plait on the columella. It
differs from Monoptygma in being vitreous and polished, and
from Odostomia in texture and its subulate or aciculate form.

Syrnola gracillima, A. Adams.

S. testa subulata, alba, vitrea, subopaca ; anfractibus novem, leevibus,
planulatis, suturis valde impressis, anfractu ultimo linea rufo-fusca
angusta circumcincto, antice rotundato; labio antice expanso et
reflexo, in medio plica obliqua valida instructo; labro intus sub-
incrassato.

Hab. Straits of Korea; 63 fathoms.

406 Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan.

Genus Sryxopsis, A. Adams.

Testa subulata, opaca, levis, non polita; anfractibus planulatis, su-
turis impressis. Apertura subquadrata, labio recto simplici ; labro
in medio recto, antice angulato.

This genus resembles Eulimella in the simple straight inner
lip; in other respects—in surface, texture, and form—it is alto-
gether different.

Stylopsis typica, A. Adams.

S. testa subulata, alba, opaca, non polita, vix rimata; anfractibus
octo, planulatis, suturis impressis, anfractu ultimo subangulato ;
apertura subquadrata, columella recta, antice producta, labro
margine recto, acuto.

Hab. Straits of Korea.

Genus Stytopryema, A. Adams.
Testa pupiformis, subpellucida ; anfractibus convexiusculis, transver-

sim tenuiter sulcatis. Apertura subquadrata; labio superne plica
obliqua instructo ; labro dilatato.

Styloptygma Stylina, A. Adams.
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 224.

This species is so unlike any other form of Pyramidellide as
to warrant its separation. Its nearest approach to any genus
hitherto constituted is to Chrysallida of Carpenter, which, how-
ever, is longitudinally ribbed or plicate.

Genus Myonta, A. Adams.

Testa ovato-turrita, alba, tenuis; anfractibus convexiusculis, trans-
versim sulcatis, interstitiis celatis. Apertura oblonga, postice
acuminata, antice producta; labio superne plica obliqua instructo.

This genus will include most of the species described by me as

belonging to Monoptygma in Sowerby’s ‘ Thesaurus,’ and should
be placed in the family Acteonide.

Myonia Japonica, A. Adams.

M. testa turrito-subulata, alba, subpellucida; anfractibus planius-
culis, transversim sulcatis, sulcis distantibus, interstitiis punctatis ;
apertura oblonga, antice subreflexa; labio rectiuseulo, superne
plica obliqua, vix conspicua, instructo; labro mtus sulcato, mar-
gine crenulato.

Hab. Straits of Korea; off Niphon.
Most nearly allied to A. dauta, A. Adams.

Genus Levcotina, A. Adams.

Testa ovata, alba, tenuis; anfractibus convexiusculis, ultimo ventri-
coso, transversim sulcatis, interstitiis punctatis. Apertura oblonga,

Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan. 407

antice producta; labio superne plica obliqua, seepe celata, in-

structo.

This genus is exactly intermediate between Act@on and Myo-
nia, and cannot with propriety be ranked with either. It belongs
to Acteonide. There are several species, one only of which I
shall now describe.

Leucotina Niphonensis, A. Adams.

L. testa alba, tenui, oblongo-ovali; anfractibus 33, convexiusculis,
transyersim sulcatis, insterstitiis punctatis ; apertura oblonga, an-
tice subproducta ; labio plica obliqua, vix conspicua, instructo ;
labro acuto, simplici.

Hab. Sixteen miles from Mino-Sima, off Niphon ; Straits of
Korea; dredged from 63 fathoms.

Genus Macrocuei.vs, Phillips.

In this genus, hitherto considered extinct, the shell is ovate-
oblong, with rounded whorls, the last whorl ventricose, and the
aperture with no plait on the inner lip, which isthickened. The
recent species described below is almost exactly similar in form
to M. acutus, De Koninck, but is nearly smooth, being but
faintly striated under the lens.

Macrocheilus Japonicus, A. Adams.

M. testa ovato-oblonga, alba, levi, glabra; anfractibus sex, rotun-
datis, sub lente transversim tenuiter striatis, anfractu ultimo ven-
tricoso ; apertura ovali, antice producta; labio calloso subincras-
sato.

Hab. Straits of Korea; 63 fathoms.

Genus AurIcULINA, Gray.

This genus is composed of thin oval shells with simple whorls
and without any plait on the inner lip. It is doubtful whether
its natural position is not rather in Acteonide than in Pyrami-
dellide. The species already best known have been described
as Odostomie,—A. cylindrica, Alder, and A. obliqua, Alder. I
now add another and much larger species.

Auriculina Grayi, A. Adams.

A. testa ovato-acuta, bulimiformi; anfractibus quatuor, longitudina-
liter substriatis, convexiusculis ; apertura ovali, antice dilatata,
postice acuminata ; labio simplici; labro margine acuto.

Hab. Straits of Korea; 63 fathoms.
Genus Aucyna, A. Adams.

Testa acuminato-ovata, imperforata, spira brevi, conica, acuta; an-
fractibus planis, levibus. Apertura ovalis; labio callo incrassato

408 Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan.

intrinsecus decurrente, et in dentem acutum desinente ; Jabro acuto

intus levi.

This little genus most nearly approaches Elenchus, but the
form is different: the outer lip is not hrate or grooved within ;
and there is a peculiar defined callus (ending in a very conspi-
cuous tooth), extending the greater part of the length of the inner
lip. Only a single specimen of each species was obtained.

Alcyna ocellata, A. Adams.

A, testa levi, imperforata ; anfractibus convexiusculis, pallide carneo-
rufescentibus, anfractu ultimo cingula macularum ocellatarum
(pupillis rufescentibus, viridibus, albidis) ornato ; callo parietali in
dentem validum prominentem acutum desinente.

Hab. Sea of Japan; off Talen-Sima; dredged from 25 fathoms.

Alcyna lepida, A. Adams.

A. testa levi nitida imperforata, pallide rufo-fusca, lineolis nigrican-
tibus transversis circumcincta, apice nigricante ; anfractibus 5,
planiusculis ; callo parietali in dentem parvum acutum desinente.

Hab. Sea of Japan ; off Talen-Sima; dredged from 25 fathoms.

Genus En1pa, A. Adams.

Testa depresso-conica, late umbilicata; anfractibus convexiusculis,
cingulis concentricis granulosis aut squamulosis ornatis, suturis
canaliculatis, anfractu ultimo ad peripheriam carinato vel angu-
lato. Apertura subquadrata; labio in medio reflexo ; labro intus
simplici aut lirato; umbilico amplo, margine crenulato.

I have dedicated this genus to the gentle Lady Enid of the
Poet-Laureate’s ‘Idylls of the King,’—a creation of the brain
more beautiful, more tender, and more pure, than any of the
so-called goddesses of the Greek mythology who have lent their
names to science. Hnida, founded on shells of great beauty and
of exquisite sculpture, resembles a depressed and widely umbili-
cated Zizyphinus with the inner lip reflexed; in form it also
approaches many species of Gibbula, but this group is littoral and
coarser in its physiognomy. Deep-water shells are usually more
delicate and of finer sculpture than those which have to buffet
with the tides.

Enida Japonica, A. Adams.

ZZ, testa depresso-conica, profunde umbilicata; anfractibus 53, con-
vexiusculis, liris transversis granulosis (interstitiis oblique longitu-
dinaliter striatis) ornatis, anfractu ultimo ad peripheriam carina
crenulata prominente cincto; apertura subquadrata, labio in
medio reflexo, Jabro intus levi, basi liris concentricis granulosis
confertis Instructa; umbilico mediocri. Colore pallide fusce, ma-
culis radiantibus fuseis ornato.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima ; 63 fathoms. :
This appears to be the most abundant species but all the

Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan. 409

specimens I obtained in the dredge were dead shells. In this
species and 4. speciosa the inner lip is smooth within, but in
E. gemmulosa it is internally thickened and lirate and crenate
at the margin; in E. Japonica the aperture is also less circular
in its outline.

Enida speciosa, A. Adams.

H, testa depresso-conica, late umbilicata; anfractibus 43, planiusculis,
ad suturas angulatis, liris subconfertis transyersis granulosis (inter-
stitiis elevate et oblique striatis) instructis, anfractu ultimo cin-
gula valde crenulata ad peripheriam ornato; apertura oblique
quadrata ; labio recto in medio late reflexo ; labro prope suturam
angulato, intus levi; suturis canaliculatis; basi liris concentricis
granulosis majoribus cum minoribus alternantibus ornata ; umbi-
lico lato, perspectivo, margine crenulato. Colore albido, maculis
rufo-fuscis radiatim picto.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima, Straits of Korea; 63 fathoms.

This species is more depressed and more widely umbilicated
than EH. Japonica, and the whorls are rather concave at the

upper part; the granular lire are wider apart, and the oblique
striz of the interstices coarser.

Enida gemmulosa, A. Adams.

Li. testa depresso-conica late umbilicali, suturis profunde canalicu-
latis ; anfractibus rotundatis, seriebus transversis granulorum squa-
miformium confertorum ornatis, quinque in anfractu ultimo, an-
fractibus superne et prope suturas tenuiter plicatis; apertura
rotundato-quadrangulari ; labio in medio excavato et valde reflexo;
labro margine crenato intus incrassato et suleato, basi convexius-
cula seriebus quatuor granorum Squamiformium instructa ; umbi-
lico profundo, margine crenato.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima; dredged from 63 fathoms.

This granular species differs very much from the two last
described, but partakes of all the characters of the genus. The
scale-lke granules arranged in transverse rows are very peculiar.
The aperture is nearly circular, and beautifully nacreous and
pearly within; otherwise this shell might by some be mistaken
for a species of Hehinella.

Genus Conrapra, A. Adams.

Testa turbinata rimate unbilicata, spira elatiuscula ; anfractibus
convexis, valde et concentrice carinatis, interspatiis sculptis. Aper-
tura circularis ; labio simplici, rotundato; labro margine fimbriato

aut dentato, intus levi; rima umbilicali costa semilunari extus
marginata.

In many particulars this genus resembles Trichotropis, but
the aperture is circular and entire in front. In some respects it

410 Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan.

approximates to Jsapis, a genus founded by my brother and
myself in our ‘Genera of Recent Mollusca,’ but it is without
the plait in the middle of the inner hp. It has also relations
with Fossar; but the aperture is not semicircular as in that
genus, nor is the inner lip straight.

There appears to be a sufficient reason—in the possession of
two frontal lobes between the tentacles by the last-mentioned
genus Fossar, and in its habitat—to make it the nucleus of a
family distinct from Littorinde. The genus Isapis will form a
second member of Mossaride, and Conradia and the following
genus Couthouyia will be also included in it.

Conradia cingulifera, A. Adams.

C. testa turbinata, rimata, pallide fusca; anfractibus 43, convexis
cingulatis, anfractu ultimo cingulis septem transversis elevatis
rotundatis, interstitiis longitudinaliter elevatim striatis cincto ;
labro margine dentato.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

Conradia carinifera, A. Adams.

C. testa turbinata, umbilicata, pallide fusca; anfractibus quatuor
rotundatis, supremis leevibus, anfractu ultimo carinis quinque
transversis lamellosis distantibus cincto, interstitiis longitudinaliter
striatis ; labro margine fimbriato.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.
Conradia clathrata, A. Adams.

C. testa turbinata, sordide alba, anguste umbilicata; anfractibus 33,
convexis, supremis cingulatis, ultimo liris elevatis transversis et
costis obliquis longitudinalibus distantibus clathrato, interspatiis
longitudinaliter elevatim striatis ; apertura circulari; labro mar-
gine extus incrassato, intus leevi.

Hab. Straits of Korea; 63 fathoms.

Genus Coutnouyra, A. Adams.

Testa ovata, profunde et late rimata; spira acuminata; anfractibus
convexis, decussatis, anfractu ultimo ventricoso, suturis impressis.
Apertura semi-ovata ; labio recto, angusto, libero, antice dilatato ;
rima umbilicali elongata; labro simplici arcuato, margine acuto,
integro.

Couthouyia decussata, A. Adams.

C. testa ovata rimata, tenui, sordide alba; anfractibus 44, rotundatis,
lineis longitudinalibus et liris transversis, elevatis, decussatis ; fis-
sura wmbilicali lira semilunari extus marginata.

Hab. Off Mina-Sima; dredged from 63 fathoms.

Mr. A, Adams on new Mollusca from Japan. 41]
Lachesis Japonica, A. Adams.

L. testa valida, turrita, fusca; spira elata, aperturam superante ; an-
fractibus novem, tribus supremis lzvibus, alteris convexis, costis
longitudinalibus validis et liris elevatis transversis regulariter can-
cellatis, interstitiis longitudinaliter striatis; apertura elongata,
ovali, antice canali brevi vix recurva instructa; labio levi, antice
flexuoso; labro margine crenato, intus lirato.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

I believe this to be the finest and largest species of this little-
known genus hitherto described. It is an elegant Phos-like
shell, regularly cancellated, and with the spire as long again as
the aperture. The three upper whorls are large, smooth, and
nucleolar. It is an inhabitant of deep water.

Cancellaria (Merica) Fischeri, A. Adams.

C. testa ovato-conica, imperforata, pallide fusca ; spira elata ; an-
fractibus 53, planiusculis, longitudinaliter, nodoso-plicatis, transver-
sim liratis ; apertura oblonga, antice vix canaliculata et angulata ;
labio late flexuoso, margine externo libero, acuto, plicis tribus
obliquis in medio instructo; labro effuso, intus lirato, margine
acuto, integro.

Hab. Straits of Korea; 63 fathoms.

Trichotropis cedo-nulli, A. Adams.

T. testa turbinata, anguste umbilicata, fusea, spira elata ; anfractibus
52, rotundatis, cingulis transversis crenatis, majoribus cum mino-
ribus alternantibus, et costellis obliquis longitudinalibus eleganter
clathratis, interstitiis concinne et pulcherrime decussatim sculptis ;
apertura semicirculari, antice canaliculata; labio recto, inferne
callo parvo instructo ; labro simplici, arcuato, intus lzevi.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

This is a very beautifully sculptured species, with rounded
whorls and semicircular aperture. If we separate the genus
Trichotropis into three groups, as will doubtless be necessary
before long, this species will belong to Trichotropis proper.

‘elutina Pusio, A. Adams.

V. testa parva, pallide fusca, epidermide liris elevatiusculis radianti-
bus et lineis concentricis concinne decussata; spira prominula ;
anfractibus 13, convexis; apertura ampla, expansa; labio postice
reflexo, antice acuto et simplici; labro effuso, margine arcuato,
integro ; regione umbilicali impresso.

Hab. Straits of Korea; 63 fathoms.

Rissoa (Goniostoma) pupiformis, A. Adams.
R. testa solida, alba, polita, vix rimata, pupiformi, utrinque constricta;

412 Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan.

anfractibus 84, planulatis, leevibus, suturis impressis; apertura
ovali; labio incrassato; labro flexuoso, in medio dilatato, extus
marginato.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima; from 63 fathoms.

Skenea cornuella, A. Adams.

S. testa subdiscoidea, ovato-oblonga, tenui, corneo-fusca, late umbili-
cata, apice elato ; anfractibus 33, rapide accrescentibus, rotundatis,
ultimo ad peritrema soluto, striis incrementi conspicuis ; apertura
perobliqua, transversim ovata ; peritremate continuo, acuto, integro,
expanso.

Hab. Off Mmo-Sima; Straits of Korea; 63 fathoms.
Corbula bifrons, A. Adams.

C. testa tumida, ovata ; valva sinistra minore, inclusa, inzequilaterali,
antice rotundata, postice subangulata, margine ventrali undulato ;
valva dextra magna, alba, convexa, concentrice lirata, liris confertis
seepe dichotomis, irregularibus, undulatis; valva sinistra parva,
inclusa, leevi, tenuiter concentrice striata, lineis elevatis rufis ra-
diantibus, circiter decem, ornata.

Hab. Straits of Korea, 63 fathoms; off Mino-Sima.

This is a very singular little species of Corbula, single valves
of which are common, but perfect specimens rarely found. The
two valves are entirely different in form, sculpture, and colour,
and, unless met with zn situ, would be mistaken for different
species. The edge of the small valve is very thin, and bent up
within the margin of the right or larger valve; and the radiat-
ing elevated lines are continued as far as the very extreme of the
circumference.

Limopsis oblonga, A. Adams.

L. testa subtrigonali oblonga, obliqua, tumida, ineequilaterali, longiore
quam latiore, latere antico rotundato, postico declivo ; superficie
valvarum concentrice lirata, liris crenulatis, inzequalibus, nonnullis
validioribus ; linea cardinis arcuata, area late triangulari; fossa
magna profunda; margine ventrali intus sulcato-crenato.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

This species is unlike any hitherto described; it is in bad
condition, though doubtless, when fresh, it is clothed with the
same pilose epidermis as the other species. Other species of
this genus, from this sea, are known to me; but I am unable to
determine whether they are new.

Terebratella Marie, A. Adams.

T’. testa gibba elongato-ovali, leevi, alba, nitida, minutissime punctata,
lineis incrementi concentricis insculpta; valvis convexis, zequalibus,

Bibliographical Notices. 413

marginibus integris; valva ventrali rostrata, rostro recurvo; fora-

mine parvo, integro; deltidio inconspicuo; valva dorsali levi, in

medio simplici, non depressa aut sulcata.

The loop in this species is very broad and ribbon-shaped, and
is doubly attached—to the hinge plate, and also in the centre by
transverse processes. It is a handsome, white, smooth species,
approaching most nearly to 7. Bouchardii of Davidson.

The Micrographic Dictionary; a Guide to the Examination and
Investigation of the Structure and Nature of Microscopie Objects.
By J. W. Grirriru, M.D., F.L.S. &c., Member of the Royal
College of Physicians; and ArrHur Henrrey, F.R.S., F.L.S.
&e., Professor of Botany in King’s College, London. London,
John Van Voorst, 1859, 8vo.

Amoncst the signs of the times in the scientific or pseudo-scientifie
world, we must reckon the appearance and rapid augmentation of an
army of microscopists,;—men who appear to set an especial value
upon anything small, and to pride themselves particularly on the
possession of an instrument which will exhibit these little things with
tolerable distinctness. They don’t particularly care about the struc-
ture of the objects, except so far as their microscopes can make it out :
they delight in test-objects, and break out into ecstasies over a
peculiarly difficult one, or rejoice with exceeding triumph on find-
ing that their eighth will show a few lines or other markings better
than somebody else’s twelfth, and so on. These savants would
appreciate an elephant for the sake of a hair from his tail, or a
whale for a remarkably fine section of his baleen. For their delec-
tation we have a Microscopic Society, which, instead of being, as its
name implies, an exceedingly minute and insignificant body, is actu-
ally one of the most flourishing institutions of the day; and we
sometimes hear the term “‘ microscopic science’’ applied to the curious
agglomeration of subjects which is supposed to be the study of the
microscopists,—a term which certainly in many cases is more gram-
matically correct, as it would require no small penetrating and
defining power to detect the science possessed by many of them.
Nevertheless we cannot but feel a considerable sympathy even with
the most dilettante of microscopic observers. At the very least, they
are pursuing a harmless amusement ; and if they fancy that they are
at the same time engaged in the study of science, who can quarrel
with the innocent delusion? Which of us would care to be taken
precisely at his neighbonr’s valuation? Moreover, it is from the
ranks of the dilettanti that the great scientific army of martyrs is
for the most part recruited ; and the microscopists in particular de-
serve our thanks for the many improvements which they have made
directly or indirectly in the means of microscopic observation. It is
for them that the most ingenious mechanics have laboured unceasingly
in bringing the microscope and its adjuncts to an almost incredible

414 Bibliographical Notices.

degree of perfection; it is their money that pays the expense of
costly experiments ; and it is mainly owing to the great demand
created by them for microscopes and their accessories, that the
scientific man can now procure a good instrument at a moderate
price.

Amongst the more striking immediate results of the springing up
amongst us of this sect of ‘‘ minute philosophers,” as our forefathers
would have termed them, we must reckon the production of an ex-
tensive and daily increasing literature, intended to guide the possessor
of a microscope in the proper use of the means of investigation in his
hand. <A small portion of this literature has undoubtedly been con-
tributed by the microscopists themselves (as indeed in some cases is
but too evident) ; but the best works are all the productions of men
already holding a high place as naturalists,—such as Quekett, Car-
penter, Gosse, and others.

The largest and most important of all the works above alluded to
is undoubtedly the ‘ Micrographic Dictionary’ of Griffith and Henfrey,
of which a second edition is now before us, the first edition having
been published only at the end of 1855. In this book the authors
have endeavoured to bring together all the scattered information of
which the microscopic observer stands so much in need. In the “ In-
troduction”’ we have a description of the structure of the microscope
and the mode of using it, together with brief general directions as to
the most valuable accessory apparatus, both for the collection and
display of microscopic objects, followed by a most valuable disserta-
tion on the method of microscopic analysis. In the body of the
work, which is arranged alphabetically, we find further special refe-
rence to these practical parts of the subject—such as the mode of
employment of polarized light, chemical reagents, &c., in microscopic
research, —and also to the various methods to be adopted and mate-
rials to be used in the preparation and preservation of objects.
But the great bulk of the volume is devoted to the consideration
of the various classes of microscopic objects, indicating not only the
mode of procuring, observing, and preparing them, but describing
adinirably the chief points in their structure, physiology, and habits.
Of the higher animals, the minute anatomy and physiology of the
principal elementary parts and organs are described. Thus, we have
articles on ‘ Bone,’ ‘ Cartilage,’ ‘Hair,’ ‘Feathers,’ ‘Teeth,’ &c.,
in which the structure and mode of formation of these parts are
briefly explained ; and in the same way the structure and functions
of the ‘Liver,’ ‘ Lungs,’ ‘ Kidneys,’ and other organs of the animal
body are described.

The whole of these histological articles are copiously illustrated
with woodcuts, many of which are copies of the admirable illustra-
tions of Kolliker’s ‘Microscopic Anatomy.’ In other articles we
find special reference to certain points in the physiology of plants
and animals; and the minute anatomy of the higher plants is also
carefully described. The remainder of the articles are for the most
part devoted to the special description of the various groups of ani-
mals and plants which may be regarded as possessing most interest

Bibliographical Notices. 415

for the microscopist ; the classes, orders, families, and genera of the
lower sections of both kingdoms are characterized; their leading
peculiarities, both of structure and habits, are pointed out, and even
a considerable number of species are described.

It may be thought that a systematic treatment of this part of the
subject would have been preferable ; but for many reasons we are
inclined to think that the authors have exercised a sound discretion
in adhering to the Dictionary form throughout. Such a work as this
is obviously not to be regarded as presenting its readers with a com-
plete system of nature ; many departments of the system only require
to be touched upon, or to be treated in a very different way to others :
this may be done with great propriety in a Dictionary, whilst the
same mode of treatment in a systematic form would give rise to
irregularities and an apparent patchiness in the book, which could
not but have been distasteful to a critical eye. Moreover, the
alphabetical arrangement is of great advantage to those com-
mencing and carrying on a discursive study of the whole range of
natural history, such as is usually cultivated by the true microsco-
pist ; for they not unfrequently obtain an object and its name at the
same time, when by means of this Dictionary they may easily learn
something of the structure and properties of their acquisition. On
the other hand, by the arrangement which has been carefully followed
throughout by the authors, by which the groups included in each
superior group are briefly referred to under the latter and more fully
in their proper place in the alphabetical series, it is easy for any one
to work out any of the forms of animals and plants mentioned in the
volume, especially as this process is greatly assisted by a copious
series of cross-references ; and any one desirous of obtaining further
information upon any point has the means of so doing placed within
his reach by the excellent bibliographical references appended to each
article. These bibliographical memoranda are indeed of the highest
importance, and will render the ‘ Micrographic Dictionary’ a valuable
handbook even for the advanced student of nature, to whom, more-
over, the having such a vast mass of scattered zoological and botanical
knowledge brought together within the compass of a single volume
cannot but be exceedingly convenient.

The preceding remarks upon the scope and plan of this work
apply equally both to the first and second editions, and we have still
to indicate in what respects the latter differs from its predecessor.
And this second edition comes to us with a sort of melancholy feel-
ing, as the last work to which one of its distinguished authors set his
hand; the press proofs of the last three sheets were only waiting for
his finishing touch, when the hand of death fell suddenly and prema-
turely upon Professor Henfrey, in the midst of his indefatigable
labours. The portion of this volume which we may consider as fall-
ing more particularly under the care of this amiable and lamented
botanist has required comparatively little alteration. In regard to
the general structure and classification of plants, little change has
taken place within the last few years; and accordingly the botanical
articles remain much as they were. Nevertheless we find abundant

416 Bibliographical Notices.

evidence of the pains-taking labour of their late author in those
alterations which have been made in many of them, with the view of
introducing those new facts in the structure and physiology of plants
which have been brought to light since the publication of the first
edition. In fact, these articles furnish a most admirable guide both
to the general anatomy and physiology of plants, and to the classifi-
cation and nomenclature of the lower forms of the vegetable kingdom.

In the zoological articles, on the other hand, we find a vast im-
provement. Systematic zoology has been for some time in a transi-
tion state; and it will probably be many years before we again sit
down quietly at the feet of a new Cuvier. In the first edition of
this work, the zoological editor, perhaps from a desire to avoid
adopting views of too advanced a nature, certainly placed himself
rather behind his age; but in the new edition this is all changed,
and the scheme of classification given in the article ‘ Animal King-
dom,’ and followed throughout the work, may be looked upon as a
very good conservative zoological system. The influence of this
change upon the distinct articles is of course very great; many of
them have been completely remodelled, and a great quantity of new
articles have been introduced, principally in connexion with the
Foraminifera, Acari, Polyzoa, and Tunicata. To other articles im-
portant additions have been made ; and the enormous mass of mate-
rials here brought together is now presented to the student in a most
convenient form.

Besides the articles on natural-history subjects, there are several
on diseases and morbid products of the animal system, in the inves-
tigation of which the microscope comes into play ; and in the present
edition we notice that the microscopic detection of adulterations has
received a considerable share of attention.

We had observed a few slight errors and omissions in some of the
articles, to which we might have called attention; but this notice
has already extended to such a length, that we cannot, in justice to
our readers, do otherwise than pass over them in silence, more espe-
cially as they are not of a nature to detract from the general excellence
of the book, being in fact rather dapsus penne than grave faults.
But we cannot conclude without calling attention to the almost
innumerable figures, many of them coloured, contained in the plates
appended to the volume, which have been executed in the most
beautiful manner by Mr. Tuffen West. These plates, of which there
are no less than forty-five (four new ones having been added to this
edition), contain magnified representations of an immense number of
objects,—the wonder often being how such an amount of details
could have been crammed into the space ; and every figure is accom-
panied by a number indicating the magnifying power under which
the object is supposed to be seen,—a point of the highest importance,
for the want of which many expensive plates are often of compara-
tively small value. ‘Taking the number and quality of these plates
into consideration, we have no hesitation in saying that the ‘ Micro-
graphic Dictionary’ is not only a very good book, but also a very
cheap one.

Bibliographical Notices. 417

The Ibis, a Magazine of general Ornithology. Edited by Puiiie
Lutwey Scuater, M.A. Vol. I. Triibner and Co., 1859.

Tur taste for Ornithology naturally arises from the sporting in-
stincts of an Englishman. It is the love of shooting developed in
a scientific direction. Nor could there easily be mentioned any
other pursuit which combines in itself so many advantages as does
a love of Birds and of Bird Lore, whether as a serious study or as a
healthful and instructive recreation.

The geologist justly boasts his familiarity with mountain-climbing
and with mountain scenery—the wide range of his studies—his broad
views of science; yet the study of birds is more inviting still, as it
springs more instinctively, and there is a charm in living Nature far
beyond the delight in stones. And surely their prizes are well won
by those who have braved alike the sun of Africa, or snows of
Lapland, or pestilent tropic marsh.

No wonder that the Bird-men of England shoutd claim a journal
of their own. Entomologists have long enjoyed the privilege ; and
when the scarcely more numerous class of Botanists have several
publications, it has always been a matter of surprise to us that the
Ornithologists had none.

Therefore it was with no small pleasure that we hailed the birth of
the ‘Ibis.’ We have watched its progress with much interest; and
now that the results of the first year are before us, we must say that
the new journal is very creditable to the contributors, besides being
a really valuable accession to scientific literature.

It is to the enterprise of a club or fraternal union of zealous
young Cantabs that we owe the ‘Ibis.’ Among the well-known
names which we recognize, not the least is that of poor John Wolley,
whose graphic delineations of the habits and haunts of his favourites
must be fresh in the memory of all English lovers of birds. A sad
blow is his early death to the little band who first projected the
undertaking ; as great a loss to those who have always followed his
pen with so much delight. But there is no want of writers when we
find contributions from so many different countries, all showing no
mean zeal and care in observation. The high names of Sclater,
Knox, Eyton, Hewitson, Newton, Gurney, Salvin, Tristram, &ce.,
bring their reputation to the new magazine; while those who have
their spurs yet to win seem determined not to be left behind in
the race.

It has been objected in certain quarters that there was no need of
an ‘Ibis.’ In answer to this we would simply ask, where could
such a collection of papers have found room? Again, would
they ever have been written at all?—-would the expeditions nar-
rated have been undertaken without some such stimulus and bond of
fraternity ?

It is true that the cultivators of foreign Ornithology are few in
number. But it does not appear that the ‘Ibis’ can be con-
sidered wanting in interest to the purely “ British?’ Ornithologist who
only knows ‘ Yarrell’s British Birds.’ Surely such a one may with

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v.

418 Bibliographical Notices.

much advantage trace the so-called “ British” species to their
winter retreats, or compare their habits in other lands with what
has been noticed in our own. Imperfect indeed must be our ac-
quaintance with any bird of whose existence we only know that “a
specimen was once captured at York,’’ and another “shot near Yar-
mouth,’ yet fondly counted a British bird because it has once or
twice (much to its own grief) set foot upon our free soil. We
wonder whether such a construction would admit the Wandering Jew
to the full rights of a British subject.

No; we must never cease to follow the wandering feathered tribes,
whether they go south, or east, or north. They must be put under
“‘ surveillance,” traced home to their domicile, their diet ascertained,
their children counted, their cottages and cradles overhauled, and
an exact photograph taken on the spot. Reader, if you turn to one
of poor Wolley’s ‘‘ photographs,” such as that of the Crane in Lap-
land (given at p. 191), &c., you will see what we mean.

But, to speak of the more strictly scientific features of the work,
it is the evident and most praiseworthy endeavour of the worshippers
of the Sacred Ibis to keep up thoroughly with their subject. No
pains are spared to obtain and make public the most recent observa-
tions of their Continental brethren ; and we would fain hope our young
‘Ibis’ may bear comparison with any similar publication of its own
class abroad.

It would be invidious to challenge comparison between the re-
spective articles, where it has been the effort of all to contribute to
the common weal ; and we must say we think much has already been
done under the able superintendence of the editor, whose name is
not unknown to the readers of the ‘ Annals.’

After what has been said, we hope that a short analysis of the
contents may suffice.

The first volume of ‘ The Ibis’ contains articles upon the birds of
the following countries :—

Central America (Sclater and Salvin), I. XII. XXIII.

St. Croix, West Indies (A. & KE. Newton), VI. XIII. XXV.
Leuador, Humming Birds (Jameson and Fraser), XLI.
Mexico, Tyrannidee (Sclater), XLIV.

And as regards our own hemisphere, the observations relate to—

Southern Palestine (Tristram), II.

Egypt (B. C. Taylor), III.

Western Africa (Ibadan), (J. H. Gurney). XV.

Northern Africa (Tristram), V. XVI. XXIX. XLITI.

Western Spitzbergen (Evans and Sturge), XVIII.

Eastern Atlas (Salvin), XIX. XXX. XXXIV.

South-east Africa (J. H. Gurney), XXIV.

The Red Sea (Heuglin & Hartlaub), XX XIII.

Beyrout (J. H. Gurney), XX XVII.

Besides their value in a general point of view, as contributing to

our knowledge of the range and economy of the species, many of these
chapters contain information of high interest respecting British birds.

Bibliographical Notices. 419,

For instance, more than half of those noticed by Mr. E. C. Taylor
in Egypt, and nearly one-half of the species observed by Mr. Tristram
in Palestine, belong to the British list. Out of 357 birds found in Al-
geria, only fourteen have not been observed in Europe. North Africa
and the Great Desert seem to be the regular winter-quarters of our
familiar summer visitants. In the “oases” (p. 278), the “ Willow-
wrens and White-throats hop on every twig, beneath the shadow of
the never-failing palm,—peaceful retreats, rarely visited by any Raptor
more formidable than the Kestrel.’ There is a paragraph in Mr.
Tristram’s introductory paper (p. 157) which we must not pass with-
out notice. Unless we have misapprehended his meaning, he seems
to look upon the Bird-fauna as showing more clearly than any other
class the relationship of the productions of Algeria with those of
Europe. At the same time, the writer expresses his surprise that
the differences are greater specifically when we turn to the Reptiles
and Mammifers ; whereas the Flora presents a striking resemblance
generically. Now, considering that so large a proportion of the
species of Birds common to both shores of the Mediterranean are
migratory, would it not be safer to strike off upon both sides all the
‘‘locomotive”’ kinds, and then contrast the species which nest upon
either side? Thus might the features of the Algerian “ Avi-fauna’’
be found to correspond more nearly to those of the other classes.

To Mr. Salvin’s explorations in Eastern Atlas, the same interest
attaches in a British point of view; and to both we are indebted for
most interesting particulars as to the breediug-haunts and habits of
many birds little known in this country. The same may be said
of the observations made in Spitzbergen; for, although the number
of species found there was very small compared with Africa, few of
them nest in Britain, though nearly all visit us.

If an Englishman is less concerned with the birds of St. Croix, it
is no fault of the writers, who have treated their subject in a most
pleasant and readable fashion. We can only regret that our ae-
quaintance with the West Indian species is so limited. Still here is
the Belted Kingfisher, a winter visitant to St. Croix, living in the
Mangrove swamps, and sometimes venturing half a mile to sea in
quest of fish: it seems to feed upon small crabs as well. One was
seen far out at sea, flying round the steamer, in lat. 26° 17’ N., long.
57° 28’ W., in October.

The Yellow-billed Cuckoo breeds in St. Croix. As is well known,
this bird incubates its own eggs. Mr. Newton describes these
Cuckoos as remarkably tame, and affectionate to their mates.

The Virginian Quail has been successfully naturalized in the
island. Though reputed a British bird, our climate is probably un-
suitable, as the authors inform us all attempts to establish it in the
eastern counties of England have failed. Wilson’s Stint, the Pec-
toral Sandpiper, Sooty Tern, Laughing Gull, and a Petrel or two,
complete the names which occur in Yarrell. The eggs of eight
species are admirably figured by the masterly hand of Hewitson.

It is indeed of high importance to the right understanding of geo-
graphical distribution, and especially of migration, that we should

28*

4.20 Bibliographical Notices.

have a series of trustworthy notes from whatever countries are im-
habited or traversed by the migratory tribes. We feel sure of this
that migration is far more universal among birds than is generally
supposed. Mr. A. E. Knox has already done good service by calling
attention to this, as well as by his own excellent observations. It is
to be hoped that no English Ornithologist will think his time and
pains ill bestowed upon a subject so promising and so inexhaustible.
Too little is known of the direction taken by the various migrants ;
often in spring, they appear to follow quite a different route to
that of the autumn. How are they affected by prevailing winds ?—
by clear or foggy weather? How long are they on their way? At
how many stages do they linger ?—and are they much or little delayed
by changes of temperature, when they have once set out? All these
are most interesting points; and we trust some light may eventually
be thrown upon these questions as the number of observers becomes
every year increased.

Mr. Tristram, worthily following the example set by Mr. Wolley,
has been the discoverer of the native haunts and nests of several birds
whose eggs were previously little or not at all known.

The study of eggs is one essential to the Ornithologist. It is too
true that instances are not wanting of collectors who are content to
possess the eggs as so many pretty objects, hardly knowing anything
of the birds themselves ; and no little mischief has been done in this
way by the stimulus given to the extirpation of rare species. But
the scientific student is compelled to commence his investigations ‘ab
ovo,” and thus he is led to detect the really native haunts of his
birds. There are, in the present volume, two excellent chapters
bearing upon the study of eggs,—one by the veteran Hewitson, the
other a review of two recent works upon American and German
Oology. As usual with the German writers, we find Herr Bideker
too much inclined to found new species upon slight differences, and
fortifying himself in this by the inverted system of reasoning from egg
to bird, instead of from bird to egg (p. 404). It occurs to us that
the terms “ European”’ and “British ”’ are somewhat too loosely ap-
plied to eggs when they belong to birds which, it is true, must be
included in the respective Faunas of Europe and Britain, but whose
eggs there is no reason to expect we shall ever find upon European
or British soil. In what sense the egg of the American White-winged
Crossbill can be called “British,” it has always puzzled us to discover,
though it is very likely the Americans may have some day to thank
an Ibis-worshipper for leading him to its ‘‘ cunabula.”

When we read that the Knot and Sanderling, so well known upon
our shores, have hitherto battled the utmost pursuit of their nests,
when we hear that at the North-east Cape, in latitude 78° N., these
birds were still pressing onwards, we are almost compelled to ask with
the writer may there not be some circumpolar land (or islands) un-
visited as yet, except by these adventurous Sand-pipers? At the
same time, we think too much stress should not be laid upon the
negative evidence of one observer, posted upon an isolated point of
that vast region, whether his station was unfavourable from its

Bibliographical Notices. 42]

physical features, or whether we may suppose the birds migrating
along the parallels of latitude.

Separate chapters are devoted to the breeding of the Smew and
Crane (Wolley) ; Nesting-places of the Frigate Bird (G. C. Taylor) ;
Harlequin Duck (a critical article, by A. Newton); Nesting of
Black Woodpecker (W. H. Simpson) ; Nesting of Eagle Owl in
Captivity (Edward Fountain) ; White’s Thrush as observed in War-
wickshire (R. F. Tomes) ; Black-winged Stilt in Sussex (A. E. Knox) ;
Breeding of Mutton Bird (Puffinus obscurus) (R. Elwes); Pel’s
Owl (J. H. Gurney) : all interesting and very readable articles.

Under the head of the ‘general subject’’ may be quoted a paper
on the Preparation of Birds’ Skeletons, by Mr. Eyton ; Mr. Tomes
on the genera Oreocincla, Turdus, and Merula, and Mr. Wallace’s
remarks upon the Geographical Distribution of Birds, which those
who are interested in the subject will do well to compare with Mr.
Sclater’s in the ‘ Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society ’
(vol. ii. p. 13), as well as with some of the remarks preliminary to
different articles in the ‘ Ibis.’

The new species of Birds described in this volume amount to some
twenty. We could wish to see them collected into a separate appen-
dix at the end of each year.

There are given fifteen beautifully coloured plates to illustrate this
volume: three of these, representing eggs, are from the pencil of
Hewitson; others of the drawings are by J. Wolf,—sufficient
guarantee that everything has in this respect been done to give the
new periodical a high character. Photography appears to have been
successfully employed by Dr. Brewer in copying the exact markings
of eggs.

Bach Number concludes with a summary of recent Ornithological
publications, English and Foreign, a few paragraphs of short notices,
extracts from correspondence, &c. If anything be still wanting when
so much has been accomplished, we could wish to see the ¢ Ibis’
becoming the registrar of the more important observations made
upon British birds upon our own soil: but we are convinced that it is
only needful for the Journal to become better known to ensure this
result.

We may now conclude our pleasant task by heartily recommending
the ‘Ibis’ to every one who takes any interest in birds, whether
British or foreign, and with the hope that its circulation among
the fraternity may soon double the number of accurate and diligent
observers. He who would be a true Ornither must have no delight
in ease or in mere shooting. He should be a kind of scientific
Gipsy: a brown-faced, hardy, out-o’-doors man; a quick shot; a
dauntless climber ; an earnest student; a practical bird-stuffer, with
a dash of the author: and if to this is added a warm feeling for the
beauties of Nature in all her forms, we envy the man who is such,
and we commend him especially to the worshippers of the Ibis as
a worthy fellow-craftsman. Such, we know, are many Englishmen,
and we trust their numbers may be ever on the increase.

422 Zoological Society :—

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Jan. 25, 1859.—E. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq., F.L.S., in the Chair.

Descriptions oF New SPECIES OF THE AMERICAN FAMILY
Tyrannip®. By Paiuie LuTrtey ScuatTer.

ATTILA CITRINIVENTRIS.

Rufescens, capite obscuriore et cinereo tincto, dorso imo dilutiore,
uropygio citrino-flavo: alis nigricantibus, extus rufescente lim-
batis ; gulu cinerascente, pectore rufo, ventre cum crisso
citrino-flavo, hypochondriis et tectricibus subalaribus rufis :
cauda clare rufa unicolore, basin versus dilutiore: rostro n-
gricante, pedibus plumbers

Long. tota 6°75, alee 3°2, caudze 2°6, rostri a rictu 1:0.

Hab. In valle Amazonum superiore ad ripas fl. Ucayali (Haua-
well).

This species of Attila comes nearest to Attila spadiceus of Cayenne
and Northern Brazil, and is of about the same size, but may be di-
stinguished by its darker and more cinereous head and yellow belly,
as well as minor differences. An example in my own collection was
received from MM. Verreaux of Paris. One belonging to Mr. Gould
was procured by Hauxwell on the Ucayali.

As to the position of this genus of birds and the synonymy of the
species, I agree with the views of M. de Lafresnaye, as given in his
article in the ‘ Revue Zoologique’ (1848, p. 39).

Next to Attila, I think, must be placed the curious type Casiornis
of Bonaparte, of which the earliest specific name appears to be rubra
of Vieillct. Its synonymy is very much confused ; but I am inclined
to refer Suirirt rowa, Azar. sp. 188; Muscicapa rubra, Vieill. Dict.
xxi. 457, et Enc. p. 831; Muscicapa hematodes, Licht.; Dasy-
cephala hematodes, Cab. in Wiegm. Arch. 1847, 1. p. 222; Dasy-
cephala rubra, Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. 87; Tyrannula rufula, Hartl.
Rey. Zool. 1852, p. 6, and, probably, Tyrannus thamnophiloides of
D’Orbigny (Voy. p. 309), to this bird. MM. de Castelnau and De-
ville obtained examples of it at Goyaz during their American travels ;
and it has recently been described and figured by M. Des Murs in
the Ornithology of their Expedition under the name Casiornis
typus. Its general structure is very much that of Attila; but the
bill is quite short and much more feeble, and the feet are not nearly
so strong.

MyIopyNASTES NOBILIS.

Supra ochracescenti-rufus, nigro variegatus ; plumis medialiter
nigris, ochracescenti-rufo undique marginatis : crista brevi ver-
ticali interne aurea: loris et macula post-oculart cum striga
rictali nigris: fronte et linea superciliarit flavicantibus : alis
nigricantibus ; tectricibus ochracescenti-rufo, secundariis albo,
primariis rufo extus limbatis : cauda ferruginea, rectricum om-
nium parte mediali, seapam marginante, nigra: subtus albus,

Mr. P. L. Sclater on new species of Tyrannide. 423

abdomine et crisso citrino indutis, pectore et lateribus nigro
flammulatis: subalaribus citrino-flavis : rostro corneo, mandi-
bule inferioris basi alba; pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 8°5, alee 4°5, caude 3-7, rostri a rictu 1°2, tarsi 0°74.

Hab. In litt. reipublicee Novy. Granade in vicinitate urbis S.
Marthe.

This fine Myiodynastes is a close ally of M. audax and M. lutei-
ventris, but is readily distinguishable by its stronger bill, longer tail,
which is slightly forked, and the lighter surface of the body below ;
this is nearly pure white on the throat and middle of the belly,
being rather sparingly flammulated on the breast and sides, which
latter parts, along with the crissum, are tinged with yellow.

The example of this bird in my own collection was obtained from
MM. Verreaux of Paris, and was received from their collector at
Santa Martha.

The true type of the genus Myiodynastes, Bp. (a generic term
published by the Prince, like many others, without characters, or
even the indication of any exact type), was intended, I believe, to
have been the Tyrannus audaz, Auct. The name first appeared in
print in the ‘Comptes Rendus’ for April 3, 1854, in connexion
with M. luteiventris ; but it also occurs in the catalogue of birds
collected in Cayenne by M. Desplanches* (p. 11), where it is ap-
plied to 7. audax. The division seems a natural one, connecting
Pitangus and Tyrannus.

CoNTOPUS MESOLEUCUS.

Obscure cineraceus, olivaceo vix tinctus, pileo, alis et cauda nigri-
cantibus, secundariis dorso proximis albo extus marginatis :
subtus obscure cineraceus, vitta longitudinali a mento corpus
descendente cum ventre toto albo, flavicante tincto, hypochon-
driis et crisso cineraceo adumbratis : fasciculo plumarum utrin-
que ad latera uropygi, alis obtecto, albo: rostro nigro, mandi-
bule inferioris basi flavida : pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 6°75, ale 4:0, caudze 2°7.

Hab. In Mexico meridionali, et in rep. Guatemala (Skinner).

This bird is easily recognizable by the creamy-white medial line,

which passes from the chin to the crissum, expanding greatly on the
belly. My examples are from Orizaba, collected by Botteri. Mr.
Gould possesses a specimen from Guatemala of the same species.
The form is quite typical,—the wings being very long, and the second
primary, which is the longest, considerably (by 0°15 inch) exceed-
ing the first and third, which are equal. The curious white tufts
at the side of the uropygium, covered by the wings, are very notice-
able in this species—more so than in my examples of C. borealis.

* This little tract is extracted, I believe, from the Mémoires of a learned Society,
published at Caen. The only copy I have ever seen was given to me by the
author himself in 1857, shortly before his death. In it is established a new genus
of Tyrannide—Planchesia—for Muscicapa fuliginosa, Gm. (PI. Enl. 574. fig. 1) ;
and the generic term Syrichtha, the type of which appears to have been unknown
to Mr. Gray, is used for Tyrannus curtipes, Sw.

424, Zoological Society :—

CONTOPUS SORDIDULUS.

Obscure cineraceus, tectricum majorum et secundariorum margi-
nibus dilutioribus, fere albicantibus : loris albidis : subtus pal-
lide cinereus, gutture medio albescente, ventre medio et crisso
albis: rostri nigri basi inferiore pallida : pedibus nig7ris.

Long. tota 6:0, alee 3-2, caudee 2°5.

Hab. In Mexico meridionali et Guatemala.

This Contopus much resembles the preceding, but is considerably
smaller in its dimensions, of a rather purer cinereous above, and
much lighter cinereous below. This colour passes into whitish on
the throat, and nearly pure white on the belly and crissum, without
showing the continuous white medial stripe, which renders Contopus
mesoleucus so noticeable. In structure it is identical with Contopus
virens ; but it has no trace of olive on its plumage.

I regard Contopus as a very natural division of the Tyrannide,
characterized by its long wings and short tarsi.

Near Contopus, must be placed, I think, Prince Bonaparte’s genus
Planchesia, referred to above.

February 22, 1859.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

On THE Earep Seat or THE Carr or Goop Horr (OTARIA
Detatanni). By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

At a preceding mecting*, I gave an account of the Eared Seal
from Behring’s Straits, showing that it was distinct from the species
found in other localities. I have since received from Paris a fine
specimen of an adult Eared Seal from the Cape of Good Hope, which
has been described in the Catalogue as Phoca, or Otaria Delalandii.
Like the Seal from Behring’s Straits, it proves to be a species of Are-
tocephatus, and, like it, is quite distinct from any of the species of that
genus in the British Museum, being well characterized by the form
and structure of the skull.

It is, like the Behring’s Straits Seal, a Fur-Seal ; that is to say, it
has a close coat of red under-fur at the roots of the rigid flattened
hair ; but this under-fur is much shorter and less abundant in the
adult specimen now under examination than in the adult specimen
of the Eared Fur-Seal from Behring’s Straits, or in the Eared Fur-
Seal of the Falkland Islands. The Adult is about the same size
as the Seal from the Arctic Circle, but is much paler in its general
colour.

ARCTOCEPHALUS DELALANDII.

Hair rigid, under-fur small in quantity, reddish-brown ; the hinder
part of the palate with a deep narrow cavity, acutely angular in
front.

Junior ?

Le petit phoque, Buffon, Hist. Nat. xiii. 341, t. 53.

Little Seal, Penn. Quad. 243, from Buffon.

Phoca parva, Bodd. Elench. 78, from Buffon.

Phoca pusilla, Schreb. Saugeth. 314, t. 85, from Buffon.

* “Annals’ for January, 1860, p. 63.

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Eared Seals, 425

Otaria pusilla, Desm. N. Dict. xxv. 600.

Otaria Peroni, Desm. Mamm. 250, 382; Encye. Méthod. t. 111.
f. 2, from Buffon.

Loup-marin, Pagés, Voy. aut. du Monde, ii. 32.

Adult.

Otaria Delalandii, F. Cuvier, Dict. Sci. Nat. xxxix. 423 ; Cuvier,
Oss. Foss. v. 220, t. 18. f. 15, skull.
Phoca pusilla, part, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 232.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

Cuvier (Oss. Foss. v. 220) observes that Delalande brought from
the Cape a young specimen 3 feet 6 inches long, of a reddish-grey
colour, the ends of the hairs annulated with grey and blackish,
rather paler beneath—the whiskers strong, simple, and black—the
feet black—the under-fur soft, woolly,—and two skeletons of young,
and the skull of an adult specimen. This skull is figured (Cuvier,
Oss. Foss. v. t. 18. f. 5); but unfortunately, the palate, which is the
most characteristic part of the skull, is not figured nor described.
The palate of the skull of the younger specimen is described thus :—
“Le palais est plus étroit, se porte plus en arriére et est échancré
par un angle plus aigu.”’

Buffon notices a young Seal, which he calls the petit phoque
(vol. xiii. t. 53), on which the Phoca pusilla of Schreber and suc-
ceeding authors has been founded, which is probably the young of
this species.

Daubenton states (Hist. Nat. xiii. 413) that the specimen figured
by Buffon came from India ; but it is probable that it was brought
from the Cape of Good Hope in a ship coming from India. No
Seal has as yet been described as inhabiting the coast of India.

Fischer confounded with Phoca pusilla of Buffon a Seal from
Rottennest Island, on the eastern coast of Australia (Syn. Mamm.
232).

As the British Museum has a good series of skulls of this genus,
I am induced to add the following synopsis of the species, charac-
terized by the peculiarities of the skull alone.

I. Face of skull short. Forehead convex, regularly rounded from

the end of the nasal bone to the middle of the vertex. Lower
jaw short, thick.

ARCTOCEPHALUS URSINUS.

Arctocephalus ursinus, Gray, Cat. Phocidee B.M. 41; et P. Z.S.,
anteda, p. 64.

Palate rather concave in front, narrowed and flattened behind, with
a deep narrow hinder aperture, which has a regular ovate front edge ;
outer upper cutting-teeth moderate ; orbit very large; zygoma very
strong; grinders small.

Hab. Behring’s Straits.

A skull of the adult male specimen here described.

426 Zoological Society :—

Il. Face of skull moderately elongated. Forehead rather convex,
slightly rounded from nasal bone to vertex. Lower jaw elon-
gated, slender.

ARCTOCEPHALUS HOOKERI.

Arctocephalus Hookeri, Gray, 1. c.p. 45 ; Voy. Erebus and Terror,
t. skull.

Palate deeply concave in front, narrow and rather concave behind,
with a deep hinder aperture, which has a transverse truncated front
edge with a slight central lobe directed backward; outer upper
cutting-teeth very large, conical, acute ; orbit moderate; zygoma
slender ; angle of jaw bent inwards.

Hab. Falkland Islands (and Cape Horn 2).

The skull of four half-grown specimens. They are all very uni-
form in their characters.

We have also the skull of a very young Seal which appears to be-
long to the same species.

In three of the skulls the outer upper cutting-teeth are very large
and acute, more than half the size of the canines, and like them in
form. In one skull (perhaps of a female?) the upper outer canines
are much smaller and more slender, not half the size of the same teeth
in the other skulls of the same size, and the canines themselves are
also much more slender; the front of the palate is also more concave.

Ill. Face of skull moderately elongated ; forehead flattened from
nasal bone to the vertex. Lower jaw rather short, strong.

ARCTOCEPHALUS DELALANDII.

Otaria Delalandiui, ¥. Cuvier.

Face rather short; palate concave, hinder aperture narrow, with
a rather acute ovate anterior edge; teeth large; lower jaw short,
strong.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

Two skulls of adults from the Cape; and one half-grown, the
habitat being unknown. These skulls agree in the form of the
hinder palatine opening, but vary in other respects a little from each
other: the two adult ones differ in the aperture of one being wider
and shorter than that of the other ; in the young skull the front edge
of the aperture is more acute in the centre than in either of the
others; the outer cutting-teeth of the upper jaw are large, but much
smaller than the very large canines.

ARCTOCEPHALUS NIGRESCENS.

Arctocephalus nigrescens, Gray, Zool. Erebus and Terror, t.
f. , skull (inedit.).

Face rather elongate. Palate slightly concave, flat behind, hinder
aperture narrow, with a nearly straight front edge.

Hab. Falkland Islands?

A single skull from a half-grown specimen.

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Eared Seals. 427

_ This skull is very like that of 4. Delalandii, but differs consider-

ably in the form of the front edge of the hinder palatine aperture :
the outer cutting-teeth and the canines are moderately slender, and
similar in form ; but the latter are much the larger.

ARCTOCEPHALUS LOBATUS.
Arctocephalus lobatus, Gray, Cat. Phocide B.M. p. 44.

Face moderately elongate ; palate deeply concave, narrowed be-
hind, hinder aperture with a semicircular front edge ; lower jaw
rather short, strong.

Hab. Australia, Port Essington. Houtman’s Abrolhos.

The canines are very large and strong; the outer upper cutting-
teeth are large and compressed.

ARCTOCEPHALUS GILLESPII.
Otaria Gillespii, Macbain, Rep. Phys. Soc. Edinb. 1858.

The face much elongated; palate slightly concave, front edge of
the hinder aperture ovate ; lower jaw elongate, strong.

Hab. California.

We have a cast of the original skull described by Dr. Macbain,
now in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, Edinburgh.

The species is at once known by the length of the face : that is, in
all the other skulls of the genus we have, a line drawn across the palate
at the front edge of the zygomatic arch leaves one-third of the
palate behind the line, and two-thirds in front of it; while in this
species it leaves only one-fourth behind, and very nearly three-fourths
in front of the line.

The skull has only four grinders on each side in the upper jaw,
but one has evidently fallen out in front of the series and one be-
hind ; but the fifth grinder of the complete series, which is usually
in a line with the front edge of the zygomatic opening, is in this
species rather in front of it.

The Eared Seals (Arctocephali) have been divided into Fur- and
Hair- (Eared) Seals by the sealers. 4. Hookeri and dA. lobatus are
called Hair Seals, because they are destitute of any under fur: but
this appears to be the case only with the older specimens ; for the
young of 4. /obatus is said to be covered with soft fur, which falls
off when the next coat of hair is developed. The under-fur is well
developed in the adult specimens of 4. ursinus and A. Delalandii and
the half-grown specimen of 4. nigrescens, and entirely absent in the
adult 4. Hookeri and half-grown d. lobatus in the Museum Col-
lection.

April 12, 1859.—Professor Busk, F.R.S., in the Chair.

Descriptions or New Species or BIRDS COLLECTED By
Mr. Louris Fraser AT PawLuaTANGA, Ecvuapor. By
Puitie Lurtey ScuaTer.

ViREO JOSEPH.

Fuscescenti-olivaceus, pileo nigricanti-fusco: alis caudaque intus

428 Zoological Society :—

nigricantibus, extus olivaceo limbatis ; superciliis distinetis
albis ; lateribus capitis cinereis : subtus albus, abdomine toto
et tectricibus subalaribus flavo perfusis: rostro superiore
plumbeo, inferiore albicante, pedibus plumbeis.

Long. tota 4°75, alee 2°6, caudee 1:8.

Seven ex. ¢d and 2. The cs brighter below. “Irides dark
hazel; contents of stomach, insects.”

This is the only Vireo with a first spurious primary (in this bird
measuring 0°7 inch from its insertion) which I have yet seen from
Southern America. In form it is somewhat similar to V. novebora-
censis. I have named it at Mr. Fraser’s request after Senora Josefa
Borja y Davilos, who, with other members of the same family, ren-
dered every facility to Mr. Fraser in forming his collections on their
estates at Pallatanga. The only other species of this group of
which I have seen 8S. American examples are Vireosylvia olivacea
of the U.S., which extends into New Granada, and V. agilis
(Lanius agilis, Licht.) from Brazil, and extending northwards to
New Granada. I do not know Vireosylvia frenata of DuBus (Bull.
Ac. Brux. xxii. p. 150), said to be from Ocafia in New Granada ;
but the description given agrees with Vireo aitiloquus of the An-
tilles.

NEMOSIA ORNATA.

Fuscescenti-cinerea olivaceo tincta ; capite toto undique et cor-
pore subtus saturate cinnamomeo-rufis ; gula flavicantiore ;
ventre medio albo: rostro superiore nigro, inferiore cum pedi-
bus plumbeis.

Long. tota 4°7, alee 2°4, caudée 2°0.

Three ex. ‘Bill black above, blue below ; feet and legs blue: sto-
mach contained insects.’ This pretty new species of Nemosia is a
close ally of N. sordida and N. ruficeps of my Synopsis, but is con-
spicuously different in colouring.

ANABATES SUBALARIS.

Fusco-brunneus : uropygio et cauda tota saturate ferrugineis :
striis capitis et colli superioris, plumarum scapas occupantibus,
cum gula tota et striis pectoris latioribus pallide cervinis : tec-
tricibus subalaribus clare cinnamomeis : rostro superiore nigro,
inferiore plumbeo : pedibus virescentibus.

Long. tota 6°75, alee 3-5, caudee 3:0.

Five ex. ‘“Irides dark hazel.”

ANABATES TEMPORALIS.

Rufescenti-brunneus, cauda ferruginea ; capite olivascente, ocu-
lorum ambitu et superciliis ante oculos angustis cum gula tota
stramineis, striga superciliart post oculum, pectore toto et tec-
tricibus subalaribus clare cinnamomeis : ventre crissoque fusces-
centibus: rostro fuscescenti-viridi, apice pallidiore: pedibus
Suscis.

Long. tota 6°0, ale 3°6, caudee 2°5.

Two ex. ‘Irides hazel.”

Mr. P. L. Sclater on new species of Birds from Ecuador, 429

DysITHAMNUS UNICOLOR.

Obscure schistaceus unicolor: alis caudaque nigricantioribus :

subalaribus albo variegatis : rostro nigro, pedibus plumbeis.

Q. Obscure ferruginea, subtus dilutior : lateribus capitis cineras-

centioribus.

Long. tota 5°6, alee 2°8, caudz 2°3.

A pair of these birds, ‘‘ from the lower trees and underwood:
irides grey.”” The species must be placed next to D. schistaceus of
my Synopsis. It differs in its shorter, stouter bill, the white mark-
ings beneath the wings, and want of white terminations to the rec-
trices. The brown bird is marked by Mr. Fraser as ‘ male ;’ but I
have little doubt this is wrong.

ForRMICIVORA CALOPTERA.

Cinerascenti-olivacea, fronte et superciliis albis: loris et regione
oculari nigris : alis nigris, harum tectricibus minoribus et ma-
joribus albo late terminatis ; remigibus secunda, tertia, quarta
et quinta albo, ceteris castaneo-rufo extus anguste limbatis:
subtus alba; subalaribus, lateribus corporis et crisso flavicante
perfusis : cauda cinerea, rectricibus duabus utrinque extimis
omnino et duabus sequentibus partim albis: rostro nigro, man-
dibule inferioris basi albicante, pedibus plumbeis.

Long. tota 4:4, alee 2°1, caude 1°8.

Three ex. “Irides hazel.’’ Sexes, as marked, alike ; but I should
be inclined to consider them all males. The general appearance of this
species is much the same as that of Herpsilochmus rufimarginatus ;
but the bill is much smaller and more feeble.

PACHYRHAMPHUS HOMOCHROUS.

3. Nigricanti-cinereus, subtus dilutior: plaga in basi inter-
scapularium celata et macula ad basin primariorum interna
albis : rostro superiore nigro, inferiore cum pedibus plumbeis.

9. Castanea, subtus dilute cinnamomea, remigum parte interna
nigricante.

Long. tota 6-7, alee 3°6, caudee 2-7.

Three examples, one male and two females of this apparently un-
described species of Pachyrhamphus. It is closely allied to the rosy-
breasted Pachyrhamphus pectoralis and its allies, but has no trace of
colouring on the breast. The male has the usual second abnormal
short primary. Mr. Fraser says in his notes, of the male (No. 1310),
*‘Trides hazel; scaling of feet exactly like specimen No. 1307, of
which I believe it to be the male. It was not found in the same
tree, but close by. To me this is the most interesting bird I have
collected in America, particularly as I believe it will confirm Mr.
Sclater’s views.’’ ‘‘ Contents of stomach insects.”

CEPHALOPTERUS PENDULIGER*,

Niger, nitore nonnullo eneo: subalaribus albis nigro variegatis :
appendiculo gutturali angusto, longissimo, ad mediam caudam

* A figure of this Cephalopterus, from Mr. Wolf’s pencil, is given in the first
number of ‘ The Ibis,’ 1859 (pl, iii.).

4.30 Zoological Society.

attingente, omnino plumis obtecto: rostro superiore nigro, infe-
riore plumbeo ; pedibus nigris.
Long. tota 14°5, alee 9°5, caudze 4°5, rostri a fronte 1°7, tarsi 1°8.

Two ex., both males. “ Irides reddish.’ This extraordinary bird
forms a third species of the peculiar genus Cephalopterus of Geoffroy
St.-Hilaire, of which the type C. ornatus is now well known in col-
lections, and commonly called the “‘ Umbrella-bird.”’ It is consider-
ably smaller than C. ornatus, as may be seen by comparing the
measurements given above with the following taken from a fine
example of the latter species in Mr. Gould’s collection. Whole
length 17°5, wing 11:0, tail 6°5, bill from the front 1:9, tarsus 2:1.
The peculiar characteristic of the present bird is, however, the length
of the throat-lappet, which measures in one specimen 10 inches in
length, in the other 8} inches. In Cephalopterus ornatus the throat-
lappet in the male measures about 4 inches. Here also it is much
broader, and conceals a bare space on the neck, of which there is no
appearance in the present bird. In Cephalopterus glabricollis*, the
only other known species of this curious form, which was discovered
by Warscewicz in Veragua, described by Mr. Gould, and figured
in the ‘Proceedings Zool. Soc.’ 1850, p. 92, pl. xx.), the fore-
chest and neck, as well as the base of the throat-lappet, are entirely
denuded.

Mr. Fraser’s notes on this bird are, ‘‘ Boctnero—found solitary in
the high trees in the deep forest. His name is taken from his note,
which resembles the noise made by the Indians when sounding their
large shells, or (as others compare it to) the bellowing of a bull. At
this time they are said to inflate the neck-appendage to nearly
3 inches in diameter, and to spread the crest as much over the face
as possible. But a lady, who once had one alive, told me that when
it slept its crest was thrown forward, and that when it uttered its
note the feathers were thrown backward, showing the white stems.
The appendage to the throat had not any opening to view ; nor could
one be found by blowing into the mouth or nostrils. It is rather
contracted in drying than otherwise. The gizzard of one specimen
contained fruit and seeds.”

I have lately received from MM. Verreaux of Paris a skin of a
Cephalopterus out of a collection received from Bogota. The spe-
cimen is not in good order, having been much contracted in drying,
and deprived of its feet; but from its small size, white under wing-
coverts, and narrow throat-lappet (which, however, is only 2°5 inches
in length), it is apparently of this same species, being probably a fe-
male, or possibly a young male bird. It seems, therefore, probable
that Cephalopterus penduliger occupies the valleys on the western
side of the Andean range, as C. ornatus those on the eastern side,
and that C. glabricollis takes their place in Central America.

* The suggestion of a recent writer in the Zoology of Castelnau’s Expedition
(Oiseaux, p. 65), that this species is the adult stage of Cephalopterus ornatus, we
regard as simply ridiculous.

431

MISCELLANEOUS.

Notes on the Habits of Menura Alberti.
By A. A. Leycester, Esq.

Tue Menura Alberti is famous for its most extraordinary mocking
capabilities. It is found only on the Brisbane and Tweed rivers and
in the neighbourhood of their waters. It inhabits the rushes, and
generally chooses a sandy soil for its locality. I never saw more
than a pair together, male and female. Each male bird has his
walk or boundary, and gives battle if another male encroaches on it.
He commences singing some time before the dawn of day, being the
earliest of the forest-birds in this respect. His song is much varied,
as, besides his own peculiar note, he imitates the cries of all the birds
in the bush, such as the Laughing Jackass (Dacelo gigas), and even
the mournful howl of the Owl and the thrilling scream of the
Curlew. When singing and playing about, he spreads his tail over
his back like a peacock. He scratches and pecks at the earth while
singing, which he generally does until about an hour after sunrise.
He then becomes silent, and remains so until about an hour before
sunset, when he again commences, and continues singing and playing
about until it is quite dark. This Menura feeds entirely upon insects,
mostly small beetles, mingled with a goodly proportion of sand. It
has no crop or upper stomach. The male bird is about four years
old before he gets his full tail, as I have proved by shooting ex-
amples in full feather with the tail in four different stages of develop-
ment; the two centre curved feathers are the last to make their
appearance. It breeds in winter, commencing its nest in May, laying
in June, and hatching its young in July. It generally builds on
some bare rock where there is a sufficient shelter for a lodgment, so
that no animals or vermin can approach. ‘The nest is constructed of
small sticks interwoven with long dry roots and moss, the inside
being composed of the skeleton leat of the parasitical tree-fern,
which makes an inside lining, and is very similar to horse-hair. It
is completely rain-proof, and has an entrance at the side. The hen
lays only one egg, of a very dull colour, looking as if it had been
blotched over with ink. ‘The young bird when first hatched is
covered with a white down, and remains in the nest about six weeks
before it takes its departure. The flesh is not good for food, being
of a dark colour, tough and dry. The aboriginal name is Colwin.—
Proc. Zool. Soc. Feb. 14, 1860.

On Sertularia tricuspidata. By J. Reay Greens, Esq.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—Mr. Andrew Murray, in his ‘‘ Descriptions of new
Sertulariade from the Californian Coast,” published at page 250 of
the present volume of this Journal, has described a new species of
Sertularia as S. tricuspidata.

But this name is preoccupied, having some years since been applied

4.32 Miscellaneous.

by Mr. Alder to a well-marked British form of the genus. See his
“Catalogue of the Zoophytes of Northumberland and Durham,” in
vol. iii. part 2 of the ‘Transactions of the Tyneside Naturalists’
Field Club.’ See also page 356. vol. xviii. 2nd series, of this perio-
dical.
I am, Gentlemen,

Queen’s College, Cork, Your obedient Servant,

April 10, 1860. J. Reay GREENE.

On the Genus Huxleya. By J. Reay Greens, Esq.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—In a paper by Mr. Arthur Adams “on some new
Genera and Species of Mollusca from Japan,” published in the last
Number of this Journal, the title of Huxleyia has been conferred by
the author on a new genus of Lamellibranchiata (vide p. 303).

Mr. Adams does not seem to be aware that the name Hualeya
has already been given to a genus of Polyzoa. See ‘* Notes on two
new British Polyzoa,” by Fred. D. Dyster, F.L.S.,”’ in the ‘ Quarterly
Journal of Microscopical Science,’ 1858.

I am, Gentlemen,
Queen’s College, Cork, Your obedient Servant,
Apri! 10, 1860. J. Reay GREENE.

On some young Hybrid Bears bred in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society. By A. D. Bartierr.

In the Bear-pit in the Gardens a male Black Bear of America (Ursus
americanus) has been kept for a long time with a female of the Eu-
ropean Brown Bear (Ursus arctos). In the month of May these
bears were seen to copulate, and on the 3lst of last December the
female produced three young ones ; which, when born, were naked
and blind, and about the size of a full-grown rat.

The mother was seen to carry one of these young ones in her
mouth a day or two after they were born, and, as it disappeared, it is
supposed that she devoured it. Probably it was not healthy. The
other two remained and continued to grow, and at the age of five
weeks were as large as a common rabbit. Their eyes began to open
by this time ; they were covered with a short thick fur, and were
nearly black.

On examining these young bears it was found they were male and
female, and the number and situation of the teats appears somewhat
remarkable. ‘They have six teats, four of them placed in front be-
tween the fore legs, and two of them in the lower part of the abdo-
men. Another singular fact is, that the female during the time she
was suckling these young ones fed most sparingly, and rarely took
any drink, From the before-mentioned observations we may infer
that the period of gestation of the Bears is about seven months.—
Proc. Zool. Soc. Feb. 28,1860.

EE A NaN

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(THIRD SERIES.]

No. 30. JUNE 1860.

XLVI.—On Cyclostigma, a new Genus of Fossil Plants from the
Old Red Sandstone of Kiltorcan, co. Kilkenny; and on the
General Law of Phyllotaxis in the Natural Orders Lycopo-
diaceze, Equisetacee, Filices, §c. By the Rev. Samuer
Havucuron, F.R.S., Professor of Geology in the University
of Dublin.

THE extremely imperfect condition in which fossil plants are
usually found, and the almost total absence of their more im-
portant organs, lead us naturally to lay stress on such characters
as are found persistent in the fossil condition. Among these,
one of the most important, as I believe, is the geometrical
law of arrangement of their leaves. A careful examiation of
this arrangement leads me to conclude that the leaves of Paleo-
zoic fossil plants are arranged according to a different law from
that which prevails in the ordinary Exogens and Endogens, and
usually described in elementary text-books of botany.

The law of arrangement is very simple, and may be thus
expressed :—

“The leaves, or leaf-scars, are arranged in whorls, so placed
that each leaf is directly above or below a leaf of the alternate
whorls, and intermediate to the leaves of the adjacent whorls.”

The development of leaves following this law may be easily
conceived by imagining the whorl to ascend spirally on the
180

stem, traversing an angle ( ) between each of its resting-

places ; x denoting the number of leaves in each whorl. This
is the same as supposing each leaf to have an independent law
of development, of the ordinary kind, expressed by

Divergence = =
The leaves, according to this view, are developed in simultaneous

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 29

434 Rey. S. Haughton on the General Law of Phyllotaxis

whorls, and cannot be supposed to be produced in succession,
as in alternate-leaved plants.

Some of the whorled-leaved Exogens may be reduced to this
law, such as the simple case of opposite-leaved plants, which is
not reducible to the common law of phyllotaxis, as we cannot
suppose the two opposite leaves to be produced in succession ;
but the great majority of Exogens follow a different law.

According to all writers on botany, the leaves of alternate-
leaved Exogens and Endogens are placed upon the stem at
angles represented by the fractions

Ally ath RE Sy Sieewles:
29 39 59 89 159 219 34) &e.

of an entire circumference.

In opposite-leaved plants, which is the simplest case of
whorled structure, we cannot assign any such law of develop-
ment to the leaves, even by calling to our aid the hypothesis of
arrested growth, for the leaves succeed each other at intervals
of 4, 4, alternately, and cannot be reduced to the phyllotaxis of
alternate leaves. We should therefore, I believe, assign to all
whorled plants a law of phyllotaxis of their own, which is very
simple, as already stated.

The floral envelopes of almost all Exogens and Endogens
follow this law of whorled structure, so much so that any devia-
tion from it is remarked, and considered due to the suppression
of a whorl, as in the case of the Primulacez. It is therefore
evident that there must be some mode of passing from one law
to the other, as both occur in the same plant. As it is impos-
sible to reduce the law of whorled-leaved plants to that of the
alternate-leaved plants, I have made some attempts in the oppo-
site direction, but have not yet collected sufficient facts to draw
any general conclusions. I shall give an example or two.

Many of the Exogens possess a five-leaved whorled arrange-
ment of their floral organs, while the leaves of the stem are
arranged alternately at a divergence of 2. This may be deduced
from four whorls in the following manner :—Let the alternate
whorls be suppressed; if the remaining whorls were converted
into a spiral, they would consist of two spires of five leaves each,
with an angle of divergence of +; but if we suppose the alter-
nate leaves suppressed, the two spirals would coalesce and form
one, taking two turns round the axis, and containing five leaves,
giving an angle of divergence of 2.

If I were at liberty to adopt the Law of Natural Selection,
I should say that, no doubt, the plant found it to its advantage
to drop these supernumerary leaves, and so became elevated
into the condition of an alternate-leaved plant.

In the preceding case, in order to deduce the arrangement of

in the Lycopodiacez, Equisetacer, &c. 435

the leaves from that of the flowers, we have supposed the sup-
pression of alternate whorls, and of the alternate leaves of each
whorl preserved, making a suppression of 75 per cent. of the
leaves. In other cases, the suppression of leaves is only
50 per cent., as in the case of most Endogens whose flowers
consist of alternating whorls of three organs. If we suppose, in
this case, the suppression of alternate whorls, and a spiral
arrangement, the divergence will become 3.

In the case of opposite-leaved plants, the suppression of alter-
nate whorls will give us the distichous arrangement, 4, at an
expenditure of 50 per cent. of leaves.

In these and many other cases, we can deduce, by the hypo-
thesis of suppression, the alternate-leaved phyllotaxis from the
whorled ; and it is worthy of remark, and leads me to my more
immediate subject, that the whorled arrangement, which is
rare (with the exception of opposite-leaved plants) among Exo-
gens and Endogens, was the common arrangement of leaves
among the Coal-plants, and, so far as we know, among the
plants of the Old Red Sandstone, which forms the base of the
Carboniferous rocks.

The Paleozoic trees and plants are referred to natural orders,
resembling in many respects our recent Lycopodiacez, Equise-
tacee, and Ferns. In all these orders, the whorled phyllotaxis
of the kind I have described commonly prevails.

I. Lycopodiaceze*.

1. Lycopodium dendroideum (Herb. Oakes). Canada. Leaves
of stem arranged in alternate whorls of 7 leaves in each. Diver-

-gence of whorl = +.
2. L. densum. New Zealand. Leaves of stem in alternate
whorls of 7 each. Divergence = +}.

3. L. clavatum. Massachusetts. Leaves of stem and flower-
stalk in alternate whorls of 7 each. Divergence = +.

4, L. divaricatum. Nepaul. oe of stem in alternate
whorls of 11 each. Divergence = 3\. fen of flower-stalks

in alternate whorls of 8 each. Divergence = 54.
5. L. (n.sp.). Caraccas, 8. America. Leaves as lower stem
in alternate whorls of 7 each. Divergence =: j. Leaves of

upper stem in alternate whorls of 2 eack (2. ¢. opposite-leaved).

Divergence = }.

6. L. salahite. New Zealand. Leaves vu: 1ower stem in alter-
nate whorls of 4 each. Divergence = 3. Leaves of upper stem

in alternate whorls of 2 each. Divergence = }.

* The plants examined by me for the purposes of this paper are those
preserved in the Herbarium of Trinity College.
29%

436 Rev. S. Haughton on the General Law of Phyllotaxis

7. L. Selago. Canton Ticino. Leaves of stem in alternate
whorls of 4. each. Divergence = §.

8. L. refleeum. Pacific. Leaves of stem in alternate whorls
of 9 each. Divergence = 7’.

This plant has a striking external resemblance to Lepidodendron
minutum and to some of the smaller Cyclostigmas of Kiltorcan.

9. L. quadrifasciatum. eaves of stem in alternate whorls of
Zreach. ‘Wiverzence ==.

10. L. verticillatum. Mauritius. Leaves of stem im alternate
whorls of 7 each. Divergence = 75.

This plant resembles some of the Kiltorean plants which have
been called Anorria.

11. L. gridoides. Mauritius. Leaves of stem im alternate
whorls of 2 each. Divergence = }.

12. L. flagellarium. New Zealand, North Island. Leaves of
stem in alternate whorls of 2 each. Divergence = j.

13. L. varium. Lord Auckland’s Islands. Leaves of stem m
alternate whorls of 4 each. Divergence = ¥.

14. L. catharticum. Peru. Leaves of stem in alternate whorls
of 2 each. Divergence = j.

15. L.(n.sp.). Quito. Leaves of stem in alternate whorls of
8 each. Divergence = 4.

This plant bears a close external resemblance, on a smaller
seale, to Lepidodendron dichotomum.

Sufficient evidence has been adduced to prove that the Lyco-
podiaceze follow the geometrical law of alternate whorls. Col-
lecting together the results, we find the following angles of
divergence :—

In 6 species an angle of 4.
5 eal
‘ ” ” 14°
3 ” ” 3.
1
2 ” ” "Gis
] ml
” ” 18°
1
1 ” ” 22°

These numbers correspond with whorls consisting of 2, 4, 8
| eaves, being powers of 2, and whorls containmg prime numbers
of leaves 7, 9, 11.

The prime whorls could not give rise to any of the known
phyllotaxes of alternate-leaved plants ; but the whorls of powers
of 2 may do so as follows :—

(1). The whorl of 2, by suppression of the alternate whorls,
gives the phyllotaxis = 4}. Reduction of 50 per cent. of
leaves.

in the Lycopodiacexe, Equisetaceee, &c. 437

(2). The whorl of 4, by suppression of the alternate whorls
and alternate leaves, gives the phyllotaxis = 4. Reduction of
75 per cent. of leaves.

(8). The whorl of 8 leaves, by suppression of the alternate
whorls, and of § of the remaining leaves, might give rise to the
well-known phyllotaxis = 3. Reduction of 83 per cent. of

leaves.

It may be supposed by some that the plants, having got rid
of snperfluous leaves, expended the surplus vitality thus ‘acquired
in perfecting their flowers and fruit into higher types; but if
this be so, how are we to account for the retention of the
whorled structure in the floral organs ?

The calyx, corolla, and stamens of Exogens and Endogens
obey the law of alternate whorls, when definite; but the pistil
in many cases progresses into the spiral type. W ‘hen the car pels
are few and definite, they form a whorl; but where indefinite,
as in Ranunculus, Myosurus, and Magnolia, and such like cases,
they are as strictly spiral as leaves. Also, in monstrous roses,
we have the pistils returning to the condition of leaves,—green,
cut, and spirally arranged.

II. Equisetacez.

1. Equisetum alpestre. Norway (North). Sheath whorls al-
ternate, 4in each. Branch whorls 7 in each.

2. E. (sp.). Ceylon. Sheath whorls alternate, 16 in each.
Branch whorls (irregular), 1 in each. Fruit whorls 10-13 in
number, alternate hexagons, 10 in each.

3. EH. (sp.). Nilghini Hills, S. India. Sheath whorls alter-
nate, 24 in each. Ditto (upper part of plant) 8 in each. Branch
whorls (irregular), 1-3 in each. Fruit whorls 10-12 in num-
ber, alternate hexagons, 8 in each.

4. FE. elongatum. Mount Sarial, Georgia. Sheath whorls
alternate, 12-14 in each. Fruit whorls 10 in each. Branch
whorls 8 in each.

5. E. (sp.). Western Texas and New Mexico. Sheath whorls
alternate, 24—30 in each.

6. E. arvense. Providence, Rhode Island; and Berne. Sheath
whorls alternate, 8 in each. Fruit whorls (12-14 in number)
alternate, 8 in each. Branch whorls 8 in each.

7. E. limosum. Providence, Rhode Island. Sheath whorls
alternate, 14-16 in each. Fruit whorls (12 in number) alternate,
16 in each. Branch whorls 0-10 in each.

8. #. (sp.). Ipswich, Massachusetts. Sheath whorls alter-
nate, 12 in each. Fruit whorls 12 in each.

9. E. sylvaticum. Ipswich, Massachusetts. Sheath whorls
alternate, 12 in each. Branch whorls 10 in each.

438 Rey. 8S. Haughton on the General Law of Phyllotaxis

10. E. hyemale. Mexico and Berne. Sheath whorls alter-
nate, 16 in each. Fruit whorls (9 in number) alternate, 8 in
each.

11. £. (sp.). California. Sheath whorls alternate, 16-24 in
each. Fruit whorls (28-29 in number) alternate, 16 in each.
Branch whorls 16—20 in each.

12. E. debile. EK. Indies. Sheath whorls alternate, 24 m
each. Branch whorls 4 in each.

13. E. giganteum. Peru. Lower sheath whorls alternate,
24 in each. Upper ditto alternate, 12 in each. Lower branch
whorls 24 in each ; upper ditto, 12 in each.

14. E. fluviatile. Berne and Limerick. Sheath whorls alter-
nate, 24-30 in each. Fruit whorls 16-20 in each. Branch
whorls 20-80 in each.

15. EH. arvense. British. Branch whorls of barren stems
13 in each. Sheath whorls of fruitful stems 8 im each. Fruit
whorls alternate (14 in number), 8 in each.

From an examination of the preceding, I conclude (rejecting
the branch whorls, which are generally deficient in number)
that the number of leaves in the alternate whorls of the Equise-
taceze are represented by the arithmetical series whose first term
is 4, and common difference also 4: :—

4?, 8, 12, 16, 20?, 24, 282, 32?,

the terms to which I have appended queries being more doubt-
ful than the others.
I at first thought there were two series—

4, 8, 16,°32;
and 12, 24,

formed by simple dichotomy; but the case of the Nilghini
Hill Hquisetum proves the occurrence of 8 and 24 on the same
plant, and the Californian Hqguisetum shows the concurrence of
16 and 24,—thus proving that there is only one series of num-
bers, and that a series in arithmetical progression. The whorl
of 8 leaves, which, next to that of 16, is the most common,
is the only one related to the phyllotaxis of alternate-leaved
plants.

Ill. Filices.

The rhizome or root-stock of the Ferns presents many irregu-
larities, the leaves being sometimes apparently alternate, but
often truly arranged in whorls. The genus Cyathea, or Tree-
fern, from the Feejee Islands, is that which presents most ana-
logy to the fossil plants of the Old Red Sandstone, so far as the

in the Lycopodiaceze, Equisetacee, &c. 439

leaf-scars are concerned. These scars are arranged in quincunx,
and are ovoid or elliptical-lanceolate, according to the slowness
or rapidity of the growth of the stem. Of the other Ferns I
have examined, the Oleandra presents the most marked examples
of the whorled structure.

1. Cyathea (sp.). Feejee Islands. Root-stock of specimen
examined 4—5 feet long, containing 35 rows of whorls of 3
leaves each, placed alternately. The scars of this plant present
the most striking resemblance to many of those found in Lepi-
dodendra. The angle of divergence of the whorl is 4.

By the suppression of alternate whorls, it would give the
angle 3, alternate-leaved, and, by the additional suppression of
one-third of the remaining leaves, it would give the angle $: in
this latter case the reduction of leaves amounts to 67 per cent. of
the original leaves.

2. Oleandra (sp.). E. Indies. Leaves arranged in whorls of
5 each, two whorls placed close together, alternate, forming a
complex or double whorl of 10 leaves. Each such pair of whorls
placed about 2 or 24 inches distant from the whorls above and
below it. Divergence = {.

3. O.-neriiformis. Luzon. Leaves arranged in whorls of 6
each, placed two and two together, alternate, as in the preceding,
and distant from those above and below them. Divergence ;5.

4. O. (sp.). Whorls of leaves in pairs, alternate, each whorl
contaiming 5 leaves. Divergence = ;'5.

5. O. (sp.). Khasya Hills. Whorls of leaves in pairs, alter-
nate, each whorl containing 5 leaves. Divergence = 75.

6. O. Wallichii. Nepaul and Assam. Whorls of leaves in
pairs, alternate, 5 leaves in each whorl; the pairs of whorls are
3 inches apart. Divergence = 5.

From the preceding facts we may infer that the whorled
species of Oleandra are probably constructed on two types of
whorls (5-6), both of which, by suppression of leaves, as
already explained, may be reduced to the phyllotaxis of alter-
nate-leaved plants.

7. Aspidium Filix mas. Britain. In this Fern the rootstock
exhibits an arrangement of leaves and_ leaf-scars, alternate,
7-8 in each whorl, as is well shown in the ‘Annals of Nat.
History,’ December 1859, Pl. X. fig. 9.

In the Ferns and Club-Mosses, the whorled arrangement of
leaves, although following the usual law, appears to be insuffi-
cient to produce the division of the stem into nodes, as happens
in the Equisetaceze and some other natural families.

The next case to which I would direct attention is that of the
Casuarinee, represented by an old-fashioned genus, Casuarina,
mostly confined to Australia and Tasmania, though it has

440 Rey. 8S. Haughton on the General Law of Phyllotaxis

some species in the Kast Indies and elsewhere. In this case,
the whorled structure is perfect, as much so as in Hquisetum,
although it is an Exogen, and apparently of a high order.
Whether this group survives, like other Australian forms, as the
representative of lost groups, or is to be regarded as a new and
well-developed type, the result of careful selection on the part
of the goddess Nature, I leave for the consideration of those
acquainted with the secrets of Creation.

IV. Casuarinee.
1. Casuarina Lehmanniana. Tasmania. Leaves in whorls of

8, alternate. Divergence = {;.
2. C. (sp.). Tasmania. Leaves in whorls of 6, alternate.
Divergence = 74.

3. C. (sp.). Australia. Leaves in whorls of 8, alternate.
Divergence = 5.

4. C. Mi guele: Tasmania. Leaves in whorls of 8, alternate.
Divergence = ;}5.

ay C. Grumii. Tasmania. Leaves in whorls of 10, alternate.
Divergence = 5).

AG quadrivalvis. Tasmania. Leaves in whorls of 10,
alternate. Divergence = 7.

Tone equisetifolia. Canara, Bust Indies. Leaves in whorls

of 8, alternate. Divergence = 74.

8. C. (sp.). Swan River. Leaves in whorls of 4, alternate.
Divergence = }.

9. C. Preissiana. Eliza Mountain, Freemantle. Leaves in
whorls of 4, alternate. Divergence = §.

10. C. muricata. eaves in whorls of 6, alternate. Main
stems have leaf-scars of 7-8, alternate. Divergence = 7.

Pe C.x(sp:)s Beer Islands, Leaves in whorls of 8, alter-

nate. Divergence = is

12. C. nana. Leaves of stem, smaller branches, and carpels
of fruit cones, in whorls of 5, alternate. Divergence = 75.

13. C. (sp.). Swan River. Whorls of stem and fruit, 7,
alternate. Divergence =

14. C. (sp.). Philippine “Islands. Whorls of stem and fruit, 7,
alternate. Divergence = ,}.

UD: UC; distyla. Tasmania. Leaves in whorls of 7, alternate.
Fruit carpels im whorls of 7, alternate. Divergence = ;',.

16. C. obesa. Near town of Perth, Swan River: a tree
35 feet high. Leaves in whorls of 12, alternate. Carpels im
whorls of 12 , alternates Divergence = 5).

L7G: (sp.). Swan River. Leaves in whorls of 7, alternate.
Divergence = 51.

i .
18. C. (sp.). Swan River. Leaves in whorls of 5, alternate.

in the Lycopodiacee, Equisetacex, &c. 4.4L
Fruit whorls 5, alternate, showing 10 vertical rows of opened

earpels. Divergence = +.

19. C. (sp.). Swan River. Leaves in whorls of 6, alternate.
Divergence = +}.

20. C. (sp. with spinous, slightly twisted leaves). Swan
River. Leaves in whorls of 4, alternate. Fruit whorls of 4,
alternate, showing 8 vertical rows of carpels. Divergence =

21. C.(sp.). Swan River. Leaves in whorls of 9, ce
Fruit whorls of 9, ditto. Divergence = ;4.

22. C. Hugeliana (35 feet high). Mount ae 900 feet.
Leaves in whorls of 8, alternate. Divergence = +.

23. C. (sp.). West Australia, between Perth and King George’s
Sound. Leaves in whorls of 7, alternate. Fruit whorls ditto.
Divergence = 54.

24. C. (sp.). ‘W. Australia. Leaves in whorls of 8, alternate.
Fruit whorls ditto. Divergence = +5.

25. C. rigida. Port Phillip. Leaves in whorls of 7 , alternate.

het
Divergence = 54.

26. C. cristata. Avoca. Leaves in whorls of 12, alternate.
Divergence = 3.

pie OC. rigida. Sealer’s Cove. Leaves in whorls of 8, alter-
nate. Divergence = ,\..

28. C. (sp. 3: Common “ She Oak” of Cape Riche, forming a
large tree. Cape Riche, West Australia. Leaves in whorls of
10, alternate. Fruit a ironls ditto. Divergence = 30

29. C.(sp.). Cape Riche, W. Australia. Leaves in whorls of
9, alternate. Fruit whorls ditto.

30. C. (sp.). Vavau and Lifuka, Friendly Islands. Leaves
in whorls of 7, alternate. Fruit whorls ditto. Divergence= 4.

31. C. (sp.). Near Cape Riche, W. Australia. Leaves in

whorls of 5, alternate. Fruit whorls ditto. Divergence = ;},.
32. C. (sp.). Between King George’s Sound and “Cape Riche.
Leaves in whorls of 9, alternate. Diy ergence = —l.,

33. C. (sp.). Between King George’s Sound and | Cape Riche.
Leaves in whorls of 5, alternates leaf-scars on old stem and
twigs very Lepidodendriform and quincuncial. Fruit whorls of 5,
alternate. Divergence = +}.

34. C. (sp.). Near Cape Riche, W. Australia. Leaves in
whorls of 5, alternate. Leaf-scars of stem well marked. Fruit
whorls of 5, alternate. Divergence = +5.

On comparing the numbers ‘of leaves in the whorls, it appears
that they may all be reduced to the followmg—

4,5, 6, 7; 8, 9, 10, 12,

the favourite numbers being 5, 7, and 8. The angles of diver-
gence are denoted by the reciprocals of these numbers, doubled,

*

442 Rev. S. Haughton on the General Law of Phyllotazis.

as already explained. In fact, the perfect whorl must be consi-
dered as made up of two adjacent whorls, the leaves of which,
being intermediate, give double the number, or only half the
interval between each for the angle of divergence.

V. Proteacez.

A very remarkable group of Exogens, the Proteaceze, possesses
among its number many whorled species, which supply us with
numbers additional to those of the Casuariez. In the family
of Casuarineze we found the number 5, which forms so important
an element in the other Exogens ; and in the Proteaces we meet
with the number 3, which is only less important.

1. Lambertia ericifolia. Swan River. Leaves arranged in
whorls of 3, alternate. ea tes, flowers, and fruit follow the
same law. Divergence = i.

As all the species of Lambertia which I have examined follow
this law, it will be sufficient to give their names and localities :

. uniflora. Swan River.

. multiflora. Swan River.
. iicifoka. Swan River.

. (sp.). Swan River.

). Near Cape Riche, W. Australia.
(sp.). Ditto.
)

)

OWA MS WF
sloisislocls ise

(sp Ditto.
(sp.). King George’s Sound.
10. (sp.). Sydney, New South Wales.
11. LZ. inermis. Between Perth and King George’s Sound.

Variety with yellow flowers.
12. ZL. (sp.). King George’s Sound.
13. L. formosa. New South Wales.
(Divergence in all cases = 2.)

14. Brabejum (sp.). Cape of Good Hope. Leaves in whorls
of 6, alternate. Divergence = ;'5.

15. B. (sp.) Cape of Good Hope. Leaves and branches im
whorls of 8, alternate. Divergence = ;%

16. B. stellatum. Cape of Good Hope. Three specimens
examined, from different collections. In all of them I fonnd the
number of leaves in the alternate whorls to be 7, giving thus a
divergence of };

VI. Ericacez.
In this large and important order of Exogens, the whorled
law of arrangement universally prevails, the number of leaves in
each whorl being

2, 3, 4, 6, and occasionally 7.

Rey.S. Haughton onCyclostigma, a new genus of Fossil Plants. 448

These whorls all conform to the law laid down, and give rise to
diverging angles of
I ae ag V2
49 G9) “82 e339) asa
In this natural order, 3 leaves in the whorl often occur, as
also in the Proteacez : the other numbers of leaves in the whorls
have been already met with; and that of 2 in the whorl, or

opposite-leaved plants, is universal through the whole group of
Exogens.

VII. Cyclostigmacez.

The fossil plants of the Yellow Sandstone of the co. Kilkenny
occur, as they do in other parts of Ireland, in the Sandstones
lying immediately under the great mass of the Carboniferous
Limestone, which constitutes the most important member of
our Irish fossiliferous rocks.

They are found at Jerpoint, about a mile and a half south of
the Abbey, on the roadside, near the Corn-mill on the road to
Ballyhale, about 90 feet below the lowest bed of limestone, in
rocks composed of red, white, and blue limestone with Tribo-
liths formed of pink quartz rounded pebbles grooving the
hone-stone ; and above the plant-beds a remarkable white grit
conglomerate is found. The plant-beds, on the same geological
horizon, are also found in the railway cutting at Ballyhale.

They are found, however, in the greatest abundance, and in
the best state of preservation, on the top of Kiltorcan Hill, near
the railway station of Ballyhale. I believe the plant-beds on the
summit of this hill to form an “outlier,” and to occupy the
same geological position with respect to the limestone as the
beds at Jerpoint and those of the railway cutting.

The fossil plants here found have never been described, except
casually: they consist of remains of a large Fern, called Cyclo-
pteris Hibernica by Prof. Forbes, associated with a large bivalve,
named by him Anodon Jukesii ; of undescribed dermal plates of
a cartilaginous fish, probably a species of Coccosteus; and of
numerous unknown plants closely allied to Lepidodendron, and
so named by Prof. Forbes and M. Brongniart, the latter of
whom has named a remarkable species, preserved in the Museum
of the Royal Dublin Society, Lepidodendron Griffithii. Others
of these fossil plants have been named Knorria; and a large un-
described group remains, to which I propose to give the name
Cyclostigma.

CYCLOSTIGMACER.

A natural order of fossil plants, found in the lowest beds or
the Carboniferous system, part of the oldest flora known to have

444 Rey.S. Haughton onCyclostigma, anew Genus of Fossil Plants.

existed on the globe. Probably closely allied to the orders de-
scribed as Knorria, Lepidodendron, and Sigillaria. Known only
by their leaf-scars and leaves, which were arranged in alternate
whorls; plants not jomted at the whorls; the leaf-scars per-
fectly circular, showing in many cases a minute and well-marked
dot in the centre, probably coinciding with a central bundle of
woody tissue; many of the larger plants show traces of a thick
central woody axis, like that found in Stigmaria; stems much
crushed and flattened, as if they were not woody through-
out.

They approach nearest to Stagmariacee, from which they differ
in the leaf-whorls bemg further apart and more distinct.

There are many varieties of this remarkable fossil, showing
the alternate whorled arrangement of leaf-scars. None of them
are perfect stems, but appear to be torn portions of the rind of
large plants which have been macerated by floating for a long
time in water. In the quarry at Kiltorcan the Cyclostigma 1s
found in layers different from those in which the Cyclopteris
Hibernica occurs.

In some specimens of Cyclostigma the leaf-scars are closer
together than in the last, and are somewhat oblique to the
transverse line of the stem,—this obliquity being due to distor-
tion caused by lateral pressure of the mudstone in which the
fossils occur. The whorled arrangement of the leaves, each
whorl being alternate to that above and below it, is frequently
well shown.

Cyclostigma Kiltorkense.

Stem (flattened) 34 inches m diameter. Leaves in alternate
whorls, 25 in each whorl; whorls 1 inch apart. Divergence
=; Central woody axis ;5; inch in diameter (flattened),
shown by the strongly marked band in the centre of the stem.

This is the largest of the species of Cyclostigma found at
Kiltorcan, and I have given its specific name from the locality.

Cyclostigma minutum.

Leaves in alternate whorls, the whorls being somewhat more
distant from each other than the leaves ; the centre of each leaf-
scar marked by a well-defined minute dot. Branches of stem
dichotomous.

This is the species figured in Sir Charles Lyell’s ‘Manual,’
5th edition, p. 418. It is a well-marked and easily-recognized
fossil. It is also the same as the fossil figured by me in the
Journal of Geol. Soe. Dublin, vol. vi. p. 235, and named Lepi-
dodendron minutum. he latter was found at Tallow Bridge,
co. Waterford.

Prof. Leuckart on a Sucker-lke Apparatus in the Daphniade. 445

Cyclostiyma Griffithit.

Leaves in alternate whorls, 40 in each whorl ; whorls less than
4 inch apart. Divergence = 3;. Stem 2:2 inches in diameter
(flattened). The leaves of the whorls are rendered oblique to
the transverse axis by distortion; and where oblique, there are
6 leaf-intervals to the inch; but where they run across the
stem in their natural position, there are 9 to the inch.

I have much pleasure in naming this species after Sir Richard
Griffith, in whose Yellow Sandstone territory many specimens
of it occur, and, by their general analogy to the Carboniferous
Lepidodendra, vindicate the propriety of considering, as he has
done, the sandstones and conglomerates among which they
are found as the natural base of the Carboniferous system of
Treland.

XLVII.—On the Occurrence of a Sucker-like Adhesive Apparatus
in the Daphniade and allied Crustacea. By RKupoirx
LEUCKART*.

[With a Plate. ]

Durine my residence at Nice in the spring of 1853, I observed
a small Entomostracan of the group of the Daphniade, which,
notwithstanding its similarity to Polyphemus, Miill., belonged,
from the formation of its large antenne and of its abdomen, to
the genus Evadne, Lov. I regarded it as new, and called it
Evadne polyphemoides. (Similar species, but differing in the
number of joints in the large antennz, have been described by
Dana under the name of Polyphemus brevicaudis, and also by
Liljeborg under that of Podon intermedius, Kréy.) The same
animal has since been seen and investigated at Heligoland by
Pagenstecher and myself.

The following characters may be given to distinguish my
species. The legs gradually become shorter and more closely
approximated posteriorly. Instead of the long and slender ter-
minal setz, the two middle legs bear two short and thick hooks
with the inner margin plumose. The secondary appendage of
the last pair of legs is almost obsolete. The lower vitreous
cones of the enormous eye are separated from the rest by a space,
and are considerably shorter than the preceding ones; the last
of all are also of a different, pyriform shape.

What most tended to fix my attention on this little animal was
an unmistakeable, large, round sucking-disk (PI. XVI. B. fig. 8),

* Translated by W. S. Dallas, F.L.S., from Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1859,
p- 262

4.46 Prof. Leuckart on a Sucker-like Apparatus

which it bore upon its back at some distance from the anterior
end of the shell. This had the form of a plate-like pit, with a
swelled margin and distinct muscular structure,—annular fibres
in the periphery, and radiating fibres in the middle. Even if the
structure of this organ could have left any doubt as to its func-
tion, this could not but disappear when I saw the animal attach
itself to the side of the glass by means of this apparatus.

The organ in question has already been repeatedly seen by
previous observers, and must occur pretty frequently in the
allied animals, although perhaps rarely so perfectly developed.
Nevertheless, its signification has hardly yet been recognized,—
a circumstance which may perhaps partly be due to the fact that
sucker-like adhesive organs usually occur only amongst para-
sites, and are almost wholly wanting amongst the Arthropoda.

Amongst those naturalists who observed this structure before
me, I may especially mention Lovén, who describes it in Evadne
Nordmanni as a “circular muscle” attached to a depression m
the shell, and consisting of radiating fibres. Lovén regards this
“muscle” as a part of the ordinary cutaneous layer of muscles,
without referring further to its peculiarities or indicating its
function. Liljeborg saw the same sucker in Polyphemus (De
Crustaceis ex ordin. trib., 1855, tab. 5. fig. 3), but regarded it,
singularly enough, as an organ of secretion.

The only observer who, as far as I know, had a correct notion
of the organ in question is Strauss-Durckheim, who describes
(Museum Senckenberg. 1837, 11. p. 126) a “head-lobe” (Kopf-
zapfen) as a characteristic organ, previously overlooked, in Lim-
nadia, “by means of which these animals can adhere.”

The faculty of attaching themselves by the neck to foreign
objects occasionally, however, is well known to be possessed by
other allied Entomostraca. Even O. F. Miiller mentions, in his
work upon the Entomostraca, that he has often seen Sida ery-
stallina in this position, with its head hanging down; and the
same thing has been stated by subsequent observers, although
Zaddach (Synops. Pruss. Crustac. Prodrom. 1844, p. 26) admits
that he does not know by what organ an adhesion of this kind
observed by him in certain species of Daphnia and Lynceus can
be effected. ;

When we have once made acquaintance with the sucking-disk
of Evadne, it is not difficult to discover, even in the other ani-
mals, and especially in Sida, a flattened, more or less projecting
tubercle in the region of the neck, and to recognize this as an
adhesive apparatus, although the muscularity is much less di-
stinct, and may perhaps differ in its arrangement from that
previously described.

The existence of this dorsal sucker is, however, interesting,

m the Daphniadee and allied Crustacea. 447

not merely on its own account, but more especially because by
its means we get a new relation of these animals to the Cirri-
pedia*. Even Strauss-Durckheim remarks, with regard to the
cephalic tubercle (Kopfzapfen) described by him, that it may be
compared with the stalk of Lepas; and, in fact, we need only
imagine it more strongly developed and constantly adherent, to
develope the structure just mentioned from it, and thus to
approximate our Entomostraca very considerably to the Cirri-
pedia. The resemblance would be a perfect analogy, if the
statement of Thompson (Zool. Researches, 1. part 1)—the first
discoverer of the metamorphosis of the Cirripedia +—should be
confirmed, that the bivalve-shelled larvee of these animals adhere
by the back, and that the future point of attachment may be
detected in the suture between the shells, even in specimens
which are still swimming freely about.

In opposition to these statements, however, it must not be
concealed that, according to other observers, the attachment of
the Cirripedia is not effected by the back, but by the antenne,
which likewise bear a small sucking disk at their extremity.
This is the opinion especially of the most recent and thorough
investigator of the Cirripedia (Darwin), who regards the stalk of
the Barnacle as the anterior part of the head, and in some forms
detected two persistent antenne at its extremity.

Of course mere arguments from analogy cannot be set in
opposition to such definite statements; but we cannot suppress
the observation that the morphology of the Cirripedia is not yet
perfectly cleared up, even after the minute investigations of
Darwin. There are gaps also in the observations, and that exactly
at the most important points for the decision of the question
before us.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. B.
Fig. 8. Evadne polyphemoides, Leuck., n. s.

* It is possible that the filiform adhesive apparatus on the forehead of
Chalimus and some species of Caligus should also be regarded as the
analogue of the dorsal sucker in the Daphniade. Recent investigations
by Hesse (Comptes Rendus, xliv. p. 1254) prove that the young Lernee
also adhere for a time by a frontal filament of this nature.

+ Slabber, however, had already seen and figured the larve of a Bar-
nacle (Naturk. Verlust. pl. vii. fig. 3), but without recognizing their
nature. He saw these little animals escape in countless numbers from the
opened shell, and regarded them as parasites.

448 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madetran Coleoptera.

XLVIII.—On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera.
By T. Vernon Wo ttaston, M.A., F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 365. |
Fam. Curculionide.

Genus Ruyncotus.
(Creutzer) Germ., Ins. Spec. 307 (1824).

Rhyncolus calvus, n. sp.

R. piceus vel nigro-piceus, nitidus, calvus; prothorace profunde punc-
tato; elytris sat profunde punctato- (fere etiam subcrenato-) striatis,
interstitiis parce et minutissime punctulatis ; antennis pedibusque
piceo-ferrugineis.

Long. corp. lin. 15.

Habitat Maderam australem, in ligno antiquo ad “ Praia Formosa”’
a Dom. Bewicke repertus.

R. piceous or dark-piceous (when immature, ferruginous),
shming, and free from pubescence. Rostrum rather narrower
than that of the R. tenax, and with less appearance of a central
keel. Prothorax deeply punctured, the punctures being larger
and less dense than in that insect, and with a few very minute
punctules interspersed between them, but without any appear-
ance of the subalutaceous sculpture which is there so evident ;
also more oval or more regularly rounded at the sides than in
the R. tenax, not being so suddenly expanded about the middle,
and with still fainter indications (if indeed any) of a central line.
Elytra usually a little more picescent than the prothorax ; rather
deeply punctate- (or almost subcrenate-) striate, and with a very
few and extremely minute punctules down the interstices ; a
little more rounded-off at the shoulders than in the R. tenaz,
and free from the closely rugulose sculpture which is so charac-
teristic of that species. Limbs piceo-ferruginous.

The above Rhyncolus is closely allied to two species which I
have captured in the Canary Islands; nevertheless it is just
perceptibly narrower and more linear than either of them, as
well as a little more piceous; its rostrum is not so broad, and its
sculpture is somewhat shallower, its prothoracie punctures bemg
also more dense (particularly in front), and its elytral striz
(though deep) not so decidedly punctured, having a more evident
tendency to be subcrenulate. It was detected by Mr. Bewicke
amongst old rotten wood, during May of 1857, m a small out-
house, at the Praia Formosa, near Funchal.

Genus HExaRTHRUM, nov. gen.

Corpus ut in Rhyncolo, sed rostro breviore (i. e. brevissimo) crassiore
triangulari (7. e. antice sensim attenuato) ; serobe antennali bre-

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 449

vissimo, fere medium versus oculi (valde demissi) ascendente :
antennis brevissimis incrassatis ; scapo brevissimo valde clavato ;
faniculo 6-articulato, art® 1™°magno, apice truncato, reliquis longi-
tudine zequalibus, latitudine vix crescentibus, omnibus inter se arcte
compressis et ultimo clave sat arcte adpresso ; capitulo solidissimo
ovato, apice obtuso, haud annulato. Pedes anteriores basi ap-
proximati, postici parum distantes: tarsis brevioribus quam in
Rhyncolo, art® 3%° multo minore minus dilatato.
Ab éé, sex, et apOpor, articulus.

The remarkable insect from which the above characters have
been drawn has at first sight much the appearance of an ordinary
Rhyncolus, with which, indeed, before examination, I had inad-
vertently associated it. But, on further inspection it will be
found to differ in the most essential particulars,—its 6-jointed
funiculus (instead of 7-), in conjunction with the shortness and
breadth of its subtriangular vostrum, and the small size of its
almost unexpanded antcpenultimate tarsal jomt (in which respect
it makes an approach to Leipommata), at once separating it from
the members of that genus. Moreover, the excessive brevity
and thickness of its antennee—the scape of which is remarkably
short and robust, and the Joints of the funiculus (except the
enlarged basal one) closely pressed together, and with the club
extremely solid, not perceptibly annulated, and very obtuse at
its apex—is another feature which will still further remove it
from the Rhyncoli.

Hexarthrum compressum, n. sp.

H, subcylindricum, piceum, subnitidum ; rostro profunde et dense
punctato (punctis plus minus longitudinaliter confluentibus) ; pro-
thorace valde profunde punctato (punctis magnis) ; elytris profunde
striato-punctatis et dense rugalosis, interstitiis latiusculis et longi-
tudinaliter minutissime punctulatis ; antennis pedibusque vix dilu-
tioribus.

Long. corp. lin. 1}.

Habitat Maderam australem, in ligno antiquo ad “ Praia Formosa”?
a Dom. Bewicke captum.

H. subcylindrical and rather depressed, piceous, slightly
shining, and (except under a high microscopic power) almost
free from pubescence. Rostrum very short, broad, and trian-
gular, without any central keel, but closely and deeply pune-
tured,—the punctures having a greater or less tendency to be
longitudinally confluent. Prothorax very deeply and regularly
punctured (the punctures being extremely large, but also with
a little tendency to be disposed in longitudinal furrows down
the disk), its broadest part further behind than in the Rhyncolus
tenaz, and less evidently margined along its extreme posterior
edge than in that insect. lytra densely rugulose and deeply

Amn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 30

450 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

striate-punctate, the punctures being very large; the interstices
rather wide and flattened, and with a row of minute punctules
down each. Antenne and tarsi rufo-ferrugmous; the femora
and ¢ibie scarcely paler than the rest of the surface; the body
beneath densely and deeply punctured all over.

The discovery of the present insect is due to the researches of
Mr. Bewicke, who has captured several specimens of it, im com-
pany with the Rhyncolus calvus, amongst rotten wood, at the
Praia Formosa, near Funchal.

Genus PENTARTHRUM.
Wollaston, Ann. of Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xiv. p. 129 (1854).

In their outward facies the two insects described below are
moulded less on the true Cossonus type than the curious little
Wood-feeder, detected in the West of England, for which I origi-
nally established, in 1854, the genus Pentarthrum. Neverthe-
less, since they clearly belong to this immediate section of the
Curculionide, and agree with the P. Huttoni in possessing the
anomalous character of a 5-joited funiculus, I have preferred
regarding them as congeneric with the British species to erecting
an additional genus for their reception. In their convex, gla-
brous bodies indeed, and general contour, they are more sug-
gestive of Caulotrupis, perhaps, than of Mesites or Cossonus ;
whilst from the Pentarthrum Huttoni they recede (especially, how-
ever, the P. Monizianum) in their more apically-inserted antenn
and less straightened rostrum, as well as in their excessively
minute and almost obsolete eyes. In the P. Monizianum indeed
there is scarcely any trace, with an ordinary lens, of the organs
of sight; but when the head is viewed beneath a microscope,
one can perceive (though not without some difficulty), adjoining
the upper-edge of the extreme termination of the rostral groove,
5 or 6 closely-set depressed tubercles, within a small enclosure,
—which are clearly the rudiments of an eye; but so abortive
are they, that there can be but little doubt that the insect must
be practically blmd. In the P. Bewickianum these rudimentary
eyes are a trifle more prominent, and therefore perceptible; but
as regards their development, they do not appear to be at all
more perfect.

§ L. Antenne longiuscule graciliuscule, rostri apicem versus inserta,
articulis funicult inter se laxis, capitulo abrupto ovato. Rostrum
ad antennarum insertionem sensim dilatatum.

Pentarthrum Monizianum, n. sp.

P. piceum vel rufo-piceum, nitidum ; prothorace profunde punctato ;
elytris ellipticis leviter striato-punctatis (punctis minoribus), in-

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 451

terstitiis latiusculis et punctulis minutissimis distantibus longitudi-

naliter obsitis.

Long. corp. lin. 1}—vix 12.

Habitat Madera Seaeeiienn in horto quodam Funchalensi inter
lignum antiquum copiose legit Dom. Moniz, cujus in honorem
speciem stabilivi.

P. piceous or rufo-piceous, shining, and free from pubescence.
Rostrum rather long, deeply punctured, and a little expanded
about the insertion of the antenne. Prothorax ovate, and
straightly truncated behind, the broadest part bemg almost at
the extreme base; deeply and regularly punctured. Elytra
elliptical, being much rounded off at the shoulders, and with
their broadest part about the middle; very lightly, but regularly,
striate-punctate (the punctures beimg small); the interstices
broad, and with a series of excessively minute and distant punc-
tules down each. Limés, except the antennal club, scarcely paler
than the rest of the surface.

Detected, in abundance, by St. Moniz, during the spring of
1858, in old boards lying on the damp earth, in his garden at
Funchal. It was, however, first captured by myself in the
Canary Islands, where I took a single specimen in a house at
Orotava, in the north of Teneriffe, during March of the previous
year.

§ IL. Antenne breviuscule robuste, ante medium rostri inserte,
articulis funicult transversis inter se arcte compressis, capitulo
minus abrupto oblongiore. Rostrum ad antennarum insertionem
via latius.

Pentarthrum Bewickianum, n. sp.

P. rufo-piceum, nitidum ; prothorace sat profunde et paulo crebrius
punctato; elytris subparallelo-ellipticis, rugulosis, sat profunde et
dense substriato-punctatis (punctis majoribus).

Long. corp. lin. 1—vix. 14.

Habitat Maderam australem ; in ligno antiquo ad “‘ Praia Formosa”’
detexit Dom. Bewicke insectorum Maderensium scrutator inde-
fessus, qui pauca specimina <egre conservata nuper mihi benigne
communicavit.

P. like the last species, but perhaps a shade more rutescent,
and with its rostrum a trifle broader and shorter, and less evi-
dently widened at the insertion of the antennz (whieh are shorter
and comparatively thicker, with the jomts of their funiculus
more compressed inter se, and their club less abrupt than in that
insect ; and which moreover do not arise quite so near to the
apex). Prothorax as in the P. Monizianum, but a trifle less
convex on its hinder disk, and just perceptibly less deeply and
more closely punctured. /lytra a little more parallel (or less

30*

452 Mr.T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

elliptic) in their outline, and more rugulose; also more deeply,
and much more closely, substriate-punctate, the punctures bemg
considerably larger and more numerous, each series, however,
being composed successively of slightly larger and smaller ones
alternately.

The present insect, which is very much more variable in
stature than the last (the smallest specimens being only a line
in length), was discovered by Mr. Bewicke amongst old wood in
a small shed, or out-house, at the Praia Formosa, near Funchal.
In conjunction with the P. Moniz zianum, it is a most important
addition to our fauna.

Genus CaULoTRUPIS.

Wollaston, Ins. Mad. 308 (1854).

Jaulotrupis subnitidus, 1. sp.

C. ovato-subevlindricus, crassiusculus, niger, subnitidus, alutaceus ;
prothorace amplo, subtiliter punctato ; elytris leviter striato-punc-
tatis; antennis ferrugineis; pedibus piceis.

Long. corp. lin. 13-2.

Habitat in ramis “Cannas Euphorbia piscatoria, in locis Madere
inferioribus passim.

C. ovate-subeylindric and thick, black, minutely alutaceous
all over, and subopake, or only very slightly shining. Rostrum
short and broad in the males, longer and more slender in the fe-
males. Prothoraw large ; minutely, but quite perceptibly, punc-
tulated ; and broadest about the middle. Hdytra rather straight-
ened towards the shoulders; lightly, but distinctly, striate-
punctate; and broadest about the middle. Antenne short, and
ferruginous. Legs piceous.

The present Caulotrupis is very closely allied to the C. lacer-
tosus ; nevertheless it is, on the average, a trifle larger than that
species, its surface (although equally alutaceous) is less opake,
the punctules of its prothorax are more evident, its elytra are
just perceptibly more straightened towards the shoulders [which
is best seen when the insect is viewed with its head pointed
backwards], and have their striz deeper and more decidedly
punctured (but with the interstices less so); its habits are also
apparently different—all the specimens of it which I have as yet
seen having been captured from the dead stems of the Mu-
phorbia piscatoria of low elevations (under which circumstances
it was first detected by myself, towards Canigo, to the east of
Funchal, on the 23rd of December 1858) ; whereas the C. lacer-
fosus occurs beneath the bark of laurels of loftier altitudes. It
has also been captured by S". Moniz and Mr. Bewicke.

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 453

(Subfam. CryerToRHYNCHIDES.)
Genus ACALLES.
Schonherr, Cure. Disp. Meth. 295 (1826).
Acalles cinereus, n. sp.

A. oblongo-ovatus, squamis albido-cinereis dense tectus ; prothorace
subintegro fere concolore, ad apicem leviter setuloso ; elytris sat
profunde punctato-striatis, ad latera rotundatis, carinis interruptis
nodulisque majoribus subsetosis instructis, plaga communi post-
media albidiore obscurissima (antice in medio indistincte fusco-
terminata) ornatis.

Long. corp. lin. 3.

Habitat in sylvaticis editioribus Madere, a Rev. Dom. Lowe De-
cembri ineunte a.p. 1858 repertus.

A. oblong-ovate, and densely clothed with whitish-cinereous
scales. Rostrum piceous; opake, and very coarsely punctured,
in the males; a little slenderer, shining, and less punctured in
the females. Prothorax rather less expanded in the middle than
is the case in most of the sylvan species, and with its surface
almost entire, there being scarcely any indications of tubercles,
and only a few small sete at its apex. Elytra rather deeply
punctate-striate; with the interrupted ridges and nodules only
moderately developed ; and with a very faint ; and ill-defined trans-
verse postmedial paler patch, common to both—almost suffused
behind, but terminated in front by a more evident brownish
portion, colouring the central tubercles. Limbs as in most of
the other species.

A single specimen (and that a male) of this rather large and
almost uniformly cmereous or whitish-cimereous Acalles, which
has its prothorax nearly free from nodules and sete, and its
(shghtly paler) elytral patch very obscure and ill-defined (parti-
cularly behind), was captured by the Rev. R. T. Lowe, during
our encampment at the head of the Boa Ventura, in December
1858, in the crevices of a dead stem of the Huphorbia mellifera,
at a very lofty elevation below the Boca das Torrmhas. There
were two more of them in company with it, but these he unfor-
tunately did not secure. A second example (a female) has
lately been communicated by Mr. Bewicke, taken by himself (I
believe at the Lombo das Vacas) during the summer of the fol-
lowing year. It belongs to the section of the genus in which
the scutellum is not distinguishable.

Genus TorRNEUMA, nov. gen.

Corpus parvum, fusiformi-ovatum, subtus late longitudinaliter im-

454 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

pressum (aut potius per meso- et meta-sterna et abdominis basin
leviter concavum), ubique dense scabroso-subrugulosum, sed haud
setosum : capite parvo, in cavo prothoracico usque ad rostri basin
omnino recondito ; oculis nullis; rostro longiusculo subareuato
tenui (7. e. horizontaliter compresso, subtus fere concavo), lineari,
sed basin versus leviter rotundato-dilatato et superne ad basin
ipsam quasi capiti articulato, in canaliculam pectoralem valde pro-
fundam argutissime determinatam (usque ad coxas pedum inter-
mediorum extendentem) arcte applicando ; scrobe profunda sub-
recta ad latera rostri posita necnon ad basin ipsam ejus ducta atque
ibidem abrupte terminata: prothorace subovato basi truncato,
longe intra apicem leviter coarctato, antice paulo acuminato: sc2z-
tello haud observando : elt ytris subellipticis connatis : alis obsoletis.
Antenne \ongiuscule, subgraciles, ante medium rostri insertee :
scapo longiusculo clavato subrecto ; funiculo 7-articulato, art® 1°
paulo longiore vix latiore, reliquis longitudine subzequalibus lati-
tudine oe erescentibus ; capitulo oblongo 4-annulato. Pedes
robusti, contractiles, antic? ad basin leviter, intermedii latius et
postici latissime distantes: femoribus muticis: ¢ibzis subrectis,
apicem versus (preesertim externum) pilosis, ad apicem in uncum
deflexum productis: ¢arsis omnino pseudotetrameris, sed ungui-
culis minutissimis.

A ropvevpa, quasi torno efformatum.

The unique specimen from which the above characters have
been compiled is one of the most anomalous of the Madeiran
Coleoptera which have been hitherto detected ; nor was it at first
sight at all evident to what immediate section of the Curculio-
nide it should be assigned. After a careful consideration, how-
ever, of the various details of its structure, I am satisfied that
it is not very remote in affinity from Acalles (although so dif-
ferent in its general facies and unclothed surface), and that, when
placed at the end of the Cryptorhynchides (in the vicinity of
Tychius, which commences the next subfamily of the Erirhinides),
it will not be far distant from its natural location. Indeed, in
the outline of its prothorax and elytra, and in its robust and
basally distant legs, as well as in the excessively deep and ab-
ruptly-defined pectoral groove for the reception of its rostrum
when inflexed, it has much in common with Acalles ; neverthe-
less, in its very small head, which is completely concealed beneath
the anterior portion of the pronotum (the rostrum alone being
perceptible when the imsect is viewed from above), as well as
in its total want of eyes (which, mdeed, would have been use-
less tovit, as they would have been altogether immersed within
the prothoracie cavity), and the remarkable form of its basally-
rounded rostrum, which has all the appearance of bemg articu-
lated on to the head, and of being suddenly constricted (though
this is not the case in reality) at its junction with the latter, it

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 455

possesses a combination of features essentially its own. Its
most extraordinary character, however, is certainly the construc-
tion of its rostrum, which has the appearance of being a separate
plece,—as it were turned with a lathe [a circumstance which has
suggested its generic name], and implanted into the fore portion
of the head; and it is on account of its seeming thus separate,
and of its being rounded off at its base, that it looks, at first
sight, as though it were suddenly constricted at its point of con-
tact with the head.

Torneuma cecum, 0. sp.

T. fusco-piceum, subopacum et granulis erebris maximisvalde depressis
scabrosis obsitum ; rostro nitidiore, rufo-ferrugineo, carinato, utrin-
que parce et profunde longitudinaliter punctato ; elytris levissime
striatis et (oculo valde armato) parce ac brevissime longitudinaliter
setulosis ; antennis rufo-testaceis, pedibus vix dilutioribus.

Long. corp. lin. 11.

Habitat Maderam, sub trunco quodam prolapso in “Curral das
Freiras’” mense Decembri 4.p. 1858 a meipso lectum.

T. dull brownish-piceous and nearly opake, densely beset all
over with very large and exceedingly depressed scale-like granules
(of much the same character as those of the Tarphii). Rostrum
rufo-ferruginous and more shining than the rest of the surface,
keeled down the centre, and roughly (but sparingly and irregu-
larly) punctured on either side. Prothorax subovate and rather
acuminated anteriorly, and quite free from any appearance of
pile. lytra subelliptic, most lightly (and not very regularly)
striated, and (beneath the microscope) with Jongitudinal series
of very short, most minute, distant, and decumbent paler hairs.
Body beneath densely scabrous, but scarcely punctured. An-
tenne rufo-testaceous. Legs slightly setose, but hardly paler than
the rest of the surface.

Captured by myself, adhering to the underside of the trunk
of a felled cherry-tree, which was lying on the damp ground, at
the bottom of the Curral das Freiras, during my encampment
there, with the Rev..R. T. Lowe, on the 9th of December 1858.

(Subfam. BracHypDERIDEs.)
Genus SrROPHOSOMUs.
(Billberg) Schon., Cure. Disp. Meth. 97 (1826).

Strophosomus Coryli, Fab.

S. niger, squamis cinereo-brunneis dense tectus; oculis subconicis,

456 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

prominulis; elytris parce setosis, sutura antice nigra (squamis ¢a-

rentibus) ; antennis rufo-ferrugineis; pedibus rufo-piceis.
Long. corp. lin. 2.

Habitat Maderam australem, a Dom. Moniz detectus.
Curculio Coryli, Fab., Syst. Ent. 148 (1775).

Strophosomus Coryli, Steph., Ill., Brit. Ent. iv. 126 (1831).
Cneorhinus Coryli, Schén., Gen. et Spec. Cure. 1. 535 (1833).

S. black, but densely clothed with brown, or brownish-cine-
reous, scales. Rostrum short and thick, but a little attenuated
anteriorly ; with the eyes somewhat conical, and very prominent.
Prothorax rugulose, and with a narrow and lightly-impressed
dorsal channel. Elytra convex and rounded, but with their sides
rather straightened, or parallel, about the middle, bemg some-
what suddenly rounded inwardly about the shoulders ; distinctly
punctate-striate, and rather coarsely (though sparingly) pubes-
cent, or setose, especially behind; and with the basal portion of
the suture black—being denuded of scales. Antenne rather
slender, and rufo-ferruginous. Legs robust, rufo-piceous, and
more or less clothed with scales.

A single specimen of the common European S. Coryli has been
communicated to me by Mr. Bewicke, who received it from Senhor
Moniz, by whom it was captured near Funchal. It differs in no
respect, so far as I can perceive, from the ordinary examples of
more northern latitudes,—from whence, indeed, it is not impro-
bable that it may have been accidentally imported imto the
island.

Fam. Attelabide.
Genus Rampuus.
Clairville, Ent. Helv. i. 104 (1798).
Ramphus eneus, Schon.

R. ovatus, eenescenti-niger, subnitidus ; capite prothoraceque creber-
rime et profunde punctatis ; elytris crebre punctato-striatis ; anten-
nis brevibus, testaceis, clava acuminato-ovata nigra.

Long. corp. (rostro excepto) lin. 2-1.

Habitat in foliis pomorum in cultis supra Funchal, a Dom. Bewicke
copiose repertus. E

Ramphus eneus, De}. in Cat.

, Schon. Gen. et Spee. Cure. i. 310 (1833).

R. ovate, brassy-black, free from pile, coarsely alutaceous and
subrugulose all over, and slightly shnimg. Head and prothorax
very densely and deeply punctured: the former (as m the ordi-
nary Ramphi) greatly inflexed, with the rostrum applied closely
to the breast, and with the eyes large and meeting on the fore-
head: the /atter much narrowed anteriorly, and rather less

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madetran Coleoptera. 457

closely punctured in the centre of its disk than elsewhere.

Elytra regularly, closely, and rather deeply punctate-striate.

Antenne testaceous, with their club (which is acute at its apex)

black.

Although not according precisely with the diagnosis of the
R. eneus as given in Schénherr’s ‘Genera et Species Curculio-
nidum’ [which, moreover, is there stated to be smaller than
the common R. pulicarius, whereas the Madeiran insect is, on
the average, considerably larger], the little Ramphus described
above is nevertheless, I think, sufficiently near to it to warrant
the conclusion that it is specifically identical ; and more parti-
cularly so, since the recorded habitat of the R. eneus is the south
of France, and Portugal. Although exceedingly variable in sta-
ture, the long array of specimens from which I have drawn my
description differ from the R. pulicarius in bemg, on the average,
decidedly larger and of a more or less evidently brassy tinge, in
their alutaceous sculpture being coarser, their punctuation,
especially of the head and prothorax, much more dense, and
their antennz (in proportion to the size of the insect) perceptibly
shorter and entirely testaceous except the club,—which last is
rather more abbreviated and abrupt, and less acuminated at its
apex, than is the case with that species. It was detected, abun-
dantly, by Mr. Bewicke, on the leaves of apple- and pear-trees,
in the cultivated grounds above Funchal (from his Quinta at
the Palmeira up to almost the elevation of the Mount Church),
where, under his guidance, it was subsequently captured by
myself also.

Fam. Bruchide.
Genus Brucuvus.

Geoffroy, Hist. Abr. des Ins. de Paris, 1. 163 (1762).
Bruchus Pisi, lL.

B. ovato-oblongus, niger, pube fulvescente et albida variegatus ; pro-
thorace transverso, ad latera in medio distincte spinoso; elytris
subparallelis crenato-striatis, fascia postmedia interrupta albida
ornatis ; antennarum basi, tibiis tarsisque anterioribus plus minus
dilute rufo-testaceis, femoribus posticis longe et acute dentatis.

Long. corp. lin. 24.

Habitat Maderam, a Dom. M. Park prope Funchal captus.

Bruchus Pisi, Linn., Syst. Nat. 1. 11. 604 (1767).

—— , Schén., Gen. et Spec. Cure. 1. 57 (1833).

—— ——,, Lucas, Col. de l’Algérie, 401 (1849).

B. like the B. rufimanus, but rather larger and more oblong.
Prothorax altogether broader and less narrowed behind, with
the lateral angle developed into a distinct central spme, and with
the paler patch towards the middle of the hinder margin usually

458 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madetran Coleoptera.

larger and more conspicuous. lytra rather more parallel at
the sides than in that insect, with the interstices more evidently
punctured, and with the white spots larger and more confluent
—forming a more or less conspicuous (though broken) fascia
on each behind the middle. Pygidium more variegated than in
the B. rufimanus, the two black patches at the apex being larger.
Antenne rather short and very robust ; their base, as well as the
front tibie and tarsi, the apical portion (sometimes the whole) of
the intermediate tibia, and the intermediate tarsi dull rufo-testa-
ceous. Hinder femora with a very large and acute tooth beneath.

The distinctions between the B. Pist and the common B. ru-
fimanus will be at once gathered from the above comparative
diagnosis. I find a single example among some old insects col-
lected by Mr. M. Park near Funchal; and four more were com-
municated to me a year ago by the Bardo do Castello de Paiva,
amongst a quantity of common and ordinary species stated to
have been taken at Canigal. It is abundant in the Canaries (as
it is throughout central and southern Europe and the north of
Africa), where I have brushed it from out of the pea-fields in at
least three of the islands; and it will probably be found equally
common in such localities in Madeira also.

Fam. Halticide.

Genus Loncitarsvs.
Latreille, Fam. Nat. du Régne Anim. 405 (1825).
Longitarsus abdominalis, Dufts.

L. ovatus, convexus, subnitidus, rufo-ferrugineus; capite, antennis
(breviusculis) apicem versus necnon apice femorum posticorum
picescentibus ; elytris minus rufescentibus, levissime subseriatim
punctatis.

Long. corp. lin. vix 7.

Habitat in graminosis Madere, zestate 1855 a meipso detectus.

Haltica abdominalis, Dufts., Fna. Austr. iii. 262 (1825).

L. ovate, convex, slightly shining, and reddish-ferruginons.
Head of a darker, or more piceous hue than the prothoraz,
which is very lightly and obscurely subpunctulated. Hlytra a
little paler than the prothorax, and regularly ovate, being rounded
inwards towards the shoulders ; very finely, but more perceptibly
punctured than the prothorax, the punctures having the slight-
est possible tendency to be disposed in longitudinal rows; and
with the suture a trifle darker than the rest of the surface. An-
tenne rather short; dusky towards their apex; their base, the
four anterior legs, and the two hinder tibia and tarsi, testaceous.

Three specimens of this insect I had inadvertently mixed up,

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 459

in my collection, with the examples of L. nubigena; and it was
not until M. Allard (to whom I lately transmitted my Madeiran
and Canarian Halticide for revision) pointed out to me their di-
stinctive characters, that I became aware of my mistake. It may
be at once recognized from that species by its rather smaller
size and more ovate form (its humeral angles being much
more rounded off), as well as by its shorter antenne, less pro-
minent eyes, more lightly punctured surface, and somewhat less
pallid hue. My specimens were taken by brushing the grass,
on a sloping bank, about two-thirds of the way up the Ribeira
de St. Lusia, in the summer of 1855.

Fam. Chrysomelidz.
Genus CHRYSOMELA.
Linneus, Syst. Nat. edit. i. (1735).

Chrysomela onychina.

C. elliptico-ovata, nitida, viridi-splendens ; capite prothoraceque fere
impunctatis, hoc ad latera late subemarginato; elytris minute
sub-biseriatim punctulatis, apicem versus in medio subnodoso-con-
vexis et lateraliter compressis, utrinque latera versus longitudina-
liter costatis necnon intra marginem valde corrugate-rugosis.

Long. corp. lin. 53.

Chrysomela Fragarie, Woll., Ins. Mad. 458, tab. ix. f. 7 (1854).

—, Woll., Cat. Mad. Col. 135 (1857).

Although at all times exceedingly unwilling to alter a spe-
cifie title (a step which should never be taken without the
strongest and most cogent reasons), I have nevertheless given
a fresh diagnosis of the Madeiran Chrysomela, feeling the abso-
lute necessity of imposing on it a new name. The constant re-
discovery, now, of this rare and curious insect on the Bystropogon,
and on no other plant whatsoever, would certainly imply that it
is essentially peculiar to it; and hence there can be no doubt
that the three specimens which I originally detected (in August
1850) on the leaves of the Mountain Strawberry, were merely
accidental ones, which had fallen from off the bushes of Bystro-
pogon growing on the rocks immediately above them: so that
to persist in retaining for it the trivial name of Fragarie (which
I unfortunately adopted without sufficient evidence), would be
nothing more or less than to perpetuate an erroneous impres-
sion of its habits. I therefore consider that it is not only de-
sirable, but absolutely necessary, to substitute a fresh name ; and
I have consequently done so by giving it a more appropriate
one, suggested by its remarkable analogy, in general outline and
anomalous posterior contractions, to a hoof.

{To be continued. |

460 Mr. W. i. Benson on new Land-Shells from Darjiling.

XLIX.—On new Land-Shells from Darjiling, with a series of new
Indian Species of Achatina. Described by W. H. Benson, Esq.

Diplommatina Blanfordiana, B.

Testa dextrorsa, foveato-rimata, ovato-acuminata, confertim arcuato-
costulata, albida, spira ovato-pyramidata, superne attenuata, apice
acutiusculo, sutura impressa; anfractibus 74 convexis, antepenul-
timo majusculo tumido, ultimo antice ascendente; apertura sub-
verticali, late auriculari, plica columellari valida nutante munita,
peristomate expanso, extus varice retrorelicta remotiuscula valida
aucto, infra ad sinistram subangulato, marginibus callo parietali
crasso expanso appresso junctis, columellari leviter sinuato.
Operc.

Long. 43, diam. 24 mill.

Habitat prope Darjiling. Teste W. T. Blanford.

Independently of its smaller size and stronger costulation,
this shell is distinguished from D. pachycheilus by its foveate
rimation behind the thin columellar lip, and by the retrorelict
variciform second peristome, which is remote in its course, on the
right side, from the thin actual peristome, but joins it below the
umbilical cavity. In D. pachycheilus the peristome is thickened
and bifurcate at the insertion of the outer lip, and there is no
remote varix ; while the incrassate columellar lip is reflected
over the rimation, and entirely conceals it. The last whorl
ascends more conspicuously in front than in D. pachycheilus,
although it rises considerably also in that shell—a feature which
I omitted in the description given im the ‘ Annals’ for 1857.
The costulation of D. pachycheilus is very variable; in some
specimens it disappears on the lower whorls, in others on the
upper ones only ; occasionally it pervades the surface.

The following characters may be added to those already given
of D. pachycheilus :—

Anfractu ultimo antice ascendente ; peristomate superne ad angulum
bifurcato, margine columellari externe callo expanso irregulari
appresso, periomphalum obtegente, munito.

It is found among dead leaves with D. Blanfordiana.

Ennea stenopylis, B.

Testa longe curvato-rimata, cylindraceo- -ovata, arcuatim costulata,
sub epidermide cereo-cornea albida ; apice conoideo-obtuso, sutura
impressa; anfractibus 6 angustis, convexiusculis, ultimo minore
compresso, antice leviter ascendente, latere dextro antice substran-
gulato, valde scrobiculato, basi anguste compressa; apertura ver-
ticali, subaxiali, triangulari-obovata, subcordiformi, 3 testee supe-
rante, peristomate undique expanso calloso reflexiusculo, margine
dextrali superne profunde sinuato, plica angular parietali valida,
superne sub-bicruri, margines peristomatis jungente, subtus lamel-

Mr. W. H. Benson on new Land-Shells from Darjiling. 461

liformi profunde intrante, denteque palatali unica intus longe et
contigue concurrentibus, aperturam coarctatam inzequaliter oblique
dividentibus, aream minorem quasi perforatam prope sinum dex-
tralem, ab area sinistra majore ovato-oblonga, secernentibus.
Long. 33, diam. 1} mill.
Habitat in vallibus Rungnu et Rimmau (alt. 4000 ped.) prope Dar-
jing. Detexit W. T. Blanford.

Although differmg so much in form from Ennea vara, B., of
the Khasia Hills, this shell is nearly allied to it in the formation
and dentation of the aperture; the characters are, however, on
amore exaggerated scale. The Cape Pupa Layardi, B., in its
parietal and upper palatal plice, approaches the structure ob-
servable in E. stenopylis, in which the plaits meet so closely
during their descent as to leave a scarcely visible line of separa-
tion, cutting off the sinus at the upper part of the dextral mar-
gin so completely as to present an analogy to the basal canal of
Cataulus. Like E. vara, the aperture is deficient in columellar
folds. The parietal callus is a modified representation of that
of the South Indian EZ. Pirriei, Pfr.

Achatina Hastula, B.

Testa turrito-subulata, tenui, oblique capillaceo-striata, fusco-cornea,
nitidula; spira subulata, apice obtuso, sutura profundiuscula ;
anfractibus 9, primis convexis, postremis convexiusculis, ultimo
2 testee vix attingente; apertura vix obliqua, ovato-elliptica, peri-
stomatis marginibus callo tenui junctis, dextrali recto acuto, colu-
mellari arcuato calloso albido, basi oblique truncata.

Long. 123, diam. 33 mill. ; long. apert. 33 mill.

Habitat ad Pankabari, prope Darjiling, raro. Teste W. T. Blanford.

Of a more slender form than the large Ach. tenwispira, B., the
whorls increasing very gradually, and not attenuate towards the
upper part of the spire as in that species.

Achatina Orobia, B.

Testa ovato-oblonga, solidiuscula, leevigata, leviter striata, striis non-
nullis remotiusculis profunde impressis sculpta, nitida, olivaceo-
cornea ; spira convexe pyramidata, apice obtuso, sutura impressa ;
anfractibus 64-74 convexiusculis, ad humerum angulatis, crenu-
latis, ultimo 4 testee superante ; apertura verticali semiovali, colu-
mella valde arcuata, callosa, basi oblique truncata, peristomate
recto, crassiusculo, obtuso.

Long. 11, diam. 5 mill.; apert. 4 mill. longa, 3 lata.

Habitat ad Sinchul et Darjiling (alt. ped. 8500 et 7000). Teste
W. T. Blanford.

Distinguished from the larger Khasia species, A. crassilabris,

B., by its peculiar sculpture, and by the formation of the whorls
below the suture.

462 Myr. W. H. Benson on new Indian Species of Achatina.

The following shells are added to complete the history of the
known Indian species of Achatina :—

Achatina prelustris, B.

Testa ovato-oblonga, pertenui, fragil, irregulariter plicato-striata,
nitente, pallide luteo-cornea ; spira pyramidata, apice obtuso, su-
tura profundiuscula, suberenulata ; anfractibus 85 convexiusculis,
superne prope suturam tumidiusculis, ultimo 3 testee superante,
subinflato ; apertura verticali, semiovali, latiuscula, columella sub-
recta, vix curvata, basi oblique truncata, peristomate recto, acuto.

Long. 33, diam. 17 mill. ; apert. 15 mill. longa, 9 lata.

Habitat in provincia Orissa prope Midnapore, Balasore, et Cuttack.
Teste W. Theobald.

This is the largest known Indian form of the type to which
the Cingalese and Nilgherry shell, 4ch. Ceylanica, Pfr., belongs.
It was found by Mr. Theobald in Mangoe topes, both in the
hills and plains.

Achatina Chesson, B.

Testa ovato-turrita, superne attenuata, scabre plicato-striata, striis
minutissimis confertis obsoletis spiralibus decussata, fulvo-cornea,
vel purpureo-fusca, translucente, nitidula; spira turrita, apicem
versus obtusiusculum attenuata, sutura impressa, crenulata; an-
fractibus 11} convexiusculis, ultimo $ testze superante inflatiusculo ;
apertura subverticali, semiovali, latiuscula, columella subrecta,
albido-callosa, basi vix oblique truncata, peristomate recto, tenui.

Long. 37, diam. 15 mill.; apert. 14 mill. longa, 8 lata.

Habitat in montibus Mahabaleshwar. Detexit J. Chesson.

There is also a more slender variety, 33 mill. in length by 12
in breadth.

This fine shell, the largest of the forms mtermediate between
Ach. prelustris of the eastern coast of the Peninsula and the
north-eastern A. Cassiaca, was found on the high mountain
group overlooking the western coast of the Indian Peninsula,
south of Bombay, by Mr. J. Chesson. It was accompanied by
the following species.

Achatina notigena, B.

Testa elongato-conica, superne attenuata, tenui, subcostulato-striata,
fulvo-cornea, nitida, pellucida; spira turrita, superne attenuata,
apice obtuso, sutura impressa, irregulariter crenulata; anfractibus
9-10 convexiusculis, ultimo 4 testee non attingente ; apertura sub-
verticali, anguste semiovali, columella vix arcuata, subverticali, basi
suboblique truncata, peristomate recto, tenui, marginibus callo
tenui junctis.

Long. 20, diam. 7 mill.; apert. 6 mill. longa, vix 4 lata.

Var. inflatior, ovato-turrita, long. 22, diam. 8 mill.

Habitat in montibus Mahabaleshwar cum preecedente, teste J. Ches-
son; necnon prope Bombay, W. Theobald.

This shell has relations to Ach. Chessoni in the attenuation of

Mr. W. H. Benson on new Indian Species of Achatina. 463

the spire towards the summit,—a feature observable also in the
north-eastern A. tenuispira. It differs in form, size, proportions,
&e. In one specimen from Bombay, the attenuation of the
spire is less conspicuous.

Achatina Sarissa, B.

Testa elongato-conica, tenui, levigata, striatula, anfractibus ultimis
sub lente confertim obsolete decussatis, nitidissima, olivaceo-cor-
nea; spira elongato-pyramidata, apice obtuso, sutura impressa ;
anfractibus 93 convexiusculis, ultimo ? testee superante ; apertura
subverticali, ovato-elliptica, columella obliqua, leviter arcuata,
albido-callosa, basi oblique truncata, peristomate recto, tenul.

Long. 16, diam. 5} mill. ; apert. 5 mill. longa, 3} lata.

Habitat prope Comercolly, Bengaliz, ad ripas fluminis Gangis.
Detexit Dr. Theodore Cantor.

I am indebted to Dr. Cantor for this interesting addition to
the few species which inhabit the plains of Lower Bengal.

Achatina Pyramis, B.

Testa oblongo-turrita, solidula, leevigata, striatula, nitida, luteo-cor-
nea; spira turrita, lateribus convexiusculis, apice obtusiusculo,
sutura impressa; anfractibus 8, convexiusculis, ultimo 3 teste
zequante, antice obsolete plicato; apertura subverticali, elliptico-
semioval:, columella arcuata, callosa, basi oblique truncata, peri-
stomate recto obtuso, intus albido-labiato.

Long. 15, diam. 6 mill.; apert. 5 mill. longa, 2} lata.

Habitat ad Teria Ghat Montium Khasia. Detexit W. Theobald.

Allied to the smaller Ach. crassula, B., from Darjiling, but
distinguished from it by its colour, smoother sculpture, more
convex and numerous whorls, by the characters of the peristome,
and by the convex and not planate sides of the spire.

A large variety of Ach. crassula, collected by Mr. W. T. Blan-
ford near Darjiling, is 12 mill. nm length by 53 in breadth, and,
like the type, possesses only seven whorls.

Achatina Scrutillus, B.

Testa oblonga, solidiuscula, leevigata, subremote striatula, nitidula,
fulvo-cornea ; spira ovato-oblonga, apice obtuso, sutura impressa ;
anfractibus 55 convexiusculis, ultimo 3 testze superante; apertura
verticali, ovato-elliptica, columella valde arcuata, basi subito et
profuude truncata, peristomate recto, obtuso, marginibus callo
crassiusculo junctis.

Long. 6 mill., diam. 22; long. apert. 25 mill.

Habitat in Provincia Orissa (Cuttack), necnon in valle superiore
fluminis Nerbuddze, Indize Centralis. Detexit W. Theobald.

This little species may be at once known on comparison with
the Bengal Ach. Gemma, B., which is ordinarily of the same

464 Mr. W.H. Benson on new Indian Species of Achatina.

size, by its less rapidly decreasing spire, solidity, and colour ;
and from the paler A. Frumentum, Reeve, which is probably only
a local variety of Ach. Gemma, by the two first-mentioned
characters.

[I have a large variety of 4. Gemma, collected by Dr. Bacon,
which attains a length of 8 mill. by 34 in breadth.

A single specimen of Achatina Amentum, B., 24 mill. in length,
and with nine whorls, was found by Mr. W. Theobald in the
Valley of the Upper Nerbudda. It is not in good condition,
the upper whorls being bleached; but the form and sculpture
leave little room for doubt as to its identity with the Calcutta
species, which is exceedingly rare, three specimens only having
been taken by me in a living state twenty-five years ago. They
were under a felled palm-tree (Borassus flabelliformis) on the
Howrah bank of the river, between the Bishop’s College and the
Botanic Gardens. The late Dr. Pearson believed that he had
found the young shell, 2 lines in length, at Alipore, near Cal-
cutta. Search should be made for the species within the cool
and moist bases of the fronds of Palmyra, Cocoa-nut, and other
Palms.

An undescribed Achatina occurs in the Mahabaleshwar Hills,
nearly related to A. Ceylanica, Pfr., but differing from it in its
acuminate summit. The single specimen found by Lieut. Arthur
E. Benson is in too decayed a state for description. Its length
is 15 mill., and diameter 8 mill. Another smaller shell, of a
similar type, and with the summit less pointed, was taken by
Mr. Theobald at Teria Ghat, in the Khasia Hills. It is pro-
bably a new species; and the examination of a perfect shell is
desirable. With it Mr. Theobald found a small solid form, in a
bleached condition, which appears to be a dwarf variety of A.
crassilabris, B., 11 mill. in length by 6 in diameter.

A weathered and impertect Achatina, sent by Mr. Theobald
from Orissa, resembles the Nilgherry .4. Oreas, B., when of
immature growth. I have a pale variety of A. Oreas from
M. Petit, which was stated to have been received from Bombay.
It accords with the mountain type in all but colour.

In Burmah Mr. Theobald got a variety of A. tenuispira on the
banks of the Irawady, and at Phie Than the young of a reversed
species, which is doubtless new. An adult specimen is a desi-
deratum. ‘The young presents from three to four smooth hya-
line whorls, with a distinct truncation at the base. The shell
figured in ‘Conchologia Iconica’ as Bulimus Sikkimensis, Reeve,
proves to be an extremely young specimen of a fine Spiraais,
of which an example with seven whorls, obtained at Darpiling
by Mr. W. T. Blanford, measures 27 mill. in length by nearly

10 in diameter.

Mr. W.H. Benson on new Indian Species of Achatina. 465

The following list exhibits the names and localities of all the
Continental-Indian species of Achatina which have hitherto been
described :—

A. tenuispira, B. Khasia Hills, Darjiling, and Burmah.
— Cassiaca, B. Khasia Hills.

— crassilabris, B. Pf

— Pyramis, B. a

— crassula, B. Darjiling.

— Hastula, B. PP

— Orobia, B. =

— Amentum, B. Lower Bengal and Nerbudda.
— Sarissa, B. x

— Gemma, B. a

— Frumentum, Reeve. ,, (Var. of Gemma.)

— prelustris, B. Orissa.

— Scrutillus, B. Orissa and Nerbudda.

— Chessoni, B. Mahabaleshwar Hills.

— notigena, B. Mahabaleshwar Hills and Bombay.
— Oreas, B. Nilgherries and Bombay.

— Perrotteti, Pfr. (Nilagirica, B.). Nilgherries.
— Jerdoni, B. Nilgherries.

— Ceylanica, Pfr. (Orophila, B.) Nilgherries.
— Bensoniana, Pfr. Nilgherries.

— Shiplayi, Pfr. A

— corrosula, Pfr. %

— Balanus, B. Banks of Jumna.

Cheltenham, April 28, 1860.

Supplementary Notice, containing Descriptions of two new Species
of Achatina from the Nilgherries.

The two following species, which should have been included

in my paper on Indian Achatine, were inadvertently omitted :—

Achatina Botellus, B.

Testa oblonga, solidiuscula, levigata, leviter striatula, sub lente in-
distincte confertim, spiraliter, minutissime acuducta, polita, fulvo-
castanea ; spira ovato-oblonga, apice valde obtuso, sutura impressa,
leviter crenulata; anfractibus 7 convexiusculis, ultimo vix latiore ;
apertura subobliqua, semiovali, intus albida, columella valde ar-
cuata, albido-callosa, basi subverticaliter truncata, peristomate
recto, marginibus callo tenui junctis, dextrali latiusculo, planato,
non incrassato.

Long. 18, diam. 7} mill. ; apert. 7 mill. longa, 32 lata.

Habitat in montibus Nilgherries. Detexit T. Jerdon.

A single specimen of this very distinct species was received
from Dr. Jerdon with the following.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. v. dl

466 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

Achatina Facula, B.

Testa turrito-ovata, tenui, levigata, irregulariter striatula, translu-
cente, nitida, pallide fulvo-cornea; spira turrito-conica, apice ob-
tuso, sutura profundiuscula, irregulariter vix crenulata; anfracti-
bus 74, subconvexis, ultimo 2 testee vix attingente, antice leviter
remote plicato-striato ; apertura subverticali, semiovali, columella
breviter valde arcuata, callosa, basi oblique truncata, peristomate
recto, tenui, marginibus callo tenui junctis.

Long. 18, diam. 8 mill.; apert. 7 mill. longa, 4} lata.

Syn. Ach. Perrotteti, Conch. Icon. pl. 21. f. 102, nee Pfr.

Habitat in montibus Nilgherries, T. Jerdon.

Intermediate in form between A. Oreas and A. Hiigeli, Pfr.,
this shell was, in the ‘Conchologia Iconica,’ confounded with
A, Perrotteti, Pfr., which proved to be a more elongated form,
of which A. Nilagirica, B., fig. 87 of the same plate, is a length-
ened variety. Pfeiffer cites fig. 102, with a mark of doubt, under
A. Perrotteti, in the third vol. of his Manual.

The number of Nilgherry species of Achatina now amounts
to nine, or two less than those described from the Island of
Ceylon.

May 1, 1860.

Note. An Achatina, described (without a name) by Capt. T. Hutton in
the 3rd vol. of J. A.S. Caleutta, was found by him between Mhow and

Nimuch. It equals 4. tenuispira in length, and appears to be a distinct
species.

L.— On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera.
. By W. K. Parker, M. Micr. Soc., and T. R. Jonus, F.G.S.

[Continued from p. 298. ]

19. Spirolina, Ann. Mus. v. p. 244; Hist. An. s. Vert. vu.
p. 601. Spirolinites depressa. Ann. Mus. v. p. 245; viii. p. 62,
f.14; Hist. An. s. Vert. vu. p. 602, No.1. ‘“ Fossil; Grignon.”
_ This is a Peneroplis planatus, F. & M. sp. The right-hand
figure is nearly orbicular, and may represent a Peneroplis in its
Dendritine condition ; the other is more complanate, with out-
spread chambers.

20. Spirolinites cylindracea. Ann. Mus. vy. p. 245. No. 2;
vi. pl. 62. f.15; Tabl. Ene. Méth. pl. 465. f. 7 a—e, and pl 466.
f. 2a, 6; Hist. An. s. Vert. vi. p. 603, No.2. “ Fossil;
Grignon.”

Endless modifications of the constricted and crozier-like forms*

* Spirolina stenostoma, Deshayes (in Lyell’s ‘ Principles,’ pl. 4. f. 15-18,

and * Manual,’ 5th edit. fig. 257), is one of these lituate varieties, narrow
and somewhat flattened.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 467

of Peneroplis (scarcely two alike) are to be found in the Grignon
Tertiary deposits, and also, at the present day, in the deeper
waters of warm latitudes. The broad nautiloid Peneroplides
indicate shallow water.

Some of the Grignon deposits appear to have been formed in
shallow water ; other beds are such as may be met with in the
Red Sea, at from 300 to 500 fathoms. Those beds, however,
that are rich in large specimens of Foraminifera have their
parallel very exactly in the deposits of the coral-lagoons and reef-
margins of the Australian Seas.

21. Spirolinites cylindracea, 8. Ann. Mus. v. p. 245; vill.
pl. 62. f.16a,6.; Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 466. f.3 a,6; Hist. An.
s. Vert. vil. p. 603. “ Fossil; Grignon.”

This has no relationship with the foregoing. It is a variety
of another and very distinct species, and is of extreme interest
among Foraminifers, being, as it were, an uncoiled and almost
uniserial, dimorphous form of Valvulina triangularis, D’Orb.
The typical form of V. ¢riangularis is a triserial, three-sided,
pyramidal shell, taking three cells to make a turn of its spire,
and having its aperture furnished with a peculiar tongue-like
flap or valve, as seen in D’Orbigny’s Model No. 25.

Valvulina has a sandy shell. Many Foraminifers figured and
described by authors as Valvuline are Rotalie. Some of the
regular forms of V. triangularis closely resemble Verneuilina
tricarinata (a subspecifie form of Tevtularia agglutinans).

When the trifacial compression of the shell becomes obsolete,
a close approach is made to Textularia Trochus, which, however,
has but two cells in one turn of the spire. A small specimen
of this variety is figured by us in the Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix.
pl. 11. f. 15,16. This trochoid form of Valvulina is sometimes
extremely depressed, and becomes scale-like and flat, resembling
some Rotalie. Williamson has described and figured such a
form under the name of Rotalina fusca, Monogr. p. 55, pl. 5.
f. 114, 115.

Other varieties, on the contrary, widely differ in shape, the
triangular portion being obsolete, and the several chambers of
which the shell is composed, failing to make one coil of the
spire, form an obliquely semioval shell, having a broad, flat,
oblique septal plane, with a large valve. This valve, sending
processes of shell-matter over the great crescentic aperture,
converts the usually simple passage into a semilunar series of
subquadrate passages. Here we have an isomorph of Bulimina
variabilis, D’Orb. Our specimens are undescribed, and come
from the Norwich Chalk and the Grignon Tertiary ; some also
oceur recent in Australia.

V. triangularis has sometimes a tendency in its later cham-

31*

468 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

bers, after having developed the triangular portion, to become
dimorphous, taking on a new character of growth—namely, that
seen in Bulimina, where several oblong parallel cells are taken
up in the formation of the round advancing coil. Specimens
showing the combination of Verneuiline and Bulimine growth
occur fossil at Grignon and recent in Australia. In many spe-
cimens, however, the triangular growth is masked, and the pe-
culiar valve of the aperture is required to aid us in discriminating
the varieties of Valvulina from those of Bulimina. Such a one is
the V. gibbosa, D’Orb. (Mém. Soc. Géol. France, iv. p. 38, pl. 4.
Ee)

Besides these short and variously coiled Vaivuline, there are
others, taking long or claviform shapes, resembling nails. Of
these elongate varieties one is figured in Lyell’s ‘ Principles of
Geology,’ pl. 4. f. 12-14, and ‘ Manual,’ 5th edit. f. 239 (Cla-
vulina corrugata, Desh.). The valve is well shown in the draw-
ing, and the chambers may be seen to pass from a triserial to
a uniserial arrangement, still fitting obliquely on each other.
Between this and the typical V. triangularis there is a regular
series of gradation. A neater form than C. corrugata is the
C. Parisiensis, D’Orb. (Modéles, No. 66); in the specimen
modelled, the large round terminal aperture has accidentally lost
its valve-like process. The chambers of the produced part are
here conformably adapted one to another, and there is a marked
distinction between the triserial and uniserial portions. Sub-
varieties of this form are common, not only in the Grignon
deposits, but also recent in the Indian and Australian seas.

A modification of Valvulina nearly allied to C. Parisiensis is
the C. angularis, D’Orb., Ann. Sc. Nat. vii. p. 268, pl. 12. f. 7
(figured also as C. tricarinata, D’Orb. For. Cuba, pl. 2. f. 16-18).
This variety, which also is an mhabitant of the eastern seas,
differs mainly from the last in attaining a much larger size, and
in keeping a tricarinate form throughout its length. A still
nobler Clavulina, but having five caring along its uniserial por-
tion, is common in company with the last two in the shelly
deposits of the coral-reefs of Australia.

The specimen figured by Lamarck is a long Clavulina closely
related to those above mentioned; but it presents us with an
extreme development of the uniserial chambers, the coiled por-
tion being nearly obsolete. By D’Orbigny this shell is named
Nodosaria (Orthocerina) Clavulus (Ann. Se. Nat. vi. p. 255), and
is represented by his Model No. 2. This model fails to exhibit
the slightly coiled commencement, which is constant in this
variety, and some traces of which may be recognized in Lamarck’s
sectional view of the shell (Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 466. f. 3 0).
This is a common Foraminifer at Grignon.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 469

The name V. triangularis is well adapted as a specific appella-
tion, including all the many varieties here indicated, because a
tendency to triangularity i is continually showing itself in some
degree or other in most of the forms, however aberrant.

There are many other Clav uline forms of For aminifera
besides those belonging to Valvulina. For instance, some arise
out of Textularia, others out of the Verneuiline subspecies, and
others from Uvigerina. The claviform varieties of Textularia
(biserial in their commencement) have been classed by D’Or-
bigny as Bigenerine, including Gemmulina. Those related to
Verneutlina, which have a triserial arrangement at first (whether
inflated or angular), have been classed by D’Orbigny under his
genus Clavulina; and of these C. communis, D’Orb., is a good
example. The Uvigerine Clavuline are exemplified by Uvigerina
nodosa, var. 8, D’Orb., Ann. Sc. Nat. vii. p. 269; Sold. Test. ii.
pl. 4. fig. g.

22. Miliola*. Ann. Mus. v. p.349. Lamarck possessed many
specimens of Miliole from the Mediterranean and from the
Calcaire grossier of Paris. The fossil forms he termed Milio-
lites + (op. cit. p. 351). As there is no generic distinction be-
tween the recent and fossil forms, the name Miliola f 1s sufficient.

In a paper in the ‘ Microscopical Transactions’ (Quart. Journ.
Microsc. Se. No. 23) the Miliole are shown to comprise a vast
number of forms not susceptible of specific limitations among
themselves; although, for the sake of convenience, the names
Uniloculina, Biloculina, Triloculina, Quinqueloculina, Spirolocu-
lina, Cruciloculina, Hauerina, Allomorphina, Adelosina, and others
are more or less serviceable as subsidiary terms for the different
subspecific groups. We have already noticed that Miliola
(Quinqueloculina) Seminulum, Linn., is the type-species (Ann.
Nat. Hist. 3 ser. 11. p. 480).

The Miliole belong to the “ Agathistégues” of D’Orbigny,
and the Plicatila of Ehrenberg. They form an important group
among the “ opake-shelled” For aminifera.

Miholites ringens. Ann. Mus. v. p. 351, No. 1; ix. pl. 17.f.1;
Hist. An. s. Vert. vii. peGl2, No. ti = Fossil ; Grignon.”’

This is a Biloculina, abundant both in the Tertiary and the
present seas. Its best development is on sandy and clayish
bottoms, at from 30 to 100 fathoms. D’Orbigny figures very
fine specimens in the ‘ For. Foss. Vien.’ and in other Monographs,

* Thus called by Lamarck from the resemblance to a millet-seed (Pani-
cum miliaceum), loc. cit. p. 859.

+ Denys de Montfort subsequently applied this term to an Alveolina
(Conch. Syst. 1. p. 174).

+ Some authors have modified this term, making it * Miliolina,” to be
in harmony with the majority of D’Orbigny’s generic appellations.

470 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

under various names. This is the B. bulloides, d’Orb., Ann. 8c.
Nat. vu. p. 297; Modeles, No. 90; also the Pyrgo levis, Defrance,
Dict. Sc. Nat. Zool. pl. 88. f. 2, 2a, 26.

23. Miliolites Cor-anguinum. Ann. Mus. v. p. 251, No. 2;
ix. pl. 17. f.3 a—c; Hist. An. s. Vert. vi. p. 612, No.2. “ Fos-
sil; Grignon” (and Fontenai-Saints-Péres, near Mantes, ac-
cording to Defrance, Dict. Sc. Nat. xxxi. p. 68).

A well-developed form of Triloculina, of considerable size and
well grown. ‘This is one of the most globular of the trigonal
varieties. It may be found in most warm seas, at no great
depth. It is common in the Tertiary deposits.

One of Lamarck’s figured specimens appears to be ornamented
with strize or with riblets.

24. Miliolites trigonula. Ann. Mus. v. p. 851, No. 3; ix.
pl. 17. f. 4; Hist. An. s. Vert. vii. p. 612, No. 3; M. Cor-
anguinum, Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 469. f. 2 a,b,c. “ Fossil;
Grignon.”

This is the same as Triloculina Cor-anguinum, except that the
sides are less convex, the lobes or segments of sarcode being
thinner. It is represented by D’Orbigny’s Model No. 93.

Modified forms with flattened and even hollowed sides (such
as T. tricarinata, @Orb. Modeles, No. 94) are frequently met
with.

Besides the smooth varieties, there are many others of the
same shape, but having ribbed or pitted surfaces.

As the T. trigonula is copied in the ‘'Tabl. Enc. Méth.,’ and
there termed 7. Cor-angwinum, it is evident that Lamarck recog-
nized the close relationship of these two forms.

25. Miliolites planulata. Ann. Mus. y. p. 352, No. 4; Hist.
An. s. Vert. vu. p. 613, No.4. Three varieties. “ Var. a, fossil,
from Louvres, near Paris: £, fossil, Grignon; recent, Corsica :
y, fossil, Grignon.” (A larger variety from near Hesse-Cassel,
according to Defrance, Dict. Sc. Nat.)

Three forms of Spiroloculina, common in the recent and fossil
state. Var. a is more flattened than 8; and ¥ is still thinner,
and is keeled. The last is one of the most attenuated of the
Spiroloculine.

S. planulata is the oldest trivial name given to any form of this
supposed genus. We have here the same shell as the S. depressa,
D’Orb.

26. Miliolites saxorum. Ann. Mus. v. p. 352, No.5; ix. pl. 17.
f.2; Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 469. f. 3 a, b,c*. Fossil; Mont
Rouge, near Paris.”

This is a Quinqueloculina, of a peculiar habit. D’Orbigny

* Vig. 3e is the M. opposita, Lam. Ann. Mus. v. p. 353 ; but it is (pro-
bably quite correctly) here collocated with M. saxorum, D’Orb.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 471

illustrates it (under the name of Q. saxorum) by his Modéle 33,
and in the ‘Ann. Sc. Nat.’ vu. pl. 16. f. 10-14. Its walls are
thick, elegantly marked outside with furrow-like pits, and
coarsely grooved within (see d’Orbigny’s fig. 13), the sarcode
bearmg but a small proportion to the shell-substance. The
aperture is very much contracted, and its tongue is small.
Sometimes the internal ridges of the chambers, coming up into
the mouth of the shell, and coalescing with the lingular flap,
form a sieve-like septal plane. This cribriform condition occurs
only in one other subspecies of Miliola, namely the Hauerina
(see the H. compressa*, D’Orb. For. Foss. Vien. p. 119, pl. 5.
f. 25-27).

Fabularia, a somewhat gigantic and nearly allied Rhizopod,
built upon the plan of the Milole, but having the internal
structure of Alveolina, also presents this kind of aperture.

Some of the Calcaire grossier is principally made up of Q.
saxorum and its varieties.

Q. saxorum, unadorned with pitting, is not uncommon among
the coral-reefs of the warm seas of Australia and New Zealand.
Other forms, with modified ornament (such as Q. zigzag, D’Orb.
For. Foss. Vien. pl. 19. f. 16-18) are not uncommon. Defrance
remarks that a recent Miliola, resembling Q. saxorum, had been
received from New Holland (Dict. Sc. Nat. xxx. p. 69).

27. Miliolites opposita. Ann. Mus. v. p. 353, No. 6; ix. pl. 17.
f.5. ‘Fossil; Pontoise.” (Grignon and Piedmont, Defrance,
Dict. Se, nat. xxxi. p. 69.)

This is a slightly modified individual of M. saxorum. The
figure is placed with those of the latter, and mcluded under the
same name, in the Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 469. f. 3.

28. Miliolites birostris. Ann. Mus. v. p. 355, No. 7. “ Fossil ;
Chaumont.” Apparently a very small, delicate, elongate variety
of M. saxorum, such as we find extremely common in the Pari-
sian Tertiary beds.

29. Renulina. Ann. Mus. vy. p. 353; Hist. Anim. s. Vert.
vii. p. 605. Renulites opercularia, Ann. Mus. v. p. 354; ix,
pl. 17. f.6. &R. opercularis, Tabl. Enc, Méth. pl. 465. f. 8.
* Fossil; Grignon.”

This is a rare form of Vertebralina, under an extreme yarietal
condition. Resembling at first sight an Orbiculina, or some-
thing that might possibly be a Peneroplist, the true character

* D’Orbigny has figured this as having one small oval aperture sur-
rounded by large granules; but in reality these latter are elevations around
small passages which have probably been filled up by fossilization. We
have Hauerina from the Indian, Australian, and other tropical seas.

+ It is catalogued as Peneroplis opercularis by D’Orbigny, Tabl. Céph.
Ann. Se. Nat. yu. p. 286, No. 6. Renulites and Renulina appear as syno-
nyms of Peneroplis in Williamson’s ‘ Monograph,’ p. 44, and in other works.

472 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

of the specimen figured by Lamarck has escaped the critical in-
vestigation of the many writers on Foraminifera. It was only
when we met with an individual (and that unique) in the rich
collection of Tertiary shell-sands belonging to Sir C. Lyell that
we found that this suborbicular shell, well characterized by La-
marck’s figure, was an almost cyclical variety of Vertebralina.
Accustomed as we are to the elongate, articulate, and crozier-like
forms of Vertebralina (including Articulina), it is difficult, with-
out having a wide experience of their varieties, to recognize the
true relations of the form under notice. In one direction, Ver-
tebralina is modified, in its weaker growths, by a disposition to
exhibit simple rectilinear forms, with out-drawn equal-sized
chambers, giving a rod-like shape. In this case the primordial
chamber is long and tube-like,—a rare feature in Koramini-
fera. The next step is taken by the primordial chamber being
subglobular, the second chamber being laid on it as a semilune,
and followed by rectilinear chambers. In further gradations
more and more chambers are arranged spirally (two, three, or
four completing the whorl) around the first chamber, before the
Articuline growth commences, whether this latter assumes the
rod-like or the Vertebraline condition. Arrests of development
at the spiral condition are not uncommon in any of these forms :
thus we have among others the broad Vertebralina Cassis, D’Orb.
For. Cuba, pl. 7. f. 14, 15.

The growth of a linear succession of chambers from the spiral
base is the normal habit of Vertebralina, the anterior end of each
chamber usually presenting an elegantly curved outline, with a
somewhat outspread or recurved margin. In this dimorphous
condition we have usually from two to “five of these forth-grow-
ing chambers, which are either subcylindrical, more or less de-
pressed, or broadly flattened, and either longer than broad, sub-
quadrate, or transversely oblong. It is the extreme opening-
out, or transverse extension, of these wider and short chambers
that leads us to the lateral outgrowing and overlap of the very
narrow and transversely elongate chambers in Renulites opercu-
laria, which, by the successively i increasing length of its sym-
metrical, concentric, linear chambers, with their incurved ends
turned towards the spire, and overlapping the edges of the older
chambers, attains this very rare subcyclical form, flat, kidney-
shaped, and resembling the operculum of some minute Gas-
teropod.

Vertebralina is one of the Agathistegia, white, opake, and
non-tubuliferous. It is nearly allied to Miliola on one hand,
and to Cornuspira on the other. In the ne under ype:
simple as is the form of the typical shell (V. striata, D’Orb.), w
have indications of an affinity to the cycloidal Orbiculina wa

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 473

Orbitolites, also belonging to the family which includes the
Miliolitide and their allies.

The aperture in Vertebralina consists merely of the simple
opening at the end of the chamber, unaccompanied by any val-
vular flap; so that in V. opercularia the aperture is a sht along
the peripheral margin of the last, nearly circular, chamber.

The surface in Vertebralina is marked by delicate striations,
which, though attaining the strength of ribs in the thick-walled
and more strongly characterized shells, such as V. mucronata,
D’Orb. (For. Cuba, pl. 7. f. 16-19), become obsolete, but are
very rarely absent, in the more delicate specimens. In V. oper-
cularia delicate striz are visible on the early chambers. Not-
withstanding the striation, the surface in Vertebralina is usually
beautifully smooth and opalescent. It is also occasionally pitted
(as in some fossil specimens from Grignon)—a feature very
constant in Orbiculina.

V. striata, var. opercularia is known only in the fossil state.
Lamarck’s specimen was from Grignon; our specimen is from
Hauteville*. It is on the shores of Australia that we find V.
striata making the nearest approach to V. opercularia amongst
its living varieties.

30. Ovulites elongata. Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 479. f. 8; Hist.
An. s. Vert. 1. p. 194, No. 2. “Fossil; Grignon.”

This is an elongate-cylindrical variety of O. Margaritula. See
above, page 291.

31. Dactylopora cylindracea. Hist. An. s. Vert. ii. p. 189.
* Fossil; Grignon.”

This is figured by Blainville and Defrance, Dict. Se. Nat.
Zooph. pl. 47. f. 4 (thick variety), pl. 48. f. 1 (delicate va-
rietyt). D’Orbigny has recognized it as a Foraminifer (Cours
Elém. Pal. et Géol. i. p. 192); but he has grouped it with
his ‘ Monostégues,” and regarded it as a congener of Ovu-
lites, for which determination there are not the least grounds,
as its structure is very complicate, and to some extent allied to
that of Orbitolites. Bronn, in the third edition of the ‘ Lethzea
Geognost.,’ places Dactylopora and some other forms between
the Foraminifera and the Bryozoa. We may especially refer to
this valuable work for the synonymy of D. cylindracea and D.
elongata (op. cit. vol. i. pp. 256, 257), and for a list of the loca-
lities where they have been collected in France and Belgium.

a&b. Varieties D. eruca and D. digitata. In the East Indian
and other tropical seas we have met with some curious small

* Since writing the above, we have met with several specimens nearly
approaching in form to V. opercularia in a sample of Grignon shell-sand.

+ This is termed Polytrype elongata, but is merely a smaller, more
slender, and less worn specimen of D. cylindracea.

474: Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

Foraminifers presenting the aspect of a little half-ring, formed
of four or more thick-walled, hollow, subquadrangular segments,
arranged side by side semicircularly, each chamber opening by
a nipple-shaped aperture on the concave surface of the half-ring,
and communicating with its neighbour by a rather large sub-
central aperture in the septal face. The shell-structure resem-
bles that of the “opake” Foraminifers. The surface of this
semi-annular shell is nearly smooth and rather polished, and is
sulcated at the junctions of the chambers. Rarely is the half-
ring truly semicircular, the segments being often arranged on a
gently curved line, and offering a resemblance to a slightly bent
larva or caterpillar. Such a form as this (which we term Dac-
tylopora eruca) is also found in some of the French Tertiaries ;
and here, besides this pupoid form, a still greater departure
from the rmg-shape is made sometimes by the cells becoming
short cylinders perforated at both ends, partially separated one
from another, and something like fragments of Tubulipora or
Cellipora. This is our variety D. digitata.

e & d. Varieties D. annulus and D. marginoporella. In the
Calcaire grossier of Grignon and other Tertiary deposits we find
these demi-rings, and also numerous little perfect rings, having
the same structure as the less perfect half-rmged shells. Of
these annular forms, some present neatly packed chambers, and
others divaricating subtubular chambers. A specimen of the
latter has been figured and described by Michelin (Icon. Zooph.
p. 177, pl. 46. f. 27) under the name of Clypeina marginoporella.
The former variety we name D. annulus.

e. Var. D. reticulata. Besides these, there are in the Caicaire
grossier of France, and in the Miocene beds of San Domingo,
compound forms, made up of two or many such rings, mounted
one on another symmetrically, each junction bemg marked by a
regular series of minute round holes left by the apposition of
the septal sulci of the two rmgs. The shell-substance between
the cells is thick; but the outer wall of the chambers, being
thimner, is frequently worn away, so that the specimens present
large pits or openings beside the junctural interspaces. This
variety is the Larvaria reticulata of Defrance, Dict. Se. Nat.
XXV. p. 287.

jf. Var. D. perforata. There is a variety of Daectylopora, in the
Grignon shell-sand, which much resembles D. reticulata; but
the cells open outwards as well as inwards. Hence we term it
D. perforata. The apertures, both external and internal, are
large and lipped; the former are in the centre of the thin outer
cell-wall, and present superficially nearly regular circles of pus-
tulous openings. The interseptal spaces are, as a rule, hidden
in this form.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 475

g. Var. D. glandulosa. Vicomte d’Archiac has figured and
described a fossil Microzoon (Prattia glandulosa, Mém. Soc. Géol.
France, 1850, ii. p. 407, pl. 8. f. 20; Bronn, Leth. Geognost.
3rd edit. i. p. 28, pl. 35°. f. 28) from the Eocene beds of Biar-
ritz, which appears to us to be a Dactylopora, bearing the same
relation to D. reticulata as D. marginoporella does to D. annulus,
and D. digitata to D. eruca. We can easily suppose rings of
loosely set chambers piled one on another, and, instead of form-
ing the neat, cylindrical, cane-like form of D. reticulata, pre-
senting a subcylindrical hollow body, externally roughened by
numerous vesicular projections, and occasionally intersected by
faint annular rings—indicative, as it were, of periodicity of
growth. It is thus that we imterpret the specimen alluded
to; and we propose to recognize it as the variety D. glan-
dulosa.

h. Var. D. polystoma. Another variety, from Grignon, illus-
trative of the transitional characters of Dactylopora, has three or
more apertures to each cell (hence its proposed name D. poly-
stoma). Besides the single internal mouth, opening into the
hollow cylinder of this compound shell, there are externally at
least two apertures, strongly labiate,—one opening near the
base, and the other at the top of the cell. In the first or earliest
ring of cells, only the upper row of openings is present. The
fine specimen from which our observations were made is curved,
and the convex side shows at several places the interseptal pas-
sages ; where these are not visible, the rows of upper and lower
apertures of contiguous cell-rings form distinct annular bands,
between which the outer wall of each cell is boldly defined, and
often broken through ; so that three kinds of superficial perfo-
rations here tend to perplex the observer.

1. D. Bambusa (type). The stages through which Dactylopora
passes in attaining its most compound condition are very curious,
and not, at first, readily followed. We may describe them
thus :—

In each of the original cells the exterior apertures become tu-
bular, and arise from the sides, not from the outer part of the
cell. Next we see the cells giving off three or more stolons
(from the side and rather towards the neck), which pass through
the thick shell, and open as simple round apertures on the
surface, which is also characterized by annular rows of much
larger passages, the latter being the junctural interspaces. This
form we call D. Bambusa.

j. Var. D. cylindracea. Moreover, we find in some specimens
that each of the original cells has produced from its outer
surface, or fundus, a new oval or subglobular chamber, larger
than itself,—the neck of the new chamber being closely adapted

476 On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera.

to, or embracing the exterior of, the old cells. These added
cavities do not appear to communicate with the surface, the
shell-wall being thick. The stolon-tubes arising from the sides
of the original innermost chambers pass by the sides of the great
medial ceca, and terminate in small, subglobular, peripheral
cells, opening by simple round apertures on the outer surface.
The junctural interspaces are hidden in this highly complicate
form, which is the D. cylindracea of Lamarck. Polytrype elon-
gata of Defrance is a more attenuate variety.

These larger cylindrical forms, which are not uncommon in
the Grignon deposits, present essentially the same conformation
as the simpler varieties before described, with the exception,
however, of the peculiar added structure, consisting of large
cecal cells and numerous smaller cells, the latter arranged quin-
cuncially over the whole of the exterior of the cylinder, and
hiding the junctural interspaces, which still remain visible in the
interior. The cylinder narrows itself towards the ends, thus
becoming fusiform.

The surface of the external or superadded series of chambers,
when perfect, is smooth, and marked by the regularly-arranged
round apertures ; but when worn (as is very frequently the case),
the outer cell-walls disappear, leaving smooth cup-shaped hol-
lows, each perforated at the bottom with the canal of the con-
necting stolon. The quincunx gives visually a hexagonal or
honeycombed appearance to the worn surface. When the pas-
sages between the first chambers and the exterior exist as tubes
only (as in D. Bambusa), the worn surface has a pitted aspect ;
and in other varieties several different complications of large and
small apertures are seen in worn specimens. In the figure of a
very large specimen of D. cylindracea, from Grignon, given by
Goldfuss (pl. 12. f. 4), we see carefully drawn a quincuncial
lattice of the worn cells, with small interspersed openings of
supernumerary pseudopodial passages from primary cells. This
character is not given in Defrance’s figures, nor have we yet met
with it in our own specimens.

Lamouroux figures and describes a large specimen under the
name of Reteporites digitalia (Polyp. p. 44, pl. 72. f. 6-8).

Michelin’s Uterta Encrinella (Icon. Zooph. p. 177, pl. 46.
f. 26), from the Eocene beds of Cuisse-Lamotte (Oise) is a spe-
cimen of D. cylindracea, presenting an wnusual shortness of
cylinder, evidently perfect and unworn.

Michelin’s Turbinia graciosa (Icon. Zooph. p. 177, pl. 46.
f. 15), from Grignon and Cuisse-Lamotte, appears to be a short
D. cylindracea, which, after having developed a few normal
circles of compound cells, was finished off with a converging
series of less complex cells.

Mr. A, Adams on new Mollusca from Japan. 477

In some unequally grown Dactylopore we can trace the co-
existence of the more compound with the simpler form of struc-
ture. Thus in some tapering specimens we can discern in the
thicker part that the large cecal cells have been developed,
which are characteristic of D. cylindracea, whilst the ceca gra-
dually diminish and disappear in the constricted portion, which
approaches in its structure to that of D. Bambusa.

All these peculiar organisms, recent and fossil, are related
within specific limits, the passage from the simple to the com-
pound being step by step, and not unlike similar transitions and
gradual complications seen in Orbitolites and others of the
“opake” Foraminifera. According to our plan of choosing for
the type of a species the form furthest removed from extremes,
and yet indicating the main essentials of the structural features
of the whole specific group, we select D. Bambusa for the typical
form.

The structural details of Dactylopora deserve full attention :
the brief descriptions given above are but indications of its
peculiar construction.

Besides the French and Belgian Eocene Tertiaries, the Mio-
cene beds of San Domingo yield Dactylopora.

[To be continued. |

LI.— Mollusca Japonica: New Species of Chrysallida and Par-
thenia. By Artuur Apams, F.L.S., &c.

Tue Sea of Japan appears to be as well stocked with the smaller
species of Pyramidellide as the seas of Europe. The reason
why Clark speaks of this family as a “truly British group, which
far outnumbers the discoveries of any other country,” is that
these little Mollusks live in comparatively deep water, and no
naturalist has hitherto brought them to light. By some hard
work and perseverance I have discovered many new Mollusca in
different parts of the world, and I shall now describe eight spe-
cies of Chrysallida and three of Parthenia from Japanese waters.
In another communication I shall give descriptions of some new
species of the allied genera, such as Turbonilla, Odostomia, Dun-
keria, Aclis, and Ebala. Some of these forms may be found
also in the China Sea, as I frequently meet with examples of
species which are common to the south and the north of the
Korea Strait.

N.B. In a former paper I gave the name Huzleyia to a new
genus of bivalve Mollusca. Should, however, this name have

478 Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan.

been already used, which is not improbable, Cyrilla might be
substituted for it.

1. Chrysallida plicata, A. Adams.

C. testa ovato-oblonga, anguste rimata, alba, longitudinaliter plicata ;
anfractibus normalibus 5, convexiusculis, plicis obliquis eequalibus
ad suturas productis et tuberculatis, interstitiis simplicibus, an-
fractu ultimo linea spirali elevata ad peripheriam circumeincto
suturis acute exaratis; apertura ovali, labro postice vix angulato ;
plica parietali transversa.

Hab. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.
2. Chrysallida semiplicata, A. Adams.

C. testa ovato-oblonga, alba, rimata, longitudinaliter semiplicata ; an-
fractibus normalibus 4, planiuseulis, ad suturas angulatis; plicis
obliquis, zequalibus, in anfractu ultimo ad peripheriam subito ob-
soletis ; basi levi rotundata; apertura oblonga, antice producta ;
plica parietali subcelata.

Hab. Mino-Sima ; 63 fathoms.
3. Chrysallida Minna, A. Adams.

C. testa ovato-oblonga, anguste rimata, alba, longitudinaliter costata ;
anfractibus normalibus 5, planatis, ad suturas angulatis; costis
validis, rectis, in anfractu ultimo antice subobsoletis ; interstitiis
-simplicibus ; apertura oblonga, subquadrata ; plica parietali obliqua,
valida; labro rectiusculo, postice subangulato.

Hab. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.
4. Chrysallida Brenda, A. Adams.

C. testa ovato-oblonga, anguste rimata, alba, longitudinaliter costata ;
anfractibus normalibus 3, planulatis; suturis profundis; costis
validis, rectis, ad suturas productis, acutis; apertura oblonga ;
plica parietali obliqua, subspirali; labro postice vix angulato.

Hab. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.
5. Chrysallida metula, A. Adams.

O. testa gracili, tereti, pupiformi, alba, rimata, nitida, longitudinaliter
plicata; anfractibus normalibus 6, planatis; suturis impressis ;
plicis validis, confertis, obliquis ; apertura parva, rotundato-ovata ;
plica parietali transversa, valida.

Hab. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.
6. Chrysallida elegantula, A. Adams.

C. testa ovato-turrita, imperforata, albida, longitudinaliter costata ;
anfractibus normalibus 4, planatis, ad suturas angulatis; costis

Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan. 479

rectis, validis, distantibus ; interstitiis simplicibus; labro postice
subangulato ; plica parietali obliqua.

Hab. Mino-Sima ; 63 fathoms.
7. Chrysallida pulchella, A. Adams.

C. testa ovato-oblonga, turrita, anguste rimata, albida, longitudinaliter
-costata; anfractibus normalibus 4, planatis, postice angulatis et
crenulatis ; costis obliquis, zequalibus, antice obsoletis ; interstitiis
transyersim striatis; apertura rotundato-ovali; labro postice vix
angulato ; plica parietali parva, obliqua.

Hab. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

8. Chrysallida concinna, A. Adams.

C. testa ovato-turrita, alba, rimata, apice obtusa, longitudinaliter
costata ; anfractibus normalibus 4, planatis, postice angulatis ; su-
turis valde exaratis; costis rectis, postice productis et acutis; in-
terstitiis transversim tenuiter striatis; apertura oblonga, antice
producta; labro postice angulato.

Hab. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

1. Parthenia diadema, A. Adams.

P. testa ovato-conica, anguste rimata, alba, cancellata; anfractibus
normalibus 3, planulatis, postice angulatis et concinne crenatis
quasi coronatis; costis subdistantibus, antice subobsoletis; liris
transyersis validis, crenatis; apertura ovata, antice subreflexa ;
labro postice angulato.

Hab. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

2. Parthenia monocycla, A. Adams.

P. testa ovato-conica, anguste rimata, alba, longitudinaliter costata;
anfractibus normalibus 4, ad suturas angulatis et crenulatis; costis
rectiusculis, ad suturas productis, acutis; anfractu ultimo magno,
lira moniliformi in peripheria circumcincto; interstitiis obsolete
clathratis ; apertura ovata, antice subproducta et angulata; labro
postice angulato.

Hab. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

3. Parthenia foveolata, A. Adams.

P. testa ovato-conica, imperforata, alba, longitudinaliter costata ; an-
fractibus normalibus 3 ; costis obliquis, antice obsoletis ; interstitiis
foveolatis; anfractu ultimo cingulis spiralibus ornato; suturis
exaratis ; apertura ovali, antice rotundata ; plica parietali parva.

Hab. Mino-Sima ; 63 fathoms.
Shanghai, Jan. 6, 1860.

480 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Lucernaria cyathiformis of Sars.

LII.—On the Lucernaria cyathiformis of Sars.
By P. H. Goss, Esq., F.R.S., A.L.S.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

In the ‘ Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science’ for this
month, Professor Allman has described and figured what he
considers to be the Lucernaria cyathiformis of Sars, instituting
for it a new genus, under the name of Carduella. I feel sure he
was not aware that I had already separated it from Lucernaria,
under the generic name of Depastrum, in the ‘ Annals’ for June
1858, page 419 *.

But I also had found what I supposed to be the L. eyathiformis
on repeated occasions at Weymouth, viz. in the sprmg and sum-
mer of 1853. The specimens were in each case affixed to the
under surfaces of stones at very low water. I had made careful
magnified figures of my specimens, which I forward with this
letter. It is manifest that Prof. Allman’s and mine do not
represent the same species; and, on comparing each with Sars’s
diagnosis (as cited by Johnston, Br. Zooph. i. 474, the only
reference at my command), it appears that the Orkney species
agrees with the Norwegian, while the Weymouth species differs
from it.

The most important points of difference are: 1. the disk in
Depastrum cyathiforme is circular and entire, in D. stellifrons
(by which name I propose to distinguish the southern type)
distinctly 8-angled; 2. the tentacles in D. cyathiforme are uni-
farious and equal, in D. stellifrons bi- or tri-farious and notably
unequal; 3. the tentacles in D. cyathiforme spring from a circle
within the margin, in D. stellifrons from the margin or without
it; 4. in D. cyathiforme the tentacles are represented as very
recularly capitate ; in D. stellifrons the distinction between the
pedicle and the head is much less marked, and they are frequently
rather clavate than capitate; 5. the hue in D. cyathiforme is
represented as brownish-red; in D. stellifrons it was (in my
specimens) a dull olive, becoming pale on the disk, and tinged
with umber on the body, the tentacles and ovaries white. The
disk in D. stellifrons was studded with minute white granules,
arranged in eight radiating groups.

It follows that a new generic diagnosis is needed for this form ;
for both the one I had given for Depastrum and. the one Prof.

* In the 3rd vol. of the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Coralliaires,’ just pub-
lished (1860), M. Milne-Edwards has given a third generic title to the
same animal, viz. that of Calicinaria.

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Lucernaria cyathiformis of Sars. 481

Allman has now given for Carduella are defective, each contain-
ing characters that belong to the particular species respectively.
The diagnoses of both genus and species may be corrected
thus :—

Depastrum, Gosse.
Corpus repente contractum, et supra et infra alvum.

D. cyathiforme, Sars.

Discus circularis ; tentacula monosticha, eequalia, intra marginem
disci salientia.

D. stellifrons, Gosse.

Discus octangularis; tentacula di- tristicha, inzequalia, ad marginem
disci salientia, inter angulos.
I am, Gentlemen,
Your obedient Servant,
Torquay, April 7, 1860. P. H. Gosse.

Fig. 1. Depastrum stellifrons, natural size.
Fig. 2. The same, magnified, lateral aspect.
Fig. 3. The same, magnified, vertical aspect.

ew]

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. vy. 3°

482 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletier.

LIII.—On the Tribe Colletiese, with some Observations on the
Structure of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnacee. By
Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S. &e.

[Continued from p. 381. ]

Division 8. Clithrocarpe. Flores petaliferi; fructus nucamen-
taceus et lignosus aut membranaceus, fere semper indehis-
cens.

6. ReraMILias.

This genus is very distinct from all others of this tribe, dif-
fering in its peculiar virgate habit, its almost aphyllous Ephedra-
like erect branches ; the reduction of its disk to the size of a mere
torus, or stipitate support of the ovary ; and its large, spherical,
thick, nuciform fruit. The name of Retanilla was first applied
(in 1825) by DeCandolle, in his Prodromus (ii. 28), to a section
of the genus Colletia, under which he arranged two plants, di-
stinguished from others of that genus by the presence of petals
and the absence of the conspicuous disk: these were the Rham-
nus Retamilla and Rhamnus Ephedra of Dombey, both collected
by him in Chile,—Ventenat having previously described both
plants as species of Colletta. Brongniart (in 1827) adopted the
suggestion of DeCandolle, in his Monograph of the Rhamnacee,
and established the genus Retani/la for the same plants, making
the type of his genus the Colletia obcordata, Vent. (identical
with Rhamnus Retamilla, Domb.).

There has been an error, originating with DeCandolle (Prodr.
i. 28), in converting Dombey’s Spanish name, Retamilla, mto
Retanilla, the former beimg the diminutive of Retama, or com-
mon Broom of Europe, which resembles the Chilean plant in its
almost leafless virgate stems; but, as the Spanish // has inva-
riably a liquid pronunciation, it is desirable to correct the spell-
ing in harmony with it, and thus Retamilia becomes the more
appropriate name. One of the peculiarities of the genus con-
sists in the structure of its fruit, which is much larger than in
any other genus of the tribe, is somewhat drupaceous, with a
fleshy epicarp that becomes coriaceous, and incloses a hard,
ligneous, indehiscent nut, the partitions between its cells being
very thick and woody ; it is smooth, with three slight furrows,
corresponding with the lines of the dissepiments; the trans-
verse disposition of the woody fibres of the thick endocarp ap-
pears a constant character, worthy of notice. As previously
mentioned, Brongniart quotes this as one of the few genera of the
Rhamnacee in which stipules are wanting ; but in all the speci-
mens I have seen they are certainly developed in the manner
peculiar to most of the Colletiez. The generic character is
emended in the following manner :—

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez. 483

Reramii, Brongn. Molinea,Comm.—Calyz tubuloso-campa-

nulatus, carnosulus, imbo 4—5-fido, laciniis triangularibus,
erectis, intus carina calloque apicali notatis, zstivatione val-
vatis, tubo infra medium intus piloso, pilis patentibus, demum
caducus. Petala 4-5, erecta, laciniis alterna et equilonga,
in os tubi cum staminibus inserta, obovata, unguiculata, con-
cava, cucullata. Stamina 4—5, petalis opposita et is recon-
dita; filamenta subulata, glabra, apice inflexa; anthere ro-
tundate, reniformes, 2-valves (valva antica breviore), circa
connectivum carnosum reniforme semi-annulares, rima hippo-
crepica hiantes, demum peltatim expanse, et tune disciformes,
medio umbonatze. Discus fere obsoletus, vix ultra ovarii basin
extensus. Ovarium conico-oblongum, 3-loculare; ovula in
loculis solitaria, erecta. Stylus erectus, calyce dimidio bre-
vior. Stigma fere obsoletum, obtuse 3-punctatum. Fructus
globosus, pro mole majusculus, baccatus ; sareocarpium spon-
gioso-carnosum, demum siccum et crasso-coriaceum: nux
spherica, 3-sulcata, dura, lignea, crassa, indehiscens, 3-locu-
laris, loculis monospermis. Semen erectum, ovatum, subcom-
pressum, structura omnino illius Colletia.

Suffrutices Chilenses dumosi, ramis ramulisque longissime virgatis,

_

teretibus, erectis, fere aphyllis, inermibus, nodis distantibus ; sti-
pule opposite, parvule, squamiformes, gibbose, acute, fusce,
linea transversali prominula utrinque connexe ; folia opposita,
minuta, caducissima, spathulato-oblonga ; flores albi, oppositi,
hine distantiores et utrinque solitari in ramulis novellis enatt,
vel in gemmam squamosam azillarem capitato-agglomeratt.

Retamilia obcordata, Brongn. Ann. Sc. Nat. x. 364. tab. 14;
—Colletia obzordata, Vent. Hort. Cels. tab. 92; Poiret in
Lam. Dict. Suppl. ii. 311 ;—Colletia (Retamilla) obcordata,
DC. Prodr. ii. 28;— Rhamnus Retamilla, Domb. MSS. :—
suffruticosa, 3-pedalis, ramis ramulisque erectis, virgatis, flexi-
bilibus, apice mucrone apiculatis, junioribus albo-tomentosis,
demum glabris, nodis remotis, quasi articulatis propter sti-
pulas 2 oppositas majusculas acutas adpressas demum pa-
tentes inter se nexas ; ramulis rarius abortivis, brevibus, et tune
spiniformibus ; foliis oppositis, raris, cito caducis, inferioribus
obcordatis, in petiolum brevem cuneatis, superioribus spathu-
lato-ovatis, pubescentibus, 3-nerviis, pallide viridibus ; floribus
plurimis, fere sessilibus, glomerato-fasciculatis, vel seepe in-
terrupte spicatis; calyce urceolato, fulvo, extus villosulo, intus
imo puberulo, limbi laciniis 5, acutis, erectis ; petalis 5, cucul-
latis, unguiculatis, laciniis fere equilongis ; staminibus recon-
ditis, antheris apertis peltiformibus; ovario pubescente.—Chile.
32*

484. Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletier.

—yv.s. inherb. Mus. Paris (Ventenat) ex specimine culto cum

notula “Pérou” (sine dubio erronea).

I am not aware of the existence of any indigenous specimen ;
nor is the exact place of its growth known. The species was
established by Ventenat, who made his drawing above quoted
from a plant raised from seeds brought home by Dombey; first
cultivated by M. Cels, and aivemvendsle in the Jardin des Plantes,
where Poiret also saw it growing. The specimen now in the
Paris herbarium, which I have seen, was contributed by Ven-
tenat: his drawing well accords with it, Itis deseribed as a
shrub having much the appearance of a Spartium, growing to the
height of 3 feet. In the structure of its flower it quite agrees
with that of the two following species, the characters of which
are better known ; the only negative feature attached to it is the
account recorded by Ventenat of its fruit, which is said to be
3-coccous, and therefore at variance with the structure known to
exist in the other species and in Trevoa ; but as it is very impro-
bable that the fruit ever ripened in Paris, and as in the imma-
ture state it was found to be trilocular, we may conclude that it
was only assumed to be 3-coccous, like the other known species
of Colletia, to which genus it was thought to belong. Ventenat,
on the other hand, mentions its fleshy mesocarp, which becomes
coriaceous in drying, as I have found it in R. sétricta.

2. Retamilia Ephedra, Brongn. Ann, Se. Nat. x. 865; Hook.
Bot. Mise. i. 157; ibid. 11. 173 ; — Colletia Ephedra, Vent.
(non Bert.) Choix, tab. 16; Lodd. Bot. Cab. pl. 1820 ;—
Rhamnus Ephedra, Domb. MSS. ;— suffruticosa, dumosa,
ramulis imo spinosis, superne inermibus, valde strictis, vir-
gatis, compresso-teretibus, forte striatis, cortice carnoso vesti-
tis, junioribus albido- tomentosis; demum glabris ; nodis di-
stantibus, stipuliferis, stipulis oppositis, gibbo-squamiformi-
bus, fascis, acutis, utringue linea transyersali nexis; foltis
nullis, aut caducissimis ; floribus plurimis, in capitulum sub-
globosum sessile utrinque axillare aggregatis, aut paucio-
ribus, in spicam brevissimam enatis ; pedunculo brevissimo,
calyce urceolato, roseo-albido, extus pubescente, tubo intus
imo piloso, pilis longis patentibus, limbi laciniis 4, brevibus,
erectis, petalis 4, niveis, oblongis, unguiculatis, cucullatis, erec-
tis, staminibus totidem, vix eequilongis, ovario conico-oblongo,
piloso, stylo brevi, er assiusculo, ad medium attingente ; fructu
globoso.—Chile.—». s. in herb. meo; Chile (Ruiz & Pavon),
sine loco designato ;—in herb. Mus. Paris (specim. typicum,
Dombey) ; “ Pérou, » potius Chile ;—7n herb. Hook. ; 1m con-
vallibus Andium Chilensium ; Concepcion (Lay & Collie) ;
Chile, sine loco (Cuming, 704).

This is a well-established species ; its Ephedra-like branches

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiee. 485

are rather stout, equal in thickness throughout, of considerable
length, and about a line in diameter, the nodes being about
1-124 inch apart ; occasionally a few spines (or stunted branch-
lets) are seen, which are nearly erect, deeply striated, with a
callous, pungent apex, and are 1-11 inch long. A capitate in-
florescence is seen in the opposite axils of each node of the vir-
gate branches ; it is about 4 inch in diameter, and consists of
an aggregation of small flowers; the peduncles are extremely
short ; the calycine tube is 1 line long, its segments being 4 line
in length, it is 14 line in diameter*.

8. Retamilia stricta, Hook. Arn. Bot. Misc. ii. 173 ;—Retanilla
affinis, Clos, in Gay, Chile, ii. 26 ;—suffruticosa, sesquiorgyalis,
ramosa, ramis e basi plurimis, assurgentibus, ramulis strictis,
virgatis, rigidis, erectis, glabris, teretibus, striatulis, fere
aphyllis, nodis remotis; foliis oppositis, parvulis, rarissimis,
caducissimis, spathulato-oblongis, carnosis, pilosiusculis, late-
ribus canaliculatim reflexis, breviter petiolatis ; stipulis axil-
laribus, gibboso-squamiformibus, fuscis, acutis, oppositis, et
utringue linea transversali nexis; ramulo florifero brevi,
aphyllo, racemiformi, nodis crebris, floriferis, squamis oppo-
sitis munitis; floribus ibi oppositis, solitarius, et hine quasi
racemoso-spicatis ; calyce late cylindrico, carnoso, roseo-albido,
extus glabro, intus imo piloso, pilis patentibus, limbi laciniis 5,
triangularibus, erectis, demum e basi caduco ; petalis 5, laci-
niis zquilongis, ovatis, cucullatis, unguiculatis, erectis, niveis ;
staminibus totidem, petalis reconditis, demum inflexis ; ovario
oblongo, 3—-4-sulcato, stylo incrassato, subulato, tereti, longi-
tudine fere tubi, pilosissimo, pilis longis, albis, creberrimis,
patentibus; stigmate 3-4-lobo, lobis obtusis, adpressis ;
fructu globoso, cortice coriaceo, crasso, disco substipitiformi
suffulto ; nuce conformi, durissimo, indehiscente, lignoso, 3-,
rarius 4-loculari, seminibus nitentibus. — Chile. —v.v. ad
Quintero (Retama et Retamilla incolarum).—v. s. tm herb.
Hook. ; Valparaiso (Cuming, 402) ;—zn herb. Mus. Paris; in
Proy. Cauquenes (Gay), vernac. Frutilla del Campo.

This species, as far as my observation extends, does not grow
in the immediate neighbourhood of Valparaiso, but at a distance
of twenty or thirty miles from that port, near the coast, where
the violent surf and the strong incessant trade-wind produce
elevated flats of considerable extent, formed of loose drift-sand
carried to some distance in-shore ; and it was only in such situa-
tions that I met with this shrub, growing among other trees and
bushes. It is distinguished by well-marked characters from the
preceding species. It grows to a height of 8 or 10 feet, with a

* This species will be shown in the ‘ Contributions,’ Plate 39 p.

486 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletieze.

broom-like habit, having very long, straight, erect branches, more
woody than in the preceding species, and all terminating in an
acute spine. The stemlets are more slender, less deeply striated,
with the internodes about 3 inch apart ; out of these nodes,
the younger branches, short foliiferous sprouts make their appear-
ance, and out of the nodes of the upper part of the principal
(annotinous?) branches, are produced the opposite spicated
racemes of flowers, which are nearly the length of the internodes,
bearing about three or four pairs of opposite flowers. The
leaves are 1-14 line long, only 4 line broad, cuneate, upon a
very short petiole, entire, fleshy, 3-nerved, slightly pubescent,
and folded back upon themselves; the pedicels are } line long,
bracteated at base ; the tube of the calyx, mceluding the seg-
ments, is 14 line long, and 1 line in diameter; the flowers are of
a rose-colour. The fruit is spherical, 8 lines in diam.*

4. Retamilia articulata, n. sp.;—Colletia articulata, Philippi, Linn.
xxvill.679 ;—suffruticosa, glaberrima, ramis teretibus, levibus,
simpliciter intricatim spinosis, spinis longiusculis, ramulisque
articulatim nodosis, creberrime granuloso-punctulatis, apice
calloso-pungentibus ; foliis in ramulis novellis parvulis, ovatis,
utrinque acutis, integris, crassiusculis, evens, glaberrimis,
caducissimis, petiolo canaliculato in sinum stipule 2-dentatz
affixo; stipulis oppositis, linea transversali nexis (nodis pro-
inde quasi articulatis) ; floribus in articulationibus utrinque
2-4, fasciculatis, e tuberculo bracteato enatis, pedunculo flori
equilongo, calyce cylindrico, limbi laciniis 4, triangularibus,
erectis; petalis 4, squamiformibus, acutis, lacus dimidio
brevioribus ; staminibus totidem, filamentis meurvatis, bre-
vissimis, antheris ovalibus, petalis 2-plo latioribus, rima hippo-
crepica hiantibus, peltatim affixis ; stylo brevi, incluso ; stig-
mate capitato-3-lobo.—In Andibus Chilensibus versus Chillan
(lat. 36° S.).—». s. in herb. meo et Hook. (Germain).

This plant has much the habit of the three preceding species,
but its branches are not so virgate, and have much shorter
internodes: the branches, almost bare of leaves and spines, are
quite terete, perfectly smooth, the mternodes bemg 4 to ? inch
apart ; the spines are 8 to 12 lines long, the floriferous branchlets
are twice or three times that length, having the appearance of
articulated spines, and are often again spinose. The stipules at
the nodes are small, simple, and acute, and the line of their
connexion gives an articulated appearance to the branches. Very
young branchlets, bearing leaves and flowers, grow out of the
upper nodes, and, from the proximity of the axils, they appear

A representation of this species, with analytical details, will be given in
the ‘ Contributions,’ Plate 39 n.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiex. 487

almost agglomerated: the leaves are very small, ovate, or oblong,
fleshy, nerveless, and obsoletely toothed on their margin, taper-
ing into a short petiole ; they are 14 line long, 1 line broad, in
opposite pairs upon a slender nascent shoot about 2 inch long.
From the axils and the articulations of the spines a short sprout
is seen, bearing a few leaves and two or four flowers, which are
almost fasciculated; the pedicels are a full line long ; the cylin-
drical tube of the calyx is 14 line long, with four segments of a
quarter their length ; the petals are like small white scales, inter-
mediate with the segments, and only a quarter of their length ;
the anthers are like those of the preceding species; the ovary
and style are glabrous. The flowers are pale when dried, and are
probably nearly of a white colour when fresh*.

7. TREVOA.

This genus, first proposed by me (in 1825), was afterwards de-
scribed by Sir William Hooker (in 1830), in the ‘ Botanical Mis-
cellany,’ where it is confounded with Talguenea ; he subsequently
(in 1833) suppressed the genus, referring the plant on which it
was founded to Retamilia, because of its indehiscent fruit. In
Trevoa, however, we have a tree of very hard wood, spreading into
numerous thick tortuous branches, and equally tortuous branch-
lets, which are very spiny, with an abundant foliage, offering a
strong contrast to the bare Ephedra-like branches of Aetamilia.
In Trevoa the calyx is persistent, does not enlarge, but remains
withered, entire, and membranaceous, at the base of its fleshy
drupe ; while in Retamilia the whole of the calyx falls away,
leaving its short stipitate torus (or small adnate disk) to support
a much larger globular fruit. The form of the calyx is also dis-
similar in the two genera, and the petals are larger and more cu-
cullate. In the species on which I founded the genus, the ovary
is uniformly bilocular, producing a small 2-celled fruit, often by
abortion 1-locular: another species, which Sir William Hooker
had inferred to be identical with mine, has a 3-celled ovary, pro-
ducing a larger 3-celled nut, which circumstance induced that
distinguished botanist to merge the genus into Refamilia ; but the
characters above mentioned are sufficient to keep them distinct.
There is, however, another distinguishing feature in the shape of
the stipules, which in Trevoa are deeply bifid, forming a small
fuscous linear kind of wing attached to each side of the petiole,
of nearly equal length, by which they are attached to the stem ;
and the bases of the opposite petioles are connected on each side
by a transverse line across the stem.

By other botanists Trevoa has been confounded with Talguenea ;
but the differences here are yet more strongly marked : the latter

* This plant will be shown in the ‘Contributions,’ Plate 39 r.

488 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiesx,

has not only a distinct form of calyx, but it is quite dissimilar in
the structure of its fruit, which is enclosed in the entire un-
changed persistent calyx, and which consists of an evalvate in-
dehiscent membranaceous pericarp that bursts by laceration,
only to allow of the escape of the seeds. The name of the genus
was derived from the vernacular appellation of the typical species,
Trévo or Trébu. Its character is thus defined :—

Trevoa, nob.—Calyx petaloideus, tubulosus, tubo imo inflato,
medio spe constricto, fauce paulo ampliore, intus presertim
versus basin villosissimo, pilis albidis retrorsis, limbi laciniis
4 vel 5, triangularibus, erectiusculis, intus carina calloque
notatis, marcescens et persistens. Petala 4-5, rotundata, cu-
cullata, unguiculata, laciniis calycinis breviora, erecta. Stamina
4—5, petalis inclusa, et cum eorum unguibus inter lacinias in-
serta; filamenta brevia, pilosa, imo complanata, subulata,
apice repente inflexa; anthere rotundate, eis Retamilie similes.
Discus parvus, carnosus, ovario 8-plo latior, subconcavus, ad-
natus. Ovarium e medio disci superum, conico-oblongum,
2-3-suleatum, hirsutissimum, 2-3-loculare. Stylus erectus,
3—4-gonus, angulis ciliatis, imo validiusculus et hirsutissimus.
Stigma 2-3-lobum, lobis obtusis arcte adpressis, albidum.
Fructus drupaceus, ovatus, subcompressus, calyce mareido imo
suffultus, endocarpio indehiscente nucamentaceo, 2-3-loculare,
vel abortu uniloculare. Semen in quoque loculo solitarium,
erectum, compresso-ovatum, nitidissimum, structura omnino
Colletia.

Arbuscule Chilenses frondose, ramosissime, spinose, trunci ligno
duro, ramis oppositis, ramulis infra spinas foliiferis et floriferis,
spinis oppositis ; folia opposita, ovata, serrulata, 3-nervia, fere
glabra; flores e ramulis junioribus enati, in axillis oppositis
solitarti, vel 2-8, fasciculati, hine foliis carentibus sepe race-
most, aut axils approwimatis quasi spicati.

1. Trevoa trinervis, nob. Trav. ii. 529 ;—T. trinervia, Hook. Bot.
Mise. 1. 159 ;—Retanilla trinervia, Hook. in parte, ibid. iii.
174 ;—Colletia Trebu, Bert. ; Colla, Mem. Torin. 37. p- 53 ;—
arbuscula sesquiorgyalis, ligno duro rubente, ramosa, ramulis
compressis, foliosis, spinosis, junioribus inermibus foliiferis et
floriferis sub spinis enatis ; spinis viridibus, decussatim oppo-
sitis, compresso-subulatis, calloso-pungentibus, patentissimis ;
folis oppositis, ovalibus, mucronulatis, imo in petiolum cunea-
tis, crenulato-dentatis, 3-nervibus, nervis pellucidis subparal-
lelis, lateralibus versus marginem ramosis, et hinc in glandulas
marginales excurrentibus, reticulato - venosis, glabriusculis,
petiolo brevi, canaliculato, singulis e stipula fusca bifida ortis ;
floribus interdum quasi spicatis ; pedunculo brevissimo, piloso ;

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiex. 489

calyce extus superne subgloboso, albescente, imo inflato, viridi
et piloso, limbi laciniis 4, erectiusculis ; petalis 4, niveis, laciniis
brevioribus; staminibus 4, inclusis ; antheris reniformibus,
flavis, connectivo albo ; stylo ovarioque 2-loculari pilosissimis ;
fructu ovali, subcarnoso, calyce marcido fulto ; nuce ovata,
2-loculari, sepe abortu 1-loculari.—Chile.—». v. ad Concon.—
v. s. in herb. Hook. (Cuming, 732).

This tree is of frequent occurrence upon the hills throughout
the province of Quillota, in which the port of Valparaiso is situ-
ated, and is, I believe, more generally distributed, at no great
distance from the sea-coast, in the central provinces of Chile:
sometimes it appears asa tall bush, but it grows ordinarily to the
height of 8 or 10 feet, with widely-spreading branches. Its
trunk, scarcely exceeding 4 or 6 inches in diameter, consists of
hard red wood, which is much sought for, as it makes an excel-
leut fuel ; it is also greatly in request for building purposes. Its
spreading, opposite, subulate, green spines, which decussate at
the distance of half an inch apart, are from half an inch to 1 inch
in length. A single leaf issues from its corresponding stipule,
that springs from the base of each spine. The leaves ordinarily
measure 3? inch, sometimes an inch in length, and 3 or 4 lines in
breadth, the petiole being 1 line long. Each floriferous branch
usually originates from the expansion of a tubercle situated
between the spine and the stipule, and is commonly from 14 to
3 inches long, with several decussating pairs of leaves towards its
base, at distinct intervals of 1 to 8 lines, at each of which points
two or four flowers arise, the leaves gradually disappearing
towards the ends of these branchlets, the axils then approxi-
mating by degrees, so that the flowers assume a spicate ap-
pearance ; each flower is from 1} to 2 lines long, on a peduncle
less than a quarter of a line in length; the calyx is of a yellowish-
white colour, is somewhat contracted in the middle, glabrous in
the upper part, the inflated base and peduncle being of a greenish
hue and pubescent ; it is constantly 4-toothed on its border, all
its parts being 4-merous, and the hooded petals snow-white. Its
somewhat compressed oval drupe, enclosing a hard nut, is 2 lines
long, and 14 line in diameter; the nut is hgneous and inde-
hiscent*. Cuming’s specimen in Sir William Hooker’s herbarium
is not in seed. Germain’s plant, distributed under the name of
Trevoa 3-nervia, is Notophena foliosa.

2. Trevoa ienuis, n. sp. ;—Retanilla 3-nervia, Hook. & Arn. in
parte, Bot. Misc. iii. 174 ;—arbuscula_preecedentis simillima,
sed omnino pilosior, spinosa, ramulis sub-4-gonis, tenuibus,

* This plant, with analytical details, will be shown in the ‘ Contributions,’
Plate 40 a.

4.90 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez.

compressiusculis, pallide viridibus, elaberrimis, junioribus
spe spinosis, spinis longiusculis, decussatim oppositis, sim-
plicibus ; foliis oppositis, ovalibus, imo in petiolum brevem
attenuatis, integris, aut crenulato-dentatis, 3-nervibus, marge
glanduliferis, glabris, junioribus utrinque pilosulis, et pulvere
resinoso flavicantibus ; floribus binis in axillis oppositis, et in
ramulis novellis, foliorum defectu, seepe glomerato-spicatis ;
ealyce colorato, late cylindrico, haud constricto, extus valde
pubescente, intus imo piloso ; limbi laciniis 5, brevibus, erec-
tiusculis, cum petalis 5, eequilongis, niveis, cucullatis, alternis ;
staminibus totidem, petalis inclusis, et iis dimidio brevioribus ;
filamentis brevibus, in lineis totidem patenti-pilosis decur-
rentibus; stylo brevi ovarioque 3-loculari longe patenti-
pilosis, stigmatibus 3, oblongis, obtusis, adpressis, glabris ;
drupa carnosula, precedentis 4-plo majore, ovata, nuce dura,
erassiter lignosa, 3-locularii—Chile.—v. s. in herb. Hook. ;

Bustamante, in via ad Santiago, alt. 2000 ped. (Bridges,

435 ; Cuming, 641).

This species is unquestionably distinct from the preceding,
though much resembling it in general aspect; it is, however,
much more spiny, its branchlets are thinner and straighter, its
spines longer and more slender, its leaves smaller and more
caducous. The internodes are 1} inch apart, the spines 1j-13
inch long; those of the lateral spinose branchlets are about 7
inch long; the floriferous branchlets are 14 inch long, the axils
being from 1 to 3 lines apart. The leaves are 3-5 lines long,
and 2 lines broad, upon a petiole 1 line in length; its flowers
are constantly 5-merous; its calyx, 2 lines long, is double the
diameter of that of the former species, and is scarcely contracted
in the middle ; externally ic is very pubescent, its ovary is always
3-locular (not 2-celled), and it produces a much larger fruit,
which is two or three times the size of that of 7. trinervis, being
4 or 5 lines long, and 3 or 4 lines in diameter : the ligneous walls
of its 3-locular nut are thicker than in the foregoing species. In
other respects both kinds are much alike. It appears to grow
further away from the coast, upon the more elevated table-lands,
and in the valleys of the interior*.

3. Trevoa Berteroana.—Retanilla spinifer, Clos, in Gay, Chale,
ii. 27 ;—spinosa, ramulis rectis, tenuibus, striatulis, glabris,
fusco-viridibus, ortis sub spinis; spinis oppositis, tenuibus,
subulatis, calloso-acicularibus, paulo patentibus ; foliis op-
positis, vel saepe in axillis utrinque binis, cuneato-ovatis, vel
obcordatis, apice obtusis, retusis et mucronulatis, integris vel

* This species will be represented in the ‘ Contributions,’ Piate 40 B.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez. 49]

obsolete dentatis, 3-nerviis, utrinque sparsim puberulis, supra
viridibus, subtus albido-pulverulentis, nervis rubescentibus,
pellucidis ; petiolo brevi canaliculato ; stipulis distinctis, op-
positis, patentibus, rubellis, obsolete 2-dentatis ; floribus parvis,
in axillis ramulorum 1 vel 2, pedunculo brevi, puberulo ; calyce
breviter tubuloso, extus imo puberulo, superne glabro, intus
valde piloso, limbi laciniis 4, brevissimis, subpatentibus, petalis
4, laciniis zequilongis, orbicularibus, cucullatis, antheris lis in-
clusis ; drupa sicca ovali, mole fructus 7. trinervis, apice re-
trorsum albido-pilosa, imo calyce marcido fulta, nuce 1—3-locu-
lariChile, in montibus Prov. Rancagua et Colchagua.—
v.s. in herb. Mus. Paris. Rancagua (Bertero, 198).

The plant described by Dr. Clos (Gay’s specimen from the
same locality), and referred by him to Retamilia, is evidently
identical with the above species, which I have characterized from
Bertero’s collection. I do not adopt his specific name, as all the
species of Trevoa are spinigerous *,

4. Trevoa Weddelliana, nu. sp. ; — suffruticosa, spinosa, ramosa,
ramulis teretibus, brachiatis, breviter pubescentibus, pilis pa-
tentibus ; spinis decussatim oppositis, subulatis; pungentibus,
divergentibus, sepe foliosis ; ramulis junioribus foliiferis et
floriferis, seepe inermibus; foliis oppositis, ovatis, integris,
parvulis, vernatione complicatis, late viridibus, subtus palli-
dioribus, utrinque parce pubescentibus, nervis paucis superne
immersis, interne vix prominulis, inter se arcuatim nexis et ru-
hellis ; stipulis utrinque profunde bifidis, laciniis anguste linea-
ribus, imo petioli adnatis, rubellis, pilosulis ; floribus 2-3
folio zquilongis, pedunculo imo _bracteolato, calycis tubo
urceolato, imo subgloboso, puberulo, limbi laciniis 5, reflexis,
tubi tertia parte longitudinis, apice intus callo carinaque me-
diana notatis, carinis pilosulis ad basin tubi decurrentibus ;
petalis 5, obovatis, cucullatis, imo unguiculatis, laciniis zquan-
tibus, erectis; staminibus iis reconditis ; disco poculiformi,
omnino adnato; ovario subglabro ; stylo erecto, piloso, fau-
cem tubi attingente ; stigmate 3-lobo.— Bolivia, circa Chuqui-
saca.—v. s. in herb. Mus. Paris (Weddell, 1212).

This plant greatly resembles 7. trinervis in habit, but it has
much smaller leaves, and is altogether more spinose. The in-
ternodes are 8-9 lines apart ; the spreading, decussating spines
are about the same length; the foliiferous branchlets are from
= inch to 24 inches long, bearing about two flowers in the lower
axils ; the leaves are 3 lines long and 14 line broad, on a petiole

* A figure of this plant will be given in the same work, Plate 40 c.

4.92 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez.

of 1 line in length ; the peduncle is 14 line long, the tube of the

calyx 1} line long, retrorsely puberulous ; the segments are ?

oO
line in length ; the nervures within the calyx are retrorsely
pilose, as in 7’. trinervis ; the ovary and style are nearly glabrous,

and included *,

. Trevoa Closiana. Colletia tetrandra, Clos, in Gay, Chile, ii.
ay ;—fruticosa, 2-pedalis, dumosa, ramis subaphyllis, intri-
cato-curvatis, fusco-nigricantibus, rigide spinosis, spinis de-
cussatim oppositis, subulatis, crassiusculis, simplicibus ; foliis
minimis, caducissimis, lineari-oblongis, crassis, 3-nervus, fere
integris, margine obsolete crenato, superne obscure viridibus,
lucidis, sparsim _ pilosis, subtus flavido- pallidis et dense
pilosis, breviter petiolatis ; stipulis majusculis, squamiformi-
bus, imo subamplexicaulibus, valde concavis, rubris, glabris,
intus parce tomentosis, 2-dentatis ; floribus paucis, e gemma ad
basin spinarum versus extremitatem ramorum enatis ; pedun-
culo brevissimo, albo-tomentoso, calyce urceolato, imo extus
cinereo-piloso, limbi laciniis 4, erectis; petalis 4, oblongis,
valde cucullatis, unguiculatis, laciniis equilongis, erectis, imo
subcoloratis et puberulis ; staminibus totidem, iis reconditis,
demum inflexis ; ovario niveo-piloso, sub-3-lobo ; stylo brevi,
tereti, pilosulo ; stigmate obsolete 3-lobo.—Chile.—». s. in
herb. Mus. Paris; Coqumbo, in via ad Arqueros (Gay,
264).

Dr. Clos, on the authority of M. Gay, describes this as a
low-growing shrub, about 2 feet high, with intricately twisted
branches, which are armed with numerous simple spines, half an
meh in length, and a similar distance apart. They are often
leafless ; the extremely deciduous leaves are very small, almost
entire, or crenulated on their margin ; they are linear-oblong,
and 1 to3 lines in length. The Gael owhite flowers, which be-
come dark in drying, are 4-merous, and scarcely exceed a line
in length, including their very short peduncle, and half a line
in diameter. The stamens ate hidden within the short cucul-
late petals, the anthers, after dehiscence, becoming peltate, as in
the other species of the genus. It is known by its vernacular
name of Abrojo, which in Spanish signifies a bramble. These
characters are all quite in accordance with those of Trevoat.

[To be continued. |

* This species will be represented in the ‘ Contributions,’ Plate 40 p.
t A figure of this plant will be given in the same work, Plate 41 a.

Zoological Society. 493
PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Noy. 8, 1859.—John Gould, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

DescrIPTION oF A New Species oF ANOLIS FROM CENTRAL
America. By Dr. A. Ginruer, Forergn Mens. Zoot.
Soc.

The following new species of Anolis was discovered by M. Sallé
in Central America, and is now in the Collection of the British
Museum.

ANOLIS SALLI, n. sp.

Diagnosis.—Snout moderately elongate and rather depressed, with
the canthus rostralis sharp, and with a pair of obtuse ridges, arising
from the bony superciliary margins and divergent anteriorly ; a
slight groove between these two ridges; the upper surface of the
head is covered with small shields ; occipital shield present. Loreal
region slightly concave, with four series of small shields. Scales of
the back, belly, and tail distinct, imbricate, strongly keeled; those
of the sides very small ; no trace of a crest ; tail rounded, not verti-
cillated ; gular pouch small. Greyish or brownish, with a more or
less distinct yellowish vertebral band ; sides and belly sometimes
with fine blackish longitudinal lines.

Description.—The snout is moderately depressed and slightly
elongate, the distance between the anterior angles of the orbits being
a little less only than that between the orbit and the extremity of
the snout. The canthus rostralis is distinct and, near the orbit,
rather sharp. There is another pair of low ridges, arising from the
bony superciliary margin and divergent anteriorly, with a slight
groove between; they extend to the middle of the length of the
snout. The shields of the upper surface of the head are small,
arranged in irregular transverse series, about seven in the series
between the angles of the orbit ; the shields along the bony super-
ciliary margin are rather larger, but both series are separated from each
other by smaller shields. An occipital shieldis distinct. The nostril
opens laterally, and is situated immediately behind the extremity
of the snout. The labial shields are exceedingly narrow, eight or
ten in number; three or four series of smaller shields run parallel
to that of the lower labials, the remainder of the throat being covered
with yery small polygonal scales, The pouch of the throat is very
little developed. The tympanum is very small. The temple and
the neck are granular.

No crest whatever is visible, but the scales of the back are very
distinct, imbricate, keeled ; those of the sides are one-half smaller
and smooth ; those of the belly rhombic and distinctly keeled, rather
larger than the dorsal ones. The tail is rounded, not verticillated
or crested, covered with rhombic, imbricate, strongly keeled scales,
the keels forming longitudinal ridges. The fore-leg does not reach
to the loin, if laid backwards; it is covered with rhombic keeled

494: Zoological Society :—

scales, and with minute smooth ones inferiorly ; the fingers are
slightly dilated ; the fourth is very little longer than the He then
follow the fifth, the second, and the first. ‘The hind-leg reaches
beyond the tympanum, if laid forwards ; it is covered with keeled
scales, except the inferior and posterior sides of the femur, which are
granular.

The ground-colour of the upper parts is greyish or brownish,
darkest along the margins of the vertebral band ; a broad yellowish
or yellow dorsal band reaches from the occipital shield to the tail,
where it is gradually lost. The lower parts are whitish. In one of
the two specimens, the sides, the belly, and the lower part of the tail
are marked with longitudinal blackish lines.

in. | ine
Distance between the tympanum and the extre-
mity of the snout. . 2 os Oveenoe
Distance between the tympanum ho Abe ih Pee, 4
Length of the tail : 4> 10
Distance between the extremity of the snout and
the anterior margin of the orbit............ QO 22
Distance between the anterior angles of the orbit 0 2%
Length of the fore leg)... 6% syeje) since ash ine
——— of the hind leg : en s

Description oF A New SPECIES OF ENTOZOON, SCLEROSTOMA
SIPUNCULIFORME, FROM THE INTESTINES OF THE ELEPHANT.

By W. Bairp, M.D., F.L.S.

Very few opportunities, apparently, have occurred to helmintho-
logists of examining the bodies of Elephants. In Diesing’s enume-
ration of Entozoa found in the Mammalia, only one species is men-
tioned by him as having been observed and described as a parasite
of this Pachyderm. This is an Ascaris, first mentioned by the cele-
brated Rudolphi as infesting the liver. The same parasitic worm
has since then been found in the biliary ducts of a young Indian
Elephant in America by Dr. Jackson of Boston. In his mention
of this Ascaris (Ascaris lonchoptera, Diesing), Dr. Jackson states
that it occurred along with numerous specimens of a Distoma, which
he refers to the species D. hepaticum. The poor animal from which
these worms were taken died of disease of the liver with ascites, and
there was found also a large, deep, chronic ulcer in the stomach.
The species here described will now make a third parasite recorded
as belonging to the Elephant. I am indebted for it to Mr. Edward
Gerard of the British Museum, who found it in the large intestines
of a young Indian Elephant which recently died in London, after
having been only a very short time in England. This animal, from
Mr. Gerard’s account of it, had suffered also from dropsy, as a large
quantity of water escaped upon opening the abdomen.

SCLEROSTOMA SIPUNCULIFORME, Baird.

Caput cylindricum, magnum, truncatum ; oris limbo interno den-
ticulis densis, externo aculeis majoribus numerosis, armato.

Dr. J. E. Gray on two new Forms of Sponges. 495

Corpus rectum, utringue attenuatum, sipunculiforme, bursa
maris triloba, lobo intermedio producto, radiis septem (quorum
quinque bifurcati sunt) instructo ; lobis lateralibus radiis
quatuor instructis ; extremitate caudali femine oblique trun-
cata, subulata, apertura genitali supra caude apicem.

Long. feminze 10 lineze, long. maris 1 uncia.

Hab. In intestinis crassis Elephantis indici.

Mus. Brit.

November 22, 1859.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Description oF MacANpDREWIA AND My LivusiA, TWO NEW
FORMS OF SponGcES. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

In 1841 Mr. Stutchbury described in our Proceedings a Sponge
in the Museum at Bristol, brought from Barbadoes, which was pecu-
liar for being entirely formed of agglutinate silicious spicula, forming
a tough semitransparent glass-like spongy mass. By exchange I
have obtained half the specimen of this most curious and interesting
sponge, so that I have the means of comparing those I have described
with the one then made known.

In July 1851 Mr. R. MacAndrew kindly presented to the British
Museum a Coral from St. Michael’s, one of the Azores, which then
attracted my attention, but I put it aside in hopes that I might ob-
tain a specimen of it in spirits, which would enable me to under-
stand more completely its history and character. No other specimen
having, however, come under my examination, the subject dropped
out of my mind.

It was accidentally placed with the Stony Corals, and its hardness
and resemblance to the genus Gemmipora are some excuse for this
mistake. Some time ago Mr. Holdsworth, when studying the corals
in the Museum, observed that it evidently did not belong to that
group: and a very superficial inspection, indeed its mere lightness,
was enough to show that such was the case.

I again placed it aside, thinking that I had seen a figure of the
animal as an Alcyonium in Messrs. Quoy and Gaimard’s ‘ Voyage,’
and in Dana’s ‘ Zoophytes,’ and that I would study it when I had
that family under my hands, or leave it for some other person to
examine who might take up the group.

Having lately had occasion to consult Messrs. Quoy and Gaimard’s
work, and the essay of Mr. Dana, I became satisfied that the sub-
stance from the Azores could not be the Aleyonium glaucum or Al-
eyonium latum (Dana, Zooph. 623. t. 58. f. 6), which I had before
thought from recollection might be the case; for these authors de-
scribe A. glaucum as soft and fleshy, and 4. latum as “more rigid
in its texture than 4. glaucum.’ As Mr. MacAndrew’s specimen is
hard, inflexible, and brittle, though very light, this induced me to
examine the specimen more carefully ; and I then found that the
supposed coral was a silicious sponge, covered below with a thin
fleshy envelope without any apparent apertures, and above with a
thicker fleshy coat, studded with large-sized, regularly-disposed, cir-

4.96 Zoological Society :—

cular cells, which look like the cells of the Polypes in the two A/-
cyonia above referred to. The apertures are destitute of radiating la-
mine ; they appear in their dry state to be subdivided into six or eight
small circular tubes, and have all the appearance of being the cells of
a pinnated-tentacled zoophyte. The small part of the lower surface
of the spongy axis, which is exposed, is pierced with minute perfo-
rations, and the upper surface is furnished with groups of larger
pores, which, as far as I can judge without injuring the specimen,
are placed under the cells above described. There are grooves di-
verging from the small cylindrical perforations in one of the groups
to the perforations in the other groups.

I have thought proper to call the genus after the gentleman who
discovered it, and who has been very liberal in doing all in his power
to extend our knowledge of zoology and geology, and has several
times placed his yacht at the command of scientific men, to assist
them in their researches.

The genus may be thus defined :-—

MacAnprewla.

Cup-shaped, expanded, more or less sinuated or lobed, affixed by
a more solid dilated base, covered with a fleshy bark, which is fur-
nished with cells on the upper surface, supported by a very light
porous silicious spongy cup-shaped axis, the upper surface of which
is furnished with groups of small cylindrical pores placed in roses,
and with grooves radiating between each group of pores; the lower
surface uniformly porous.

MacANnDREWIA AZORICA.

Hab. St. Michael’s, Azores, 1851 (Robert MacAndrew, Esq.,
F.R.S., &c.).

This sponge? has so much the general appearance and habit of a
zoophyte with pinnated tentacles like the Aleyonium to which I
have referred above, that Iam as yet by no means certain that it may
not be the product of such animals ; but I have not been able to
find any traces of the remains of them, and therefore must wait the
arrival of some other specimen preserved in spirit to determine the
fact. At the same time the bark is unlike that of any sponge that
I am acquainted with, the existence of such a bark on any true
sponge being as yet unknown to me. On the other hand, the ex-
istence of an axis of the spongy texture and the silicious composi-
tions found in this marine body are novelties in the order of zoophytes
in which its general appearance would lead one to place it. But
that is no reason why it may not prove to be a zoophyte, as the
same may be said to be the case with regard to the genus Hyalonema,
the axis of which is so anomalous that several of the French zoolo-
gists— Valenciennes, Milne-Edwards, and others—considered the bark
of it as a parasite on some unknown substance, overlooking the fact
that the bark is strengthened by fibres exactly like those of which
the axis is composed. Such an idea would require a belief in the

Dr. J. E. Gray on two new Forms of Sponges. 4.97

existence of two bodies always found together, and unknown in any
other form, instead of their being regarded as parts of the same
animal.

The axis of this body has many characters in common with the
body which is called a Sponge described by Mr. Stutchbury in our
Proceedings for 1841, p. 87, as mentioned above, under the name
of Dactylocalyx pumiceus, and which has been more lately described
under another name by M. Valenciennes; a very fine specimen of
this is in my collection ; but in this sponge it is the outer surface
which is marked ‘with deep sinuosities radiating from the root to
the outer circumference.”

We have lately received from Dr. William MacGee of Belfast a
very curious specimen of a silicious sponge?, which is also allied to
the Dactylocalyx and MacAndrewia, but so distinct in its form and
structure that I am inclined to regard it as the type of a new genus,
which may be called

Myutvwsta.

Sponge? silicious, funnel-shaped, fixed by the base; the upper
surface smooth, marked with numerous minute perforations placed
in nearly parallel grooves radiating from the centre to the cireum-
ference, and with numerous large, oblong, rather unequal-sized per-
forations, which are fringed on the lower side with a high wall of
a similar structure to the rest of the sponge; these edges of the
cavities causing the under surface to be covered with unequal irre-
gular shaped tubes of nearly the same length, and more or less con-
fluent together: some of these tubes are simple and subeylindrical,
others are expanded and more or less crumpled on the edge around
the cavity, so as to end in two, three, or even four, more or less
circular mouths.

My.ivusiA CALLOCYATHES.
Hab. West Indies (Dr. MacGee).

Dr. Bowerbank informs me that the silicious spicula of this sponge
are very different from those of Dactylocalyx pumiceus. As he
is working on that subject, I leave the peculiarities for him to de-
scribe ; but I should not bein the least surprised if the genera Mac-
Andrewia, Myliusia, and Dactylocalyx should all prove to be a
peculiar family of zoophytes rather than sponges. If these bodies
are sponges, they will form a family in that group, which may be
named MacAndrewiade, characterized by the peculiar form and
structure of the axis, the distinctness of the bark, and the position
of the oscules or cells.

The structure of the base of Dactylocalyx and of the spicula which
are found in the interspaces of the network are figured by Mr.
Quekett in his ‘ Lectures on Histology.’

I have named this genus after Christlob Mylius, who first de-
scribed the curious zoophyte since called Umbellularia grenlandica ;
and I think that any one who reads his simple and plain account
of the animal in his letter to Haller, and the account of the same

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 33

498 Zoological Society :—

animal given by John Ellis in his work on Corallines, will be satisfied
that the latter was not very liberal in his praise towards his contem-
porary. There might have been reasons why he did not mention

the name of Mylius, but I cannot conceive why those of Collinson
and Dunze should have been omitted.

On two New Birps rrom THE Rio Napo. By PuHILip
LutLey Scuater, M.A.

BuARREMON CASTANEICEPS.

Saturate oleagineus, subtus vie dilutior : remigibus et rectricibus
nigricanti-fuscis: pileo castaneo, lateribus capitis cum gula
nigricanti-cinereis : rostri nigricanti-plumbei basi pallida ;
pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 6°5, alee 3:1, caudze 2°6.

But one example of this Buarremon was in the collection. It

may be arranged next to B. rufinuchus and B. latinuchus, from

which, however, it is easily distinguished by its general deep olive
colouring.

GRALLARIA NUCHALIS.

Saturate brunnescenti-oleaginea, pileo rufescentiore, nucha et re-
gione post-oculari clare castaneis: subtus nigricanti-schistacea :
rostro et pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 7°5, alee 4:5, caudze 2°1, rostri a rictu 1°2 ; tarsi 2°15.

This bird is a long-legged Grallaria in structure, though in

plumage it rather resembles the different species of the allied genus

Formicarius. I have never seen but this one example, now in my
collection.

REMARKS ON THE Hasirts or A Herrine Guu (Larus
ARGENTATUS). By A. D. BARtTueTT.

In calling attention to the singular and remarkable habits of a bird
of this species, permit me to give an extract from the ‘ Garden Guide’
of 1852, in order that the origin of this individual specimen may be
perfectly known,

“In the beginning of June 1850, a Herring Gull (Larus argen-
tatus) hatched out her young ones in the enclosure (No. 17), which
is overshadowed by two weeping ash trees. The male bird had
assisted her so constantly in incubation, that his strength gave way,
and he died just as the young birds were chipping out of the shell.
The female then became restless, left the eggs, and was only induced
to resume her place for the few hours which were necessary to com-
plete the hatch by the keeper having arranged the dead body of her
mate in counterfeit presentment of the position he generally took up
near her when not himself upon the eggs.” —Hztract from ‘ Garden
Guide,’ 1852

It will, I hope, be understood that the birds so hatched in 1850
were the parents of the individual whose habits I now wish to record.

Mr. A. D. Bartlett on the Preservation of Birds’ Eggs. 499

This bird was one of two hatched about the latter end of May
1857, and was reared by its parents in the gardens, where it remained
during the summer and autumn of that year. At the commence-
ment of the winter he was in the habit of flymg about (not having
been pinioned), and occasionally staying away a day or two, then
for a week or more, returning again generally about feeding-time,
and alighting among the other gulls and feeding with them. This
continued till the end of March 1858, at which time he disappeared.
Nothing more was seen or heard of him until the middle of November
1858, when, to the delight and astonishment of all who knew him,
he returned one afternoon at the usual time. Meeting the keeper with
the box of food, he followed him to the enclosure where he was
hatched, and settling down among the other gulls, took his dinner as
though he had never been away, not appearing the least shy or wild.
Here he remained with his parents and the other gulls, occasionally
flying off for a day or two, until the beginning of F ebruary 1859.

He again departed and by many was given up for lost; others,
however, thought he might again return. And on the morning of
Saturday last, between eight and nine o'clock, we were gratified to
behold the long-lost Gull making his way to his old quarters much
improved in his appearance, having nearly completed his adult plu-
mage. He immediately came down and was greeted by his old friends,
who evidently recognized him. He appeared Jatigued and hungry: 1
sent for some food, and he came boldly towards us, and fed almost
from the hand. As soon as his appetite was satisfied, he walked about,
quite at home among the other gulls. Since Saturday I have seen
him flying now and then over the Gardens and Park, but returning
after a short flight.

In conclusion, I beg to say I am indebted to one of the Society’s
most careful and very intelligent keepers (B. Misselbrook) for some
of the facts which have enabled me to bring before you these very
interesting particulars.

ON THE MOST EFFICIENT MEANS OF PRESERVING THE EGGs
OF BrrRDS IN ORDER THAT THEY MAY BE AFTERWARDS
HATCHED. By A. D. Barttert.

I believe there are but few persons who are quite satisfied by
seeing and examining the dried skins and feathers of birds.

The great desire, therefore, to see, or to possess, in a living state,
these wonderful and generally beautiful creatures, has led me to
consider the possibility of preserving their eggs for a sufficiently long
period to allow of their being brought from distant places and after-
wards hatched. We might thus be able to obtain some of the more
delicate species, and many perhaps that a long sea voyage would
prevent our obtaining by any other means.

The mere keeping fresh and sweet the eggs of birds has been ac-
complished in many ways: for instance, they will keep for a long
period imbedded in lime and water, or in fat or salt; but by these
means the vitality is destroyed. It appears to me, therefore, to be
essentially necessary, not only to prevent evaporation, but also to

33%

500 Zoological Society :—

keep the texture and surface of the shell in its pure and perfect con-
dition. To accomplish this object the eggs must be newly laid, or
nearly so, and the following is the best method of preserving them.

Obtain the gut of any animal whose intestine is large enough to
admit the egg intended to be preserved, and, having carefully cleaned
the gut and rendered it free from fat, dry it as much as possible in
powdered chalk or other earthy matter. Pass the egg into the gut,
tying it close to the shell at both ends of the egg, and hang it up in
a cool, dry place until it is quite dry. ‘Two, three, or more eggs can
be tied in the same gut like a string of beads, or they can be tied
separately. When thoroughly dry, they may be packed up in a box
with oats, wheat, or any other dry grain or seeds, until the box is
quite full. The object in having the box full is for the great con-
venience of turning the eggs. This is accomplished by turning the
box bottom upwards, which should be done occasionally. Thus the
whole of the eggs may be effectually turned with very little trouble.
The eggs thus packed must be kept in a dry, cool place, and ought
not to be taken out or unpacked before the means are at hand for
hatching them. Upon wishing to place them under a hen, or other-
wise, if the dry gut be cut with a sharp knife, it will peel off without
in any way injuring the shell of the egg.

I was successful in hatching and rearing the young from some
eggs kept three months in this manner, and I have no doubt that
under favourable circumstances they may be kept for a longer period.

December 13th.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Description OF A New SeECtIks OF SQUIRREL (SCIURUS SIA-
MENSIS) FROM SIAM, IN THE COLLECTION OF THE BrRiTISH

Museum. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

Among the animals lately sent by M. Mouhot from Siam are two
small Squirrels, which differ from any that we have hitherto received
from India or the neighbouring countries.

I am aware that the Indian Squirrels, and indeed Squirrels gene-
rally, are very apt to vary ; and probably many more species are de-
scribed than exist in nature ; but I do not know any species of which
the one now described can with reason be considered as a variety ;
the two specimens in the Museum are very uniform in their general
appearance.

It may be observed that some species, both of Mammalia and
Birds, are so much alike in external appearance, that, judging from
their skins alone, we might be inclined to doubt whether they were
more than slight varieties; yet when their habits, modes of life,
food, and manners are known, they are far more distinct, as species,
than animals which are very different in their external appearance,

and marked with what might a@ priori be considered very striking
characters.

SCLURUS SIAMENSIS, sp. nov.
Bright red-brown, grizzled with elongate black tips to the longer

Dr. J. E. Gray on a new Species of Freshwater Tortoise. 501

hairs, each of which is marked with a broad subterminal yellow band.
These black hairs are more abundant, and have broad pale rings on
the rump outside of the thighs, and especially on the lower part of
the tail, where they nearly hide the general red colour. The terminal
half of the tail bright chestnut-brown, without any black hairs or
pale rings. The throat, breast, belly, lower part of sides, inner side
and edge of the legs, uniform bright red-brown. Ears rounded.
Whiskers black. Feet covered with short close-pressed hairs.
Hab. Siam (M. Mouhot).

Description oF A New Species oF FRESHWATER TORTOISE
FROM Siam. By Dr. J. Epwarp Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

The British Museum has received from M. Mouhot, with some
other Reptiles, two specimens of a Freshwater Tortoise, which are
decidedly different from any I have before seen. They have some-
what the external appearance, both in shape and markings of the
head, of some specimens of Cistudo amboinensis, but belong to the
genus Hmys, or rather Geoclemys, and not to Cistudo.

They are referable to the first division of genus which has the back
of the shell three-keeled, and, like the other species of that section,
come from Asia.

GEOCLEMYS MACROCEPHALA.

The shell oblong, rather depressed, entire, three-keeled, olive-
brown ; the keels subcontinued, nearly parallel, the middle one higher
and more distinct behind ; the lateral ones, near the upper edge of the
shields, continued, ending abruptly on the hinder edge of the third
lateral discal shield; the hinder lateral and central shield only
marked with a slight convexity ; the margin entire, yellow-edged.
The under side yellow, with black triangular spots ; the sternum flat,
very indistinctly keeled on the side.

Animal blackish-olive. Head large; crown flat, covered with a
single smooth plate, purplish-brown, with two streaks from middle
of the nose, the upper edging the crown, the other the upper part of
the beak, and with two streaks from the hinder edge of the orbit,
the lower short and interrupted, extended on the temple, the upper
broader and continued over the ear along the side of the neck ; two
close streaks under the nostrils to the middle of the upper jaw, and
two broad streaks, dilated behind, down the front of the lower jaw,
and continued on the edge of the lower jaw behind ; the nape and
hinder part of the side of the lower jaw covered with large flat scales ;
the rest of the neck and legs covered with minute granular scales ;
the front of the fore-legs covered with broad band-like scales ; the
toes of the fore- and hind-feet rather short and thick, covered above
with broad band-like scales.

Hab. Siam.

The front vertebral plate is quadrangular, the front edge wider,
rounded; second, third, and fourth ventral shields six-sided, the
second longer than broad, the fourth broader than long; the three

kK

502 Zoological Society.

hinder sides are longest, the fifth vertebral shield subquadrangular,
the front sides being very narrrow, and the hinder side very broad and
slightly truncated.

On two New SPECcIES oF CINCLUS.
By Joun Goutp, F.R.S., etc.

I have the pleasure of bringing before the notice of the meeting
two new species of Cinclus, for the knowledge of which science is
indebted to the researches of Dr. A. Leith Adams, who collected
them in Cashmere. The first of these, which is very nearly allied
to our well-known Cinclus aquaticus, I propose to characterize as
C. cashmeriensis ; the other, which is more nearly allied to C. Pal-
lasi, as C. sordidus.

The following are descriptions of these two birds :—

CINCLUS CASHMERIENSIS.

Crown of the head, ear-coverts, and mantle brown, passing into
deeper brown on the upper part of the back and wing-coverts ; lower
part of the back and tail-coverts grey, with a darker central mark on
each feather ; tail blackish grey ; wings the same colour as the tail ;
throat and breast white ; upper part of the abdomen brown, passing
into dark greyish-brown on the flanks and vent ; under tail-coverts
uniform dark grey ; tarsi brown, lighter on the front and on the
upper part of the toes.

Total length 7 inches; bill +; wing 32; tail 24 ; tarsi 14.

Hab. Cashmere.

Remark.—As compared with adult males of the C. aquaticus, this
bird differs in being considerably larger in size, and in wanting the
rich chestnut colourmg of the upper part of the abdomen ; the wings
exceeding in length those of its European ally by more than half an
inch.

CINCLUS SORDIDUS.

Crown of the head, back of the neck, throat, and chest chocolate-
brown, the throat and breast being lighter than the back of the head;
back, abdomen, and tail deep brownish-black, the abdomen some-
what the darkest ; wings nearly the same colour as the back ; tarsi
brown, lighter on the front and on the upper part of the toes.

Total length 6+ inches ; bill £; wing 34; tail 2 ; tarsi 14.

Hab. Cashmere.

Remark.—lf it were possible to conceive a cross between C. aqua-
ticus, or C. cashmeriensis, and C. Pallasi, the produce would, I
should say, be a bird like the one under consideration. I do not,
however, believe that any such occurrence has taken place, but that
the bird characterized as C. sordidus is a good species. In size it is
smaller than C. aquaticus ; at least the measurements of the only
example I have seen induce me to believe so.

503

MISCELLANEOUS.
Investigation of Trichina spiralis. By R. Levckarrt.

Proressor LevucKxart has communicated the following results of
his investigation of T'richina spiralis to the Royal Academy of Sciences
of Gottingen :—

1. Trichina spiralis is the young state of a hitherto unknown
small Nematode worm (of 1°5~2°8 mill. in length), for which the
generic name Trichina must be retained,

2. It inhabits the intestinal canal of numerous warm-blooded ani-
mals, not only Mammalia (dogs, cats, pigs, sheep, rabbits, and mice,
—also, undoubtedly, man), but also Birds (the common fowl), and
indeed always in large quantity.

3. The intestinal Trichina attains its full sexual maturity as early
as two days after its immigration.

4. The eggs of the female are developed in the vagina into minute
Filaria-like embryos, which are extruded without egg-shells (from
the sixth day onwards).

5. The new-born young immediately set about their migration.
They penetrate the wall of the intestine, and pass through the cavity
of the abdomen directly into the muscular envelope of their host.

6. The course upon which they advance is indicated beforehand
by the intermuscular masses of cellular tissue.

7. The majority of the migrating embryos remain in the groups of
muscles immediately inclosing the cavity of the body (the abdominal
and thoracic cavities), especially the smaller ones and those con-
taining most cellular tissue.

8. The embryos penetrate into the interior of the individual mus-
cular fasciculi, and here attain, within fourteen days, the size and
organization of the well-known Trichina spiralis.

9. The infected muscular fasciculus loses its previous structure
immediately after the penetration, the fibrillse becoming broken up
into a finely granular substance, and the muscular corpuscles acquir-
ing the form of oval nucleated cells.

10. Up to the full development of the Trichina spiralis, the infected
muscular fasciculus still retains its original tubular form; whilst sub-
sequently its sarcolemma thickens and it becomes gradually shrivelled
from the extremities.

11. The spot occupied by the parasite persists, in the form of a
spindle-shaped enlargement, in which the well-known lemon-shaped
or globular calcareous shell is afterwards deposited (although only
after a long time).

12. The migration and development of the embryos take place
also after the transference of pregnant T'richine into the intestine of
another (suitable) host.

13. The further development of the Trichina spiralis into the
sexually mature animal is quite independent of the formation of this
calcareous shell, and takes place as soon as the young state is fully
developed.

504 Miscellaneous.

14. Male and female individuals are distinguishable even in the
young state (7'richina spiralis). iv:

15. The immigration of the brood of Trichina in large quantities
causes very serious symptoms: namely, peritonitis, in consequence
of the penetration of the wall of the intestine by the embryos ; and
lameness, in consequence of the destruction of the infected muscular
fasciculi.

16. Feeding upon flesh containing Trichine is also followed by
more or less dangerous symptoms, according to the quantity of the
imported parasites ; namely, an enteritis, often causing death, accom-
panied by bloody (crwpdser) exudations, which are sometimes thrown
down in ragged clots and evacuated (rabbit), and sometimes con-
verted into psorospermia (dog), or pus-corpuscles (cat, mouse).—
Gottinger Nachrichten, April 30, 1860, p. 135.

SERTULARIA TRICUSPIDATA,

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—Allow me to thank Prof. Greene for pointing out
the pre-occupation of the specific name of the above species by Mr.
Alder, which had escaped my notice.

With his permission, I shall alter the name to Greenei, in honour
of one of such high promise in our favourite science.

I am, Gentlemen, Your obedient Servant,
ANDREW Murray.

On the Strobilation of the Scyphistomata.
By P. J. Van BENEDEN.

Professor Van Beneden has long held, in common with Desor,
and in opposition to Sars, that the Medusze are produced from Scy-
phistoma by the formation of a series of buds in the vicinity of the
mouth of the latter; whilst Sars maintained that the Strobile was
produced by a transverse segmentation of the body of the Scyphis-
toma. The latter has been the view most generally received amongst
naturalists, and Professor Van Beneden now gives in his adherence
to it im consequence of some recent observations which he has had
the opportunity of making.

The development of Cyanea takes place, according to him, in the
following manner :—The Scyphistoma produces no buds; but a part
of its own substance becomes converted into Medusee. The terminal
segment, bearing the arms, does not detach itself in the form of a
Scyphistoma, to go and live elsewhere, but it becomes a Medusa like
the others, and the arms are absorbed in proportion as the Medusal
form makes its appearance. The peduncle of the Strobile exhibits a
fresh crown of tentacles before the first Medusze are detached. The
terminal Medusa, bearing the tentacles which are absorbed, and re-
taining the mouth of the Scyphistoma, consequently does not pass
through the same pheenomena of evolution as the other Medusee.—
Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. 2me sér. tome vii.

Miscellaneous. 505

On the Seminal Fluid and Fecundation in the Arachnida.
By Emite BLancHarp.

The generative organs in the Arachnida are formed upon a pecu-
liar plan, which is reproduced, with moderate modifications, in almost
all the types of that class of animals.

The female organs are composed of membranous tubes presenting
vesicles or cells in their course ; the quantity of these cellsis more or
less considerable, and in them the eggs are developed. These tubes,
usually two in number, terminating in a blind extremity, are generally
of great size; this is the case in the Araneida and Tetracera (Ga-
leodes). Inthe Phalangia and Cheliferi they are united by their
posterior part so as to form a ring. In the Scorpionida they have
a peculiar arrangement, so well known that I shall not dwell upon it.
But in all cases they serve at once as oviducts and as reservoirs of the
seminal fluid. An observation of this nature, and various experi-
ments, enabled me to show that it was to the preservation of the
semen of the male in the ovarian passages, and not to a partheno-
genesis, as has been supposed, that we must attribute the faculty
indicated with regard to Spiders in captivity, of remaining fertile for
several years without copulating. The eggs are developed in the
vesicles or cells formed by the expansions of the ovarian ducts; the
vesicles being constricted at their origin, the seminal fluid never
penetrates into them ; and it is only when the ova, being arrived at
maturity, have just passed into the oviduct, that they are impreg-
nated. In the viviparous Arachnida, such as the Scorpions, in which
the embryos are developed within the ovarian cells, impregnation
nevertheless only takes place at a certain epoch,—namely when the
egg has become large enough to dilate the walls of the entrance of
its cell sufficiently to allow the passage of the fertilizing fluid. In
Phalangivm and Chelifer the female apparatus is still more compli-
cated: there exists a true uterus, in which the eggs must remain for
a time before being expelled.

The female apparatus of many Araneida, especially of those species
which live only one season, consists simply of the ovarian tubes
united near the orifice so as to form a short common oviduct; but
in those Araneida whose existence is prolonged for several years, and
whose fecundity must persist after a single copulation (Segestrie,
Dysdere, &c.), there is a special reservoir, a sort of copulatory sac
with fibrous walls opening outwards with the common oviduct, and
thus arranged to receive the liquid of the male directly during copu-
lation.

In these Araneida, also, tae seminal fluid presents a remarkable
character. Whilst in the Arachnida generally (in the Araneida,
Scorpionida, and Phalangiida) we see, swimming in this fluid, fili-
form spermatozoids and the little vesicles in which, as we know from
the observations of Kolliker, Wagner, and others, the spermatozoids
are formed, we find in the Segestrie, Dysdere, &c., bodies of the
form of a flattened sphere, very regular, and so large that, when a

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 34:

506 Miscellaneous.

little drop of the fluid is spread upon a glass plate, a multitude of
small granules are perceived by the naked eye. These granules, or
rather “capsules, measure from +4,th to =) -th of a millimetre. Under
a magnifyi ing power of 300 to 400 diantieter Ss, an immense quantity of
filiform spermatozoids, regularly disposed from the centre to the
circumference, may be disting uished in their interior. By compressing
one of these capsules with a plate of thin glass, it is made to burst,
and then the spermatozoids escape, animated by movements which
leave no doubt as to their nature.

The ordinary small vesicles in which the spermatozoids are formed
continue their development here by increasing considerably in size, and
thus become to a certain extent spermatophora. These corpuscles
are all found in the same state during a great part of the year, both
in the seminal receptacles of the females and in the testes and the
copulatory joints of the palpi of the males. At the period when the
eggs are to be fertilized, the spermatophorous capsules burst, and
then, the spermatozoids being set free, the seminal fluid presents its
ordinary aspect.— Comptes Rendus, April 9, 1860, p. 727.

Note on the Larva of a Nematode Worm, and on some remarkable
peculiarities of the Generative Organs in the Nematoda.
By A. SCHNEIDER.

M. Schneider calls attention to a sort of alternation of generations in
a Nematode worm, which he calls Alloionema appendiculatum. Inthe
Black Slug (Arion ater) he found the larva of a Nematode worm,
possessing neither a mouth nor an anus, but simply the rudiments of
an intestinal canal and of generative organs. This larva is further
characterized by the existence of a curious appendage on each side
of the posterior part of the body. When these larvee are placed in
animal matter in a state of decomposition, they become developed,
ely a mouth, and attain their sexual maturity. These animals
then propagate during a great number of generations, but without
passing again through | the Jarval phase observed in the Avion.

Another interesting discovery of M. Schneider’s is that of a her-
maphrodite Nematode worm, the first with which we are acquainted.
Ue gives it the name of Pelodytes hermaphroditus. 'This animal
occurs in the larval state in Snails. When an individual is placed by
itself in a watch-glass with animal substances in a state of decompo-
sition, it soon attains its sexual maturity. Spermatozoids are first
seen to make their appearance in the generative tube, and then eggs;
fecundation takes place, and a new veneration is brought forth. To
those who know the perfect similarity which exists between the evo-
lution of ova and that of spermatozoids in the Nematoda, this fact,
notwithstanding the great interest attaching to it, cannot be sur-
prising. — Ste ebold und Kélliker’s Zettschrift, "1859, p. 176.

907

INDEX to VOL. V.

eS

Acauues, new species of, 453.
oo groenlandicus, note on,
Az,

Achatina, new species of, 384, 461.

Adams, A., on the Scaly Ant-eater,
147; on new genera and species of
Mollusea, 299, 405, 477.

Adolphia, on the species of, 380.

Aepys, new species of, 218.

Ethalium, on the structure and de-
velopment of, 239.

Agnia, new species of, 120.

am characters of the new genus,
407.

Alder, J., on a new British Zoophyte
and two new Echinoderms, 73.

Alloionema appendiculatum, remarks
on, 506.

Anabates, new species of, 428.

Andrzna, new species of, 305.

Anolis, new species of, 493.

Anthribidz, descriptions of new, 35.

Anthribus, new species of, 47.

Aphanarthra, descriptions of new, 163.

Aptogonum, on the species of, 191.

Aptomus, new species of, 217.

Arachnida, on fecundation
505.

Arbutus Unedo, on the sclerogenous
granules of the berry of, 343.

Archer, Prof. T. C., on a species of
Ostrea taken from the copper-
sheathing of a vessel, 404.

Arctocephali, synopsis of the, 424.

Ascaris halichoris, observations on,
329.

Attila, new species of, 422.

Aurelia aurita, on the development
of, 3352.

Auyiculina, new species of, 407.

Babington, C. C., on Statice Dodarti
and S. occidentalis, 402.

Baird, Dr., on Ascaris halichoris, 329;
on some new species of Entomo-
straca, 334; on Sclerostoma sipun-
culiforme, 494.

Bartlett, A. D., on a supposed new
species of Emeu, 333; on some
young hybrid Bears, 432; on the
habits of a Herring-gull, 498; on
a means of preserving birds’ eggs,
499.

in the,

Bears, on some young hybrid, 452.

Begonia, on a monstrous, 348, 3oU.

Benson, W. H., on the genus Sophina,
26; on new Burmese genera of
land-shells, 95; on Plectopylis,
243; on new Cingalese land-shelis,
381; on new land-shells from Dar-
jiling, 460.

Birds, on the time of incubation of
some, 334; on a means of pre-
serving the eggs of, 499.

Blanchard, E., on fecundation in the
Arachnida, 505.

Books, new :— Darwin’s Origin of Spe-
cies, 132; Clermont’s Guide to the
Quadrupeds and Repiiles of Eu-
rope, 222; Greene’s Manual of the
Protozea, 223; Gosse’s Letters
from Alabama, 224; Bentham’s
British Flora, 316; Mackie’s First
Traces of Life on the Earth, 321;
The Micrographie Dictionary, 413 ;
The Ibis, 417.

Brodie, Rev. P. B., on the oecurrence
of footsteps of Cheirotherium in
the Upper Keuper of Warwick-
shire, 70.

Buarremon, new species of, 498.

Byastus, description of the new ge-
nus, 38.

Cambridge, Rev. O. P., on two new
British spiders, 171.

Campanularia, new British species of,
73.

Cancellaria, new species of, 411.

Casuarmez, on the general law of
phyllotaxis in the, 440.

Catops, new species of, 219.

Caulotrupis, new species of, 452.

Cedus, description of the new genus,
3].

Cephalopterus, new species of, 429.

Ceratiocaris, new species of, 155.

Chrysallida, new species of, 477.

Chrysococcyx, new species of, 144.

Ciccaba, new species of, 146.

Cinclus, new species of, 502.

Cis, new species of, 360.

Clark, W., on the Lepton suleatu-
lum, 27.

Clostophis, description of the new
genus, 0.

34%

508

Coleoptera. new Madeiran, 217, 252,
358, 448.

Colletiez, on the tribe, 76, 200, 267,
370, 482.

Colymbus, new species Ooo:

Comatula, new British species of, 74.

Conradia, characters of the new genus,
409.

Constantia, characters of the new
genus, 300.

Contopus, new species of, 423.

Corbula, new species of, 412.

Corticaria, new species of, 260.

Couthouyia, characters of the new
genus, 410.

Cranopsis, characters of the new
genus, 302.

Crustacea, descriptions of new fossil,
Gey,

Cryphalus, new species of, 365.

Cryptus, new species of, 306.

Cyclophorus, new species of, 385.

Cyclostigma, description of the new
genus, 433.

Cylindropomus, new species of, 121.

Cynops, new species of, 152.

Cypris, new species of, 335,

Daphniade, on the occurrence of a
sucker-like adhesive organ in the,
445.

Darwin’s theory of the origin of spe-
cies, observations on, 152, 344,
347, 348, 350.

Dawson, Dr. J. W., on some fossils
from the coal-formation of Nova
Scotia, 69.

De Bary, Dr. A., on the Mycetozoa,
Doo.

Dendrochelidon, new species of, 62.

Depastrum - stellifrons, observations
on, 481.

Desmidiaceze from Lower Bengal,
descriptions of, 184, 273.

Diatomacez, on the distribution and
habits of the free-floating, 1; on
the markings of the, 122.

Dictyocaris, description of the new
genus, 161.

Diplommatina, new species of, 460.

Discaria, on the species of, 370.

Drassus, new British species of, 171.

Dyce, Dr. R., on the identity of
Morrbua punctata and M. vulgaris,
366.

Dysithamnus, new species of, 429.

Echeneis, on the history 0+) 350.

INDEX.

Echinodermata, descriptions of new
British, 73.

Echinus Flemingii, on a malforma-
tion in, 343,

E. F. S. on the hooks on the front
edge of the hinder wings of certaim
Hymenoptera, 339.

Elanus, new species of, 329.

Emballonura, new species of, 60.

Emeu, on a second species of, 333.

‘nictus, new species of, 306.

Enida, characters of the new genus,
408.

‘mnea, new species of, 460.

Janeadesmus, new species of, 359.

Entomostraca,descriptions of new, 334.

Entozoon, on a new species of, 494.

Eolis Adelaide, description of, 49.

Equisetacez, on the general law of
phyllotaxis im the, 437.

Estheria, new species of, 335.

Ethneca, description of the new ge-
nus, 40.

Euastrum, on the species of, 282.

Eurycephalus, new species of, 120.

Evadne polyphemoides, on the occur-
rence of an adhesive sucker-like
organ in, 445.

Excalfactoria, new species of, 144.

Exillis, description of the new genus,

Filices, on the general law of phyllo-
taxis in the, 438.

Fish, on certain deformities in, 366.

Foraminifera, on the nomenclature of
the, 98, 174, 285, 466.

Formicivora, new species of, 429.

Fungi, on the structure and develop-
ment of, 233.

Gavia, new species of, 232.

Genethila, description of the new
genus, 41.

Geoclemys, new species of, 501.

Geological Society, proceedings of the
68.

Glaneytes, new species of, 120.

Glossiphonia margimata, on the dis-
covery of, in England, 248.

Gosse, P. H., on the Lucernaria cya-
thiformis, 480.

Gould, J., onthe genus Rupicola, 62;
on a new species of Dendrocheli-
don, 62 ; on a new species of Odon-
tophorus, 72; on two new species
of birds, 143; on the nidification
of the Kingfisher, 150; on a new

IN DEX.

species of Gull, 232; on a new
species of Elanus, 329; on two
new species of Cinelus, 502.

Grallaria, new species of, 498.

Gray, G.R., on a new Bird of Para-
dise, 145; on a new species of Co-
lymbus, 331,

Gray, Dr. J. E., on the Pennatulide,
with descriptions of new species,
20; onthe Sea-Bear of Foster, 63 ;
on the Mud-fish of the Nile, 70;
on a species of Tapaia from Pulo
Condore, 71; on some new species
of Salamanders, 151; on the genus
Hyalonema, 229; on the Eared
Seals, 424; on two new forms of
Sponges, 495 ; on a new species of
Squirrel, 500; on a new species of
freshwater Tortoise, 501.

Greene, J. R., on Sertularia tricus-
pidata, 441; on the genus Hux-
leya, 432.

Gulliver, G., on the marginal nerves
of the leaves of mosses, 298; on
the sclerogenous granules of the
berry of Arbutus Unedo, 343.

Giinther, Dr. A., on Uriéchis micro-
lepidotus, 168; on Leptodeira tor-
quata, 169; on the history of
Echeneis, 384; on a new species
of Anolis, 493.

Gurney, J. H., on Uriéchis micro-
lepidotus, 342.

Harvey, Dr. W. H., on Darwin’s
theory of the origin of species, 348.

Haughton, Rev. S., on Cyclostigma,
a new genus of fossil plants; and
on the general law of phyllotaxis
in the Lycopodiacee, Equisetacez,
Filices, &¢c., 433.

Helix, new species of, 245, 381.

Hemiteles, new species of, 307.

Heratemis, characters of the new
genus, 310.

Herklotsia, description of the genus,
25.

Hexarthrum, description of the new
genus, 448.

Holdsworth, E. W. H., on the deve-
lopment of Aurelia aurita, 332.

Holoceystis, on the species of, 275.

Hooker, Dr. J. D., on Darwin’s
theory of natural selection, 350.

Houghton, Rev. W., on the Hydra
rubra, 228; on Glossiphonia mar-
ginata, 248.

909

Huxley, Prof., on the development
of Pyrosoma, 29; on species and
races, 344.

Huxleyia, characters of the new ge-
nus, 303; note on, 432,

Hyalonema, note on the genus, 229,

Hydra, on a new British species of,
(18/228.

Hymenoptera, on the structure of the
wings of certain, 339.

Hypseus, description of the new ge-
nus, 39.

Insects, new, from Ceylon, 304.

Tole, characters of the new genus,
300.

Iridina, new species of, 337.

Jeffreys, J. G, on Lepton sulcatu-
lum, 131; on the comparative size
of marine Mollusca, 197.

Jones, T. R., on the nomenclature of
the Foraminifera, 98, 174, 285,
466.

Kaup, Prof., on a new species of Pe-
ristethus, 64.

Kinefisher, on the nidification of the,
150.

Kleinella, characters of the new ge-
nus, 302.

Kolliker, Prof., on the structure of
the chorda dorsalis in the Plagio-
stomes, 323.

Lacaze-Duthiers, H., on the circula-
tion in Gasteropodous Mollusca,
and on the supposed aquiferous
apparatus of the Lamellibranchiata,
225.

Lachesis, new species of, 411.

Larrada, new species of, 305.

Larus argentatus, on the habits of,
498.

Leiparthrum, new species of, 364,

Lepidosiren from the Nile, 70.

Leptodeira, new species of, 169.

Lepton suicatulum, notes Ou) 27,
esis

Leuckart, Prof. R., on the genus
Notopterophorus, 353; on the oc-
currence of an adhesive sucker-like
organ in the Daphniadse, 445; on
Trichina spiralis, 503.

Leucotina, characters of the new ge-
nus, 406.

Leuronema, description of the new
genus, 195.

Lewes, G. H., on a new British spe-
cies of Hydra, 71.

510

Leycester, A. A., on the habits of
Menura Alberti, 431.

Limopsis, new species of, 412.

Litocerus, new species of, 45.

Lomanotus, new species of, 50.

Longicornia, descriptions of new, 119.

Lucernaria cyathiformis, on the, 480.

Lycopodiacez, on the general law of
phyllotaxis in the order, 434.

Lyctus, new species of, 256.

M‘Andrew, R., on the comparative
size of marine Mollusca in various
latitudes of the European seas,
116, 3H.

Macandrewia, description of the new
genus, 496.

Macrocheilus, new species of, 407.

Manis javanica, notes on the, 147.

Mecocerus, new species of, 43.

Melania, new species of, 338.

Menura Alberti, on the habits of, 431.

Metophthalmus, new species of, 261.

Micrasterias, on the species of, 276.

Microgaster, new species of, 308.

Miers, J., on the tribe Colletiez, with
observations on the structure of the
seed in the Rhamnacee, 76, 200,
267, 370, 482.

Mollusca, on the comparative size of
marine, 116, 197, 311; on the cir-
culation in, 225; new genera and
species of, 299, 405.

Morchia, characters of the new genus,
301.

Morrhua punctata and M. vulgaris,
on the identity of, 366.

Mosses, on the marginal nerves of
the leaves of, 298.

Mucronalia, characters of the new
genus, 301.

Murray, A., on new Sertulariade,
250, 504.

Mycetozoa, on the, 233.

Mycteis, description of the new ge-
nus, 44.

Myiodynastes, new species of, 422.

Mylhiusia, description of the new ge-
nus, 497.

Myonia, characters of the new genus,
406.

Nebartha, characters of the new ge-
nus, 310.

Nematoda, on some remarkable pe-
culiarities in the generative organs
of the, 506.

Nemosia, new species of, 428.

INDEX.

Nerthomma, description of the new
genus, 42.

Nomia, new species of, 305.

Notophena, on the species of, 267.

Notopterophorus, observations on the
genus, 303.

Ochetophila, on the species of, 376.

Odontophorus, new species of, 72.

Odynerus, new species of, 304.

Onychonema, description of the new
genus, 194.

Ostrea, on a species of, 404.

Owen, Prof., on some remains of Po-
lyptychodon, 68.

Pachyrhamphus, new species of, 429.

Paradisea, notes on a new species of,
145.

Parker, W.K., on the nomenclature of
the Foraminifera, 98, 174, 285, 466.

Parthenia, new species of, 477.

Pascoe, F. P., on new Anthribide,
35; on new Longicorns from the
Moluceas, 119.

Pelodytes hermaphroditus, remarks
on, 506.

Pennatulidz, revision of the family,
with descriptions of new species of,
20.

Pentarthrum, new species of, 450.

Peristethus, new species of, €4.

Pheochrotes, description of the new
genus, 42.

Phascolosoma, new British species of,
75.

Phyllorhina, new species of, 59.

Phyllotaxis, on the general law of, in
the Lycopodiacee, Equisetacez,
&e., 433.

Pimpla, new species of, 306.

Plagiostomes, on the structure of the
chorda dorsalis in the, 323.

Plectopylis, note on, 243.

Plectropterus, on the species of, 146.

Plethodon, new species of, 152.

Pleurobranechus aurantiacus, on the
circulatory apparatus of, 226.

Plumularia, new species of, 251.

Polyptychodon, on some remains of,
68.

Porizon, new species of, 307.

Prostheca, characters of the new ge-
nus, 254.

Protedus, description of the new
genus, 39.

Psyttalia, characters of the new ge-
nus, 31].

INDEX.

Pteroeides, new species of, 22.

Pupa, new species of, 70.

Pyrosoma, on the development of, 29.

Renilla, new species of, 24.

Retamilia, on the species of, 482.

Rhamnacee, on the structure of the
seed in the, 76.

Rhiostoma, description of the new
genus, 96.

Rhyncolus, new species of, 448.

Richardson, Sir J., on the occurrence
of Acanthocottus groenlandicus,
342.

Rissoa, new species of, 411.

Roussel, C., on the generative organs
of the Searabeeidee, 230.

Royal Society, proceedings of the,
225: 323.

Rupicola, on the members of the
genus, 62.

Salter, J. W.. on new fossil Crustacea
from the Silurian rocks, 153.

Sareobelemnon, new species of, 24.

Sarcoptilus, new species of, 23.

Sarepta, characters of the new genus,
303.

Scarabeide, on the generative organs
of the, 230.

Schneider, A., on the larva of a Ne-
matode worm, and on some re-
markable peculiarities in the gene-
rative organs of the Nematoda,
506.

Sciurus, new species of, 500.

Sclater, P. L., on a new species of
Owl, 146; on the Spur-winged
Goose, 146; on some new species
of Synallaxis, 332; on the time of
incubation of some birds, 354; on
new species of Tyrannide, 422;
on new species of birds from Ecua-
dor, 427; on two new birds from
the Rio Napo, 498.

Sclerostoma, new species of, 494.

Scotophilus, new species of, 51.

Seyphistomata, on the strobilation of
the, 504.

Seals, synopsis of the species of
eared, 424.

Sertularia tricuspidata, note on, 431,
504.

Sertulariade, descriptions of new,
250.

Shells, descriptions of new, 26, 95,
243, 299, 337, 381, 405, 460, 477.

Skenea, new species of, 412.

511

Snakes, descriptions of new, 168,
169.

Sophina, notes on the genus, 26.

Spathius, new species of, 309.

Species, notes on Darwin’s theory of
the origin of, 132, 344, 350.

Spherozosma, on the species of, 192.

Spiders, new British, 171.

Sponges, on some new forms of,
495.

Statice Dodartii and S. occidentalis,
notes on, 402.

Stewart, J. H., on a malformation in
Echinus Flemingii, 343.

Stigmus, new species of, 304.

Streptonema, description of the new
genus, 196.
Stylopsis, characters of the new ge-
nus, 406. ;
Styloptygma, characters of the new
genus, 406.

Synallaxis, new species of, 332.

Syrnola, characters of the new geaus,
405.

Tapaia, on a species of, from Pulo
Condore, 71.

Tarphius, new species of, 252.

Terebratella, new species of, 412.

Thompson, W., on some species of
Eolis, and on a new species of Lo-
manotus, 48.

Tomes, R.F., on new species of Bats,
5

Torneuma, description of the new
genus, 453,

Trevoa, on the species of, 487.

Trichina spiralis, on the development
of, 503.

Trichotropis, new species of, 411.

Trigona, new species of, 305.

Trihammatus, new species of, 121.

Tyrannide, descriptions of new, 422.

Umbellularia groenlandica, note re-
specting, 20.

Unio, new species of, 338.

Uriéchis, new species of, 168, 342.

Ursus marinus of Steller, notes on
the, 63.

Van Beneden, P.J., onthe strobilation
of the Scyphistomata, 504.

Velutina, new species of, 411.

Vespertilio, new species of, 56.

Vireo, new species of, 427.

Virgularia, new species of, 20.

Walckenaéra, new British species of,
Wii

5)

Walker, F., on some undescribed
Ceylon insects, 304.

Wallich, Dr., on the distribution and
habits of the pelagic and freshwater
free-floating Diatomacee, 1; on
the markings of the Diatomacez
in use as test-objects, 122; on
Desmidiaceze from Lower Bengal,
184, 273.

Westwood, J. O., on Darwin’s theory
of development, 347.

Wollaston, T. V., on the Aphanar-
thra of the Canary Islands, 163;

INDEX.

on new Madeiran Coleoptera, 217,
252, 358, 448.

Woodward, S. P., on some new fresh-
water shells, 337.

Xenocerus, new species of, 39.

Zargus, new species of, 217.

Zeidora, characters of the new genus,
301.

Zoological Society, proceedings of
the, 48, 143, 329, 422, 493.

Zoophyte, description of a new Bri-
tish, 73.

END OF THE FIFTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

ALERE YW FLAMMAM,

; Ann. & Mag. Wat. Hist. 8.3. VA.5, PUT.

HUCUS ETHNECA

PLINTHERIA

Y oO
} sas
g
rh bs
(J a

,
=

DYSNOS

APATENTA

HYPSEUS

A, ECZESARIS

PHGAOCHROTES : GENETHILA
EP del.

Ari. &: Mag. Na fist. §. 3. Vol.5, PAT.

BYASTUS

aw

ZYGANODES

PROTGDUS

a al Be Se EY

NERTHOMMA HABRISSUS

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hust. §.3.Vob.6. Pi LI,

be
iki De,

nets x

lp Darcoptilus simosus.2. S, Gurneyi

W West omp

Ann. & Mag Nat Hist.5.3.Vol.5.PULV.

1. Sarcobelemnon Austra lasie. 2.5. Renilla sinuata.

W Westimp

= =
2
U .
5 : bi
i
a ’
? cits ss ay + ce

Arn. be Mag ViatHist,, §.3.N01.5. FLV.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. HESS) BINGE OLE.

JPastre Sc.

Are.& Mag. Nat Hist. 5.3 Vol. 5. Pv. VIL.

I 5

ree 16 1
vy | J’ -r a of ¥ J f ij e Le if erat aes ya ah Pa Sie a

J" 2 ‘ : \ ; ms ee 1 iA Se, } Kx f : 0: ga

Drawn on Stone by 6.CW.

Aran. & Mag .NatHist.5.3.Vol.5.PL. VI.

a . co 5c a dao ’ T/T 7 WB a
" . ff f nae \V- wy : a , ‘ih

A i ee “y a, TD y { of fe j f J \.

. S ; NAAN Ly CATT es

anit 489M 'M ay) a al ne Id HOT W OT 19) FIMO) abies APR eth go ; PION HD

Sn arate < 4 be Se ¥ "a Y ) : 4 | 72 "OS JSUT ’ boyy
oi re gli : Wid AlN Gos sy bop xy

Vol.V. FUX.

9
a

Ann &Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser

SSA4G44

i
_ a,

iene a EY

im

Arm bo Mag.. Nab. Hist. §.3.Vol. 3 PLXL.

| TBasire, ie

Ann. & Mag. Not Hist. §.3.Vol. 5 PUA

= 2
= ee

SU Ki ;

\\ MWK

Ser

\\)

AWK EET OSS XG
MS HT (EERR TANNA iy Gee TH. a
CGE Le

\\ s

l

SS

Ann. ke Mag. Nat. Hist. S.3.Vol.5.PUXD

Arn. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.5.N01.5.PUXW-

Drawn ow stone by &.C.W. Lrinted by IBaswe.

.Vol.5 PUA.

2
Py)

1g. Nal. Hiot.5.

Ann. & Ma
Sy
SS

APs ¥
yy ‘ + ,
ge

Anni & Mag. Nat Hist. 5.3 NAS PUAN,

a tly mn a am =

*
!
,
f 7
a
1
i
(4
! 1 \ ’
i ‘
i
‘}
{ ay
tit £ z
" ‘
(| % a
vA I ;
i y U eI

—
:
‘a
I
‘
'
i
1
iG
ny.
i
- fo) iA
)! ee
i es Ur
cy i : yy
"i “a ; foal i
r a 1 A
) i.
Pe =a
i
|
j er if
“)
j j i = if t
i aoe J
. ‘ay ; D
a *
: 1 eh

SORAM RSET wha Xe 2. CIN 1 oF LT Ey

QH The Annals & magazine of
aK natural history

A6

ser.3

v.5

Biological
& Medical

Serials

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

STORAGE

>
mete ty

rp!

et
Wh,

SAPs TA ee
Ed ive be 45)
alte tees) :

Sy
EN pas
a he “
ALND
SS

rs sys
AP a

Fin

Sh a ee. :
Bis ES FEN Jee
ASH SM, aS sii! ae

x ia